Pah

SS Ae:

3

SE ee
Ann See!

i
ALT
aOeAne

it Wie ene
Poe oh Ae
Laity

Boies
hee

eee ee

Bat
AD

sores

URN
ry au ")
Ny

?
Fs
= Kea i

Vaan Ae
re

ee
: es,
Se ial

AARC Aetna

nai Ta)
=)

Ge ue . Me

Ne

5 SNe

Been yee Kees

Peeroruasn ii RECN
a a

Bint

( "i on Hise
Oles i

Ae
B

i
pan

i
Lah

On

D
)

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

VOLUME XIV.

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY:
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE;

AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND: GO., PATERNOSTER-ROW.

1898.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLERT STRERT.

CONTENTS.

I. On a Nothosaurian Reptile from the Trias of Lombardy, apparently referable to
Lariosaurus. By G. A. Boutenarer, F.R.S. (Platel.) . . . . . pagel

II. On the Lepidosiren of Paraguay, and on the external characters of Lepidosiren and
Protopterus. By E. Ray Lanxester, M.d., F.RS., F.Z.S., Linacre Professor
of Comparative Anatomy in the University of Oxford. (Plate Il.) . . . HW

Ill. On a@ Collection of Fishes from the kio a: . G. A. BouLencer,
Ji eek (Oebiies IU WU) 6 26! oom vio) ee ; Seas pease er ntuite-45)

IV. Contributions to the Comparative Anatomy and Histology of the Suprarenal Capsules.
—The Suprarenal Bodies in Fishes, and their Relation to the so-called Head-
Kidney. By Swain Vincent, M.B. Lond., Demonstrator of Physiology and
Assistant Lecturer on Histology, Mason College, Birmingham. (Plates [X.-
STIS) cg tiie See 1g CA eater Se i ee Ne te a an rere ee Mei a

V. A Supplementary Report on the Crustacea of the Group Myodocopa obtained during
the ‘Challenger’ Expedition, with Notes on other new or imperfectly-known
Species. By G. Srewarpson Brapy, M.D., LL.D. FRS. (Plates XV—-
PNOVAINTE aureus ee nee sh ele Ne rated C8 an ae en OO

VI. A Revision of the Oriental Hesperiide. By H. J. Ewes, F.B.S., 7S, AZS.,
and James Epwarps, F.E.S. (Plates XVIII.-XXVII.) . .. . . . 101

VII. On the Morphology of the Skull in the Paraguayan Lepidosiren and in other
Dipnoids. By Professor T. W. Bripex, Se.D., F.ZS., Mason College,
Birmingham (lates Oxevplliler GPXOXGIONe ys ees i Ono)

VII. On the Mammals obtained by Mr. John Whitehead during his recent Expedition
to the Philippines. By Ouprintp Tuomas. With Field-notes by the Collector.
(Blates XXX. XoXoXe Vile) saree te ae nuh er ccc cs) st or cles aT

iv CONTENTS.

IX. On the Lepidosiren of the Amazons ; being Notes on five Specimens obtained between
1895-97, and Remarks upon an Example living in the Paré Museum. By
Dr. Emm A. Gorin, C.M.Z.S., Director of the Paré Museum. (Plates
DOXOE VIE & XV NS) ee eee ee ponies ce 4113

X. On a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Jurua, Brazil. By G. A. BouLencer,
ERIS AZ S..) (Plates XOXOXO.

XI. On new or imperfectly-krown Species of Ostracoda, chiefly from New Zealand. By
G. Stewarpson Brapy, .D., LL.D., DSc., F.R.S. (Plates XLIII.-XLVII.) 429

Listiofithe’ Papers containeduiny Vol X1Ve. . 3... se ein
Index ofiSpeciess&ei ganesh wu Ou a ee)

Rees

TRANSACTIONS

ae

Price 8s.

fe
L2G: and FR ancl

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.

To Fellows. To the Public.
( Boy, ths en eS eiUs
VOLUME I. (1833-1835, containing 59 Plates). . Price 313 6 . . . 418 O*
VOLUME II. (1835-1841, containing 71 Plates) . ge Ae OOP eae One Ore
VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containing 63 Plates) . IO SO: UO 411 0*
VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 77 Plates) . One a O 8 2 6
VOLUME _ V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates) . a eee ey ae 8) allo (0)
VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates) . yey deb cea) (0) 15 0 0
VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates). . 5, 10 4 0. . .13 12 0
VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates) . 35 OO or ae eel)
VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates). . ,, 12 16. ..16 2 0
VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates) . es LOS OS eee ned nO,
GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1833-1879) Be 0 6 010 0
VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). . Price 9 12 0 12 16 O
Part 1. (1880, containing 4 Plates) . . » O12 0 016 O
3, 2. (1880, containing 7 Plates) 55 0, 1800 ae
» 9. (1881, containing 8 Plates) ceed 6 110 0
» 4. (1881, containing 3 Plates) ee) 6 010 0
», D. (1881, containing 13 Plates) » 018 O 1 4 0
», 6. (1882, contaming 6 Plates) . ..4. . » 012 0 016 0
» 7. (1882, containing 9 Plates) » O15 0 1 0 0
» 8. (1883, containig 11 Plates) > O12 0 016 O
» 9. (1883, containing 10 Plates) » O12 0 016 O
ay OL (tesa scontamineslegblates). a2 si co. Gay ol en a 2 2 0
» 11. (1885, containing 14 Plates and Title and Index) ,, 111 6 2 2 0

* Only odd parts of these volumes can be supplied.

Continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

TRANSACTIONS

OF

CHE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.

I. On a Nothosaurian Reptile from the Trias of Lombardy, apparently referable to
Lariosaurus. By G. A. Boutencer, /2.S.

Received October 14th, 1893, read November 7th, 1893.

[Puate I.]

THE Directors of the Senckenberg Museum, Frankfort-on-Main, have, at the
suggestion of my friend Prof. O. Boettger, entrusted to me for description a very
valuable paleontological specimen, a slab from the Upper Trias of Perledo, near
Varenna, on the Lake of Como, Lombardy, with the nearly complete skeleton of a
small Nothosaurian ; the counter-slab is also preserved, showing the impression of the
skeleton. The fossil was presented to the Senckenberg Museum by the late Dr. Riippell
in 1850, under the name of Macromerosaurus plinit, Curioni. It appears from Curioni’s
paper (8, p. 166) that, prior to 1847, Riippell had examined some of the Reptilian
remains from those beds, then regarded as Liassic ; one of these specimens he acquired,
together with Fish-remains!, and subsequently placed in the Museum at Frankfort,
where it has remained ever since, apparently ignored of all who have written on this
interesting group of early Plesiosaurians.

Some confusion has arisen with regard to the specimen for which the name Jacro-
merosaurus plinit was proposed by Curioni. On referring to his first paper (8)
published in 1847, it appears as if the name (p. 161) was intended for the Perledo
Saurian, of which he gives a detailed description and figure; whilst the name Lario-
saurus balsami applies to the much larger specimen previously noticed by Balsamo-

1 Described by Deecke, Paleontogr. lv. 1889, p. 110.
VOL. XIv.—PaRT I. No. 1.—April, 1896. BY:

2 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A NOTHOSAURIAN REPTILE

Crivelli (7) as Paleosaurus. But in 1863 Curioni explains (12, p. 2661) that Macro-
merosaurus (originally misspelt Macromirosaurus) was the name intended for another
Saurian, from Perledo and Viggit, with longer humerus, to which he merely alludes in
his first paper, and which is, in fact, the Pachyplewra edwardsii of Cornalia (9). If
we could accept this interpretation, the name Macromerosaurus might be used in
preference to that of Pachyplewra, which is preoccupied in zoology, as pointed out by
Lydekker (21); but I do not find any justification for such a transposition, and,
following tradition, consider Macromerosaurus as a synonym of Lariosaurus, the former
name applying to the young, the latter to the adult.

The Reptile lies on its back, the neck and tail twisted to the right, the hind limbs
spread out nearly at right angles to the body. The head is intact, with the palate and
mandible completely exposed. The 15 anterior cervical vertebre are in natural juxta-
position, whilst the remainder are dislocated. The pectoral arch is likewise dislocated,
and does not show all the elements. The fore limb is represented by the right
humerus, and the perfect left propodials and manus. The dorsal vertebrae are
partly imbedded in the matrix, partly hidden under the plastron, most of the bones of
which are very well preserved. The pelvis is crushed, but the tail is complete and
exposed to its very tip. The Plate (Trans. Zool. Soc. XIV. Pl. I.) represents the fossil
natural size; the matrix is represented lighter than it really is, in order to render the
outlines of the bones more distinct.

The specimen is now in a very different condition from what it was when sent to
me. ‘The manus was a complete fraud, imaginary phalanges having been sculptured
out of the matrix in order, evidently, to give the Reptile a more Plesiosaurian appear-
ance ; and, deceived at first, I considered the fossil as representing a new type. I must
add that in all probability the specimens figured by Curioni were developed by the
same “artist”; and that, consequently, some of the conclusions which have been
derived from an examination of those specimens, especially as regards the digital
formula, the shape of the “ claws ” or “ hoofs,” and the aspect of the palate are, to say
the least, very doubtful. The specimen figured by Zittel (20) as Zariosaurus balsami,
and of which a cast is preserved in the British Museum, is imperfect as regards the
digits, and the exact number of phalanges is difficult to make out. This explains the
contradiction between text and figure in Zittel’s Manual, the number of phalanges in

?

1 This passage of his second paper is here reproduced :—“ Da una nota che il Cornalia aggiunse alla sua
Memoria pare che egli ritenga che i rettili di Besano e quelli di Perledo, uno dei quali venne da me descritto
e figurato col nome di Lariosaurus balsami, Cur. (vedi Memoria citata, Milano, 1847), spettino ad una sola
specie di saurii, e debbano riferirsi tutti al suo Pachypleura. Nel 1847 io pensava che due fossero le specie di
Perledo; una il Lariosauro, affato speciale a Perledo, e un’ altra di cui trovavansi esemplari anche a Viggit,
meglio conservati di quelli di Perledo, che io credeva non dover riferire alla medesima specie. Applicai a questa
seconda specie il nome di Macromeroswwro, gindicando che il carattere pit sagliente di questa specie fosse la
lunghezza degli omeri rettilinei, eccedente di una terza parte quella dei femori: il che non é nel Lariosauro
(vedi fig. 2, tav. vii.).” The figure refers to the Reptile with straight and longer humerus, the Pachyplewra

of Cornalia.

FROM THE TRIAS OF LOMBARDY. 3:

the manus being given as 2, 4, 4, 4, 2, which appears wrong @ priori, whilst the figure
shows 2, 3, 4, 4, 2, which is likewise probably erroneous as regards the outer finger.
Curioni, on the other hand, describes and figures the number of phalanges as 2, 3, 4,5, 35
in both manus and pes. In the face of such contradictions, I think it safest to refer
the specimen provisionally to Lariosaurus balsami, and, contenting myself with
describing and figuring the specimen entrusted to me, leave it to those who have access
to the typical specimens to decide whether the determination is correct or not. I
beg to thank Dr. H. Woodward, F.R.S., for kindly allowing the specimen to be further
developed in the British Museum, and Mr. Barlow for the painstaking and skilful
manner in which he has acquitted himself of the task entrusted to him.

The skull, which displays the palatal aspect with the mandible én situ, and the tips

Fig. 1.

Lower view of skull and mandible.

ang. Angular, p. Palatine. s.ang. Supra-angular.
ar. Articular, pt. Pterygoid. spl. Splenial.
d. Dentary. q- Quadrate. v. Vomer.

ept. Kctopterygoid.

of a few anterior teeth, is elongate-acuminate, its length once and two thirds its
greatest width at the mandibular articulation. The structure of the palate is better
shown than in any of the small Nothosaurians with which we are at present acquainted,
yet some of the sutures are not to be traced as distinctly as might be desired. I trust

the annexed diagrammatic restoration (fig. 1) will ultimately prove tolerably correct.
B2

4 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A NOTHOSAURIAN REPTILE

Among the points on which there can be no doubt may be mentioned the very anterior
opening of the choanz, separated by a narrow septum formed by the vomers; the
presence of large oval suborbital vacuities, such as are known to exist in Meustico-
sawrus, and as are shown on Curioni’s figure; and the backward extension and union
on the median line of the pterygoids, as far back as the basioccipital, which they cover
over, as well as the basisphenoid, in this respect agreeing with most Nothosaurians.
These pterygoids are produced and narrowed anteriorly, where they join the vomers,
whilst posteriorly they form two raised ridges on each side, between which the quadrate
is wedged in. Before the skull had been thoroughly cleared from the matrix, the
outer of these ridges conveyed to my mind the remains of ossified hyoid cornua (cerato-
branchials). But, in the course of development, these ridges were found to bear a
series of minute subconical teeth. This discovery is a very startling one, for, unless
the Placodonts belong to the Plesiosauria, no member of this order was yet known
to have possessed teeth on any of the bones of the palate. It is true that the
following remark is made by Prof. Seeley (25, p. 591) respecting Mesosaurus tenui-
dens :—“ Two elevated ridges, nearly parallel to each other and close together, extend
along its [the palate’s] length, and converge backward. There is a possibility that
these ridges carried single rows of teeth like the teeth on the ridges on the palate of
Pareiasaurus, as the impression from the cast shows at regular intervals a few white
dots along each ridge.”

The bone between the suborbital and subtemporal fosse I take to be the ecto-
pterygoid, known to be largely developed in Simosaurus, but absent from the restora-
tions of Nothosaurus. Hence, the palatines would be small, and relegated to between
the choane and the suborbital fossa.

The mandible has a short symphysis, with median suture, and projects posteriorly
considerably beyond its articulation with the cranium; on this process the angular,
supra-angular, and articular bones are perfectly distinguishable.

The neck consists of 21 vertebrae. Its length is once and a half that of the skull,
and nearly equals that of the body. The vertebre are short, the centra being a little
broader than long; they bear short ribs, which are fork-headed, as is clearly shown on
the counter-plate which bears the right rib of the second vertebra, and further by a
detached rib lying on the right side of the eighteenth vertebra (fig. 2). The dislocated
seventeenth vertebra shows the posterior articular surface moderately cupped. The
atlas shows the proatlanto-atlantic hypapophysis separating the neuroids, and followed
by the centrum, behind which there is no hypapophysis.

Little is to be seen of the dorsal vertebral column and ribs, obscured as they are by
the overlying pectoral arch and plastron; the number of vertebree may be computed at
about 20.

The tail is long and slender, tapering to a fine point; its length is nearly three times
that of the skull; it comprises 42 or 43 vertebre.

FROM THE TRIAS OF LOMBARDY. 5

Immediately behind the pectoral arch begins the series of small bones which form
the plastron; this does not differ from that of the other Nothosaurians the plastron of
which is known. 34 transverse series of bones can be counted between the pectoral
and pelvic arches, each series consisting of a median angulate piece and two straight
ones on each side (fig. 3), as in Plesiosaurs !, which reptiles lack, however, the angular
bend of the median piece.

Fig. 2. Fig. 3.

ee

Posterior cervical rib. Anterior plastral bones.

It is to be regretted that the dislocation of the pectoral arch renders the recognition
of its elements somewhat difficult. There is one bone as to the nature of which no
doubt can be entertained: that is, the right coracoid, lying on the inner side of the
right humerus, which agrees essentially with the same element in Neusticosaurus. It
is nearly equally expanded at both extremities, its width somewhat exceeding half its
length, which nearly equals that of the humerus ; its inner border is shorter and more
concave than the outer. Two large, flattened, curved bones anterior to the coracoid I
take to be clavicles, the left of which appears to cover the left coracoid, and is separated
from the other coracoid by a small bone with concave surface, which is probably the
proximal (acromial) portion of the scapula. Two displaced anterior dorsal vertebre
and a rib are exposed between the coracoids.

Only the right humerus is completely exposed, having slipped out of the glenoid
cavity. It is a short, stout, curved bone with strong preaxial crest ; it is provided with
a small, elliptic, entepicondylar (ulnar) foramen; its length is exactly half that of the
skull. The distal extremity of the left humerus projects from below the left clavicle,
showing distinctly the epicondylar foramen. For the other bones of the fore limb we
must turn to the left side of the specimen, where the whole forearm and manus are
exposed in natural juxtaposition, the radius overlapping the proximal extremity of the
ulna. The radius is large and much flattened, with concave inner border, its length
twice its distal width and half the length of the humerus; the ulna is much more
slender. The carpal bones are seven in number: a large intermedium, a radiale, and

Mr. C. W. Andrews has recently pointed out (Geol. Mag. 1895, p. 243) that some Plesiosaurs have three

paired bones to each row. [June, 1895. |

6 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A NOTHOSAURIAN REPTILE

a small bone to each digit. The digits are five, increasing in length to the third,
which equals the fourth, the fifth intermediate in length between the first and second.
The first metacarpal is as long as the fifth but more slender; the second, third, and
fourth are equal, half as long as the radius; the first finger has two phalanges, the
second three, the third and fourth have four, the fifth three; the distal phalanx is
obtusely pointed, flattened, and did not support a claw. The phalangeal bones are
devoid of condyles.

The pelvic bones are somewhat crushed and displaced. The left pubis is probably
hidden under the ischium, but the right is exposed, and does not show a notch in its
posterior border. The ischia form large plates with radiating strie.

The femur is straight, subcylindrical, but feebly expanded at the extremities; its
length exceeds by one fourth that of the humerus. ‘The tibia isa little longer and
considerably broader than the fibula, and not quite half as long as the femur. In the
tarsus, a large intermedium and a smaller fibulare are present; only two very small
bones, at the base of the third and fourth metatarsals, are distinguishable in the second
row. The metatarsals are more elongate than the metacarpals, and the third and
fourth the longest and equal. The phalanges of the pes are stronger than those of the
manus, and their formula is different, viz. 2, 3, 4, 5, 4; the toes increase gradually in
length from the first to the fourth; the fifth is nearly as long as the third. The pes
exceeds the manus by the length of the two distal phalanges of the fourth toe.

It seems probable, from the structure of the extremities, that this Saurian was better
adapted for locomotion in the water than on land, and the digits must have been
connected by a broad web.

On comparing the hand and foot of this Reptile with those of Mesosawrus, one
cannot fail being struck by the concordance in the number of phalanges, and the great
similarity in shape of the epipodials and phalangeals. The number of carpal bones is
the same in both, but in Mesosaurus the tarsus comprises five elements in the distal
row, and the fifth toe, instead of being shorter than the fourth, is a little longer. This
agreement, together with other characters, such as the structure of the humerus and
the form of the ribs, points to special affinity between the Mesosauria and Nothosauria,
as first recognized by Prof. Seeley. This author, in his recent paper on Mesosaurus
(25), places Neusticosaurus, a close ally of the Reptile here described, in a division,
Neusticosauria, of the Suborder Mesosauria, characterized by flat articular surfaces of
the centrum, coracoid separated from scapula, a notch in the pubis, a long neck and a
short tail. As regards the latter character, which, even if founded ona well ascertained
fact, would be at most a generic character, Prof. Seeley overlooks his former account
of Neusticosaurus, in which he expresses the opinion that the tails of the specimens
described by him are imperfect, and also the fine photograph, exhibited in the Geolo-
gical Gallery of the British Museum, of a slab from the Lettenkohl of Hoheneck,
Wiirtemberg, representing a group of Neuwsticosaurus pusillus, which have the tail

FROM THE TRIAS OF LOMBARDY. of

nearly as long as the neck and body, thus proportionately quite as long as in Veso-
saurus or Macromerosaurus. So far as Tam able to make out from the photograph,
the tail of NV. pustl/us comprises at least 40 vertebra. The notch in the pubis, to
which Prof. Seeley alludes, is not distinctly shown on the lithographed figure published
in 1882, but is well marked both on the woodcut, p. 364 of the description, and on
the specimen No. R. 53 in the British Museum, and agrees in every respect with the
figure of the Reptile referred by Deecke (16) to Lariosawrus. Dames (22) has already
pointed out that Deecke’s Lariosaurus could hardly be the same as the Lariosaurus of
Crivelli and Curioni, from which it differs in the shape of the clavicle, the feebly curved
and distally expanded humerus, the longer propodials, and the notched pubis. Apart
from the supposed absence of an ectepicondylar foramen in the humerus, which may
after all be due to its having been overlooked, I can see no ground for regarding
Deecke’s specimen as generically distinct from Neusticosaurus pusillus. Of course, so
long as the skull remains unknown, no certain conclusion can be arrived at, but I am
much struck by the agreement of Deecke’s and Fraas’s specimens in the following
points :—

1. The cervical vertebrz are less massive than in Lariosaurus.

2. The dorsal ribs are much thicker in their proximal than in their distal portion ;

the head is expanded and slightly notched.

3. The number of dorsal vertebrae, 23 to 25, which is higher than in Lariosaurus.
. The distally flattened and strongly expanded humerus.
5. The slender, proximally expanded radius, which exceeds half the length of the

humerus.
6. The shape of the coracoid.
7. The shape of the pubis.

iN

With regard to Neusticosaurus pusillus I must observe that there are certainly 21,
and perhaps 22 cervical vertebre; and that therefore the generic identity of this
Reptile with Pachypleura, suggested by Lydekker (21) and accepted by Zittel (20), is
out of question, as well as its identification with Zariosaurus proposed by Bassani (18)}.

Pachypleura edwardsti, as known from the descriptions and figures of Cornalia (9)
and Curioni (12), agrees in many respects with Zariosaurus and Neusticosaurus; but
the neck contains only 16 vertebre, and the humerus is longer than the femur; the
radius and ulna are slender, and two thirds the length of the humerus; the exact
number of phalanges is still unknown,

Dactylosaurus, Girich (15), from the Muschelkalk of Silesia, agrees in the number
of cervical vertebree and the shape and proportion of the radius and ulna with Pachy-
pleura; the phalanges number 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, and the fourth finger is longer than the third.

1 The specimen from Viggiu, figured on plate ii. of Cornalia’s memoir, must be taken as the type of Pachy-
pleura edwardsii, The specimen from Besano, figured on plate i., is possibly a Neusticosaurus.

8 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A NOTHOSAURIAN REPTILE

Assuming the specimen described in this paper to be the young of the larger Lario-
saurus balsami, the genus Lariosaurus is to be distinguished from Neusticosaurus by
the larger and more elongate skull, the shorter and broader radius, the shape of the
humerus, and the absence of notch in the pubis; from Pachypleura and Dactylosaurus
in the greater number of cervical vertebrae, the shorter and broader radius, and the
shape of the humerus; and from the latter more particularly in the relative proportions
of the third and fourth fingers and the number of phalanges in the third finger. These
four genera may be conveniently grouped, for the present, under one family, Lario-
sauride, in many respects intermediate between the Mesosauride and the Notho-
sauride, although nearer the latter, as shown in the following attempt at a classification
of the Order Plesiosauria :—

Order PLESIOSAURIA.

Skull with a single temporal arch. Dentition thecodont. Plastron present, not connected with
the clavicles. No ossified preecoracoid. Sternum absent. Dorsal ribs single-headed.

Divided into three Suborders.

Before passing on to the diagnosis of the mimor groups, I must observe that I reckon the so-
called “ pectoral ” vertebre as cervicals, and that I accept Seeley’s interpretation of the shoulder-
girdle. There is no evidence to show that the bar termed “ precoracoid” in Chelonians constitutes
an element distinct from the scapula; therefore, I revert to the nomenclature of Cuvier and
Rathke, and term this bar acromial process of the scapula in both Chelonians and Plesiosaurians.

I. M&SoSAURIA.

Clavicles present; scapule fused with coracoids, the axes of which are transverse. Humerus
with entepicondylar foramen; propodial bones elongate ; digits with not more than 5 phalanges.
Vertebre conically cupped, with persistent notochordal canal, without transverse processes ;
cervical vertebre 10 or 11; sacral vertebree 4.

A single family :—

1. Musosauriva.

II. Norwosavria.

Clavicles strongly developed, forming a bar across the pectoral region, embracing a small inter-
clavicle; scapule with rudimentary acromial process ; coracoids elongate, forming an angle, in
contact by their extremities. Humerus with entepicondylar foramen ; propodial bones elongate ;
digits with not more than 5 phalanges. Vertebri biplane or feebly biconcave ; transverse processes
short or absent; cervical vertebra 16 to 21; sacral vertebrae 3 to 5°.

1, Lariosavriom.—Palate with infraorbital foramen. Dorsal vertebree without transverse
processes,

2. Nornosavripe.—Palate without infraorbital foramen. Dorsal vertebrae with transverse
processes.

1 Their number is still unknown in the Nothosauride. However, Anarosawrus, Dames, which I would refer
to this family, is stated to have three sacrals.

FROM THE TRIAS OF LOMBARDY. a

III. SavropreryeGra.

Clavicles small, if present, applied to the dorsal surface of the scapule; scapulze with much-
developed acromial process; coracoids enormously developed, with their long axes parallel, their
inner borders in contact. Limbs paddle-shaped, with the propodials more or less abbreviated, and
an increased number of phalanges. Vertebre biplane or feebly biconcave; dorsals with long
transverse processes ; cervical vertebre 20 to 72; sacral vertebre 1 or 2'.

Three families :—

1, Pxrosavrip%.—No median prolongation of the scapulz and coracoids, which are widely sepa-
rated from each other on the median line, thus enclosing a single large foramen; scapule not.
meeting in the middle. About 20 cervical vertebre, with forked ribs.

2. PLEsIosAURID#.—Scapulz separated on the middle line; coracoids with median anterior
prolongation, meeting the interclavicle and clavicles; the pectoral arch thus enclosing two
foramina. Cervical vertebre 28 to 40, with forked ribs.

3. Exasmosaurip#.—Scapule extensively in contact with each other on the middle line, where
they join corresponding median processes of the coracoids ; the pectoral arch thus enclosing two
foramina. Cervical vertebre 35 to 72, with single-headed ribs. Propodial bones much modified,
simulating mesopodials.

REFERENCES TO THE LITERATURE ON NOTHOSAURIANS.

1. Meyer, H. von. Conchiosaurus clavatus, em Saurus aus dem Muschelkalke von Bayreuth.
Mus. Senckenb. i. 1834, pp. 8-14, pl. i.

2. Minster, G. zu. Vorlaufige Nachricht tiber einige neue Reptilien im Muschelkalk you
Baiern. .N. Jahrb. Min. 1834, pp. 521-527.

3. Batsamo-Crivetui, G. Descrizione di un nuovo rettile fossile, della famiglia dei Palzosauri.
Il Politecnico (Milano), May No., 1839, p. 421.—Abstract in N. Jahrb. Min. 1848,
p. 246.

4. Braun, F. Verzeichniss der in der Kreis-Naturalien-Sammlung zu Bayreuth befindlichen
Petrefakten. Leipzig, 1840, 4to.

5. Meyer, H. von. Stmosaurus, die Stumpfschnautze, ein Saurier aus dem Muschelkalke von
Luneville. N. Jahrb. Min. 1842, pp. 184-197.

6. Meyer, H. von, and Purentneer, J. Beitrage zur Paleontologie Wiirttembergs, enthaltend
die fossile Wirbelthierreste aus den Triasgebilden. Stuttgart, 1844, 4to.

7. Meyer, H. von. Zur Fauna der Vorwelt. Die Saurier des Muschelkalkes. Frankfort/M.,
1847-1855, fol. ‘

8. Curton1, G. Cenni sopra un nuovo Saurio fossile dei monti di Perledo sul Lario. Giorn.
Ist. Lomb. xvi. 1847, pp. 157-170, pl. —.

g. Cornauia, KE. Notizie zoologiche sul Pachypleura edwardsii, nuovo sauro acrodonte degli
strati triasici di Lombardia. Giorn. Ist. Lomb. (2) vi. 1854, pp. 45-58, pls. i. & ii,

10. Brainvitte, H.M.D. pz. Ostéographie. Publication posthume. Reptiles. Paris, 1855, fol.

1 This character should probably be erased from the diagnosis. Mr. Andrews (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 6,
xv. 1895, p. 334) states that there appear to be three or four sacral vertebree in Cryptoclidus. [June, 1895.]

VOL. xIV.—ParT I. No. 2.— April, 1896. Cc

10

II,

12.

13.
T4.

15:

16.

We

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

ype

ON A NOTHOSAURIAN REPTILE FROM THE TRIAS OF LOMBARDY.

Gervais, P. Zoologie et Paléontologie frangaises. 2° édition. Paris, 1859, 4to.

Curton1, G. Sui giacimenti metalliferi e bituminosi triasici di Besano. Mem. Ist. Lomb.
ix. 1864, pp. 241-268, pls. v. & vi.

Fraas, O. Ueber Simosaurus pusillus. Wiirtt. Jahresh. xxxvii. 1881, pp. 319-324, pl. i.

SreLey, H.G. On Neusticosaurus pusillus. Q. Journ. Geol. Soc. xxxviii. 1882, pp. 350-366,
pl. xii.

Guricu, G. Ueber einige Saurier des Oberschlesischen Muschelkalks. Zeitschr. Deutsch.
Geol. Ges. xxxvi. 1884, pp. 125-144, pl. i.

Drrcxse, W. Ueber Lariosaurus und eimige andere Saurier der Lombardischen Trias.
Zeitschr. Deutsch. Geol. Ges. xxxviii. 1886, pp. 170-197, pls. iii. & iv.

Baur, G. Bemerkungen tiber Sauropterygia und Ichthyopterygia. Zool. Anz. 1886,
pp. 245-252, & p. 323.

Bassant, F. Sui fossili e sull’ eta degli schisti bituminosi triasici di Besano in Lombardia.
Atti Soc. Ital. xxix. 1886, pp. 15-72.

Kuniscu, H. Ueber eine Saurierplatte aus dem Oberschlesischen Muschelkalke. Zeitschr.
Deutsch. Geol. Ges. xl. 1888, pp. 671-693, pls. xxix. & xxx.

Zirrer, K. A. Handbuch der Palzontologie. Paleozoologie. III. Munich & Leipzig,
1888, 8vo.

LypEKKer, R. Catalogue of the Fossil Reptilia and Amphibia in the British Museum. II.
London, 1889, 8vo.

Dames, W. Anarosaurus pumilio. Zeitschr. Deutsch. Geol. Ges. xlii. 1890, pp. 74-85, pl. i.

Koken, E. Ueber die Bildung des Schidels, der Gehirnhéhle und des Gehérorgans bei der
Gattung Nothosaurus. Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Fr. 1890, pp. 108-111.

Giricu, G. Ueber einen neuen Nothosaurus von Gogolin in Oberschlesien. Zeitschr.
Deutsch. Geol. Ges. xliii. 1891, pp. 967-970.

Sretzy, H. G. The Mesosauria of South Africa. Q. Journ. Geol. Soc. xlviii. 1892,
pp. 586-604, pl. xviii.

Sxurnos, T.G. Vorliufige Mittheilung tiber Parthanosaurus zitteli, einen neuen Saurier
aus der Trias. Zool. Anz. 1893, pp. 67-69.

Koxen, E. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Gattung Nothosaurus. Zeitschr. Deutsch. Geol. Ges.
xlv. 1893, pp. 837-377, pls. vil.—x1.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Lariosaurus balsami, of the natural size. The matrix is represented lighter than it

really is, in order to render the outlines of the bones more distinct (see p. 2).

Frans. Loot, Soc Vol MIE L

A.M. Woodward del.et lith.

Mintern Bros. imp.
is

LARIOSAURUS BALSAMI.

[en]

Il. On the Lepidosiren of Paraguay, and on the eaternal characters of Lepidosiren and
Protopterus. By E. Ray Lanxester, M.A, F.RS., F.Z.S., Linacre Professor of
Comparative Anatomy in the University of Oxford.

Received and read June 19th, 1894.

[Puate IT. ]

THE object of the present communication is to place in the hands of zoologists a
carefully-executed drawing of a South-American Lepidosiren (Pl. II. fig. 1), which, as
will be seen below, there is reason to consider as identical with Natterer’s Lepidosiren
paradoxa (Fitzinger), side by side with a drawing of the African Protopterus annectens,
Owen, from the Gambia (Pl. II. fig. 2). Measurements are also given of the two
species, and illustrations of the proportionate size and of the structure of the scales of
the three species—Ceratodus forsteri, Krefft, Protopterus annectens, Owen, and Lepi-
dosiren, from Paraguay (Pl. II. figs. 4-9). The remarkable villi of the posterior limbs
of the male specimens of the Paraguay Lepidosiren are also carefully represented
(Er fie 23))5

From these data zoologists will be able to form a more correct conception of the
appearance of Lepidosiren than is possible from Natterer’s figure, whilst the differences
between it and Protopterus become obvious.

I do not propose to attempt to decide critically whether the specimens of Lepidosiren
from Paraguay, which I have examined, are the Lepidosiren paradoxa of Fitzinger or
not’. The specimens described by Natterer, and named by Fitzinger, were obtained
from ponds in the neighbourhood of Borba (not Bahia, fide Castelnau), on the Madeira
River, a tributary of the Amazon system. One specimen is recorded by Castelnau as
captured since Natterer’s discovery—having been taken by himself in the Lake Ucayale,.
which is in Eastern Peru, also connected with a tributary of the Amazons,—and two
specimens (one only a skeleton) are in the possession of Prof. Giglioli, of Florence, one
from Manaos, the other from Madeira, both localities in the Amazon basin.

The Paraguay specimens, which were brought to Europe in the beginning of 1894 by
a German traveller, Dr. Bohls”, were obtained from the neighbourhood of the Upper

* See, however, the postscript to this paper, p. 20.
- 2 Dr. Bohls has communicated to the Royal Society of Sciences of Géttingen (‘ Nachrichten,’ 1894, p. 80) an
account of his capture of these specimens and of the various points relating to the natural history of Lepidosiren
observed by him. The account is so interesting that I shall give here some extracts from it. Dr. Bohls
states that he discovered these Lepidosiren in the interior of the swamps of the Chaco (on the right bank of the
Paraguay River). The Lepidosiren does not occur in the river itself, but only in the pools of the swampy

c2

12 PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS.

Paraguay River, in “the swamps of the Chaco.” Six of these specimens I have had
the opportunity of examining: two more closely, which I purchased for the Oxford
University Museum; three purchased by the British Museum, Natural History (by kind
permission of the Keeper of the Zoological Collections) ; and one in the possession of
Mr. E. Gerrard, Jun.

Since these specimens, from one of which (now in the Oxford Museum) the drawing
in the accompanying Plate has been prepared, were from the more southern river-
system of the La Plata, and not from the great Amazon basin, there is, primd facie, a
question possible as to whether we have here to deal with Natterer’s species or a
distinct and new species. Castelnau did not hesitate to assign his specimen from
Lake Ucayali, in the Amazonian area, to a new species; but probably, in view of the

district near it. It appears that Natterer’s and Castelnau’s specimens were also from pools and not from
rivers. Dr. Bohls believes that, whilst there is a southern limit to the distribution of Lepidosiren, it will be
be found everywhere in the northern parts of South America in stagnant pools which are of fair depth (5 to 6
feet). The particular swamp in which Dr. Bohls captured his specimens was four days’ journey west of the
Paraguay River, and its borders were inhabited by a primitive tribe of Lengua Indians. They make the
Lepidosiren and other fish captured in the pools their chief article of diet. The Lepidosiren cannot be caught
with nets (on account of the weeds), nor by hook and line; they are caught with a spear or harpoon of about
eight feet in length. The Indians plunge into the water in parties, prodding the bottom of the pools with
these instruments. Dr. Bohls himself went out with a party of ten Indians. The ovaries of the Lepidosiren
are preferred as an article of food to the salmon-like flesh, and are pressed into a kind of cake. The Lenguas
Indians call the Lepidosiren “‘ Loalach.” The Lepidosiren feeds chiefly on a marsh-snail (Ampullaria) which
grows as large as a man’s fist, and has a dense shell which the powerful teeth of the Lepidosiren are well fitted
to crush. ‘he bite of the animal is much feared by the Indians. Vegetable matter is found in the alimentary
canal of the Lepidosiren together with the remains of the snails, but Dr. Bohls thinks it probable that this may
have been swallowed accidentally, and not as food. Few examples of the fish are taken in a complete condition ;
one of the limbs may be missing, or the tail injured (as often noted also with Protopterus). The Jacare
(Alligator sclerops) feeds on the Lepidosiren in these pools, and specimens were found with the whole region
of the body posterior to the anus in a state of regeneration—the amputation having been probably due to the
bite of an Alligator.

Dr. Bohls is unable to say from actual observation that Lepidosiren can live in the dry mud of the pools,
but as the swamps do dry up when the weather is hot and little rain falls, they must either die or pass through
a period of non-aquatic life. Natterer relates that his Lepidostren could give a cry like that of a cat. Those
observed by Dr. Bohls gave out a sound when removed from the water, caused by expelling air through the
narrow aperture of the branchial chamber.

The alcohol in which the Lepidosiren were preserved acquired a green colour, and this colouring matter was
given out even after months, when the alcohol had been replaced several times (cf. green colour of the bones of
Protopterus). When Dr. Bohls left the Chaco the females were quite ripe with distended ovaries, but no eggs
apparently had been laid. The specimens brought home by him therefore are, many of them, in a state
approaching that of the spawning period, but not actually arrived at that condition (see above as to my
observations on the villi of the pelvic limbs of the males), Dr. Bohls tried to keep specimens alive in tanks,
but, as all were necessarily injured by the spear in capture, they invariably died on the second or third day
after they were obtained,

PROF, E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. 18

absence from his description of any distinctive characters, no one will be found to
agree with him.

The view taken as to the Paraguayan Lepidosiren being distinct from that of the
Amazons will no doubt depend, to some extent, on the conclusion which is accepted
as to the existence of a single species of Protopterus in the African continent. If
we agree with Dr. Gunther that Peters’s Protopterus amphibius from the Zambesi
(Quillemane) is not really distinct from the Protopterus annectens, Owen, of the
western water-shed of Africa (Gambia), then it will seem not unlikely that a single
species of Lepidosiren may similarly inhabit two distinct river-systems in South
America’.

From an examination which I have made of specimens of Protopterus in the British
Museum and elsewhere, I cannot regard the question of the species of African
Protopteri as finally settled, and would venture to point out that it is very desirable
that large and well-preserved specimens should be secured, by those who may have
the opportunity, from each of the different river-systems of Africa and deposited in
European collections for study. It seems that we must either admit that a very
marked range of variation is exhibited (as is @ priori likely enough) in specimens of
one species of both Protopterus and Lepidosiren, or that more than one species has to
be recognized in each genus.

On the whole, [ think it will be best to assume for the present that Bohls’s Paraguay
Lepidosiren” is identical with the LZ. paradoxa of Fitzinger and Natterer, and I now

1? It appears that Professor Peters refers some of the specimens from the Zambesi and also those from the
Nile and from the Tanganyika district to the species P. annectens of Owen, and that his P. amphibius is repro-
sented only by certain specimens brought by him from the district of the delta of the Zambesi (Quillimane),
and preserved in the Berlin Museum. P. amphibius is stated to possess only thirty pairs of ribs instead of
thirty-five (P. annectens), and as its specially distinctive character is given not merely that a fin-membrane
(‘ Flossensaum ’) is present on one border of both pectoral and pelvic limbs (instead of on the pectorals only, as
in P. annectens), but that the membrane in both limbs is supported by minute cartilaginous rods, which are
wanting in P. annectens. (See Schneider, ‘ Zoologische Beitriige,’ vol. ii. 1890, p. 97).

The determination of the presence or absence of the minute fringing cartilages of the fins requires the use of
the microscope. I have examined specimens from the Zambesi (in the British Museum) with a fin-membrane
well developed on the hinder limbs, but was not able to apply the microscope. As to how far these characters
are really indicative of specific separation is still doubtful, and can be cleared up only by minute examination of
large series of specimens, which it is to be hoped will soon be forthcoming now that our communication with
Equatorial Africa is so greatly improved and extended.

? Prof. Ehlers, in an interesting communication to the Royal Society of Sciences of Géttingen (‘ Nachrichten,’
1894, p. 84), gives reasons for considering that Dr. Bohls’s collection of ZLepidosiren from Paraguay consists
.of two species—one which he considers identical with Natterer’s L. paradowa, and a second which he distin-
guishes as L. articulata, n. sp. Prof. Ehlers had the opportunity of looking over thirty-two specimens from
Paraguay, of which he considers that twenty-seven belong to his new species, whilst five are to be referred to
L. paradowa of Fitzinger.

The characters adduced by Prof. Ehlers for separating these two species appear to me to be insufficient

14 PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS.

propose to point out what are the chief differences of form and proportion between
Lepidosiren and Protopterus as represented on the one hand by the Paraguay specimens
of Lepidosiren, and on the other hand by specimens of Protopterus from both the
Gambia and the Zambesi.

Sir Richard Owen, in his original description of Protopterus annectens (Trans. Linn.
Soc. xviii. 1841, p. 327), pointed out important differences in his new form from Africa

depending as they do on the general form of the head and snout, which is lable to distortion owing to the
specimen resting on the head when placed in a jar containing the alcohol in which it is preserved. The males,
both of the series assigned to the old species, L. paradowa, Fitz., and of the series assigned by Ehlers to his
new species, presented equally the remarkable villi on the pelvic limbs hitherto unknown in Lepidosiren. In
the females of both the villi are absent—the specimens brought home formerly by Natterer were females.

The only character which Ehlers adduces for separating the Paraguay specimens into two distinct species,
which seems to me likely to be of value, is that upon which he bases the specific name ‘ articulata.’

One (or more? Prof. Ehlers does not state) of the specimens belonging to the series of twenty-seven, which
on account of shape of head and colour he had set apart as a new species distinct from the remaining five, was
found to exhibit a segmentation of the cartilaginous skeletal axis of the limbs, both pectoral and pelvic. Now
it is well known that according to Bischoff’s description and figure the skeletal axis of the limb (of each girdle)
of L. paradowa, Fitz., is an unsegmented continuous tapering rod of cartilage. In the African Protopterus the
corresponding skeletal element consists of successive segments.

As Prof. Ehlers justly observes, the character which he has thus put forward requires testing on a large
number of specimens. It does not appear from his statement that he has so tested it. It would not even follow
that two species of Lepidosiren exist side by side in Paraguay, because some specimens are found to have
segmented skeletal axes to the limbs, and a certain proportion are found to have an unsegmented axis.

The fact is that the specific determination of the Paraguay Lepidosiren has yet. to be made by comparison,
either with the five specimens from the Amazons now in European Museums (one in Paris, two in Vienna, two
in Florence), or with new specimens to be obtained from the Amazon system. (See postscript, p. 20.)

Prof. Ehlers’s identification of five specimens, out of thirty-two brought by Dr. Bohls, with L. paradoxa,
Fitz., cannot be regarded as resting on satisfactory grounds, any more than the separation of the other
twenty-seven specimens as a distinct species. That one of the latter had a jointed axis to the limb cannot be
held to go very far; we do not really know at present whether such jointing is common, or occasional, or never
present in Lepidosiren annectens, and until we do it will be best to consider Dr. Bohls’s specimens from
Paraguay provisionally as identical with the Amazonian L. annectens, Fitz. (See, however, the postscript to
this paper, p. 20.)

Bischoff’s figure and description of the cartilaginous axis of the limb of L. annectens, Fitz., in the ‘Annales.
des Sciences Naturelles,’ 1840, does not justify a final conclusion as to the absence of segmentation in that
axis. Protopterus with its corresponding segmented axis was not known at the time, and in an insufficiently
cleaned preparation it is possible that segmentation may have escaped Bischoff’s notice. He makes no emphatic
statement on the subject.

T am unable to gather from Prof. Ehlers’s statement whether he he has actually seen a Lepidosiren with an
unsegmented cartilaginous axis to the limb, or whether he is merely quoting and assuming the finality of
Bischoff’s statement. He says: “‘ Bei dem von mir so gedeuteten Thiere (Z. annectens) ist auch das Skelet der
Gliedmassen ein einfacher ungegliederter Knorpelstab.” Among Dr. Bohls’s specimens there were five ‘so
gedeutet ” by Prof. Ehlers. It would be satisfactory to know whether all five, or how many, were ascertained
to have the simple unsegmented cartilage-axis, or whether any specimen at all was really ascertained by
Prof. Ehlers to exhibit “ ein einfacher ungegliederter Knorpelstab ” as the fin-skeleton.

PROF, E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. “15
and the description given by Natterer of the South-American Lepidosirén. He especially
drew attention to the relative distance (and number of vertebre) intervening in the
two species between the anterior and posterior limbs. The difference thus indicated
is very striking, and is expressed in general terms by saying that Lepidosiren is long
and eel-like, whilst Protopterus is comparatively short and thick-set.

In order to place the distinction on a definite numerical footing, it is found convenient
to take the following points of measurement:—A. Total length from the extremity of
the snout to the extremity of the caudal fin; B. From the extremity of the snout to
the anterior margin of the pectoral fin where it springs from the body; C. From the
anterior margin of the pectoral fin to the anterior margin of the pelvic fin; D. From
the anterior margin of the pelvic fin to the extremity of the tail; E. From the anterior
margin of the pectoral fin to the vertical drawn from the anterior limit of the dorsal fin.

In the following lists I give these measurements, A, B, C, D, E, for five specimens
of the Paraguay Lepidosiren, and for six specimens of Protopterus. It is no doubt true
that the ratio of these lengths one to another differs in larger specimens as compared
with quite small specimens; also that the distortion caused by stuffing may entirely
- obscure the natural proportions. With the exception of two large stuffed specimens
of Protopterus in the British Museum, all the specimens, the measurements of which
are here recorded, were preserved in alcohol.

If we take the length of B (from tip of snout to anterior margin of pectoral fin) as a
unit, these measurements may be expressed in a form facilitating a direct comparison
of all the specimens examined.

It will facilitate the statement of these results if we call A the total length, B the
head-length, C the inter-membral length, D the post-pelvic length, and E the cervico-
dorsal length. If we give the total length in centimeters it will be unnecessary to
burden the reader with the other measurements in centimeters; it will be sufficient
to give them in terms of the unit of comparison adopted, viz. the head-length.

Taste A.—Measurements of Lepidosiren from Paraguay.

Total Ratio [ Head- Ratio of Ratio of Ratio of
No. Specimen. length in of total | length | inter-membral | post-pelvie |cervico-dorsal
centimeters, | length. | (unit). length. length. length.
1. | Smaller male Lepidosiren from 57 8:77 1 4-7 3°15 3
Paraguay (Oxford Museum) .
2. | Larger male Lepidosiren from 73°3 10°47 1 5°85 3°57 2-92
| Paraguay (Oxford Museum) . :
3. | Large male Lepidosiren from 72 9°27 il 5 3°38 © 2:58
Paraguay (British Museum) . i
4, |Small male Lepidosiren from 40°5 10°12 1 5 41 3:06
Paraguay (British Museum) .
5. | Female Lepidosiren from Para- 67 10°3 1 5:53 3:77 3:54
‘| guay (British Museum) ....
INES) Goocdococoos|| ‘accou0 9°75 1 521 3°59 3-2
wea TR Ucrvnc Turtle poor ih eee D TU MIDE SpeenTT te [lg HVReLonUNTLN TAs meter aOR LDN ean eens eniy imac nrg nena NT RETR tee ed eee ee 1

16 PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS.

Taste B.—Measurements of specimens of Protopterus annectens, Owen.

Total Ratio of total | Head- Ratio of Ratio of Ratio of
No. Specimen. length in length to | length | inter-membral | post-pelvic | cervico-dorsal
centimeters. | head-length. | (unit). length. length. length.
1. | Specimen in Oxford Museum,
killed, and measured three
hours after death (see Pl. IT.,
and explanation where this
specimen is figured), from the
Grilli, sosésoousuondcs 50 6°25 iL 2:5 2-63 1:3
2. | Quite small specimen in the
Oxford Museum .......... 23 7°66 i 3:3 3:3 14
3. | From the Zambesi (British
WEITER) Gong do gosKoG0CKS 39 7 1 3 3 1:2
4, |A second from the Zambesi
(British Museum) ........ 32 8 1 3°25 3°75 15
5. | Stuffed specimen in British
Museum, formerly living in
the Crystal Palace, Sydenham. 79 9°3 1 3°53 4:17 1:64
6. | Very large stuffed specimen in
British Museum (purchased
of M. Parzudaki): Nile .... 90 7 1 3°46 2-46 2

The facts indicated by these two sets of measurements (excluding any close following
of the figures derived from the stuffed specimens of Protopterus) are, firstly, that the
proportional value of the measurements differs greatly in different specimens; and
secondly, that if we take a fair well-grown specimen of Protopterus on the one hand
and of Lepidosiren on the other, the former from 40-50 centimeters, and the latter
60-70 centimeters in length, they contrast most strongly in the following points—
namely, that in Protopterus the whole animal is about 63 times as long as its head,
whereas in Lepidosiren the whole animal is about 10 times as long as its head. Next,
that whereas in Protopterus the inter-membral length is about 24 times the length of
the head, it is about 5 times the length of the head in Lepidosiren ; and, lastly, that
whereas in Protopterus it is about once and a half the length of the head from the
pectoral to the commencement of the dorsal fin, it takes as much as three head-lengths
to cover the same line in Lepidosiren. ‘The post-pelvic ratio of length is nearly the
same in the two genera.

These external differences are, of course, accompanied by corresponding numerical
differences in the number of myocommata and vertebre, which have already been noted
by Owen, and there are corresponding differences in the number of scales between the
points taken. It is not my purpose on the present occasion to deal with points of
anatomy, and with regard to the enumeration of scales I will record that it is by no
means an easy task in Lepidosiren on account of the delicacy of the scales, their small
size and deep implantation, as well as the abundant coagulated and strongly pigmented
tissue which covers them in specimens recently preserved in spirit and therefore not.
macerated.

PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. 17

The form and ornamentation of the scales have been more or less fully described
by Natterer and Bischoff in Lepidosiren, by Owen in Protopterus, and by Giinther
in Ceratodus. From Wiedersheim we have a more minute account of the denticles
which are set on the polygonal aree marking the scales of Protopterus. In PI. II.
figs. 4—9, I have reproduced drawings prepared for me by Mr. E. S. Goodrich, F.L.S., of
Merton College, my assistant in the Oxford Museum, showing the relative size of the
scales in the three genera Ceratodus, Protopterus, and Lepidosiren, and also showing
the denticulate ornament of the scales, equally magnified in each case for comparison.
The scale chosen in each case is taken from a point near the middle of the inter-.
membral area, and about halfway between the dorsal and ventral mid-line; the object
has been to select in each case a similarly-conditioned scale. It will be seen that the
scale of Ceratodus is enormous compared with those of the other two genera, and that.
that of Protopterus is larger than that of Lepidosiren. (See further, as to the scales,
in the note to the Explanation of the Plates.)

The denticulations of the scales do not vary in size proportionately to the size of the
scales, but are only somewhat coarser in Ceratodus than in Protopterus and Lepidosiren
(Pl. II. figs. 7-9).

The last point, in reference to the Paraguayan Lepidosiren, to which I desire to draw
attention in the present communication is the remarkable development of the villi on the
hind limbs. ‘These were described and figured by me in outline in a letter to ‘ Nature’
in April 1894. They have also been described, but not figured, by Prof. Ehlers in a.
communication to the Gottingen ‘ Nachrichten,’ 1894, p. 87, which was not published
until June, and was unknown to me when my letter in ‘Nature’ was published,
although some author’s reprints had been distributed before that date. It appears
that these villi occur only on male specimens. They are present on all the male
specimens I have examined, and are absent from the females. They occur on the
postero-medial surface of the elongated pelvic fins, and are seen both in Pl. II. fig. 1
and in the enlarged drawing of the limb (PI. I. fig. 3), which is represented as turned.
forward so as to expose them fully to view. ‘The villi are small, pale-coloured, blunt
processes, from three to four times as long as broad; they are either simple or joined,
to the number of two, three, or four, on a common base. I have examined the micro-
scopic structure of these villi by means of transverse sections. They are covered with
epidermic cells, which are two or three deep, and show evidence, in the condition of
their nuclei, of being in course of active multiplication. But I did not observe any
special characters of interest in these cells; they were block-like, solid, and not.
flattened. Below the epithelial cells is a finely fibrous connective tissue, which in
transverse section of the villi is seen to occupy the axis, and to take the form of trabeculz
enclosing oblong cavities with rounded contours. Numerous nuclei belonging to the
connective tissue—some in karyokinetic activity—are apparent in such sections, and
here and there a minute blood-vessel. ‘The cavernous structure of the connective tissue

VOL, XIV.—PART I. No. 3.—April, 1896. D

18 PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS.

and the vascularity of the villi are in favour of the supposition that the cavernous tissue
may be erectile under certain conditions, probably at the time of sexual congress *.

External Gills of Protopterus.

The presence of external gills was given in the Brit. Mus. Cat. Fishes, viii. p. 322
(1870), by Dr. Giinther, as diagnostic of the genus Protopterus in contrast to Lepidosiren.
The diagnostic is adopted also by Schneider (Joc. c#t.). I believe that the distinguished
zoologist of the British Museum would not at the present moment put forward that
character as one to be insisted upon. There is no doubt that moderate-sized specimens
of Protopterus, such as that figured in Pl. II. fig. 2, do not possess external gills.
While small specimens of Protopterus possess remarkable pigmented (yellow and
black) external gills, it is impossible at present to use this character as distinguishing
Protopterus from Lepidosiren, since small specimens of Lepidosiren have not been
examined, and may therefore, for all we know, possess such gills also.

The Specimen of Protopterus annectens, figured in Plate II. fig. 2.

The Protopterus figured in the Plate accompanying this paper, for the purpose of
comparison with Lepidosiren, was living in the tank of the Reptile House in Regent's
Park three hours before it was sketched. The drawing has a special value, therefore,
as being made from a perfectly fresh and undistorted specimen. It was kindly placed
in my hands for the purpose of study by Dr. P. L. Sclater, Secretary to the Zoological
Society of London. It proved to be a female, and is one of six from the Gambia River
presented to the Society by Mr. H. H. Lee.

It isremarkable that both the limbs and the tail of well-grown specimens of Protopterus
seem to be specially liable to injury during life. I believe this injury arises not only
from bites inflicted by the Protopteri on one another, but also from the attacks of a
parasite which is allied to, if not identical with, the Saprolegnia ferox of salmon
disease. In captivity they are, as a fact, attacked by Saprolegnia, and the consequent
ulceration leads to loss of parts of the caudal and lateral fins.

The female specimen which is drawn in PI. II. fig. 2 is remarkable for the complete-
ness of the caudal fin and for the fact that a minute median filament is present,
extending beyond the main outline of the fin posteriorly.

Tam not able at present to give any further detail as to the nature of this process,
the specimen being retained in a complete condition for exhibition in the University
Museum, Oxford.

The lateral fins are of more than average length as compared with specimens of this
size. In young Protopteri the pectorals and pelvics are very long; in specimens

1 A demonstration that such is the nature of the villi would, however, require specimens in which the
cond:tion of turgescence was actually retained in preservation, or fresh specimens upon which injection could
be practised.

PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. 19

5 inches long the pectoral fins may have a length of 34 inches. Apparently the fins
are continually being shortened by violence or disease, and continually grow again, not
to the relative length seen in the young, but so as to repair to a great extent the loss.
Hence it seems that little importance can be attached, in the diagnosis of Protopterus
and Lepidosiren, to the relative length of the fins, unless a very large series of each.
is studied.

I am also unwilling to attach much importance to the general form of the head and
the relative position of the eye in relation to the angle of the mouth as specific or
generic characters, since we have no drawing or record of freshly killed or living
specimens of Lepidosiren, while preservation in spirit is liable to be attended by
considerable distortion of the head.

But it is fairly apparent, as shown in the Plate, that the head of Protopterus is less
blunt anteriorly than that of Lepidosiren, and that the eye of Lepidosiren is placed
much further forward than that of Protopterus, so as to be in front of the angle of
the mouth.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Fig. 1. Lepidosiren from the swamps of the Chaco (Upper Paraguay River), natural
size: male. Drawn from a spirit-preserved specimen in the Oxford University
Museum by J. Bayzand *.

Fig. 2. Protopterus annectens, Owen. Drawn by J. Bayzand* from a specimen recently
killed and untouched by alcohol. The specimen is a female, was brought

* Note, Dec. 20, 1895.—It is only fair to the artist, Mr. Bayzand, to point out that a curious inaccuracy has
crept into the lithographic reproduction of his drawing which is not present in the original as made by him.
It will be observed, in the two large figures of Lepidosiren and Protopterus respectively, that there is a
marking on the surface of the body, especially strongly rendered in the drawing of Protopterus, which
appears to indicate ‘“‘ scales,” and was interpreted as such by the lithographer. As a matter of fact, no scales
at all or parts of scales are visible on the surface of the body of a fresh or well-preserved specimen of Proto-
pterus. The scales are entirely overlaid, in both Protopterus and Lepidosiren, by soft vascular connective tissue
in addition to a well-developed epithelium. The arez which are marked out on the surface of the body and
have been wrongly rendered in the lithograph as scales are in reality lozenge-shaped arez outlined by the
greater abundance along their margins of the large branching pigment-cells of the connective tissue which
overlies as a uniform and continuously flat layer the subjacent scales. The lithographer, thinking he was
called upon to represent protruding imbricated scales, such as appear on the surface in many common
Teleostean fishes, has changed the outline of the pigment-arez and represented the posterior border as a portion
of a circular curve, a form which it does not present either in Protopterus or Lepidosiren, and which was not
given to it in Mr. Bayzand’s original drawing. The true form of these arew delimited by pigment-cells is
seen in the woodcut, fig. 1. The areze are seen to have a pointed angular posterior border, and not a curved
one. ‘The anterior border, on the contrary, shows a rounding-off of the angle, so that the form of the markings
given in the lithograph should be reversed. The arev are less elongated near the head and near the origin of
the median fins than in other regions.

Though these areze are in no way to be regarded as scales, they yet correspond in position and number with
the subjacent imbricated scales. Each scale in Protopterus and Lepidosiren has a large sculptured area carrying
the denticulations figured in the Plate, and, extending posteriorly beyond this, a softer unsculptured portion

D2

20 PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS.

from the Gambia district, West Africa, and had been living two years in the
Society’s Gardens.
Fig. 3. Left hind limb of the specimen of Lepidosiren drawn in fig. 1, reflected forward

which is as it were cut off above and below so as to form a strong median angle (Plate II. figs. 5 & 6), The
line separating the stronger sculptured part of the scale from the smooth softer piece presents a fine curvature
(aa in figs. 5 & 6 of the Plate). In old spirit-specimens of Protopterus (woodcut, fig. 2) and also in similar

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

post.

Diagram of the lozenge-shaped are outlined by pigment- Diagram of the same aree as those drawn in fig. 1, as
cells (which are also seen scattered and in some places seen in a specimen which has been long preserved in
aggregated on the general surface), from the mid-body weak spirit. The pigment has become altered in colour
region of Protopterus annectens, as seen in a freshly- (from blue-black to a warm brown) and has diffused
preserved specimen (six months in spirit). into and stained adjacent tissue. The subepidermic

connective tissue is wrinkled and semitransparent, and
permits one to see the outline of the semicircular curve
(a, @) which separates the sculptured from the unsculp-
tured portion of the subjacent scale.

“specimens of Lepidosiren, this curved line shows through the softened and wrinkled dermis (woodcut, fig. 2, a a)
-owing to the greater thickness and differentiated texture of the sculptured portion of the buried scale.

The relation of an entire scale to the lozenge-shaped
pigment-area of the surface-tissues is shown in woodcut
fig. 3, where the scale is drawn so as to show its sculp-
tured and unsculptured portions, and the superjacent
lozenge-area of pigment-cells is dotted in.

In the figures 5 and 6 of Plate II. the dotted line
indicates similarly the anterior border of a superjacent
pigment-lozenge.

If we now compare the figure of the scale of Cera-
todus forsteri (Pl. II. fig. 4) with the diagrams and

Diagram to show the relation of the scale of Protopterus drawings of the scales of Protopterus and Lepidosiren,
to the superjacent lozenge-shaped area outlined by
pigment-cells. a, the line separating the thicker 4 :
sculptured portion of the scale from the softer and unsculptured posterior portion of the scale. In Cera-
smooth, pointed portion, c; 2, the position of the todus, however, this part of the scale is firm and thick,
pigment-cells disposed in the form of a lozenge.

it becomes apparent that there is here also a smooth

and is freely exposed, covered neither by dermis nor
epidermic epithelium.
The most probable interpretation of these facts, from the point of view of the ancestral history of the scale

PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. 21

so as to expose the anus on the left side of the animal’s body, and showing
the villi (found only in the male) on the dorso-mediad face of the limb.
Drawn by J. Bayzand: twice the natural size, linear.

Fig. 4. Scale from middle of the side of the body of Ceratodus forsteri, Krefft.
< 3diam. 6, dotted line marking off the exposed portion of the scale (to
the right) from that which is sunk beneath the surface.

Fig. 5. Scale from a similar position from Protopterus annectens. X 3 diam.

Fig. 6. Scale from a similar position from the Paraguayan Lepidosiren. X 3 diam.
For explanation of reference-letters @ and 5 see footnote.

Fig. 7. Denticulation of the scale of Ceratudus. X 180 diam.

Fig. 8. Denticulation of the scale of Protopterus. X 180 diam.

Fig. 9. Denticulation of the scale of Lepidosiren. X 180 diam.

Postscript.—July 8th, 1895.

Since the foregoing paper was written and the figures of the Plate drawn, I have made
it my business to examine as far as possible the specimens of Lepidosiren from the
Amazons which exist in European Museums.

I visited Paris in April, and by the courtesy of the Director of the Jardin des Plantes,
M. Milne-Edwards, and of Prof. Le Vaillant was permitted to}examine carefully and to
measure Castelnau’s specimen, as also a fragmentary skin from an old Portuguese
collection, which is probably referable to the Amazonian Lepidosiren.

I proceeded to Florence, where my old friend Prof. Giglioli placed at my service—
for the purpose of determining the justification of Ehlers’s proposal to form the new
species, Lepidosiren articulata—his two specimens from the Amazons.

Lastly, I wrote to Dr. Steindachner, of Vienna, to ask him to examine Natterer’s two
original specimens in order to determine whether the skeletal axis of the limb is
“articulated,” or a simple continuous rod of cartilage. Dr. Steindachner wrote to
inform me that the hinder limbs of the specimen anatomized by Bischoff appear to
be lost: they cannot be found. At the same time he had the great kindness to send to
me Natterer’s untouched second specimen in order that I might examine it myself.
I have examined it, and returned it to Dr. Steindachner a month ago.

Thus I have myself examined every specimen of Brazilian Zepidosiren known to

and of the Dipnoi as a natural group, appears to be that the scales of Protopterus and Lepidosiren are in a state
of retrogressive modification or degeneration as compared with those of Ceratodus. It would seem that,
whereas the ancestral form presents a freely exposed posterior margin to the scale, the whole scale has shrunk
and withdrawn, so to speak, within and beneath the outermost layers of the dermis in Protopterus and Lepido-
siren, whilst Ceratodus retains the ancestral character. Of course, behind and beyond that (in historical
sequence) there is a hypothetical series of more primitive ancestral phases which lead to the multitudinous
dermic denticles of primitive fishes.

22 PROF, E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS.

exist in European Museums, excepting the one of Natterer’s two which has lost the
hinder limbs.

The main point to which my observation was directed was the existence or non-
existence of a segmented structure in the cartilaginous skeletal axis of the pectoral
and pelvic fins.

Tue Paris Specimens.—lI did not ask permission to cut into the limb of Castelnau’s.
specimen in Paris; hence it remains intact, and may be appealed to should any doubt
remain after what I have to relate of the other specimens. The small second specimen
in Paris is very incomplete, and of no value for the present enquiry.

Castelnau’s specimen measures 85 cm. in length. The head-length (as defined in the
preceding memoir) is 9 cm., the inter-membral length is 48:5 cm., the post-membral
length is 27-5 cm., and the cervico-dorsal length is 26 cm. The greatest depth of the
body is 10 cm. The specimen is very soft, and somewhat flattened and collapsed,
hence deeper than natural. The colour is very pale—greyish brown. ‘The anus is on
the left side; there are no villi on the pelvic fin. The lower jaw was damaged in
capture. ‘The eye is far in front of the angle of the mouth (halfway between it and
the border of the snout). The eye is flat, without raised cornea, as in all examples of
Lepidosiren 1 have seen, whether from Brazil or Paraguay.

Tut FLorenck SPECIMENS.—One of these had been Fig. 4.
macerated and more or less cleaned. ‘The pelvic limbs
were attached to the girdle, and presented the appearance
shown in the woodcut (fig. 4.). The segmentation of the
axis of the limb was most obvious! The fore limbs were
very small, and still covered by integument. I dissected this
away and found the axis “segmented” or “ articulated”
as in the hind limbs. This specimen was not a large
one (about 40 cm.in length). It was sent to Prof. Giglioli
by Senhor J. Barbosa Rodriguez, of Rio de Janeiro,
and was procured by him at Antaz, Madeira, Amazons.

The sex was not determined. ‘The local native name is
“ Trayraboia.”

Prof. Giglioli’s second specimen is larger, and is com-
plete, except that the viscera have been removed (the
existence of ova had been noted by Prof. Giglioli). It is
82°25 cm. long. The head-length is 8°25 cm., the inter-
membral length 47 cm., the post-membral length 27 cm.,
the cervico-dorsal 30cm. ‘There are no villi on the pelvic fin, and the anus is on the
left side.

With Prof. Giglioli’s permission, | made a partial section of the right fore limb and
of the right hind limb. In both the cartilaginous skeletal axis was seen to be made

PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. 23

up of successive segments—the separate cartilages being divided by connective tissue.
The fore limb in this specimen was very small and flattened.

This specimen was also sent by Senhor Barbosa Rodriguez to Prof. Giglioli. He
obtained it from Igarape do Aterro, Manaos, Amazons, where its native name is
“ Piramboia.”

Senhor Rodriguez recorded the capture of this specimen in the ‘ Jornal do Commercio,’
of Rio de Janeiro, 15th November, 1886, and while furnishing the reader with a rough
but characteristic figure (which would enable an up-country naturalist to recognize
specimens should they come to hand), spoke of it as Lepidosiren gigliolana, n. sp.

This specimen is a female, and is (as compared with Bohls’s Paraguayan specimens )
singularly light-coloured. It is of a clear brown. I have, however, little doubt that
the paleness of colour is due to the prolonged action of sunlight and of the spirit used
as preservative.

Tue Vienna Spectmen (Navrerer’s oRIGINAL).—It was a rare pleasure to be able to
handle one of the two specimens which fifty years ago were brought to Europe by
the celebrated traveller Natterer, and were the first indication to zoologists of the
existence of the group of Dipnoi, since expanded by the discovery of Protopterus and
Ceratodus and of many Paleozoic allies.

The specimen kindly sent to me by Dr. Steindachner was in beautiful conclition, in
spite of its fifty years’ sojourn in spirit. Like Castelnau’s and Giglioli’s specimens, it
is a clear brown and not greenish black, as are Bohls’s specimens from Paraguay.
Probably this is due to long soaking in spirit (see Bohls’s remarks, cited above, as to
the pigment of his specimens). The length of this specimen was 58 cm., its head-
length 5:5 cm., the inter-membral length 31 em., the post-membral length 22 cm., and
the cervico-dorsal length 16 cm. There were no villi on the pelvic fin. I did not
determine the sex. I opened the integument of both a pectoral and a pelvic fin, and
found that the skeletal axis was built up of separate articulated segments as in
Prof. Giglioli’s two specimens and as in the three Paraguayan specimens which I
have examined for the determination of this point. ‘This specimen came from Madeira,
Amazons.

Summary oF Resunts or Examination oF THE AMAZONIAN LepmposrreN.—Of the five
specimens of Amazonian Lepidosiren which exist in Europe (for we may exclude the
small Lisbon skin in the Jardin des Plantes) I have examined three in regard to the
articulation of the skeletal axis of the limbs, and have found that tlaat axis is in all
segmented. Of the two remaining specimens, one (Natterer’s dissected by Bischoff )
has now lost the hinder limbs, the other (Castelnau’s) remains ‘or reference ; for
although I examined it and took measurements, I did not cut into the integument of
the limbs.

I have not seen a Paraguayan Lepidosiren with non-segmented or non-articulated
skeletal limb-axis, and it is desirable that Prof. Ehlers should clearly say whether he

24 PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS.

has or has not. The words which he uses do not amount to a statement to the effect
that he has. He says that five specimens out of thirty-two submitted to him by
Dr. Bohls from Paraguay differed in certain features of the head from the other
twenty-seven; further, that one (or more?) of the twenty-seven had segmented limb-
axes, and therefore (it seems) he concludes (but does not state as the result of
observation) that the remaining five must be referred to Fitzinger’s L. paradoxa, and
must have an unsegmented limb-axis, since Bischoff figured such an axis in one of the
original specimens of L. paradoxa. The probability, from my observations, is that
Bischoff erroneously omitted the segmentation of the limb-axis in his figure, and did
not look into the matter carefully. It seems highly probable that all Brazilian
specimens of Lepidosiren, and all Paraguayan specimens of Lepidosiren, have, like
the African Protopterus, a segmented limb-axis. The chief ground put forward by
Ehlers for erecting a new species, “Lepidosiren articulata” from Paraguay, would, if
my surmise be correct, fall to the ground.

Whether any specific distinction between Paraguayan and Amazonian specimens of
Lepidosiren can be based upon other grounds remains to be seen. The characters
derived from small differences in the shape of the head, relied upon by Ehlers, cannot,
in my opinion, be considered as of any value in specimens preserved in spirit, and
pressed down in jars or travelling-cases. The most striking and uniform difference
which I have observed is in colour: the Paraguayan specimens are black, the Brazilian
specimens are clear brown. ‘There is, however, little doubt that this is largely, if
not altogether, due to the longer action of alcohol and sunlight upon the Brazilian
specimens.

Lastly, we may compare the measurements of the Brazilian and Paraguayan specimens.

If we write down, for the three Brazilian specimens, the measurements already given
in terms of\ head-length, it appears that Castelnau’s specimen has a total length of
9-54 units, an inter-membral length of 5:5, a post-membral of 3, and a cervico-dorsal
of 3; for Giglioli’s large specimen the corresponding figures are—10, 5-7, 3°4, and
3°63; for the\Vienna specimen they are—10°06, 5°64, 4, and 3. If we now take the
average of these three Brazilian specimens, and compare it with the average of the five
Paraguayan specimens given on p. 15, we obtain the following striking result :—

\ Total length. Inter-membral. Post-membral. Cervico-dorsal.
Brazilian average, in head-length units ...... 9:87 5:25 3°5 3:21
Paraguayan average in head-length units .... 9°75 5:21 3:59 32

The specimens jn both series were taken altogether by hazard, yet there is the closest.
agreement. No doubt such a result does not exclude the possibility of a specific
difference being discovered separating the Paraguayan from the Brazilian Lepidosiren.
But it renders the existence of such a difference very unlikely, and I have already
shown that it is extremely probable that the character relied on by Prof. Ehlers in
order to separate somne Paraguayan specimens from the Brazilian species has no existence
in fact.

ie

ae

“il
EE Mise Oe

Smit lith.

Bayzand del ad nat J.

LEPIDOSIREN PARADOXA.

PROTOPTERUS ANNECTENS.

n Bros . imp.

a

(ay it
AACN aa
Hae

Viva tty i:
Peay
Hae

- ia

ye i i}
Wann eee

by

A.

i]

lool. Soo Vot Ay

Ree rn

EN PARADOXA.

IVD IE SUDOS NEUE

imp.

Minter Bros .

ANNECTENS.

TA IRO ONS Ms AOS)

lith,

Smit

J.

del ad nat

ZR

Bay:

Ae ts: ped
‘ Peasy) woe

ow
ear atiay
f &
oi
.
e
pea
i
be fF
i i i
t
\
; f
ay S f
nee 4

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

Vou. XIV.—Parr 2.

36 2b 55~

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE;
AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN , AND CO,, PATERNOSTER-ROW.

October 1896.

Price 12s.

Taylor and Francis, Printers, | [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

To Fellows. To the Public.

£s d. £8. ds
VOLUME I. (1833-1835, containing 59 Plates). . Price. 3:13 6.29. 2 18 08
VOLUME _ II. (1835-1841, containing 71 Plates) . oe AON O8 eee tan 6*
VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containing 63 Plates). . » Sea Bee wie a ek lay Oe
VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 77 Plates); 8 2 (0 1200 foe sore ©
VOLUME _ V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). ~. >. 4 BA Bete ee Oe LOO.
VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates). 225, Ll Or ee lp 0 0
VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates). - ,, 10 4 0... .1812 0
VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containmg 82 Plates). 35 9.58923) ca cele dd)
VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates). 60 Sle 6a eh 2 0
VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates). . 5 10.40. 23e ct ee nelosn vat

GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1833-1879) . » 0

(or)
(=)
=
jo)
(ox)

VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). . Price 912 0 1216 0
Part 1. (1880, containing 4 Plates) . - - + - » O12 0 016 0
» 2. (1880, containmg 7 Plates) . . .- - » 018 O 1 4 0
» 9. (1881, contaming 8 Plates) pple sud, 20 110 0
» 4 (1881, containing 3 Plates) iene eres a pire On ea ava) 010 O
,, . (1881, containing 13 Plates) » 018 0 1 4 0
,, 6. (1882, containing 6 Plates) . - - + ; a ON ©) 016 O
» 7. (1882, containing 9 Plates) 43 O 1928 1 0 0
,, 8. (1883, containing 11 Plates) 5 OL 2280 016 0

» 9. (1883, containing 10 Plates) oe OMI 27 0 016 O
» 10. (1885, containing 12 Plates) : : pie bl) ae 2 2 0
» 11. (1885, containing 14 Plates and Title and cranes oy sl cG 2 2 0

* Only odd parts of these volumes can be supplied.
Continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

Geoenl.
bo
on

=

Ill. On a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Paraguay.
By G. A. BouLencsr, F.B.S.

Received May 20th, 1895, read June 18th, 1895,
[Prares I.—VIII.]

THE Trustees of the British Museum have lately acquired a large collection of
Fishes formed by Dr. C. Ternetz at various localities in Matto Grosso and Paraguay.
So few fishes have been collected in the Paraguay System since the time of Natterer
that it seemed to me desirable to draw up an account of the collection, and to give a
full list of all the species represented, several of which are new to science !.

SCIAINIDZ.

1. PLaGioscion TERNETZI. (Plate III.)
Plagioscion ternetzi, Boulenger, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 523.

Outer upper and inner lower teeth considerably enlarged. Depth of body 3 times
in total length, length of head 3 to 3} times; snout a little longer than diameter of
eye, which is 5 to 53 times in length of head; interorbital width equal to iength of
snout, 4 times in length of head; maxillary extending to below posterior border of
eye ; preopercular border rounded, finely denticulated behind, with wide-apart small
serre at the angle and below. 15 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch, the
longest as long as or a little shorter than longest gill-filaments. Lower pharyngeal
teeth villiform. Dorsal X, I 33-35; third and fourth or fourth and fifth spines
longest, 1 to 2 length of head. Pectoral nearly } length of head. Anal II 6; second
spine very strong, 4 length of head. Caudal pointed, densely scaled. ‘The distance
between base of anal and base of caudal 24 depth of caudal peduncle. Scales nearly

all ctenoid, 95-100 S44; lat. 1. 48-50. Uniform silvery.
Total length 450 millim.
Two specimens from Remanso, Rio Grande, Paraguay.

This species is allied to Scitena surinamensis, Blkr.

2. PACHYURUS SCHOMBURGEI, Gthr.
Paraguay.
1 Diagnoses of the new species have appeared in P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 523.
voL, xIv.— Part 11. No. 1.— October, 1896. E

26 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES

CICHLID.

3. ACARA BIMACULATA, L.
Descalvados, Matto Grosso; Paraguayan Chaco.

4, ACARA TETRAMERUS, Heck.

Descalvados, Matto Grosso; Paraguayan Chaco.

0. MESONAUTA INSIGNIS, Heck.

Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

4, CRENICICHLA JOHANNA, Heck.

Paraguay.

7. CRENICICHLA SAXATILIS, L.

Paraguay.

8. GEOPHAGUS DUODECIMSPINosUS. (Plate IV. fig. 1.)
Geophagus duodecimspinosus, Boulenger, P. Z. 8S. 1895, p. 524.

Depth of body 14 in total length, length of head 3 times. Eye nearer gill-opening
than end of snout, its diameter 34 times in length of head and a little less than
interorbital width ; preeorbital 14 diameter of eye; scales on cheek small, in 7 series.
Dorsal XII 14; spines increasing in length to the fourth, which is 2 length of head ;
soft portion scaly at the base, longest rays nearly as long as head. Pectoral one fourth
longer than head. Ventrals shorter, reaching anal. Anal III 9; third spine longest,
as long as third dorsal. Caudal truncate. Scales 50 a laitawle a Yellowish, with a

dark vertical streak below the eye, and a dark round spot on the side below the
lateral line; vertical fins brownish, with some small, round, white spots on the soft
dorsal and anal; pectorals white, ventrals blackish.

Total length 90 millim.

A single specimen from Paraguay.

PLEURONECTID.
9, SOLEA JENYNSI, Gthr.
Paraguay.
SILURID.
10. Sorupim Lima, Schn.

Paraguay.

FROM THE RIO PARAGUAY.

11. PuatystoMa oRBIGNIANUM, Val.

Paraguay.

12. TLEMIsoRUBIM PLATYRHYNCHUS, C. & V.

Paraguay.

15. Scrapes pictus, Miill. & Trosch.
Matto Grosso.

14. PmEeLopus corroipes, Bler.

Descalvades, Matto Grosso.

15. PIMELODUS ALBICANS, C. & VY.

Paraguay.

16. PimELoDus MacuLatTus, Lacép.

Paraguay.

17. PimELopus LATERISTRIGA, M. & 'T.

Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

18. PiweLopus GrRaciuis, C. & V.

Descalvados.

19. PraELopus LABRosts, Liitk.

Descalvados.

20. PIMELODUS PLATANUS, Gthr.

Paraguay.

21. PimEtopvs pati, Val.

Paraguay.

22. PIMELODUS PIRINAMPUS, Ag.

Paraguay.

23. AGENIOSUS BREVIFILIS, C. & V.

Paraguay.

bo

28 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES

24. EVANEMUS NIGRIPINNIS. (Plate IV. fig. 2.)
Euanemus nigripinnis, Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 524.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 45 to 5 times in total length; width of head
equal to length without snout; groove extending from end of snout to occipital bone ;
eye as long as snout, 32 times in length of head, half interorbital width; maxillary
barbel extending nearly to end of pectoral spine, mandibular barbels to a little beyond
base of pectoral spine. Humeral process covered with skin, { length of pectoral
spine. Dorsal I 6; spine serrated behind, as jong as head. Pectoral spine a little
shorter than head. Ventral as long as pectoral, reaching a little beyond origin of
anal. Anal 36-37. Caudal deeply notched. Upper surface of head, back, and a
lateral stripe dark grey, rest white; pectorals and ventrals deep black, white at the
base; caudal black at the base.

Total length 190 millim.

Four specimens from Paraguay.

25. AUCHENIPTERUS GALEATUS, L.
Matto Grosso.

26. TRACHELYOPTERUS CoRIAcEUS, C. & V.

Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

27. Doras costatus, L.

Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

28. Doras macu.atus, Val.

Paraguay.

29. DoRAS WEDDELII, Cast.

Paraguay.

30. OXYDORAS EIGENMANNI. (Plate LV. fig. 3.)

Oxydoras cigenmanni, Boulenger, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 524.

Both jaws with small teeth. Depth of body equal to length of head, 4 times in
total length. Posterior nostril nearer the eye than to the anterior nostril. Diameter
of eye 4 times in length of head, 14 in interorbital width, 13 in length of snout;
bases of the six barbels united by the fold of the lower jaw; maxillary barbels
branched, extending a little beyond base of pectoral spine, twice as long as man-
dibulars. Gill-cleft extending to below posterior border of eye. Humeral process

FROM THE RIO PARAGUAY. 929

striated, half as long as pectoral spine. Pectoral spine a little longer than the
head. Dorsal 16; spine a little shorter than the head, very strongly serrated in
front, very feebly behind. Adipose fin a little shorter than base of anal. No shields
between the dorsal fins. Lateral shields moderate, their vertical diameter equal to the
eye, serrated behind, 26 or 27. Caudal bifurcate. Brown above, whitish beneath ;
fins uniform or with small blackish spots.

Total length 80 millim.

Several specimens from Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

This species is named after Prof. C. Kigenmann, the author of the excelleut
synopsis of South American Siluroid Fishes. It connects the sections Oxydoras and
Rhinodoras as defined by that author, agreeing with the former in the serrature of the
dorsal spine, with the latter in all other respects.

51. RutNoporas KNERI, Blkr.

Paraguay.

32. CALLICHTHYS ASPER, Q. & G.

D)
Paraguay.

33. CALLICHTHYS PECTORALIS. (Plate IV. fig. 4.)
Callichthys pectoralis, Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 525.

Depth of body 34 to 34 times in total length. Head depressed, broader than deep,
34 times in total length, without bristles on the sides; diameter of eye 6 times in
length of head, 4 times in interorbital width ; suborbital bone narrow; occipital bone
pointed in front, not reaching frontal fontanelle ; outer barbels half total length.
Pectoral spine } length of head, covered with fine bristles, serrated on the inner side.
Dorsal I 7 ; spine nearly 3 length of head. Anal I 5. A pair of large pectoral plates,
in contact anteriorly or narrowly separated, their inner borders diverging behind.
Shields on body reaching to base of dorsal fins, 23 above and 22 below lateral line ;
3 or 4 pairs and 5 to 7 azygos shields between the two dorsal fins. Caudal rounded.
Dark brown, with small blackish spots.

Total length 85 millim.

Several specimens from Monte Sociedad, Paraguayan Chaco.

This species is most nearly allied to C. thoracatus, C. & V., and C. longifilis, C.& V.,
but differs in the larger pectoral plates, in the wide separation between the frontal
fontanelle and the occipital bone, and in the smaller number of anal rays.

54. CALLICHTHYS PALEATUS, Jen.

Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

30 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES

39. PLECOSTOMUS TERNETZI. (Plate V.)
Plecosiomus ternetzi, Boulenger, P. Z. 5S. 1895, p. 525.

Head as long as broad, 3 times in total length, with three very obtuse keels ; snout
rounded, entirely granulated ; diameter of eye 7 times in length of head, 4 times in
length of snout, 24 times in interorbital width; barbel as long as diameter of eye ;
44 teeth on each side in the upper jaw, and about as many in the lower jaw; inter-
operculum with very small spines. Sides of throat, thorax, and middle of belly covered
with small shields. Dorsal I 7; first ray as long as head, reaching adipose fin.

Pectoral spine as long as head, strong, with small curved spines. Ventral I 5, first

gs,
ray a little shorter than head. Anal I 4. Lower caudal ray very long, a little longer
than head, twice as long as upper. Depth of caudal peduncle 23 in distance between
anal and caudal fins. Posthumeral keel very obtuse and short, not extending beyond
base of ventral. Scutes on body rough and spinulose, but not keeled; lat. 1. 25; 14
scutes between anal and caudal fins. Uniform olive above, white beneath.

Total length 240 millim.

A single specimen from Paraguay.

This species appears to be uearest allied to P. francise?, Litk., which is only known
to me from the description.

36. PLECOSTOMUS VERMICULARIS, Kigenm.

Paraguay.

37. PLecostoMus cocHLiopoON, Kner.

Paraguay.

58. CiLatosromus Gigas. (Plate VI.).
Chetostomus gigas, Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 526.

15 upper and 19 lower teeth on each side. Depth of body 4% times in total length,
length of head 22 times. Head a little longer than broad, entirely rough with small
spines; snout broadly rounded; diameter of eye 11 times in length of head, 42 times
in interorbital width, 6 times in length of snout; anterior border of orbit with enlarged
spinules ; no postorbital groove; erectile preeopercular spines very strong, the longest
21 diameter of orbit; barbel a little longer than diameter of orbit. Throat and belly
studded with small rough shields. Dorsal I 10; all the rays rough with spinules, the
first measuring $ length of head. Pectoral spine as long as head, covered with small
spines, the longest of which are hooked and nearly equal diameter of orbit. Ventral 15,
as long as first dorsal ray. Anal I 5. Caudal obliquely truncate, lower ray longest.
Shields on body rough with ridges of strong spinules, 25 in a longitudinal series.
Brown, densely covered all over with round black spots.

Total length 550 millim.

A single specimen from Paraguay.

FROM THE RIO PARAGUAY. ol

This fish, the largest known of the genus, is possibly the adult of C. aculeatus,
Perngia, in which, however, the ventral region is entirely naked.

39. CH&TOSTOMUS CIRRHOSUS, Val.

Paraguay; Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

40). CHatTostomus Levcosticrus, Gthr.
Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

41. HypopToPoMA GUENTHERI.
Hypoptopoma guentheri, Boulenger, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 526.

Head not narrowed behind the eyes, its width equal to length to posterior border of
orbit, its length 2% to 3 times in total; diameter of orbit 5 to 5} times in length of
head, 24 to 22 times in length of snout, 3 to 34 times in interorbital width; barbel
very small; head-shields as in H. thoracatum. Dorsal | 6, first ray as long as head to
upper angle of gill-cleft. Pectoral as long as first dorsal ray, extending as far as
ventrals, not reaching anal. Caudal deeply notched, middle rays half as long as outer.
Two pairs of large transverse pectoral shields, preceded by a transverse series of four
small shields, the outer of which are in contact with the suborbital shields; three or
four large ventral shields on each side, the anterior of which are ra separated by
an azygos shield. Shields on body spinulose, but not keeled, 20 to 22 on each side ;
3 shields between the occipital and the dorsal, 12 between the dorsal a the caudal.
Olive; dorsal and caudal fins with black spots, which may form two curved bands on
the lower lobe of the caudal.

Total length 65 millim.

Numerous specimens from Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

The fish described and figured by Steindachner as H/. thoracatum, Gthr., belongs to a
distinct species, for which I have proposed the name H. steindachnert. His H. bilo-
batum is distinct from Cope’s, which I regard as identical with H. thoracatum, and
is the same as that named by me H. guentheri. In fact, 3 species are confounded
under H. thoracatum in Dr. and Mrs. Eigenmann’s Synopsis; they are distinguishable
as follows :—

I. Throat entirely naked in front of the two pairs of pectoral shields; 6 to 8 pairs of ventral
shields separated by a series of azygos shields ; spine of adipose fin present; caudal deeply
emarginate, middle rays half as long as outer. . . . . . . . 4. thoracatum, Gthr.

Il. A transverse series of four shields in front of the pectoral shields ; 3 to7 pairs of ventral shields
and a single azygos shield in front; posterior dorsal spine usually absent.
Pectoral spine not reaching origin of anal; caudal deeply emarginate, middle rays half as long
Gy WUE gb ob Gn aia aning od eee ey Et guenthen2, (Dlors
Pectoral spine reaching origin of anal ; aa Tees deeply emarginate, middle rays much more
than halfas longasionter 7 2. 2 «9. sss 8) st . Steindachnerz, Bler,

32 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES

42, OTOCINCLUS AFFINIS, Stdr.

Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

43, LORICARIA ROSTRATA, Spix.

Paraguay.

44, Loricaria parva. (Plate VIII. fig. 1.)
Loricaria parva, Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 527.

Teeth small, well developed in both jaws. Head 14 as long as broad, 4% to 5 times
in total length ; snout obtusely pointed, feebly projecting beyond the lip; head-shields
with longitudinal, spinulose strie, without keels; diameter of orbit 55 to 6 times in
length of head, 24 to 2% times in length of snout, 14 to 12 in interorbital width; a
bread postorbital notch ; lower labial fold moderately large, papillose, feebly notched,
with a fringe of obtuse papille. Dorsal 17; first ray 14 to 14 as long as head, just
above base of ventral. Pectoral I 6, as long as head or a little shorter, reaching
beyond base of ventral. Ventral I 5, as long as pectoral, reaching beyond origin of
ventral. Anal [ 5. Outer caudal rays much produced, filiform, upper longest.
Lateral scutes 26-28, with two spinose ridges approximating on the 13th or 14th; nuchal
shields without keels; 16 or 17 scutes between dorsal and caudal, 14 or 15 between
anal and caudal. Breast and belly shielded; pectoral shields numerous, polygonal,
irregular; ventrals 7 to 9 transversely enlarged ones on each side and 3 series of small
ones in the middle. All the shields spinulose and striated. Olive above, with ill-
defined dark cross-bars; a dark streak on each side of the snout, from the tip to the
eye; fins with dark spots.

Total length 110 millim.

Numerous specimens from Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

This species is nearest related to L. filamentosa, Stdr.

45. LORICARIA LABIALIS. (Plate VII. fig. 1.)
Loricaria labialis, Boulenger, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 527.

Teeth minute, rudimentary, in both jaws. Head 13 as long as broad, 43 to 43 times
in total length; snout obtusely pointed, feebly projecting beyond the lip; head-shields
rough with villose spinules, except on the edge of the end of the snout, without keels ;
diameter of orbit 6 to 63 times in length of head, 3 times in length of snout, 13 in
interorbital width; a broad postorbital notch; lower labial fuld moderately large in
females, very large and extending to the pectoral shields in males, without notch and
without fringe. Dorsal I 7; first ray nearly as long as head, just above base of ventral.
Pectoral I 6, as long as head to posterior border of orbit, not reaching base of ventral.
Ventral I 5, as long as pectoral, reaching origin of anal. Anal 15. Upper caudal ray

FROM THE RIO PARAGUAY. 33

produced ina short filament. Lateral shields 50, with two spinose ridges approximating
on the 21st or 22nd; nuchal shields without keels; 18 shields between dorsal and
caudal, 16 between anal and caudal. Breast and belly shielded; pectoral shields
numerous, polygonal, irregular; ventrals 4 to 6 transversely enlarged ones on each
side, and one or two series of smaller ones in the middle. All the shields finely
granulate and spinulose. Olive above; dorsal and caudal with small dark spots along
the rays; pectorals and ventrals blackish.

Total length 220 millim.

Three specimens from Paraguay.

Allied to L. nudirostris, Kner, and LZ. spixi, Stdr.

46. Loricaria anus, Val.
Paraguay.

47. LoRIcARIA MACULATA, Bl.
Paraguay.

48. LorRIcARIA APELTOGASTER. (Plate VII. fig. 2.)
Loricaria apeltogaster, Boulenger, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 528.

A few slender teeth in both jaws. Head slightly longer than broad, 5 times in total
length; snout acutely pointed, feebly projecting beyond the lip; head-shields strongly
spinulose ; occipital shield with two closely approximated, parallel keels; diameter of
orbit 74 to 8 times in length of head, 4 times in length of snout, 14 to 14in interorbital
width ; no postorbital notch ; lower labial fold rather larger with long fringes; barbel
long. Dorsal 17; first ray a little longer than the head, just above base of ventral.
Pectoral I 6; first ray more or less produced, at least as long as the head, reaching
much beyond base of ventral. Ventral I 5; first ray produced, but shorter than
pectoral, reaching much beyond origin of anal. AnalI5. Upper caudal ray produced
in a very long filament. Lateral shields 31 or 2, with two spinose ridges uniting on
the 17th to 20th; nuchal shields bicarinate; 21 or 22 shields between dorsal and
caudal, 19 or 20 between anal and caudal. Breast and belly naked, or with small
stellate shields; a series of 6 to 8 small transverse shields may be present on each side
of the belly. All the shields finely granulate and spinulose. Pale brown above, with
three or four darker cross-bars on the body and two on the head; fins partially blackish.

Total length 210 millim.

Four specimens from Paraguay.

Allied to LZ. nudiventris, C. & V., L. evansi, Blgr., and especially to L. macrodon,
Kner.

49. LORICARIA LATA, EKigenm.
Paraguay.
VOL. XIV.—PART 11. No. 2.—October, 1896. F

34 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES

50. Loricaria LAMINA, Gthr.

Paraguay.
51. ACESTRA OXYRHYNCHUS, Kner.
Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

52. BUNOCEPHALUS IHERINGH, Blgr.

Descalvados, Matto Grosso, and Monte Sociedad, Paraguayan Chaco.

53. TRICHOMYCTERUS BRASILIENSIS, Lutk.

Descalvados, Matto Grosso, and North Paraguay.

CHARACINID&.
54, PYRRHULINA SEMIFASCIATA, Stdr.

Descalvados, Matto Grosso, Monte Sociedad, Paraguayan Chaco.

55. NANOSTOMUS LATERALIS, Blgr.

Descalvados and Monte Sociedad.

56. CurimMatus aALBuRNUS, M & T.

Descalvados.

57. CURIMATUS RUTILOIDES, Kner.

Paraguay.

58. CURIMATUS LATIOR, Spix.

Paraguay.

59. HeMIODUS SEMITHNIATUS, Kner.
San Luis, Matto Grosso.

60. Hemtopus MICROLEPIS, Kner.
San Luis.
61. PARoDON AFFINIS, Stdr.

North Paraguay.

62. Leporinus stRIATUS, Kner.

Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

63. LEPORINUS EQUES, Stdr.

Descalvados and San Luis, Matto Grosso.

FROM THE RIO PARAGUAY. 35

64. TETRAGONOPTERUS MULTIRADIATUS, Stdr.

Descalvados and San Luis.

65. TETRAGONOPTERUS TERNETZI. (Plate VIII. fig. 2.)
Tetragonopterus ternetzi, Boulenger, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 528.

Depth of body 13 to 14 in total length, length of head 32 to 2% times. Diameter
of eye 24 to 24 times in length of head, twice length of snout, equal to interorbital
width ; maxillary toothless, extending to below anterior border of eye. Dorsal 11,
originating behind vertical of ventrals, longest rays as long as head. Anal 40-42,
deepest anteriorly, longest rays a little shorter than head. Caudal bifurcate. Scales

30-33 Ee lateral line complete. Pale brownish, upper surface of head, dorsal, anal,

and lower part of caudal region of body blackish ; two blackish vertical bands on upper
half of body, the first behind the head, the second below the origin of the dorsal fin.

Total length 45 millim.
Several specimens from Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

66. 'TETRAGONOPTERUS ARGENTEUS, Cuv.
Descalvados, Matto Grosso ; North Paraguay.

67. TETRAGONOPTERUS LAcusTRIS, Lutk.

Descalvados and North Paraguay.

68. TETRAGONOPTERUS ABRAMIS, Jen.

Descalvados.

69. 'TETRAGONOPTERUS DICHROURUS, Kner.

San Luis and Descalvados.

70. TETRAGONOPTERUS AGASSIZII, Stdr.

Descalvados and Monte Sociedad.

71. TETRAGONOPTERUS LINEATUS, Perugia.

San Luis.

72. 'TETRAGONOPTERUS ULREYI. (Plate VIII. fig. 3.)

Tetragonopterus ulreyi, Boulenger, P. Z. 8S. 1895, p. 529.
Depth of body 24 to 2$ in total length, length of head 54 to 34 times. Diameter
of eye half length of head, twice length of snout, equal to interorbital width;
maxillary toothless, extending to below anterior third of eye. Dorsal 10, originating
p2

a

36 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES
behind base of ventrals, longest rays as long as head. Anal 23-25, anterior rays
elongate, a little shorter than the head. Caudal bifurcate. Scales 32-33 °. lateral
line reduced to 8 or 9 scales. Yellowish, with a small black humeral spot, a black
line along the middle of the side, and a black line along the base of the anal fin;
dorsal blackish at the end.

Total length 55 millim.

Several specimens from Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

Named after Prof. A. B. Ulrey, the author of a very useful key to the determination
of the species of this genus.

73. BRACHYCHALCINUS RETROSPINA, Blgr.
Descalvados and San Luis, Matto Grosso.

74. CHALCINUS NEMATURUS, Kner.
Asuncion, Paraguay.

75. CHALCINUS PARANENSIS, Gthr.

Descalvados and Paraguay.

76. GASTROPELECUS STELLATUS, Kner.

Descalvados.

77. ANACYRTUS MACROLEPIS, Kner.

Descalvados.

78. ANACYRTUS MICROLEPIS, Reinh.

Descalvados and Paraguay.

79. ANACYRTUS PROGNATHUS. (Plate VIII. fig. 4.)
Anacyrtus prognathus, Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 529.

Depth of body 2+ in total length, length of head 4 times. Snout strongly projecting
beyond the mouth, squarely truncate, with two strong tooth-like spines pointing
outwards and forwards, several smaller teeth on each side of the upper jaw and two on
each side of the lower; diameter of eye + length of head, 14 in length of snout, 14 in
interorbital width; maxillary extending to below anterior third of eye; upper profile
of head very concave. Dorsal 11, equally distant from eye and base of caudal, longest
rays a little shorter than head. Anal 52. Caudal deeply forked. Yellowish, with a
silvery lateral stripe; end of snout and a small spot at base of caudal blackish.

Total length 125 millim.

A single specimen from Paraguay.

FROM THE RIO PARAGUAY.

80. SALMINUS MAXILLosus, C. & V.

Paraguay.

81. XIPHORHAMPHUS FEROX, Gthr.
Paraguay.

82. SERRASALMO SERRULATUS, C. & V.

Paraguay.

83. SERRASALMO SPILOPLEURA, Kner.

Descalvados and Paraguay.

84. SERRASALMO HUMERALIS, C. & V.

Descalvados and Paraguay.

85. My.eres asterias, M. & 'T.

Descalvados.

86. MYLETES BRACHYPOMUS, Cuv.

Paraguay.

87. MYLETES DURIVENTRIS, Cuv.

Paraguay.

88. MyLmTEes HYPSAUCHEN, M. & T.

Descalvados.
SCOM BRESOCIDL.
89. BELONE TANIATA, Gthr.
Descalvados.
CLUPEIDZ.
90. ENGRAULIS OLIDUS, Gthr.
Paraguay.
GYMNOTIDA.

91. STERNARCHUS ALBIFRONS, L.

Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

38 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES

92. RHAMPHICHTHYS BLOCHII, Kaup.

Paraguay.

93. RHAMPHICHTHYS BREVIROSTRIS, Stdr.

Descalvados, Matto Grosso.
94. STERNOPYGUS cARAPUS, L.

95, STERNOPYGUS VIRESCENS, Val.

Descalvados.

SYMBRANCHID.

96. SYMBRANCHUS MARMORATUS, BI.

Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

TRYGONIDZ.

97. L&NIURA DUMERILII, Casteln.

Paraguay.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE III.

Plagioscion ternetzi, 4 nat. size, with upper view of head: p. 25.

PAE Ve
Fig. 1. Geophagus duodecimspinosus: p. 26.
2. EHuanemus nigripinnis: p. 28.
2a. Upper view of head.
Fig. 3. Oxydoras eigenmanni: p. 28.
Fig. 4. Callichthys pectoralis: p. 29.
4 a. Lower view of head and pectoral region.

PLATE VY.

Plecostomus ternetzi, ¢ nat. size, with upper and lower views of head:

on

FROM THE RIO PARAGUAY. 39

PLATE VI.

Chetostomus gigas, $ nat. size, with upper and lower views of head (4): p. 30.

PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Loricaria labialis: p. 32.

la, upper, 1 6, lower view of head and anterior part of body.
Fig. 2. Loricaria apeltogaster: p. 33.

2a upper, 2 4, lower view of head and anterior part of body.

PLATE VIII.

. Loricaria parva, with enlarged upper (a) and lower (0) views of head: p. 32.
.. LTetragonopterus ternetzi: p. 35.

Tetragonopterus ulreyi: p. 35.

. Anacyrtus prognathus: p. 36.

es
—_
3 Tae
Rm Oo DD

ne Nb
HR ae
i ee

MIS bi):

ae

(oars One Ree TaN) IZLANYAL NOIOSOIDVId DH ‘Tep weeny '¢

",
yi
i

fui

J.Green del. et ith.

Mintern Bros imp

1. GEOPHAGUS DUODEC IMSP

INOSUS. 2.EUANEMUS NIGRIPINNIS.
3.0OXYDORAS EIGENMAN

NI. 4.CALLICHTHYS PECTORALIS.

Xo0b. oe. VEGAN TEV.

Tr

REL OE

PLECOSTOMUS TERNBETZL. Mintern Bros. imp .

J.Green del, et hth.

Piles

echt
aN

i

ee

ed

8

J.Green del-et lith.

CHA T(

Iran: Lael Goe. Cee AW FL |

\ Mintern Bros. imp
MUS GIGAS.

Frans La0b Soc Vee TW FOV

Mintern Bros. imp.
) 5.Green del et lith.

CHATO

SS

=

Saar

tines
ayo

pute
Baur
oa

. igo eee
on

Ki

EE ~
“SHaLSVSOLIEdGY VIEVOINOTZ SIIVIEGVT VINVOINOTTI

-duuar saag usequryy

“WATL 32" [9p WaeEeay p

NAG MIKO PF O° To Os”

: ~ in!
UATE

y
Ha A ||
eee | aaa ||

XM

\ Sy + OY
\ i

}

\v

la. : Io),

J.Green del. et lith. Mintern Bros, imp

1.LORICARIA PARVA. 2. TETRAGONOPTERUS AMER RUNIDALZAIN
3.TETRAGONOPTERUS ULREY1.4.ANACYRTUS PROGNATHUS.

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

Bb6211 Fe
i : 4 j v4 7 997 \

Vou. XIV.—Parr 3.

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE;
AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN , AND CO,, PATERNOSTER-ROW,

April 1897,
Price 21s.

Taylor and Francis, Printers, | [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street,

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

VOLUME I.
VOLUME Ii.
VOLUME Iii.
VOLUME IV.
VOLUME | V.
VOLUME VI.
VOLUME VII.
VOLUME VIII.

OF LONDON.

(1833-1835, containing 59 Plates) .
(1835-1841, containing 71 Plates) .
(1842-1849, containing 63 Plates) .
(1851-1862, containing 77 Plates) .
(1862-1866, containing 67 Plates) .
(1866-1869, containing 92 Plates) .
(1869-1872, containing 73 Plates) .

(1872-1874, containing 82 Plates) .

VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates) .

VOLUME X.

(1877-1879, containing 95 Plates) .

GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1833-1879)

VOLUME XI.

(1880-1885, containing 97 Plates) .

Part 1. (1880, containing 4 Plates)
>> 2 (1880, containmg 7 Plates)

3. (1881, containing 8 Plates)
4, (1881, containing 38 Plates)
5. (1881, containing 13 Plates)

;, 6. (1882, contaming 6 Plates)
7. (1882, containing 9 Plates)
8. (1883, containing 11 Plates) .
9. (1883, containing 10 Plates) . . .

» 10. (1885, containing 12 Plates)

», 11. (1885, containing 14 Plates and

* No copies of these volumes in stock.

3)

33

33

To Fellows.

&£ Ss.

. Price 3 13

4 0

3

6

5

il

10

Price 9

Title and Index)

37

0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1

8

T Only complete copies of these volumes left in stock.

d.
6

0

for)

Oaoaoooqodocnceoaeneoc9gcs

To the Public.

&
4

5

. 16

. 13

ee
cw)

ww oo fF oY oO YK = ©

S.

18

6

11

2

19

d.
O*

Gx
o*
6+
O+
Ot.
OF
O+
OF

Helene) le) ey MeO SS)

Continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

beat

IV. Contributions to the Comparative Anatomy and Histology of the Suprarenal
Capsules—The Suprarenal Bodies in Fishes, and their Relation to the so-called
Head-Kidney. By Swaun Vincent, M.B.Lond., Demonstrator of Physiology and
Assistant Lecturer on Histology, Mason College, Birmingham.

Received September 28th, 1895, read November 19th, 1895.

[PLates 1X.-XIV.]

Contents,

Page Page

Peon trod wchonyprereiercacleyatedsfefetele eieleyetelersrele 41 2. The Nature of the Intertubular
NUMPELis torical Weyty.tarsiasertin aetrerteersnslacterc 43 Material in the Kidneys .... 76
III. Classified List of Species examined .... 50 3. Histology of the Head-Kidney .. 76

liVies GrosspAmavomnyericiersusyever ieee iolel sels 51 4, Function of the Lymphatic Head-
eH lasmobran chiar tastier 51 Kidney anes eee ee Revere 78

2, Cenc cooyoodouaoosgocopedo 55 5. Relation of the Suprarenals to the
Be Leleostelirpiusen cicesereeye saver ahs 56 Head -Kudnoyjayere ere) ay-tarctoreie- 78
45 IDI SooodounconedacdDoeoDS 63 VII. Summary and Conclusions............ 79
Wemblistolosvabeteryersiscciatatnsclsersle iekecrsie eis 64 A. Gross Anatomy .............- 79
i eBlasmopranchitel criss sila ciets « 64 TB ELIsbOLOg ya crs eireforcieisieeianstees oteree: 79
Ph, Cement, ss oda dodouodeoueH oe 69 CiHead=Kadneyaaen. ive whernaciaty rete 79
Gb WWIkOsiE Go ooboabboddunadoR oS ti NATE Bibliognaphiyqierctertterns sete tehteererseaete 80
Aspe) UD IMOLaerenecctelerstollcrevayoletoncrereweNoheyess U A. On the Suprarenal Bodies ...... 80
VI. On the Relation of the Suprarenal Bodies B. Head-Kidney, &. ............ 81
to the Head-Kidney ............ 73 Explanation of the Plates...........-...08- 81

PVM StOLI Cally sesroyseys avis city sieleleisis!s 73

I. Inrropuctory.

I HAVE been led to investigate the suprarenal capsules in Fishes because their
importance in Man and Mammals generally is no longer a matter of doubt. Their
function is not yet completely known, but we shall, I imagine, not go far wrong if we
state that in Mammals the suprarenal bodies are secreting-glands, and that they pour
some material into the blood which is essential for the maintenance of the normal tone
of the muscles throughout the body. But this function appears to be confined to the
medullary portion of the gland, and, since the two portions are so strikingly different

1 Towards the expenses of this research a grant has been made by the British Medical Association, at the
recommendation of the Scientific Grants Committee of the Association.

VOL. X1V.—PART 111. No, 1.—April, 1897. G

49 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

in structure and origin, and being inclined to the opinion that these bodies are
homologous throughout Vertebrates, I considered that a careful enquiry into their
anatomy and histology in the lowest class of Vertebrates could not fail to be of some
value as a contribution to our knowledge of their exact distribution and relationships.

Moreover, I felt that there was definite need for such an enquiry and clear
statements of its results. Although some good work has been done upon the subject,
it is embodied only in scattered, often antiquated and inaccessible memoirs; the
text-books scarcely refer to the subject, and various writers who mention the supra-
renals make serious errors as to points of fact.

Some authors have attempted to establish the view that (in Teleosts), where
suprarenals are present, there is no lymphatic head-kidney, and vice versé; in other
words, that the suprarenals are interchangeable with the head-kidney, that where one
exists the other does not. I shall be able to show that this idea is quite groundless.

Again, certain writers appear to think that suprarenals are comparatively rare
objects among the Teleosts. It will be seen that, so far as my observations have gone, _
they are universally present in this order. I will not enlarge further on these points
here, as they will be dealt with in detail in the body of the paper.

As for methods of work, these have been very various. I have examined fifty-five
species in all, and many individuals of several species. Most of these have been
perfectly fresh, indeed all but nine, which were preserved specimens.

In each case I have observed 7m situ the position and relations of the suprarenals
and the head-kidney. After careful removal, both these have been examined
microscopically. Numerous sections of various parts of different kidneys have also
been made and examined.

Some preparations were made quite fresh, 7. e. sections cut with Swift’s ‘ Ether
Freezing Microtome.” Others have been hardened in alcohol or Miller's fluid,
stained in bulk, imbedded in paraffin, and cut with the “ Rocking Microtome.” The
precise method I have used to the greatest extent is the following :—

The material is hardened in Miiller’s fluid in the usual way for about six weeks.
[In some cases the process has been. hastened by keeping the tissue at a temperature of
about 36° C.] It is then double-stained in bulk with Ehrlich’s hematoxylin and
eosin, and imbedded in paraffin.

In working at the naked-eye anatomy in the Elasmobranchii, I have made use of
both the chromic-acid method of Semper and the osmic-acid method of Chevrel.

I have made a special point of obtaining, in all cases where this was possible,
perfectly fresh specimens, and no results, with one or two exceptions, have been
considered worth recording, especially in a histological direction, unless the tissues
were practically living at the time of dissection.

I was convinced that what was particularly needed was a series of accurate drawings
of the suprarenal bodies and their relation to the kidney. Consequently I have given

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 43

an outline sketch of the kidney from the ventral surface in nearly every species
examined, putting in the suprarenals in plain lines when on the ventral surface, in
dotted lines when on the spinal surface. Such a series of drawings I cannot find and
do not believe to exist. In the Elasmobranchii the only drawing I am acquainted
with is that in Semper’s paper, and this, I was sure, might easily be improved upon.

Many parts of the paper are not nearly so complete as I should have wished.
Indeed, in many respects I wish the paper to be considered as merely preliminary to
future work on the same subject. This applies particularly to the histological part. The
head-kidney I hope to make the subject of an exhaustive research at some future time.

I have not touched upon the subject in the Cyclostomata, having so far only been
able to get specimens of the small river-lamprey, but I hope to deal with their blood-
vascular glands in a separate contribution’. Further, I have not made any investigation
of the development of the suprarenal bodies.

I am deeply indebted to Prof. T. W. Bridge, M.A., D.Sc., of Mason College,
Birmingham, for his kindly and repeated advice on many subjects connected with this
research, and for the generous manner in which he has placed specimens at my
disposal; to Prof. F. J. Allen, M.A., M.D., for much important assistance; to
Mr. Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S., for help on many points; and to Prof. W. N. Parker
for specimens of Protopterus and the use of some of his slides. I must also express
my thanks to Prof. G. B. Howes for many suggestions, bibliographical and otherwise.

I take this opportunity of expressing my thanks to the Research Committee of the
British Medical Association for a grant in aid of these investigations.

IJ. Historicat.

The literature of this subject is so very scattered and often so inaccessible, and I
have become acquainted with some papers touching upon it in such accidental ways,
that I fear my account may not be complete. However, I trust that most of the
important papers dealing with the general subject have fallen into my hands; at the
same time it is possible that accounts of the suprarenals and discussions of their
morphology in monographs may have escaped me. Then, too, some text-books may
have accounts which I have overlooked; but, from the exceedingly unsatisfactory
account given by Eberth in Stricker, I did not consider it would be profitable to
explore these very thoroughly.

* Since the above was written I have, in conjunction with Mr. Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S., investigated the
subject in the Cyclostomata, with the result that nothing in the way of suprarenals can be made out. (Anat.
Anz, Bd. xii. Nr. 9 & 10, 1896.)

(More recently Pettit (These, Paris, 1896) has been unable (p. 86) to ascertain definitely whether supra-
renals are present in the Cyclostomata or not.—S. V., 10. 1. 97.]

G 2

44 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

The earliest account of the suprarenal bodies in fishes appears to be that of Retzius.
His description, written in 1819, has reference only to cartilaginous fishes.

Retzius (18) pointed out as suprarenals certain structures in Squalus glaucus,
S. acanthias, Raja clavata, R. fullonica, and R. batis. From his description it
is evident that he refers to what is now usually termed the “interrenal body.”
He considered this organ to be the suprarenal on account of its resemblance in
texture to the suprarenals of birds 1.

The suprarenals in Teleostei appear to have been discovered by Stannius (20) in
1839.

In 1843 J. Miiller (16) described in Myxinoids a clustered gland without a duct on
each side of the cardia, which he at first considered to be a suprarenal, but afterwards
thought to be thymus. In Petromyzon he found instead of this gland “ certain white
plugs with which the trunks of the posterior veins of the body are beset.” These
structures had been previously described by Rathke ?.

Three years later, in 1846, Stannius and Ecker threw considerable light on the
subject. Stannius (21) describes the suprarenals as existing both in the higher
cartilaginous and in the bony fishes. His account of the suprarenals in Elasmobranchs
obviously applies only to the interrenal. The segmentally-arranged bodies were not yet
discovered. He gives also in this first edition a fairly good account of the general
position of the suprarenals in several Teleosts and in the Sturgeon. In addition this
observer questions the right of Miiller’s “clustered gland ” to rank as a suprarenal.

Ecker (6), in addition to verifying the results of the above observer in regard to the
gross anatomy of the suprarenals, gives an account of their minute anatomy, which was
for many years the common store of information on this subject.

In 1851 Hyrtl (10) mentions some facts about the suprarenals in several Teleosts.
He examined 222 species. He gives first a short and very imperfect account of their
general position and appearances, and then mentions them very briefly under the
special heading of the species. But, although he states in his introductory general
description that suprarenals were found in almost all the fish he examined, yet I find,
on looking through the paper, that they are only specifically noted in 28 species. In
some two or three cases he states that he could not find them. In all the rest he never
mentions them. He definitely found them in :—

Uranoscopus scaber. Silurus glanis.
Cottus quadricornis. Schilbe mystus.
Diagramma punctatum. Pimelodus bayard.
Lophius piscatorius. Salmo fario.
Chironectes punctatus. Saurus lacerta.
Normyrus oxyrhynchus. Clupea nilotica.

1 See also Nagel, Miiller’s Archiv, 1836.
* See Collinge and Vincent (Joc. cit.), also Pettit (doc. cit.).—S. V., 10. 1. 97.

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 45

Elops salmoneus. Lota vulgaris.

Gadus barbatus. Phycis blennoides.

Cobitis fossilis. Platessa passer.
Acanthopsis tenia. Rhombus nuchus.

Esox lucius. Echeneis remora.
Esococtus exiliens. Ammodytes tobianus.
Belone vulgaris. Symbranchus marmoratus.
Motella mustela. Diodon novemmaculatum.

No doubt a large proportion of Hyrtl’s specimens were not fresh but preserved, and
this would often prevent the discovery of the suprarenal bodies.

In the same year Leydig (13) described the suprarenals of Chimera monstrosa thus:
‘ach suprarenal forms a narrow streak #” long, of an ochre-yellow colour. The
posterior end is somewhat thicker and more rounded. They lie on the inner border of the
kidney.” This, of course, is the ‘ interrenal.” In Elasmobranchs we find no mention
yet of the paired segmental bodies on the branches of the aorta, but only a body “ in
Form eines schmales ockergelben Streifens an der Riickseite der Nieren” (Stannius).

After this period we come to researches of much more importance, in reference at
any rate to the subject in Elasmobranchs, and it will be necessary to review it in some
detail.

In 1852 Leydig published his famous ‘Rochen und Haie’ (11). In this work he
insists that the ‘so-called axillary hearts and their continuations on the sympathetic
ganglia are to be considered as the real suprarenals of Cartilaginous Fishes, and not, as
heretofore reckoned, the yellow stripes and bodies behind the kidneys.” He bases
this view on the fact that the paired bodies resemble the suprarenals in Mammalia in
“consisting of closed bladders filled with cells,” also in their abundant vascular and
nervous supply. On the other hand, he says “ the yellow stripes” consist simply of
“masses of fat-globules and bright nuclei.” He emphasizes the close connection
between the suprarenals and the sympathetic nervous system. ‘“ As the pituitary
body is an integral part of the brain, so the suprarenals are part of the sympathetic.”
In the same work Leydig expresses his opinion that the organs previously considered
as suprarenals are “ fat-glands” analogous to those known in the Amphibia. Referring
to the Cyclostomes this author definitely states his belief that the ‘clustered gland”
of Miiller and the “white plugs” of Rathke and Miiller are analogous to the
suprarenals.

About this time too (1852) appeared Frey’s article on the Suprarenals in Todd’s
‘Cyclopedia’ (7). It was obviously written before the above researches of Leydig, so
that the only suprarenals mentioned in Elasmobranchs are the bodies now termed
‘‘interrenal.” ‘This writer gives a very good account of the anatomy and histology,
mostly after Ecker, and in the part relating to fishes, at any rate, there seems little that
may be considered original.

In the next year (1853) Leydig published his ‘ Fische und Reptilien’ (12). In this

46 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

work he gives a description of the suprarenals in the Sturgeon, and finds them to be
composed of “an aggregation of fat-globules.” He states that they are always placed
on the walls of the blood-vessels. But he changes his view entirely on the subject of
the suprarenals in cartilaginous fishes. He now considers that both the paired bodies
in connection with the sympathetic ganglia and the “ ochre-yellow stripes” behind the
kidney belong to the same system and constitute the suprarenal capsules in this order
of fishes.

Stannius, in a later edition (22), seems to have recognized both kinds of bodies.
Balfour says his description is ‘“‘not quite intelligible.” ‘This I consider to be quite a
euphemism. I have found the description totally incomprehensible as applied to the
Elasmobranchs. On the other hand he gives a very excellent account of the supra-
renals in Teleosts. He states that in the Pike these bodies have been found studded
in the kidney from the middle to the tail-end, and believes them to be absent in Clupea
harengus and Ammodytes tobianus.

The next important step in advance was made by Semper (19) in 1875, who
emphasizes the segmental arrangement of the suprarenals, and believes them to be the
same kind of structure as the interrenal. In fact he appears te believe that there
exists a direct anatomical continuity between them. “Hier freilich gehen sie bei
manchen Formen (Rochen, Chimera, Scymnus, Acanthias, Mustelus, etc.), also
wahrscheinlich wohl bei den meisten Plagiostomen in einen bald weissen, bald
hell- oder dunkel-gelben Kérper iiber, welcher, zwischen den Enden der beiden Nieren
liegend, dicht an der einfachen Caudalvene sitzt.”

F. M. Balfour (1) in 1878 has also dealt with this subject with considerable care in
his monograph on Elasmobranch Fishes. He gives an account of the history up to
date, and it is to him we owe the term “interrenal” as applied to the unpaired body
in Scyllium. We expresses his opinion that there is very probably “a third kind of
body in connection with the kidney,” and regrets he could not settle the point with
fresh specimens. He refers to Stannius’s description as possibly indicating a third
structure ; but, so far as I could understand this author, he seems to allude to broken-off
or scattered portions of the interrenal, which, as we shall see later on, are frequently
found. The “lymphoid masses” which Balfour mentions in connection with the
larger vessels of the kidney do not appear to me to be of any importance in connection
with this subject, as lymphoid tissue is very common in all fishes both in and
surrounding the renal organs.

Balfour’s researches were both anatomical and developmental. With the latter I
shall not concern myself, but the former must be dealt with in some detail. He
describes the general anatomical relations of both “ supra-” and “ inter-”renals, and
then gives an account of their histology, which suffers from the fact that he had only
been able to obtain specimens preserved in chromic acid. He lays great stress on the
relations between the paired suprarenals and the sympathetic nervous system, but
states that there is a “ much smaller ganglionic development” in connection with the

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. AT

posterior bodies than with the anterior. The typical suprarenal structure, he says, is
best exhibited in a posterior one. “ Externally there is present a fibrous capsule which
sends in the septa, imperfectly dividing up the body into a series of alveoli or lobes.
Penetrating and following the septa there is a rich capillary network. The parenchyma
of the body itself exhibits a well-marked distinction, in the majority of instances, into
a cortical and medullary substance. The cortical substance is formed of rather irregular
columnar cells, for the most part one row deep, arranged round the periphery of the
body. The cells measure on an average ‘03 mm. in their longest diameter. The
medullary substance is more or less distinctly divided into alveoli, and is formed of
irregularly polygonal cells .. . . &c.”

Balfour mentions also that the protoplasm of both sorts of cells has a yellowish
tinge, and that the suprarenals are more or less surrounded by lymphoid tissue. He
gives a drawing of these appearances in pl. xviii. fig. 6. As for the connection between
the sympathetic ganglia and the suprarenal bodies, he says :—“ In the case of one of
the posterior bodies, a small ganglion is generally found attached to both ends of the
body, and invested in the same sheath; in addition to this a certain number of
ganglion-cells (very conspicuous by their size and other characters) are to be found
scattered through the body. In the anterior suprarenal bodies the development of
ganglion-cells is very much greater. If a section is taken through the region where
the large sympathetic ganglion is attached to the body, one half of the section is
composed mainly of sympathetic ganglion-cells and nerve-fibres, and the other of supra-
renal tissue, but the former spread in considerable numbers into the latter.’ At one
point (7 in pl. xviii. fig. 7) a nerve is shown entering. He states that the ganglion and
nerves are so intimately united with the suprarenal body as not to be separable from it.

Balfour leaves it an open question whether there are cells of an intermediate character
between the ganglion cells and the cells of the suprarenal body. Then follow the
developmental researches, the general conclusion of which is that the paired “ supra-
renal” bodies develop as parts of the sympathetic nervous system.

Passing on to the interrenal body, this author gives a sketch of its general anatomy,
and differs from Semper as to the continuity of the two kinds of structure. It will be
seen that my own observations agree on this point with Balfour. With regard to the
histology of the interrenal, he gives a drawing (pl. xvii. fig. 8), and describes it thus:
“It is invested by a fairly thick tunica propria, which sends in septa, dividing it into
rather well-marked lobules or alveoli. ‘These are filled with polygonal cells, which
form the true parenchyma of the body. ‘These cells are in my hardened specimens not
conspicuous by the number of oil-globules. . . . They are rather granular in appear-
ance, and are mainly peculiar from the somewhat large size of the nucleus. . . .”

Balfour notes as differences between the “ supra-” and “ inter-’’renals the distinction
into cortex and medulla in the former, and the large size of the nuclei in the cells of
the latter. From the developmental standpoint he concludes that the interrenal does
not belong to the same system as the suprarenals, and he proceeds to enquire with which

48 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

(if with either) of these two bodies the suprarenal bodies of the higher vertebrates are
homologous. He does not decide the question definitely, but inclines to the view that
the paired bodies of Scyllium are homologous with the suprarenals of Mammalia !.

The only recent account of the suprarenals in a Teleost which I have found is that
of M‘Kenzie (15), written in 1884, who gives a description of the suprarenals of
Amiurus catus, with drawings of their histological appearances. They are, according
to M‘Kenzie, sometimes entirely concealed by the kidney-substance. This is note-
worthy as being decidedly rare in this order. He describes alveoli containing large
and small granular cells, the longest of them reaching from wall to wall of an alveolus.
These two kinds of cells bear no constant relation to each other. This author does
not believe that the bodies have anything to do with the elaboration of the blood,
and is opposed to Weldon’s view that the suprarenals are metamorphosed parts of
the kidney just as the head-kidney is. This fish, he states, has a well-developed
(lymphatic?) head-kidney in addition to the undoubted suprarenals, The interest and
importance of this will be seen later on.

Chevrel (3) appears to be the last author who has written upon this subject?. He,
like Leydig, Semper, and Balfour, has discussed the subject in Elasmobranchs, and
chiefly from the standpoint of the sympathetic nervous system. He has picked out the
nerve-fibrils and suprarenal bodies with osmic acid. In this excellent memoir he gives
a very good historical account, and carefully reviews Balfour’s work on the subject.
Chevrel states that the interrenal body is situated between the inferior surface of the
dorsal aorta and the superior surface of what he calls the “interrenal vein.” He
describes also small detached parts of the interrenal on the superior and posterior
parts of the kidneys.

In the case of the paired bodies, Chevrel denies Balfour’s division into cortex and
medulla, and explains the appearance obtained by the latter observer as due to the
action of reagents. As will be seen below, this view is entirely corroborated by my
own researches. Chevrel got no appearances anything like Balfour described. He
says, “On ne voit ni cellules columnaires a Ja périphérie, ni cellules polygonales au
centre; il n’y a que des apparences. Et ces apparences sont dues vraisemblablement

* [R. Fusari (“ Contribuzione allo Studio dello Sviluppo delle Capsule surrenali e del Simpatico nel Pollo e
nei Mammiferi,” Arch. per le Scienze med., Torino, 1892, vol. xvi. no. 14, pp. 249-301, tay. iv.—vii.), from
investigations on mammals, maintains that the interrenal body is not homologous with any part of the supra-
renal capsule, but with a certain adipose tissue found round the suprarenals in some mammals.

On the other hand, M. Braun (“ Bau und Entwickelung der Nebennieren bei Reptilien,’ Arbeit. a. d. zool.-
zoot. Inst. Wiirz., Band vy. pp. 1-30, Taf. i., ii., 1882), R. Semon (‘* Studien tiber den Bauplan des Urogenital-
systems der Wirbelthiere (chtiophis), Jena. Zeitschr., 1891, Band xxvi. pp. 89-203), and F. van Wyhe (“ Ueber
Mesodermsegmente des Rumpfes und die Entwickelung des Excretionsystems bei Selachiern,” Arch. f. mikr,
Anat. Band xxxiii. 1889, pp. 461-516, Taf. xxx.—xxxii.) favour Balfour’s views.

Valenti (Atti della Soc. Toscana di Scienze nat. 1889, Pisa, vol. x. tay. x) believed the suprarenal capsule to
be a rudimentary organ.—. V., 10. 1. 97.] ? See footnote to p. 49.

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 49

aux contours des mailles de la trame conjonctive des corps. Les dissociations nous ont
également donné des résultats négatifs.” He doubts their analogy to the suprarenal
bodies of Mammalia, and describes their structure thus :—‘ De la fine membrane qui les
enveloppe partent des filets qui vont former dans son intérieur, de concert avec ceux
qui naissent de l’anneau conjonctif entourant Vartériole, une sorte de réticulum trés
compliqué, a mailles inégales, dans lesquelles se trouvent un nombre considérable de
noyaux ovales. Chacun de ces noyaux, pourvu de plusieurs petits corps trés réfringents,
parait simplement plongé dans le protoplasme granuleux; on pourrait peut-étre
supposer qu il appartient & une cellule sans membrane d’enveloppe dont le proto-
plasme granuleux se fusionne avec celui des cellules voisines. De cette fusion
résulterait une masse protoplasmique unique contenant tous les noyaux et remplissant
les mailles du réticulum. Enfin des ganglions et des cellules sympathiques se trouvent
assez souvent plongés dans le parenchyme du corps, et, a sa surface, circulent sans
pénetrer, du moins en apparence, dans sa substance, et sans émettre de rameaux, des
filets nerveux appartenant également au systeme sympathique.”

Passing on to the interrenal, Chevrel says, “A l’état frais, les éléments propres de ce
corps disparaissent sous une couche de globules clairs, légérement teintés, qui lui
donnent une couleur jaunatre particuliére.” Leydig thought these globules to be fat.
Balfour, on the contrary, thought they were not fat. Chevrel is of the latter opinion,
since ether does not dissolve them, nor osmic acid blacken them to any extent. He
proceeds to describe their microscopical structure as being much the same as that of the
suprarenals. The chief differences, according to him, are—(1) Inequality in size of
nuclei (10 w in “inter,” 9 in “supra”’). (2) Absence in the suprarenal of the clear
globules which the interrenal contains in abundance. (3) A distinct division some-
times, in the case of the interrenal, into “capsules ou vésicules nettementj marquée.”
(4) A less abundant vascular supply in the interrenal.

Chevrel does not think there is any very direct connection between the interrenal
and the suprarenals, and notes that the “interrenal” has no relations with the
sympathetic. He does not decide whether the interrenal body is of a different order
of structure from the suprarenals. As to the connection between the suprarenals and
the small sympathetic ganglia, he states, ‘This connection in the case of the smaller
bodies is not so frequent as Leydig, Semper, and Balfour imagined.”

Cheyrel has also more recently (4) given an account of the sympathetic system in
the Sturgeon. He gives a drawing of the relations of the suprarenal bodies to
the sympathetic nervous system, and also a very unsatisfactory representation of the
microscopical structure of the ganoid suprarenal !.

1 [Since this was written, the papers of V. Diamare (“ Ricerche intorno all’ Organo interrenale degli Elasmo-
branchi col ai Corpuscoli di Stannius dei Teleostei’’ etc., Mem. matem.-fis. ser. 3, t. x. 3 tav., 1896) and

Pettit (Thése, ‘ Recherches sur les capsules surrénales,’ Paris, 1896) have appeared.
These will be briefly referred to again, as occasion requires, in later footnotes.—S. V., 10. 1. 97.]

VOL. XIV.—ParT Il. No. 2.—April, 1897. H

50

MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

III. Crassiriep List of SPECIES EXAMINED.
i. ELASMOBRANCHII.
A. SELACcHOIDEI.
Scyllidee : Scyllium canicula.
n catulus.
Spinacide: Acanthias vulyaris.
Rhinide : Rhina squatina.

B. Bavorpet.
Rajide : Raja batis.
>, clavata.
» maculata.
ii. HOLOCEPHALA.

Chimeride: Chimera monstrosa.

iii. GANOIDEI.

A. CHONDROSTEL,
Spatularidee : Polyodon folium.
Acipenseride : Acipenser sturio.

iv. TELEOSTEI.

A, PLecToGNATHI.
a. Sclerodermi.

Balistide: Balistes maculatus.

b. Gymnodontes.

Molide: Orthagoriscus mola.
Tetrodontide : Tetrodon nigropunctatus.

B. Puysostomt.

Murenide : Anguiila anguilla.
Conger conger.
Clupeidee : Clupea harengus.
Esocidee : Esox luctus.
Salmonide : Salmo salar.

» trutta.
Cyprinide : Leuciscus rutils.
7% cephalus.
es vulgaris.

C. ANACANTHINI.
Gadidee: Gadus morrhua.
» eglefinus.
>, merlangus.
5). wirens:

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES.

Merluccius vulgaris.
Motella tricirrhata.
Molva vulgaris.
Pleuronectide : Hippoglossus vulgaris.
Pleuronectes flesus.
3 limanda.
oe platessa.
Solea vulgaris.

Hippoglossoides limandoides.

Zeugopterus.
Rhombus levis.

D. Acanruorrert.

a. Pharyngognathi.
Coris pulcherrima.
6. Acanthopterygii.
Percide: Gastrosteus spinachia.
Perca fluviatilis,
Labraz lupus.
Mullide: Mullus barbatus.
Sparide : Pagellus centrodontus.
Cantharus griseus.
Trighdz: Cottus gobio.
Trigla pint.
tp ERR
Scomberidee: Scomber scomber.
Zeus faber.
Blennide : Anarrhichas lupus.
Pediculati: Lophius piscatorius.
c. Acanthopterygii mugiliformes.
Mugilide : Mugil capito.
d. Acanthopterygii gobiiformes.

Discoboli: Cyclopterus lumpus.
v. DIPNOT.

Lepidosiren paradoxa (L. appendiculata, Ehlers Nc

Protopterus annectens.

IV. Gross ANAtTomy.
1. ELASMOBRANCHIL.

In this order there are two distinct sets of bodies which have borne the name of
“suprarenals.” One of these is a more or less rod-shaped structure, unpaired in some

* [See, however, Lankester, “ On Lepidosiren and Protopterus,” Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. xiv. part i., April 1896.

S Ses 10) 1 974)

H

”)

=!

52 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

genera, as Scy/lium, paired in others, as Raja, which lies in the region of the hinder
end of the kidney—in the middle line, as a rule, in the first case; on the inner and
hinder border of the kidney in the second (PI. IX. figs. 1, 2, 3, & 4, Pl. X. figs. 5, 6,
& 7, 7r.). This structure was called by Balfour the ‘interrenal” body, and has since
usually borne thisname. ‘The other set of structures is a segmentally arranged series
of paired bodies, placed on the intercostal or parietal branches of the aorta, and
extending in many cases throughout the whole length of the abdominal cavity (Pl. LX.
figs. 1-4; Pl. X. figs. 5, 6, & 7, ar.h., & s.r.).

a. SELACHOIDE!I and BATOIDEL

I have examined the following seven species, and in some cases several individuals of
the same species :—

Scyllium canicula. | Raja batis.
59 catulus. | 5, clavata.
Acanthias vulgaris. » maculata,

Rhina squatina. |

The Segmentally arranged Bodies.—TVhese are disposed in much the same manner in
all Plagiostomes. Their general arrangement has been already well described by
Leydig, Semper, and Balfour; and Chevrel has given a description of their anatomical
connections with the sympathetic. It is therefore only necessary for me to give a
brief account of their usual anatomy, emphasizing such points as may seem to need it.

These bodies are placed for the most part in a very definitely segmental manner
(Pl. IX. fig. 2). The anterior pair are always elongated and equal in size to several of
the following bodies (Pls. IX. & X. figs. 1-7, aav.h.); asa matter of fact they seem to
correspond usually to three or four segments. They are arranged on branches of the
aorta, the intercostal arterioles (Pl. IX. figs. 1 & 4; Pl. X. figs. 5 & 6), and extend on
each side of the vertebral column from the front part of the sinus of Monro to a variable
distance posterior to the origin of the posterior cardinal veins. ‘The anterior pair and
some of those bodies which immediately follow these on either side are placed in the
cavity of the sinus, and therefore during life are bathed in its blood (Pls. IX. & X.
figs. 1-7, aw.h., s.r.). They usually more or less completely surround the artery with
their substance, and with the aid of a lens one can nearly always see the artery, vein,
and a fine nerve distributed to each segmental body. ‘The first pair are placed on or
near the axillary arteries, hence their old name “Axillary Hearts.” An arteriole usually
communicates between the axillary and the succeeding branch of the aorta, and runs
through the whole length of the body (Pl. IX. figs. 2a & 4).

In the anterior part of the abdominal cavity these bodies have no relation to the
kidney-substance, but in the region of this organ they become more or less imbedded
init. Where the renal substance is distinctly segmented they are often placed deep
down in the grooves which separate the segmental portions, and are often in this way
almost completely hidden. ‘They usually overlap the region of the interrenal, and often

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 53

extend nearly to the hinder end of the kidney in company with the interrenal (Pl. IX.
figs. 2 & 4; Pl. X. figs. 5 & 7, s.7.). In other cases (Pl. IX. figs. 1 & 3; Pl. X.
fig. 6, s.7.) they cannot be traced very far behind the anterior extremity of the inter-
renal. When the segmentally arranged bodies extend very far back they have a great
tendency to get less and less distinct and more fragmentary in appearance.

Their relation to the sympathetic is made evident in a general way by ordinary care
in dissection, but the precise details of this relationship are not at all easy to make
out. Chevrel has, however, described this part of the subject with such care that little
need be said; but as very little besides his work has ever been done upon this subject,
it may be as well to call attention to some points. It is a great mistake to suppose
that the sympathetic ganglia are all, or indeed mostly, wrapped up in the same sheath
as the segmental suprarenal bodies. This is undoubtedly true in many cases, perhaps
in all, of the first pair, but it is not nearly so common with the posterior ones. Indeed,
without in any way questioning the value of Balfour’s developmental researches, I am
inclined to think that the connection between the sympathetic nervous system and
these bodies has been overstated. They are intimately involved in the sympathetic
plexuses, and often have tiny ganglia very close to them; but in the adult, at any rate,
whatever their developmental relations may be, 7¢ can, in my opinion, not be truly said
that they are an integral part of the sympathetic nervous system.

The Interrenal Body.—Vhis body, as we have seen, was the structure to which the
name ‘‘suprarenal” was first applied. After the discovery of the ‘“ paired suprarenals ”
of Leydig, a new name was required for the old body. This was supplied by Balfour,
who called it “‘interrenal.”

The interrenal body is an “ ochre-yellow”’ rod-shaped structure, paired in the Rays,
unpaired in the Sharks, lying usually in the region of the posterior part of the kidney,
but sometimes extending as far forward as its anterior extremity (Pls. IX. & X.
figs. 1-7, 77r.). It bears a striking resemblance in its colour, general appearance, and
relations to the kidney, to the suprarenals of Amphibia and Reptilia.

The unpaired interrenal of the Dog-fishes (Pl. IX. figs. 2, 8, & 4; Pl. X. fig. 5, ir.)
lies between the inferior surface of the dorsal aorta and the superior surface of the
unpaired caudal vein, or, as Chevrel prefers to call it, the ‘* interrenal ”’ vein.

The paired interrenal of the Skates (Pl. X. figs. 6 & 7, 77.) lies on the median
side of the ureter and on a superior level, so that it often lies on the dorso-internal
edge of each kidney adjoining the middle line.

In addition to this one often finds slight streaks or dots of the same characteristic
yellow colour in other parts of the kidney !.

1 This may be compared on the one hand with the multiple suprarenals of the Sturgeon, and on the other
with the frequency of “ accessory ” suprarenals in Teleostsand in Mammals. The accessory bodies in Mammals
are said to consist of cortex only, and it may be as well to note here that my investigations lead me to
conclude that interrenal, suprarenals in Teleosts and Ganoids, and cortex in Mammals are all strictly homo-

logous with one another.

54 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

The interrenal is generally much thicker behind than in front (Pl. IX. figs. 1, 3,
& 4); in fact, while it is posteriorly often markedly bulbous, it usually tapers off
anteriorly into a broken line of extreme tenuity. It diminishes in diameter, however,
not regularly, but is often more or less moniliform; the constrictions may be
complete here and there, and at the anterior extremity one often finds several small
pieces of interrenal separated by a considerable interval from the rest of the body
(BUADXifigss 133,18 Ace Pl Xe figs: (Sci1,) a.0.7)

In the Batoidei the interrenal is never quite symmetrical; nearly always the body of
one side extends further forward than that of the other, and in one case, in Laja batis
(Pl. X. fig. 6, 7.7.), I found a complete and comparatively thick bridge connecting the
interrenal of one side with that of the other. This might perhaps be looked upon as
a single body behind, which became divided in front; in this instance the organ
extended further forward on the right side, and further backward on the left.

In some cases (e. g., Acanthias) the unpaired interrenal body appears to be placed
not quite mesially, but is laid on the median surface of one or other kidney (Pl. X.
fig. 5, @.7.).

Occasionally (Raja maculata) the anterior piece of the interrenal of each side, which
is cut off by more or less of an interval from the rest of the body, shows curious claw-
like processes on its outer side running in the kidney-substance towards the ureter
(EI Xie Vi, ase).

Balfour quotes Semper as describing an anatomical connection between the inter-
renal and the paired bodies. Balfour questions this, and I am convinced from the
examination of several fresh specimens, both of Scyl/iwm and Raja, that there is never
any such connection or continuity. Zhe two kinds of structure are always totally
independent and unconnected. 1 have mentioned in the historical section Balfour’s
surmises with regard to the existence of a third kind of body in relation to the kidney
in Scyllium, and I have intimated that masses of adenoid tissue were to be expected,
and were frequently found in various situations in and about the kidney. I have,
nevertheless, carefully searched for anything which might rank as a “third kind of
body.” I have been able to examine a number of fair-sized perfectly fresh specimens,
and I have failed entirely to find anything of the kind. So that we may consider that
we have to limit the morphological and physiological problem, difficult as it is, to the
relationships and significance of the paired segmental bodies and the ‘ ochre-yellow
’ or interrenal bodies. ‘The problem which naturally presents itself is:—Which
of these two structures (if not both) corresponds to the suprarenal capsules of Teleosts
and higher Vertebrates? For an account of the discussion see the historical section
above. My own view will be stated after I have given a description of the histology.

In the above account I have treated the Sharks and Rays together, because there is
not sufficient difference between the general arrangement in the two cases to make a

strips’

separate description necessary.

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 55

6. HOLOCEPHALA.

In Chimera monstrosa (Pl. IX. fig. 1) from the examination of four well-preserved
specimens, I find the suprarenals arranged almost exactly after the type of the
Plagiostomes. There is the same interrenal, unpaired as in the Dog-fishes 1, enlarged
and rounded posteriorly and broken up at its anterior end. There is also the same
arrangement of the segmental bodies, the only noticeable difference being that the
anterior pair, instead of being elongated and irregular, are smooth and regular oval in
shape (PI.1X. fig. 1, av.h.)?. They are, nevertheless, many times larger than any of
the other bodies of the same series.

2. GANOIDEI.

Among Ganoids I have only been able to obtain representatives of two families of
the Chondrostei, viz., Acipenser sturio and Polyodon folium. The Polyodon was a
spirit-specimen in a bad state of preservation, and I could find nothing in the way of
suprarenals, so that I am limited to the Sturgeon for information about this order.
The Sturgeon is practically the only Ganoid it is possible to examine in anything like
a fresh state in this country. I have been able to obtain and have carefully examined
two specimens whose tissues were, to all intents and purposes, in a living condition.
The first specimen was 1:65 metre in length, with a kidney 63 centim. long; the
second was 2°14 metres, with a kidney of 1 metre.

The suprarenals in the Sturgeon are ‘‘ ochre-yellow” bodies of precisely the same
tint as the interrenal in Elasmobranchs. ‘They vary extremely in size and shape, and
are scattered in a more or less irregular manner throughout the substance of the
kidney (Pl. X. fig. 8, s.r.). They are for the most part finely lobulated, almost
coarsely granular to the naked eye, and many of the larger ones have processes or
claws extending out in various directions into the kidney-substance. <A certain
number of the larger bodies are visible on the surface of the kidney, or revealed with
very little dissection. A still larger number come into view on slitting up the
posterior cardinal sinus, since they lie in abundance in its walls and in the immediate
neighbourhood. A large residue, including the majority of the smaller bodies, are
only revealed by digging away the kidney-substance in various parts.

I find the larger bodies placed anteriorly (Pl. X. fig. 8); and in this respect my
observations differ from those of Leydig, who says that the larger ones are posterior.
It is quite possible that the arrangement differs in different specimens. I found none
whatever in the hinder fifth of the kidney, and by far the larger number, at least of
bodies of any size, were in both my specimens in the anterior seventh, 7. e., just behind
the lymphatic head-kidney (Pl. X. fig. 8, 4.4.). Thus the most striking feature
about their arrangement is their extreme anterior position as compared with Teleosts.

1 Leydig describes a paired ‘“suprarenal,” but although my specimens were old, yet I am convinced that.

there was a single median interrenal in each case.
2 (This appearance may possibly be due in part to the effect of long preservation. |

56 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

Many of the suprarenals are of exceeding minuteness, even less than 1 mm. in
diameter, and these are seen in large numbers from the interior of the posterior
cardinal sinus, whence they appear like “ tubercles” in the wall of this vessel ; indeed
the appearance of these tiny bodies as seen through the lining epithelium of the vein
is almost identical with the caseous nodules of pathology. In the two specimens I
have examined the large suprarenals were arranged in two very irregularly symmetrical
groups just behind each “ head-kidney.” 1 Each group consisted of about a dozen,
and all of them were in close proximity to the venous sinus (Pl. X. fig. 8).

Some of the suprarenals lying on the posterior surface of the kidney were flattened,
almost wafer-like.

The bodies I have seen varied in size from about 1 mm. in diameter to something
under 1 cm., but measurements are difficult as their shape is often so irregular. ‘They
have a decidedly fatty appearance to the naked eye, and on being placed for a few
hours in a 5 per cent. solution of osmic acid they become quite black, so that the
presumption is that they contain some material of a fatty nature.

I have not been able to make out any very intimate relations between the
suprarenals and the sympathetic nervous system in the Sturgeon, but I find that in
many cases the bodies are placed on blood-vessels which are running in the kidney-
substance.

8. TELEOSTEI.
a. PLECTOGNATHI.

In the tribe Sclerodermi I have only been able to obtain a small spirit-specimen of
Balistes maculatus. It was not ina good state of preservation, and the results were
negative.

In the Gymnodontes I have examined the Sun-fish (Orthagoriscus mola) as a
representative of the Molidw and Tetrogon nigropunctatus among the Tetrodontide.
The last was an ill-preserved specimen and nothing was found. ‘The following is the
arrangement in the Sun-fish :—

Mouipa.—In a specimen of Orthagoriscus mola (Pl. X. fig. 9, s.r.), 70 cm. in
length, with kidneys of 20 cm. in length, I found one suprarenal only, which appeared
to belong to the right side (Pl. X. fig. 9, s.r.). It was kidney-shaped, whitish, and
fatty-looking, but of firm texture, and was about 1 cm. long by about 5 mm. broad.

b. PHYSOSTOMI.

Muvranip#.—In this family I have investigated both the Conger and the Silver Eel.
There are two suprarenals in both species; these are in Conger conger (Pl. X. fig. 10,
s.r.) triangular with rounded corners, in Anguilla anguilla round or oval in shape.
Their position is peculiar in that they le very anteriorly, being not far behind the
point where the two crura ot the kidney unite (Pl. X. fig. 10, s.r.) They are situated

* [In some cases they extend into the lymphatic tissue.—S. V., 10. 1. 97.]

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES, 57

on the ventral surface of the kidney, and are usually closely approximated to the middle
line. They are only slightly imbedded in the substance of the kidney. The following
may be taken as the typical arrangement in the Murenide: :—

The suprarenals are about 15 mm. in diameter (of course they may be much larger
in Conger). They are triangular with rounded corners; there is one on each side of
the middle line and they are nearly in contact. They are on the ventral surface of
the kidney, just behind the junction of the crura, and both are on the same level.
The bodies are smooth, pale pink, and only slightly imbedded in the kidney.

CiureiDa.—In Clupea harengus (Pl. X. fig. 11) I have found two unequal supra-
renals placed on the spinal surface of the kidney at about the mid-point of its length.

Esocipa.—I have examined two examples of Hsov lucius (Pl. XI. fig. 12). The
first specimen was 50 cm. in length, the second 57, both being young specimens.

In the first (Pl. XI. fig. 12) the suprarenals were two in number, one on each side.
They were imbedded in the substance of the kidney, nearer the spinal than the ventral
surface, and placed distinctly in advance of the mid-point of the kidney length, so as
to be about in the middle point of the length of the body. The bodies are thus
even more anterior than in the eels. They were each about 3°25 mm. long by 2mm.
broad. ‘Their surface was distinctly lobulated (Pl. XI. fig. 12, s.7.).

In the second their arrangement appeared at first sight to be identical with that of
the first, but, on closer examination, the left was seen to be represented by two bodies,
and these were placed slightly in advance of the right one. They were, like those
above described, imbedded in the kidney-substance. But in this specimen there were
tiny “ accessory ” bodies, some two or three in number, in different parts of the kidney.
T have not found, however, anything approaching the condition described by Stannius,
in which the posterior half of the kidney is studded with suprarenal bodies. Very
possibly this appearance was pathological.

SatMonip#.—In a specimen of Salmo salar, 83 cm. long, I found five suprarenals
(Pl. XI. fig. 13, s.r.). There were three on the left. side and two on the right. None
of them were visible on the ventral surface of the kidney, as they were placed on the
lateral or spinal surfaces. The bodies belonging to the right side were situated
respectively 20°5 and 20 cm. from the hinder end of the kidney, being placed almost
in the middle point of its length. Those of the left side were placed at unequal
intervals opposite them. ‘The right suprarenals are respectively 5 mm. and 3 mm. in
diameter. ‘The larger is anterior and slightly kidney-shaped. The largest on the left
side is directly opposite the larger on the right ; it is 7 mm. by 3°5 mm. and distinctly
kidney-shaped. Ata short distance in front of this is a body about half its size and
likewise kidney-shaped. At a further interval behind it lies an elongated oval one.
The suprarenals are very pale pink in colour, almost white, and have a fatty
appearance. They do not project appreciably from the surface of the kidney. They
are distinctly lobulated and marbled with blood-vessels.

VOL. XIV.—ParT 11. No. 5.—April, 1897. I

58 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

In another Salmon, a young fish only 47 cm. in length, I found three suprarenals,
placed, as in the former specimen, at about the middle point of the length of the
kidney and on the spinal surface. There were two chief ones, right and left respec-
tively, situated each about 1 mm. from the middle line, the left one being about 3 mm.
by 1:5, the right about 5 by 1:5, but irregular in shape. About 1 cm. anterior to
these two is another about 1 mm. by ‘5 mm. on the left side.

In a specimen of Salmo trutta, 58 cm. long, with a kidney of 26 cm., I found the
suprarenals seven in number. There were six on the spinal and one on the ventral
surface, all small. They were pale pink, roundish or oval bodies, and were partly
imbedded in the substance of the kidney. This fact, coupled with the presence of one
on the ventral surface, suggested to me that some might be completely buried in the
substance of the kidney. This, however, I found not to be the case. The most
anterior one was very small, and was situated 10 cm. from the anterior end of the
kidney; the rest were scattered throughout the succeeding 4°25 cm. The one on the
ventral surface was 12-5 cm. from the anterior extremity of the kidney. None of the
bodies were more than 3 mm. in diameter.

In Osmerus eperlanus (P\. XI. fig. 14) the suprarenals were represented by two
miliary bodies about the size of a pin’s head, projecting from the hinder end of the
kidney, placed one behind the other (s.7.).

Among the Cyprinide I have examined :—

Leuciscus rutilis, (Pl. XI. fig. 15.) Leuciscus vulgaris. (Pl. XI. fig. 17.)
» cephalus. (Pl. XI. fig. 16.)

The suprarenals are usually two; but in a specimen of JL. vulgaris there were four
(Pl. XI. fig. 17, s.7r.). They are usually rounded in this family.

As to position, they are usually in the posterior fourth of the kidney, but they may
reach as far forward as the junction of the posterior with the middle third. They are
usually placed one on each side of the middle line, but are often very close to it.
They are on the spinal surface or the edge of the kidney.

In the fishes of this family I have examined the bodies have never been more than about
2 mm. in diameter, and they are often buried to some extent in the kidney-substance.

c. ANACANTHINI.

Gap1p#.—In this family I have investigated :—

Gadus morrhua. (Pl. XI. fig. 18.) Merluccius vulgaris. (Pl. XI. fig. 20.)
» eglefinus. (Pl. XI. fig. 19.) Molva vulgaris. (Pl. XI. fig. 21.)
» merlangus. Motella tricirrhata.
> virens.

In the Gadide there is considerable variation in number and size of the suprarenals,
although their shape is nearly always rounded.
As for number, two must be regarded as the rule, but there is even more variation

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES, 59

in this respect than in the Pleuronectide (g. v.). Thus, in a specimen of Gadus
morrhua I have found as many as five; in G. merlangus I found only one. I have
occasionally found one also in Molva vulgaris. In Merluccius vulgaris I have found in
one case as many as five; in this case the suprarenal of the left side was represented
by four small bodies instead of one larger one (Pl. XI. fig. 20, s.r.),

Their position is usually one on each side, but, as in other families, the right and
left are rarely quite on the same level. one being usually anterior or posterior to the
other. They also vary as to their relation to the middle line, some being more lateral,
others more central.

The suprarenals in this family are almost always visible on the ventral surface of the
kidney, though they may (either one or both) be lateralized, or even exceptionally
may be partially on the spinal surface. They are usually more or less imbedded in
the kidney-substance.

The bodies appear to be situated always in the region of the posterior third of the
length of the kidney, though they sometimes approach very near the anterior limit of

this distance.
The size varies from 1 mm. to 1 cm. in longest diameter in the fishes I have

examined.

In one specimen of Gadus morrhua the arrangement was peculiar. The suprarenals
were five in number. ‘The tail of the kidney projected 3 cm. under the hemal arch.
Four of the bodies were under the arch on the ventral surface of the kidney; they
were compressed into angular form owing to their position. There were two large
ones, the anterior being 1 cm. by ‘5 cm. (irregular oblong), the posterior being
rhomboidal and having about the same greatest dimensions. There were in addition
two quite small bodies placed between the two larger ones. The fifth one was on the
spinal surface of the kidney, just anterior to the hemal arch. It is about 1 cm. by
*d cm., oval, and appears divided into two parts on the surface by a median longi-
tudinal depression.

The typical arrangement of the suprarenals in the Gadide may be stated thus :—

The organs are rounded and about 5 mm. in diameter. There is one on each side
of the middle line on the ventral surface of the kidney, but one is more lateral than
the other. They are placed at about one quarter the length of the kidney from its
hinder end, and one is slightly anterior to the other. They are smooth and partly
imbedded in the kidney-substance, and are pale pink in colour.

PLEURONECTID#.—I have been able to obtain and examine :—

Pleuronectes flesus. (Pl. XI. fig. 22.) Hippoglossoides limandoides, (Pl. XII. fig. 26.)
is limanda. (Pl. XI. fig. 23.) Solea vulgaris. (Pl. XII. fig. 27.)
SS platessa. (Pl. XI. fig. 24.) Rhombus levis, (Pl. XII. fig. 28.)
Hippoglossus vulgaris. (Pl, XII. fig. 25.) Zeugopterus.

In Pleuronectide there is considerable variation in the number, form, size, and
12

60 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

position of the suprarenal bodies; the variation in each of these respects affects not
only the different species, but even different individuals of the same species.

With regard to their number this may be stated as usually two. Thus there are
most often two in Hippoglossus vulyaris, Pleuronectes flesus, P. limanda, and Solea
vulgaris. But 1 have found one only in some specimens of P. limanda and Hippo-
glossoides limandoides, while I have found three in one specimen of P. flesus. [In
this case, however, the two of one side were close together, and were, taken together,
not larger than the one of the opposite side. |

Their shape is nearly always rounded, but in P. flesws one was oval.

As to their position, the bodies appear to be affected to some extent by the
characteristic asymmetry of the family, though sometimes they may be arranged
symmetrically. There is usually one belonging to each side, but sometimes one is
placed behind the other in the middle line (Pl. XII. fig. 26, s.r.). This was found,
e.g. in P. flesus and Solea vulgaris. Occasionally they are placed abreast, but both
on one side of the median line; this occurred in P. limanda. Often the body of one
side is decidedly more anterior or posterior than that of the other. Again, sometimes
they are close together in the middle line (Pl. XI. fig. 24); at other times separated
by the whole breadth of the kidney.

The suprarenals are always enclosed in the capsule of the kidney; but appear never
to be imbedded in the kidney-substance in this family. They are always near the
posterior end of the kidney, and never further forward than the junction of the
posterior with the middle third of the kidney.

The size of the capsules in the Pleuronectide varies in specimens 1 have seen from
*5 mm. to 1:75 cm. in diameter. They do not appear to vary very directly in
proportion to the size of the individual fish, but they are larger in the larger species.

The typical arrangement of the suprarenals in the Pleuronectidz may be described
as follows :—

The organs are about 75 cm. in diameter and rounded. ‘There is one on each side
of the median line on the spinal surface of the kidney, but one is nearer to the middle
line than the other. They are situated abcut one-quarter the length of the kidney
from its posterior extremity, and one is placed rather in front of the other. They are
smooth and free on.the kidney-surface, and are pale pink or glistening white in aspect.

d. ACANTHOPTERI.

In the Pharyngognathi I have only been able to obtain a spirit-specimen of Coris
pulcherrima. It was not in a good state of preservation and no suprarenals were found.

In the Acanthopterygii I have been enabled to investigate representatives of several
families.

Percipa.—In two specimens of Perch (Perca fluviatilis, Pl. XII. fig. 29) I have
found only one suprarenal body to be present in each case. In both it was about

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 61

8 mm. from the hinder end of the kidney on its spinal surface, and was about 1 mm.
in diameter.

Gastrosteus spinachia was too small for anything to be seen with certainty.

In a specimen of Labrax lupus 70 cm. in length, with a kidney of 50 cm., I found
two suprarenals placed one immediately behind the other on the spinal surface. The
anterior one is 5 mm. by 24 mm.; the posterior one is about half the size of the anterior.

MuLuID#.—Two specimens of Mullus barbatus (Pl. XII. figs. 30 & 30 a) have
been examined. In one, 24 cm. long, there were three suprarenals present; in the
other, 42 cm. long, there were five. ji

In the first specimen these were crowded together in the middle line on the spinal
surface about 3:25 cm. from the hinder end of the kidney (Pl. XII. fig. 30, s.7.).

In the second one (PI. XIT. fig. 30.4) there were two “chief” bodies, right and left,
situated a few mm. behind the hinder end of the kidney, attached to the kidney and
to the intestine and body-wall by fibrous strands. The left one has an “accessory ”
body just behind it, and there are two small ones on the ventral surface of the left tail
of the kidney (Pl. XII. fig. 804, s.r.). The right chief body is 4 mm. by 3 in
diameter, the left 3 by 2.

It is interesting to note, in relation with the abundance of suprarenal tissue, that
this fish is of a red colour, and has an intensely pigmented, almost black, peritoneum.

Sparip#.—In the common Sea-Bream (Pagellus centrodontus) I have found two
suprarenals, 2 mm. in diameter, and very pale pink in colour, situated 1 cm. from the
hinder end of the kidney on its spinal surface (Pl. XII. fig. 31). In Cantharus
griseus almost exactly the same arrangement was found.

Trietip#.—In this family I have examined Cottus gobio (Pl. XII. fig. 32), Trigla
pini (Pl. XII. fig. 33), and ZT. lyra (Pl. XII. fig. 34). The rule as to number is the
same as in Teleosts generally, 7. ¢., that there are two; but in one specimen of Trigla
pint I have found one only, in the middle line, on the spinal surface, about 8 mm.
from the hinder end of the kidney.

Their shape is rounded, and their position as a rule bi-lateral; but in Trigla lyra I
have found two, placed one behind the other, both to the left of the left edge of the
kidney near its hinder extremity (Pl. XII. fig. 34, s.r.).

Except in this one example of 7. lyra I have always found them on the spinal
surface of the kidney in this family.

They are of a very pale pink colour, and are free on the surface of the kidney,
sometimes attached to the body-wall by bands of fibrous tissue. In size they vary
between | and 2 mm.

Scomprip#.—In this family I have been able to examine Scomler scomber and Zeus
faber (Pl. XII. figs. 55 & 36).

In the Mackerel (Pl. XII. fig. 35) I have found the suprarenal bodies on the
ventral aspect of the kidney, about 4°5 cm. from its posterior extremity, almost

62 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

completely concealed, however, by kidney-substance. The body of the right side was
rounded and about 2 mm. in diameter, the left was about 3mm. by 1:5 mm. In
another specimen, however, I found them placed on the dorsal aspect of the kidney at
about the middle of its length, the right being slightly smaller than, and somewhat
anterior to, the left one.

Frey says that in this fish the suprarenals are placed one behind the other. This is
certainly not the rule, but it may be so in some cases.

T have examined several specimens of John Dory (Pl. XII. fig. 56). There were
usually two suprarenals, one on each side of the middle line, but occasionally the body
of one or other side has been represented by two smaller bodies. Sometimes they are
placed side by side, sometimes one behind the other. They are always near the
junction of the posterior crura of the kidney. They are mostly white or slightly
iridescent and smooth, being enclosed in a firm fibrous capsule. They are rounded and
situated on the spinal surface of the kidney. This is noteworthy, as I have always
found them on the ventral surface in Scomber. Another point of distinction between
the two genera is that in the John Dory they are not imbedded in the kidney-
substance ; they always lie within the posterior quarter of the kidney.

BLENNIDZ.—In a specimen of Annarhichas lupus (Pl. XII. fig. 37), 115-5 cm. in
length, I found two suprarenals, situate 5 cm. from the hinder end of the kidney.
The left was on the ventral surface of the kidney, nearly round, and 5 mm. in
diameter. The right was on the dorsal or spinal surface, and, being the larger, its
central point was posterior to that of the left, as their anterior ends were on the same
level. ‘This right body was oval in shape and 1 cm. by ‘5 cm. The organs were
partly imbedded in the kidney-substance.

PepicuLatl—In the Angler (Lophius piscatorius, Pl. XII. fig. 38), in a fish of
54 cm. in length, I found five suprarenals. The chief pair were situated on the
ventral surface of the kidney, about 1 cm. from its hinder end. The right was 3 mm.
in diameter, the left 5°55 mm. They were of a pale flesh-colour and marbled with
very fine blood-vessels.

In addition to these two, there was on the right side a body about 1:25 mm. in
diameter, just at the hinder extremity of the kidney, where the ureter springs from its
substance ; again, just anterior to it is another, about one-third its size. On the left
side there is also a second body, about 1°5 mm. by ‘75 mm., situated midway between
the ‘‘ chief” body and the end of the kidney.

The larger suprarenals were more or less imbedded in the substance of the kidney.

Mveitipa.—In Mugil capito (Pl. XIII. fig. 39), 55 cm. long, I found one suprarenal
capsule of large size (6 mm. by 3). It was placed about 4 mm. from the posterior
extremity of the kidney, and, being imbedded in the kidney-substance, its large size
enabled it to be seen either from the spinal or the ventral surface (Pl. XIII. fig. 39).

In another example, 35 cm. long, there were two suprarenal bodies, on the spinal

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 63

surface, at the extreme hinder end of the kidney. They were packed close together in the
middle line, the right one being about 2°5 mm. by 2, and the left being about 2 by 1.

Here, as well as in Mullus barbatus, we have a proportionately large amount of
suprarenal tissue associated with a deeply pigmented peritoneum.

Discopout.—I have only so far been able to examine one specimen of Cyclopterus
lumpus (Pl. XIII. fig. 40). This fish was 46:25 cm. in length. The suprarenals were
situated on the spinal surface of the kidney. The central point of the left was 3 cm.
from the hinder end of the kidney, that of the right was 3°75 cm. distant. The right
body was rounded and about 4:5 mm. in diameter, the left was oval (5 mm. by 2:5 mm.).

It will have been seen from the above account that in the Teleosts J find suprarenal
bodies in all fresh specimens examined. There are usually paired, round or oval,
pale pink bodies, placed on the spinal or ventral surface of the kidney. They are near
the posterior extremity of the renal mass and are either free on its surface or more or

Jess imbedded in its substance.

4. DIPNOI.

Nothing is known of the suprarenal capsules in this order of fishes. At any rate
they are not described in Lepidosiren (g)'; in Ceratodus (8) and in Protopterus their
presence is exceedingly doubtful ?.__ However, what has to be said on this head will be
stated below in the histological section (V.).

Having thus reviewed the gross anatomy of the suprarenal bodies in the orders I
have examined, a few general remarks must be here interpolated. Being unable to
obtain fresh specimens of any of the Dipnoi, I will leave this order quite out of the
question?. In Elasmobranchs, Ganoids, and Teleosts, suprarenals have long been
described, but never very systematically or connectedly. This I have endeavoured to
do as far as possible in the above account. That there was need of this is clear from
the fact that some zoologists of standing still seem largely to ignore their existence.
Thus Beard (2), in his very interesting paper, says :—‘ Not one of the least brilliant
of Mihalkovies’ discoveries is that of the relationship between the reproductive gland
and the suprarenal bodies *. Mihalkovics showed that the non-nervous part of these
organs is the most anterior portion of the reproductive gland, and that in those animals
in which suprarenals occur the germinal cells which give rise to them have under-
gone degeneration and have got separated off from the rest of the germinal epithelium
as a mass of cells remaining in a so-called embryonic state.” 4 This may be true enough,

1 See also Ehlers, H., “ Zur Kenntnis der Hingenweide von Lepidosiren,” Vorlaufige Mittheilung, Nachrichten
der k. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, Math.-physik. Klasse, 1895, Nr. 1.

2 See footnote 2, page 73.

3 It is noteworthy in this relation that in the Reptilia the suprarenal body is most often in very close
relationship with the reproductive gland. The same applies to birds.

4 (It may be observed, by the way, that the medulla is probably not “‘ nervous,” and that the cortex is certainly
not * embryonic.”—S. V., 10. 1. 97.] °

64 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

but Beard goes on: “ It isa significant fact, hitherto, I believe, unnoticed, that suprarenals
are found only in those forms in which a reduction in number of ripe sexual elements
required has taken place” +, In regard to this I can only state that suprarenals (one
or both parts) are probably universally present throughout Elasmobranchs, Ganoids,
and Teleosts. Further, this writer observes: “In the present state of our knowledge
of these bodies, I do not wish to lay too much stress on the point of existence or non-
existence of suprarenals in any order of Vertebrates.” But he adds: “If Rabl’s ‘tree’
be correct in respect of the ancestry of Ganoids from Sharks..... I can conceive
that the non-existence of suprarenals in the former group} would be a fact which our
author might find difficulty in accounting for—unless he ignored it entirely!”

Suprarenals non-existent in Ganoids! Either Beard has quite overlooked their
presence in the Sturgeon, or he has some view of his own as to the significance of those
yellow bodies which are scattered throughout the kidney. If the latter were the case
one would have surely expected him, in dealing with the subject, to note the fact.

Further on in the same paper our author gives a “ tree,” in which it is stated that
suprarenals are totally absent not only in Ganoids and Marsipobranchs, but also in
Teleosts?. It would be interesting to know what he calls those little bodies I have
represented in my plates. Later on he says: “It would doubtless be interesting to find
some traces of suprarenal bodies in the Dipnoi.” It will be seen from what I say on
this subject under the head of histology, that I am decidedly of the opinion that in all
probability there are suprarenals of some sort in the Dipnoi ?.

With regard to the occurrence of suprarenals in Teleosts, in addition to the species
in which I have described them above, there are mentioned many other species in
which other writers have found them. Thus Stannius and Ecker, also Hyrtl, state that
they are present in several species I have not been able to obtain. M/‘Kenzie, too (15),
describes them in Amiurus catus. So that, although of course I cannot affirm from my
own observations that these bodies are universally present in this order, I should, from
a joint consideration of my own and previous researches, consider this to be more than
probable. Jf suprarenals are not present in all Teleosts, in which species are they absent?

V. Hisroioey.
1. ELASMOBRANCHII.

My results in this department appear to differ in many respects from those of Leydig,
Semper, and Balfour. They agree fairly well in some respects with those of Chevrel,
but there are important points of difference, and, besides, Chevrel’s histological drawings
are so imperfect that little can be learnt from them.

‘ The italics are mine.—S. V.

* This is not stated in so many words, but the “tree” has inscribed upon it, ‘‘ Suprarenals totally absent on

this side”; and “this side” includes the orders named above.
* [These have since been discovered by Petitt (Joc. cit.).—S8. V., 10. 1. 97.]

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 65

PAIRED “SUPRARENAL”’ Bopies.—With regard to the segmentally-arranged bodies, there
is not a great deal new to be said. But it is certain that in all cases the structure is very
different from that which Balfour described and depicted. Chevrel explains Balfour's
appearances as due to the action of reagents, and I am satisfied, from the examination
of many individuals and many species with various modes of preparation, that there is
never any such arrangement of a cortex of columnar and a medulla of polyhedral cells
(Pl. XIII. figs. 41 & 42).

The structure of these bodies is far from easy to describe, and this I find, notwith-
standing that my material was perfectly fresh and my preparations mostly very satis-
factory. The organs are surrounded with a tolerably firm fibrous capsule of a thickness
about 4-7 w (Pl. XIII. fig. 41, c.), which sends in septa (s.), which in some parts are
distributed almost as regularly as in a Mammalian lymphatic gland. These septa
rapidly break up into an irregular fibrous meshwork which is distributed throughout
the body (Pl. XIII. fig. 41, sér.).

The parenchyma of these bodies is not arranged in any definite acini or alveoli, thus
marking them off distinctly from the suprarenals in Teleosts, Ganoids, and the interrenal
body in Elasmobranchs (q. v.) and indeed from suprarenal capsules in other Vertebrata.

There are, as a rule, no definite cell-outlines to be made out, and the main part of
the parenchyma appears to consist of an irregular or wavy fibrous stroma (Pl. XIII.
fig. 41, str.), with protoplasm (pr.) and scattered nuclei of round or oval shape (n.).
The protoplasm is often granular, sometimes finely, sometimes coarsely. The nuclei
are of different characters, sometimes showing nuclear figures, at other times devoid of
them, sometimes large and faintly stained, sometimes small and darkly stained. They
vary in diameter from 5 to 9 u. However unsatisfactory this may seem, it is all that
can be ascertained, and it is difficult to imagine how former observers such as Leydig
and Balfour could have described them as having definite lobules and cell-outlines.

But there are definite cells in some parts (Pl. XIII. fig. 42, p.c.) quite apart from
the easily recognizable nerve-ganglion cells. ‘They have, so far as I know, not been
previously described. ‘They are mostly triangular or multipolar in shape (Pl. XIII.
fig. 42, p.c.) and of a uniform sepia-brown tint, and they contain large, very darkly
stained, round nuclei. It is difficult to state their size, as their shape is so irregular ;
they vary, however, in their greatest lengths from 10-30»; the nucleus is usually
about 6-8 @ in diameter. ‘These cells are found particularly in the more central
parts of the anterior paired bodies, but their distribution is irregular. The brown
coloration of these cells is possibly due to the Miiller’s fluid in which the material
was hardened. But, even if this be the case, the appearances indicate a difference in
chemical reaction, and therefore in physiological import. These cells appear in some
places to communicate together by their processes, but whether this communication is
real or apparent I cannot be absolutely certain. Is it possible that these cells have
anything to do with nerve-cells ?

VOL. XIV.—PakT UI. No. 4.—April, 1897. K

66 --MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

There is no essential difference in structure between the more anterior and the more
posterior paired bodies. But, as Balfour has pointed out, the ganglionic development
is more abundant in the case of the anterior ones. The presence of nerve-cells in the
substance of the body itself is also more frequent in the case of the anterior suprarenals ;
in fact, nerve-cells are almost absent from the interior of the most posterior bodies,
which consist entirely of suprarenal tissue proper.

The anterior pair or “axillary hearts,” however, from their size and extensive
nervous connections, require a separate description.

A longitudinal section of the “axillary heart” of Seyllium canicula, taken some.
where near its median part, shows that the body consists of an external and an internal
portion. The internal part is characterized by the above-described brown pigmented
cells!. The external part on one side is composed to a great extent of large nerve-cells
with nerve-fibres running longitudinally. ‘The nerve-cells are on an average 55 in
diameter, but some of the oval ones may have a length of more than twice this number.
This formation extends for about two-thirds of the length of the gland. On the opposite
side and at the ends their external part is composed of the tissue which makes up the
bulk of the segmental bodies, viz. a very fine but irregular fibrous matrix enclosing
protoplasm with oval nuclei without definite cell-outlines 7.

At about a third of the length of the gland from the anterior end, a large group of
nerve-cells occupies the central part of the structure, and scattered nerve-cells are
distributed in other parts of the organ.

In some instances (e. g. axillary hearts of Acanthias vulgaris) there are to be seen some
very large nuclei, twice or thrice the usual dimensions, and in addition one sees nuclei
of varying sizes down to the very smallest.

This is not intended to be an exhaustive account of the histology of these bodies,
and with one more remark I will conclude for the present what I have to say about
them. I believe that many of the fibrils in the paired suprarenals (with the exception,
perhaps, of the axillary hearts), which Balfour took for nerve-fibres, are in reality
nothing more than connective tissue, which, as we have seen, runs in an irregular
manner throughout the parenchyma.

IyTERRENAL Bopy.—I may as well state at the outset that I agree with the view that
this body corresponds with the cortical part of the suprarenal in Amphibians, Reptiles,
Birds, and Mammals. Iam further of opinion that it is essentially a secreting-gland.
These conclusions have been forced upon me by its very close resemblance in structure
to the cortex of the suprarenal capsules of higher Vertebrates, and by its strikingly

1 The appearance of these pigment-cells is quite different from those which are found in various organs and
tissues in fishes. There are in most cases no irregular masses or granules, but the whole cell, which has clear
and definite outlines, is of a uniform brown tint. In some few cases, however, the cells appear to be of the
ordinary coarsely granular type.

? Since the above was written, by careful examination of a good preparation with oblique light, I have
succeeded in making out the cell-outlines in the “ axillary hearts” of Scyllium canicula.

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 67

glandular arrangement into alveoli and its markedly granular protoplasm. The cell-
outlines, too, are clearly seen in the majority of instances (Pl. XIII. fig. 43, al.w., e.c.).
The alveoli appear to be arranged, in some parts at any rate, in a more or less radiating
manner round large veins or venous sinuses (Pl. XIII. fig. 43, v.s.).

A very striking feature in most of my sections is the presence of structures which
remind one of the “‘demilunes” in mammalian mucous glands (Pl. XIII. fig. 43, d.c.).
Their presence is quite clear and unmistakable, but I cannot guess at their significance !.

The general appearance under the microscope reminds one very forcibly of cortical
suprarenal tissue in the Mammalia. The interior of the organ is made up of lobules
or alveoli, each enclosed in a delicate but distinct fibrous capsule about 2 in
thickness. These alveoli are of various sizes, more or less oblong in form, about
50 » thick and reaching 140-150 in length, so far as I can judge by my sections;
in many cases fibrous tissue appears to divide the individual cells one from another.
The cells vary much in shape and size, the majority being elongated; some of the
longest of these are 30-50 4 in length and reach quite across the thickness of an
alveolus. The nuclei of the cells have an average diameter of 10 4. The above
description of the interrenal is taken from a specimen of Raja clavata. The interrenal
of Scylliwm has much the same structure, but the alveoli are not perhaps quite so
clearly marked out. ‘This applies to the Sharks generally.

In Chimera the anterior pair of the suprarenal bodies (“ axillary hearts”), although
long preserved in spirit, presented appearances which are worth recording. It is
somewhat easier to imagine definite cells in the case of Chimera than in the Elasmo-
branchs, for although there are no distinct cell-walls to be seen, yet the protoplasm
appears to be gathered in separate portions of varying shape round the nuclei. These
are of very different sizes and shapes. It is noticeable that there seems to be no
ganglion of any great size in immediate connection with the body, and undoubted
nerve-cells in its substance are almost totally absent.

The interrenal of Chimera shows on microscopic examination a distinct alveolar
arrangement as contrasted with the absence of such an arrangement in the paired
suprarenals. This corresponds with what is found in the Sharks and Rays.

With regard to the true nature of these two kinds of body in Elasmobranchs, and
the question as to their relations to the suprarenal bodies in the higher Vertebrates,
there are one or two points to be noticed.

1. The interrenal of the Cartilaginous Fishes bears a very striking external resemblance
to the structure which, in Amphibians and Reptiles, is always admitted to be a supra-
renal. Its colour, its position, and its proneness to become broken up at its anterior
end are all points of resemblance.

1 The drawing (Pl. XIII. fig. 43) represents the appearances after hardening, double-staining in bulk, and
saturating with paraffin. When examined fresh, the structure is largely concealed by the abundance of fatty-

looking globules.
K2

68 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

2. The interrenal, in its histological features, very closely resembles the suprarenals
of Teleosts, and in some cases its structure is almost identical with that of the cortex
of certain Mammalian capsules.

3. The paired bodies, as we have seen, have not such a definitely glandular
appearance. They consist simply of a fibrous stroma, protoplasm, nuclei of various
characters 1, and nervous elements.

Although the question is still very doubtful, and though I have not attempted any
investigation of the development, I am decidedly inclined to the view that if one and
not both of these bodies corresponds to the suprarenals of the higher Vertebrata, this
one is the interrenal and not the paired suprarenal. And I am led to this view from
consideration of its general appearance and position as well as its minute structure ?.

I think there can no longer be any doubt, at all events, that the paired suprarenals
and the interrenals are totally distinct structures and almost certainly have quite
different functions.

On the other hand, one is much more tempted to believe that the interrenal
corresponds to the cortex and the paired suprarenals to the medulla of the Mammalian
capsules, and this hypothesis would, so far as I can see, accord fairly well with known
facts. But I should hesitate to give myself over entirely to this view until the
development of the suprarenals in Mammals has been put upon a more satisfactory
basis. Besides, even if this hypothesis were correct, it would not be by any means a
final solution of the difficulty. For the questions naturally arise, What is the
significance of this dual origin in Elasmobranchs? What is the essential nature
of the interrenal and the segmental bodies? Balfour and others have proved
conclusively a very intimate structural and developmental connection between the
sympathetic chain and the segmental bodies. But, in effect, what does this mean?
The segmental bodies are not in their essence nervous structures, and we know of
nothing elsewhere which illustrates or throws any light on this curious development
of glandular material in connection with the nervous system.

Again, I am not sure that the paired segmental bodies are not more intimately related
to the blood-vascular than to the nervous system. We have seen that each one is
placed around an arteriole, and many of them are immersed in the blood of the cardinal
sinus. Further, it occurs to me that, after all, their connection with the sympathetic
system may be in a certain sense accidental: 7. e. they are abundantly supplied by the
sympathetic as are other abdominal organs; but that, owing to their position, close to

1 See footnote 2, page 66.

? Since the above was written, and as the result of further investigations throughout Vertebrates, I have
elsewhere emphasized the view that the suprarenals of Mammals are to be regarded as compound glands derived
from these two organs in Elasmobranch Fishes, and have suggested that each portion probably has a distinct
function. The function of the medulla is becoming tolerably well understood. The function of the cortex is
still unknown (Oliver and Schafer, Proc. Physiological Society, 1895; Swale Vincent, Proc. Birm. Nat. Hist. &
Phil. Soc. 1896, vol. x. pt. i.; Birm. Med. Review, Aug. 1896; also Anat. Anz. xiii. Bd. Nr. 1 & 2, 1897).

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 69

the main chain of the sympathetic, they have become connected with it in a remark-
ably intimate manner |.

2. GANOIDEI.

STRUCTURE OF THE SUPRARENAL Bopius of THE StuRGEON.—I have examined some of
these bodies after putting them quite fresh into 1°/, osmic acid for twenty-four
hours, and then cutting in gum. They were stained quite black to the naked eye, and
on cutting and examining microscopically their alveolar structure was obvious.

If examined immediately in Farrant’s fluid, the alveoli appeared to be filled with
mulberry-masses of material most probably of a fatty nature, as they had taken a deep
brown stain with osmic acid, so that the cell-outlines were not to be made out.

If, however, the sections were passed through turpentine or Canada balsam, the
structure was beautifully shown (PI. XIV. fig. 44). The rounded or elongated oval
alveoli (50-60 » in diameter, or even 100 » long by about 60 broad) are bounded by
bold thick walls, averaging 3 « in thickness (a/.w.), and the cell-outlines were admirably
preserved (a). The preponderating shape of the cells was round or oval, and in some
parts they are seen to overlap, as the section was thick enough to contain several layers («).
In other parts the cells are more polyhedral or irregular. Like the alveoli, they vary
somewhat in size; their average diameter is about 20. The nuclei (n.) are deeply
stained and somewhat irregular in shape, having a diameter of 3-6 4. The protoplasm
is very finely granular as a rule, occasionally more coarsely granular ?. There are small
nerve-ganglia in connection with some of the bodies.

* As for the meaning of the two kinds of body present in the Elasmobranchs and of one only in Teleostei
and Ganoids there are two alternative theories.

One is that the two kinds of structure are both represented in the higher Vertebrates, but that the paired
bodies have disappeared in Teleosts.

The other view is that the paired bodies in Elasmobranchs are the remains of former more important bodies,
while in higher forms they disappear altogether. In favour of this it may be urged that their nerve-supply is
quite disproportionate to their size and apparent importance, and possibly represents the persistence of a nervye-
supply suited to a former larger structure.

As to which of these is the correct view I cannot at present be certain, but on the whole perhaps the usual
view is the most probable, viz., that in Elasmobranchs the paired suprarenals and the interrenal correspond
respectively to the medulla and the cortex of Amphibians, Reptiles, Birds, and Mammals.

There is not much difficulty in recognizing that the interrenal of the Cartilaginous Fishes corresponds to the
cortex of higher Vertebrates, but it is far from easy to imagine that the masses of protoplasm with scattered
nuclei which constitute the paired bodies in Elasmobranchs are really homologous with the branched granular
cells of the medulla of higher Vertebrates.

2 When the suprarenals of the Sturgeon are hardened, double-stained in bulk, and cut in paraffin, they do
not show nearly such a distinct alveolar arrangement as do those treated fresh with osmic acid. The larger
oval nuclei show a very distinct nuclear network and a large darkly-stained nucleolus centrally placed. In
other cases only dark nuclear granules of various sizes are to be made out. The cells appear for the most part
made up of a variable number (5-6) of vesicles, from which evidently the fat has heen dissolved by this mode
of preparation. The cells of the body have shrunk to some extent, so as to leave spaces of variable extent

between them.

70 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

I have no doubt, from the above structure, that these bodies are representatives of
the suprarenals in Ganoids, and in my opinion they correspond to the cortical portion
in higher Vertebrates. |

3. TELEOSTEI.

The minute structure of the suprarenal bodies does not exhibit any wide variation
throughout the different families of Teleosts. Between the individual members of the
families the differences are of course still less. There are, however, such differences,
and these appear to consist chiefly of variation in amount of fibrous tissue, variation
in blood-vascular supply, and in the shape of the alveolar compartments into which
they are all divided.

The organs are surrounded by a capsule of very varying thickness (in the species I
examined from 4 to 70 ), in close connection with which are sometimes found sympathetic
nerve-fibres and small ganglia, and blood-vessels. Outside the capsule there is usually
more or less adenoid tissue. In the majority of instances this is nothing more than
a local increase, in the neighbourhood of the suprarenals, of the ordinary renal inter-
tubular adenoid tissue.

The capsule is always thicker throughout the area which is in contact with the
kidney. This is probably to be explained by the fact that we have a double layer,
consisting of the capsule of the suprarenal and the capsule of the kidney, fused
together at this part. There is never any direct anatomical connection between the
parenchyma of the suprarenals and kidneys, and, so far as I have been able to discern,
nothing to suggest that the suprarenals are parts of the kidney.

The fibrous capsule sends in trabecule, which divide and subdivide at first in a
rather irregular manner; but ultimately they form in all cases very regular alveoli,
having about the same average dimensions as those of the interrenal of the Elasmo-
branchs (q. v.), strikingly suggestive of those of secreting-glands, and these alveoli are,
as a rule, completely filled with the suprarenal cells, which are much smaller than
those of the interrenal of Elasmobranchs. But in some species (Conger conger,
Anguilla anguilla, and Salmo trutta) there is a more or less empty space in the centre
of each alveolus (Pl. XIV. figs. 45 & 46, ¢.sp.). These spaces are, however, never
complete ; one finds scattered cells, nuclei, and shreds of protoplasm, which suggest
that this space does not exist in life. Most probably the central cells of each alveolus
are more loosely connected together than the rest, or possibly they suffer a very rapid
post-mortem change!. In by far the majority of Teleosts a very regular row of nuclei
can be traced round the circumference of each alveolus, and in many cases their cell-

1 [Pettit (loc. cit.) has laid great stress on this peculiar structure of the alveoli in the Eel, looking upon it as
the fundamental type of a suprarenal gland. He finds a true physiological compensatory hypertrophy of one
gland after removal of the other, and urges that the body is a true secreting-gland. But he seems to be totally
unaware that the known suprarenals of the Eel and other Teleosts correspond to the cortex only of the

Mammalian gland, and that all we know about the function of the suprarenals so far is confined to the
medulla.—S. V., 10. 1. 97.]

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 71

outlifies can also be perceived. In some cases, as in the Trout, the alveoli are very
distinctly marked, and have every appearance of being not closed vesicles, but in
communication one with another,

The essential suprarenal cells I find to be of two kinds. The first are irregular
branched cells, most often tending towards a spindle-shape, about 7 .-8 ~ in length,
with very large prominent nuclei (Pl. XIV. figs. 48 & 49). These nuclei are often as
large in diameter as the widest part of the cell (7. ¢., about 5:5 .) (Pl. XIV. fig. 48),
and appear to bulge it out at that point. In the nucleus can be seen a number of
small dark nucleoli, and often a distinct nuclear network. The protoplasm of these
cells is distinctly granular.

The second kind of cell is usually irregularly triangular, having generally a greatest
length of about 6°5 or 7, with a small dark nucleus not more than 2°5 % in diameter
(Pl. XIV. fig. 49).

These two kinds of cells are readily distinguished, and both are usually present in
any given specimen, but in very varying proportions.

I have doubted whether these appearances might be simply due to treatment or to
accidental modes of staining, but I believe they depend in some way on the functional
activity (for the suprarenals are not mere embryonic remains), stage of development, or
the age of the fish, as their relative occurrence is found to differ very widely even
among closely allied species. Thus in Gadus eglefinus I found nearly all the cells had
large round clear nuclei and nuclear figures, while in Merluccius vulgaris the cells
appeared almost all to have small dark nucleit. This point I hope to have the
opportunity of investigating by taking series of specimens of different ages, and after
different modes of feeding, starvation, poisoning, &c. At present I must leave their
true nature quite an open question.

There is no distinction to be made out between cortex and medulla in this order of
Jishes, or, rather (as appears probable by comparison with other groups of Vertebrates),
the suprarenal consists entirely of cortex ?.

I have made careful preparations of the suprarenals of all the species whose gross
anatomy is given above, but, as I have said, these do not offer any great variety among
themselves. It may, however, be useful to indicate briefly the kind of variation one
finds in the different families by a few illustrative extracts from my laboratory note-
book. Perhaps one of the most characteristic appearances is found in the Murenidee.
In this family (Pl. XIV. figs. 45 & 46) the alveoli are rounded, and contain cells poly-
hedral or angular in shape. These are arranged for the most part ina single tier
around the circumference of each alveolus, leaving an irregularly-shaped cavity in the

1 T have even found that in one specimen of Mullus barbatus there was a vast majority of one kind of
cell, and in another specimen of the same fish a corresponding preponderance of the other kind.

2 (Diamare (/oc. cit.) has arrived at the same conclusions as myself as regards the homology of the interrenal
body in Elasmobranchs with the suprarenal bodies of Teleostei. It follows that the representative of the supra-
renal medulla is absent in Telcostean fishes.—S. V., 10. 1. 97.]

72 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

centre (Pl. XIV. fig. 46, c.sp.). This appearance is described above, and some expla-
nation of it has been offered. The alveolar walls are permeated by capillary blood-
vessels (Pl. XIV. fig. 46, cap.).

In the Pleuronectide the appearance under a low power is very like that of a
lymphatic gland, but under a high power an alveolar arrangement can always be seen,
and the nuclei are seen to belong to more or less closely-packed cells of the two
varieties described above. In Plewronectes limanda distinct acini are often seen almost
like those of the mammalian pancreas, filled with cells of spindle-shape, with large round
nuclei and very distinct nuclear figures. There is a tendency towards a clear space in
the central part of each. In Rhombus levis the acini are quite filled with cells, which
are more rounded than in other members of this family, and there is generally more
cell-protoplasm.

In the Gadide the individual members do not differ very widely from each other.
In Gadus morrhua the cells are pear-shaped, oval, rounded or irregular, and in the
specimens I have examined nearly all have large round figured nuclei. In Gadus
eglefinus the appearance is peculiar: the acini appear to be occupied by scarcely
anything more than free nuclei with nuclear figures, the cell-protoplasm being scanty
and irregularly branched. Molva vulgaris shows the acinar arrangement very well,
with a very regular ring of nuclei round the outside of each alveolus.

Pl. XIV. fig. 47 represents the appearances in the suprarenal of the Wolf-fish
(Anarrhichas lupus). The alveoli are elongated, and there is an incomplete central
space (Pl. XIV. fig. 47, c.sp.). Thus it is possible to consider that there are two chief
types in the alveolar arrangements of teleostean suprarenals: one, as in the Murenide,
is not unremindful of the testis in some animals (cf. Mihalkovics, 14), while the other
is more suggestive of the mammalian pancreas.

The suprarenals of the Sunfish (Orthagoriscus mola) have a very peculiar structure,
in that the acini are very long and tubular.

4. DIPNOI.

In Protopterus annectens, Parker (17) describes “around the kidney, but more parti-
cularly along its dorsal and outer sides, masses of brown cells, which in appearance
remind one of the adrenal bodies of Amphibia,” and he suggests the enquiry “ whether
they or the lymphoid cells which give rise to them have anything to do with the
adrenals.”

I have examined this point with some care, and I have been able to verify in every
detail Parker’s account of this lymphoid tissue, both round the kidneys and along the
alimentary canal, and forming the substance of the spleen. This I was enabled to do
by means of two specimens of Protopterus which Prof. Parker was kind enough to
send me.

By the kindness of Prof. Bridge, I have also been able to examine the kidneys and

-1
O3

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES.

surrounding tissue of Lepidosiren. The specimen was a long-preserved one, and I
could make out nothing with the naked eye. On cutting sections, however, the same
pigment-patches were obvious in the perirenal tissue as in Protopterus; if anything,
these were more abundant in Lepidosiren. Here, too, the resemblance to suprarenals
was greater than in Protopterus, for I found not only small patches or individual
pigment-cells, but large rounded accumulations, which represent not continuous
columns, but spherical masses, thus approximating anatomically to adrenals.

This tissue is of such great interest from many standpoints that I hope before long
to be able to give a fuller description of it in another place. I am persuaded that it is
really a “ large-celled adenoid tissue,” and some of the chief varieties of leucocytes can
be recognized in some of my sections. But the appearance in places is so very glan-
dular that Prof. Schafer, who has been kind enough to look at some of my slides, said
he should be very much inclined to think it might be suprarenal tissue, if a material
so very like it were not found in other places. In fact, the intestinal walls show
abundance of the same structure, and the spleen is very little different !.

I have carefully compared both these with the pigment-patches in other parts, and
find that they are quite comparable to these, so that, on the whole, I am inclined to
the view that they have nothing to do with the adrenals.

Nevertheless, from @ priori considerations, I believe that adrenals of some sort are
almost certainly present in the Dipnoi. These fishes closely approach the Amphibians
in many respects, and I am persuaded that could one obtain perfectly fresh specimens of
large size, suprarenals of a type resembling that of the Amphibians would be found 2.

My investigations upon the structure of the suprarenal capsules in Fishes all point to
their being blood-vascular secreting-glands of two distinct kinds, and this coincides
entirely with the most recent views as to the function of the Mammalian organs.

VI. Tur RELATION OF THE SUPRARENAL BopvigEs TO THE HEAD-KIDNEY.
1. Historical.

Balfour (23 and 24) first clearly made out that in Acipenser and Lepidosteus the
anterior dilatations of each kidney consist not of kidney-substance, but of lymphatic
tissue. He says, “ Thus the whole of that part of the apparent kidney in front of the

1 But, after all, it may be that there is no ‘“‘ great gulf” fixed between the leucocytes of adenoid tissue
and the cells of a secreting-gland. I have recently seen a preparation from a case of Paget’s disease of the
nipple in the human subject which appeared to show a transition between the epithelial cells of the ducts and
ordinary leucocytes. See also Beard (Anat. Anz. ix. Band, Nr. 15, p. 481, and his references to Kélliker and
A. Prenant).

* [Since the above has been in type, Petitt (doc. cit. pp. 67-68) has claimed to have found the suprarenals in
Protopterus. He says that in general form and relations they resemble those of the Teleostei, while in minute
anatomy they are rather like those of Batrachians. But he gives no histological details, and says nothing
about cortex and medulla.—s. V., 10. 1. 97.]

VOL. XIV.—PART 11. No. 5.—April, 1897. L

74 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

ureter, including the whole of the so-called head-kidney, is simply a great mass of
lymphatic tissue, and does not contain a single uriniferous tubule or Malpighian body.”
He next proceeded to examine Lsow luctus, Osmerus eperlanus, Anguilla anguilla, and
Lophius piscatorius among Teleosts, and found pretty much the same condition as in
Ganoids. He does not speak very positively about the Angler, but believes that
tubules were present in all parts of the kidney. He sums up “ that the pronephros,
though found in the larve or embryos of almost all the Ichthyopsida, except the Elasmo-
branchii, is always a purely larval organ, which never constitutes an active part of the
excretory system in the adult state.” Balfour describes the lymphatic tissue of the
so-called head-kidney as formed of trabecular work and cells resembling a lymphatic
gland. This tissue is very vascular, with a regular plexus of very large capillaries,
which appear to have distinct walls, and which pour their blood into the posterior
cardinal vein as it passes through the organ. With regard to the function of this
tissue Balfour suggests that this is either the formation of lymph-corpuscles or of
blood-corpuscles, and he was inclined provisionally to regard it as a lymphatic gland.

Parker (Brit. Assoc. Reports, 1882) stated that in many instances the mesonephros
has grown forward in front of the air-bladder, and taken the place of the pronephros.

In studying Dactylopterus volitans, Calderwood (25) found the pronephros entirely
separated from the body-kidney, and situated anterior to the abdominal cavity in the
same transverse plane as the heart. On section this head-kidney appeared to bea
functional kidney, only it did not contain so many tubules as the body-kidney. In
Cyclopterus lumpus he finds that not till the fish has become sexually mature does its
head-kidney commence to degenerate. Calderwood concludes that in adult 'Teleosteans
the renal function is performed in some instances by the body-kidney only, in others
by the head-kidney only, and in others, probably a very limited number, by both
the body- and head-kidneys. Besides Dactylopterus he is aware of only one instance
where the head-kidney is described as possessing tubules and Malpighian bodies,
viz. Merasfer (Emery 26 and 27) 1.

Weldon (35 and 36), in a paper on the head-kidney of Bdellostoma, describes a
lobulated glandular body lying in front of the secreting part of the kidney, which he
suggests is “Ca part of the embryonic kidney, modified in connection with the needs of
the animal to perform some unknown function in the elaboration or purification of
the blood.” Then he instances Balfour's description of the lymphatic head-kidney in
Teleosts and Ganoids as being a further illustration of a modification of a part of the
embryonic kidney into an organ like a lymphatic gland. Next he suggests that in
higher Vertebrates the suprarenal capsules are similarly modified portions of the
primitive kidney. He continues, “Jn Teleostei suprarenals are, at all events, frequently
absent”; or, as I would suggest, they are represented by the greatly-metamorphosed

* In a later paper (Scientif. Trans. Roy. Dublin Society, vol. v. (ser. ii.) ix. 1895, Survey of Fishing-

grounds, &e.) Holt and Calderwood add to this list Mora mediterranea and all the species of Macruride.
* The italics are mine.—S. VY.

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 5)

head-kidney described by Balfour. In other cases where suprarenals have been detected ',
they have always been attached to the surface of the kidney.” Later on he talks about
“the very general absence of suprarenais as separate structures in Teleosteans’”}, as if
their lying upon the surface of the kidney abolished them as ‘“‘ separate structures ”!
More recently, Miss Kirkaldy (33) has expressed much the same views as Weldon.
She remarks, “It may therefore be concluded that the pronephros in Myzine
represents the mesoblastic part of the suprarenal bodies, which have been shown by
Prof. Weldon to be derived from the anterior part of the mesonephros in the
higher Vertebrata.”

I have already shown conclusively that suprarenals are not frequently absent, but
are probably always present. It only remains to deal with their supposed relation to
the head-kidney. Weldon’s teaching seems to have found pretty general acceptance.
Thus Auld? says, referring to the lymphatic tissue of the head-kidney, “Now in
Teleosteans and Teleosteoid Ganoids which possess this tissue no suprarenal organs are
found}, and hence it is to be concluded with Balfour (!) that they are represented by
this tissue.” Balfour, at any rate in the paper quoted, says nothing of the kind; but
the comparative portion of Auld’s paper is of no importance, except as illustrating the
injurious influence of Weldon’s inaccuracy.

It will have been noticed that although many writers have declared suprarenals to
be often absent in Teleosts, none of them have stated definitely in what species we
may look for them in vain. ‘The above quotations imply a very general belief some-
thing to this effect: that suprarenal bodies are rare phenomena in Teleosts and
Ganoids, and that when present there is no lymphatic head-kidney, while when they
are absent their place is taken by this structure.

The following quotation from Wiedersheim (Lehrbuch der verg]l. Anat. der
Wirbelthiere, 2° Aufl., Jena, 1886) shows the need for clearing up this point :—

“Bei Teleostiern sind die Nebennieren nicht tiberall in klarer und tiberzeugender
Weise nachgewiesen, wo dies aber der Fall ist, handelt es sich, wie friiher schon
angedeutet wurde, um Beziehungen zu der in lymphoides (adenoides) Gewebe umge-
wandelten Kopfniere. (Dies gilt nach W. Weldon auch fiir die Cyclostomen | Bdello-
stoma Forsteri].) In andern Fallen, aber, sind sie enge mit der Niere verbunden.”

The plain facts of the case are quite the contrary, and are these :—

Suprarenal capsules are present in certainly the majority of Teleosts and Ganoids,
and I believe in all. Further, as far as I know at present, the purely lymphatic head-
kidney is present in all Ganoids and in all Teleosts except Lophius, Dactylopterus,
Fierasfer, and, as will be stated below, Orthagoriscus mola °.

1 The italics are mine.—S. V. * Brit. Med. Journ., Oct. 6th. 1894.
* And, according to Holt and Calderwood, in Mora mediterranea and the Macruride.

76 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

2. The Nature of the Intertubular Material in the Kidneys.

The lymphatic head-kidney is not in any true sense a very specialized portion of the
kidney. By “lymphoid” tissue we mean a variety of retiform connective tissue, in
which the meshes of the network are filled up to a large extent with lymph-corpuscles,
These differ from the white corpuscles of the blood in that their nuclei show a net-
work. Some are as large as white blood-corpuscles, others (the majority) have a
minimum of protoplasm, and appear as almost free nuclei. This structure is found
typically in a mammalian lymphatic gland.

Now, on examining the kidney of any fish, the tubules appear to be separated by a
variable, often a large, amount of intertubular material, which presents all the features
given above characteristic of lymphatic or adenoid tissue. This appearance presents a
marked contrast to the compact mass of tubules and Malpighian bodies one sees in a
mammalian kidney. The kidney of the frog appears to be intermediate between the
mammalian and fish’s kidney, in respect of the amount of this intertubular adenoid tissue.

This tissue varies in amount in different regions of the kidney, but on the whole
forms a fairly even bed for the tubules. In Teleosts, as one approaches nearer and
nearer to the anterior end of the organ, the amount of adenoid tissue becomes greater
and greater until in most cases the extreme anterior extremity of the apparent kidney
consists entirely of adenoid tissue.

3. Histology of the Head-Kidney.

SrructurRE oF THE Heap-Kipyey or THE Line (Molva vulgaris)—The tissue was
hardened in spirit, stained in bulk with hematoxylin and eosin, and imbedded in
paraffin ; sections were then cut with the rocking microtome,

On examination with a low power, the organ is seen to be obviously a lymphoid
structure. Nota trace of kidney-tubules or Malpighian bodies is to be found in any
part of the section. The organ is enclosed in a very definite fibrous capsule. There
are large blood-vessels | in abundance full of red blood-corpuscles.

With a high power the substance of the head-kidney is seen to be made up of a
delicate reticulum enclosing in its meshes closely-packed leucocytes with many red
cells apparently free in the reticular spaces, as well as in the large capillaries. In
addition, there are many hexagonal crystals of a red colour, most probably oxy-
hemoglobin’, and masses of dark pigment-crystals of acicular form, evidently some
derivative of hemoglobin.

I have found practically the same structure in the head-kidneys of the Pleuronectide,
Gadide, and in fact inall Teleosts I have examined. I have only found this lymphatic

* And, in some cases, blood-sinuses (vide infra).

* The crystals of oxy-hemoglobin obtained from the blood of the Squirrel and Hamster (Halliburton) are

described as of this shape, also those from the Mouse (Bojanowski) and Horse (Hiifner and Bicheler). It is
tolerably certain that these crystals are of the same character.

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 77

head-kidney absent in Lophius piscatorius and Orthagoriscus mola. Other authors
have added some few more species, see above, also summary below. <A few detailed
illustrations will suffice,

Cyclopterus lumpus.—I have particularly examined the kidney of this species. It
will be seen (Pl. XIII. fig. 40) that it has a peculiar shape.

At its anterior extremity are two dark red spherical masses of tissue, only attached
to the rest of the kidney by connective tissue. On microscopical examination these
are found to consist of an extremely vascular lymphoid tissue, with no trace of urinary
tubules or Malpighian bodies !.

The divided portion of the kidney on each side is represented by two very thick
masses nearly half the total length of the kidney (fig. 40).

I find that almost the anterior third of this part, as well as the dark red bodies in
front, is composed entirely of lymphoid tissue. As one approaches the junction of the
anterior and middle thirds of this part of the kidney, one or two tubules make their
appearance in the central portion of the section. In the middle third tubules are
more frequent, while in the posterior third the appearance is almost that of “ body-
kidney ” generally.

So that we have in Cyclopterus a well-developed lymphoid head-kidney, with an
anterior part completely constricted off. This constriction may possibly throw some
light upon other masses of lymphoid tissue which one finds in the neighbourhood of
the kidney in Elasmobranchs as well as in Teleosts.

With regard to Lophius piscatorius, which was supposed by Hyrtl to have only a
bead-kidney, I find with Balfour tubules and Malpighian bodies in all parts of the
kidney-mass except the extreme anterior end, where Malpighian bodies are absent.
Here, too, there is more adenoid tissue than elsewhere, and it appears more probable
that the whole kidney is contracted longitudinally, and that the lymphoid remains of
the pronephros have been encroached upon by the mesonephros than that the whole
of the ordinary excretory organ has been lost, and the pronephros has remained as the
functional kidney.

In Anguilla anguilla I found in a specimen 68 cm. long, with a total length of
kidney of 25 cm., that exactly the anterior three-quarters of the ununited portion of
kidney on each side was entirely lymphoid, ¢.¢., half the total length of the kidney.
At the mid-point of the kidney-length tubules begin to appear and rapidly increase in
number till the normal secreting structure is reached.

In the Sturgeon the whole of the part h.&. (Pl. X. fig. 8) as far as the dotted line is
purely lymphoid. There is also asmall area of lymphatic tissue at the extreme hinder
end of the kidney.

In the Sunfish all parts of the kidney contain urinary tubules, even the extreme

1 (This structure corresponds to that of a “ hemo-lymph gland ” (see Vincent and Harrison, Journ, of Anat.
and Phys., Jan. 1897).—S. V., 10. 1. 97.]

78 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

anterior end which reaches far into the head. So that this species must be added to
the list of those which have no purely lymphatic head-kidney.

4. Function of the Lymphatic Head-Kidney.

Iam convinced that the appearances above described (blood-corpuscles free in the
tissue spaces, crystals of oxy-hemoglobin and other derivatives of hemoglobin) point
to a blood-destroying function of the lymphoid anterior end of the kidney, and very
possibly also of the rest of the intertubular material, and this appears not unreasonable
since lymphatic glands in Man can probably carry on this function. They appear to
do so, at all events after removal of the spleen, and it is not conceivable that an organ
should be able to take on in an emergency duties which it had never performed to the
slightest extent previously 1.

5. Relation of the Suprarenals to the Head-Kidney.

I have already sufficiently disproved the idea that where one of these is present the
other is absent. I have further, by careful measurements, attempted to make out if
there were any inverse ratio between them as to respective bulk, but in this I have
failed entirely. So that I am forced to conclude that there is no anatomical relationship
whatever between them.

Physiologically one cannot be so certain, but it seems very likely that the head-
kidney functionates as a lymphatic gland, while the suprarenals, in all probability, are
secreting-glands, which minister to the needs of the blood, just as in the higher Verte-
brates. Functional relationship is, then, equally improbable.

Grosglik (29) considers that the head-kidney of adult Teleosts consists of two parts,
the degenerated pronephros and the cortical part of the suprarenals, and that the
known suprarenals of Teleosts correspond to the medullary substance in the Amniota2.

It is certainly curious that we find the lymphatic head-kidney just in those cases
where only one portion of the suprarenal appears to be represented. But, in my
opinion, the part which is not represented in Teleosts and Ganoids is the medulla and
not the cortex, so that, if the head-kidney has anything to do with the suprarenals at
all, I should expect that it would represent the medulla. But, satisfactory as such a
conclusion would be, I cannot find any grounds for it whatever. There is nothing in
the structure of the degenerated pronephros which suggests any connection with supra
renal structure of either kind.

‘The question as to the physiological correspondence of the suprarenal in Fishes to
the organs in higher Vertebrates, I hope to have the opportunity of settling at an early
date by means of direct experiment ?.

* [It has been mentioned above that Balfour considered the function to be that of formation of red
corpuscles. This view has also been held by Emery (26), and Bizzozero and Torre, Mem. Accad. Lincei Roma,
vol. xvill, 1883-84,—S. V., 10. 1. 97.]

* An t, Anz. xiii. Bd. Nr. 1 & 2 (1897).

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES, 79

VII. Summary AND ConcLUSIONS.
A. Gross Anatomy.

My investigations in this department have led me to conclude that :—

1. Suprarenals are almost certainly present in all Elasmobranchii, Holocephala,
Ganoidet, and Teleostei, and very probably in Dipnoi also 1.

2. In Elasmobranchs the interrenal body is totally distinct and separate from the
segmental bodies, and there is no kind of connection between them.

3. There is no “ third kind of body” in relation to the kidneys, as Balfour surmised
there might be.

4, The yellow bodies scattered in the Sturgeon’s kidney are the true suprarenals in
Ganoids, and correspond to the interrenal of Elasmobranchs and the suprarenals of
Teleosts.

B. LHistology.

The following points in histology are either new or have not been sufficiently
emphasized by previous observers :—

1. In Elasmobranchs the interrenal body consists of definite alveoli, containing cells
with large nuclei, and curious structures resembling “ demilune” cells of mucus-glands.
This structure indicates its “secretory” nature and its analogy to the suprarenals of
Teleosts and the cortical part of the suprarenals of the higher Vertebrates.

2. The seqgmentally arranged bodies in Elasmobranchs have no cortex and medulla, no
definite alveoli, and cell-outlines seen only with difficulty. There are, however, in some
places branched pigment-cells which appear to communicate together by their processes.
The nuclei are of very varying size.

3. These segmental bodies, having such a different structure from the interrenal, are
probably different also both morphologically and physiologically 2.

4. That the fibrils which Balfour observed in the substance of the paired bodies were
probably many of them only connective tissue, that the significance of the relations of
the paired suprarenals to the sympathetic has been much overstated, and that their
relation to the vascular system tis probably much more important.

5. The suprarenals in the Sturgeon have a structure which is definitely alveolar and
cellular—analogous to the interrenal of Elasmobranchs and the suprarenals of Teleosts.

G. The interrenal of Elasmobranchs and the suprarenals of Ganoids and Teleosts are
in their essence “ secreting-glands,” as the Mammalian organ is now believed to be.

7. The segmental suprarenals of Elasmobranchs are also secreting-glands, though
probably of a different nature ?.

C. Head-Kidney.

1. That all Teleosts and Ganoids, as far as is known at present (except Lophius,
Dactylopterus, and Fierasfer, Orthagoriscus mola, Mora mediterranea, and all the
species of Macruride), have a “ lymphatic head-kidney.”

1 See footnote 2, page 73. * See Anat. Anz, xiii, Bd. Nr. 1 & 2 (1897).

80 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

2. That this head-kidney is a lymphoid organ with a probable blood-destroying
function.

3. That the kidney of fishes consists of two totally distinct parts—(1) The secreting-
tubules and Malpighian bodies, and (2) an adenoid intertubular material.

4. That the head-kidney in adult Teleosts is not a “ specialised” portion of the
primitive kidney, but simply an increase, at the anterior end, of the lymphatic tissue
which exists between the tubules throughout the kidney.

5. That there is no anatomical or physiological relationship of any kind between the
suprarenals and the head-kidney.

VIII. BrerioGRapPay.

A. On the Suprarenal Bodies.

1. Batrour, F.M. A Monograph on the Development of the Elasmobranch Fishes. London, 1878.

2. Brearp, J. The Inter-relationships of the Ichthyopsida. Anat. Anz., V. Jahrgang, 1890.

3. Cunvret, R. Sur l’Anatomie du Systéme nerveux grand sympathique des Elasmobranches et
des Poissons Osseaux. Archives de Zoologie expér. et gén. 2° série, tome v. bis (1887),
Supplémentaire.

4. Curvret, R. Recherches anatomiques sur le systéme nerveux grand sympathique de
PEsturgeon. Arch. de Zool. Expér. et gén. 3° série, tome ii. 1894.

Also a paper bearing the same title in the C. R. de Acad. des Sciences, tome exvii. no. 13,
2° semestre, p. 441.

5. Esrrrn, —. Article “ Suprarenal Capsules ” in Stricker’s ‘ Handbuch,’ 1871.

6. Ecxrr, —. Der feinere Bau der Nebennieren, etc. Braunschweig, 1846.

7. Frey, H. Article ‘ Suprarenal Capsules” in Todd’s ‘ Cyclopzedia,’ vol. iv. (1852).

8. Gunruer, A. Description of Ceratodus, Phil. Trans. vol. clxi. 1871.

g. Hyrti, J. Lepidosiren paradoxa. Abhandl. d. Bohm. Gesellsch. Prag, 1845.

to. Hyrri, J. Das uropoetische System der Knockenfische. Sitz. Wiener Akad. 1851.

11. Leypic, F. Beitraige zur mikros. Anat. ete. der Rochen und Haie. Leip. 1852.

12, Luypic, F. Anatomisch-histologisch. Untersuchungen iiber Fische u. Reptilien. Berlin, 1853.
13. Leypie, F. Zur Anatomie und Histologie der Chimera monstrosa. Miiller’s Archiv, 1851.

14. MruAtxovics, —. Entwick. d. Harn. u. Geschlechtsapp. der Amniota. ui, Die Geschlechts-
driisen. Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. etc. Bd. 1. 1885, pp. 389-402.
15. M‘Kenzrz, —. Contributions to the Anatomy of Amiurus. Proc. Canad. Inst. of Toronto,

n. s. vol. 11, no. 3, 1884.

16. Mtrusr, J. Vergleichende Anatomie der Myxinoiden. Schluss. Abhandl. d. Akad. der
Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1843, 8S. 113.

17. Parxer, W. N. On the Anatomy and Physiology of Protopterus annectens. Trans. Roy. I.
Acad. vol. xxx. part iii. 1892.

18. Rerzius, —. Observationes in Anatomiam Chondropterygiorum. Lund, 1819. 4to.

19. Semper, C. Urogenitalsystem d. Plagiostomen. Arb. zool.-zoot. Inst. z. Wiirzburg, vol. il.
1875.

20. Srannius, H., in Miiller’s Archiv, 1839, S. 97 ff.

21. Srannius, H. Vergleichende Anatomie. Berlin, 1846.

22. Srannius, H.,u. v. Srepotp. Handbuch der Zootomie. 2° Aufl. 1854.

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 81

B. fHead-Kidney.

23. Barrour, F. M. The Pronephros of Teleosteans and Ganoids. Brit. Assoc. Reports, 1881,
p. 721.

24. Batrour, F,M. On the Nature of the Organ in adult Teleosteans and Ganoids which is
usually regarded as the Head-Kidney or Pronephros. Q. J. M. S. vol. xxii. p. 12
(Jan. 1882).

25. Catprrwoop, W.i. The Head-Kidney of Teleostean Fishes. Journ. of the Mar. Biol. Assoc.
of United Kingdom, N. 8., vol. ii. no. 1 (May 1891).

26. Emery, C. Zur Morphologie der Kopfniere der Teleostei. Zool. Anz. viii. pp. 742-744.
(Atti del?’ Accademia dei Lincei, 1882.)

27. Emery, C. Le specie del genere Fierasfer nel Golfo di Napoli. Leip. 1881.

28. Fintp, H. H. Development of Pronephros and Segmental Duct in Amphibia. Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool. xxi. (1891) pp. 201-340 (8 pls.).

29. Grosetix, —. Zur Morphologie der Kopfniere der Fische. Zool. Anz. 1885.

30. Janostk, —. Bemerkungen wtiber die Entwickelung der Nebennieren. Arch. f. mikr. Anat.
Band xxii. pp. 738-746, Taf. xxvii. (1883).

31. Juncersen, H. F. E. Development of Kidneys in Sturgeon. Zool. Anz. xvi. (1893),
pp. 464-467, 469-472 (1 fig.).

32. Juneursen, H. F. E. Development of Kidneys in Amia calva. Zool. Anz. xvii. (1894),
pp- 246-252 (5 figs.).

33. Kirxaupy, J. W. On the Head-Kidney of Mywzine. Q.J. M.S. vol. xxxv. (Jan. 1894),
p. 353.

34. Semon, R. Relation of Mesonephros to Pronephros and Suprarenal Bodies. Anat. Anz. v.
(1890), pp. 455-482 (8 figs.).

35. Wextpon, W. F. R. On the Head-Kidney of Bdellostoma, &e. Q. J. M.S. xxiv. p. 171
(April 1884).

36. Weipon, W. F. R. Suprarenal Bodies of Vertebrata. Q.J. M.S. vol. xxv. p. 127.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Reference-letters to figs. 1-40 (Plates IX.-XTII.).

a.d., axillary artery; a@..r., anterior broken-off portions of the interrenal body ;
ao., aorta; ax.h., anterior pair of suprarenal bodies; f-t., bands of fibrous tissue ;
h.a., anterior limit of hemal arch; h.k., head-kidney ; i.a., intercostal arteries ;
i.r., mterrenal body; &., kidney; .k., lobe of kidney-substance ; x., nerves
running through deep fissures in head-kidney; @., cesophagus cut across;
s.r., suprarenal bodies; sy., main chain of the sympathetic; sy.g., sympathetic
ganglion; sy.p/., sympathetic plexus ; wr., ureter.

Figs. 1-40 represent the outlines of the kidneys in the several species examined,
with the suprarenals and interrenals shaded in. In the Teleosts (figs. 9-40)
the suprarenals when on the ventral surface are drawn in plain lines, when
on the spinal surface in dotted lines.

VOL. XIV.—PaRT 11. No. 6.—April, 1897. M

MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE

PLATE IX.

. 1. Ventral view of the kidney, suprarenals, and interrenal of Chimera monstrosa,

showing the smooth, oval, anterior pair of suprarenal bodies. X 1.

. 2. Dissection of Scyllium canicula (young female specimen) giving a ventral view

of suprarenals and interrenal. The parovarium has been dissected away.
This drawing may be taken as a typical representation of these bodies in
Elasmobranchs. ‘The connections with the sympathetic are indicated to
some extent in the anterior part of the figure. The suprarenals were
displayed by Semper’s chromic acid method. xX $.

. 2A. From the same preparation as the last. First three suprarenals of each

side. x 2.

. 3. Suprarenals of Sceylliwm canicula brought out by Chevrel’s osmic acid method.

Their irregular outline is well shown, and many of the sympathetic fibrils
are stained black. x 1.

4. Ventral view of kidneys, suprarenals, and interrenal of Scyllium catulus.

This drawing shows fairly well the relations to the sympathetic. ‘There is a
large plexus anterior to and outside the axillary hearts, with occasional
ganglia. x $.

PLATE X.

ig. 5. Suprarenals, &c., of Acanthias vulgaris, shows sympathetic relations in anterior

part. The interrenal is not quite in the middle line, but is laid on the
surface of the left kidney. xX 1.

. 6. Ventral view of kidneys, &c., of Raja batis. This drawing represents a not

unusual condition in the Rays, in which there is a bridge-like communica-
tion between the interrenals of the two sides. The sympathetic is shown to
some extent about the middle of the left kidney. x 1.

.. 7. Same view in Raja maculata. The anterior separated portions of the inter-

renals show processes or claws on their outer sides. x 1.

.. 8. Ventral view of kidney and suprarenals of Acipenser sturio. Part of the

kidney-substance has been dissected away so as to display the suprarenal
bodies distributed throughout the organ. X Jp.

. 9. Ventral view of kidneys and suprarenal of Orthagoriscus mola. The kidneys

are a very peculiar shape. There is one suprarenal attached by fibrous
bands behind the right kidney. x i.

. 10. Kidney and suprarenals of Conger conger, suprarenals on ventral surface of

kidney.) <3;

. 11. Clupea harengus, suprarenals on spinal surface of kidney. X I.

O bee ete _e
ga’ dq" da’ dQ" og

aie

oe oe

coMcoMcoMcoMcoMcoMc-BcoMc

da de da de dq de

cone
ee

oO fo. (i a
ge dQ’ dq’ dg 99

wo ofp G2 © OS bd b bb
i=)

ar

de de

coicoicoMiceiecMles Mac Micolic>

rr
gq’ dG

bo bo

o> Or

bo wp we WY we Fe
(SO) {Roe aS). XS)

nS

om 7

4

He OF bo

wo

. 40.

. Merluccius vulgaris. Suprarenals on ventral surface. x
. Molva vulgaris. Suprarenals on ventral surface. x 4.

SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 85

PLATE XI.

. Esox luctus. Suprarenals in kidney-substance. X $.

. Salmo salar. Five suprarenals on spinal surface of kidney. X 4.

. Osmerus eperlanus. Suprarenals projecting behind hinder end of kidney. x1.
. Leuciscus rutilis. Suprarenals on ventral surface. » 1.

. Leuciscus cephalus. Suprarenals on ventral surface. Xx 1.

. Leuciscus vulgaris. Suprarenals on spinal surface. x 1.

1S:

. Gadus eglefinus. Suprarenals on ventral surface. x 1.

Gadus morrhua. Suprarenals on ventral surface. X 4.

bole

. Pleuronectes flesus. Suprarenals on ventral surface. x 1.
. Pleuronectes limanda. Suprarenals on spinal surface. x 1.
. Pleuronectes platessa. Suprarenals on spinal surface. x 1.

PLATE XII.

. Hippoglossus vulgaris. Suprarenals on spinal surface. x 4.
. Hippoglossoides limandoides. Suprarenals projecting from hinder end of

kidneys x

. Solea vulgaris. Suprarenals on spinal surface. x 1.

. Lhombus levis. Suprarenals on spinal surface. > 1.

. Perca fluviatilis. One suprarenal on spinal surface. x 1.

. Mullus barbatus. Suprarenals on spinal surface. x 1.

0a. Another specimen, showing hinder end of kidney and five suprarenals. 1.
. Pagellus centrodontus. Suprarenals on spinal surface. X 1.

. Cottus gobio. Suprarenals on spinal surface. XX 1.

. Lrigla pini. One suprarenal on spinal surface. x 1.

. Trigla lyra. ‘Two suprarenals off left side of tail of kidney, attached by bands

of fibrous tissue. x 1.

. Scomber scomber. Suprarenals on the ventral surface of the kidney. x .
. Zeus faber. Suprarenals on spinal surface of the kidney. 1.
. Anarrhichas lupus. Left suprarenal on ventral surface of kidney, right one

on spinal surface. > 4.

. Lophius piscatorius. Five suprarenals on ventral surface of the kidneys.

Notice peculiar shape of the kidney-masses. 1.

PLATE XIII.

. Mugil capito. One large suprarenal in substance of tail of kidney; could be

seen from either surface. Xx 4,
Cyclopterus lumpus. Suprarenals on spinal surface of kidney. Xx 4

84

ad.,

ON THE SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES.

Reference-letters to figs. 41-49 (Plates XIII., XIV.).

adenoid tissue of kidney between the tubules; a/.w., walls of alveoli; Jdld.c.,
blood-corpuscles; ¢., capsule ; cap., capillary blood-vessels ; ¢.sp., central space in
alveoli; d.c., cells resembling ‘‘ demilune” cells; ¢.¢., elongated cells; n., nuclei;
n.c., nerve-cell; n.net., nuclear network; n/., nucleoli; p.c., branched pigment-
cells; pr., granular protoplasm; s., septa; sé¢r., fibrous stroma; ¢., tubules of
kidney ; v.s., venous sinuses; 2, cells seen to be overlapping.

. 41. Section of a suprarenal body of Acanthias vulgaris, showing the capsule,

trabecule, stroma, protoplasm, and various-sized nuclei. Zeiss H. immers.
E. P. 2. Drawn with Zeiss’s camera lucida.

. 42. Section of a suprarenal body of Scyllium canicula, from about the middle

region of the abdominal cavity. In this section are seen a large nerve-cell
and several branched pigment-cells. Zeiss H. immers. E. P. 2. Camera
lucida.

. 43, Section of the interrenal body of Raja clavata, showing alveoli of various

shapes and sizes, filled with cells, many of them elongated. Zeiss
apochrom, ;;" water immers. Camera lucida.

PLATE XIV.

. 44. Section of a suprarenal body of Acipenser sturio. ‘The body was put into

osmic acid about 12 hours after death, and sections were cut with the
freezing microtome on the following day. ‘The alveolar arrangement is well
seen and the cell-outlines are admirably preserved. Zeiss H. immers.
FE. P. 2. Camera lucida.

. 45. Section through a portion of the kidney and the two suprarenals of Conger

conger, showing the renal intertubular material, the low power appearance
of the suprarenals, and their connexions with the kidney. x 70.

46. Portion of suprarenal of Conger from same slide as preceding, showing the

alveoli containing a regular tier of irregular cubical cells, and central spaces
containing nuclei and shreds of cells. Zeiss apochrom, ;'y” water immers,

Camera lucida.

. 47. Section of suprarenal of Anarrhichas lupus, showing a curious serpentine

arrangement of the alveoli. Zeiss ;'y"" apochrom. water immers. Camera

lucida.

g. 48. Separate cells of suprarenal of Pleuronectes limanda. Zeiss apochrom. 413"

water immers. Compens. 0°18.

. 49. Separate cells of suprarenal of Mullus barbatus. Shows the two kinds of

cells. Same power as fig. 48.

rans. Lob Soc Vel IW GE 1K

x 4
SSIES
4 Ye

x
UU LO ao cena N ta
y =
5 BS = A

Ae

BG

af

MULTE

INTERES

.)

ey
gun

oy TOT

' ca)
Vay

a

pppoe

PTL oT
at

Swale Vincent del.
M.P. Parker lith.

Geo West & Sons imp,

SUPRA-RENAL BODIES IN FISHES.

Su

i i Dat i ie i N
ee aes)
Petr ne MORIN
ii Ue AO NG

eH ay

et

Y
Ne

hey i
% i:
ib by
Paes

i

fu)

Aa

‘ " Ey t y f tt

;
ane

\

aa
cy

Ways

haven

a oat 2
MM

rans. Zoot. Soc Wel AW GY X.

s Le fae
nM amar ar
Leas

A =

—

oS

Vee
TTT |i tm

af

Se VES
LS
natit)

as

a)

Fig. 6.

a

ae. ° 2 © .
Y Hy i

SS

\

\
Nese

E i Ss = Lees eS x x é a 5 v7 os i
NOW Ea, p : j 4 , po
ze \ (_ Le Ko A i a CF,
SANZ TNT TTT ED Prom oni HHI
5 D 7) <P : < ~ AS ca . a@ = ss ~<A NS

: !

GeoWest & Sons imp.

Swale Vincent del.
M.PParker lith,

SUPRA-RENAL BODIES IN FISHES.

haa

iN
tes
atin

Los

he!
ea ae

aie ie

itis ha be

Pe
a

aU

bea
RN

AGT veh
‘

ans. Lo0t. Soc Vol AW FY, XI

if
Nhe
byl
HON]
SE

Swale Vincent del.
MP Parker lith

SUPRA-RENAL BODIES IN FISHES.

f i
Perici
mA

SCI
ive
ie
ay

AG

yeahs

trans. Zoot. Soe. DAAN FE XI

Bowale Vincent del.
MPParker lith,

SUPRA-RENAL BODIES IN FISHES.

GeoWest & Sonsim

poe

rH

iy

RF i

Wi a
J.

aN \ .
3) ae i NS oe :
ms

Je

Swale Vincent del.
M.P.Parker lith,

GeoWest & Sone imp,

SUPRA-RENAL BODIES IN FISHES.

a i
Bi

et oes

nt

Sy
See

ee
Unt

f aa)
hes

rs)

Geo West & Sons imp.

Trans. Zoot. Soc. Vol XV FE XIV

SUPRA-RENAL BODIES IN FISHES.

Swale Vincent del.
MPParker lith.

ny soi

V. A Supplementary Report on the Crustaceans of the Group Myodocopa. obtained
during the ‘Challenger’ Expedition, with Notes on other new or inyperfectly known
Species. By G. Stewarpvson Bravy, ID., LL.D, F.RS.

Received August 28, 1895, read December 3, 1895.

[Puates XV.-XVII.]

SINCE the publication of my Report on the Ostracoda of the ‘Challenger’
Expedition I have received from Dr. John Murray and Professor G. O, Sars further
specimens which were met with during the examination of other groups of Crustacea.
All of them are pelagic species belonging to the group M/yodocopa, and it is with
Dr. Murray’s approval that I record them here. In addition to the specimens so
obtained, I am in possession of other undescribed or imperfectly known forms which
have come into my hands at various times and which are of sufficient interest to make
their further description desirable. Among these are some collected by my brother,
the late Dr. H. B. Brady, F.R.S., among the South Sea Islands, and which were
described by me a few years ago! in the ‘ Transactions’ of the Royal Society of
Edinburgh. At that time, however, | was unacquainted with the soft parts of many
of the species, and was able to describe the shells only. Some of these descriptions I
am now able to improve by the addition of anatomical details derived from the
examination of macerated specimens.

OSTRACODA.
Section MYODOCOPA.,
Family CYPRIDINIDA.

Genus CYCLASTEROPE, noy. gen.

The shell is more nearly spherical than is usual in Asterope. Frontal tentacle stout,
3-(or 22)jointed. ‘The first joint of the mandibular foot has a falcate masticatory
process as in Asterope, but much more elaborately spinous; the second joint, instead of
being produced backwards in an angular process, bears on its distal margin a large
tongue-like appendage which extends as far as the extremity of the following joint.
The last limb (vermiform foot) is very profusely armed with sete, many of the
segments bearing two or three on each lateral margin. In other respects the anatomy
is that of Asterope.

+ “On Ostracoda collected by H. B. Brady, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., in the South Sea Islands,” Transactions of
the Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. xxxv. part 11 (1888),

VOL. XIV.—PART 1. No. 7.—April, 1897, N

86 DR. G. S. BRADY ON MYODOCOPA OBTAINED

CYCLASTEROPE HENDERSONI, n. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 1-12.)

Shell of the female (figs. 1, 2) very tumid, subspherical: seen from the side broadly
ovate; greatest height situated near the middle and equal to two-thirds of the length ;
anterior extremity somewhat narrowed in comparison with the posterior, which is
broad and well rounded; the beak narrow, curved, and sharply pointed, notch very
narrow; dorsal margin boldly arched, but towards the front flattened and rather steeply
sloping; ventral margin evenly and gently convex. Seen from above the outline is
subovate, wide in the middle and but slightly tapered towards the extremities, width
nearly equal to the height; lateral margins strongly convex, anterior extremity rather
abruptly narrowed, obtuse and slightly produced, posterior rounded. Surface of the
shell smooth or but very slightly punctated; the anterior margin clothed with very
small fine hairs; colour yellowish. Length 7 millim. Male unknown.

Frontal tentacle (fig. 3) stout, two-jointed, the basal joint short; apical joint twice as
long, subclavate, constricted at the base, and slightly also in the middle, whence it
tapers gradually to the extremity. Secondary branch of the antenna (fig. 4) two-
jointed, geniculated, basal joint bearing several marginal setz, distal joint one long
ringed seta. The basal joint of the mandibular foot bears a falciform masticatory
process the convex side of which is, towards the apex, divided into numerous very
irregular processes (figs. 6-8), those at the apex being slender and falcate, the others
broader, tooth-like, and marginally denticulated: below this series of processes the
margin of the organ forms a flattened laminar flange which bears several transverse
rows of spinules. The last pair of limbs (‘‘vermiform feet ”) take the form, usual in
Cypridinide, of flexuous hollow cylinders containing in the interior a spirally coiled
chitinous thread: the free extremity (fig. §) has four sets—two on each side—of spine-
like teeth, and bears a vast number (about two hundred and fifty) of fine barbed sete
(fig. 10), which spring irregularly from the margins of the segments and are of various
lengths, a single segment frequently having on each side three sete of different sizes,
others only one or two.

Each caudal lamina bears eight slender curved ungues, which increase progressively
in length from the first to the last, the first four, however, being distinctly smaller and
less robust than the rest (fig. 11); the concave margins of the ungues finely pectinated
with lancet-shaped spinules (fig. 12). In the intervals between the third, fourth, fifth,
and sixth ungues are attached small marginal sete about one-third as long as the
ungues themselves: the abdominal margin in front of the ungues is densely hispid.

The eyes consist of subreniform black pigment-masses about which numerous
simple convex lenses are clustered in regular rows; a delicate capsule invests the
whole structure, and is continued over a peduncle in which are contained muscles for
the movement of the eye as well as numerous nucleated (nerve 2) cells. The whole
organ lies loosely within the shell and has no attachment to the body of the animal

DURING THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 87

except by its peduncle. There are seven pairs of laminar branchie, and in all essential
particulars the anatomy is that of Asterope.

I have pleasure in naming this fine species after Mr. Henderson of the Christian
College, Madras, to whom I am indebted for numerous specimens.

The species was dredged by Mr. Henderson in Madras Harbour in a depth of 4-9
fathoms.

CYCLASTEROPE ORBICULARIS, n. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 13-19.)

Female.—Shell rather thin, subspherical (figs. 15, 14): seen from the side almost
circular, height equal to five-sixths of the length; beak short and sharp; rostral notch
narrow and moderately deep, situated quite in the middle of the anterior margin; seen
from above the outline is regularly ovate, tapering a little towards the posterior
extremity, which is evenly rounded off, and more considerably to the front, which is
somewhat obtuse. Anterior margins of the shell fringed with short fine hairs ; surface
smooth; colour light brown. Frontal tentacle (fig. 15) three-jointed; the second joint
short, last joint elongated, conical. Secondary branch of the antenna three-jointed
(fig. 16); first joint broad and fringed below with numerous fine hairs, second much
more slender and bearing a single short marginal seta, third very small and ending in
a single long ringed seta. The mandibular foot (fig. 17) is very similar to that of
C. hendersoni, except that the falciform process (which having been broken was only
partially seen) seems to be much smaller and less elaborately armed. Caudal laminz
(fig. 19) broad and short, bearing eleven marginal ungues, the first eight of which are
merely slender closely-set curved sete, nearly equal in length and slightly spinulose ;
the remaining three are very stout, strongly curved, and bear numerous marginal teeth,
the first of them about as long as the preceding sete, the second twice, and the third
fully three times as long; abdominal margin in front of the lamina densely hairy.
Length of the shell 2:7 millim.

I have seen only one specimen of this species. It bears the inscription “ Valparaiso,”
without any further particulars; and I am not sure whether I had it from the

Challenger’ or from some other source.

Genus Cypripina, Milne-Edwards.
CYPRIDINA ALBOMACULATA, Baird.

1880. Cypridina albomaculata, Baird, “ Note upon the Genus Cypridina, Milne-Edwards,” Proc,
Zool. Soc. Lond., Annulosa, p. 201, pl. Ixxi, figs. 1, la, 10, le, 1d.

The type of this species is in the British Museum, and is stated in Dr. Baird’s
description to be from “Swan River,—from the collection of Mr. Cuming.” ‘The

a
NZ

88 DR. G. S. BRADY ON MYODOCOPA OBTAINED

single specimen which I possess was taken many years ago by Dr. Coppinger, of
H.M.S. ¢ Alert,’ in Dundas Strait, N.W. Australia.

CYPRIDINA CASTANEA, n. sp. (Plate XVI. figs. 1-4.)

Male.—Shell corneous, flexible, dark brown, as are also the limbs of the animal.
The rostrum is bordered by a thin scale-like flange, which is strengthened below by
several stout spines; the convexity of the sub-rostral cleft has a fringe of numerous
sleuder spines, which are long in the middle of the series and gradually smaller
towards the ends; the shell-surface near the rostral angle has also an elevated hump to
which are attached a number (about fifteen) of long, rigid sete (fq. 1). Masticatory
process of the mandibular foot bifid and bearing a long lateral seta (fig. 2). The
antennules have two long apical setee and several small sensory ones, and to two of the
smaller of these are attached circular, saucer-shaped disks. The distal extremity of the
first maxilla (fig. 3) bears numerous ciliated sete, and four very stout spine-like teeth
which have spinulose margins. Caudal lamine (fig. 4) provided with nine equidistant,
slender, curved, and denticulated ungues, the last two of which are very long, the rest
gradually decreasing in length to the first. Length of the shell about 7 millim.

One example only of this species was taken by the ‘Challenger’ Expedition in
a “deep haul” from the Atlantic, lat. 32° 41’ N., long. 36° 6’ W., depth 1675
fathoms, 6th May, 1876. ‘The specimen was much damaged, and neither the shell nor
the soft parts were in a condition to be accurately examined. Provisionally, however,
it may be referred to the genus Cypridina, though some of the characters show an
approach to Philomedes.

CYPRIDINA BAIRDI, G. 8. Brady. (Plate XVI. figs. 22, 23.)

1865. Cypridina bairdii, G. 8. Brady, “ On new or imperfectly known species of Marine Ostracoda,”
Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. v. p. 387, pl. lxii. figs. 7 a-m.

Of this species I have seen no specimens other than those on which the original
description was founded. The squamous outgrowths of the shell in the neighbourhood
of the beak (figs. 22, 23) are, however, somewhat similar to those of C. castanea, with
which the soft parts also agree so far as they have been examined. It is probable
that a fuller knowledge of the two forms may show other points of resemblance.

C. bairdii was taken in the tow-net, off Pescadores, China, by the late Mr. A. Adams.

Cypripina Japonica, G. S. Brady.
1865. Cypridina japonica, G. 8. Brady, loc. cit. p. 386, pl. Ixii. figs. 8 a—d.

This would appear, from the imperfectly preserved specimen in my collection, to be
rightly referred to the genus Cypridina.
Collected in Japan by Mr. A. Adams.

DURING THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 89

CypriDINA (2) ELoNGATA, G. S, Brady.
1865. Cypridina elongata, G. S. Brady, loc. cit. p. 386, pl. Ixii. figs. 9 a—d.

Respecting this species Iam able to add nothing to the short description already
published.

(?) Cypripina Punctata, Dana. (Plate XVI. figs. 5-9.)
1852. Cypridina punctata, Dana, Crustacea of U.S. Exploring Exped. p. 1293, pl. ix. figs. 2 a, b.

Three specimens only of a species closely similar to, if not identical with, Dana's
C. punctata were taken by the ‘Challenger’ Expedition at some point, not accurately
noted, in the Eastern Archipelago. All the three were in very bad condition—many
of the limbs broken or absent. In no case have I been able to find the slightest trace
of the vermiform limb.

Shell extremely thin and membranaceous: seen from the side (fig, 5) subovate,
greatest height in the middle and equal to somewhat more than half the length, dorsal
and ventral margins evenly arched, the dorsal having the larger curve; anterior
extremity obliquely subtruncate, with a short wide beak, above which is a shallow
sinuation, subrostral sinus narrow; posterior extremity produced below the middle
into a rather wide, obtusely angular process, which is continuous with the ventral
margin below, but is separated from the dorsal margin by an abrupt sinuation ; seen
from above the outline is ovate, with produced subacute extremities. The mandibular
foot terminates in three short, equal ungues (fig. 7), which are slightly swollen at their
bases; there is also a single slender curved seta, considerably shorter than the ungues ;
the masticatory process (fig. 8) is slightly bifid at the apex. Caudal lamine (fig. 9)
having eight marginal ungues, the first three extremely small and weak, the rest
successively increasing in length to the last; the fifth, sixth, and seventh ungues are
not articulated to the limb but are simply processes of it. Length of the shell
1°5 millim,

CypRIDINA DaAN&, G. S. Brady. (Plate XVI. fig. 24.)

1880. Cypridina dane, Brady, Report on the Ostracoda of the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition, p. 156,
pl. xxxvi. figs. 2 a-d.

The head of the vermiform appendage, here figured, is peculiar, the upper portion
being massive, strongly curved, and armed with a series of marginal teeth; the lower
portion much smaller, and consisting of a simple, almost rectangularly curved process,
wide at the base but slender beyond the middle.

CYPRIDINA (?) ARMATA, n. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 20, 21.)

Shell thin and membranaceous: seen from the side oblong, subovate, greatest height
situated in the middle and equal to two-thirds of the length ; dorsal and ventral

90 DR. G. 8. BRADY ON MYODOCOPA OBTAINED

margins evenly arched ; beak wide, obtusely pointed, notch deeply excavated ; posterior
extremity wide, produced in the middle into a broad, bifid prominence. Seen from
above the outline is subpentagonal, with parallel and almost straight lateral margins,
which in front of the middle converge sharply towards the subacute anterior extremity;
posterior extremity very wide, scarcely narrower than the widest part of the shell,
truncated, the outer angles forming two backward-pointing spines, obtusely mucronate
in the middle. Surface of the shell smooth ; behind the middle, on the lateral aspect
of each valve, there is a very large, acutely lancet-shaped spine which points directly
backwards, its point reaching almost as far as the hinder border of the shell; just
within the dorsal margin, above the base of the larger spine, is a much smaller one of
similar form, but pointing upwards. Colour brown, the spines almost black at their
apices. Length 1-4 millim.

Animal unknown.

One specimen from a depth of 7 fathoms, Flinders Passage, Sept. 8th, 1874—
‘ Challenger’ Expedition.

Cypripina (?) squamosa, n. sp. (Plate XVI. figs. 10-12.)

Shell very thin and membranaceous: seen from the side almost circular (fig. 10),
the height equal to about three-fourths of the length; anterior extremity broadly
rounded, the beak wide and almost rectangular, notch deep and narrow; posterior
extremity rounded above the middle, below the middle forming a wide truncate
prominence; dorsal and ventral margins boldly convex. Shell marked throughout
with a reticulated pattern as of imbricated scales (fig. 11). Caudal lamine (fig. 12)
bearing only three ungues, which are strongly curved, the first being very small, the second
about thrice as long, and the third twice as long as the second. Length 0-9 millim.

One specimen only of this species has been noticed; it occurred in a gathering from
the Eastern Archipelago the precise locality of which was not stated. Only fragments
of the soft parts were recognizable, and its position as a Cypridina must be looked upon
as provisional only.

Genus Puitomepes, Lilljeborg.

PHILOMEDES AGILIS, Thomson. (Plate XVI. figs. 13-16.)

1878. Philomedes agilis, Thomson, “ On the New Zealand Entomostraca,” Trans. New Zealand
Institute, vol. xi. p. 257, pl. xi. fig. C. 8a—-e, D. 1 a-g.

Male.—Shell, seen from the side (fig. 13), oblong, ovate, greatest height in the
middle and equal to about two-thirds of the length, beak obtuse and only slightly
produced, notch very shallow, anterior extremity narrow and somewhat angular,
posterior broad and well rounded; dorsal and ventral margins equally arched; the
dorsal margin, especially in its posterior half, irregularly emarginate and presenting an

DURING THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. ol

abruptly undulated outline. Seen from above, the outline is compressed, subclavate,
sides nearly parallel but slightly converging towards the obtusely-pointed front;
posterior extremity wide and subtruncate, greatest width considerably less than half
the length. Surface of the shell covered with numerous subrotund pits and sparingly
setose. Colour light brown. Eyes large and black. Length 1:9 millim.

Secondary branch of the antenna (fig. 14) three-jointed and strongly prehensile ;
basal joint short and bearing several sete, one of which is long and plumose; second
joint much elongated, and having two long set in the middle of the external margin ;
third joint also long, curved, with a denticulated external margin, a single long seta at
the base, its apex rounded, crenulated, and slightly split up in a multifid fashion.

Apex of the vermiform appendage (fig. 15) having its upper process armed with five
slender curved spines; lower portion rounded, obtuse, and toothless. Caudal laminze
(fig. 16) bearing three principal ungues and six very small spine-like sete: the first
five sete are quite minute, then follows a strong curved unguis of moderate size: a
sixth small seta intervening between it and the following unguis, which is twice as long
as the preceding; the last unguis is still longer and, like its neighbour, has a spinulose
margin,

Female—* Valves somewhat larger and much more circular in outline, with the beak
small and very slightly produced; oral notch nearly rectangular ; height about three-
fourths of the length ; easily distinguished externally from the male by the small size
of the eye-spot. Eyes reddish.”

I am indebted to Professor G. M. Thomson, of Otago, for specimens of this
interesting species, which was taken by him “ swimming actively in the rock-pools
on the Taieri Beach.” The specimens sent to me were all males, I have therefore
quoted Prof. Thomson’s description of the female shell.

PHILOMEDES CORRUGATA, n. sp. (Plate XVI. figs. 17-21.)

Shell very tumid: seen from the side (fig. 17) subrhomboidal, highest about the
middle, height equal to two-thirds of the length; the dorsal and ventral margins
markedly convex ; anterior extremity narrowed and rather oblique, beak blunt and not
very prominent, notch very shallow; posterior extremity evenly rounded. Seen from
above (fig. 18), the outline is subpentagonal, greatest width situated behind the middle
and equal to four-fifths of the length; the anterior margin is rounded off but extremely
broad and almost subtruncate, the posterior margin slopes very abruptly and with an
irregularly sinuous curve from the widest point, and terminates in a very broad obtusely
rounded median process; the lateral margins converge very slightly and in sinuous
fashion towards the wide anterior extremity. The surface of the shell is much
wrinkled and pitted, and slightly hispid with short distant hairs. Colour reddish
brown. Length 1:4 millim.

The sculpturing and general outline of the shell as shown in the lateral view (fig. 17)

92 DR. G. 8S. BRADY ON MYODOCOPA OBTAINED

are possibly to some extent incorrect owing to shrivelling of the specimen when taken
out of the spirit. The soft parts of the animal, so far as they can be made out, do not
differ materially from those generally belonging to the genus.

The first three natatory sete of the female antenna are marginally spinous as in
Pleoschisma (see figs. 3, 4, Pl. XVII.); so also is the first seta of the male antenna. The
prehensile branch of the male antenna (fig. 19) is irregularly dentated on both margins.
Caudal lamine (fig. 20) armed with seven marginal sete, four of which are unguiform
and much stouter than the others; of these ungues the first is very short, the second
about twice as long, the third twice as long as the second, and the fourth slightly
longer than the third; three very short, slender, and nearly equal sete are placed in
front of the first unguis and in the spaces behind the first and second and second and
third ungues.

Hab. One specimen (a male) of this species was found in a tow-net gathering from a
depth of 2-10 fathoms, off Port Jackson, Australia; another (female) from a depth of
7 fathoms in Flinders Passage, Australia.

Genus Pieroscuisma, G. 8. Brady.
PLEOSCHISMA MOROIDES, G. 8. Brady. (Plate XVII. figs. 1-11.)

1888. Pleoschisma moroides, G. 8. Brady, “On Ostracoda collected by H. B. Brady, Esq., LL.D.,
F.R.S., in the South Sea Islands,” Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxxv. p. 514, pl. i. figs. 23, 24.

* Shell, seen from the side, subcircular, height equal to three-fourths of the length.
Anterior extremity wide, feebly rounded, almost flat, notch obsolete; posterior narrower,
rounded, slightly sinuated above and below; dorsal and ventral margins moderately
convex. Seen from above, broadly ovate, nearly equal in width throughout; extre-
mities broad and rounded, the anterior rather the narrower of the two; lateral margins
moderately arcuate ; width equal to four-sevenths of the length. Surface of the shell
minutely punctated, and in old specimens raised into circular bosses; colour dark
brown. Length 1:2 mm.”

Antennules, in both sexes, very similar to those of Philomedes: the sensory setiferous
seta attached to the antepenultimate joint in the male is dilated at the base, and is
setiferous on the outer side only (fig. 1). The antenna of the male is larger than that
of the female, and the dilated basal joint is closely and delicately striated (fig. 2); the

first and third joints of the natatory branch are very long, the relative lengths of the

IG hata ait a1) Os Uo te) 0

nine joints being approximately as follows: 1g name S noma TOTS ai buune wsecondany

branch is strongly prehensile, its terminal joint curved, its concave margin deeply and
irregularly indented, and its apex minutely crenulated (fig. 5); each of these two joints
bears a single seta; the much smaller basal joint has four or five small cilia. In the
female (fig. 5) the basal joint is not at all striated, and the relative lengths of joints of

DURING THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 95

Wek de abe Pl ee Bo he Oya
the natatory branch (fig. 3) are as follows: 208 8 lglg iF ppg: the sete attached

to the second, third, fourth, and fifth joints are extremely short, equal in length, and
are armed with short stout spines along their outer margins (figs. 3, 4); the sete of
the last four joints are from three to four times as long as the preceding and are not
spinous ; secondary branch simple, curved, one-jointed. The mandibular foot is four-
Jointed, and is in the male (fig. 7) devoid of any masticatory process, but bears
nnmerous simple sete; in the female the first joint bears a bifid process, and the
second has, in addition to several simple setae, a small bisetose finger-like process at its
distal end (fig. 8). The first maxilla (fig. 6) consists of one stout principal lobe with
four smaller lobes, all of which are setiferous, most of the stouter sete having one of
the margins strongly denticulated: the principal lobe is two-jointed, the last joint
small and giving attachment to about six apical sete, which are graduated in size from
the first to the last and bear strong marginal teeth. The vermiform limb has a single
claw-like process at its apex. Caudal lamine (fig. 10) short; the first three marginal
appendages consisting of very short slender sete, the fourth an unguiform spine about
twice as long as the preceding sete and very much stouter ; then follows another small
seta, then a second stout unguis about twice as long as the first, and lastly a third
unguis which is more than twice as long as the second. Eyes small, deep red, the
lenses irregularly placed and of very unequal size; in the male subreniform (fig, 11), in
the female smaller and globose.

My first description of this genus was deficient in any account of the soft parts of
the animal, but I have recently by careful maceration of some of the dried shells been
able to obtain preparations which show, though imperfectly, some of the more
important structures. These are certainly sufficiently characteristic, and even apart
from the shell would constitute a valid generic distinction.

The specimens were obtained from various localities among the South Sea Islands.

Genus SarsteLta, Norman.

SARSIELLA scuLPTa, G. 8. Brady. (Plate XVII. figs. 12, 15.)

1888. Sarsiella sculpta, G. S. Brady, “ Ostracoda collected in the South Sea Islands,” Trans. Roy.
Soc. Edinb. vol. xxxv. p. 517, pl. i. figs. 17-20.

The original description of this species was taken from the shell only, but I have
recently succeeded in finding remains of the soft parts in a specimen taken by the
‘Challenger,’ and from it I have here figured the end of the vermiform foot and one
of the caudal lamine. These, it will be seen, exactly agree with Sarsiella.

The ‘Challenger’ specimen was taken at a depth of 7 fathoms in Flinders
Passage.

VOL, XIV.—ParT UI. No, 8.— April, 1897. 0)

94 DR. G. 8. BRADY ON MYODOCOPA OBTAINED

SARSIELLA SIMPLEX, G. S. Brady. (Plate XVII. figs. 16-19
1888. Sarsiella simplex, G. S. Brady, “ Ostracoda collected in the South Sea Islands,” Trans.
Roy. Soe. Edinb. vol. xxxv. p. 516, pl. iv. figs. 15, 16.
One specimen was taken by the ‘Challenger’ Expedition in the tow-net off Cape
Howe, Australia, at night.

SARSIELLA RoBUSTA (G. S. Brady). (Plate XVII. figs. 14, 15.)

1888. Pleoschisma robusta @, G. 8. Brady, “Ostracoda collected in the South Sea Islands,”
Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxxv. p. 518, pl. iv. figs. 18, 14.

Further examination of the dried shells of this species has revealed portions of the
limbs, which show that it must be referred to the genus Sarsiella. The antennules
(fig. 14) are provided with the dense fascicle of hairs which has been described by
Dr. G. W. Miiller as characteristic of the male Sarsied/a, and also by Dr. Norman and
myself under the genus Nematohamma.

Genus Evrypytus, G. 8. Brady.

Evrypyus perrosus, G. 8. Brady. (Plate XVI. figs. 25, 26.)
1870. Eurypylus petrosus, G. S. Brady, Les Fonds de la Mer, tome i. p. 141, pl. xviii. figs. 1, 2.

The type specimen of this species remains as yet the only one which has been seen.
It was described from the shell only, and inasmuch as other very nearly allied forms
belonging to the genera Sarsiella and Pleoschisma have since been published, I
thought it well to sacrifice the shell for the sake of examining the contained animal, of
which, unfortunately, I succeeded in obtaining fragments only. The mandibular foot
(fig. 25) and caudal lamina (fig. 26) are here figured. The former, it will be seen, is
very similar to that of Sarsiella; the latter to that of Pleoschisma. 'The differences are
in fact quite sufficient to indicate three distinct genera.

The type of Hurypylus was taken off St. Vincent (Cape Verd).

Family HALOCYPRIDZ.

Of many of the species belonging to this group I have seen only imperfect examples,
and cannot, therefore, figure or describe them satisfactorily. ‘They have, however, been
fully illustrated by Dr. Claus in his works on the Atlantic and Mediterranean Halo-
cypride. Some of the new genera proposed by Dr. Claus seem to me to be based on
trivial and insufficient characters, and are adopted here only as a temporary expedient.

The most interesting point in connexion with the specimens here noted is the con-
firmation which they afford to the generally accepted idea of the almost cosmopolitan
distribution of many pelagic animals. With one exception they are referable to species
already described by Dr. Claus from the North Atlantic and Mediterranean, whereas
the ‘ Challenger’ specimens are mostly from the Pacific and Australasian areas.

DURING THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION, 95

Genus Concuacra, Dana (in part).

CoNnCH@CIA BISPINOSA, Claus.
1890. Conchecia bispinosa, Claus, Die Gattungen und Arten der mediterranen und atlantischen
Halocypriden, p. 10.
1891. 5 o Claus, Die Halocypriden des atlantischen Oceans und Mittelmeeres,
p. 59, pl. v., pl. vi. fig. 1, pl. viii. figs. 7, 8.
Taken in the tow-net during the ‘Challenger’ Expedition: lat. 32° 41! N., long.
36° 6' W.; and in lat. 36° 32! S., long. 132° 52' W.

Genus Paraconcnacta, Claus.

PARACONCH@CIA OBLONGA, Claus. (Plate XVII. figs. 20, 21.)

1890. Paraconchecia oblonga, Claus, Die Gattung. und Arten der medit. und atlant. Halocypr. p. 13.
1891. se 3 Claus, Die Halocypr. des atlant. Oceans und Mittelmeeres, p. 63,
pl. viii. figs. 10, 11, pl. ix.

Hab. Off Kandabu, Fiji; and in lat. 46° 46’ S., long. 45° 31’ E. (St. 146, « Chal-
lenger’). The specimens described by Dr. Claus were from lat. 37° 45! N., long. 13°
38’ W., depth 1500 metres; and from lat. 34° 18’ N., long. 15° 34! W., depth 1000
metres. I have no record of the depth at which the < Challenger’ specimens were
taken.

Genus Concna@certa, Claus.

ConcHacerra acuminata (2), Claus.

_ 1890. Conchecetta acuminata, Claus, Die Gattung. und Arten der medit. und atlant. Halocypr. p. 16.
1891. BR a Claus, Die Halocypr. des atlant. Oceans und Mittelmeeres, p. 67
pl. xiii., xiv.
A single specimen, apparently belonging to the young of this species, was found in a
‘Challenger’ gathering from the neighbourhood of the Philippine Islands.

Genus ConcHeciLa, Claus.

CoNCH@CILLA DAPHNOIDES, Claus.
1890. Conchecilla daphnoides, Claus, Die Gattungen und Arten der mediterranen und atlantischen
Halocypriden, p. 18.
1891. es es Claus, Die Halocypriden des atlantischen Oceans und Mittelmeeres,
p. 68, pl. xv.

One specimen from a gathering made by the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition off Kandabu,
Fiji.
02

96 DR. G. S. BRADY ON MYODOCOPA OBTAINED

Genus ConcHacissa, Claus.

ConcHacissa mupricata, G. S. Brady.

1880. Halocypris imbricata, G. S. Brady, Report on the Ostracoda of the ‘ Challenger ’ Expedition,
p. 167.
1890. Conchecissa armata, Claus, Die Gattungen und Arten der mediterranen und atlantischen
Halocypriden, pp. 19, 20.
1891. bp 5 Claus, Die Halocypriden des atlantischen Oceans und Mittelmeeres,
p. 70, pl. xvi., xvii., xvill.
This is referred doubtfully by Dr. Claus to his more recently described species,
Conchexcissa armata, and, notwithstanding the slight discrepancies referred to by that
author, I can scarcely doubt that the two are identical.

Genus PsrupoconcHacra, Claus.
PSEUDOCONCH@CIA SERRULATA, Claus. (Plate XVII. figs. 22-24.)
1874. Conchecia serrulata, Claus, Die Familie der Halocypriden, p. 61, pl. i. figs. 2-7, 9-11, pl. ii.
figs. 12, 13, 17, 19.
1880. Halocypris atlantica, Brady, Report on the Ostracoda of the ‘ Challenger ’ Expedition, p. 164,
pl. xi. figs. 1-15, pl. xli. figs. 11, 12.
1890. Pseudoconchecia serrulata, Claus, Die Gattungen und Arten der mediterranen und atlant-
ischen Halocypriden, p. 20.
1891. A FF Claus, Die Halocypriden des atlantischen Oceans und Mittel-
meeres, p. 72, pl. xix. figs. 1-14, pl. xxii. figs. 1-13.

The reference of this species in the Report of the ‘Challenger Expedition’ to
Halocypris atlantica, Lubbock, can scarcely be maintained, though the figures and
description there given are, I think, correct so far as they go. The descriptions, both
of Dana and Sir John Lubbock, are so concise and vague that it is impossible to say
certainly to what they refer. There can, however, be no doubt that Psewdoconchecia
serrulata, Claus, is identical with Halocypris atlantica of the ‘Challenger’ Report.
Some characters which were passed without notice in that Report I figure here—the
hooked appendage of the right and left male antenna (figs. 23, 24) and the swimming-
sete: of the same limb (fig. 22). ‘These sete are figured in order to show their narrowly
lanceolated or spathulate extremities. All the sete seem to end in this way, but the
two springing from the apical joint much more distinctly so than the rest: in fact, it is
not easy to see the slightly dilated apices of the lateral sete except by rotating them
so as to get a front view. But although it was in P. serrulata that I first noticed the
dilated apices, I now find on closer investigation that the antennal sete of other
species (perhaps, indeed, of all the Halocypride) have a similar structure. This point
is noted (though not figured) by Prof. Claus in his definition of the subfamily
Concheecine. ‘There seems to be no such structure in the sete of the Cypridinide.

P. serrulata occurred in many of the ‘Challenger’ gatherings. Those which I have

DURING THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION, oii;

been able to verify since recognizing the identity of the specimens are as follows :—
Surface-net between Api and Cape York and off Port Jackson; in tow-net at 30 fathoms,
South Atlantic, lat 42° 32’ S., long. 56° 27’ W.; and in lat. 35° 41’ N., long. 159°
4)’ E.
Genus MicroconcHacia, Claus.
MicroconcHa@cra cLAusit (G. O. Sars).

1887. Halocypris clausii, G. O. Sars, Nye Bidrag til Kundskaben om Middelhavets Invertebrat-

fauna, iv. Ostracoda Mediterranea, p. 87, pl. xi. figs. 7-10, pl. xiv.

figs. 6-18.
1890. 3 i Claus, Die Gattungen und Arten der mediterranen und atlantischen

Halocypriden, p. 22.
1891. Mikroconchecia clausii, Claus, Die Halocypriden des atlantischen Oceans und Mittelmeeres,
p. 73, pl. xx.
The only ‘ Challenger’ gathering in which this species had been detected was from
the surface-net off Kandabu, Fiji, where it occurred in considerable abundance.

Genus Hatocypris, Dana.
HaAtocypris concHa, Claus.

1874. Halocypris concha, Claus, Die Familie der Halocypriden, pl. ii. figs. 20-25, pl. iii. figs. 26-

35.
1891. a » Claus, Die Halocypriden des atlantischen Oceans und Mittelmeeres,
p: 77, pl. vii. fig. 12, pl. xi. figs. 6, 7, pl. xxu. figs. 1-12, pl. xxvi.
fig. 11.
In a ‘Challenger’ surface-net gathering from the North Atlantic: lat..26° 21’ N.,

long. 33° 37' W.

HALocypris PELAGICA, Claus.

1890. Halocypris pelagica, Claus, Die Gattungen und Arten der Halocypriden, p. 25.
1891. 55 i Claus, Die Halocypriden des atlantischen Oceans und Mittelmeeres,

p- 78, pl. xxi. figs. 1-11.
In two surface-net gatherings from the ‘Challenger’: lat. 35° 18’ N., long.
144° 8’ K.; and lat. 35° 41' N., long. 157° 41’ E.

Genus Hatocypria, Claus.

HIALocypria GLoBosa, Claus.
1890. Halocypria globosa, Claus, Die Gattungen und Arten der mediterranen und atlantischen
Halocypriden, p. 25.
1891. os ie Claus, Die Halocypriden des atlantischen Oceans und Mittelmeeres,
p. 79, pl. xxi. figs. 13-18.
In the surface-net between Api and Cape York, and in lat. 36° 32’ S., long.

132° 52’ W. (‘ Challenger’).

98

aS orm oF PO eH

DR. G. §. BRADY ON MYODOCOPA OBTAINED

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XV.

Cyclasterope hendersoni, 2 (p. 86).

. Shell seen from right side,
} xs.

3 above,

. Frontal tentacle.

. Secondary branch of antenna.

. Mandibular foot.

. Falciform process of mandible.

Figs. 7, 8. End and side of falciform process, more highly magnified.
Fig. 9. End of vermiform limb.

fet

H O°

ig. 10
il
g. 12,

120)
g. 21.

bo

. Segments of the same with sete.
. Caudal lamina.
% spines of unguis.

Cyclasterope orbicularis, 2 (p. 87).
. Outline of shell seen from left ae 90

es above,

. Frontal tentacle.

. Secondary branch of antenna.

. Mandibular foot.

Maxilla of first pair: (@) terminal process of same.
. Caudal lamina.

Cypridina (2) armata (p. 89).

Shell seen from left side
} x 40.
3 above,

PLATE XVI.

Cypridina castanea, (p. 88).

. Supero-anteal margin of left valve.
. Mandibular foot.

. Masticatory lobe of first maxilla.

. Caudal lamina.

de

gq’ dq’ dg

lowe
. Outline of left valve.

ig. 24.

bt be
or

(or)

DURING THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION.

95 rostrum of

Cypridina punctata (p. 89).

. 9. Outline of shell, x 40.
a0.
. 7. End of mandibular foot.

. 8. Masticatory process of the same.
g. 9. Caudal lamina.

right valve.

Cypridina (%) squamosa (p. 90).

. Caudal lamina.

. Caudal lamina.

. Shell seen from right side, x 50.
. Portion of shell with sculpture.

Philomedes agilis, 9 (p. 90).

. Shell seen from left side, x 40.
. Secondary branch of

antenna.

. Apex of vermiform foot.

Philomedes corrugata (p. 91).

. Shell of female seen

99

g. 19. Secondary branch of
. 20.
. Outline of shell (Port Jackson).

Caudal lamina.

from right side,
above (Flinders Passage
antenna, ¢.

Cypridina bairdi (p. 88).

Outline of right valve in region of notch.

End of vermiform fo

5. Mandibular foot.
. Caudal lamina.

Cypridina dane (p. 89).

ot.

Eurypylus petrosus (p. 94).

) i x 40.

99

100

eat

—
HH Oo CO

pseu hrs (ey [sey [

DR. G. S. BRADY ON ‘CHALLENGER’ MYODOCOPA.

PLATE XVII.

Pleoschisma moroides (p. 92).

. Apical joints of antennule, ¢.
. Antenna, ¢ (imperfect).

OR
99
one of the short setee more highly magnified.

»» secondary branch, ¢.

. First maxilla.

. Mandible, ¢.

. Mandible, ?.

. End of vermiform foot.
. Caudal lamina.

. Hye, 3.

Sarsiella sculpta (p. 93).

. End of vermiform foot.
. Caudal lamina.

Sarsiella robusta, 3 (p. 94).

. Antennule.
. Secondary branch of antenna.

Sarsiella simplex, 2 (p. 94).

3. Shell seen from right side,
} «80.

ss above,

. First maxilla.
. Caudal lamina.

Paraconchecia oblonga, 8 (p. 95).

. Shell seen from left side, x 40.
. Anterior margin of shell.

Pseudoconchecia serrulata, 8 (p. 96).

. Natatory branch of antenna.
. Secondary branch of right antenna.

% left Re

trans. Loot. Soc. Wot AW PL, XV

pace

Es

Te

Geo. West & Sons imp.

G.8.Brady del

MP Parker lith.

CRUSTACEANS OF THE GROUP MYODOCOPA.

Soc. Vol AN PE XVI.

Trans. Zool

ceecer ane

24
ca

GeoWest & Sons imp.

G.S.Brady del.

MP. Parker lith.

CRUSTACEANS OF THE GROUP MYODOCOPA.

a
Sapa

Ny

(Aaa

‘

ie

" a

Bears
o er

Trans. Loot. Soc Wot XN, FL XVI

G.S.Brady del.
M.P. Parker ith. Goo West & Sons imp.

CRUSTACEANS OF THE GROUP MYODOCOPA.

POR

3

-

een

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

Vout. XIV.—Parr 4.

ee BONS
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, he eee
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE; ~~." 08°"

AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW.

October 1897.
Price 40s.

Taylor and.Francis, Printers, | [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

To Fellows. To the Public.

£ s. d. Luis Os
VOLUME I. (1833-1835, containing 59 Plates). . Price 313 6 . . . 418 O*
VOLUME II. (1885-1841, containing 71 Plates). . ,, ALO OG se) (Oe Ory
VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containing 63 Plates). . 4, 38 8 3 . . . 411 0*
VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 77 Plates). . ,, 6 20... 8 2 6f
VOLUME _ V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . ,, BY eg 8 GIO) Ose
VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates). . , 1 5 O . . .15 O OF
VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, contaiing 73 Plates). . 5, 10 4 0 . . . 1812 OF
VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, contaiming 82 Plates). . ,, OSes ee he Le aOr
VOLUME IX. (1875--1877, containing 99 Plates). . ,, 12 1 6 . . .16 2 OF
VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates). . ,, 10 0 38 . . .18 7 OF

GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1833-1879) . ,, OO 010 0

VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). . Price 9 12 0 12 16 0

Part 1. (1880, containing 4 Plates) . . .. . pie Oy Os 016 0

» 2 (1880; contaming 7 Plates) . . .. . ay AO) dls © 1 4 0

» 0. (1881, contaming 8 Plates) ees KO) 110 0

» 4. (1881, containmg 3 Plates) . . .. . pO ere NO tes 010 0

» 5. (1881, containing 13 Plates) » O18 O 1 4 0

», 6. (1882, contaming 6 Plates) . . . . . > 0 12 0 016 0

» 7 (1882, containing 9 Plates) . . . . . 7 O lov 0 1 0 0

» 8. (1883, contammg 11 Plates) . . .. . 0) 12 016 O

» 9. (1883, containing 10 Plates) . . .. . » O12 0 016 O

» LO. (1885, contaiming 12 Plates) . . . . . peal ead EN HG) 2 0

», 11. (1885, containing 14 Plates and Title and Index),, 1 11 6 2 0

* No copies of these volumes in stock.
T Only complete copies of these volumes left in stock.

Continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

f wn

VI. A Revision of the Oriental Hesperiide. By H. J. Etwss, #.2.S., F.LS., AZS.,
and JAMES Epwarps, /.E.S.1

Received April 14, 1896, read June 2, 1896.
[Puates XVIII.-XXVII.j

ALTHOUGH Mr. F. Moore had previously described many genera and species of
Hesperiide, the majority of which are sound and well characterized, yet this large and
difficult group of Butterflies was, perhaps, less known than any other in the Old
World before Mr. de Nicéville and Captain Watson began to pay attention to it;
and until Captain Watson’s paper on the classification of the family in the Proceedings
of this Society for 1895 laid down a fair basis for its arrangement, Elwes had not
attempted to arrange his own collection, which contains a far greater number of
species and specimens from the Oriental region than that of the British Museum,
on which Watson based his work.

On proceeding to do so, Elwes found numerous species which Watson had not seen,
and which required a detailed examination in order to decide their specific and generic
position. This he would not have been able to undertake without the able assistance of
Mr. Edwards, who has given all his spare time for nearly three years to the task of working
out the large mass of material which has passed through their hands during that period,
including much necessary dissection of the genitalia and the comparison of their
generic characters with those given by Watson. How far the characters drawn from
a careful examination of the male genitalia can be properly used in deciding questions
of specific identity or distinction is a point which by some entomologists has been
questioned ; and a very considerable practice in making this examination, and great
experience in estimating the value of the characters observed, are necessary in order
to form an opinion on the subject. But those who have most experience and who
have devoted most time to this study are, we think, practically agreed that these
characters are of great importance and assistance, and the question has been so well
stated by Messrs. Godman and Salvin in the ‘Biologia Centrali-Americana,’
Rhopalocera, vol. 11. p. 245, that we cannot do better than quote their remarks, in
which we fully concur.

They say :—“ As in the foregoing families, we have examined the male secondary
sexual organs and find an almost endless variety of structure. We have not ventured

* The Editor of the Society’s Publications wishes it to be understood that he is not responsible for the
nomenclature used in the present memoir, which deviates in several points from that habitually employed by
the Society.—P. L. 8.

VOL. XIV.—PaRT IV. No. 1.—October, 1897. . P

102 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

to use these characters for building up any system of classification, as we consider
the time is hardly come for their adoption for any such purpose. But we have found
them invaluable in deciding points of specific distinction where the external characters
are not clearly defined. In some cases a slight external feature distinguishes wo
forms, which is sometimes greatly strengthened by a marked divergence in the male
genitalia, and sometimes no difference can be traced in these organs. In the former
case a specific difference between two similar forms can safely be conceded, while in
the latter the opposite course should be followed.”

As regards the arrangement of genera, we have adopted that proposed by Watson in
his last paper, “A Key to the Asiatic Genera of the Hesperiide,” published in the
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society for 1895, which in some respects
is an improvement on his earlier paper before referred to. We have been compelled
to propose a few new genera and some seventy species; and though probably there
are still many additions and corrections to be made to the list, especially in the Malay
islands and Indo-Chinese countries, yet we have spared no efforts to procure for
examination all the material which Elwes’s collection did not previously contain. In
doing so we have to acknowledge the very great assistance which has been afforded
us by Mr. L. de Nicéville and Captain Watson in India, who have sent us advance
copies of all their papers and descriptions. In Europe Dr. Georg Semper, of Altona,
has been good enough to lend us authentic specimens of all the species included
in his great work ‘ Die Schmetterlinge der Philippinischen Inseln.’ Dr. O. Staudinger
has sent us a large number of specimens from Borneo and other Malayan islands,
the novelties amongst which he has kindly permitted us to describe. Herr P. C.
T. Snellen, of Rotterdam, has been equally liberal with specimens from Java and
Sumatra. M. Charles Oberthtir has enabled us to examine some of the new and
rare forms in his magnificent collection from China, and Mr. Leech has also been
most obliging in lending types described in his ‘ Butterflies of China &c.’ and other
specimens for examination. ‘The Hon. Walter Rothschild kindly allowed us to select
from and describe several species of interest in his collection; and we are indebted
to Mr. O. Salvin and Sir G. F. Hampson for advice and assistance in many points
of difficulty and for the loan of specimens. Col. Swinhoe has also lent us many of his
types and allowed us to describe new species in his collection; and so far as we
know there is no collection containing many types to which we have not had access,
except that of M. Mabille, which we have not visited!. Some species which have
been described by the latter and by Plotz we have, in common with Captain Watson,
failed to identify, and we have possibly overlooked a few others; yet we think that the
material at our disposal has been hitherto unrivalled, and the localities given for

* Since the above was written M. Mabille has been kind enough to lend us a number of his types, which we
have been able to identity with certainty and put in their proper order ; so we do not think that there can exist
in Europe, at present, any important sources of information in this family of which we have not availed
ourselves.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 103

each species may be relied upon as those of specimens actually in coll. Elwes or
examined personally by us. We have not, as a rule, quoted localities given by other
authors, because in some cases it is doubtful to what species they refer.

As regards the respective share which the authors have had in this paper, we think it
best to say that Edwards alone is responsible for the whole of the drawings and dissections
of genitalia and for the conclusions derived from them; he has arranged in the form
of analytical tables such of the differential characters of the several species as he found
to be diagnostic in the greatest degree, and he has had the principal share in the
descriptions of genera and species. Elwes alone is responsible for all the localities,
geographical distribution, and questions of specific distinction arising from their
consideration.

With regard to the geographical area covered by the paper, though it relates
specially to Asia, we have thought it best to take in the Hesperiide of Europe,
because their male genitalia had not previously been extensively studied, and in some
eases this study has led to striking results, but we have not included those of North
America because they belong for the most part to the Neotropical region. We have
not attempted to deal with the species occurring in the Malayan islands east of
Wallace’s line, because, although a good many Indian forms occur in them, the Austro-
Malayan element is probably predominant, and our knowledge of the Hesperiide of
the New Guinea Region is too small to enable them to be profitably classified at
present.

In the descriptive portion of the paper we have used the Continental system of
numbering the veins in preference to that adopted by many English authors, because it
seems to us shorter and more convenient. We have adopted a few terms from
Mr. Meyrick’s recent ‘ Handbook of British Lepidoptera’: thus the dorsum is the
edge of the wing opposite to the costa, the termen the edge of the wing opposite to
the base, and the tornus is the angle in which the dorsum joins the termen. ‘The
transverse vein, sometimes called the upper, middle, and lower discocellular nervules, is
that which forms the apical boundary of the discal cell. The subcostal and median
segments are the pieces of the subcostal and median veins which lie between the bases
of veins 7-11 and 2-4 respectively; they are numbered from the base: thus the
second median segment forms the base of cell 2 and so on. The simple vein nearest to
the dorsum in both fore and hind wings is called vein la, and the second vein from
the dorsum of the hind wing is called vein 14. With the exception of the discal cell
in each wing, which is referred to simply as the cell, the name of each cell is taken
from that of the vein forming its lower boundary.

With a few unimportant exceptions, this paper will be found to contain a concise
statement of the diagnostic characters of all the species of Hesperiide hitherto
described from the region treated of ; although we have not given or quoted
descriptions in full, except in the case of newly-described species and a few obscure
ones which we have not seen.

P2

104 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Although the Hesperiide as a group are very well-marked and easy of recognition,
their classification inter se is a matter of great difficulty, owing, mainly, to the paucity
of index characters. Venation is probably of less assistance here than in any other
group of Rhopalocera. The fore wing has a free vein near the costa, another near
the dorsum, and a discal cell from which arise ten simple veins; the hind wing has
a discal cell giving off six simple veins, a free vein near the costa, and two near the
dorsum. The modifications of this type are few in number and slight in character.

Taking the group as a whole, we may divide off—First, Pyrrhopyge and its allies,
a group characterized by the large blunt recurved club to the antenne and the cell
of the fore wing more than two-thirds as long as the costa; and secondly, Ismene
and its allies, a group characterized by the porrect and filiform third joint of the palpi.
There then remains a vast number of species for the grouping of which no such
satisfactory characters are available. They may, however, be divided into two series
according to the position and direction of vein 5 in the fore wing, in which particular
they may be regarded as conforming to one of two types: the first, exemplified by
Thanaos tages, in which vein 5 of the fore wing is straight and therefore practically
parallel to vein 6; and the second, exemplified by Awgiades sylvanus, in which
the basal third of vein 5 is decurved towards the origin of vein 4, and consequently
recedes to that extent from vein 6, This basis of subdivision is not invariably well-
marked, but that circumstance does not give rise to any real difficulty, because in
doubtful cases the correct position of a given species is determinable from other
considerations,

All the specimens, dissections, and drawings of genitalia, including a great number
not figured, are open to the examination of any naturalist who may be interested
in the subject.

We have not considered it necessary to give a full synonymy of the species dealt
with, but only those references which are original or important.

ORTHOPH@TUS.

Pteroxys, Watson, P.Z.S. 1893, p. 29, nom. proce. Type phaneus, Hew.
Orthophetus, Watson, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1895.

In defining this genus Watson says “fore wing: ¢ with a costal fold”; this is true
of lidderdali, Elwes, and lalita, Dohy., but not of phanwus, Hew., which, however, he
gives as the type. In the latter species as well as idderdali, Elwes, and lalita, Dohy.,
the third joint of the palpi is concealed; but it would be better to extend the
definition of the genus so as to include the Celenorrhinus omeia of Leech, a species
which is very closely allied to the three former, but has the third joint of the palpi
distinct ; there is no costal fold in the male of omeia, Leech.

The species might be thus distinguished :—

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA 105

1 (6). Third joint of palpi concealed. Hind wing below with a dark discal
spot.
2 (3). No costal fold in the male. Upperside fusco-fulvous. Postmedian
series of spots on hind wing above small, black . . . . . . . phaneus, Hew.
3 (2). Male with a costal fold.
4 (5). No pale spots in cells 4 and 5 of fore wing above. Upperside bright
fulvous. Postmedian series of spots on hind wing above black,
withvorswithoutswhitercentres, «02.2.9 ye hy 8) rie te Calica, Dohye
5 (4). Fore wing above with pale spots in cells 1-8. Postmedian series of
spots on hind wing above black, with yellow edges . . . . Ukdderdali, Elwes.
6 (1). Third joint of palpi distinct. Hind wing below plain brown. No
Gosall toll ml tnimlls 4, 5 6 5 5 6 bp 0 oe 6 5 6 o Wai, Ibeean,

!1 ORTHOPH@TUS PHANAUS.

Eudamus phanwus, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 14 (1867).
Casyapa phaneus, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 386, pl. xxxv. fig. 18 (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 109
(1891).

In point of colour Distant’s figure represents O. lalita rather than O. phaneus, but
the Perak specimens in my coll. agree with the Bornean type.

Hab. Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Labuan (coll. Stgr.); Selesseh, Sumatra
(Martin in coll. Rothschild).

! ORTHOPH@TUS LALITA.

Erionota? lalita, Doherty, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 263.
Casyapa phaneus, Klwes, P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 657.

Until Mr. Edwards separated this from the Bornean species by the costal fold, Elwes
had confused it with O. phaneus. It is, as he pointed out, much yellower in colour,
but has similar markings. It has only been taken, so far as we know, by Doherty
in the Chittagong and Karen hills.

Hab. Chittagong (Doherty); E. Pegu (Doherty).

ORTHOPHETUS LIDDERDALI. (Plate XX. fig. 18, 2.)

Cheticnema? lidderdali, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 459.
Casyapa lidderdali, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 109 (1891).

The type in the British Museum remains unique ; but as Dr. Lidderdale’s collection
was made at Buxa in Bhutan and Darjeeling it is almost certainly from one of those
localities, probably the former. We append further particulars of this specimen,
supplementary to the original description cited above.

3 witha costal fold. Upperside: fore wing warm brown, with ten ochreous hyaline
patches placed as follows :—one across the end of the cell, one each in cells 2-8, and

* This sign is prefixed to the names of the species which are in Mr. Elwes’s collection.

106 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

two, one above the other, near the middle of cell 1 @; an ochreous line along vein 12
and also along the upper and lower margins of the cell, an ochreous line bordering
cell 2 within from the base as far as the hyaline spot, and an ochreous streak in the
base of cells 9 and 10; hind wing warm brown, basal two-thirds clothed with long
brownish-yellow hairs, a postmedian series of eight elongate oval, velvety black,
yellow-edged spots, placed as follows:—two in cell 16 and one in each of cells 2-7.
Fringe of the fore wing brownish grey, of the hind wing yellowish grey. Thorax
concolorous ; abdomen brown, hind margin of the segments narrowly pale Underside as
above, save that there is on the hind wing a dusky oblong spot next the transverse vein.

Hab. Bhutan? (Lidderdale).

! ORTHOPH@TUS OMEIA.

~

Celenorrhinus omeia, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 572, pl. xxviii. fig. 5, g (1894).

Leech suggests that a new genus is necessary for this species; but, as it differs from
Orthophetus chiefly by the form of the palpi, we do not agree with him.
Hab. Omei-shan, W. China.

CALLIANA.
Calliana, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1878, p. 686; Watson, P. Z.S. 1898, p. 31. Type pieridoides, Moore.
The single species in this genus is well distinguished by its facies. The antenne
in the male are about half as long as the costa, the club slender, the apiculus gradual,
about half as long as the club.

CALLIANA PIERIDOIDES.
Calliana pieridoides, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 687, pl. xlv. fig. 2, ¢; de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb.
Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 377, pl. G. fig. 25, 2.

Hab. Khasia Hills (Hamilton) ; Margherita, Upper Assam (Doherty).

Capi.
Capila, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 785; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 30. Type jayadeva, Moore.+

Moore founded this genus for his /smene jayadeva, but the insect which he described
as the female of jayadeva is really the male of another species for which we adopt the
name C. zennara, Moore, in accordance with a suggestion of Captain Watson. The
females of these two species were the originals of the two sexes of Moore’s genus
Pisola.

We include here Rhopalocampta translucida, Leech, which, however, may be not
congeneric with the other species.

The distinctive characters of the species under consideration may be thus
expressed :—

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERITD A, 107

1 (6). With a pencil of long hairs at the base of hind tibiz (7. e. males).
2 (5). Dark brown above, with white rays in the cells of both wings.

3 (4). Crown, thorax, and base of wings sordid orange . . . . . + + - jayadeva, Moore.
4 (3). Crown, thorax, and base of wings sordid brown . . . . . » zennara, Moore.
5 (2). Dark brown above; disc of both wings eeecae oni white,

crossed by dark veins. . : Deen ea tnansiuciaaeluecech,
6 (1). No pencil of long hairs at base of ind abe (Ge Jamey
7 (8). Hind wing above brown, with two grey lines in the outer half of each cell. jayadeva, Moore.
8 (7). Hind wing above plain brown. . «. » - + + + + + + + cennara, Moore.

The female of C. translucida, Leech, is unknown.

! CAPILA JAYADEVA,
Ismene jayadeva, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I. C. i. p. 248 (1857).
Capila jayadeva, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 785, pl. xlii. fig. 3g ,4.9 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 25 (1891).

Hab. Sikkim (Mller); Naga Hills, E. Pegu (Doherty).

It will he impossible to work out the distribution of this species and the next
correctly without an examination of the actual specimens referred to by various writers
in their local lists, because the authors of such lists, in recording Capila jayadeva and
Pisola zennara, have but rarely mentioned the sex of their specimens.

! CAPILA ZENNARA.
3 =Capila jayadeva, Moore, ?, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 785.
9 =Pisola zennara, Moore, ?, t.c. p. 786.

Hab. Sikkim (Méller, Elwes) ; E. Pegu (Doherty).

CAPILA TRANSLUCIDA.
Rhopalocampta translucida, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 642, pl. xxxix. fig. 11, ¢ (1894).

Hab. Omei-shan, W. China (Leech).
We are indebted to Mr. Leech for the opportunity of examining his unique example
of this species.

CROSSIURA.
Crossiura, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 189%, p. 350. Type pennicillatum, de Nicév.

This genus, in our opinion, might well be merged in Orthophetus, where the single
species would follow omeia, Leech. The fore wing in both sexes is banded as in the
female of Capila, and there is in addition a series of small white spots, one in each of
cells 4 to 8 or 5 to 8, independent of sex; the male has no costal fold, but the
dorsum of the hind wing is folded under, and the tornus bears, near the end of
yein 14, a tuft of long hairs, and there is also a fringe of long hairs to that part of the

108 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

wing which lies below vein 14. Mr. de Nicéville (Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1892,
p. 351) speaks of the anal angle (tornus) being fringed with long stout sete; this is
misleading, as the hairs forming the tuft and fringe are not more bristle-like than
those which form the tibial pencil in many species of Hesperiidae. These observations
are, in part, based on an examination of a male specimen of C. pennicillatum, de Nicév.,
ex coll. EK. Swinhoe.

CROSSIURA PENNICILLATUM.
Crossiura pennicillatum, de Nicéville, t. c. p. 351, pl. J. fig. 1 ¢,2 @.

Hab. Khasia Hills, where it seems rare or very local.

ACHALARUS.

Achalarus, Scudder, Syst. Rev. Am. Butt. p. 50 (1872) ; Watson, P.Z.S. 1893, p. 83. Type
lycidas, Sm. Abb.
Lobocla, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, p. 51. Type liliana, Atkinson.

Vein 5 in the hind wing is obsolete in d/ycidas and most of the American species,
but well-developed in (diana and all the Eastern species, as well as some of the
American.

The species known to us we distinguish as follows :—

1 (2). Fore wing above: white discal band reaching vein 1 a, white

spot in cell 8 filling up the base of that cell . . . . . diliana, Atkinson.
2 (1). Fore wing above: white discal band not reaching vein 1 a, white

spot in cell 3 usually not filling up the base of that cell.
3 (6). Fore wing above: white spot in cell 3 contiguous to that in

cell 2
4 (5). Clothing of second joint of palpi grey. Hind wing below:

terminal grey band irregular, not wide enough to reach

the narrow subterminal pale band . . . . . bifasciatus, Brem. & Grey.
5 (4). Clothing of second joint of palpi blackish. Tonniave grey

band on hind wing below suffused, broad, ay reaching

about half the length of cell3. . . . . simplex, Leech.
6 (8). Fore wing above: white spot in cell 3 not toucice ie
in cell 2.

7 (12). Dark spots on the hind wing below very prominent, much
darker than the ground-colour.
8 (11). Fore wing below: hyaline spot in cell 5 not touching that
in cell 6.
9 (10). Hind wing below: subterminal dark spot across cells 16 and
2 as wide where it is cut short by vein 3 as where it is
crossed by vein 2, the pale border of its inner edge
straight, that of its outer edge sinuate, receding from the
termen as it approaches vein3. . . . . . . . . ~ proximus, Leech.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 109

10 (9). Hind wing below: subterminal dark spot across cells 16 and

2 ending in a point near the middle of vein 3, the pale

border of its inner edge evenly convex, that of its outer

edge nearly parallel with the termen and continuous with

the pale outer border of the spots in cells 3 and 4-5 . . 1 frater, Ob.
11 (8). Hyaline spots in cells 4-8 of fore wing forming a continuous

series. . . 5 6c : q . germanus, Ob.

12 (7). Dark spots on hind wing below not very prominent, but little
darker than the ground-colour. Otherwise very similar
CORAM germanusiin tuys me Torin. ahsen 0 uch Home ele 3 CDOS AOD:

! ACHALARUS LILIANA.
Plesioneura liliana, Atkinson, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 216, pl. xii. fig. 2.
Lobocla litiana, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 157 (1891).
Lobocla casyapa, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, p. 52; Watson, t.c. p. 158.

Hab. Khasia (Hamilton); E. Pegu (Doherty) ; N.W. Himalaya (Lang).

A specimen of A. casyapa from Moore is marked with the locality Mynpoorie, but
as this is on the plains of the N.W. Provinces, while Lang and Reed have both
taken it in the Himalaya, I doubt its correctness. ‘This specimen, notwithstanding
its widely separated habitat, is inseparable from /idiana.

! ACHALARUS BIFASCIATUS.
Eudamus bifasciatus, Bremer & Grey, Schmett. N. China’s, p. 10, pl. ii. fig. 1 (1853) ; Oberthiir,
Htud. d’Ent. xi. pl. vi. fig. 47 (1886).
Goniloba bifasciatus, Ménétriés, Mus. Petr., Lep. 1. pl. v. fig. 3 (1855).
Achalarus bifasciatus, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 560 (1894).
Achalarus bifasciatus, var. contractus, Leech, 1. c. pl. xxxviii. fig. 9, 3.

Hab. Central and Western China (Pratt); Korea (Leech); Amurland (Jankowsky).

! ACHALARUS SIMPLEX.

Eudamus simplex, Leech, Entom. xxiv. Suppl. p. 58 (June 1891).
Eudamus gener, Oberthiir, Ktud. d’Ent. xv. p. 18, pl. i. fig. 2 (July nee June 1891).
Achalarus simplex, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 561, pl. xxxviii. fig. 12, d (1894).

Hab. Western China (Pratt).

! ACHALARUS PROXIMUS.

Eudamus proximus, Leech, Entom. xxiv. Suppl. p. 59 (June 1891).
Achalarus proximus, Leech, Butt. China &ce. p. 560, pl. xxxviii. fig. 7,g (1894).

Hab. Ta-tsien-lo, Moupin, W. China (coll. Oberthiir).

* In .A. prowimus the extreme base of cell 7 on the hind wing below is whitish ; this point is not indicated
in the figure of A. frater, but it is not certain that it had not disappeared from the specimen figured as
the result of rough handling.

VOL. XIV.—ParT Iv. No. 2.—October, 1897. Q

110 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS

ACHALARUS FRATER.
Eudamus frater, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. xv. p. 18, pl. i. fig. 3 (July nec June 1891).
Hab. Yunnan (Delavay, fide Oberthiir).

! ACHALARUS GERMANUS.
Eudamus germanus, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. xi. p. 26, pl. vi. fig. 48 (1886).
Achalarus germanus, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 561 (1894).

Hab. 'Ta-tsien-lo (Biet); Pu-tsu-fong, Wa-ssu-kow, 5000-8000 feet, June and July
(fide Leech).

! ACHALARUS NEPOS.
Eudamus nepos, Oberthiir, 1. c. pl. vi. fig. 49.

Achalarus nepos, Leech, |. ce.

Hab. Ta-tsien-lo (Biet) ; Pu-tsu-fong, 8000 feet, July (Leech).

HIANTANA.

Hantana, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 179 (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 144 (1891) ; id. P. Z. 8. 1898,
p. 87. ‘Type infernus, Felder.

The type of this monotypic genus is well distinguished among its allies by the
dark purple-brown colour of the upperside and the absence of hyaline spots except
four on the fore wing, namely, one in the cell next the apical fourth of its upper
edge, and one each (small and roundish) in cells 6,7, and 8. ‘The hyaline spot in
the cell of the fore wing has a tendency to disappear, and the base of cell 4 is twice
as long as the base of cell 5.

! HANTANA INFERNUS.
Eudamus infernus, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch, Wien, 1868, p. 283.
Hantana infernus, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 179, pl. Ixviii. fig. 6 (1881); Watson, Hesp. Ind.
p. 145 (1891).
Hab. Ceylon (Mackwood).

CHARMION,
Charmion, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1894, p. 48. Type ficulnea, Hew.

Antenne more than half as long as costa, somewhat shorter in the female, club
slender, apiculus robust, about half as long as the club. Palpi appressed, densely
scaled, third joint concealed. Fore wing: vein 5 straight, nearer 6 than 4, vein 2
from the basal fourth of the lower margin of the cell. No alar sex-mark in the male.
Tibial epiphysis present. Species fuliginous brown, with an oblique white median
band on fore wing, abbreviated at each end.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, ALU

In C. ficulnea the hind tibie of the male are thickly fringed on their. basal half,
and have at the base a thick tuft of long ochreous hairs nearly as long as the joint itself.

! CHARMION FICULNEA.
Hesperia ficulnea, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 37 (1868).
Plesioneura signata, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 360, pl. xxxiii. fig. 8.
Plesioneura leucographa, Plétz, Berl. ent. Zeits. xxvi. p. 262 (1882).
Charmion ficulnea, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1894, p. 49.
Hab. Perak (Doherty); Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt); Sumatra (Martin in
coll. Rothschild).

CHARMION TOLA.

Plesioneura tola, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i. p. 340 (1878).
Plesioneura zawi, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeits. 1885, p. 225.
Plastingia? plesioneure, Staudinger, Ex. Schmett. p. 299, pl. C, @ (1888).

This species is distinguished from the preceding by having a small roundish
projection of the white band on the fore wing reaching about halfway across cell 1 a.
Hewitson’s type isa male. The type of P. zawi, Plotz, lent to me by Dr, Staudinger
is a female.

Dr. Staudinger concurs in our opinion that his P. plesioneure is synonymous
with C. tola.

Hab. Yondano (fide Hewitson) ; Minahassa, Celebes (fide Staudinger).

CELZNORRHINUS.

Celenorrhinus, Hibn. Verz. p. 106 (1816); Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 49. Type eligius, Cr.
Gehlota, Doherty, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1889, p.131. Type sumitra, Moore.

Species large and robust; dorsum of the fore wing usually longer than the termen.
Fore wing with several white spots of which some form an oblique discal band, or
with yellow spots forming an oblique discal band, or with a continuous yellow oblique
discal band. Hind wing rounded, its termen as a rule not evidently excavated
before the tornus, in several species much spotted with yellow. Antenne half as
long as the costa or longer, club slender, apiculus gradual, the shaft sometimes pure
white in front. Palpi appressed, third joint suberect. Vein 5 of the fore wing
straight, arising as a rule distinctly nearer to vein 6 than to vein 4, but in flavocincta,
de Nicév., intermediate between the two. Hind tibie with two pairs of spurs, and
bearing a hair-pencil in the male.

The different phases of this large genus are well exemplified by swmitra, Moore,
leucocera, Koll., and aurivittata, Moore, respectively.

Though de Nicéville so recently as 1889 gave an elaborate revision of this genus 1,

* Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p, 177.

Q 2

112 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

yet we have in many cases been obliged to dissent from the opinions he arrived at,
probably because the material at our disposal is much more complete than his at
the time he wrote.

The following is a list of the species known to us; the value of the characters relied
on for their discrimination has been carefully considered and supplemented by an
examination of the male genitalia of numerous specimens :-—

1 (58) Hind wing below, not brown with a narrow yellow spot on
the transverse vein, its fringes not pale unspotted yellow.
). Fore wing with a pale spot in each of cells 6, 7, and 8.
). Fore wing with a small pale spot near the base of cell 1 a’.
13). Macular band on fore wing pure white.
). Basal spot in cell 1a of fore wing yellow.
). Male: shaft of antenne white in front throughout; hind
wing distinctly produced on vein 1d. Expanse 62 mm. pero, de Nicév.
7 (6) .Male: shaft of antennz white in front only near the base
of the club ; hind wing rounded, not produced on vein 1 6.
Expanse 49mm. . . ¢ . ee ee). 6. 6pulomaya, Moore.
8 (5). Basal spot in cell 1 a of fe wing citi
9 (10). Hind wing below with two well-defined yellow spots in the
middle of the cell, ne lower one ea to the base by a

yellowastrealk) 1. ci ie . eo maculosa, Feld.
10 (9). Hind wing below with only one sipale spot in te middle of
the cell.

11 (12). Hind wing below with the pale spots orange-yellow ; fringe
orange-yellow, scarcely interrupted with darker . . . aspersa, Leech.
12 (11). Hind wing below with the pale spots cream-coloured ;

fringe chequered.) 9.9.) . ee « + 6Consanguinea, Leech.
13 (4). Macular band on fore wing above aie ty arite. Oe
grey-brown, fringes chequered. . . . . . ambareesa, Moore.

14 (3). Fore wing with no pale spot near the base of ll la.
15 (16). Hind wing below (except a brown terminal band) orange-
yellow, with several (about 9) black spots . . . . . *flavocincta, de Nicév.
16 (15). Hind wing not as in 15.
17 (34). Fore wing above with the pale macular band pure white.
18 (27). Fore wing above; extreme base of cell 3 not filled up
with white.
19 (26). Hind wing above not conspicuously clothed with brownish-
yellow scales and hairs almost to the termen.

‘ Very rarely this spot is traceable in the female of lewcocera, Koll.

? This species will probably be found to belong to the group (par. 3 supra) which has a small pale spot near
the base of cell 1a of the fore wing, as such a spot is indicated in a male specimen from the Moller collection ;
the point, however, is of no consequence, as the species is distinguished from ail its congeners by the pattern and
coloration of the hind wing below.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 113

. Pale spots on hind wing below large, numerous, and orange-
yellow; shaft of antennz in the male not entirely
VAN ININNIME 6 § G GO uw oOG.o Go ono) o> exabaney Iilotordy
. Pale spots on hind wing below neither large, numerous, nor
orange-yellow.
. Pale spots on hind wing below small, stramineous, sharply
defined, variable in number, sometimes reduced to one
only next the transverse vein.
. Shaft of antennz in the male spotted with white in front . maculicornis, n. sp.
. Shaft of antennze in the male entirely white in front.
). Pale spot in cell 2 of fore wing as wide as or wider than
high. Fore wing broader and less pointed. . . . . Jeucocera, Koll.

3). Pale spot in cell 2 of fore wing at least one and a half times

as high as wide, its inner and outer edges both straight.

Fore wing narrower and more pointed, termen straight

and forming an angle of about 110° with the dorsum . Jleucocera var. angustipennis.
. Pale spots on hind wing below suffused and indistinct, or

entirely wanting. Shaft of antennz in the male not

entirely white in front . . . . : . spilothyrus, Feld.
. Hind wing above clothed throughout eh ty pamiehivellow

scales and hairs except a narrow terminal space . . . chamunda, Moore.
. Fore wing above: extreme base of cell 3 filled up with

white.

. Fore wing above with one or two white spots in cell 1 a.

. Upperside blackish brown ; fringe of the hind wing brown,

Notchequercdy sara sneiy sc ueleeyi ll cer je ioral LU alURtusen Sp.

. Fringe of the hind wing chequered.

. Upperside grey-brown, white spot in cell 2 of fore wing

subrhomboidal or eee always ee on the

InNerred Seu ieeie nigricans, de Nicév.
. Upperside blackish Heoaey “ile ne in “al 2 of fore
wing irregularly roundish . . . . 1. . . . orbiferus, n. sp.

. Fore wing above without any white spot in cell 1 @ nor in
cellsi4randh merge eiee : . asmara, Butl.
. Fore wing above with the ale tend valle atte
yellow, or orange-yellow.
. Pale spot in cell 1 a of fore wing hyaline.
. Pale spot in cell 1 @ of fore wing reaching to ven la . tibetana, Mab.
. Pale spot in cell la of fore wing not reaching to
vein | a.
. Pale spot in cell 3 of fore wing filling up the extreme base
of that cell.
. Pale spot in cell 1 a of fore wing subquadrate or irregular,
joining that in cell 2 near its lower outer angle.

1 (50).

Or Ot OT
= oO
—_

Fs TONY AO
OO
SER

OL
©
wa

MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

. Pale spot in cell 1 @ of fore wing not produced into a tooth

at its muer lower angle.

. Pale spot in cell 2 of fore wing reaching inwardly much

beyond the base of vein 3.

. Expanse 38 mm. Tegumen and clasp as in figures 1,

la, 16, Plate XXII.

. Expanse 832 mm. Tegumen and aldepiia as in figures 2,

2a, Plate XXII.. Fe ope ection :
Pale spot in cell 2 of fore wing not de cae
beyond the base of vein 3.

. Pale spot in cell 1 a of fore wing crane into a lee

tooth at its lower inner angle

. Pale spot in cell 1 a of fore wing small, punetitorn, joming

that in cell 2 near its half length

. Pale spot in cell 3 of fore wing not filling up the extreme

base.or that celll <5 3) S30:

. Pale spot in cell 1 a of fore wing opaque.
). Fore wing with the pale band deep orange-yellow,

practically unicolorous throughout, i.e. the part in
cells 2 and 8 and that across the cell are semitransparent,
but do not differ appreciably in tint from the other
parts.

. Fore wing: breadth of the pale band where it crosses the

cell equal to about one seventh of the length of the
costa, its outer edge regular, not broken 2 the pro-
jection of the pale spot in cell 3 . :

Fore wing: breadth of the pale band where it crosses the
cell equal to about one fifth of the length of the costa,
its outer edge broken by the projection of the pale
spot incell 3 .

. Fore wing with the pale band pale Satins in balls 2 ad 5

and across the cell, distinctly stronger in colour in cell
1 a and next the costa.

. Fringe of hind wing chequered .
. Fringe of hind wing brown hers : do hg
. Fore wing above with a yellow oblique neeenediad band

but no pale spot in cells 6, 7, or 8. Hind wing above
brown.

. Hind wing below brown, basal half yellow-brown by

reason of a thick clothing of yellow scales, a feeble
suffused pale spot next the transverse vein, and a
suffused yellow spot at the apex of cell 1 4

. Hind wing below plain brown 6 Sielie ney ue
. Hind wing below brown, with a narrow valley spot on the

transverse vein; fringe pale yellow, unspotted

dhanada, Moore.

andamanica, W.-M. &de Nicév.
inequalis, n. sp.

dentatus, n. sp.
fulvescens, n. sp.

saturatus, 0. sp.

cameront, Dist.

lativittus, n. sp.

affinis, nu. sp.

aurivittata, Moore.

ladana, Butl.
batchianus, n. sp.

badia, Hew.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 115

! CELEZNORRHINUS PERO.

Celenorrhinus pero, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc. 1839, p. 183, pl. B. fig. 12, ¢ ;
Elwes, P. Z.S. 1892, p. 660.

Hab. Naga Hills (Doherty).

! CELEZNORRUINUS PULOMAYA.

Plesioneura pulomaya, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 787.
Celenorrhinus lucifera, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 571, pl. xxxix. fig. 5, 2 (1893-4).

Hab. Himalayas from Kangra to Sikkim, Naga Hills (Doherty); Moupin (fide
Leech).

! CELENORRHINUS MACULOSA.
Pterygospidea maculosa, Felder, Reise ‘ Novara,’ Lep. ii. p. 528, pl. Ixxiil. fig. 7, g (1867).
Celenorrhinus maculosa, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 569, pl. xxxix. fig. 2, ¢.

flab. Central and Western China (Pratt).

! CELE NORRHINUS ASPERSA.

Celenorrhinus aspersa, Leech, Entomologist, xxiv. Suppl. p. 61 (1891); id. Butt. China &c.
p. 571, pl. xxxix. fig. 4, ¢ (1893-4). ;

Celenorrhinus clitus, de Nicéy. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891 (published 2 Feb. 1892),
p. 378, pl. G. fig. 26, ¢ ; Elwes, P. Z.S. 1892, p. 660.

Hab. Naga Hills, Bernardmyo (Doherty) ; Western China (fide Leech.) The type
of clitus is in coll. Elwes.

! CELANORRHINUS CONSANGUINEA.

Celenorrhinus consanguinea, Leeck, Entomologist, xxiv. Suppl. p. 61, 1891; id. Butt. China &c.
p. 570, pl. xxxix. fig. 8, @.

Hab. Central and Western China; Eastern Tibet (Pratt, Kricheldorf).

! CELAZNORRHINUS AMBAREESA.

Plesioneura ambareesa, Moore, P. Z.8. 1865, p. 788; de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. vol. hi.
p. 87, pl. x. fig. 9, 9 (1883).

Hab. Western Ghats from Mahableshwar to Goa; Nilgiris (Swinhoe, Hampson).

! CELANORRHINUS FLAYVOCINCTA.
Plesioneura flavocincta, de Nicéville, P. Z.S. 1887, p. 464, pl. xl. fig. 9, ¢.
Hab. Sikkim (nyvett).

! CELE NORRHINUS SUMITRA.

Plesioneura sumitra, Moore, P. Z.S8. 1865, p. 787.

116 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Celenorrhinus pyrrha, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p. 181, pl. B. fig. 11, ?.
Celenorrhinus patula, de Nicéville, t, c. p. 182, pl. B. fig. 4, 9.

Celenorrhinus playifera, de Nicéville, t. c. p. 182, pl. B. fig. 18, @.

Celenorrhinus pluscula, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 571, pl. xxxix. fig. 6, 9 (1893-4).

Hab. Sikkim (Elwes); Naga Hills, Bernardmyo (Doherty) ; China ( fide Leech).

! CELANORRHINUS MACULICORNIS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 8, 3.)

3g. This species may be distinguished from C. leucocera by reason that the
upperside or front of the shaft of the antenne in the male is minutely and regularly
spotted with black and white. This might be considered a trivial and insufficient
character, were it not for the fact that the male of C. leucocera, whatever may be the
state of the spotting of the wings, always has the upperside or front of the shaft of the
antenne continuously pure white from the base to the apex.

There are in coll. Elwes more than twenty males of C. leucocera from various
localities, and we have examined at least as many more in other collections without
finding any trace of a tendency to spotting on the front of the shaft of the antenne.
The relationship of C. maculicornis to C. leucocera is quite different from that of
C. leucocera var. angustipennis; the latter being separated from C. lewcocera by
differences in the spotting and shape of the wings, which are distinctly variable
in C. leucocera; whilst the character by which we separate C. maculicornis is one
which proves to be constant in C. leucocera. The male genitalia do not afford
material for its separation from C. leucocera or C. sumitra.

Hab. Shillong, Khasias, 6400 feet (Elwes); ? Kumaon? (fide Doncaster ? Khasias).

Described from two males in coll. Elwes. It seems probable that this species is
passed over in collections as the female of C. leuwcocera, which has brown antenne
with a broad white band on the club. We do not know the female of C. maculi-
cornis.

! CELANORRHINUS LEUCOCERA.
Hesperia leucocera, Kollar, in Hiigel’s ‘ Kaschmir,’ vol. iv. p. 454, pl. xviii. figs. 3, 4, 2 (1848).
Plesioneura putra, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 788.
P. leucocera, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1881, p. 257.
P. munda, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, p. 48.
P. leucocirca, Elwes, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 462.
Celenorrhinus putra, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 139 (1891).
C. munda, Watson, 1. c.

Hab. N.W. Himalaya (Young, Hocking); Sikkim, Khasias (Elwes); Nagas, Burmah,
Bali (Doherty); Andamans (de Roepstorff’); Nilgiris (Hampson); C. China (Pratt) ;
Java (Fruhstorfer).

A common and variable species. The type of putra, which is in the British Museum,
is from Java.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID. 117

Var. ANGUSTIPENNIS, nov.

This form, which is apparently confined to W. Java, is readily distinguished by the
characters given in the table above, and particularly by the greater length of the costa
of the fore wing in proportion to the dorsum.

Hab. Preanger, West Java, circa 5000 feet (Piepers); Sukabumi, 2000 feet
(Fruhstorfer).

Var. BRAHMAPUTRA, Stgr. MS.

This also is a long-winged form, from Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt), and wants
the white spots in cells 4 and 5 on the fore wing above. The hind wing above is very
slightly spotted (in the male) or without spots (in the female).

All the insular forms of Jewcocera appear to be of a darker colour and less spotted
on the hind wing above than those from Continental India.

! CELENORRHINUS SPILOTHYRUS.

Eudamus spilothyrus, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, 1868, p. 283, ¢
Plesioneura ruficornis, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxi. p. 32 (1878).

Plesioneura spilothyrus, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 179, pl. 67. figs. 4, 4.@ (1880-81).
? (?var. dist.) Plesioneura fusca, Hampson, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1888, p. 367.

Hab. Java (Staudinger) ; N. Canara (Aitken) ; Malabar (Vidal) ; Nilgiris ane
Ceylon (Green).

We have received three specimens from Bali and one from Arjuno, Java, collected
by Mr. Doherty, which may constitute a distinct local race; they are, however, only
distinguishable from spilothyrus by the almost complete disappearance of the spots on
the hind wing below, and agree exactly with a specimen of his P. rujicornis sent by
M. Mabille; they have the costal spot of the fore wing white instead of yellow, thus
resembling South Indian specimens (P. fusca, Hampson) in which this spot is usually
but not always white, and not Ceylon specimens in which it seems to be always yellow.

! CELANORRHINUS CHAMUNDA.
Plesioneura chamunda, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 788.

Hab. Sikkim (Méller); Khasias (Hamilton); Nagas (Doherty); Shan Hills
(Manders).

! CELENORRHINUS BALUKINUS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 1, ¢.)

Plesioneura balukina, Staudinger, in litt.

In addition to the characters laid down in the table above, this species differs
from C. nigricans, de Nicév., as follows:—The white spot in cell 1a of the fore wing
is irregularly roundish, not reaching halfway across the cell, and placed next the apex of
the lower edge of the white spot in ceil 2. On the underside the hyaline spot in

VOL. XIV.—ParT Iv. No. 3.—October, 1897. R

118 MESSRS. H. J. ELUWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

cell 1 a of the fore wing is attended on the outer side by two suffused whitish blotches
divided by the intra-neural fold. The hind wing below is dark brown with somewhat
of a purple shade, and there is a feeble suffused yellow spot next the transverse vein
and a subterminal series of suffused indistinct yellow spots, of which the strongest
are the two in cell 1 6.

Expanse 324-364 mm.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt).

Described from three males and two females ex coll. Staudinger. Males only
are in coll. Elwes.

! CELANORRHINUS NIGRICANS.
Plesioneura nigricans, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1885, p. 123, pl. ii. fig. 6, @.
Hab. Mandi, N.W. Himalaya (Young); Sikkim (J/6ller) ; EK. Pegu (Doherty).

CELENORRHINUS ORBIFERUS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 2, 3.)

3g. Very near to @. nigricans, de Nicév., from which it differs in the following
particulars :—Upperside darker brown, the white spot in cell 2 of the fore wing
suborbicular, occupying the whole width of the cell; the white spot in cell la of
the fore wing minute, punctiform, and placed near the apical fifth of vein 2. On
the underside of the fore wing the white spot in cell 1 @ is larger than on the upperside,
and accompanied by a suffused subquadrate whitish spot.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt).

Described from one example ex coll. Staudinger.

! CELAINORRHINUS ASMARA.

Plesioneura asmara, Butler, Tvans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, ser. 2, vol. i. p. 556 (1877) ;
Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 400, pl. xxxv. fig. 28 (1886).

Celenorrhinus consertus, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 222, pl. E. fig. 12, ¢.

Celenorrhinus cacus, de Nicéville, t. c. p. 223, pl. E. fig. 11, ¢ ; Elwes, P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 661.

Plesioneura goto, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxvii. p. lvi (1883).

Notocrypta goto, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 628, pl. xxxviii. fig. 4, ¢ (1894).

Plesioneura palajava, Staudinger, Isis, ii. p. 156, pl. i. fig. 10 (1889).

Celenorrhinus palajava, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 360 (1892), sec. spec. comm.

Hab. EK. Pegu, Pulo Laut, Borneo (Doherty); Khasia Hills, Rangoon (fide de
Nicéville); Malacca (Pinwill in B. M.); Japan? (fide Mabille); Palawan (Platen) ;
E. Java (Piepers).

We have examined Staudinger’s type of palajava, which agrees with what Elwes
followed de Nicéville in calling C. cacus, but which agrees with an example from
Malacca figured by Distant as asmara, Butl. We have seen Mabille’s type of
P. goto, but strongly doubt the habitat given by him.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 119

! CELHNORRUINUS TIBETANA.

Pterygospidea tibetana, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. liv (1876).
Notocrypta tibetana, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 628, pl. xxxviii. fig. 6, ¢ (1894).

Hab. West China (Pratt); Siau-lou (? Yunnan, fide Oberthiir).

! CELANORRHINUS DHANADA. (Plate XXII. figs. 1, 1a, 14.)
Plesioneura dhanada, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 789.
Kerana dhanada, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 150 (1891) ; Elwes, P. Z. S. 1892, p. 663.

Hab. Sikkim (MW6ller).

We have seen no specimen of this species except from Sikkim. It is therefore probable
that so-called dhanada from the Khasias and Burmah in collections are really C. affinis
(vide p. 121 post).

! CELENORRHINUS ANDAMANICA. (Plate XXII. figs. 2, 2 a.)
Plesioneura dan, var. andamanica, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1881, p. 257;
ud. op. cit. 1887, p. 391.
Coladenia dan, var. andamanica, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 120.

In the male of this species the lower lobe of the clasp is acute with a strong

tooth near the middle of its upper edge, and the tegumen is bifid in its apical third.

Hab. Andamans (de Roepstorff); Cherra Punji (fide Swinhoe).

CELANORRHINUS INAQUALIS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 3, 3.)

3g. Allied to C. saturatus, from which it differs as follows:—The band on the
fore wing is narrower and paler, somewhat resembling that of C. tibetana, Mab.,
and the spots which connect the band with the costa are quite hyaline. The pale spot
in cell 3 fills up the base of that cell, the inner edge of the pale spot in cell 2 does
not reach further inwards than the base of vein 3, and the pale spot in cell la,
which joins the apical third of the lower edge of that in cell 2, is oblique, about
one-half higher than wide, and has its outer edge almost continuous with that of
the spot in cell 2. On the hind wing below there is a feeble suffused yellow spot
next the transverse vein and the faint indication of a postmedian series of similar
spots running parailel to the termen. ‘The fringe of the hind wing is greyish yellow,
slightly interrupted with brown next veins 2-4, and the short scales are brown.

Expanse 36 mm.

Hab. Gedeh, Java.

Described from one example ex coll. Staudinger.

CELANORRHINUS DENTATUS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 4, 3.)

Differs from C. saturatus as follows :—
3. Upperside browner, the hind wing therefore not exhibiting brown spots; the
pale spot in cell 3 of the fore wing filling up the extreme base of that cell; the
R2

120 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

pale spot in cell la@ of the fore wing oblong, with a large tooth continuous with
its inner edge jutting out at its inner lower angle.

?. Similar to the male, but the hyaline spot in cell la@ of the fore wing below
is attended on its outer side by a subquadrate yellow opaque spot.

Expanse 38-39 mm.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt).

Described from one pair ex coll. Staudinger.

CELENORRHINUS FULVESCENS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 5, 3.)

3. Differs from C. satwratus in the following particulars:—Rather smaller and
decidedly brighter and more reddish yellow-brown in colour; the pale spot in cell 3 of
the fore wing fills up the entire base of that cell, and the pale spot in cell 1 a of the
fore wing is a mere point situate next the middle of the lower edge of the pale spot in
cell 2; the latter character will serve to distinguish it from the variety of C. saturatus
in which the pale spot in cell 3 of the fore wing fills up the base of that cell.

Expanse 35 mm.
Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt).
Described from one example ex coll. Staudinger.

! CELANORRHINUS SATURATUS, N. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 6, ¢; Plate XXII. figs. 5, 5a.)

¢. Upperside warm brown, passing into yellow-brown on the hind wing by
reason of the rather heavy clothing of dull yellow scales: fore wing with an
oblique sordid yellow median macular band composed of the following elements :—
an opaque spot next the costa, a large oblong hyaline spot across the cell having
its outer edge notched, a hyaline spot ocupying the basal third of cell 3 except
the extreme base, a large hyaline spot occupying the middle third of cell 2 and
usually in the form of a parallelogram, and a small roundish or subquadrate hyaline
spot in cell 1 a, standing next to the apical third of the lower edge of the spot in
cell 2; three small subequal yellowish hyaline spots in cells 6, 7, and 8, and
sometimes a pale point near the middle of one or both of cells 4 and 5: hind
wing with a suffused brown discal spot and a postmedian macular band of suffused
brown spots running parallel with the termen. Underside: fore wing brown, a
little paler along the dorsum; pale spots as on the upperside, but that next the
costa stronger; sometimes there is a suffused pale subtornal spot: hind wing brown,
with a feeble pattern of suffused dull yellow spots, of which one lies across the
middle of the cell, one before the middle of cell 7, and the remainder form median
and postmedian curved series running parallel with the termen. Fringe of the
fore wing brown, sometimes paler next cell 1a; of the hind wing brown, more or
less chequered with yellowish grey. Antenne brown, more or less spotted with
yellowish white and with a feeble yellowish ring next the base of the club. Body
and legs concolorous with the wings. Second. joint of palpi clothed with greyish-

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID. 121

yellow hairs, with a few black ones intermixed. Lower lobe of clasp subtruncate,
its upper edge simple; tegumen bifid to the middle.

g. Similar to the male.

Expanse 87 mm.

Hab. Megamendong, Tjampea, Java (Piepers); Java (Lruhstorfer); Arjuno, Java,
Bali (Doherty).

Described from six males and one female in coll. Elwes. One of the six males
has the base of cell 3 entirely filled up with yellow. This species might be confased
with large specimens of Coladenia dan, Fab., but the latter may be at once distin-
guished by the porrect third joint of its palpi.

Specimens of this species were sent by Herr Snellen as dhanada, Moore, and it is
probable that the dhanada of the British Museum and some other collections is the
same thing.

! CELAZNORRHINUS CAMERONI.

Plesioneura cameroni, Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. 248 (1882).
Kerana aurivittata, var. cameroni, ibid. Rhop. Mal. p. 403, pl. xxxiv. fig. 19 (1886).

Hab. Perak (Doherty); Malacca (ea coll. Stgr.).

! CELANORRHINUS LATIVITTUS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 7, 3.)
Plesioneura lativitta, Staudinger, in litt.

3. Resembles C. dentatus, but is rather smaller and darker and also differs from it
in the following particulars :—Band on the fore wing deep golden yellow, practically of
the same tint throughout, its inner edge straight and continuous from the costa to vein 2,
its width where it crosses the cell equal to or exceeding one-fifth of the length of the
costa; the pale spot in cell 1 @ of the fore wing triangular, adjoining the apical half
of the lower edge of that in cell 2, its apex nearly touching vein 1 a, its outer edge
irregular and attended by a more or less distinct suffused yellow spot; on the under-
side of the fore wing the triangular yellow spot in cell 1 q@ and a subquadrate spot
between it and the termen are plainand confluent, forming a large subtornal spot. On
the upperside the surface of the triangular spot in cell la of the fore wing is similar to
that of the spot in cell 2, but on the underside its surface is scaled as heavily as the
rest of cell 1 a, but with yellow scales.

@?. Similar to the male, but a little larger and paler.

Expanse 35-37 mm.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt).

Described from one pair in coll. Elwes. Others are in Dr. Staudinger’s collection.

! CELZNORRHINUS AFFINIS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 9, 9; Plate XXII. tig. 4.)

Differs from dhanada, Moore, in the particulars set forth in the table of species.
Having regard to the male genitalia, it is much more nearly allied to C. dhanada than

122 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

to C. aurivittata, and it is, probably, the species upon which Watson bases his
assertion (Hesp. Ind. p. 149) that the fringe of the hind wing in aurivttata is not
invariably brown.

Hab. Khasias (Hamilton); E. Pegu (Doherty); Tenasserim (Bingham).

! CELANORRHINUS AURIVITTATA. (Plate XXII. figs. 3, 3 a.)

Plesioneura aurivittata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 848, pl. liu. fig. 2.
Kerana aurivittata, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 149 (1891).

The best points for distinguishing this species from dhanada, Moore, lie in the deep
yellow spot near the tornus of the fore wing, which forms the end of the pale band,
and the unchequered brown fringe of the hind wing; in these respects it resembles the
aurivittata var. cameroni of Distant, which, however, is easily distinguished by the
difference in the pale band on the fore wing set forth in the foregoing table. Watson’s
statement that the fringe of aurivittata is not invariably brown on the hind wing
leaves one in doubt whether the localities which he gives for that insect really refer
to the aurivittata of Moore and of this paper or to C. affinis.

Dr. Staudinger sends from Kina Balu, Borneo,a single female specimen, which differs
from aurivittata as follows;:—The pale spots in cells 6, 7, and 8 of the fore wing are
unequal, that in cell 7 being at least twice as large as the minute punctiform ones in
cells 6and 8; the pale spot in the cell of the fore wing reaches two millimetres further
inward than that in cell 2, and the hind wing below has a narrow yellow spot next the
transverse vein and a subterminal series of suffused indistinct yellow spots, of which the
strongest are two near the apex of cell 1 0.

Hab. Nagas, Upper Burmah (Doherty); Tavoy (Pitman); Andamans (fide Swinhoe).

! CELAINORRHINUS LADANA.
Carystus ladana, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 502; id. Lep. Exot. p. 170, pl. lix. fig. 1
(1874).
Hab. Perak (Doherty).

CELEZNORRHINUS BATCHIANUS, 0. sp. (Plate XVIIL fig. 10, ¢).

é. Upperside dark brown: fore wing with a somewhat narrow pale yellow oblique
band from the upper edge of the cel] to vein 2, of which latter it adjoins the preapical
fourth; the inner edge of this band is practically regular. Underside similar to the
upperside, but somewhat paler. Fringes brown. Antenne brown above, grey-brown
beneath, the apiculus whitish or yellowish on the underside. Body and legs con-
colorous with the wings.

@. Similar to the male, but a little larger and paler, and having in cell 1a of the
fore wing a triangular yellow spot adjoining the lower edge of the yellow spot in cell
2 beyond its middle and reaching less than halfway across the cell. On the under-

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ. 123

side of the fore wing there is a little yellow suffusion from the upper edge of the cell
towards the costa.

Expanse 40-43 mm.

Hab. Batchian (fide Stgr.).

Described from one pair ex coll. Staudinger.

! CELANORRHINUS BADIA.
Pterygospidea badia, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 822 (1877); id. Desc.
Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 4 (1879).
Plesioneura badia, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 88, pl. x. fig. 10, ¢.
Hab. Sikkim (Moller).
This seems an extremely rare and local species.

ABRAXIMORPHA, gen. noy,

This generic name is proposed for Pterygospidea davidii, Mab., a species which is
totally different in facies from any of the species properly referred to either of the
genera in which it has hitherto been placed, namely, Pterygospidea and Celenorrhinus.

Antenne, wing-shape, venation, and tibial spurs of Celwnorrhinus. Palpi: second
joint ascending, third well-developed, porrect. Fore wing above greyish black, with
many irregular pure white spots; hind wing below pure white, with four irregular
transverse series of greyish-black spots—basal, antemedian, postmedian, and terminal.
Front cox of the male with a long hair-pencil on the inner lower side; no hair-pencil
on the hind tibie.

! ABRAXIMORPHA DAVIDII.
Pterygospidea davidu, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. liv.
Celenorrhinus davidi, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 572, pl. xxxix. fig. 9, 3.
Hab. Central China (Pratt).
SARANGESA.
Sarangesa, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 176 (1881); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 53 (1891) ; id. P.Z. S. 1893,
p. 48. Type purendra, Moore.
Hyda, Mabille, Bull. Soc, Ent. Fr. (6) ix. p. elxxxiii (1889). Type micacea, Mab.
Sape, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Belge, p. Ixvii (1891). Type lucidella, Mab.
The slight arching of the lower margin of the cell of the fore wing between veins
2 and 3 in Sarangesa, upon which Watson in his table relies for the separation of the
former from Coladenta, Moore, is so slight as not to be readily appreciable.
The following is a table of the species known to us:—
1 (4). Hind wing below with small pale spots.
2 (3). A large transparent pale spot in cell 2 of fore wing . . . . . purendra, Moore.
3°(2). No such spot in cell 2of forewing. . . .... =. =... . Sati, de Nicév.

124 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS;

NG

(1). No pale spots on hind wing below.
5 (6). Hind wing below grey-brown, with three transverse series of

dankersspots sm cm nee dasahara, Moore.

6 (5). Hind wing below for the most part pale bluish white . . . . . albicilia, Moore.

! SARANGESA PURENDRA. (Plate XXII. figs. 6, 6 a.)
Sarangesa purendra, Moore, P.Z. 8. 1882, p. 262 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 54 (1891).

Hab. Mandi, N.W. Himalaya (Young) ; ? Nilgiris (Roderts).

As defined by the characters in the foregoing table this form seems a good species.
We only know it certainly from the N.W. Himalaya, but I have a specimen believed to
be from the Nilgiri Hills, whence dasahara is recorded by Sir G. F. Hampson.

!SARANGESA SATI. (Plate XXII. fig. 8.)
Sarangesa sati, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 391, pl. G. fig. 37,3.
Hab. Kutch ; Rajputana.

!SARANGESA DASAHARA, (Plate XXII. fig. 7.)

Nisioniades dasahara, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1865, p. 787.
Sarangesa dasahara, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 54 (1891).

Hab. Kangra (Hocking); Mandi (Young); Sikkim (Méller): Nagas, E. Pegu
(Doherty); Ganjam (Minchin); Bombay (Swinhoe); Canara (Aitken); Tenasserim
(Bingham) ; Akyab (Adamson).

This species and albicilia are remarkable for the possession, in the male, of aslightly
curved horn on each side of the base of the terminal part of the tegumen; in pwrendra
and saté this part is simple, not subtended by a horn on each side.

! SARANGESA ALBICILIA.

Sarangesa albicilia, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 176, pl. Ixviii. figs. 5, 5 a (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind.
p- 55 (1891).

Hab. Ceylon (Wade, Mackwood).

This insect, in its typical state, is evidently a Ceylonese local form of 8. dasahara,
Moore; the male genitalia in each absolutely agree, and the only point of distinction is
the development in albdicilia of the bluish-white shade (with the co-extensive white
fringe) on the hind wing below, which proceeds from the tornal region and spreads over
the whole surface, except about the costal third. The two specimens on which
Mr. Hampson includes albdicilia in his Nilgiri list (Jour, As. Soc. Beng. 1888, p. 368), and
of which he remarks that they differed from Ceylon specimens in being dusky instead of
white on the underside of the hind wing, seem to have been intermediate between the two
forms. 'The tendency to the development of the pale suffusion of the hind wing below

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 125

is evident in an otherwise normal specimen from Akyab ; and Moore seems to have had
in mind specimens similar to this when he wrote that albicilia “ differs from S. dasahara
in the hind wing being more prominently white.”

CoLADENIA.

Coladenia, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 180 (1881); Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 49. Type indrani,
Moore.

A genus of few species, placed together on account of their resemblance to ‘‘ Plesio-
neura”’ indrani, Moore. ‘The third joint of the palpi is porrect.
The species known to us may be distinguished as follows :—

Fore wing above with a black or denuded and therefore dark spot or spots
near the basal third of cell 1 a, visible on one or both surfaces.
Hind wing below with three or more black spots.
Fore wing below with a more or less distinct yellow spot in the apex of

cell 1a.
Pale spots in cells 6, 7, and 8 of fore wing subequal in size, their bases
practically inline . . . : ; . indrani, Moore.
Pale spots in cells 6 and 8 of tore wing la eer ‘lian that j in cell 7, there
bases nearly in line with the apex of the spot in cell7 . . . . tissa, Moore.

No such spot on the fore wing below.
Termen of hind wing bluntly angulated between veins 2 and 4.
Hyaline spot in cell 7 of fore wing well developed. Dark
spots in cell 7 of hind wing below subequal in size . . : laxmi, de Nicéy.
Termen of hind wing rounded or scarcely perceptibly produced Beewech
veins 2 and 4, Hyaline spot proper to cell 7 of the fore wing
obsolete or wanting. Distal dark spot in cell 7 of the hind wing
below subquadrate, twice as large as the proximal one . . . sobrina, n. sp.
Hind wing below brown, with three transverse curved series of Rane)
ochreous spots. . . ewe On habs
Fore wing above with no dark epee near nie bal third of fell 1 a.
Hyaline spots on the fore wing pure white.
Outermost row of dark spots on the hind wing passing through cells 4—5
just before the middle.
Upperside pale brown. Back of tegumen simple . . . » . . agni, de Nicév.
Upperside dark umber-brown. Tegumen with a large doar crest. . agnioides, n. sp.
Outermost row of dark spots on the hind wing passing through cells 4-5
evidently beyond the middle . . . gig 0 6g) 6 a CeiaeR lemon,
Hyaline spots on the fore wing sordid yellowish eiite Outermost row of
dark spots on the hind wing passing through cells 4-5 just before the
middle. Upper edge of clasp with one small sharp triangular tooth
mem une we 5 ee 6 6 Ble a 6g 8 6 6 Ge 4. CaliGty my Ga,

VOL. XIV.—PaARrT Iv. No. 4.—October, 1897. 8

126 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

! COLADENIA INDRANI.

Plesioneura indrani, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 789.
Coladenia indrani, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 118.

Two specimens from North Canara (Aitken, 11.7.90 and 14.8.90) differ from the
ordinary form in the umber-brown colour of the upperside, and in the absence of the
subterminal series of pale markings, except the spot in cell 1 @ on the fore wing below.
A specimen from the Nilgiris (Hampson, 8.9.84), which is probably of the same
species as the specimens recorded by Hampson from the Nilgiris as C. tissa, is inter-
mediate in appearance between the Canara specimens and the ordinary form. The
male genitalia afford no means of distinction between the three forms.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Burmah (Doherty); Tenasserim (Bingham); N. Canara
(Aitken) ; Nilgiris (Hampson).

CoLADENIA TISSA.
Coladenia tissa, Moore, Lep. Cey. 1. p. 180, pl. Ixvii. fig. 6 (1881).

This species, though otherwise closely resembling the preceding, and probably just
as variable in colour, may be known in both sexes by the distinct displacement inwards
of the middle one of the three pale spots which form the subapical series. The
differences in the male genitalia of the two species are merely those of degree.

Hab. Ceylon (Wade, Mackwood).

!CoLADENIA LaxmI. (Plate XXII. fig. 10.)

Plesioneura laxmi, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1888, p. 290, pl. xiii. fig. 5, @.

? Netrocoryne atilia, Mabille, Le Naturaliste, 1888, p. 88.

Plesioneura atilia, var. palawana, Staudinger, Iris, ii. pp. 156, 165, pl. i. fig. 11 (1889).

Tapena laxmi, de Nicéville, op. cit. 1891, p. 382, pl. G. fig. 28, g ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 123
(1891) ; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 316 (1892). .

Hab. Perak (Doherty; ¢ type in coll. Elwes) ; Burmah (Bingham, fide de Nicéville) ;
Luzon, S.E. Mindanao (Semper); Palawan (P/aten); Kina Balu (Waterstradt) ;
Namoe Oekor, Sumatra (Martin).

COLADENIA SOBRINA, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 12, ¢.)

3g. Upperside: fore wing fuscous or mouse-grey, with a suffused dark terminal band
and an oblique white macular median band from vein 2 to the costa, composed of the
following hyaline spots:—one large and oblong near the middle of cell 2, one small
and subquadrate near the base of cell 3, not filling up the base of that cell, one large
and oblong across the cell, and one also oblong between the subcostal and the costa,
two hyaline points placed obliquely, the lower innermost, beyond the middle of cell la,
and a small hyaline spot in each of cells 6 and 8, that usually found in cell 7 obsolete
or wanting; near the basal third of cell 1@ a somewhat indistinct geminate dark spot or

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 127

pair of spots: hind wing fuscous, with antemedian and postmedian irregular curved
series of blackish spots, and a feeble indication of a narrow suffused subterminal dark
band from the costa as far as the middle. Underside: fore wing similar to the
upperside, but somewhat paler and having the dark spots near the basal third of
cell 1a distinct : hind wing with a postmedian series of black spots corresponding with
that on the upperside; a black spot in the upper distal angle of the cell, and two in
cell 7, one near the base and the other, which is subquadrate and reaches across the
cell, near the middle. Fringes dark fuscous, on the underside with a pale anteciliary
line. Second joint of palpi clothed with black and pale grey scales intermixed.
Antenne above dark brown, the apiculus and the underside of the shaft pale grey.
Body and legs concolorous with the wings.

Expanse 35 mm.

Hab. Namoe Oekor, Sumatra (Martin).

Described from a specimen ex coll. Rothschild. This species most nearly resembles
C. laxmi in colour and markings, but is easily to be distinguished by its larger size and
the rounded termen of the hind wing.

! COLADENIA DAN. (Plate XXII. figs. 9, 9 a.)
Papilio dan, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. i. p. 88 (1787).
? Hesperia eacus, Latreille, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 738 (1823).
Coladenia dan, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 398, pl. xxxv. fig. 27 (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 120
(1891).
? Coladenia dan, var. dea, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 568, pl. xxxviii. fig. 10, g (1894).
Hesperia fatih, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 454, pl. xviii. figs. 5, 6 (1848).
Coladenia fatih, Watson, t. c. p. 119.

Watson (¢. ¢. p. 120) records Mr. de Nicéville’s opinion, contrary to that generally
prevalent, that this species is distinct from C. fatih, Koll.; but he proceeds, “I am
unable to say by what characteristic they are to be separated, though C. fatih seems to
be constantly larger.” ‘The latter view is carried out in Watson’s arrangement of the
specimens in the British Museum, where the larger specimens are called fatth, Koll.,
and the smaller ones dan, Fab.

Hab. Kangra (Hocking); Kulu (Young); Sikkim (Méiler); Margherita (Doherty) ;
Khasias (Hlwes); Bernardmyo, E. Pegu (Doherty); Akyab, Moulmeir (Adamson);
Perak (Doherty); Java (Hruhstorfer) ; Sambawa (Doherty); Bali, low country
(Doherty).

!COLADENIA AGNI. (Plate XXII. figs. 11, 11a.)

Plesioneura agni, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 87, pl. x. fig. 4, 2.
Tapena agni, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 122 (1891).

Hab. Sikkim (Afoller); E. Pegu (Doherty) ; Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt).

sz

128 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS :

!COLADENIA AGNIOIDES, n, sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 11; Plate XXII. figs. 12, 12 a.)

This species is distinguished from agnt in the first place by its dark umber-brown
colour and the dark umber-brown fringe to cells 6 and 7 on the hind wings below; the
pale fringe to these cells is not absolutely constant in agni, but is well marked in 4
out of the 5 male specimens examined. ‘The male genitalia also differ considerably :
in agnioides there is a large dorsal crest on the tegumen and the upper lobe of the clasp
is merely a very small pointed strap-shaped piece; in agni the back of the tegumen is
simple and the upper lobe of the clasp is at least as wide as the lower lobe, rounded
on the upper edge and triangularly pointed.

The type in coll. Elwes was taken in the Naga Hills by Mr. Doherty.

CoLADENIA IGNA.
Tapena igna, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 316 (1892).

Hab. Luzon, E. Mindanao (Semper).

COLADENIA SEMPERI, 0. sp.
Tapena laxmi, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 816 (1892), im part.

This species is founded on the male specimen from Camiguin de Mindanao referred
to by Semper (/. ¢.) as differing from his other specimens of /aamz in having the hyaline
spots smaller and yellower, and the hind wing above browner, with the outer row of
dark spots more distinct. Fortunately we have been able to examine the clasp-form of
this specimen without dissection, and find that it differs from that of /aami in the
particulars given in the table above. The angulation of the hind wing also is less
evident than in lagi.

Hab. Philippines (Semper).

CoLADENIA HAMILTONII.

Coladenia hamiltonii, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1888, p. 291, pl. xiii. fig. 8, ¢ ; Watson,
Hesp. Ind. p. 121 (1891).

We transcribe the original description of this species, taken from a single specimen
from Sylhet :—

“ Male. Upperside : fore wing olive-greenish fuscous, with two very irregular broad
discal black fascize joined in the middle; three most minute transparent subapical dots,
the uppermost the largest, placed at the outer edge of the anterior portion of the outer
black fascia; a very minute similar spot in the second median interspace; a very
attenuated spot across the middle of the first median interspace, both placed on the
outer black fascia; the inner margin somewhat broadly irrorated with greyish scales .
a submarginal indistinct broad blackish fascia. Hind wing: ground-colour much as in

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 129

the fore wing, but the outer third of the wing irrorated with grey scales ; a recurved
black macular decreasing band from the costa near the apex of the wing to the second
median nervule; the discocellular nervules defined by a pale line. Underside: both
wings vinous fuscous. Fore wing with the transparent spots as above. Hind wing
with the disc irrorated with whitish ; the macular black band much as above; an ante-
ciliary whitish line. Cilia fuscous.

Expanse, 3, 1°6 inches.”

The figure gives one the idea of a much-worn and possibly abnormal specimen, and
it is remarkable that the species, if species it is, has never since turned up among the
numerous collections recently sent from the Khasias.

CoLADENIA BUCHANANII.
Celenorrhinus buchananii, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p. 187, pl. B. fig. 2, 2.

We transcribe the original description of this species, which was described from a
single specimen from the Ruby Mine District, Upper Burmah, as we have not seen a
specimen :—

“ Female. Very closely allied to @. laami, mihi, from which it differs in its con-
siderably larger size. Upperside: fore wing with the white discal band fully twice as
wide, not divided into spots, extending uninterruptedly from the costa to the submedian
nervure, its edges very irregular, its lower portion posterior to the first median nervule
much narrower than the rest of the band: this species lacks the two obliquely placed
black dots found near the base of the submedian interspace in C. dawnt. Wind wing,
instead of possessing two parallel discal macular black bands, has a rounded black spot
towards the end of the discoidal cell and a discal series of 6 black spots, of which the
anterior one is round and well separated from the spot which follows it, the second
spot is round, the next pair are the largest and elongated, and the last pair smaller but
also elongated ; cilia of hind wing anteriorly white, posteriorly dark brown. Under-
side: both wings with the same differences as above, but all the spots of the hind wing
more prominent.”

Although this species is compared with C. laxmi it agrees better with C. agni in the
shape of the hind wing.

CoLADENIA VITREA.
Coladenia vitrea, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 569, pl. xli. fig. 15, ¢ (1894).

This species, which was described from a single specimen in the collection of Mr. H.
Grose Smith, taken at Ta-tsien-lo, may be distinguished by the hyaline spots on the
hind wing below: these, with the exception of one near the base of cell 7, form two
irregular transverse series, and are placed as follows :—-a subquadrate one near the
middle of cell 7, one filling the basal third of cell 6, a large subquadrate oae occupying

130 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

the distal half of the cell, a narrow one across cell 10 before the middle, one in cells
4-5 just beyond the transverse vein, about half as large as that in the cell, one filling
the basal third of cell 3, an oblong one near the middle of cell 2, and a narrow one
across cell 1 } just beyond the middle.

! COLADENIA MA@NIATA.
Coladenia meniata, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Ent. xx. p. 42, pl. ix. fig. 164, g (1896).

Closely allied to C. vitrea, Leech, but differs in the number and position of the
hyaline spots in the hind wing below as follows :—the spot in cell 6 does not fill the
apex of that cell, there is no spot in cells 4—5, nor across cell 16 before the middle.
The termen of the hind wing also is more evidently produced near vein 4 than in
C. vitrea.

Hab. %. Tibet (fide Oberthiir).

M. Oberthiir was good enough to give Elwes a specimen of the species taken at a
place called Meenia, which he says is near Ta-tsien-lo; but, notwithstanding the points
of difference above noted, we think it may prove to be only a variety of C. vitrea,
which came from the same district.

SATARUPA.

Satarupa, Moore, P.Z.S. 1865, p. 780; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 87 (1891); id. P. Z. S. 1893,
p- 46. Type gopala, Moore.
Daimio, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 171 (1875) ; Watson, P. Z. S.1893, p.47. Type tethys, Mén.
It would be better to place in this genus all the species which Watson puts into the
genus Daimio. Murray used the latter name for tethys, Mén., but if such insects as
sinica, Feld., phisara, Moore, and sambara, Moore, are associated with gopala, Moore,
and nymphalis, Speyer, in one genus, as they well may be, then ¢ethys, Mén., which is
evidently congeneric, should be with them and the name Daimio becomes unnecessary.
Watson says of Satarupa: “ Closely allied to Daimio, from which it may be sepa-
rated by the shape of the wings, especially of the hind wing, by the much greater
length and more decided hook in the terminal portion of the antennal club, and by the
scaling of the hind tibie of the male.” Of the points on which he relies to separate
the genera, the greater length of the hind wing is only found in gopala, Moore; the
more decided hook in the terminal portion of the antennal club is merely a matter of
degree, and the scaling of the hind tibie of the male is not sufficiently uniform in the
species to form a generic distinction. Of Satarupa he says: “In the male the hind
tibie are fringed along their upper edge, and the inner side of the tibize is clothed with
long, coarse, recumbent hairs,’”—thus omitting all mention of the tuft of long hairs which
springs from the upperside of the base of the hind tibie in gopala, Moore, which he

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 131

makes the type of the genus (nymphalis, Speyer, in which a similar structure occurs
was, apparently, not before him). In sambara, Moore, which he also places in Sata-
rupa, there is no trace of the tibial pencil in the male. It appears, therefore, that
whilst the tibial pencil is always present in the males of Dazm/o, it is also found in two
species of Satarupa (gopala, Moore, and nymphalis, Speyer) and absent from one
(sambara, Moore).

The genus Satarupa was used by Moore, its founder, in the extended sense in which
it is here treated.

The following is an analytical table of the species known to us :—

1 (20). Clothing of lower side of second joint of palpi yellow.

2 (17). Pale band on hind wing above similar in colour in both sexes.
3 (14). Pale band on hind wing above pure white or smoke-grey.

4 (13). Pale band on hind wing above pure white.

5 (8). Pale spot in cell of fore wing adjoining its upper edge or reaching
across the cell. Species large; expanse 62-73 mm.
6 (7). Pale spot in cell of fore wing subtriangular, ae nine its upper edge
but not reaching the lower . . . ; . . . gopala, Moore.
7 (6). Pale spot in cell of fore wing Sana sss atte across
thence anewe yeni cue. 4-6 ot Ce nee olen nymphalis. Speyere
8 (5). Pale spot in cell of fore wing saa next lle base of cell 3. Species
small, not exceeding 48 mm.
9 (12). White band on hind wing below complete, reaching the costa.
10 (11). Pale spot in cell la of fore wing nearly twice as wide as that in
cell 2. White band on hind wing much wider than the marginal
dark ial Ue ren te ce Scents hee tN . narada, Moore.
11 (10). Pale spot in cell 1a@ of fore wing subequal in math t to that 4 in ‘cell 2
White band on hind wing not wider (sometimes oe chan

the marginal dark band . .. . Roe diversa, Leech.
12 (9). White band on hind wing below cut dion by vein 8, not neacune
the’ costal. 4 2%. ; : dire, de Nicév.

13 (4). Pale band on hind wing senor smoke! -grey. Pale ane in al 2

small, not reaching vein 2, in shape like the lower half of acrescent. fumosa, n. sp.
14 (3). Pale band on hind wing above cream-coloured or sordid white.
15 (16). Pale spot in cell of fore wing large, reaching from side to side . . bhagava, Moore.
16 (15). Pale spot in cell of fore wing small, next the base of cell 3, or absent. phisara, Moore.
17 (2). Pale band on hind wing above bright yellow in the male, white in

the female; pale band on hind wing below white or yellowish

white in both sexes.
18 (19). Hind wing above with an indistinct suffused pale subterminal line,

the space between it and the pale discal band somewhat darker

than the space between it and the termen, and broken up by

slightly paler lines along the veins into a series of dark spots . . celebica, Feld.

132 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

19 (18). Hind wing above with a subterminal series of suffused spots (on the

upperside brownish grey in the male and whitish in the female, on

the underside white in both sexes), the space between it and the

discal band not broken into spots by pale lines. . . . . . « corona, Stgr.
. Clothing of lower side of second joint of palpi pure white.

re)
So
=

cw)

. No white spot in cell of fore wing.

woo
Fwwore

. Abdomen above wholly or in part white.
. Abdomen above entirely white. Base of hind wing below bluish white. dohertyi, Watson.
. Abdomen above dark at base and apex, white in the middle. Base

or

cw)
aoa
(oO Oe
— on)
SSS

—
Cos)
oo

—s

of hind wing below brown. . 2 9. «57. . 14) 2. sambara; Moore:
(22). Abdomen above entirely brown... p . . » affins, Druce.
(21). A large white spot reaching quite across fall of fore w wing. Abdomen

dark with narrow pale rings or entirely dark.
(28). White band on hind wing above very distinct . . . . . . . Sinica, Feld.
27). White band on hind wing above absent or but faintly indicated . . tethys, Mén.

! SATARUPA GOPALA.
Goniloba gopala, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 246.
Satarupa gopala, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 780, pl. xlii. fig. 1; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 90 (1891).

Hab. Sikkim (Méller); Khasia (Hamilton).

! SATARUPA NYMPHALIS.

Tagiades nymphalis, Speyer, Stett. ent. Zeit. xl. p. 348 (1879) ; Staudinger, Mém. sur Lép. i.
p- 158, pl. viii. fig. 4 (1887).
Satarupa nymphalis, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 562 (1894).

Hab. Amurland (fide Speyer) ; Chefoo, North China (in B. M.); Central and Western
China (Pratt).
! SATARUPA NARADA.

Satarupa narada, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, p. 51; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 89 (1891).
Hab. Sikkim (Méller); E. Pegu (Doherty).

! SATARUPA DIVERSA.

Pterygospidea diversa, Leech, Entomologist, xxiii. p. 46 (1890).
Daimio narada, var. diversa, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 566, pl. xxxviii. fig. 14, g (1894).

This insect is quite as distinct from S. narada, Moore, as are some of the admitted
species inter se, and there seems to be no advantage in treating it as a variety of
narada.

Specimens from the Khasia Hills agree with those from Central China. We have
not seen it from any intermediate locality.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZA. 133

!SATARUPA DIRA.

Daimio dire, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 369, pl. Q. fig. 49, 3.
Tagiades graya, Staudinger, MS.

Hab. Pulo Laut; Arjuno; Java; Bali (Doherty); N.E. Sumatra (ide de Nicéviile).

Abdomen black, hind-margin of the segments narrowly white.

A single female from Pulo Laut, which otherwise much resembles dir, has the
abdomen white with the apical third black.

SATARUPA FUMOSA, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 13, 3.)

3. Upperside fuliginous brown: fore wing with seven white hyaline spots—one,
the largest, in shape like the lower half of a crescent, in cell 2 next the base of vein 3
and not quite reaching vein 2, one in cell 3 outwardly oblique from the base of vein 4,
four small and punctiform (one near the middle of cells 5 and 8 and one near
the basal third of cells 6 and 7), and one small and roundish near the apical fourth
of the upper edge of the cell: hind wing with a broad discal band and a narrow
subterminal macular band smoke-grey. Underside: fore wing as on the upperside and
having two suffused subquadrate white spots divided by the intraneural fold near the
apex of cell 1 @: hind wing fuliginous brown, with bluish-white hairs near the base, a
broad pure white discal band from the dorsum as far as vein 7 and continued into
cell 7 by a suffused whitish spot near the middle of the lower edge of that cell, and a
subterminal series of seven suffused sordid whitish spots, two in cell 14 and one in
each of cells 2-6. Fringes and body above concolorous with the wings. Antenne
blackish, apiculus grey beneath. Clothing of the second joint of the palpi and the
breast yellow, of the legs sordid white. Abdomen beneath white.

Expanse 35 mm.

Hab. Sumatra (Martin).

Described from one specimen in coll. Rothschild.

! SATARUPA BHAGAVA.
Satarupa bhagava, Moore, P.Z.S. 1865, p. 781; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 88 (1891).
Satarupa phisara, var.?, Elwes, P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 655.
‘agiades bhagava, var. andamanica, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour, As. Soc. Beng. 1881,
p- 256, pl. iv. fig. 5, d¢; Watson, l.c.

Hab. Bernardmyo, Burmah (Doherty) ; Tavoy (Lucker); ? Sikkim.

We identify this species by Moore’s description alone. He gives N.H. Bengal as the
habitat. It may occur in Sikkim, but we have no specimens from there.

The var. andamanica, according to the figure, differs from the type in wanting the
cream-coloured subquadrate spot near the middle of cell 1@ on the fore wing above
and the cream-coloured streak below vein 1 a@ by which the spot is continued to the

VOL. XIV.—PART IV. No. 5.—October, 1897. m

134 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

dorsum; it agrees with the type on the underside. Judging from the description,
however, it is a mere trifling variety with no constant character and not worthy of a
name.

!SATARUPA PHISARA.

Satarupa phisara, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, p. 50; Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, op. cit.
1886, p. 890, pl. xvii. fig. 4, ¢d; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 89 (1891).
Satarupa bhagava ?, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 90, pl. x. fig. 14, 2.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Khasia (Hamilton).

! SATARUPA CELEBICA.
Pterygospidea celebica, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. iii. p. 528, pl. Ixxii. fig. 8, ¢ (1867).
Pterygospidea permena, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 51 (1868).

Hab. Sula Island (coll. Stgr.); Celebes ( fide Felder).

!SaTARUPA CORONA.
Tagiades corona, Staudinger, MS.

Satarupa corona, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 306, pl. xlix. fig. 2, 2 (1892).

Hab. Davao, Mindanao (coll. Staudinger); Philippines (Semper).

SATARUPA DOHERTY].
Satarupa dohertyi, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 46.
Rather larger than 8. sambara, with the postmedian row of black spots on the hind

wing below more regular and freer from the dark terminal band.
Hab. Kumaon (fide Watson).

SATARUPA SAMBARA.

Goniloba sambara, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.1. C. i. p. 246 (1857).
Satarupa sambara, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 781 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 89 (1891).

Hab. Sikkim (Méller) ; Khasia (Hamilton).

! SATARUPA AFFINIS.

Satarupa affinis, Druce, P. Z, 8. 1878, p. 860, pl. xxxiii. fig. 9.
Satarupa affinis, var. cognata, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p- 385, pl. xxxv. fig. 17 (1886).
Tagiades niphates, Weymer, Stett. ent. Zeit. vol. xlviii. p- 15, pl. i. fig. 5 (1887).

This species is nearest to S. sambara.

Hab. Wina Balu ( Waterstradt) ; Sumatra (fide de Nicéville); Perak (fide Distant) ;
Preanger, W. Java (Piepers).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA., 135

! SATARUPA SINICA.

Pterygospidea sinica, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 30 (1862).

Pterygospidea moori, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. clii; Alphéraky, Rom. Mém. sur Lép.
v. p. 122, pl. v. figs. 9 a, b (1889).

Daimio felderi, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vii. p. 140 (1881).

Daimio sinica, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 565 (1894).

Hab, Central and Western China (Pratt, Leech).

The insect here dealt with is the same as that figured by Alphéraky as cited above,
but we have no means of deciding if it is really the true sinica of Felder.

The sinica, Feld., of the British Museum collection, from North China, is a species
with the clothing of the second joint of the palpi below yellow, the white band on
the hind wing below reaching from the costa to the dorsum, and bearing a subquadrate
brown spot near the apical third of cell 7; the fore wing above has a white band from
the middle of the dorsum to the hyaline spot in cell 2 three-fourths as wide as that
spot ; and the abdomen above is white with the apical fourth brown.

SATARUPA TETHYS.

Pyrgus tethys, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petr. p. 126, pl. x. fig. 8 (1857).
Daimio tethys, Pryer, Rhop. Nihon. p. 33, pl. x. fig. 6 (1889); Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 564
(1894).

Hab. Japan (Pryer, Leech); Amurland ; China (Pryer).

ODINA.

Odina, Mabille, Comptes Rend. Ent. Soc. Belg. p. exiii (1891); Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 50.
Type chrysomelena, Mab.,=hieroglyphica, Buti.

Species orange-yellow, with blackish-brown markings, the dark pattern practically
the same on both surfaces. Antenne more than half as long as costa, club gradual,
apiculus acute, scarcely half as long as the club. Palpi ascending, third joint porrect,
pointed in cuneiformis, Semper, cylindrical and subtruncate in decoratus, Hew. Fore
wing: vein 5 a little nearer 6 than 4, vein 2 from the basal third of the lower edge ot
the cell.

Table of Species.

1 (4). Dark markings forming an irregular network on the hind wing
above.
2 (3). Hind wing above with the large discal yellow spot triangular . . . hieroglyphica, Butl.

3 (2). Hind wing above with the large discal yellow spot irregularly
ASO Bolo og BO eS a pe ie eb Bio La Oa ag, Siem vvere
4 (1). Dark markings on the hind wing above an antemedian, postmedian,
and marginal row of distinct black spots . . . . . . . . . decoratus, Hew.
tp 2,

a

136 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

ODINA HIEROGLYPHICA.

Plastingia hieroglyphica, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 511; id. Lep. Exot. p. 171,
pl. lix. fig. 12 (1874); Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 470, pl. xliv. fig. 25.
Odina chrysomelena, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belg. p. exiii (1891), fide Watson.

Hind wing above orange-yellow, with a brown band from the middle of the costa to
the tornus ; this band gives off in cell 6 a Y-shaped branch to join the brown terminal
band, and in cell 2 a simple branch to the same band, the large discal yellow spot is
therefore triangular; the space between the lower edge of the cell and the dorsum
brown, with two yellow spots, one near the middle of cell 1 6, and one near the apical
third of cell la. Fore wing: yellow spots in cells 2 and 3 forming, when taken
together, an oblique suboval spot divided by vein 5; that in cell 3 triangular, that in
cell 2 not or scarcely reaching vein 2. These particulars are taken from the type
specimen from Borneo in the collection of Messrs. Godman and Salvin.

The O. hieroglyphica of the British Museum collection has the hind wing above
brown, with a large bright yellow spot near the middle of cell 6: this may be an
extreme variation of the true 0. hieroglyphica, Butl., but we have had no opportunity
to compare the two insects with the view of deciding this point.

Hab. Labuan (coll. Staudinger); Perak (jfide Distant); Borneo (Low in coll.
Godman).

ODINA CUNEIFORMIS.

Plastingia cuneiformis, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 314, pl. xlix. fig. 11, ¢ (1892).

Hind wing above orange-yellow; the space between the lower edge of the cell and
vein 2 and the dorsum brown, except in the apical fourth, and bearing a yellow streak
in cell 1 a, and a roundish yellow spot near the middle of cell 10; from the middle of
the costa to the base of vein 2 a straight brown band, which gives off in cell 6 an
irregularly Y-shaped branch to join the brown terminal band, from the apex of vein 5
to the apical third of vein 2 an irregular widening brown band, the large yellow discal
spot is therefore irregularly four-sided. Fore wing: hyaline spots in cells 2 and 3
forming a short regular yellow band from the middle of vein 2 to the base of vein 4.

These particulars are taken from Herr Semper’s type specimen from Mindoro.

Hab. Philippines (Semper).

!ODINA DECORATUS.
kudamus decoratus, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 17 (1867).
Pterygospidea decoratus, id. Ex. Butt. vol. v. pl. Pterygospidea, fig. 2 (1878).
Entheus bicolor, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Ent. xvii. p. 14, pl. iv. fig. 86, d (1893).
Hab. Sylhet, Java (fide Hewitson); Garo hills (fide de Nicéville); East Pegu
(Doherty) ; Tonquin (coll. Oberthiir).
We have not seen the female of this species, which seems to be unknown.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID. 137

ODINA ORTYGIA.
Odina ortygia, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1895, p. 531.

Closely allied to hieroglyphica, Butl., from which it differs “on both surfaces in
having all the black markings reduced by half, all the orange markings therefore
greatly enlarged.”

Expanse 36} mm.

Hab. Daunat Range, Tenasserim, Burmah (fide de Nicéville).

Described from one male specimen.

Darpa.
Darpa, Moore, P. Z.8. 1865, p. 781; Watson, op. cit. 1893, p. 58. Type hanria, Moore.

A genus of one species, distinguished as well by its facies as by its much dentate
hind wing, which is produced into a strong tooth at the apex of each of veins 2, 3, 5,
and 6.

DARPA HANRIA.
Darpa hanria, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 781, pl. xlii. fig. 2.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller).

"TAGIADES.

Tagiades, Hiibner, Verz. p. 108 (1816); Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 53. Type japetus, Cr.
Pierygospidea, Wallgr. Rhop. Caffr. p. 53 (1857). Type flesus, Fab.

A genus of soberly coloured species, brought together on account of more or less
resemblance to Papilio japetus, Cr. In the more typical species the palpi are porrect,
densely scaled, with the usual lateral rows of hairs rudimentary or absent, the last
joint small and bluntly conical, and the lower edge of the cell of the fore wing is more
or less arcuate between the bases of veins 2 and 3; but this latter is a very variable
feature. Watson gives the hind tibie as “fringed” only, but the males of several
species have penicillate hind tibie, and in some the intermediate tibiz are penicillate
also.

The following is a table of the species known to us :—

1 (48). Transverse vein of hind wing erect, 7. e. forming practically a right
angle with vein 4.

2 (89). Second joint of palpi densely scaled, when viewed from the side
subovate, nearly as wide as long, the lateral row of hairs
rudimentary or absent.

3 (26). No hyaline spot in cell 11 of fore wing.

4 (9)
5 (6)
6 (5)
7 (8)

13 (14).

(13).

15 (16).

16 (15).

21 (18).

22 (11).

MESSRS, H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

. Hind wing above brown, no bluish-white pubescence near the

termen.

. Hind wing beneath brown or grey-brown
. Hind wing beneath in greater part bluish white.
. Expanse 40-47 mm. Fore wing beneath without a bluish-white

suffused patch near the tornus

. Expanse 49-55 mm. Fore wing beneath with a bluish-white

suffused patch near the tornus

. Hind wing above with a white or bluish- Bite en on the lower

half of the termen, or at least with bluish-white pubescence in
the same region.

. Hyaline spots in cell of fore wing very small or absent in the male. |
. Hind wing below with distinct black spots.
). Pale portion of hind wing above suffused with bluish white, or, if

the tornal region of the termen is narrowly white, then the
white passes into bluish white towards the base.

Hind wing below with the dark costal portion suffused with the
bluish white of the dise. Hyaline spots in cells 6, 7, and 8 of
fore wing only in either sex Bee ae eee Sek aca ca

Hind wing below with the dark costal portion sharply separated
from the white discal portion, at least near the termen.

Hind wing below : dark costal portion continued along the termen
towards the tornus as an irregular line which is interrupted in
cells 3 and 4. Hyaline spots in cell of fore wing wanting in
both sexes . pica: ee MU eee reno ye eet keer a

Hind wing below: dark costal portion continued along the termen
towards the tornus as an uninterrupted row of spots. Hyaline
spots in cell of fore wing visible in the male, well developed in
the female .

). Hind wing above: tornal region of the termen more or less

broadly snow-white.

. Hind wing below: tornal region of the termen with an irregular

row of 2 or more, more or less confluent, black spots, which is
interrupted in cells 3 and 4.

. Hind wing below: no dark spot in the end of the cell
. Hind wing below: a dark spot im the end of the cell and one in

each of cells 8-7, that in cell 7 feeble; in the female the dark

spots in cells 8-6 are subequal in size and form a regular row .
Hind wing below: termen with a black border from veins 10 to

6 interrupted by the intra-neural folds, which appear as white

lines parallel with the veins; a feeble dark spot in the end of

the cell and another near the middle of cell 7; a well-defined

black spot in each of cells 4—5 and 6, the former geminate .
No well-defined black spots on hind wing below

ravi, Moore.

helferi, Feld.

khasiana, Moore.

alica, Moore.

obscurus, Mab.

Japetus, Cr.

gana, Mcore.

karea, Mab.

elegans, Mab.
lavata, Butl,

23 (10).

24 (25).

25 (24).

26 (3).

27 (88).
28 (29).
29 (28).
30 (87).

1 (36).
32 (35).

3 (84).

34 (38).

35 (82).

36 (31).

37 (30).

8 (27).

39 (2).
40 (48).
1 (42).

42 (41).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 139

Hyaline spots in cell of fore wing large and well defined in the

male.
Termen of hind wing below with a black or brown border from

the tornus as farasvein5 ... . : So ee wecussblotz:
Termen of hind wing below ae white fon ie tornus as far

aShVellle om area S08 AS ob 16 oo Sanaa Teles

Fore wing with a hectic abet in ‘eal iL.
Hind wing below with distinct black spots.
Hind wing above with a dark postmedian spot in cell 16 . . . menaka, Moore.
No dark postmedian spot in cell 16 on hind wing above.
Hind wing above with the dorsum white for at least half its length.
Fore wing below without distinct short white streaks in cell 1 a.
Hind wing above: black terminal spots on veins 1 6 to 4 subequal
in size, sometimes confluent.
Tibial pencil in the male yellowish white ; clasp simple. A
hyaline spot at least indicated in each of cells 2 and 3 of fore
wing below, and generally two inthe cell . . . . atticus, Fab.
Tibial pencil in the male brown; upper edge of the clasp near ithe
apex with a long, curved, ona horn, half as long as the
clasp. Fore wing above sometimes with two white points
placed one above the other near the apical third of cell la,
after the manner of 7. pralaya and T. trichoneura . . . . sambavana, n. sp.

Hind wing above: terminal black spot on vein 16 at least twice as

large as those on veins 2,3, and 4. No hyaline spot in cells 2

and 3 of the fore wing and only one (the upper) in the cell. . waterstradti, n. sp.
Fore wing below with two distinct short white streaks placed one

above the other near the apical third of cellla . . . . martinus, Plotz,
Hind wing above with the dorsum white for about one- Hrourth of

mas Merveedn 3° 5 Gg a ? Se wee et ees » . NANG, V. Sp.

Hind wing below fuliginous trou inoue black spots: A the

male with a suffused white streak in cell 10 and a feeble

indication of a suffused terminal macular whitish band arising

near the tornus and becoming obsolescent before vein 4; in

the female the whitish markings are more extensive, occupying

about half of the wing and passing into bluish white at the base,

and there is a suffused white spot on the transverse vem . . nestus, Feld.
Second joint of palpi laxly scaled.
No hyaline spot in cell 10 of the fore wing.
Termen of hind wing distinctly excavate in cells 4-5 and distinctly

produced on vein] 6. No yellowon the hind wing above . . dealbata, Dist.
Hind wing above with rather more than the terminal third bright

yellow. Fore wing above with the apical fifth of cell 1a@ yellow,

and with hyaline spots in each of cells 4-8, those in cells 6-8

lbwgee enovel oloilone, Blob 39 8 6 ge ee bo ee a (6 FARRIS Sst

140 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

43 (40). Fore wing with hyaline spots in cells 10 and 11, those in cells 2
and 8 linear and oblique.

44. (45). Pale portion of hind wing below yellow . . . . . . . . « pralaya, Moore.
45 (44). Pale portion of hind wing below white.

46 (47). Pale portion of hind wing above yellow . . . trichoneura, Feld.
47 (46). Pale portion of hind wing above ee white, ale velloy ae

at the tornus . . . ; ; trichoneuroides, Stgr.
48 (1). Transverse vein of hind wing Shige Gn (niin: an obnise afigle
with vein 4. Second joint of palpi, seen from the side, twice
as long as wide, the lateral row of hairs well developed.
49 (50). Fore wing with no hyaline spots in cells 4-8. Hind wing with the
subterminal series of dark spots in part bya in the dark
terminal band) aie ae j . pinwilli Butl.
0 (49). Fore wing with hyaline spots in calle 4-8 cad a Oivaline doeak in
the base of cell 4 next vein 4. Hind wing with the postmedian
series of dark spots free from the dark terminal band. . . . tabrica, Hew.

! 'TAGIADES RAVI

Pterygospidea ravi, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 779.

Tagiades ravi, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 388, pl. xxxiv. fig. 1, g (1886).
Distant’s figure (/. ¢.) is rather poor and represents 7’. helferi rather than 7. ravi.
Hab. Tavoy (Pitman) ; Nicobar, Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty) ; Nias (Modigliani).

!'TAGIADES HELFERI.
Pterygospidea helferi, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, vol. xii. p. 483 (1862).
Tagiades noctis, Stgr. in litt.

Hab. Nicobar (de Roepstorff’); Camorta (Doherty); Borneo (coll. Stgr.).

! TAGIADES KHASIANA.
Tagiades khasiana, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, p. 51.

Hab. Khasias (Hamilton); Nagas (Doherty); Akyab (Adamson); Tavoy (Pitman); Kast
Pegu (Doherty) ; Andamans (de Roepstorff’).

! 'TAGIADES ALICA.

Tagiades alica, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 593, pl. lviii. fig. 2, 3.
Tagiades meetana, id. t. c. 1878, p. 842, pl. lui. fig. 1.

Specimens with both series of fringe-scales white in the tornal region are alica, and
those with the long fringe-scales brown and the short ones white are meetana; these
differences, however, depend on the amount of bluish-white scaling on the hind wing
above.

Hab. N. Canara (Aitken); E. Pegu (Doherty); Tavoy (Pitman); Andamans
(de Roepstorff); Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA., 141

! TAGIADES OBSCURUS.

Tagiades obscurus, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 274 (1876); Wood-Mason &
de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 389, pl. xvii. fig. 9, 2.
Tagiades distans, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 175, pl. xvii. figs. 1, 1 @ (1880-81).

Hab. Nilgiri hills (Hampson); Ceylon (Mackwood); Java? (fide Mabille).

Though I have not been able to compare Malayan with Ceylon specimens, yet the
absence of the discal spots relied on by Moore for distinguisking his species is a
character of no value, the two spots being sometimes absent in Ceylon specimens.

It is possible that obscurus, Mab., has not been correctly identified and may be a
synonym of japetus, in which case the name distans will stand.

TAGIADES JAPETUS.
Papilio japetus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. eeclxv. KE, F (1782).
Tagiades brasidas, Doherty, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1891, p. 195.

Hab. Java (Piepers); Sambawa, Bali, Lombok (Doherty); Amboina (coll. Snellen) ;
Philippines ?

Though the characters given in the table to separate this from the last species are
fairly constant, yet T have two females from the Philippines which have the hind wing
below rather as in obscurus. Neither of these species is recorded by Semper from the
Philippines.

'TAGIADES GANA.

Pterygospidea gana, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 180.
Tagiades gana, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 388, pl. xxxiv. fig. 2, ¢ (1886).

Specimens from Java, Nias, Perak, and Pulo Laut are constantly smaller than those
from Sikkim.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Java (Fruhstorfer); Andamans
(de Roepstorff); Palawan (Platen in coll. Staudinger).

! 'TAGIADES KAREA.

Tagiades karea, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belg. iv. no. 16, p. lxxiii (1891); Semper,
Schmett. Philipp. p. 308 (1892).

Hab. Philippines, generally distributed (Semper).

!'TAGIADES ELEGANS.

Tagiades elegans, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. xl; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 309,
pl. xlix. fig. 4, g (1892).

Hab. Luzon, E. Mindanao (Semper).

VOL. XIV.— PART 1v. No. 6.—October, 1897. U

142 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

!'TAGIADES LAVATA.
Tagiades lavata, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zoology, ser. 2, vol. i. p. 557, pl. Ixix. fig 8
(1877) ; Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 389, pl. xxxiv. fig. 5.
Hab. N. Borneo (Pryer); Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt); Tavoy (Pitman) ;
Bunguran, Natuna Island (Everett).

! TAGIADES TITUS. (Plate XX. fig. 15, ¢.)

Tagiades titus, Plotz, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. xxxvil. p. 46 (1884) ; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 310
(1892).

Tagiades latreillei, Mabille, fide Semper.

Tagiades japetus, var. latreillei, Staudinger, Iris, 1. p. 160 (1889) (fide Semper).

Male. Hind wing below white, with a blackish border round the costa and termen,
its inner edge suffused; a feebly indicated dark spot near the middle of cell 5,a
geminate spot in cells 4-5 and a larger one in cell 6 blackish. In the female the
hind wing below is paler and the pale discal portion is bluish white.

Hab. Philippines (Semper); Palawan (Staudinger).

TAGIADES PTERIA.
Pterygospidea pteria, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 51 (1868) ; id. Exot. Butt. v., Pterygospidea, pl. 1.
fig. 1 (1873).
Tagiades pteria, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 308 (1892).
In this species the hind wing above resembles that of 7. pralaya or T. trichoneura,
save that the pale part is white or yellowish white instead of yellow; it is distinguished
from these species by the small and roundish hyaline spots in cells 2 and 3 and the

want of hyaline spots in cells 10 and 11 of the fore wing.
Hab, 1. Mindanao (Semper).

!"TAGIADES MENAKA.
Pterygospidea menaka, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 778.
Tagiades atticus, Leech, Butt. China &c. pl. xxxviil. fig. 18, (1892-94), nec Fabr.

The dark spot near the apical third of cell 16 in the hind wing is absolutely
diagnostic of this species. It does not appear that this species ever has more than
one pale spot in the cell of the fore wing, but this character alone will not separate
it from those specimens of 7. atticus which want the lowermost pale spot in the cell
of the fore wing.

Hab. N.W. Himalaya (Young); Nipal; Sikkim (Mo6ller); Khasias; Nagas, E. Pegu
(Doherty).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA., 145

!TaG1aDES Atticus. (Plate XXII. fig. 13.)
Hesperia atticus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii., i. p. 339 (1793).
Tagiades atticus, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 175, pl. Ixvil. fig. 2 (1880-81) ; Wood-Mason

& de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 389, pl. xvii. fig. 10, ¢.

Lagiades calligana, Butler, Trans, Linn. Soc. Lond. Zoology, ser. 2, vol. i. p. 556, pl. Ixix. fig. 11.
Tayiades atticus, var. calligana, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 387, pl. xxxiv. fig. 6.
Tagiades menaka, Staudinger, Iris, 11. p. 159 (1889).
Tagiades litigiosa, Moschler, Verh. zool.-bot. Wien, xlvii. p. 230 (1878).

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Nagas, K. Pegu, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Palawan (Platen) ;
Java (coll. Stgr.).

We are indebted to Dr. Staudinger for the opportunity of examining the type of
litigiosa, Moschl., from ‘India ? Silhet.”

!'TAGIADES WATERSTRADTI, n. sp. (Plate XX. fig. 7, .)

3 2. Nearest to T. atticus, Fab., from which it differs in the following points :—
On the fore wing there is no hyaline spot in cells 2 and 3, and only one (the upper-
most) in the cell, and on the hind wing above the black basal portion is more extensive,
the dorsum being black for at least half its length, and the black terminal spot on
vein | 6 is at least twice as large as those on veins 2, 3, and 4.

Expanse 363-383 mm.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt).

Described from three specimens ex coll. Staudinger, one of which is now in coll. Elwes.

! 'TAGIADES MARTINUS.
Tagiades martinus, Plétz, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. xxxvii. p. 47 (1884) ; Semper, Schmett. Philipp.
p- 309, pl. xlix. fig. 8, g (1892).
Hab. Amboina, Philippines, Aru Islands, Mysol (Semper); Celebes (coll. Stgr.).

! TAGIADES SAMBAVANA, n. sp. (Plate XX. fig. 10, ¢; Plate XXII. fig. 14.)

Very similar to 7. atticus, but on the hind wing below the black spot in the cell is
wanting or very small, and on the upperside there are sometimes two white points near
the apical third of cell 1 @ in the fore wing (as seen in 7’, trichonewra and T. pralaya).
The species is however well distinguished by the clasp-form of the male. In 7. atticus
the apical part of the clasp is triangular and its apex, instead of being deflexed and
serrate as in 7. menaka, is simple; in 7. sambavana the clasp has a short spiniform
tooth near the middle of its upper edge, and beyond this, at a distance about equal to
the distance of the short tooth from the base of the clasp, there arises a long curved
acuminate horn, which is about equal in length to the greatest width of the clasp.

Hab. Sambawa, Bali (Doherty). Described from eight males and one female in

coll. Elwes.
U2

144 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

!'TAGIADES NANA, n. sp. (Plate XX. fig. 13, 3.)

¢. Upperside dark olive-brown, with a pure white patch next the tornus of the
hind wing bearing two black spots. Fore wing with nine transparent white points
placed as follows, namely, two near the apex of the cell, one near the basal third of
cell 3, one near the middle of each of cells 4, 5, and 6, one near the basal third of cell 7,
one near the middle of cell 8, and one near the apex of cell 11; fringe concolorous.
Hind wing with a pure white patch reaching from the dorsum as far as vein 3, and
one-fourth or one-fifth the length of the wing, its inner edge rather sharply defined ;
a large spot at the apex of vein 10 and a smaller one at the apex of vein 2, black;
fringe white from the tornus to vein 4, thence dark brown. Underside: fore wing a
little paler than above: hind wing bluish white, costal region as far as vein 6 brown,
the colours suffused ; a large black spot near the middle of cells 4-5, a smaller one in
cell 6, and the indication of one or more dark spots nearer the base of the wing;
on the pale part of the wing there is a fine black terminal line, which expands into
triangular spots at the apices of veins 1 0, 2, and 3. Body above dark olive-brown,
abdomen beneath bluish white.

Expanse 52 mm.

This, the smallest of the genus known to us, appears quite distinct; the type
specimen is in my collection,

Hab. Khasia hills (native collectors, fide Doncaster); island of Nias (in coll.
Rothschild).

‘TAGIADES TOBA.
Tagiades toba, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1896, p. 19, pl. T. fig. 47, g.

“Male. Upperside: both wings deep black. Fore wing with the following transparent
white dots :—Two placed outwardly obliquely towards the outer end of the discoidal cell,
the lower one sometimes missing ; a costal one placed between the costal nervure and
first subcostal nervule; one in the second median interspace ; and five subapical forming
a perfect S-shaped figure. Cilia fuscous. Hind wing with the anal angle broadly,
as far as the second median nervule pure white, bearing a large round black spot on
the margin in the submedian interspace, and a small one in the first median interspace ;
a fine black anteciliary line in the white area. Cilia anteriorly fuscous, posteriorly
and along the abdominal margin pure white; very long at the anal angle. Underside:
both wings dull black. Fore wing with the dots as on the upperside, a pale suffused
twinned spot towards the outer angle in the submedian interspace. Hind wing almost
entirely white, the costa and apex broadly, a narrow anteciliary line alone being of the
dull black ground-colour; the posterior edge of the blackish area bearing four rounded
deep black spots; the two black spots on the outer margin as on the upperside.
Thorax and abdomen above black, but the latter tipped with white. Palpi beneath,
thorax, legs, and abdomen beneath pure white.”

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID. 145

Expanse 34-35 mm.

Hab. Battak Mountains, N.E. Sumatra (fide de Nicéville).

After our description and figure of 7’, nana were printed we received Mr. de Nicéville’s
description and figure of his 7. toba, which, judging from the figure, appears to be the
same as 7’. nana, although the spots on the termen of the hind wing, which he describes
as lying in the submedian and first median interspaces respectively, are represented as
originating on the apices of the veins, and the figure of the hind wing below shows
three simple veins between the median vein and the dorsum.

!TAGIADES NESTUS. (Plate XX. fig. 12, 3.)
Pterygospidea nestus, Felder, Sitz. Ak. Wiss., math.-nat. Cl. xl. p. 461 (1860).
Hab. Amboina (Felder); Batchian (fide Staudinger).

!'TAGIADES DEALBATA.
Tagiades dealbata, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 388, pl. xxxv. fig. 25 (1886).
Hab. Upper Assam, Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty) ; Burmah (Adamson).

! TAGIADES PRINCEPS.
Tagiades princeps, Staudinger, in litt. ; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 307, pl. xlix. fig. 5, f (1892).
Hab. Mindanao (Semper).

! 'TAGIADES PRALAYA.
Pterygospidea pralaya, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 779.
In this species and the next the intermediate tibie of the males are penicillate.
Hab. Sikkim (Moller); WKhasias (familton).
!'TAGIADES TRICHONEURA.

Pterygospidea trichoneura, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. vol. iv. p. 402 (1860) ; id. Reise Nov., Lep,
vol. iii. pl. Ixxiii. figs. 14, 15 (1867).
Tagiades trichoneura, var., Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 389, pl. xxxiv. fig. 20 (1886).
Hab. E. Pegu, Perak, Arjuno, Java (Doherty). ‘The specimens from the last-named
locality have the hind wing below of a deeper yellow.

! Var. TRICHONEUROIDES, Stgr. MS.

Only differs in the particulars set forth in the table above.
Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt).

! TAGIADES PINWILLI.

Plesioneura pinwilli, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, ser. 2, vol. i. p. 556, pl. Ixviii. fig, 4
(1877) ; Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 400, pl. xxxv. fig. 29, ¢.
Celenorrhinus pinwilli, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p, 144 (1891).

146 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Hab. Margherita, Assam, E. Pegu (Doherty) ; Malacca (Pinwill); Tameang Lajang,
S.E. Borneo (in coll. Rothschild).

TAGIADES TABRICA.
Pterygospidea tabrica, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. v. pl. lix. fig. 8 (1878).
Celenorrhinus tabrica, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 148 (1891).

Hab. Darjeeling (Roberts, fide Hewitson).

Hewitson’s type in the British Museum isa male, and it is very remarkable that if
it really came from Darjeeling no other example has since been obtained.

TaPENA.
Tapena, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 181 (1881); Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 60. Type thwaitesi, Moore.

A genus of few species closely allied to the next, but distinguished by the single
angulation of the termen of the hind wing, which occurs at the apex of vein 3.
The hyaline spots in the fore wing of the male in all the species known to us are
present only in cells 6, 7, and 8, but there is sometimes an indication of two others
in cells 10 and 11; im the hind wing there is sometimes one in the cell near the
transverse vein.

In the males the clasp is wider than usual, and the upper lobe is developed into one
or more processes which, when én situ, lie upon the back of the tegumen and evidently
effect the depression of that organ in proportion as the inner faces of the clasps
approach each other. ‘This structure is also found in.the males of Ctenoptilum.

The following is a table of the species at present known to us :—

Males.

1 (2). Upper lobe of clasp bifid at the apex Ss 8 oo Oo 8 Boe 6 HecnEas. Nioars,
2 (1). Upper lobe of clasp not bifid at the apex.
3 (4). Upper lobe of clasp with three limbs, all of which are serrate. Similar

to thwaitesi, bat smaller and paler above . . . - . minuscula, n. sp.
4 (3). Upper lobe of clasp with two limbs, of which the opens is serrate and

the upper simple. Size of ¢hwaitesi, but upperside in the male

nearly uniform dark umber-brown . . . - + + + + + + « hampsoni, n. sp.

! TAPENA THWAITESI. (Plate XXII. fig. 15.)
? ae thwaitesi, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 181, pl. Ixvii. figs. 2, 2@, g (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind.
22 (1891).
ai Perak (Doherty); Selesseh, Sumatra (in coll. Rothschild) ; Kina Balu, Borneo
(Waterstradt); Chindwin District, Burmah (Adamson).
As we have not been able to examine the clasp-form of a Ceylon specimen of
T. thwaitesi, it is possible that we have not correctly identified it.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID. 147

!'TAPENA MINUSCULA, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 18,5; Plate XXII. fig. 17.)
Tapena thwaitesi, Elwes, P. Z. S. 1892, p. 659, in part.

Similar to 7. thwaites?, but smaller and paler. This species is best characterized by
the peculiar clasp-form, which is figured.

Two males from Bernardmyo (Doherty) in Elwes’s collection are the only ones we
have seen of this species.

!'TAPENA HAMPSONI, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 19,35; Plate XXII. fig. 16.)

This species also is best characterized by the clasp-form of the male. It resembles
T. thwaitesi in size, but the upperside in the male is darker and consequently the dark
markings are less evident than in that species.

Female. Upperside grey-brown ; fore wing with hyaline white spots as follows :—
An L-shaped one in the cell, an irregular one before the middle of cell 2, a punctiform
one in the base of cell 3, one in each of cells 6, 7, and 8, one in cell 11, and the indication
of one (on the underside) in the base of cell 10; hind wing with a subqnadrate hyaline
white spot next the upper outer angle of the cell. Fringes brown in both sexes.

The hyaline spot in the cell of the hind wing is of no importance as a differential
character, as it is present in some specimens and absent from others, both of this species
and 7’. minuscula.

Hab. Nilgiris (Hampson), recorded as T. thwaitesi; N. Canara (Aitken).

CTreNOPTILUM.
Ctenoptilum, de Nicéville, Jour, Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 220; Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 60.
Type vasava, Moore.

Club of antennee finely pointed. Hind wing biangulated, produced into a tooth at
the apex of veins 4 and 7, bearing on the basal half a cluster of irregular hyaline
spots. Male with a tibial pencil of the ordinary form, Watson says of this genus:
“Vein $8 (of fore wing) usually given out beyond the end of cell—that is, veins 7
and 8 anastomose for a portion of their basal length (this is not an invariable character ;
the length of the anastomosis varies in different specimens, and occasionally, though
very rarely, veins 7 and 8 are free for their entire length).” In ten specimens in coll.
Elwes from Sikkim, Kast Pegu, Akyab, and Tenasserim respectively, and in eight
specimens in coll. Leech from Kiukiang and Ningpo, vein 8 is quite free from vein 7 ;
but in two specimens in coll. Elwes from Kiukiang, Central China, veins 7 and 8
anastomose through their basal half.

The species occurring in our region may be separated as follows :—

White spot in cell 7 of fore wing reaching beyond that in cell 6.
Expanse about 34 mm. Fore wing above without any short sub-
terminal dark: band: near the apex of the costa. Lower lobe of
clasp broadly triangular . . . «. . ws. « « «© «© « © « vasava, Moore,

148 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Expanse about 88 mm. Fore wing above with a straight dark band
from the costa just before the apex as far as vein 4. Lower lobe
of clasp long and narrow, rounded at the apex . . . . . . . chinensis, n. sp.
White spot in cell 7 of fore wing not reaching beyond that in cell6 . . multiguttata, de Nicév.

! CTENOPTILUM VASAVA. (Plate XXII.-figs. 18, 18 a.)
Achlyodes vasava, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1865, p. 786.
Ctenoptilum vasava, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 221.

Hab, Sikkim (Moller); Khasias (Hamilton) ; E. Pegu (Doherty).

! CTENOPTILUM CHINENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 19, 19 a.)
Ctenoptilum vasava, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 575, pl. xli. fig. 18, g (1893-94).
Hab. Ningpo, April (Leech); Kiukiang, May (Pratt).
Differs from C. vasava, Moore, in its larger size and in having a dark subterminal band

on the fere wing above from the costa just before the apex as far as vein 4, and also in
the clasp-form, as may be seen from the figures.

! CTENOPTILUM MULTIGUTTATA.
Ctenoptilum multiguttata, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 221, pl. E. fig. 10, ¢.
Hab. Akyab (Adamson); Yenasserim (Lingham).

ODONTOPTILUM.

Odontoptilum, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 217; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893,
p- 61. Type swra, Moore.

Tip of antenne blunt. Male with the fore coxe heavily scaled and having on the
inner side a thick tuft of long straight hairs, somewhat exceeding the joint in length
and springing, for the most part, from the base of the joint. In the male genitalia
both the clasps and the tegumen are unsymmetrical, the excess of development in
both cases being on the right side. The angulation of the hind wing presents three
forms: one represented by swra, Moore, and helias, Feld., a second represented by
pygela, Hew., and a third represented by leptogramma, Hew.

The species known to us we separate as follows :—

1 (4). Termen of hind wing once angulated, at vein 7.
2 (3). Male: long hairs clothing the apex of the scapule of varying lengths

and somewhat spreading, not collected into a pencil. . . . . sura, Moore.
3 (2). Male: long hairs Elpehiae! the apex of the scapule subequal in fener

and collected into a distinct pencil lying on each side of the thorax. helias, Feld.
4 (1). Termen of hind wing more than once angulated.
5 (6). Termen of hind wing twice angulated, at veins 4and 7 . . . . . pygela, Hew.

6 (5). Termen of hind wing thrice angulated, at veins 3, 6, and 7 leptogramma, Hew.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIDA. 149

! ODONTOPTILUM SURA.
Achlyodes sura, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 786.
Abaratha sura, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 390, pl. xxxiv. fig. 16, § (1886).
Odontoptilum sura, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 105 (1891).
? Pterygospidea angulata, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, vol. xii. p. 488 (1862) ; id. Reise
Noy., Lep. iii. p. 529, pl. Ixxiii. figs. 10, 11, g (1867).

We use the name of sua in preference to that of angulata, Feld., adopted by
Watson, which has three years’ priority, because we cannot identify Felder’s species
with any certainty. He gives the habitat of angulata as China and Luzon, and his
figure represents a species with a strongly angled band on the fore wing above, such as
we have never seen in sura.

Hab. Mandi (Young); Sikkim (Moller); Nagas, Burmah, Bali, Sambawa (Doherty) ;
Java (Lruhstorfer).

! ODONTOPTILUM HELIAS.

Pterygospidea helias, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. iii. p. 529, pl. Ixxiii. figs. 12, 13 (1867).
Odontoptilum helias, var. helisa, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 311 (1892).

Hab. Celebes (Felder) ; Luzon, Samar, Bohol, E. Mindanao (Semper).

A male and female of the variety helisa, Stgr. in litt., from Luzon differ from
typical helias in their smaller size and in having the pale preapical fourth of cell la
on the fore wing below and a spot near the base of that cell clothed with bluish-white
scales. The hair-pencil on the scapule of the male is brown, very pale in the basal
half and dark in its apical half, whereas in helzas the entire pencil is blackish brown.

ODONTOPTILUM HYPERIDES.

Abaratha hyperides, Doherty, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1891, p. 195.

“Very near Péerygospidea helias, Feld., from the Celebes, but the bands and the
discal hyaline spots of the fore wing are absent, and the apex of the hind wing is
broadly dark. From A. swra it differs in the fore wing, which is almost uniform dark
brown above and below. The hind wing is also less variegated above and below,
the white area is larger and more uniform, the inner line of spots is obsolete, the outer
united, and dark apically, nearly obliterated by white scales in the median spaces.

“« Hab. Sambawa.

*¢ Another species. more like A. angulatus, was found in Sumba, but no specimens
have survived.” (Doherty, 1. c.)

We have not seen this species and do not know where the type is.

! ODONTOPTILUM PYGELA.
Pterygospidea pygela, Wewitson, Desc. Hesp. p. 53 (1868) ; id. Exot. Butt. vol. v., Prerygospidea,
pl. i. fig. 8 (1873).
Abaratha pygela, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 390, pl. xxxiv. fig. 18 (1886)
Hab. Perak, EK. Pegu (Doherty); Palawan (Platen).
VOL. XIV.—PaRrt Iv. No. 7.—October, 1897. x

150 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

! ODONTOPTILUM LEPTOGRAMMA.
Pterygospidea leptogramma, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 53 (1868) ; id. Exot. Butt. vol. v., Péery-
gospidea, pl. 1. fig. 4 (1873).
Odontoptilum leptogramma, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 811 (1892).

Hab. Bohol, Camiguin de Mindanao, Panaon, Mindanao (Semper).

CAPRONA.

Caprona, Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr. p. 51 (1857); Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 62. Type pillaana,
Waller.

Abaratha, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 181 (1881). Type ransonnetiii, Feld.

This genus is given by Watson as closely allied to the last; and, apparently,
separated for the most part on account of the secondary male character, which he
describes as a radiating tuft of hairs attached to the fore coxe. This radiating tuft
of hairs we have not been able to see, but in ransonnetti?, Feld., and syrichthus, Feld.,
the fore coxe in the male are heavily scaled, as in Odontoptilum, and bear on the
inner side a tuft of long straight hairs, which only differs from that found in Odonto-
ptilum in that the hairs are black and more than twice as long as the coxa. The
genus is further distinguished from its allies by the possession of two small hyaline
spots near the middle of cell 1 @ in the fore wing in addition to the usual discal and
subapical series, and the termen of the hind wing is more or less produced at the apex
of veins 2, 3, and 6, besides the main angulations at veins 4 and 7.

The diagnostic characters of the species here dealt with are expressed in the following
table :—

No terminal row of pale spots on the fore wing above.
No hyaline spot in the cell of the fore wing near the middle. Right clasp
elongate, bifid at the apex; left one simple . . . . . . « » ransonnetii, Feld.
With a hyaline spot in the cell of the fore wing near the dail
Hind wing below with a little white scaling near the base, and three series
of short dark brown transverse lines—two in the basal series, two in
the median, and five in the postmedian. Right clasp simple, left

one dissimilar, suddenly narrowed at the apex . . . . . « saraya, Dohy.
Underside ‘frosted with white aaa except very rome along
the outer margins of both wings” . . elo uraMmalaaudesNiceye
A complete terminal row of pale spots on the fore wing above . . . . . syrichthus, Feld.

! CAPRONA RANSONNETTII. (Plate XXIII. figs. 20, 20 a.)

Pterygospidea ransonnettii, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, 1868, p. 284.
Pterygospidea potiphera, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. vol. v., Péerygospidea, pl. i. fig. 7 (18738).
Abaratha ransonnettii, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 182, pl. xevii. fig. 1 (1881).

Abaratha taylorii, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 88, pl. x. fig. 18, ¢.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 151

We have no hesitation in treating taylorit as a synonym, as we have Nilgiri specimens
which agree with it precisely.

Hab. Ceylon; Nilgiri hills (Hampson); N. Canara (Aitken); Travancore, Orissa
(fide de Nicéville) ; Khasia hills (Hamilton).

!CAPRONA SARAYA. (Plate XVIII. fig. 20, ¢; Plate XXIII. figs. 21, 21 a.)
? Abaratha saraya, Doherty, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 138.

The C. saraya of this paper is the same as that of the British Museum collection,
where there are three specimens thus named, which had been originally labelled on
the pin ¢faylorii, de Nicév. These specimens all come from “ Futeh Khan’s Bungalow,
Kootur, Chittarpahar: probably 3600 feet.”

It is, however, doubtful if they are correctly identified; because, according to the
original description, the hind wing below in @. saraya has “a black transverse streak
at the end of the cell, a fainter one near the base of the cell, and a circle of large and
conspicuous black spots, nine in all, round the disc, whereof two are between the costal
and the subcostal, and two between the median and submedian veins.” C. saraya was
described from a single male.

Hab. Kuamaon, 3500 feet (Doherty).

! CAPRONA ALIDA.

Abaratha alida, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 394, pl. G. fig. 40, ¢.

Fore wing with a small round white transparent spot about the middle of the
discoidal cell. ‘ Underside: both wings thickly overlaid with large pure white scales,
so that the dark ground-colour is entirely hidden except narrowly along the outer
margins, the whole wing surface having the appearance of being thickly strewn with
hoar-frost.”

Very similar in appearance to C. ransonnettii, but the latter wants the hyaline spot
near the middle of the cell of the fore wing.

Hab. Tilin Yaw, Upper Burmah (Watson); Upper Chindwin River (Adamson).

! CAPRONA SYRICHTHUS.

Pterygospidea syrichthus, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. vol. iii. p. 530, pl. Ixxii. figs. 22, 23 (1867).

Abaratha syrichthus, Elwes, P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 656, pl. xliii. fig. 2, var. ?

Pyrgus agama, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. vol. i. p. 249, pl. vii. figs. 1 (larva), 1 @ (pupa)
(1857).

Caprona elwesi, Wats. in litt.

The specimens from Bernardmyo, which Elwes figured as a variety of C. syrichthus,
are remarkable for their small size; the smallest expands only 28mm. _ As, however,
there is no difference in the genitalia, we consider that the name of C. elwest given by
Watson to this form cannot stand.

x2

152 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Hab. Bhamo, Burmah (Adamson); Shan hills (landers); Burmah, Bali (Doherty) ;
West Java.

CARCHARODUS.

Carcharodus, Hiibner, Verz. p. 110 (1816) ; Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 67. Type lavatere, Esp.
Spilothyrus, Dup. Pap. Fr. Diurn., Suppl. p. 415 (1832). Type alcee, Esp.

A genus well distinguished by its facies. Fore wing with a dark basal shade and
hyaline spots. 'Termen of the hind wing crenulate.

The following table includes all the known species :—

Fore wing below with no tuft of hair in the male.
Fore wing with the hyaline spot in cell 2 wider than high lavatere, Esp.
Fore wing with the hyaline spot in cell 2 higher than wide alcee, Esp.
Fore wing below with a tuft of hairinthemale. . . . . Py ied ese uainee eriubn.

! CARCHARODUS LAVATERA,

Papilio lavatere, Esper, Schmett. i. 2, pl. Ixxxii. fig. 4 (1783); Hutibner, Eur. Schmett. i.
figs. 454, 455 (1798-1803).

Hab. Central Europe to Asia Minor.

! CARCHARODUS ALCEA.
Papilio alcee, Esper, Schmett. i. 2, pl. li. fig. 3 (1780).
Pyrgus dravira, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 576, pl. Ixvi. fig. 5; de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc.
Beng. 1883, p. 88, pl. x. fig. 5, 2.
Carcharodus swinhoei, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 68.

There is no difference in the genitalia of the Western and Eastern forms, and we see
no reason for separating them. It is true that the desert form swinhoet, Watson,
found in Beluchistan, is much paler than the Himalayan form dravira, Moore’s
figure of which is very bad, but we find similar variations in colour almost as striking
amongst European specimens.

Hab. Central and Southern Europe to Central Asia and N.W. Himalayas up to
9000 feet.

CaRCHARODUS ALTHEA.
Papilio althee, Hibner, Eur. Schmett. 1. figs. 452, 453 (1798-1803).
This species also varies from dark to light grey-brown.

The eggs, larva, and pupa are described by Heinrich Gross (Stett. ent. Zeit. 1894,
p. 77); the eggs were laid and the larva fed on Betonica officinalis.
Hab. Central and Southern Europe to Central Asia.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 153

GOMALIA.
Gomalia, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 114; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 67. Type albofasciata, Moore.

A genus of one or two small species differing from Hesperia in facies and the slender
and straight club of the antenne. Male with a costal fold but no tibial hair-
pencil.

! GOMALIA ALBOFASCIATA.

Gomalia albofasciata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 144; id. Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 183, pl. Ixxi. fig. 7
(1881).

? Gomalia littoralis, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 513, pl. xlvii. fig. 4.

Hab. 8. India (Hampson) ; Hambantota, Ceylon (Green); Karachi (fide Swinhoe) ;
Quetta, Beluchistan (Murray in coll. Swinhoe).

We have not seen the type of /itioralis, but, judging from the description and figure,
it is indistinguishable from albofasciata, like specimens from Quetta which we have

examined.

HESPERIA.

Hesperia, Fab. Ent. Syst. ii. vol. i. p. 258 (1793); Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 64. Type
malve, Linn.

Pyrgus, Htibn. Verz. p. 109 (1816). Type syrichtus, Fab.

Syrichthus, Boisd. Icones, p. 230 (1832-33). Type proto, Esp

Scelothriz, Rambur, Cat. Lép. And. i. p. 63 (1858). Type carthami, Hiibn.

A numerous group of closely allied species, which are associated together on account
of their resemblance to the Papilio malve of Linnzeus. According to Watson, it is
separable from Carcharodus, Hiibn., by the even termen of the hind wing, from
Gomalia, Moore, by the curved club to the antenne, and from Thanaos, Bdv., which
has a comparatively slender antennal club, by the robust club of its antenne. The
following pale spots on a darker ground constitute what may be considered as
the normal pattern of the hind wing below, namely :—one occupying the whole or part
only of cell 1a; three in cell 7, basal, medial, and apical; two in cell 6, basal and
medial ; one near the base of the cell; a large geminate one next the transverse vein
and occupying the base of cells 4 and 5, and another geminate one near the apex of the
same cells; one near the apex of cell3; two in cell 2, basal and apical; and three,
basal, medial, and apical, in cell 16. These pale spots fall into three irregular trans-
verse series. ‘he modifications of this wing-pattern are for the most part trifling, but
they sometimes afford useful distinguishing characters.

The following table will serve to show what characters have been found most useful
in the arrangement of the species of this difficult group in coll. Elwes; this arrange-
ment is doubtless far from perfect, but it certainly gives a better result than any other

154 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

with which we are acquainted. ‘The species of the orbifer group are exceedingly
closely allied; the male genitalia and the essential wing-pattern are practically
identical, but the characters given below will separate the majority of specimens.
Therapne, Rbr., put by Staudinger as a variety of sao, is just as distinct from the latter
as are orbifer and ali.

1 (66). Hind wing below dark, with a pale median band.
2 (57). Such band macular, generally much broken.
3 (32). Fore wing with a subterminal series of small pale spots.
4 (5). Fore wing below with a distinct white spot (not merely a pale
dash) near the base of the cell. Median pale band on. hind
wing below continuous from veins 2-7. . . - . . galba, Fab.
5 (4). Fore wing below with the basal pale marking in the cell (when
present) a dash, not a distinct spot.
6 (21). Hind wing below with the pale spot near the middle of cell 7
continued in cell 8.
7 (16). Hind wing below: middle spot in cell 7 not joined to that on
the transverse vein, or at most only touching it in a point.
8 (15). Hind wing below with the apical third of cell 8 dark.
9 (10). Hind wing below sordid yellowish green, pale spot on the
transverse vein with sharp projecting angles . . . . . orbifer, Hiibn.
10 (9). Hind wing below tile-red (more or less bright) or pale red- Lion
11 (12). Hind wing below with the pale spot on the transverse vein not
produced Ber ; wings strongly tinged with sordid
viel Oia ecg: Gam hs : : therapne, Rbr.
12 (11). The pale spot on aie transverse vein of nal wing ‘below nroduced
both outwardly and inwardly.
13 (14). Such spot and that in cell 14 but little intensified ; hind wing
below tile-red . . . : By sh Momneeantei nage sao, Bergstr.
14 (18). Such spots much intensified, sina Rites ; hind wing Helow
pale red-brown. Minis) Mea ah nO) ays
15 (8). Hind wing below with the ica hid of wall 8 ale - . + . geron, Wats.
16 (7). Hind wing below with the middle spot in cell 7 broadly con-
nected with that on the transverse vein by a triangular spot
in the base of cell 6.
(18). Hind wing above with no pale spot in the middle of cell 7. No
costal foldin the male . . . . : : phlomidis, H.-S.
18 (17). Hind wing above with a pale spot in the anal of fell 7.
Male with a costal fold.
19 (20). No tibial hair-pencil in the male, but several short spines on
the outer siderothind’tibices: jens) usmle aed e ey umerdonelium: abiverss
20 (19): Male with a tibialuhair-pencil". ) .) 2 290. ee | 2 cynare,) br:

1 Fide Watson. There is no raale of this species in coll, Elwes, and only one female. The latter can only
be separated from cribrellwm by its name-label.

21 (6).
22 (27).
23 (26).
24, (25).

25 (24).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 155

Hind wing below with the pale spot in the middle of cell 7 not
continued in cell 8.

Hind wing below with the outermost pale spot in cell 7 adjoining
or near the termen.

Hind wing below with the pale median band conspicuously
broken inwardly at cell 7

Species smaller (exp. 30-38 mm.) and paler. Pale spots on
upperside relatively larger CAR ask 8 esr Meh occa hn acest

Species larger (exp. 40-45 mm.) and darker. Pale spots on
upperside relatively smaller

. Hind wing below with the pale median Band continuous and

equally wide in cells 3 to 7 inclusive

. Hind wing below with the outermost pale spot in cell 7 remote

from the termen.

. Costal fold inconspicuous, apparently absent; no tibial hair-

pencil

. Costal fold conspicuous; no tibial hair-pencil.
. Hind wing below: mner edge of the outermost spot in cell 7

in line with the transverse vein. Size generally smaller.
Subapical notch of clasp with an erect tooth

. Hind wing below: inner edge of the outermost spot in ny

not in line with the transverse vein. Size larger. Subapical
notch of clasp without a tooth.

. No subterminal series of small pale spots on fore wing.
. With a tibial hair-pencil but no costal fold in the male. Hind

wing below with the pale macular band ending in a spot at
the apex of cell 1 0.

. Hind wing above usually without pale markings
. Hind wing above with conspicuous pale markings . ace
. Tibial hair-pencil and costal fold both present in the male.

Hind wing below with the macular band ending in a spot in
the middle of cell 1 0.

. Hind wing below with the spot on the transverse vein straight-

sided within.’

). Hind wing below with the markings sharply defined.
. Hind wing below with an irregular continuous pale terminal

band® .

tessellum, Hiibn.
gigas, Brem.

nobilis, Ster.

poggei, Led.

proto, Esper.

staudingert, Speyer.

‘cashmirensis, Moore.
‘alpina, Ersch.

carthami, Hiibn.

* These two species are exceedingly closely allied.

race of cashmirensis.

2 This character is not absolute.

It seems doubtful whether alpina is not a geographical

Exceptions occur in H, malve and some others; but malve is a well-

known species, and the other exceptions occur so sparingly that the practical utility of the character is not

affected.

3 This character is not absolutely diagnostic of carthami, but in practice it is found that its occurrence in

other species is rare and obviously abnormal.

156

0 (39).
41 (48).
42 (47).

3 (46).
44, (45).

45 (44).

6 (48).
47 (42).

48 (41).
49 (38).

58 (61).

MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Hind wing below without an irrregular continuous pale
terminal band.

Apex of tegumen undivided.

Tegumen without lateral horns.

Apical lobe of clasp much expanded, broadly and evenly rounded
in a semicircle.

Fore wing below greenish grey-brown ; hind wing below with a
pale dot normally present in cell 6 Ae et

Fore wing below blackish brown; hind wing helow normally
without a pale dot in cell 6 :

Apical lobe of clasp not expanded in a semicircle . :

Tegumen with a horn on each side, tip compressed. Clasp of
the same type as zona .

Apex of tegumen bipartite Be ie OI oreo eee

Markings of hind wing below obsolescent by reason of general
paleness. Tegumen with a branched horn on each side

. Hind wing below with the pale spot on the transverse vein

produced inwardly towards the origin of vein 7.°

. Hind wing below with a pale dash in cell 1 6 near the base.
. Fore wing above with a straight oblique pale macular band

from the costa beyond the middle to the dorsum before the
middle

. No such band on fore wing above Ab geeas Shot
. Hind wing below with the pale basal marking in cell 1 b a spot,

not a dash.

. Hind wing below pale sordid yellowish- or russet-green
. Hind wing below dark (usually blackish) green
. Hind wing below with the pale median band sharply detned,

narrow, non-macular, and preceded by a broad irregular brown
band, which bears a small pale spot near the basal third of
cell 7; or if macular, then not interrupted, and preceded by
a dark Y¥-shaped marking reaching quite across the wing and
followed by a dark subterminal band.

Hind wing below with the pale median band preceded by a
large dark Yf-shaped marking reaching quite across the wing
and followed by a dark subterminal band.

59 (60). No dark terminal band on hind wing below

‘tserratule, Rbr.

*speyert, Stgr.
talveus, Hiibn.

malvoides, n. Sp.
malve, Linn.

melotis, Dup.

andromede, Wlgrn.
*cacalie, Rbr.

onopordi, Rbr.
centauree, Rbr.

bieti, Ob.

1 We cannot distinguish with certainty between serratule and alveus, except by the male genitalia,

we make the presence or absence of pale markings on the hind wing above the basis of separation, we find
that this character varies too much to be reliable ;
forms which do not intergrade.

if, on the other hand, we use the male genitalia, we get two
The male genitalia can always be referred with certainty to their respective

types, although both kinds are known to occur in the same locality, as at Vernet and Mont Cenis,
* Very near the preceding, and probably not distinct.
* Vide note to paragraph 37,

* This insect has the same type of clasp form as andromede.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 157

60 (59). Hind wing below with a dark terminal band separated from
the dark subterminal band by a zigzag white line or row of
irregular spots . . : ; oberthiiri, Leech.
61 (58). Hind wing below with the ale mediad bead bedded re a
broad irregular brown band, which bears a small pale spot
near the basal third of cell 7.
62 (63). Hind wing above with a median row of pale spots. Fore wing
below with the apex yellow-brown; pale spot near the apex
of cell 5 oblique, distinct from that in cell 4. No sub-
terminal pale band on hind wing below . .. . . =. =. zona, Mab.
63 (62). Hind wing above with two rows of pale spots.
64 (65). Fore wing below with the apex yellow-brown; the pale spot
near the apex of cell 5 oblique, distinct from that in cell 4 . maculatus, Brem. &
65 (64). Fore wing below with the apex white, with a short oblique [Grey.
yellow-brown dash ; pale spots near the apex of cells 4 and 5
coalescent, their inner edges erect . . . . . thibetanus, Ob.
66 (1). Hind wing below white, with two irregular orange- vallow tarda
narrowly margined with black.
7 (68). Fore wing above with the pale spot in the cell higher than wide,
generally constricted in the middle. Male with costal fold
and tibial hair-pencl . . . . side, Esper.
68 (67). Fore wing above with the pale spot in the ceil wider chan iaeh
subrhomboidal. . Neither costal fold nor tibial hair-pencil in
Uns NS) kg) ae oye he op Ne by Ht SB uch MRCT aaa (syeten care,

In the matter of synonymy we have restricted the references to those which appear
to be necessary for the identification of the species under consideration.

! HESPERIA GALBA.
Hesperia galba, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. vol. ii. p. 352 (1793) ; Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 183, pl. Ixxi.
fig. 6 (1881).
Pyrgus superna, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 792.
Pyrgus evanidus, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 223 (1880).
Hesperia evanidus, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 156 (1891).
Pyrgus zebra, Butler, op. cit. ser. 6, vol. i. p. 207 (1888).
Hesperia zebra, Watson, Hesp. Ind, p. 156 (1891).
Hesperia hellas, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p. 177, pl. B. fig. 9, 3.

I cannot see any good grounds for separating P. zebra=hellas (fide Watson) from
galba. Though I have no Campbellpur specimens for comparison, yet the characters
relied on by de Nicéyille seem very variable. The species has a very wide range
throughout the drier parts of India and extends from Burmah (Manders) to Aden, being
apparently common in the foot-hills of the N.W. Himalaya.

VOL. XIV.—ParT Iv. No. 8.—October, 1897. Y

158 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

! HESPERIA ORBIFER.
Papilio orbifer, Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 808-806 (1818-27).

Hab. 8. Europe to Turkestan and Amurland.

! HESPERIA THERAPNE.
Hesperia therapne, Rambur, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1882, pl. vii. fig. 4.

Hab. Corsica, Sardinia.

! HESPERIA SAO,

Papilio sao, Bergstrasser, Nomencl. vol. ii. pl. xl. figs. 8, 9 (1779) ; Hibner, Eur. Schmett. vol. i.
figs. 471, 472 (1798-1803).

Hab. Mont Cenis, Valais, 2000 ft., Kreusnach, Briancon (Elwes); S. Spain (Elwes).

! HESPERIA ALI.
Syrichthus ali, Oberthiir, Etudes @Ent. vi. p. 61, pl. ii. fig. 3.
Hab. Batua, Constantine, Algeria (Elwes).

! Hesperia GERON. (Plate XXIII. fig. 31.)
Hesperia geron, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 66.

Though we have only one male of this species from Quetta, we think it is a distinct
species.
Hab. Beluchistan (Watson); Shahrud, Persia (Zeller, fide Watson).

! HESPERIA PHLOMIDIS. (Plate XXIII. fig. 30.)
Hesperia phlomidis, Herrich-Schiffer, Schmett. Eur. vol. i., Hesp. figs. 8, 9 (1845).

Hab. Asia Minor, Greece, Caucasus.

! HuSPERIA CRIBRELLUM.

Hesperia cribrellum, Eversman, Bull. Mose. 1841, p. 25; Freyer, Neuere Beitr, vol. iv. pl. eccxlix.
fig. 1 (1840?) ; Herrich-Schiffer, Schmett. Eur. vol. i., Hesp. figs. 12, 13 (1845).

Hab. 8. Russia, West Asia, Turkestan, Upper Amur (jide Graeser).

! HESPERIA CYNARA.

Hesperia cynare, Rambur, Faun. And. pl. vin. figs. 4,5 (1839) ; Herrich-Schiffer, Schmett. Eur.
vol. i., Hesp. figs. 4-7 (1845).

Hab. S. Russia to Turkestan.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 159

! HESPERIA TESSELLUM.

Papilio tessellum, Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. vol. i. figs. 469, 470 (1798-1808).
Hesperia tessellum, Rambur, Faun. And. pl. viii. figs. 1, 2 (1839).
Hesperia noma, Lederer, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, 1855, p. 198, pl. i. fig. 7.

Hab. 8. Russia, Armenia to Central Asia.

! HESPERIA GIGAS,
Pyrgus gigas, Bremer, Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 96, pl. viii. fig. 3 (1864).
Hab, Amurland.

! HESPERIA NOBILIS.
Pyrgus nobilis, Staudinger. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1886, p. 255.

Hab. Turkestan.

! HESPERIA POGGEI.
Hesperia pogget, Lederer, Wien. ent. Mon. 1858, p. 141.
Hab. Syria, Armenia to Turkestan.

! Hesperia PROTO. (Plate XXIII. fig. 22.)
Papilio proto, Esper, Schmett. vol. i. p. 2, pl. exxiii. figs. 5, 6 (1806 ?) ; Hiibner, Eur. Schmett.
vol. i. figs. 918-921 (1827-41).
Syrichthus mohammed, Oberthiir, Bull. Ent. Soc. Fr. 1887, p. xlviii; id. Etudes d’Ent. xii. p- 23,
pl. v. figs. 23a ¢, 236 2 (1888).

Hab. 8. Spain, Portugal to Syria and Armenia; Lambessa, Algeria (Bleuse).

HESPERIA LEUZEA.

Syrichthus leuzee, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Ent. vi. p. 60, pl. i. fig. 10 (1881).

This species, which was described from a single specimen from Boisduval’s collection,
appears to be nearest to H. proto. It may be distinguished from that species, however,
by reason that the pale subterminal band on the hind wing below, which in J/. proto is
at the most only represented by a row of small indistinct pale spots, is developed
into a well-defined band about two-thirds as broad as the median band.

Hab. Mascara, Algeria (fide Oberthiir).

! HESPERIA STAUDINGERI. (Plate XXIII. fig. 23.)

Syrichthus staudingeri, Speyer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1879, p. 344.
Pyrgus (Syrichthus) proteus, Staudinger, t. c. 1886, p. 253.

Hab. Turkestan.

160 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

! HESPERIA CASHMIRENSIS.

Pyrgus cashmirensis, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 274, pl. xliii. fig. 7.
Hab. Kulu, N.W. Himalaya 12,000 ft. (Young), to Kashmir (Leech).

! HESPERIA ALPINA.
Hesperia alveus, var. alpina, Erschoff, Lep. Turk. p. 24, pl. ii. fig. 18 (1874).

Hab. Turkestan (Haberhauer, &c.).

! HESPERIA CARTHAMI.
Papilio carthami, Hiibner, Kur. Schmett. vol. i. figs. 720, 723 (1803-18).
Hesperia carthami, Rambur, Faun. And. pl. viii. fig. 8 (1839).

Hab. Central and South Europe, Alps and Pyrenees to 5000 ft. (Elwes).

! HESPERIA SERRATULM. (Plate XXIII. fig. 24.)
Hesperia serratule, Rambur, Faun. And. pl. viii. fig. 9 (1839) ; Herrich-Schaffer, Schmett. Eur,
vol. i., Hesp. figs. 18-20 (1846).

Hab. Alps to 6000 feet, Central and South Europe to Caucasus, Amasia (Luchs).

! HESPERIA SPEYERI. (Plate XXIII. fig. 26.)
Scelothrix speyeri, Staudinger, Rom. Mém. sur Lép. iii. p. 153, pl. vii. figs. 5 a, 6d.
Heb. Amurland (Doérries).

! HESPERIA ALVEUS. (Plate XXIII. figs. 25, 25 a.)
Papilio alveus, Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 461-463 (1798-1803).

Hab. Alps to 6000 feet, Central Europe to Amurland, Syria (Delagrange).

! HESPERIA MALVOIDES, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 27, 27 a.)

We propose this name for an insect, of which we have three specimens from
Biarritz, taken by Elwes on July 25, 1887, and a single male from Granada (Ride),
which has all the facies of H. malvw but very distinct male genitalia. The differences
in this respect will be apparent from the figures. The proportion of black hair-scales
in the clothing of the second joint of the palpi appears to be considerably greater in
fH. malve than in H. malvoides.

We should not have ventured to separate this on genitalic characters alone but for
the fact that the genitalia in six specimens of H. maluvw from Denmark, Kreusnach,
Rennes, Brittany, Stettin, and Brussa are all absolutely similar znter se, as are the three
specimens above mentioned. Probably it will be found that H. malvoides has a wider
range and other distinctive characters,

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID, 161

! HESPERIA MALVH. (Plate XXIII. figs. 28, 28 a.)

Papilio malve, Linneus, Faun, Suec. p. 285. n. 1081 (1761) ; id. Syst, Nat. i. 2, p. 795, n. 267
(1767) ; Esper, Schmett. 1. 1, pl. xxxvi. fig. 5 (1778).

Papilio taras, Bergstrasser, Nomencl, vol. iv. pl. xci. figs. 5, 6 (1780).

Hesperia taras, Meigen, Eur. Schmett. ii. p. 61, pl. lv. figs. 3a, 6 (18380).

Hab. Europe to Amurland.

! HESPERIA MELOTIS. (Plate XXIII. fig. 29.)
Hesperia melotis, Duponchel, Lép. Fr., Suppl. i. pl. xlii. figs. 1, 2 (1832).
Pyrgus hypoleucos, Lederer, Verh, zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, 1855, p. 193, pl. i. fig. 8.

Hab. Beirut, Syria (Zach).

! HESPERIA ANDROMED.
Syrichthus andromede, Wallengren, Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1853, p. 25; id. Lep. Scand., Rhop. p, 272
(1857).

Hab. Alps, 6000 ft. (Elwes); Norway (Schoyen).

! HESPERIA CACALLA.
Herperia cacalie, Rambur, Faun. And. pl. viii. figs. 6, 7 (1839) ; Herrich-Schiffer, Schmett.
Eur. 1., Hesp. figs. 23-25 (1846).

Hab. Alps, 6000 feet (#wes).

! HESPERIA ONOPORDI. (Plate XXIII. fig. 25 0.)

Hesperia onopordi, Rambur, Faun. And. pl. viii. fig. 13 (1839).
Scelothrix onopordi, Rambur, Cat. Lép. And. vol. i. p. 72 (1858).

Hab. S. Spain (Staudinger); Batna, Algeria (E/wes).

This difficult species may be distinguished from /. alveus, of which it has been
doubtfully treated as a synonym, by the pattern of the hind wing below, which in
H. onopordi has the white spot in cells 4—5 projecting into the discoidal cell next the
subcostal, whilst in H. alveus the spot in question has no such projection, and also
by the difference in the form of the male genitalia.

! TESPERIA CENTAURES.
Hesperia centauree, Rambur, Faun. And. pl. viii. fig. 10 (1839) ; Herrich-Schaffer, Schmett.
Eur. 1., Hesp. figs. 1-3 (1845).

Hab. Norway, 2000-6000 ft. (Elwes, Schoyen); Finland (Schilde); Labrador
(Moeschler) ; Laggan, Alberta Terr., British N. America, 5000 ft. (Elwes).

162 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

! HESPERIA BIETI.
Syrichthus bieti, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. xi. p. 26, pl. vi. fig. 50 (1886).
Hesperia bieti, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 578 (1894).

Hab. Western China (fide Leech); N.E. Tibet (fide Alphéraky).

HESPERIA OBERTHURI.
Syrichthus oberthiiri, Leech, Entomologist, xxiv. Suppl. p. 59 (June 1891).
Syrichthus delavayi, Oberthiir, Htud. d’Ent. xv. p. 20, pl. iii. fig. 31, ¢ (July 1891).
Hesperia oberthiiri, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 579, pl. xli. fig. 5, 3.
Hab. Western China (fide Leech); Yunnan (fide Oberthiir).
We rely on Mr. Leech’s identification of H. delavayi with H. oberthiivi, not having
seen the former.

! HESPERIA ZONA.
Scelothrix zona, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1875, p. eexiv.
Scelothriz (Pyrgus) alhistriga, Mabille, t. c. 1876, p. xxvii.
Pyrgus sinicus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 96 (1877).
Syrichthus sinicus, Pryer, Rhop. Nihon. p. 35, pl. x. fig. 22 (1889).
Hesperia zona, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 577, pl. xii. figs. 1, 3 (1893-4).

Hab. Japan, Shanghai (Pryer) ; Central China (Pratt); Korea (Leech).

We rely on Mr. Leech’s identification of H. sinicus with H. zona, which is, we
believe, correct. We do not feel equal confidence in the constancy of the characters
by which he separates it from H. maculatus, especially as the differences in their
genitalia are of degree only.

' HESPERIA MACULATUS.

Syrichthus maculatus, Bremer & Grey, Schmett. N. China’s, p. 11, pl. ui. fig. 6 (1853) ; Pryer,
Rhop. Nihon. p. 35, pl. x. fig. 21 (1889).

Pyrgus maculatus, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petr. pl. v. fig. 5 (1855).

Hesperia maculata, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p..576, pl. xli. fig. 2, g (1893-4).

Hab. Amurland (Graeser) ; Askold, Shanghai (Pryer).

! HESPERIA THIBETANUS.
Syrichthus maculatus, var. thibetanus, Oberthiir, Etud. d@’Ent. xv. p. 20, pl. ii. fig. 27 (1891).
Hesperia thibetana, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 578 (1894).

Hab. Western China (fide Leech).

We follow Mr. Leech in treating this as a distinct species, as our material is insufficient
to decide the question; the differences noted are not, however, very striking.

! HESPERIA SIDA.
Papilio side, Esper, Schmett. i. 2, pl. xe. fig. 3 (1784); Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. i. fig, 468
(1798-1803).
Hab. Alassio, N. Italy (Mfrs. Nicholl) ; S.E. Europe ; Asia Minor to Turkestan,

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 163

! HESPERIA ANTONIA.
Syrichthus antonia, Speyer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1879, p. 342.

Hab. Turkestan, Amurland.

‘THANAOS.
Thanaos, Boisd. Icones, 240 (1882-33) ; Watson, P. Z. 8S. 1893, p. 69. Type tages, Linn.

This name is applied generically to certain species more or less resembling the
Papilio tages of Linneus.
We separate the species in coll. Elwes as follows :—

Male with a costal fold.
Hind wing above without yellow spots . . ... +--+. +--+. . ¢ages, Linn,
Hind wing above with yellow spots.

Expanse about 35 mm. Fore wing below with the first row of pale spots
beyond the end of the cell suffused and irregular. Fore wing above
with the postmedian band broader, at least as broad as the width of
cell 2. Tegumen with two pairs of lateral dorsal lobes, of which the
pair nearest the apex are smaller, triangular, and simple, and the
pair nearest the base are larger, ear-shaped, and rough with short
spines yea ey Ulsan i eMmty Wea clet) We ol Releuiu hae ONTANUS Te DTCIN.

Expanse about 30 mm. Fore wing below with the first row of pale
spots beyond the end of the cell regular and well-defined. Fore
wing above with the postmedian band narrower, in cell 2 about
half as broad as the width of that cell. Tegumen wanting the pair
of ear-shaped spinose lateral dorsal lobes . . . . . . .- . « Jeechii,n.s,

Male without a costal fold.
Fore wing above with the pale spots in cells 7 and 8 well marked. Basal

angle of the lower lobe of left clasp not produced into a horn. . . . marloyi, Bdv.
Fore wing above with the pale spots in cells 7 and 8 obsolete. Basal angle
of the lower lobe of left clasp produced into a long curved horn . . . pelias, Leech,

! THANAOS TAGES.

Papilio tages, Linneus, Faun. Suec. p. 286. n. 1082 (1761); id. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 795. n. 268
(1767) ; Esper, Schmett. i. 1, pl. xxiii. fig. 8 (1777) ; Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 456, 457
(1798-1803).

Thanaos cervantes, Grasl. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1836, p. 558, pl. 17 . figs. 1, 2.

Nisoniades tages, var. sinina, Groum-Grshimailo, Hore Soc. Ent. Ross, xxv. p. 461 (1891) ; Leech,
Butt. China &c. p. 661 (1894).

? Thariaos popoviana, Nordm. Bull. Mosc, 1851, ii. p. 448, pl. xii. figs. 3, 4.

Hab. Kurope to Amurland.

Judging from a specimen from Koko-nor, Tibet, ex coll. Rothschild, the variety
sinina has the ground-colour paler and greyer than is usual in 7’, tages proper, the
terminal row of spots on both wings are white, the hind wing below has a well-marked

164 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

postmedian band of small white spots and a narrow white spot on the transverse vein,
and on the fore wing below there are two small suffused white spots near the apical
third of cell 1 a, separated by the intraneural fold. Having regard to the relationship
of 7. montanus and T. nigrescens, it is possible that sinina is really a distinct species
from T. tages, but we have had no opportunity of comparing their male genitalia.

T. cervantes, Gras]., is a larger and darker form, which prevails in Andalusia,
but the male genitalia are identical with those of typical 7. tages, L.

! THANAOS MoNTANUS. (Plate XXIII. fig. 34.)
Pyrgus montanus, Bremer, Bull. Acad. Petr. ii. p. 473 (1861) ; id. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 31, pl. ii. fig. 4
(1864) .
Thanaos rusticanus, Butler, Jour, Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 58 (1866).
Nisoniades montanus, Pryer, Rhop. Nihon. p. 35, pl. x. fig. 23 (1889).
Thanaos montanus, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 580.

Hab. Amurland, Japan, China.

! THANAOS LEECHII, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. fig. 35.)
Thanaos montanus, var. nigrescens, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 581, pl. xli. fig. 2, g (1894).

Distinguished from 7. montanus by the characters given in the table above, of
which the most constant are its smaller size and different male genitalia. The
tegumen expands near the middle into two small, tnangular, smooth, lateral dorsal
lobes, as in 7’. montanus, but these are not subtended, as in that species, by a pair of
much larger spinose lobes.

Hab. Wa-ssu-Kow, Ta-tsien-lu, W. China (fide Leech); Tchang-Kou, Tibet (fide
Oberthiir).

!'THANAOS MARLOYI. (Plate XXITI. figs. 32, 32 a.)
Thanaos marloyi, Boisduval, Teones, pl. alvil. figs. 6, 7 (1832).
Hesperia sericea, Freyer, Neuere Beitr. iii. pl. cexlv. fig. 4 (1838) ; Herrich-Schiiffer, Schmett.
Eur. 1., Hesp. figs. 29, 30 (1846).

Hab. 8.E. Kurope, Asia Minor, N. Persia, Syria.

! THANAOS PELIAS. (Plate XXIII. figs. 33, 33 a.)

Nisoniades pelias, Leech, Entomologist, xxiv. Suppl. p. 60 (June 1891).
Nisoniades erebus, Groum-Grshimailo, Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. xxv. p. 461 (1891).
Thanaos pelias, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 581, pl. xlii. fig. 8, ¢ (1898-94).

The male genitalia of 7. pelias, Leech, and 7. erebus, Gr.-Gr., are identical in form,
as we find on examination of authentic specimens of each,

Tab. W. China, E. Tibet (Pratt); N.E. Tibet (Growm-Grshimailo).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 165

PAMPHILA.

Pamphila, Fabricius, Il. Mag. vi. p. 287 (1807) ; Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p.89. Type palemon, Pall.
Steropes, Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. p. 167 (1832), nom. preoce.
Carterocephalus, Lederer, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, ii. p. 26 (1853). Type, palemon, Pall.

A group of small species associated on account of their general resemblance to the
Papilio palemon of Pallas. Palpi porrect. Antenne short, simply clavate. Fore
wing: vein 2 arising about the middle of the lower edge of the cell; hind wing:
cell 6 a little longer than cell 3. Hind tibie more or less fringed (at least in the
male), generally with but one pair of spurs, but with two pairs in P. abax, Ob.

The species with which we are acquainted may be distinguished as follows :—

1 (10). Hind wing below with no pale spot near the middle of cell 8.

2 (9). Pale markings on the hind wing below non-metallic.
3 (6). Fore wing above blackish brown with yellow spots.
4 (5). Hind wing below with a subterminal series of pale spots. Hind
tibize with one pair of spurs... at 6 . . palemon, Pall.
5 (4). No subterminal series of pale spots on a wing eine. “itl
tibicelwathutwo pairs Of Spurs\.. 6s) se eee sae 0s ee) evan, Ob.
3). Fore wing above yellow with black spots.

7 (8). Hind wing below with the pale spot on the transverse vein

irregularly roundish, enclosing that vein. . . . . . . . silvius, Knoch.
8 (7). Hind wing below with the pale spot on the transverse vein straight-
sided within, bounded inwardly by that ven . . . . . houangty, Ob.

9 (2). Pale markings on the hind wing below metallic silvery white, wa
consisting of the following :—A streak along the upper edge of
the cell from the base as far as the middle of cell 5, constricted
or narrowly interrupted at its half-length, the lower edge of its
outer half coalescing with a somewhat semi-circular spot in cell 4,
a spot occupying the apical third of cell 6, a roundish spot near
the base of cell 2, a clavate streak from the base to the middle
of cell 1 6, and a submarginal series of oblong spots, placed one
in each of cells 1 ¢, 2, and 8, sometimes feebly continued in
cellsi4vandi5 nn is : . . . pulchra, Leech.

10 (1). Hind wing below with a pale Spot near nthe maate of il 8.

1 (16). Pale markings of the upperside yellow or yellowish white.’

12 (13). Hind wing below with no pale spot near the apex of cells 2 and 3 ;_
the dise of the wing occupied by a large subpyriform silvery
spot, which arises near the middle of cell 7, and spreads outwards
and downwards by way of the transverse vein ; a small pale spot
near the basal third of the cell, and the indication of another

near the middle of cell6. 2... . : . avanti, de Nicév.
13 (12). Hind wing below with a pale spot near the apex of cteh of oelle
2 and 3.

* See note to paragraph 16 post.
VOL. XIV.—PaART Iv. No. 9.—October, 1897. Zz

166 MESSRS. H. J. ELXWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

14 (15). Fore wing below with a pale spot occupying the extreme base of
cell 2, and another, at least twice as wide as high, near the

middle of thatcell. . . . Q : argyrostigma, Eversm.
15 (14). Fore wing below with no pale oe in ine tase of cell 2 2, ue a
subquadrate one before the middle of that cell. . . . . » flavomaculatus, Ob.

16 (11). Pale markings on upperside pure white.’
7 (18). Hind wing below with the pale spots near the apex of cells 6 and 7

not connected with those near the apex of cells 2 and 3 by

a pale band traversing cells 4 and 5,
17 @ (17 6). Fore wing above without white spots near the base ; hind wing

above with two distinct unequal white discal spots . . . niveomaculatus, Ob.
176 (17 a). Fore wing above with two white spots near the peceaet

hyaline near the base of the cell, and the other opaque next the

costa; hind wing above with a large white discal spot formed

by the confluence of two unequal spots . . . . christophi, Gr.-Gr.
18 (17). Hind wing below with the pale spots near the apex of calls

and 7 connected with those near the apex of cells 2 and 3 by a

pale band traversing cells 4 and 5, and thus forming an

irregular subterminal pale band.
19 (20). Fore wing below with the pale spots in cells 1a and 2 remote

from that near the apical third of the cell . . . . dieckmanni, Graeser.
20 (19). Fore wing below with the pale spots in cells 1a and 2 ained to

that near the apical third of the cell to form a continuous

mbes lel gol 6 8G 6 ao 6 6 oF ob 6 Go o & a mate, Oloy

! PAMPHILA PALZMON.
Papilio palemon, Pallas, Reise, vol. 1. p. 471 (1771).
Papilio paniscus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 531 (1775); Esper, Schmett. i. 1, pl. xxviu. fig. 2
(1778 ?) ; 1. 2, pl. xev. fig. 5 (1788).
Papilio brontes, Wien. Verz. p. 160 (1776) ; Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. 1, figs. 475, 476 (1798-1803).
Hesperia mandan, Edwards, Proc, Ent. Soc. Philad. vol. 11. p. 20 (1868).
Carterocephalus palemon, Bean, Can. Ent. xxy. p. 145 (1898).

Hab. Europe to Amurland, N. America; Laggan, Alberta Terr., Brit. N. Amer.,
5000 ft. (Zlwes) ; Nepigon, Lake Superior (fletcher).

There is no doubt in our mind that the American form described as mandan is
identical with the European.

! PAMPHILA ABAX.
Carterocephalus abax, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. xi. p. 27, pl. v. fig. 27 (1886).
Pamphila abax, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 587 (1893-4).

Hab 'Va-tsien-lo (Pratt); Moupin, E. Tibet (Iricheldorf).

1 What we identify as the female of niveomaculatus has the spots on the upperside yellowish instead of
pure white. aaah

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 167

! PAMPMILA SILVIUS.
Papilio silvius, Knoch, Beitr. Ins. i. pl. v. figs. 1, 2 (1781); Esper, Schmett. i. 2, pl. Ixxx. figs. 5,6
(1782) ; Hiibner, Eur, Schmett. 1. figs. 477, 478 (1798-1803).

Hab. N. Europe to Amurland (Graeser).

! PAMPHILA HOUANGTY.
Carterocephalus houangty, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. xi. p. 27, pl. v. fig. 5 (1886).
Pamphila houangty, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 586 (1893-4).

Hab. West China, Ta-tsien-lo (Pratt).

! PAMPHILA PULCHRA.
Pamphila pulchra, Leech, Entomologist, xxiv. Suppl. p. 59 (June 1891); id. Butt. China &e.
p. 586, pl. xl. fig. 20, ¢ (1894).
Carterocephalus ops, Groum-Grshimailo, Horce Ent. Soc. Ross. xxv. p. 460 (1891).
Hab. Ta-tsien-lo, Wa-su-Kow, West China (Pratt); N.E. Tibet (Groum-Grshimailo,
Jide Leech).

We rely on Mr. Leech’s identification of C. ops, which we have not seen.

! PAMPHILA AVANTI.
Pamphila avanti, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 255, pl. xi. fig. 10, 6; Watson, Hesp.
Ind. p. 159.
Type in coll. Elwes.
Hab. Interior of Sikhim, circa 12,000 feet (White).

! PAMPHILA ARGYROSTIGMA.
Steropes argyrostigna, Eversmann, Bull. Mosc. 1851, i. p. 624; Nordmann, 1. ¢. ii. p. 442, pl. xii.
figs. 1, 2 (1851).
Carterocephalus argyrostigma, Alphéraky, Mém. sur Lép. v. p. 123 (1889).
Pamphila argyrostigma, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 585 (1893-4).

Hab. Amurland (Eversmann) ; Mongelia (Potanine, fide Alphéraky).

! PAMPHILA FLAVOMACULATUS.
Carterocephalus flavomaculatus, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. xi. p. 27, pl. ii. fig. 9 (1886).
Pamphila flavomaculata, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 587 (1893-4).

Hab. West China (Pratt); E. Tibet (Biet).

! PAMPHILA NIVEOMACULATUS. (Plate XIX. fig. 23, 9.)
Carterocephalus niveomaculatus, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. xi. p. 27, pl. ii. fig. 8 (1886).
Pamphila niveomaculata, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 588 (1893-4).

Hab. Ta-tsien-lo and E. Tibet (Biet); Koko-nor, Tibet (¢n coll. Rothschild).

The female is not described or figured by M. Oberthiir, though he says that he has both
sexes. Two females from Koko-nor in coll. Rothschild differ in having the spots of the
upperside yellowish instead of pure white, but we have little doubt tha( they are really

females of this species.
Z2

168 MESSRS. H. J. ELAWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

! PAMPHILA CHRISTOPHI.
Carterocephalus christophi, Groum-Grshimailo, Hore Ent. Soc. Ross. xxv. p. 460 (1891).
Pamphila niveomaculata, var. christophi, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 588 (1893-4).
Aubertia dulcis, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. xx. p. 40, pl. ix. fig. 162 (1896).

Hab. Sinin-Shan mountains (Groum-Grshimailo) ; Tibet (fide Oberthir)

! PAMPHILA DIECKMANNI.
Carterocephalus dieckmanni, Graeser, Berl. ent. Zeits. 1888, p. 102.
Carterocephalus gemmatus, Leech, Entomologist, xxiv. Suppl. p. 59 (June 1891).
Carterocephalus demea, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. xv. p- 19, pl. ui. fig. 24 (July 1891).
Pamphila gemmata, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 588 (1893-4).

Hab. Wiadiwostock, Amurland (Graeser) ; 'Ta-tsien-lo (Pratt); Lutschau (Dérries),
Blagowetshensk (Dieckmann), Koslofska (Biikow in coll. Dieckmann); Koko-nor, Tibet
(in coll. Rothschild).

We have no hesitation in restoring Graeser’s name for this species, as we have
examined three typical specimens kindly lent to us by Mr. Dieckmann. As a result
of the reduction of the silvery markings on the hind wing below, a specimen from
Koslofska, in coll. Dieckmann, has the roundish spot proper to the cell barely indicated.

PAMPHILA MICIO.
Carterocephalus micio, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. xv. p. 19, pl. iii. fig. 29 (1891).
Pamphila micio, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 589 (1894).

Hab. Tse-kou, E. Tibet (fide Oberthiir).

HETEROPTERUS.
Heteropterus, Duméril, Zool. Anal. p. 271 (1806); Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 89. Type morpheus, Pall.
No hyaline spots on the wings. Antenne less than half as long as costa, simply

clavate. Palpiporrect. Fore wings long and narrow. Body long and slender. Vein 2
of fore wing arising nearer to the base of the wing than to the end of the cell. No
sex-mark on the wings of the male.
1 (2). Hind wing below yellow, with twelve suboval black-margined white spots.

Front tibize with a short spur on the imner side near the middle, hind

tibize with two pairs of spurs. Tornus of hind wing evident . . . morpheus, Pall.
2 (1). Hind wing below dull greenish yellow, without suboval white spots.

Front tibiz simple, hind tibiz with only one pair of spurs. ‘Tornus of

hind wing completely rounded off.

3 (4). Hind wing below without silvery markings . . - . . unicolor, Brem,
4 (3). Hind wing below with a silvery middle stripe fern the Mace to the
termen, and frequently another incelll15 . . . . . . . . . ornatus, Brem.

! HETEROPTERUS MORPHEUS.
Papilio morpheus, Pallas, Reise, vol. i. p. 471 (1771).
Papilio steropes, Wien. Verz. p. 160 (1776) ; Esper, Schmett. i. 1, pl. xl. fig. 1 (1778 ?) ; Hiibuer,
Hur, Schmett. 1. figs. 473, 474 (1798-1803).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ. 169

In the male the hind wing below has the outer half of the fringe brown, but in the
female the same fringe is brown only in spots opposite the veins.
Hab. Biarritz (Elwes); Europe ; Korea (Leech); Amurland (Graeser).

! HETEROPTERUS UNICOLOR.
Steropes unicolor, Bremer & Grey, Schmett. N. China’s, p. 10, pl. iii. fig. 3 (1853).
Cyclopides ornatus, Bremer, Bull. Acad. Petr. iii. p. 473 (1861); id. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 33, pl. ii.

fig. 5 (1864).

Cyclopides unicolor, var. ornatus, Stgr. Rom. Mém. vi. p. 209.

Hab. Japan (Pryer); Central China (Pratt); Amurland (fide Staudinger).

Though ornatus and unicolor have hitherto been treated as distinct species, I agree
with Staudinger and Leech that they cannot be separated, on account of the inter-
mediate forms. The genitalia offer no differences,

DEJEANIA.
Dejeania, Oberthiir, Etud. @’Ent. xx. p. 40 (1896). Type dicolor, Oberthiir.

Antenne bluntly pointed, non-apiculate, half as long as the costa. Palpi porrect,
second joint laxly scaled, third joint of moderate length. Fore wing: dorsum a littie
longer than the termen, the latter evenly curved; vein 11 free, transverse vein erect,
vein 5 straight, equidistant from veins 4 and 6, vein 2 from near the half-length of
the cell, vein 3 arising twice as near to vein 4 as to vein 2. Hind wing about one-
fourth longer than broad, termen evenly rounded, cell a little longer than half the
wing, vein 2 from beyond the half-length of the cell, vein 3 arising much before the
cell-end opposite to the origin of 7, vein 5 strong, transverse vein feeble but practically
erect. Tibial epiphysis present, but very small. Hind tibiew in the male fringed, and
bearing two pairs of spurs.

Allied to Heteropterus, Dum., in venation, palpi, and antennz, but has the hind wing
rounded at the apex instead of produced.

The above particulars are taken from authentic specimens of Dejeania bicolor, Ob., a
brown species with a broad oblique postmedian yellow band on the fore wing, bearing
a narrow dark spot on the transverse vein, and a straight narrow yellow band on the
hind wing below from the apex of vein 1 4 to the apex of vein 7.

DEJEANIA BICOLOR.

Dejeania bicolor, Oberthiir, t. c. p. 40, pl. ix. fig. 163, g.
Hab. Tse-kou, Tibet (Dubernard) ; Sido-Léu ( fide Oberthiir).

BaRAcus.
Baracus, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 162 (1881) ; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 114. Type vittatus, Feld.
Antenne about half as long as the costa, apiculus about as long as the diameter
of theeye. Palpi ascending ; third joint porrect, prominent, about one-half as long as

170 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

the diameter of the eye. Fore wing: vein 11] running closer to 12 than to 10, vein 2
arising from the distal third of the lower edge of the cell; 3, 4, 5, and 6 almost equi-
distant at the base, 6 and 7 from the same point. Hind tibie fringed and bearing two
pairs of spurs.

What may be regarded as the typical wing-pattern in this genus is peculiar: the
pale markings on the fore wing above consist of four oblong spots placed in two pairs,
one near the base of each of cells 2 and 3, and one near the base of each of cells 6
and 7, and there is sometimes a pale spot or spots in cell 1a@; in the latter case the
pale markings almost assume the form of a postmedian curved macular band, inter-
rupted in cells 4 and 5. ‘The normal pattern is found in both sexes of B. subditus,
Moore, and B. septentrionum, de Nicév., but only in the female of B. vittatus, Felder.

The species known to us are distinguished as follows :—

Males.

1. Upperside brown ; interno-basal half of the fore wing and the
entire hind wing, except the costa and the termen, pale. . 2.

Upperside brown; fore wing with two pairs of pale spots, one
in each of cells 2 and 8,6 and 7, and sometimes onein cellla. 38.

2. Pale portion of upperside sordid creamy white . . . . . vittatus, Feld.

Pale portion of upperside pale whitish blue . . . . . . plumbeolus, Feld.

3. Hind wing below ochreous brown, with a pale stripe from the
base of the wing as far as the half-length of cell 5, and a ter-
minal series of pale streaks, one in each of cells 2,3,4, and6, 4.

Hind wing below at first sight appearing yellow, with many
brown streaks, but really brown sprinkled with yellow scales,
and having the veins, a spot occupying the basal half of
cells 4-5, and sometimes continued to the base of the wing,
and a subterminal series of spots consisting of one in each
of cells 2-7, of which those in cells 2, 8, and 6 are about
twice as long as the others, yellow. . . .... . hampsoni, n. sp.

. Expanse about 382 mm. Pale markings on the hind wing [de Nicéville.

1

below but little paler than the ground-colour . . . . . septentrionum, Wood-Mason &
Expanse about 27 mm. Pale markings on the hind wing

below much paler than the ground-colour, the stripe from

the base of the wing to the middle of cell 5, and another

in cell Wiosawhitisn’ ar) va ues ni eta) ntti es hOunY ncmested détus Moore:

! BARACUS VITTATUS.

Isoteinon vittatus, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, xii. p. 480 (1862).
Baracus vittatus, Moore, Lep. Cey.i. p. 162, pl. Ixix. figs. 1, 1 @ (1881); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 151
(1891).

Hab. Nuwara Eliya, Ceylon, 7000 feet (Elwes).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, Wal

! BARACUS PLUMBEOLUS.

Hesperia plumbeola, Felder, Reise Noy., Lep. iii. p. 519, pl. Ixxi. fig. 20, g (1867).

In the female of this species the blue colour of the upperside is on the hind wing
less extensive than in the male, and on the fore wing is almost confined to the dorsum
below vein la, leaving the remainder of the wing brown, save for a few pale bluish
scales near the base.

Hab. Luzon, Philippines (Semper).

! BARACUS SUBDITUS.
Baracus subditus, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 534; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 151 (1891).

Hab. Nilgiri hills (Hampson); Palnai hills (Castets).

A specimen from the Nilgiris (Zampson), taken on the 14th October, has the pale
markings on the hind wing below as feeble as they are in B. septentrionui.

! BARACUS SEPTENTRIONUM.
Baracus septentrionum, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 379, pl. xviii.

figs. 4, 4a, g ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 151 (1891).
Hab. Sikkim (Anyvett) ; Shan hills (Manders).

! BARACUS HAMPSONI, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 21, 3.)

3. Upperside brown; fore wing with four yellow spots, one in each of cells 2, 3,
6, and 7. Underside: fore wing dark brown from the dorsum as far as the upper edge
of the cell, the outline of the dark space concave from the apex of vein 3 to a point
near the middle of cell 6, the remainder of the wing yellow, the yellow spots in cells 6
and 7 as on the upperside: hind wing at first sight appearing yellow, with many brown
streaks, but really brown closely sprinkled with yellow scales, and having the veins, a
spot occupying the basal half of cells 4-5 and sometimes continued to the base of the
wing, and a subterminal series of spots consisting of a spot in each of cells 2-7, of
which those in cells 2, 3,and 6 are about twice as long as the others, yellow; a pale
anteciliary line on both wings. Fringes grey, chequered with darker, the short scales
dark brown.

g. Similar to the male, but slightly larger.

Expanse 24-26 mm.

Hab. N. Canara (Aitken).

Described from five males and two females in coll. Elwes.

ASTICTOPTERUS,
Astictopterus, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatsb. iv. p. 401 (1860); Watson, P. Z. 8S. 1893, p. 114.
Type jama, Feld,
In structure of the antenne, palpi, and veins this genus does not differ essentially
from Baracus, although vein 2 of the fore wing arises near the middle of the lower
edge of the cell, and the last joint of the palpi is comparatively shorter. The facies of

172 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

its members, however, is different, and the hind tibie are not fringed with long hairs
as in Baracus, The species are dark brown above, with or without a few small white
spots, which, when present, are placed near the base of cells 6 and 7 or 6, 7 and 8,
and more rarely there is another near the basal third of cell 3.
‘The species known to us may be distinguished as follows :—
1 (2). Fore wing below umber-brown, the costal and apical regions but little
paler: male without hyaline spots; female usually with hyaline spots
in cells 6, 7, and 8. Hind wing below umber-brown, with very ill-
defined antemedian and postmedian macular dark bands . . . . . olivascens, Moore.
2 (1). Fore wing below fuligious brown, the costal and apical regions pale
reddish brown, the latter with some grey scaling uext the termen
from vein 3 to the apex: both sexes usually with hyaline spots in
cells 6, 7, and 8, and in the female there is frequently a short hyaline
spot near the basal third of cell 3. Hind wing below pale reddish
brown, with antemedian and postmedian darker bands, of which the
latter sometimes bears some spots of whitish scales . . . . . . henrici, Holland.

! ASTICTOPTERUS OLIVASCENS. (Plate XVIII. fig. 16, ¢.)
Astictopterus olivascens, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1878, p. 692 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 146 (1891).

Hab. Khasia hills (Hamilton) ; Naga hills (Doherty) ; Shan hills (Manders); Sikkim
(Moller); Buxar, Bhutan (in coll. Elwes); Perak (Doherty); W. Java (Piepers) ;
Cherrapunji (i coll. Swinhoe).

! ASTICTOPTERUS HENRICI. (Plate XVIII. fig. 17, 3.)

Cyclopides henrici, Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xiv. p. 124, pl. ii. fig. 5 (1887).
Astictopterus kada, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 328.
Astictopterus olivascens, Leech, Butt. China &ce. p. 629, pl. xlii. fig. 1 (1894).

Hab. Khasia hills (flamilton); Burmah (Adamson); E. Pegu (Doherty); Nilawa
(Manders) ; W. China (Leech); Chia-ting-fu (Pratt).

Chinese specimens are darker on the underside than Indian ones. Leech’s figure
(2. e.) is not quite characteristic.

Dr. Holland, to whom we had sent a transcript of our statement of the diagnostic
characters of olivascens and henrici, as given in the preceding table (using the name
kada for the latter) writes as follows :—‘I have complied with your request, and
carefully examined my type of Astictopterus! (false Cyclopides) henrici. It agrees best
and quite certainly with the description of kada, Swinhoe. I have not a particle of
doubt that it is the latter,”

ASTICTOPTERUS JAMA.
Astictopterus jama, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 401 (1860) ; Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 401 (1886).

Not having seen this species, we transcribe the original description :—* Alis utrinque
saturate fuscis, cervino atomatis. ¢. Coll. Felder. A. pygymeo, Fabr., species hee in

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA., 175

India continenti etiam occurrens, similis, sed ale breviores et latiores palporumque
articulus tertius minutus.”

Hab. Malay Peninsula.

Felder’s collection is now in the Museum of the Hon. Walter Rothschild at Tring,
and Dr. Jordan, to whom we applied for an account of Felder’s type of this species,
writes that the specimen which stands as Astictopterus.jama in Felder’s collection is
not that species, as it has a broad yellow band across the fore wing somewhat like
sindu, and that there are a number of specimens from Malacca in the same drawer
without names, of which one may be the type of jama. We do not know what insect
was identified by Distant as jama, Feld., nor how Watson identified as jama, Feld.,
the insect from which his description (P.1Z. S. 1893, p. 114) of the genus Astictopterus
was taken.

APOSTICTOPTERUS.
Apostictopterus, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 630 (1894).. Type fuliginosus, Leech.

Antenne about half as long as costa, club gradual; apiculus robust. Palpi ascend-
ing; third joint porrect, cylindrical, at least as long as half the diameter of the eye.
Wings comparatively long and narrow: tip of fore wing truncate, 7.e. the termen is
nearly vertical from vein 5 to the costa, and inwardly oblique from vein 5 to vein 1a,
with an obtuse but distinct angle at the end of vein 5; vein 2 from the basal third
of the lower edge of the cell; vein 5 a trifle nearer 4 than 6; vein 11 normal, 7. e. not
in any way approaching vein 12. Tibial epiphysis present, hind tibie with two pairs
of spurs.

The foregoing characters are present in Mr. Leech’s unique type of Apostictopterus
fuliginosus, which he has been so good as to entrust tous for examination. The genus
should stand next to Astictopterus.

APOSTICTOPTERUS FULIGINOSUS.
Anpostictopterus fuliginosus, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 631, pl. xxxviii. fig. 8, g¢ (1894).
Hab. Omei Shan, Western China (fide Leech).

SANCUS.

Sancus, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 395; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 87.
Type subfasciatus, Moore =pulligo, Mab.

Body and wings above entirely dark brown. Palpi appressed, 2nd joint densely
scaled, 5rd joint almost concealed. Fore wing with vein 12 shortly touching vein 11
near its base. Sex-mark of the male, when present, an oblong-oval patch of modified
scales in the basal third of cell 1a on the fore wing below and touching the median
and the base of vein 2; its presence is not always well indicated on the upper surface
of the wing. The fore wing is rather narrow and feebly subtruncate at the apex, the

VOL. XIv.—PaRT Iv. No. 10.—October, 1897. 2 A

174 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

termen between veins 5 and 6 reaching a little beyond the actual tip; hind wing
rounded, its greatest length not exceeding that of the dorsum of the fore wing.
Abdomen comparatively long and slender. On the hind wing below the common
pattern consists of the following spots of pale scales, namely :—one in cell 7 erect from
the base of vein 7, one near the middle of the upper margin of the cell, one in the
basal third of cell 6, and four in a straight line almost parallel with the termen,
one each in cells 2, 5, 4, 5; some of these spots are sometimes suppressed, and in some
specimens the whole are scarcely discernible.

Two species are mentioned by Watson (P. Z.S. 1893, p. 87), which may be
distinguished as follows :—

Sex-mark present in the male. Hind wing below with pale spots or bands, or

Ota ne \ecile tia) sseveeetonne us yee stale tee Rede hc ethan cea sv ean ie eM ULC Osm Vials
Sex-mark wanting in the male. Hind wing below unmarked . . . . . . . fuscula, Snell.

Watson says of S. fuscula that the male mark is present, but inconspicuous, and he
separates the species from S. pulligo by having the underside of the hind wing entirely
unmarked, and by the beautiful plum-like bloom of the upperside, though this last
character is only apparent in fresh specimens.

! SANCUS PULLIGO.
Tagiades pulligo, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. xxvi; id. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. 272.
Astictopterus subfasciatus, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 842; Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As.

Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 380, pl. xviii. figs. 1, la, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 148 (1891).

Astictopterus ulunda, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 146 (1889).
Sancus subfasciatus, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 396.
? Antigonus kethra, Plotz, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. 1884, p. 24.
? Astictopterus kethra, Plétz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlvii. p. 110 (1886).
Sancus pulligo, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 319, pl. xlix. fig. 1, ¢ (1892).

Hab. Nilghiri hills (Hampson); Akyab, Moulmein (Adamson); Perak, Pulo Laut,
Bali (Doherty); Java (Piepers); Borneo, Philippines (Semper) ; Palawan (Platen).

SANCUS FUSCULA.

Tagiades? fuscula, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. vol. xxi. p. 42, pl. i. fig. 8 (1878); de Nicéville, Jour.
Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 397.

Hab. 8.W. Celebes (fide de Nicéville).

KKORUTHAIALOS.
Koruthaialos, Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 76, pl. ii. fig. 8. Type hector, Wats.
A genus of few species, well exemplified by the Astictopterus wanites of Butler.
Apart from facies, it differs from Suastus and Jambrix in the fact that vein 11 of the
fore wing touches or anastomoses with vein 12 fora portion of its length. Perhaps the

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 175

most remarkable feature of the genus is the frenulum-like tuft of bristly hairs found at
the base of the costa of the hind wing in the male.
The following table deals only with the three species in coll. Elwes :—

Males.

1 (4). Fore wing with a red band, at least on the underside.
2 (3). Red band on fore wing below broader, its breadth near the

middle about equal to one-third of the length of the costa . wanites, Butl.
3 (2). Red band on fore wing below narrower, its breadth near the

middle about equal to one-fourth of the length of the costa. hector, Wats.
4 (1). Fore wing without anyred band . . . . ... =. . . Outleri, W.-M. & de Nicév.

With regard to K. xanites and K. hector, it is difficult to lay down any satisfactory

character for the separation of these two species, if species they are. In their typical
state they offer no difficulty, H. awanites being the larger insect, expanding about
41 mm., with the red band on the fore wing above broad, and reaching from the middle
of the costa to the tornus; whilst A. hector is smaller, expanding about 35 mm., with
the red band on the fore wing above comparatively narrower and rarely reaching quite
to the tornus, frequently abbreviated at each end, and sometimes entirely wanting,
Pending the comparison of the male genitalia of typical specimens when opportunity
offers, we find that the most constant character by which to separate the two forms lies
in the relative breadth of the red band of the fore wing, as exhibited on the underside.

! KORUTHAIALOS XANITES.
Astictopterus xanites, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 510; id. Trans. Linn. Zool. Soe. ser. 2,
vol. i. p. 555, pl. Ixix. fig. 7 (1877).
Koruthaialos xanites, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 77.
Hab. Borneo (fide Butler); Malacca (fide Watson); Kina Balu, Borneo (Water-
stradt) ; Perak, Bali (Doherty).

! KoRUTHAIALOS HECTOR.
Koruthaialos hector, Watson, P. Z. S. 1898, p. 77.
Astictopterus xanites, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 402, pl. xxxiv. fig. 28 (1886); Watson, Hesp. Ind.

p. 145 (1891).

Astictopterus xanites, var. palawites, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 148 (1889).
Kerana gemmifer, Semper, Schmett. Phillipp. p. 318 (1892), sec. spec. comm.

Hab. Luzon (fide Semper); Palawan ( fide Staudinger) ; Burmah (Adamson, Doherty) ;
Tenasserim (Lingham) ; Perak, Pulo Laut, Bali, Arjuno, Java (Doherty) ; Java (Piepers) ;
Bunguran, Natuna Is. (Hverett); Palawan (én coll. Rothschild).

! KORUTHAIALOS BUTLERI.
Astictopterus butleri, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As, Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 98, pl x,
fig. 38, g; ud. op. cit. 1886, p. 380.
2a 2

176 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Dark fuliginous brown with somewhat of a purple tinge, the latter most evident
on hind wing below. Male with no trace of a pale band on either side of the
fore wing; in the female! (ide de Nicéville) the fore wing has an obsolete oblique
discal red band, which is sometimes quite absent from the upperside, but always
distinctly traceable on the underside. This species, though distinct enough to admit
of its definition, is evidently but little removed from the preceding ; being, in fact, more
remote from it in the matter of facies than it is in the form of the male genitalia.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Upper Assam (Doherty); Khasias (Hamilton).

KORUTHAIALOS VERONES.

Astictopterus verones, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 341 (1878).
Koruthaialos verones, de Nicéville & Martin, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1895, p. 534.

‘“‘Both sides rufous brown. Underside of the anterior wing marked by a subapical
rufous spot.” (Hewitson, l. ¢.)

Hab. Sumatra ( fide Hewitson).

KORUTHAIALOS KERALA.
Koruthaialos kerala, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1896, p. 20, pl. T. fig. 48, ¢.

“ Male. Upperside, both wings shining fuscous. Fore wing with a broad oblique
discal orange fascia exactly as in Kerana armatus, Druce, that is to say, the band is
about twice as long as it is broad, and it does not quite reach the costa, the outer
margin at the anal angle, or the inner margin; but it differs slightly in form from the
band in that species. as its inner edge anteriorly is obliquely cut off instead of being
continued straight to the margin. Hind wing unmarked. Underside: both wings
paler than on the upperside, of a more sooty brown. Fore wing has the discal band
rather broader than on the upperside, reaching the inner margin; it is paler, moreover,
throughout, especially so posteriorly. Hind wing immaculate. Antenne black, the
apex of the club paler beneath. Palpi blunt, the third joint hidden beneath the
second.— Female exactly like the male.”

Expanse, ¢, 44-45 mm.; 9, 44-54 mm.

Hab. Perak, Malay Peninsula; Battak Mountain, N.E. Sumatra (fide de Nicéville).

We have not seen this species.

KORUTHAIALOS KOPHENE.
Koruthaialos kophene, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1896, p. 21, pl. T. figs. 49 3,509.
“‘ Female. Upperside, both wings sooty-brown. Fore wing with a broad oblique
discal orange fascia (not as broad as in Celenorrhinus ladana, Butler, Kerana armatus,
Druce, and Koruthaialos kerala, de Nicéville) commencing near the costa, ending
near the submedian nervure, its edges irregular, crossed by the dark brown veins,

1 We have never seen the female of this species.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, Wi

bearing a dark brown line which defines the discocellular nervules. Hind wing
unmarked. Underside, both wings rather paler than above. Fore wing with the
discal band broader and paler, especially posteriorly, than on the upperside, the
discocellular dark line narrower and more prominent. Hind wing unmarked. Antenne
black, the apex of the club beneath paler. Palpi blunt, the third joint hidden
beneath the second.—Male similar to the female but smaller, the orange fascia on
both sides of the fore wing rather more obscure and narrower.”

Expanse, 3,40; 2, 45-525 mm.

Hab. N.E. Sumatra, Central Tava ( fide de Nicévitlle).

We have not seen this species. It will be observed that both this species and the
preceding are remarkable for the position of the third joint of the palpi; in all the
Hesperiide known to us the third joint of the palpi proceeds from the distal end
of the second joint and is not hidden beneath it.

SuaDa.
Suada, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 370. Type swerga, de Nicéville.
This genus is distinguished from Swastus by having vein 11 of the fore wing
touching or approaching vein 12.
The species known to us may be distinguished as follows :—

1 (2). Hind wing above not marked with white. . . . . . . . swerga, de Nicév.
2 (1). Subtornal region of hind wing above in greater or less have ps pure sahiee!
3 (4). Fore wing fuliginous brown, without hyaline spots or, at most, with one

or more of the subapical series. Hind wing below pure white,

unspotted, narrowly brown along the costa . . . , . . cataleucos, Stgr.
4 (3). Fore wing above fuliginous brown, with three small fwaline wie spots

on the disc, one each, subequal in size, in the cell and cell 2 next the

base of vein 3, and one, smaller and triangular, in the base of

cell 3.
5 (6). Hind wing below white as far as vein 7, thence to the costa brown ;
termen suffused with brown in the apex of cells land 2 . . . . . albinus, Semper.

6 (5). Hind wing below white as far as vein 7, thence to the costa brown, the
white portion with some black spots, namely, one in the apex of the
cell, one near the apical third and one at the apex of cell 1 4, both large
(the former subquadrate), and followed by some smaller ones in cells
2, 3, and 4, 5, the whole indicating a postmedian and terminal macular
banderespectiveliy ey ae et-ials eee ede inh oat Menieetiss otc SCOPES | SLCT.

! SUADA SWERGA.
Hesperia swerga, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 89, pl. x. fig. 12, d.

Suastus milleri, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, p. 49.
Suada swerga, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. 1895, p. 372.

Had. Sikkim (Mller) ; Arjuno, Java (Doherty).

178 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS

!SUADA CATALEUCOS.

Heteropterus? cataleucos, Staudinger, Iris, i. p. 162, pl. ii. fig. 13, g (1889).
Hab. Pulo Laut, Borneo (Doherty); Palawan (Platen),.

SUADA ALBINUS.
Suastus albinus, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 299, pl. xlix. fig. 8, 2 (nee g) (1892).

Hab. 8.W. Mindanao (Semper) ; Davao, Mindoro (Staudinger).
Herr Semper is mistaken as to the sex of his single example of this species; it is
undoubtedly a female.

SUADA SCOPAS.

Heteropterus ? (Steropes) scopas, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 161, pl. ii. fig. 12, g (1889).
fab. Palawan (Platen).

Distinguished from aldinus by the smaller amount of white on the hind wing above
and the black spots on the white portion of the hind wing below.

SUASTUS.
Suastus, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol.i. p. 168 (1881) ; Watson, P. Z. 8.18938, p. 75. Type gremius, Fab.

No hyaline spot in cell 4 of fore wing. Third joint of palpi acicular, erect, one-
third to one-half as long as the diameter of the eye. Fore wing: vein 11 not
touching 12; vein 2 nearer the base of the wing than the end of the cell.

We are acquainted with five species of this genus, distinguished as follows :—

. Hind wing above not marked with white.

. Pale spot in cell l'a of fore wing below not reaching the termen.
» Dark spots on hind wing below black. Expanse about 8388 mm.. . . gremius, Fab.
4). Dark spots on hind wing below but little darker than the ground-
colour. Expanse about 30mm. . . : 2 Sala ielew,.
6 (8). Pale spotin cell 1 a of fore wing below pure rite ae ah he eLeoption
of a small piece in the upper outer angle of that cell, occupying

)

7). Hind wing below not sprinkled with purple scales.
)
)

the entire space between the dorsum and vein 2 from the termen to

the middle of the wing. Hind wing below brown, closely sprinkled

with whitish-grey scales and bearing a few brown spots, of which

two in cell 1 4, one near the base of vein 2, and the other near the

apical third of the cell, one each in cells 2and 8, and one in the

apex of the cell are the most evident; an anteciliary brown line;

fringe white . . . . migreus, Semper,
7 (2). Hind wing below rather aoe spenlled on fates ates on ate

basalitwo-thirdsicy eegreey oe) alte und. See ee er ers en ROTI C Us aS ria

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 179

8 (1). Subtornal region of hind wing above in greater or less part pure
white. Hind wing below white; costa brown as far as vein 7 ; a large
subquadrate black spot beyond the middle of cell 16, a small one
next the transverse vein, and one or two others . . . . . . . ¢ripura, de Nicév.
The Carystus telesinus of Mabille, which Semper includes in this genus, we place
tentatively in Plastingia; it has not the facies of Swastus nor the long acicular third
joint of the palpi characteristic of that genus.

! SUASTUS GREMIUS.
Hesperia gremius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 433 (1798).
Hesperia divodasa, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 791.
Hesperia subgrisea, Moore, P.Z. 8. 1878, p. 689.
Suastus gremius, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 168 (1881).
Suastus subgrisea, Moore, I. ec.

Hab. N.W. Himalayas (Young); Bangalore, Ganjam (Minchin) ; Sikkim (Méller) ;
Khasia (Z/wes) ; Bombay (Swinhoe); Burmah (Adamson).

SUASTUS CHILON.
Suastus chilon, Doherty, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1891, p. 198.

“ Above, male all dark brown, no hyaline markings nor patches of lighter brown
scales. Below, fore wing with a minute white dot discally in the lower median space,
the subapical hyaline spots represented by two slight dark streaks, the lower (in one
Specimen) containing a lighter dot. Hind wing nearly white (not grey as in
S. gremius), the borders dark ; a conspicuous black cell-spot, and a row of black discal
spots, six in one specimen, four in the other. The absence of hyaline spots
distinguishes it from all others. Two males, Sumba coast.” (Doherty, 1. ¢.)

We have not seen this species and do not know whether the types still exist.

!Suastus sata. (Plate XVIII. fig. 15, 3.)
Hesperia sala, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1866, p. 500; Wood-Mason & de Nicéville,

Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1881, p. 259.
Suastus aditus, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, p. 49.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); KE. Pegu, Andamans (Doherty) ; Java (Piepers).

! SUASTUS MIGREUS.
Suastus migreus, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 300, pl. xlix. fig. 9, ¢ (nee ¢) (1892).

Hab. Luzon, Mindanao (Semper) ; Mindoro (coll. Staudinger).

Herr Semper has been good enough to lend us the specimen figured in his work,
which is certainly a male. The species is well characterized, by the large white patch
in the tornus of the fore wing below.

180 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS.

!Suastus BrpuNnctus. (Plate XVIII. fig. 14, 3.)
Suastus bipunctus, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) v. p. 864 (1890).
Suastus aditus, Hampson, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1888, p. 365.

Hab. Nigiri hills ({ampson).

! SUASTUS TRIPURA.

Tagiades tripura, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 392, pl. G. fig. 39, 2.
Carystus albescens, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvil. p. 51 (1898).

Hab. Perak, Pulo Laut, Bali (Doherty); Java (Fruhstorfer).

SUASTUS MINUTA.

Tagiades minuta, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 843 (1877); id. Lep. Cey. i. p. 176,
pl. Ixviii. figs. 4, 4@ (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 96 (1891).

Resembles S. tripwra in general appearance, but has the hind wing above entirely
brown. Hind wing below white, brown along the costa; an ill-defined brown spot
near the apical third of cell 1 4, an indication of a smaller one in cell 2, and another
next the transverse vein.

Hab. Ceylon.

SUASTUS ROBSONIL.
Suastus robsonii, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 372, pl. Q. fig. 50, ¢.

Nearest to S. minuta. Hind wing below “(as seen under a strong magnifying-
glass) overlaid throughout with dull ochreous scales; an elongated minute black
spot at the end of the cell.” Described from a single example taken at Masuri,
W. Himalayas, 12th July, 1892.

SUASTUS PHIDITIA.

Hesperia phiditia, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. 11. p. 501 (1866).
Suastus phiditia, de Nicéville & Martin, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1895, p. 535.

This species, which we have not seen, has one large vitreous spot on the hind wing
above, and the hind wing below “ ochreous, crossed at the middle by a band of four
brown spots” (rufo-ochraceis, fascid fusca).

Hab. Sumatra (fide Hewitson).

TAMBRIX.
lambrix, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 76, pl. iii. fig. 25. Type salsala, Moore.

A genus established by Watson for the Nisoniades salsala of Moore and _ its
immediate allies. It differs from Suastus in facies and in the fact that vein 3 of the
fore wing arises immediately before the end of the cell. The males of the three

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID. 181

species placed in this genus by its author, together with one other, may be
distinguished by the characters given below. In salsala and stellifer the white
spots on the hind wing below are very inconstant in size and number, and so, ina
lesser degree, are the white spots on the fore wing of the females of those species.

Males.

Fore wing above not banded with yellow-red. Hind wing below with 2-4 small
snow-white spots (sometimes absent). No patch of androconia on the
hind wing above.
Fore wing above with a sordid yellow macular band running obliquely
outwards from the middle of the dorsum (sometimes indistinct, but
always indicated by more or less distinct patches of golden-yellow scales). salsala, Moore.
Fore wing above without any trace of a pale discal macular oblique band . ._ s¢ellifer, Butl.
Fore wing above with a broad yellow-red postmedian band, which is sometimes
more or less abbreviated at each end. A large patch of androconia at
the base of the hind wing above near the costa.
Fore wing below: red band narrower, lying at a right angle to the dorsum
and reaching about halfway across cell 3, its inner edge nearly straight,
notandentedratithe endvot thercelli sav aun ran ee pet sence Belds
Fore wing below : red band broader, reaching to about the apical sixth of cell 8,
its inner edge deeply indented at the end of the cell, its outer edge
forming an almost regular curve from the apical fifth of the costa to
WS WOMB ag nh oe 6g Vo np Bp) lo bs ao Ibe ouinn. 60 Waikato Cy

! TAMBRIX SALSALA.
Nisoniades salsala, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 786.

Astictopterus salsala, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 401, pl. xxxiv. fig. 21 (1886).

In typical females of this species there is on the underside of the fore wing a round
white spot at the end of the cell and a curved postmedian series of roundish white
spots, placed one each in cells 2-8 inclusive, and decreasing in size towards the
costa.

Hab. Sikkim (Mller); Assam, Naga hills, East Pegu, Perak (Doherty); Burmah
(Adamson); Ceylon; Ganjam (Minchin); West Java (Piepers); Kina Balu ( Waterstradt).

! TAMBRIX STELLIFER.

Astictopteryx stellifer, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. ser. 2, vol. i. p. 555 (1877) ; Moore,
Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 163 (1881).

This is a good and distinct species, notwithstanding all that has been written to the
contrary. In typical females there is on the underside of the fore wing a round
white spot in the cell and three other roundish white spots placed as follows, namely :
one near the basal third of cell 2, one near the basal third of cell 3, and one near

VOL. x1v.—Part Iv. No. 11.—October, 1897. 2B

182 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

the middle of cell 5, thus forming an oblique series running outwardly towards the
apex of the wing.
Hab. East Pegu, Pulo Laut, Sumatra (Doherty); Nias (Modigliani); Java (Fruhstorfer).

! TAMBRIX SINDU.
Astictopterus sindu, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 401 (1860); Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 402,.
pl. xxxv. fig. 80 (1886).
Astictopterus obliquans, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvii. p. 51 (1893).

Hab. Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Labuan, Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt) ;
Padang, Sumatra (Sachs, Martin).

! TAMBRIX LATIFASCIA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 9, 3.)

3 2. Slightly larger than J. sindu, from which it is distinguished by the different
shape and much greater breadth of the red band on the fore wing. These differences.
are detailed in the table above. ‘The male genitalia are similar to those of J. sindu.

Expanse, ¢ 26, 9 29 mm.

Hab. Kinu Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt) ; Liwa, 8.E. Sumatra (Doherty).

Described from specimens ex coll. Staudinger, one of which is now in my collection.

GE.
Ge, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 373. Type geta, de Nicév.

A genus, for the present, containing one species only, allied to Matapa, from which
it is best distinguished by the sex-marks of the male. The latter are as follows :—On
the fore wing above, near the base of cell 2, an oval depression fringed on its inner edge
by a series of erecto-patent hair-scales; the latter are blackish, becoming pale at the
base, and when viewed from above appear to entirely cover the oval depression, the
long axis of which reaches quite across the cell; on the hind wing above a fringe
of long hair-scales along the basal half of vein 7, directed obliquely outward and
downward, and covering wholly or in part a pale patch of modified scales.

! GE GETA.
Ge geta, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 374, pl. Q. fig. 51, g.

The female is undescribed.
Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty); Kast Java (Piepers); Selesseh, Sumatra (Martin).

'TARACTROCERA.
Taractrocera, Butler, Cat. Lep. Fabr. p. 279 (1869): Watson, P. Z.S. 1898, p. 94, pl. mi. fig. 20.
Type mevius, Fab.
A genus of small species, associated on account of their general resemblance to the
Hesperia mevius of Fabricius, as figured by Butler (Cat. Lep. Fabr. pl. iii. fig. 13).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 183

They may be readily distinguished by the blunt club of the antenne, which is excavated
on the upperside.
We know nine species, which we distinguish as follows :—

(6). Pale markings of the upperside white or whitish.

(3). Hind wing below with the veins conspicuously pale . . . . . ‘*mevius, Fab.
(2). Hind wing below with the veins not conspicuously pale.
(5). Hind wing below with a whitish att from the base to the

termen in cell Wom 5) a. i non nanNloore:

4). No whitish stripe in cell 1 0 of hind wing below Hea . . ardonia, Hew.
1). Pale markings of the upperside deep tawny- or golden- yellow:

). Hind wing below with a pale spot near the middle of cell 7.
1). Fore wing below: cell brown, with a yellow spot near the apex.

)

© Con DH Ol

. Size generally larger. Pale spots of upperside smaller, those of
the hind wing above remote . . . Seyi ays ien ea CEnGMLaSclews

10 (9). Size smaller. Pale spots of upperside ieee hose of the hind

wing above contiguous, forming an irregular macular extra-
discalsbandaeytwey-t: mui sa) Gcigee) eeu courier nm euaunacevallesaVVatse

11 (8). Fore wing below: cell brown, with at least the distal half yellow.

12 (13). Hind wing below: cell 7 black, with an nas yellow spot in

the middle i) )4) 24 ziclea, Plotz.
13 (12). Hind wing below : basal third of ell ; gna a mibyuadeae cpt
beyond the middle of that cell yellow. . . . . . . . . flavoides, Leech.

14 (7). Hind wing below with no pale spot in cell 7.
15 (16). Yellow band on hind wing above not recurved towards the costa,

ending at vein 6; fore wing below with the cell brown nearly

to the middle, tones yellow. . . : . archias, Feld.
16 (15). Yellow band on hind wing above deonsved tonaede the outs,

ending at vein 7; fore wing below with the cell brown, with a

yellowispot mearnthetapexisn 2s) sl). os.) | Oberthire. n..sp;

! 'TARACTROCERA MAVIUS.
Hesperia mevius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. p. 352 (1793).
Taractrocera mevius, Butler, Cat. Lep. Fabr. p. 279, pl. iii. fig. 13 ; Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i.
p. 172, pl. Ixx. fig. 5 (1880-81) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 62.
Pamphila sagara, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 792.
Hab. N.W. Himalayas (Young, Hocking); Ganjam, Calcutta (Minchin); Ceylon
(Mackwood); Burmah (Watson).

' Specimens from Ceylon have the hind wing below sordid green and the veins less conspicuously pale,

184 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

! TARACTROCERA DANNA.

Pyrgus danna, Moore, Cat. Lep. BE. I. C. 1. p. 249.
Pamphila danna, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 508, pl. xxx. fig. 8.
Taractrocera danna, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 68.

Hab. N.W. Himalaya, 5000-9000 feet (Young); Sikkim (Elwes).

! TARACTROCERA ARDONIA.
Ancyloxypha ardonia, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 45 (1868).
Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt), Pulo Laut (Doherty).

! TARACTROCERA CERAMAS. (Plate X XI. fig. 24, ¢.)

Cyclopides ceramas, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 44 (1868).
Taractrocera ceramas, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 63.

Hab. N. Canara (Aitken); Travancore, Malabar; Nilgiris (Jinchin).

! TARACTROCERA NICEVILLEI. (Plate X XI. fig. 12, 3.)
Taractrocera nicevillei, Watson, P.Z. S. 1893, p. 95.

The form of the male genitalia is similar in this species and the preceding, and the
essential wing-pattern of the two is also similar, the difference in facies being caused
by the greater development of the yellow spots in 7’. nicevillei. We have not, however,
seen any intermediate specimens.

Hab. Bombay (Swinhoe).

! TARACTROCERA ZICLEA.
Thymelicus ziclea, Plitz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlv. p. 289 (1884).
Pamphila mesoides (luzonensis, Mab.), Staudinger, Iris, 11. pp. 145, 165 (1889).
Ampittia ziclea, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 304.
Ampittia mesoides, id. t.c. p. 358.
Pamphila luzonensis, Mabille, sec. spec. comm.

This species and the next are interesting as combining the facies of Telicota dara,
Koll., with the generic characters of Taractrocera. After examining a male and female
of ziclea and a male of mesoides from Semper, we are satisfied that they represent but
one species. There are some small differences of degree in wing-pattern, but having
regard to the latitude of similar variation which obtains in insects having a similar
facies (e.g. Telicota dara, Koll.) these differences cannot be taken as satisfactorily
characterizing a species.

Hab. Luzon, Mindoro, Samar, Bohol, Cebu, Mindanao (Semper).

! TARACTROCERA FLAVOIDES.
Taractrocera flavoides, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 590, pl. xl. fig. 10 9, 11 g¢ (1893-94).

Hab. Omei-shan, Central China (Pratt); Moupin (ex coll. Oberthiir).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERUDA, 185

! 'TARACTROCERA ARCHIAS.

Pamphila archias, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Math. Nat. Cl. xl. p. 462, sep. p. 15 (1860).
Thymelicus nigrolimbatus, Snellen, Tijd. Ent. xix. p. 165, pl. vii. fig. 5 (1876).
Telicota nigrolimbata, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 384, pl. xxxv. fig. 16 (1886).

According to a specimen received from M. Mabille, this is the same as Pamphila
dschalia, Plotz.

In the Felder collection, under the name ‘“ Pamphila archias,” are four specimens ;
two of these are without locality-labels and may be disregarded, but the remaining
two which are labelled in contemporary handwriting “ Amboina, Dolesch,” are
without doubt the same as Thymelicus nigrolimbatus, Snellen.

Hab. Java (Piepers); Sambawa, Bali, Arjuno, Java (Doherty).

! TARACTROCERA OBERTHURI, 0. sp.

@. Upperside similar to that of 7. ziclea, but having the yellow markings less
extensive. Hind wing below sordid yellow, by reason of a dense clothing of sulphureous
scales on a dark brown ground; a large oblong pale spot occupying about the middle
third of cells 4—5, a roundish one in the cell near the base of vein 7, another near the
basal third of cell 2, and a feeble one in the base of cell 6; cell 1 6 pale.

Hab. Trichinopoly, 8. India (Castets).

Described from one female lent to us by M. Charles Oberthiir.

OcHUs.
Ochus, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1894, p. 51. Type subvittatus, Moore.

This is a genus established by Mr. de Nicéville for the Cyclopides subvittatus of
Moore. It is mainly distinguished from Baracus (e. g. B. septentrionum and'B. subditus)
by having the base of cell 6 in the fore wing nearly as long as that of cell 5, and vein
11 not approaching vein 12.

OCHUS SUBVITTATUS.
Cyclopides subvittatus, Moore, P. Z. 8.1878, p.692; Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc.
Beng. 1886, p. 392, pl. xvii. figs. 6, 6a 3, x2; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 69 (1891).
Cyciopides subradiatus, Moore, 1. c. p. 693.

Hab. Sikkim, Khasia (Hlwes), Nagas (Doherty).

AMPITTIA.
Ampittia, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 171 (1881) ; Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 95. Type maro, Fab.

A group comprising a few small species, dark brown with yellow spots, associated on
account of their general resemblance to the Hesperia maro of Fabricius. In the latter
there is no evident apiculus to the club of the antennz, although a small one is present
in the other species. The males of those species possessing a sex-mark on the fore
wing above have the “tuning-fork” arrangement of the subcostal veins in the hind
wing. We distinguish the species known to us as follows :—

186 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

1 (4). Fore wing above with a sex-mark in the male.
2 (3). Exp.25 mm. Male: fore wing below—cell yellow except at the base. maro, Fab.
3 (2). Exp. 30-32 mm. Male: fore wing below—cell yellow, with a black
streak inthe middle . . .. . f PO cea ee ween eer goraacech.

(1). No sex-mark on fore wing above in athe ies
5 (6). Fore wing more pointed ; termen straight, oblique. Dark markings

on hind wing below consisting of small, scattered, black spots . maga, Leech.
6 (5). Fore wing less pointed, termen evenly rounded.
7 (8). Hind wing below yellow, with irregular pale brown markings forming

three more or less distinct transverse series; a large, oblong, pale

spot occupying the basal half of cells 4-5 «|. . trimacula, Leech.
8 (7). Hind wing below yellow-brown by reason of a close aaa of

yellow scales on a brown ground, with three yellow spots near the

base and an irregular subterminal and, postmedian series of yellow

spots, the largest member of the latter being a spot near the

middle of cells 4—5 and occupying the entire width of those cells . delai-lama, Mab.

! AMPITTIA MARO.
Hesperia maro, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 482 (1798), 3
Cyclopides camertes, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 43 (1868), ¢
Ampittia maro, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 172, pl. Ixxi. figs. 1, 1 @ (1880-81) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind.
p- 61 (1891).
Telicota maro, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 383, pl. xxxv. fig. 14 g,15 2 (1886).
Hab. N. Canara (Aitken) ; Ceylon (Mackwood); Nilgiris (Roberts); Calcutta (de Nicé-
ville) ; Burmah, Tenasserim (Watson); Shanghai (Pryer) ; Bali (Doherty).

AMPITTIA MAROIDES.
Ampittia maroides, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1896, p. 190, pl. T. fig. 51, d.
Differs from A. maro ‘on both sides of the fore wing in lacking the chrome-yellow
spot in the middle of the submedian interspace.”
Expanse 25 mm.
Hab. Daunat Range, Tenasserim (fide de Nicéville).
We have not seen this species.

! AMPITTIA VIRGATA,

Pamphila virgata, Leech, Entomologist, xxiii. p. 47 (1890).

Padraona virgata, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 598, pl. xl. fig. 15, g (1886).
Hab. Changyang, Central China (Prat?).

! AMPITTIA MAGA,

Pamphila maga, Leech, Entomologist, xxiii. p. 48 (1890).

Padraona maga, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 599, pl. xl. fig 18, g (1894).
Hab. Ichang, Ningpo (Leech).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA,

AMPITTIA TRIMACULA.
Taractrocera trimacula, Leech, Entomologist, xxiv. Suppl. p. 60 (1891).

Padraona trimacula, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 599, pl. xl. fig. 17, g (1894).

Hab. Wa-su-kow, West China (fide Leech).

! AMPITTIA DELAI-LAMA.

Cyclopides delai-lama, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. lvi.
Taractrocera lyde, Leech, Entomologist, xxiv. Suppl. p. 60 (1891).
Aeromachus delai-lama, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 620, pl. xl. fig. 16, g (1894).

Hab. West China, E. Tibet (Pratt, Kricheldorf).

AEROMACHUS.

Aeromachus, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 214. Type stigmata, Moore.

the most sharply defined.

This is a group of small dull-coloured species associated together on account of
their resemblance to the Thanaos stigmata of Moore.
generally well marked, and consists of a postmedian and subterminal curved series of
small pale spots running almost parallel to the termen of both fore and hind wings: it is
best displayed on the underside, and the postmedian series on the fore wing is usually
In kali, de Nicév., the most aberrant species known to us,
the essential pattern is traceable, although the pale spots are purple instead of whitish,

The distinctive wing-pattern is

and the sex-mark of the male is of the same kind as that found in inachus.

We separate the species known to us as follows :—

1 (22). Hind wing below without purple markings.

2

(9).

(8).
(7).

(6).

(4).

Sex-mark on the fore wing above in the male a seam passing
obliquely outwards from the middle of vein 1 @ to the base of
vein 3.

Fore wing below with two rows of pale spots—one postmedian, the
other subterminal.

Hind wing below: space between the postmedian and subterminal
pale macular bands darkened and divided into a series of spots
by the pale veins.

Hind wing below with the subterminal row of dark spots greenish
brown; markings in cell 7 scarcely developed

. Hind wing below with the subterminal row of dark spots velvet

greenish-black ; markings in cell 7 strongly developed. Fore
wing longer in proportion to its width, its termen more ee
curved

Hind wing below aiayyin pale Sreenish) grey, ie veins not
evidently paler than the disc, the space between the postmedian

stigmata, Moore.

chinensis, ni. sp.

188
8 (3).
9 (2)

21 (20).

MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

and subterminal pale macular bands not darker than the
remainder caeGi mu Watt oie i a yen Weegee

Fore wing below with only one row of pale rote eine postmedian
one—and that but feebly developed. Hind wing below grey-
brown, closely sprinkled with yellow scales, with a feeble
irregular postmedian band of pale spots

. Sex-mark on the fore wing above in the male a small jomennaiial

fold of pale scales on vein 1 @ a little beyond the middle, or none.

. Hind wing below with the veins pale. Tegumen (viewed from

above) slightly angularly widened on each side just below its
rounded apex ; lower lobe of clasp broadly rounded, its margin
serrate and continuous with the outline of the upper lobe

). Hind wing below with the veins concolorous.
9). Fore wing broader and more triangular, the termen straighter and

longer in proportion to the dorsum.

. Fore wing below: postmedian and subterminal pale macular bands

both well developed, usually complete from the dorsum to the
costa. Tegumen (seen from above) with a small notch at each
distal angle, its apex truncate or but slightly rounded between
the notches.

. Hind wing below grey-brown; the postmedian series of pale spots

not stronger and more evident than the subterminal series .

:). Hind wing below greenish ochreous; the postmedian series of pale

spots stronger and more evident than the subterminal series

. Fore wing below: pale macular bands imperfect or absent, not in

any case reaching the dorsum.

. Fore wing below with a spot of pale scales in the cell near its

upper distal angle. Tegumen (seen from above) with a small
rounded projection on each side near the apex, beyond which it
is produced in a bluntly-rounded triangle

ry

. No such pale spot on the fore wing below. ‘fegumen as in

discreta and jhora

. Fore wing narrower and more oblong; termen more strongly

curved, almost evenly curved from the dorsum to the costa.

. Forewing below with the pale postmedian macular band continuous

from, cell 2 to cell 7 or 8, and running almost paralle) with the
termeni; no pale spot in the cell near its upper distal angle.
Tegumen parallel-sided in its apical half, evenly rounded at the
apex; lower lobe of clasp not produced, broadly rounded,
serrate and continuous with the outline of the upper lobe

Fore wing below with the pale spots in two outwardly oblique
series—one series in cells 5, 6, and 7 or 8, or 6, 7, and 8, the
other series in cells 2 and 3; no pale spot in cell 4; a pale
spot in the cell near its upper distal angle. Tegumen a little
constricted on each side just below the apex, which is bluntly

piceus, Leech.

musca, Mab.

inachus, Mén.

disereta, Plotz.

jhora, de Nicév.

dubius, n. sp.

javanicus, 0. sp.

indistincta, Moore.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID2. 189

triangular; lower lobe of clasp acuminate, produced much
above the level of the upper edge of the clasp . . . . . . manus, Leech.

22 (1). Hind wing below with pale purple spots.

23 (24). Upperside fuliginous brown. Sex-mark on the fore wing of the
male a small longitudinal fold of pale scales on vein 1 a@ about
the middle. Purple markings on the dise of hind wing below
forming a large irregular macular patch having its outer edge
paralleliwatlavh extern erige sumac: en ine yee eerily ase kali, de Nicév.

24. (23). Upperside pale brown. Sex-mark on fore wing of the male aseam
passing obliquely outwards from the middle of vein 1 @ to the base
of vein 3. Purple markings ov disc of hind wing below forming
a continuous curved macular band from the costa as far as
Vel y le Dinesg, Yala, Wiese sia A Th Umea ect, eh AE Ni etIW Go Rh ee COLOCYONea, Lab’

! AEROMACHUS STIGMATA. (Plate XIX. fig. 3, ¢.)
Thanaos stigmata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 694.
Aeromachus stigmata, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 68 (1891).

Specimens from the N.W. Himalayas and some from Sikkim show a band of
whitish spots across the fore wing and a discal spot, which are faint or absent on the
upperside of Khasia and Naga hill specimens; the undersides also vary to some
extent, but the genitalia seem to be identical in both forms.

Hab. N.W. Himalayas (Young); Sikkim (Moller); Khasias (Elwes); Naga hills
(Doherty).

! AEROMACHUS CHINENSIS, n. sp.
Aeromachus inachus, Leech, Butt. China, &e. p. 619, pl. xl. fig. 19, ¢ (1893-94), in part. (nec
Ménétriés).
This insect, which in some parts of Western China appears to represent A. stigmata,
may be readily distinguished from that species by the characters given in the table
above. The genitalia do not differ materially. The sex-mark in the two male

specimens which we have seems less conspicuous, but their condition is not perfect
Hab. Wa-shan, Ta-tsien-lu, West China (Pratt).
! AEROMACHUS PICEUS.

Aeromachus piceus, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 618, pl. xl. fig. 16, g (1893-94).
Hab. Moupin, E. Tibet (fide Leech).

! AEROMACHUS MUSCA.

Pamphila? musca, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. xxvi.

Aeromachus musca, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 805 (1892).
A very distinct little species, of the size of nanus, Leech, or indistincta, Moore.
Hab. Luzon, Siargao (Semper).

VOL. XIV.— PART Iv. No. 12.—Octoler, 1897. 2c

190 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

! AEROMACHUS INACHUS. (Plate XIX. fig. 7; Plate XXIII. figs. 36, 36 a.)

Pyrgus inachus, Ménétriés, Bull. Acad. Petr. xvii. p. 217 (1859) ; Schrenk’s Reisen, p. 46, pl. iv-
fig. 2 (1859).

Closely allied to stigmata, but separable by its somewhat paler colour and the
different form of the sex-mark.

It has the wing-shape of chinensis.

We have not been able to identify this with Ménétriés’s type except by the locality ;
but Amur specimens agree well with those from Japan. Mr. Leech has included under
this name what we call chinensis, and we have specimens from his collection which
were mixed with others from Western China but which may be from Japan.

Hab. Yokohama (Manley); Oiwake, Japan (Pryer); Amurland, West China (coll.
Leech).

! AEROMACHUS DISCRETA. (Plate XTX. fig. 6, 3.)
? Apaustus discreta, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit. 1885, p. 232.

Hab. Khasia, 5000 feet (Zlwes); Bernardmyo, Burmah (Doherty) ; Battak Mountains,
Sumatra (Martin). Cf. javanicus, post.

! AEROMACHUS JHORA. (Plate XXIII. figs. 37, 37 a.)
Thanaos jhora, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1885, p. 122, pl. ii. fig. 12, ¢.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller).

! AEROMACHUS DUBIUS, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 10, ¢; Plate XXIII. fig. 39 a.)

3. Upperside dark olive-brown, the postmedian series of spots on the fore wing
very indistinct or wanting; sex-mark on the fore wing a small inconspicuous fold
of raised scales in cell 1 @ next vein la near the middle. Underside: fore wing
umber-brown, the apical and costal regions similar to the hind wing’; a small pale
spot near the upper distal angle of the cell; the postmedian series of pale spots
represented by about six spots, which become gradually fainter in their course from
cells 8-3; a pale anteciliary line: hind wing ochreous brown by reason of a close
sprinkling of yellow scales on the umber-brown ground; the postmedian and sub-
terminal series of pale spots very indistinct or wanting; a pale anteciliary line.
Fringes greyish white, the short scales grey-brown. Antenne above blackish,
minutely spotted with yellowish; beneath greyish yellow, the shaft spotted with
black. Second joint of palpi clothed with yellow and black hairs intermixed.
Body above concolorous with the wings, beneath with greyish-yellow pubescence.
Legs with greyish-yellow scaling.

Tegumeu (seen from above) with a small rounded projection near the apex on
each side, beyond which it is produced in a bluntly rounded triangle.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 19H

@. Differs from the male in wanting the sex-mark and in having the pale spots
proper to the underside more strongly developed, and consequently the postmedian
series appears faintly on the costal portion of the upperside of the fore wing.

Expanse 21-214 mm.

Hab. Palnai hills (Castets) ; Peermaad, Travancore.

Described from four males and one female. Of the species known to us this
comes nearest to A. jhora, de Nicéy., from which, however, it differs in the form
of the tegumen as well as in the spotting of the wings.

! AEROMACHUS JAVANICUS, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 24, ¢.)

¢. Upperside pale umber-brown without markings, a few greyish-yellow scales
near the base of the fore wing towards the costa; on the hind wing a line of long
grey hairs along the basal two-thirds of vein 14; sex-mark on the fore wing a
small inconspicuous fold of raised scales in cell 1a@ next vein l@ near the middle.
Underside: fore wing pale umber-brown ; the apical region similar to the hind
wing, and | aving the usual postmedian series of pale spots indicated by very indistinct
pale spots in cells 5-7 or 5-8; a pale anteciliary line: hind wing grey-brown, with
a very faint greenish tinge by reason of the close sprinkling of yellowish-grey
scales on the pale brown ground; a pale anteciliary line; the usual postmedian
and subterminal series of pale spots are only indicated by a few very indistinct pale
spots. Fringes pale grey, the shorter scales grey-brown. Antenne above black,
minutely spotted with yellowish; beneath greyish yellow, the shaft spotted with
black. Second joint of palpi clothed with whitish-grey and black hairs intermixed.
Body above concolorous with the wings, beneath with yellowish-grey pubescence.
Legs with yellowish-grey scaling. :

Tegumen as in A. discreta and A. jhora.

Expanse 21 mm.

Hab. West Java.

Described from a single male kindly sent to us by Herr P. C. T. Snellen with
the name Apaustus discreta, Plotz. In general appearance it comes nearest to
the insect from the Khasia hills and Burmah, which we identify as discreta, Plotz,
originally described from India; but the latter species, in all the specimens which
we have seen, has the pale pattern on the underside well marked and constant.

! AEROMACHUS INDISTINCTA. (Plate XIX. fig. 11, ¢; Plate XXIII. fig. 39.)

Thanaos indistincta, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 694.
Aeromachus indistincta, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 66 (1891).
Hab. Nilgiri hills (Hampson); Tavoy (Tucker); Tounghoo, Burmah (Adamson) ;

Bernardmyo (Doherty) ; ? Khasias.
202

192 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

! AEROMACHUS NANUS. (Plate XXIII. figs. 38, 38 a.)
Aeromachus nanus, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 620, pl. xl. fig. 21, ¢ (1893-94).

Hab. Shanghai (Pryer) ; Ichang (Pratt).

! AEROMACHUS KALI.
Thanaos kali, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1885, p. 128, pl. ii. fig. 8, ¢.

The largest of the genus and a very distinct species.

Hab. Sikkim (Mller); Naga hills, Bernardmyo (Doherty).

AEROMACHUS CATOCYANEA.

Pamphila catocyanea, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. lv.
Aeromachus catocyaneus, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 618 (1894).

We have relied on the drawing of Mabille’s type of this species referred to by
Leech in separating this species, which we have not seen, but which seems nearest
to A. kali.

Hab. “ Thibet” (David). Type in Mus. Paris.

SEBASTONYMA.
Sebastonyma, Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 81. Type dolopia, Hew.

A monotypic genus closely allied to Halpe. Vein 5 of the fore wing is
straight and arises very little nearer to vein 4 than to vein 6, and the sex-marks
in the male consist of an infra-alar tuft on the fore wing and a large suboval
patch of androconia near the base of the hind wing above, situate in the cell next its
lower edge and occupying about one-half of its area. The sex-mark on the hind
wing is not noticed in the original diagnosis of the genus.

SEBASTONYMA DOLOPTA.
Hesperia dolopia, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 27 (1868) ; id. Ex. Butt. v. pl. lv. figs. 60, 61 (1873).
Halpe dolopia, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 74 (1891).

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Nagas, EB. Pegu (Doherty); Khasias (Hamilton).

PEDESTES.
Pedestes, Watson, P. Z. 8S. 1893, p. 81. Type masuriensis, Moore.

Watson made Jsoteinon masuriensis, Moore, the type of this genus, and he also
included in it J. pandita, de Nicév.

The male genitalia in these two species are remarkable for a certain amount
of asymmetry and the possession of separate edeagus-guards, not part of the tegumen,

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERITDA. 193

of which the right is larger than the left. The tegumen is symmetrical in both
species, and the clasps are so in pandita; but in the clasps of masuriensis the
asymmetry is extreme.
The species here included in the genus may be distinguished as follows :—

1 (4). Fore wing with hyaline spots in cells 6, 7, 8. Hind wing

below not marked with about ten black spots.
2 (3). Upperside dark brown with a purple shade, pale spots on the

fore wing pure white. Hind wing below grey-brown, generally

with a minute pale spot in each of cells 2 and 3; fringe white. . masuriensis, Moore.
3 (2). Upperside brown, pale spots on the fore wing sordid yellowish

white. Hind wing below yellow-brown ; fringe brownish grey . pandita, de Nicév.
4. (1). Fore wing without hyaline spots in cells 6, 7, and 8, or with one in

cell 6 only. Hind wing below marked with about ten black

spots.
5 (6). Fore wing with no pale spot in cell 6. Fringes of hind wing below

pale, with dark spots next the veins. Male with the long hairs

near the base of the hind wing above normal, not forming a tuft.

Apex of tegumen (viewed from above) elongate-triangular, with

a short horn on each side of the base. . . . . . . . . +. = maculicornis, n. sp.
6 (5). Fore wing with a pale spot in cell 6. Fringes of hind wing below

pale with the basal half dark. Male with a distinct tuft of

subequal long hairs near the base of hind wing above. Apex of

tegumen (viewed from above) elongate-triangular, with an ear-

likeslobeyonyeach sidejofithe: basemen 8 sete ee en fUSCICOT-NIs, 01S):

PEDESTES MASURIENSIS. (Plate XXIV. figs. 40, a, 4, c.)
Isoteinon masuriensis, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 693; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p.79; Staudinger, Exot.
Tagf. i. p. 301, u. pl. ec.
Hab. N.W. Himalaya (Young) ; Sikkim (MGller).

PEDESTES PANDITA. (Plate XXIV. figs. 41, a, 0.)
Isoteinon pandita, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1885, p. 181, pl. i. fig. 14, 2 ; Watson,
Hesp. Ind. p. 81.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Naga hills (Doherty).

PEDESTES MACULICORNIs, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 23,3; Plate XXIV. fig. 42.)

go. Upperside dark umber-brown: fore wing with four yellowish-white hyaline
spots—one large, occupying the prebasal fifth of cell 2, one occupying the prebasal
fifth of cell 3, and two in the cell, one on the lower edge and next the base of
cell 3 and one on the upper edge near the base of cell 9; a streak of golden-yellow
scales along the costa from the base to near the middle and another along the
upperside of vein la from the base to beyond the middle. Underside: fore wing

194 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

with the discal area brown, apical area brownish grey; hyaline spots as on the
upperside ; a large oblong suffused pale spot in cell 1a, and a small brown spot
in each of cells 4-7: hind wing brownish grey, with nine roundish black spots
placed as follows—one in the basal fourth of cell 7, one in the cell next the
base of cell 6, one near the basal third of cell 14, one near the middle of cell 7,
one in cell 6, one in cells 4-5, one each in cells 2 and 3, and one near the apical
third of cell 1, the six last named forming a subterminal curved series; fringe pale,
with dark spots next the veins.

Body above concolorous with the wings. Palpi clothed with yellowish-grey scales
intermixed with black ones. Antenne brown, spotted with white on the underside
from the base to the club, which bears a white ring.

@. Similar to the male.

Expanse 37-38 mm.

Described from three males and one female in coll. Elwes.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty).

PEDESTES FUSCICORNIS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 25,3; Plate XXIV. fig. 43.)

¢. Upperside dark umber-brown: fore wing with five yellowish-white hyaline
spots—one, the largest, in cell 2 and reaching from the basal fifth to about the
middle of that cell, one occupying the prebasal fourth of cell 3, one, punctiform,
near the basal third of cell 6, and two in the cell, one on the lower edge and next
the base of cell 83 and one on the upper edge near the base of cell 9; the wing-
membrane on each side of vein la@ from the base to the middle paler in colour
and having a somewhat inflated appearance: hind wing with a tuft of subequal
long brown hairs near the base and reaching nearly to the middle. Underside:
fore wing brown, the hyaline spots as on the upperside; a large oblong suffused
pale spot in cell 1a, and traces of small dark spots one each in cells 4-8, most
distinct in cells 4 and 5: hind wing brown, with a distinct purple shade and nine
black spots placed as follows :—one in the basal fourth of cell 7, ‘one in the cell next
the base of cell 6, one near the basal third of cell 16, one near the middle of cell 7,
one in cell 6, one in cells 4-5, one each in cells 2 and 3, and one near the apical
third of cell 1 4, the six last named forming a submarginal curved series ; fringe pale,
the basal half (that is, the short scales) dark.

Body above concolorous with the wings. Clothing of palpi above dark brown,
beneath of yellowish-grey and brown scales intermixed in nearly equal numbers.
Antenne brown, underside spotted with white near the base; club with a white ring.

Expanse 30-34 mm.

Described from three male specimens in coll. Elwes, in one of which the purple
shade is absent from the underside of the hind wing.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 195

LoPuoIDvEs.

Lophoides, Watson, P. Z. S. 1898, p. 84. Type zapis, de Nicé.

Antenne two-thirds as long as the costa; club moderate, gradual; apiculus gradual.
Palpi suberect, third joint short, almost concealed. Fore wing pointed, dorsum subequal
in length to the termen; vein 5 straight, practically intermediate between veins 4 and 6 ;
vein 2 from the basal third of the lower edge of the cell (further from the base of the
wing in the female) ; base of cell 5 subequal in length to that of cell 4; hyaline spot in
cell 4 reduced to a point or wanting. Hind wing with the termen evenly rounded, cell
about half as long as the wing ; vein 3 arising immediately before the end of the cell,
vein 2 just beyond the middle of the lower edge of the cell.

In the male the dorsum of the fore wing has in its middle third a scanty fringe
of long hairs. pointing obliquely downward and outward; on the underside of the
fore wing the middle third of the dorsum bears a thick fringe of long hairs pointing
obliquely upward and outward; on the upperside of the hind wing there is a patch of
long recumbent hairs attached to the basal portion of vein 8; and the fringe of the
hind wing next the tornus is much elongated.

The first described species belonging to this genus was obscura, Distant, a species for
which that author made the genus /sma; but as his account of that genus is both
imperfect and inaccurate (he ascribes to the type a pyriform antennal club, which it
certainly does not possess), his name must sink in favour of Lophoides, Watson, of which
iapis, de Nicéy., is the type, and of which the diagnosis does include a statement of the

differential characters of the type species.

1 (8). With at least one cell-spot on the fore wing, that next the lower
edge of the cell.

2 (7). Fore wing with the pale spot in cell 2 small, higher than wide (at
least in the male).

3 (6). Hind wing below without any purplish suffusion on the basal half.

4 (5). Hind wing witha sprinkling of yellowish-grey scales, sometimes by
their absence in parts giving rise to the appearance of a very
obscure dark spot next the transverse vein, and a postmedian series
of four or five similar spots. Fore wing broader, termen subequal
in length to the dorsum. Upper edge of lower lobe of clasp not
serrate ; cedeagus-guards toothed on the edges. . . . . . . tapis, de Nicéy.

5 (4). Hind wing below with a feeble brown spot next the transverse vein
and a postmedian series of four similar spots, one each in cells 2,
3, 4-5, and 6 respectively. These spots are of purplish-brown
scales and not merely bare patches of the ground-colour of the
wing. Fore wing longer and narrower, termen longer than the

ore obscura, Distant.

196 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS :

6 (3). Hind wing below with a feeble purple suffusion on its basal half.
Upper edge of lower lobe of clasp serrate ; cedeagus-guards smooth

onithered esac te irons ee ne eee OUD Un OSCens a DrEs De
7 (2). Fore wing with the pale spot in cell 2 large, wider than high. Male

genitalia as in éapis SOUR) Coe e ears sin eins eimai vulso, Mab.
8 (1). No cell-spot on the fore wing. Hind wing below with two minute

white points on the disc, one each in cells 2and3 . . . . . binotatus, n. sp.

! LopHoIDEs IAPIs. (Plate XXIV. figs. 44, 44 a.)

Isoteinon iapis, de Nicéville, Jour, Bom. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 218, pl. E. fig. 9, ¢; Watson,
Hesp. Ind. p. 86.

Hab. Johore, Malay Peninsula; Mergui Archipelago (fide de Nicéville) ; Pulo Laut,
Borneo; Perak (Doherty); Banguey (coll. Staudinger).

LOPHOIDES OBSCURA.
Isma obscura, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 386, pl. xxxv. fig. 19 (1886).

We are indebted to Messrs. Godman and Salvin for the opportunity to critically
examine the type of this species, which is from Singapore (Wallace).

! LoPHOIDES PURPURASCENS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. figs. 26 ¢, 279; Plate XXIV.
figs. 45, 45 a.)

Distinguished from ZL. iapis by the purple suffusion of the basal half of the hind
wing below.

Expanse 31 mm.

Hab. Pulo Laut, Borneo (Doherty).

Described from three males and one female in coll. Elwes.

! LOPHOIDES VULSO, Mab.
Pamphila vulso, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvii. p. 55 (1893).

Hab. West Java (Piepers); Java (Fruhstorfer); Bali (Doherty); Selesseh, Sumatra
(Martin).

LOPHOIDES BINOTATUS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 28, 2 .)

2. Upperside dark brown: fore wing with five hyaline white spots, one about one and
a half times as high as wide in cell 2, one less than half the size of the former in cell 3,
one very small in cell 4, and two small and punctiform, one each in cells 6 and 7, anda
small white spot next the upper edge of vein 1 a near the middle ; hind wing with an
indistinct pale point on the disc, coinciding with that in cell 3 on the underside.
Underside brown: fore wing darker on the disc, with a suffused whitish spot near the
middle of cell la, and the hyaline spots as on the upperside; hind wing with two

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID A. 197

minute white points on the disc, one each in cells 2 and 3. Fringe of the fore wing
grey-brown, a little paler next cell la; of the hind wing dark grey, with the short
scales dark brown and a feeble indication of chequering. Antenne blackish, finely
spotted with white on the underside; club white beneath, apiculus dark. Body above
concolorous with the wings. Second joint of palpi clothed with yellowish and black
hairs intermixed. Clothing of breast and legs brown. Abdomen beneath yellowish
grey.

Expanse 30 mm.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt).

Described from one example ex coll. Staudinger.

Hyanroris.
Hyarotis, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 174 (1881). Type adrastus, Cr.

This is a monotypic genus established by Moore for Hesperia adrastus, Cr., an insect
sufficiently distinguished by its facies. Vein 5 of the fore wing is straight throughout.

HYAROTIS ADRASTUS.
Hesperia adrastus, Cramer, Pap. Ex. vol. iv. pl. eccxix. figs. F, G (1780).
Plesioneura praba, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 790.
Hesperia phenicis, Hewitson, Ex. Butt., Hesp. pl. iv. figs. 36, 37 (1869).
Hyarotis adrastus, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 174, pl. Ixvii. figs. 5, 5 @ (1881) ; Distant, Rhop.
Mal. p. 397, pl. xxxiv. fig. 4 (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 117.
Hab. Kangra (Hocking); Sikkim (Moller); E. Pegu (Doherty); Ceylon; Java
(Fruhstorfer) ; Philippines (Semper); Palawan (Platen).

ISOTEINON.
Isoteinon, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. vi. p. 30 (1862); Watson, P.Z.S. 1893, p. 83. Type
lamprospilus, Feld.

Watson restricts the name /soteinon to the lamprospilus of Felder and diagnoses the
genus by the direction of the third joint of the palpi, which is “ erect, reaching well
above the vertex of the head, slender, obtusely conical.” We have not seen any
specimens of lamprospilus, Feld., with palpi of this kind; for us, the third joint of the
palpus is short, about equal in length to one-fourth of the diameter of the eye, erecto-
patent, and not reaching to the level of the vertex; and this condition does not appear
to be due to deflexion of the head in setting. ‘The basal portion of vein 5 of the
fore wing recedes from vein 6.

IsoTEINON LAMPROSPILUS.

Isoteinon lamprospilus, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 30 (1862) ; id. Reise Nov., Lep. iii. pl. Ixxiy,

fig. 20 (1867) ; Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 582 (1893-94).
VOL. xiv.—ParT tv. No. 13.—October, 1897.

Nw

D

198 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Pamphila vitrea, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 171 (1875).
Pamphila lamprospilus, Pryer, Rhop. Nihon. p. 33, pl. x. fig. (1889).

Hab. Japan (Pryer, Leech); Changyang, C. China (Pratt).

Ipmon.
Idmon, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p.375. Type “unicolor,” de Nicév. (nec Dist.)

This is a genus made by Mr. de Nicéville for a species from Perak, of which the
female, according to him, agrees very closely with Distant’s figure of Baoris unicolor.
The latter is an entirely brown insect with an expanse of about 30 mm., and, as we have
satisfied ourselves by an examination of the type kindly lent to us by Dr. Staudinger, 1s a
true Parnara, and a male, not a female as supposed by Mr. de Nicéville. In the genus
Idmon, according to his description, “ the middle and lower discocellulars of the fore
wing are very upright, slightly inwardly oblique only, both slightly concave, the middle
a very little longer than the lower, the second median nervule arises close to the
lower end of the cell, and the first median arises a little nearer to the base of the wing
than to the lower end of the cell.’ There is on the fore wing of the male a sex-mark,
which is described by him first as “a sexual brand placed anterior to, but against the
submedian nervure towards its base, this brand is narrow and raised,” and afterwards as
‘“‘a narrow raised brand of modified scales lying alongside a portion of the submedian
nervure towards its base on the upperside of the fore wing.”

The hind tibia has “a tuft of hairs attached to its proximal and two pairs of spines
on its distal end.” This latter character is not found in any species of Hesperiidz
known to us; and as Mr. de Nicéville says that the female of his /dmon differs from the
male only in the wings being broader and lacking the sexual brand on the fore wing,
it would appear that there are two pairs of spines on the distal end of the hind tibia in
both sexes.

Mr. de Nicéville gives as the type of this genus an insect which he was unable
to identify correctly without seeing, and his generic diagnosis relates to the species
mentioned below, which we have never seen, and not to Baoris unicolor, Dist.

IDMON UNICOLOR.
Idmon unicolor, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 377, pl. Q. fig. 58, d.

Hab. Perak ( fide de Nicéville).

ARNETTA.
Arnetta, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 81. Type atkinsoni, Moore.

Watson includes in this genus Jsoteinon atkinsoni, Moore, and I. vindhiana, Moore ;
the former has vein 5 in the fore wing straight and very little nearer to vein 4 than to

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERTIDA. 199.

vein 6, and in the latter the basal portion of vein 5 in the fore wing recedes from
vein 6, so that vein 5 arises much nearer to vein 4 to vein 6, ‘The palpi are porrect
in both species.

The two species may be distinguished as follows :—

1 (2). Male with a tuft of hair near the middle of the dorsum of the

fore wing below. Vein la of fore wing deflexed to the dorsum

near the middle. Hind wing below with small pale spots . . . atkinsoni, Moore.
2 (1). No such tuft in the male, vein 1 a of fore wing straight. Hind wing

below divided into a pale basal and a dark apical area, the

boundary between these being in a line from the apical third of

vein 8 to the apical fourth of vein 14 and somewhat angulated

rm Oper @ll'y —¢ 5 5 6 & 6 4 et ee) ee eeuenahana Moore:

! ARNETTA ATKINSONI.
Isoteinon atkinsoni, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 693, pl. xlv. fig. 10; Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
1888, p. 455, pl. xi. fig. 9,¢; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 77,
Isoteinon subtestaceus, Moore, t.c. p. 844; Watson, t.c. p. 78.
Tsoteinon khasianus, Moore, t. c. p. 693 ; Watson, t.c. p. 78.

Hab. Sikkim (Llwes); Khasias (Hamilton); Nagas, Burmah (Doherty).

Atkinson? varies in the ground-colour of the hind wing below and the development
of the pale spots thereon; in typical examples the latter are well marked, but they are
sometimes entirely absent, and many intermediate states occur: the unspotted or faintly
marked examples (subtestaceus, M.) were regarded by Mdller as the spring brood, and
Watson got atkinsoni only in August and sudbtestaceus only in April. Watson says
(P. Z. S. 1895, p. 82) that in the males of atkinsoni and subtestaceus there is attached
along the basal half of the inner margin of the fore wing a tuft of longish hairs, which
are turned up and spread out fanwise over the underside of the hind wing. In the
male specimens of atkinsonit before us there is on the dorsum of the fore wing,
from a point distant about one-fourth from the base of the wing to a point about the
middlle of the dorsum, a fringe of long black hairs, which form a tuft pointing
in the direction of the tornus and covering the middle portion of vein 1 a, which is
deflexed so as to touch the dorsum, and is there thickened and channelled.

! ARNETTA VINDHIANA. (Plate XVIII. fig. 24, 3.)

Tsoteinon vindhiana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 533; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 84.
Tsoteinon nilgiriana, Moore, |. c. ; Watson, l. ec.
Lsoteinon modesta, Moore, t. c. p. 584; Watson, 1. ec.

Hab, Jubbulpore (fide Moore) ; Nilgiris (Hampson) ; Mhow, Matheran (fide
Swinhoe); ‘Travancore (in coll. Rothschild).
2v2

200 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Irys.
Itys, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 377. Type iadera, de Nicé.

The following are the chief characters given by Mr. de Nicéville for this genus and
are taken from the male:—Antenne more than half as long as costa, club elongate
slender, apiculus short. Palpi porrect, densely hairy, third joint almost concealed.
Fore wing: dorsum considerably longer than the termen, vein 5 rather nearer 4 than 6,
vein 2 a little nearer to the end of the cell than to the base of the wing; dorsum
on the underside with a long tuft of hair-scales directed upwards and outwards.
Hind wing much longer than broad. Abdomen slender, reaching to the tarsus of
hind wing. ‘Tibial epiphysis present. Hind “tibia with a single pair of long spines
at its distal end.”

Table of Species.
] (2). Entire insect shining brownish fuscous. . . . . . tadera, de Nicév.
2 (1). Upperside dark vandyke- brown suffused with ene orewae
below with four whitish hyaline spots, one each in cells 2,
3, 6, and 7, and a geminate cell-spot which is twice as high
as wide. Hind wing below vandyke-brown, suffused with
purple, with indistinct traces of three dark bands, one sub-
basal and two postmedian, and not more than four small
ochreous-white spots, of which letter, according to the
figure, there are two in cell 7, and one in the cell near its [& de Nicéville.

upper outer angle 5 oo 6 6 oe 6 6 8 6 oo og WeROMaHD., \WoDGlelilason
Itys IADERA.
Itys iadera, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 379, pl. Q. fig. 52, 3.
Hab. Penang, N.E. Sumatra (de Nicéville).

ITYS MICROSTICTUM.

Isoteinon microstictum, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 885, pl. xvii.
figs. 8 ¢,3a 9; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 82.

Hab. Silcuri, Cachar (Wood-Mason & de Nicéville).

ZOGRAPHETUS.
Zographetus, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 84. Type satwa, de Nicév.

Species of small size, without markings on the hind wing above; no hyaline spot in
cell 4 of the fore wing ; alar sex-mark when present not of the kind found in Halpe.
Basal portion of vein 5 of the fore wing decurved. ‘The latter point is less evident in.
satwa than in ogygia and the other species here included in the genus. Antenne
about half as long as the costa (somewhat exceeding that length in the male of ogygia),

the club and apiculus moderate and gradual. Palpi ascending, third joint short.
Hind tibiee with two pairs of spurs.

10

Isoteinon satwa, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 86;
Hab. Sikkim (Elwes); E. Pegu, Perak (Doherty).

ay Coo
© OD
SS

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA.,

species known to us may be distinguished as follows :—

. The largest or only pale spot in the cell of the fore wing placed next

the lower edge of the cell.

. Hind wing below yellow or greenish yellow in the basal half, purple

or brownish purple in the terminal half.

. Ground-colour of the fore wing above plain brown. Fore wing in the

male with a distinct ridge or fold on each side of the prebasal fourth
of vein 1a and on each side of the basal third of vein 2. Hind wing
below bright yellow, the termen broadly brownish purple

. Ground-colour of the fore wing above brown with a dark purple

shade. No sex-mark on the fore wing of the male. Hind wing
below greenish yellow, the termen broadiy purple-brown .

. Hind wing below not as in paragraph 2.
. Male: fore wing above’ with a tuft of long hair-like scales near the

middle of the dorsum. Hind wing below yellow; termen narrowly
brown from the tornus as far as vein 7; a brown spot next the
transverse vein, a smaller one in cell 5, and three small subcon-
tiguous brown rings, one each in cells 1 4, 2, and 3

. No tuft of long hair-scales on the dorsum of the fore wing in the male.
. Hind wing below brown, with several suffused patches of yellowforming

two series, a median and subterminal, the latter being the more
distinct ; about six more or less indistinct suffused dusky spots, one
near the middle of cell 7, one near the middle of the upper edge of
the cell, and a postmedian series of about four commencing in
cell 2 and running parallel to the termen

. Hind wing below red-brown, with about seven suffused ae i pataiee

brown spots, one near the middle of cell 7, one near the middle of
the upper edge of the cell, and a postmedian series of five others
placed one each in cells 1 6, 2, 3, 4-5, and 6, and ae te
to the termen

. The largest or only pale shot in Ate an of me tore wing laced next

the upper edge of the cell. Hind wing below yellow, with a nearly
straight postmedian series of five oblong brown spots passing from
just beyond the middle of vein 14 to just beyond the middle of
vein 6, and a more or less distinct suffused dusky terminal band .

ZOGRAPHETUS SATWA.

! ZOGRAPHETUS DURGA.

Apaustus durga, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlv. p. 153 (1884).
Isoteinon durga, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 306, pl. xlix. fig. 10, ¢ (1892).

201

satwa, de Nicév.

durga, Plotz.

flavalum, de Nicév.

ogygia, Hew.

ogygiotdes, u. sp.

auriferus, 1. sp.

Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 79.

* See next page, under Navalum.

202 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Resembles J. satwa, de Nicév., so closely that the differences only need be noticed.
Fore wing with a dark purple shade throughout; no pale spot in cell 7, no modification
of veins 1 and 2 by way of sex-mark; the yellow colour on the hind wing below more
extensive but much less bright; club of antennz pure white beneath.

Hab. Camaguin de Mindanao (Semper); Sambawa (Doherty).

ZOGRAPHETUS FLAVIPENNIS.

Isoteinon flavipennis, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1885, p. 122, pl. il. fig. 4, 9; Watson,
Hesp. Ind. p. 81.
Zographetus flavipennis, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 85.

The hind wing below is described as “ ferruginous-ochreous, glossed and marbled with
purple,’ and as having “a dark brown spot in the cell and a series of five or six
similar spots placed around the cell.” ‘The figure shows the termen of the hind wing
below rather broadly and suffusedly brown.

Col. Swinhoe has kindly lent us an insect from Sikkim (Monro), labelled by Mr. de
Nicéville *‘ soteinon flavipennis, de Nicéville, 2,” which agrees fairly well with the
figure above cited. The underside of the hind wing of this specimen is dull red-
yellow, darker next the termen, with seven dark purple-brown spots, one near
the middle of cell 7, one near the middle of the upper edge of the cell, and a
postmedian series of five others placed one each in cells 14, 2, 3, 4-5, and 6, and
running parallel to the termen. The fore wing is remarkable for the large size of the
hyaline spot in cell 6, which is oblong and nearly as large as that in cell 3; the one in
cell 7 is punctiform. In cell 1a@ on the fore wing above there is a yellowish-white spot
next vein 1 @ beyond the middle.

Hab. Buxa, Bhutan (Moti Ram); Sikkim (J/éller); South Andaman Island (de
Roepstorf’). All fide de Nicéville.

ZOGRAPHETUS FLAVALUM.

Isuteinon flavalum, de Nicéville, P. Z. S. 1887, p. 468, pl. xl. fig. 10, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 83
(1891).

Hab. Sikkim.

Having regard to the statement in the original description of this species that
there are “no secondary male sexual characters,” it is well to note that in the
type specimen (kindly lent to me by Mr. Rothschild) there is a tuft of long pale hair-
scales occupying the middle third of the dorsum of the fore wing above directed very
obliquely outward and upward and reaching as far as vein la. It is, however, just
possible that this tuft may have been misplaced in setting the insect, and that its
normal position is on the underside of the fore wing, as in some other species.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 203

! ZOGRAPHETUS OGYGIA,
Hesperia ogygia, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 500 (1866).
_ Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty); Labuan (coll. Staudinger).

ZOGRAPHETUS OGYGIOIDES, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 9, 3.)

¢. Upperside dark brown: fore wing with five yellowish-white spots placed as
follows—one large and subquadrate in cell 2, one much smaller but also subquadrate
in cell 8, an oblong one of moderate size near the apex of the lower edge of the cell, a
punctiform one just above the one last named, and a small roundish one in cell 6; no
evident sexual modification of veins 1 and 2. Underside: fore wing dark brown on the
dise, paler along the dorsum, the extra-discal region concolorous with the hind wing, the
pale spots as on the upperside ; hind wing red-brown, with about seven suffused dark
purple-brown spots, one near the middle of cell 7, one near the middle of the upper edge
of the cell, and a postmedian series of five others placed one each in cells 1b, 2, 3, 4-5,
and 6, and running parallel to the termen. Fringes whitish grey, the short scales
grey-brown. Antenne dark brown, spotted with whitish beneath ; club white on the
upperside, apiculus pale red beneath. Body and legs brown. Second joint of palpi
clothed with greyish-yellow and black hairs intermixed.

Expanse 27-28 mm.

Hab. Kina Balu (Waterstradt); Banguey (coll. Stgr.).

Described from three specimens, one from Gunong Jjan ex coll. Rothschild and two
ex coll. Staudinger; one of the latter, that from Banguey, is a little smaller and paler
than the other and wants the dark spot in cell 6 on the hind wing below.

! ZOGRAPHETUS AURIFERUS, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 13, 3.)

$. Upperside brown: fore wing with five white spots placed as follows—two
oblong, one each near the base of cells 2 and 3, two very much smaller but also oblong,
one each near the base of cells 6 and 7, and one, small and indistinct, near the apical
third of the upper edge of the cell; no evident sexual modification of veins 1 and 2.
Underside : fore wing brown, the extra-discal region more or less thickly clothed with
yellow scales; the pale spots as on the upperside, a suffused and rather indistinct sub-
terminal yellow macular band from the costa to vein 3: hind wing yellow, with a nearly
straight postmedian series of five oblong brown spots passing from just beyond the
middle of vein 14 to just beyond the middle of vein 6, and a more or less distinct
suffused dusky terminal band. Fringes grey, the short scales brown. Antenne dark
brown, finely spotted with yellowish white beneath and becoming entirely pale on the
underside of the basal part of the club; apiculus pale red beneath. Body above brown.
Second joint of palpi, breast, and legs clothed with yellow and black hairs intermixed.
Abdomen beneath sordid yellowish white. .

Expanse 25-26 mm,

204 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Hab. Island of Nias (Modigliant).

Described from three specimens, one in coll. Elwes, one ex coll. Rothschild, and
one ex coll. Staudinger; in the fore wing of the two latter the pale spots proper to
cells 6 and 7 are wanting, and the pale cell-spot is only visible on the underside.

SCOBURA, nom. nov.

Isma, Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 83, nec Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 386 (1886).

The species here dealt with under this genus are associated on account of their
general resemblance to Hesperia cephala and H. bononia of Hewitson, and the main
distinguishing feature common to them all is the presence of pale spots in both fore
and hind wings; the palpi are ascending, with an inconspicuous third joint, and there is
no sex-mark on the wings of the male. Antennz more than one-half, in some species
two-thirds, as long as the costa; club slender, apiculus moderate and gradual. It
comprises two natural sections, one consisting of cephala and cephaloides, and the other

of feralia and its allies.

Watson, in his Revision of the genera of Hesperiide, characterizes a genus which he
calls sma, Distant, and gives obscura, Distant, as the type of it; but it appears from a
statement of Mr. de Nicéville (Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 578) that Watson’s
diagnosis of the genus Jsma was drawn up from “ Hesperia” cephala, Hew., and we find
that it does not agree with the type specimen of sma obscura, Dist. Under all the
circumstances, it appears that the genus Jsma of Watson requires another name, and
that of Scobura has accordingly been applied to it.

The following is a table of the species known to us :—

1 (4). Fore wing: hyaline spots in cells 2 and 3, 2 and 4, or in cell 2
only, not in cells 2, 3, and 4. Hind wing below with the pale
spots pure white and dark-edged.

2 (38). Fore wing: no hyaline spot in cell 3. Hind wing below
yellowish green or greyish green, with a large white spot near
the base of cells 4-5, touching veins 4 and 6.

2a (26). Cell-spot of the fore wing not reaching the subcostal. Hind wing
below yellowish green OR tear erent Che Pe mal ie aii 2 cephala, Hew.
26 (2a). Cell-spot of the fore wing passing from the median to the subcostal.
Hind wing below greyish green . Sel etal ee Ne aa ie oa martini, O. sp.
3 (2). Fore wing: no hyaline spot in cell 4. Hind wing below with the
basal half yellow, the apical half reddish brown ; a white spot
about the middle of cell 14, and one each near the bases of
(Gellig rsh) CMUCUE) AG oh 2o oel alo o 6 «16 0 G BGI AMINES, CO INGOS7,
4 (1). Fore wing with hyaline spots in cells 2, 3, and 4.
5 (14). Pale spots on hind wing oblong or cuneate or both.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 205

6 (7). Hind wing below with two pale spots, one in cell 2 near the
middle and the other in cell 3 near the base . . . . . . dononia, Hew.
7 (6). Hind wing below with three contiguous pale spots, one in each
of cells 2 and 3, and one in cells 4—5, and sometimes one or two
others.
8 (13). Fore wing with two long unequal cell-spots.
9 (12). Hind wing below: pale spot in cell 2 subequal in length. to or
shorter than that in cell 3.
10 (11). Pale spot in cell la of the fore wing above as wide or wider than
high, not reaching vein 2. No pale spot in cell of hind wing
below yea 6 é ee : . feralia, Hew.
11 (10). Pale spot in cell la of res wing shove nearly twice as Hen as ie
reaching quite across the cell. Hind wing below with a pale
spot in the cell next the base of cell 3. Lower lobe of clasp
producedinto-arsharpatrianele 2) 4) hee se : . fenestrata, n. sp.
12 (9). Hind wing below: pale spot in cell 2 about twice as ne as that
in cell 3, the cell generally with a pale spot next the base of
cell 3. Pale spot in cell 1a of fore wing above as wide or wider
than high, not reaching vein 2. Lower lobe of clasp not pro-

duced intora\triangle 7024). 2) i) 2) ts enartmes de: Nicév:
13 (8). Fore wing without any cell-spot . . . atu ne re NCONCIING 1 Onis):
14 (5). Pale spots on the hind wing small and nae
15 (16). Hind wing: vein 2 arising near the half-length of the cell. . . bipunctata, n. Sp.
16 (15). Hind wing: vein 2 arising near the apical third of the cell . . wmbrosa, n. sp.

! ScoBURA CEPHALA.

Hesperia cephala, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag. 1876, p. 152; id. Descr. Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 4 (1879).

Isoteinon cephala, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 456, pl. xi. fig. 10 ¢; Watson, Hesp.
Ind. p. 80.

Isma isota, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 320.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Burmah (Watson); E. Pegu (Doherty); Tavoy (Tucker) ;
Shillong (fide Swinhoe).

Specimens in which the pale spot is absent from cell 4 of the fore wing are not
uncommon ; the type of J. isota, Swinh., is one of these.

ScOBURA MARTINI, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 22, ¢ .)

9. Differs from S. cephala, Hew., in the following points:—The ceil-spot of the
fore wing reaches right across the cell and is rather more than half as long next the
subcostal as it is next the median, and there is no white spot in cell 4; the hind wing
below and the apical region of the fore wing pale greyish green, the former with a
large hyaline spot across cells 4-5, and three small more or less distinct brown

VOL. XIV.—PaART Iv. No. 14.—Octoder, 1897. on

206 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

spots, one before the middle of cell 6, one before the middle of cell 2, and one beyond
the middle of cell 1 0.

Expanse 30 mm.

Hab. Battak Mountains, Sumatra (JJartin).

Described from a single specimen in coll. Rothschild.

! SCOBURA CEPHALOIDES.
Hesperia? cephaloides, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1888, p. 288, pl. xii. fig. 4 g.
Isoteinon cephaloides, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 80 (1891).

Hab. Naga hills ; Bernardmyo, Burmah (Doherty).

! SCOBURA BONONIA.

Hesperia bononia, Hewitson, Desc. Hesp. p. 29 (1868) ; id. Exot. Butt. v., Hesp. pl. vil. figs. 75, 76
(1876).
Isma bononia, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 386, pl. xxxv. fig. 20 (1886).

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty).

! ScOBURA FERALIA.
Hesperia feralia, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 31 (1868) ; id. Exot. Butt. iv., Hesp. pl. iv. fig. 32 (1869).
Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt); Pulo Laut (Doherty); West Java
( Piepers).
! ScoBURA FENESTRATA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 16, ¢ ; Plate XXIV. fig. 46.)

s. Closely allied to S. inarime, de Nicév., which it resembles in the possession of a
hyaline spot in the cell of hind wing below, next the base of cell 3. It is distinguished,
however, by the shape of the white spot which stands on vein 1 a of the fore wing above,
which is oblong, nearly twice as high as wide, reaching from vein 1a to vein 2, and
having its inner edge continuous with the inner edge of the white spot in cell 2.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). Type in coll. Elwes.

!ScOBURA INARIME. (Plate XXIV. fig. 47.)

Isma inarime, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 391, pl. vi. fig. 88 ¢.
Pamphila zetus, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvii. p. 55 (1893).

Hab. Perak; Pulo Laut (Doherty); Java (fide Mabille). Type in coll. Elwes.

!ScoBURA CONCINNA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 12, 2.)

g. Upperside deep warm brown: fore wing with six irregular white spots, of which
four placed one in each of cells 1@ to 4 form an oblique series from just beyond the
middle of vein 1@ to cell 4, and two small oblong ones are placed one in each of cells 6

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 207

and 7: hind wing with three white spots on the disc, that in cell 2 oblong, that in cell 8
cuneate, and that in cell 4 roundish. Underside : fore wing blackish-brown on the dise,
closely sprinkled with greenish-yellow scales in the costal and apical regions ; pale spots
as on the upperside save that the one in cell la is represented by a suffused white
patch and a pale point is feebly indicated in cell 8: hind wing dull greyish green by
reason of a close sprinkling of greenish-yellow scales on a brown ground, pale spots as
on the upperside but feebly and irregularly dark-edged. Fringes pale grey, the short
scales brown. Antenne above blackish, spotted with white beneath; club white on
the underside. Second joint of the palpi clothed with greyish-yellow and black hairs
intermixed. Body above and legs brown ; abdomen beneath and the tarsi yellowish grey.

Expanse 31 mm.

Hab. Pulo Laut, Borneo (Doherty).

This species, which is described from a single example in coll. Elwes, is well
distinguished from its allies by the want of pale spots in the cell of the fore wing.

ScoBURA BIPUNCTATA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 2, 9 .)

9. Upperside ochreous brown: fore wing witha yellow spot near the middle of cell
la and seven hyaline spots—two small and remote in the cell, one in each of cells 2, 3,
and 4 forming a rapidly decreasing series, and one in each of cells 6 and 7; hind wing
with two small irregularly roundish hyaline spots on the disc, and one in each of cells 2
and 3. Underside: fore wing brown on the disc, the dorsal region pale yellowish grey
nearly to the base, the costal and apical regions thickly clothed with greenish-yellow
scales, the hyaline spots as on the upperside: hind wing dull greenish-yellow by reason
of the thick clothing of greenish-yellow scales on a brown ground, a median band of
small irregular, bare, and therefore brown, spots running parallel to the termen, the
hyaline spots in cells 2 and 3 not so well defined as on the upperside. Fringe of the
fore wing yellowish grey indistinctly chequered; of the hind wing greyish yellow on the
upperside, on the underside with the short scales and a few long ones next veins 2 and
3, brown. Second joint of palpi clothed with greyish-yellow and black hairs inter-
mixed. Antenne above brown, spotted beneath with yellowish white ; club white on the
underside. Body above concolorous with the wings, abdomen beneath and legs paler.

Expanse 28 mm.

Hab. Palawan (Platen).

Described from a single specimen ex coll. Staudinger.

ScoBURA UMBROSA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 1, @.)

@. Upperside deep warm brown, dorsal region of the hind wing paler: fore wing
with seven sordid white spots placed as follows :—one, roundish, near the middle of cell
la next vein 1a, one, subquadrate, near the basal third of cell 2, one much smaller near

252

208 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

the basal third of cell 3, one, small and roundish, near the middle of cell 4, one in each
of cells 6 and 7, and one, small and somewhat roundish, near the upper edge of the cell:
hind wing with two small hyaline spots on the disc, one in each of cells 2 and 3, and
sometimes with a third pale spot indicated by a feeble pale point in cell 5. Underside
grey-brown, the disc of the fore wing darker towards the base; fore wing with the pale
spots as on the upperside save that the one in cell 1 ais larger and suffused; hind wing
with the pale spots in cells 2 and 3 as on the upperside and the pale point in cell 5
distinct. Fringe of the fore wing brown, becoming a little paler towards the tornus, of
the hind wing dark grey feebly chequered. Antenne above blackish, finely spotted
with white on the underside, club yellowish white beneath. Second joint of palpi
clothed with yellowish-grey and black hairs intermixed. Body and legs concolorous
with the wings. |

Expanse 33 mm.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt).

Described from two specimens ex coll. Staudinger.

MArTApa.
Matapa, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 163 (1881) ; Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 85. Type aria, Moore.

A natural and easily recognized group of species, associated on account of their
resemblance to the Jsmene aria of Moore, for which he subsequently established the
present genus. Wings above and below brown unspotted; fore wing pointed,
termen nearly straight, on the upperside in the male bearing a narrow curved impressed
marking from the middle of vein 1 @ to the base of vein 8. Body stout; antenne rather
more than half as long as costa, Palpi appressed, very densely scaled, 3rd joint
concealed.

The males of the species in coll. Elwes may be distinguished by the characters given
below :—

1 (2). Fringe of hind wing below whitish grey, the basal half (7. e. the
short scales) brown. . . é fet cenartan Moore:
2 (1). Fringe of hind wing below in greater bart heen Seine
3 (6). Fore wing above with the sex-mark black.
4 (5). Fore wing above with a purple shade in certain lights. Upper edge

of lower lobe of clasp excavated . . . purpurascens, 0. Sp.
5 (4). No purple shade on fore wing above. Upper ce of foes Tone of
clasp convex, even Meo sree 6 a 6 a 5 0 6 Wii Niloarre:

6 (8). Fore wing above with the sex- rae whitish grey.
7 (8). Hind wing below with all the scales in the fringe to cells 1-3 bright
yellow fui7s-) yea sasivarna, Moore.
8 (7). Hind wing below mith the alone sealeat in the ings to penile ie 3 Ae
the long ones yellow PA og 8 Soe o 6 6 5 6 » 9 GinGRHIG, be Nigar

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 209

! MATAPA ARIA.
Ismene aria, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1865, p. 784.
Matapa aria, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 164, pl. Ixvi. figs. 1, 1a (1881); Distant, Rhop. Mal.
p- 378, pl. xxxv. fig. 8 (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 22.

Hab. EF. Pegu, Bali (Doherty); Andamans (de Roepstorf*); Ganjam (Minchin) ;
N. Canara (Aitken); Java (Piepers); Philippines (Semper); Palawan (Platen).

! MATAPA PURPURASCENS, n. sp. (Plate XX. fig. 1, ¢ ; Plate XXIV. fig. 48.)

3. Upperside brown, with a purple shade which is strongest on the apical half of the
fore wing, sex-mark blackish. Underside brown, fore wing with the dorsum and apex
suffusedly paler. Fringe of the fore wing whitish grey, of the hind wing deep yellow
from the tornus about as far as vein 6, thence to the apex brown. Antenne brown,
spotted with yellowish beneath, club yellowish on the underside. Clothing of palpi,
body, and legs concolorous with the wings.

Expanse 40 mm.

Hab. Khasias (Hamilton) ; E. Pegu (Doherty).

Described from two males in coll. Elwes, where, however, there is no female which
can be certainly identified as the female of this species, although there are two purpu-
rascent females, one from Sikkim with the underside entirely pale grey-brown, and the
other from Tavoy with the underside as in JZ. druna; both these females have the
clothing of the apex of the abdomen yellow.

This species is nearest to M. druna, Moore, from which it differs in having a purple
shade on the fore wing above, and also in the clasp-form of the male.

Doherty has sent from East Pegu no less than three species of this genus—purpu-
rascens, sasivarna, and shalgrama, and also a single female which does not agree with
any of those species ; it has not the purple shade on the upperside proper to purpu-
rascens, the underside is too pale and the yellow clothing of the apex of the abdomen
too extensive for sasivarna (of which, moreover, I have typical females from East Pegu),
and it has not the pale red-brown underside nor the brown clothing to the apex of the
abdomen proper to shalgrama; its underside is pale grey-brown, and the clothing of
the abdomen beneath is orange-yellow through rather more than its apical third;
the fringe of the hind wing is orange-yellow, passing into pale grey-brown next
cells 4-8; the colour of the hind wing below is uniform and not paler in the basal
third as usual in druna 2, and the pubescence of the hind part of the thorax and of
the basal part of the hind wing above shows in certain lights a brilliant greenish-blue

colour.

210 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

!Mavapa pruNA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 49.)
Ismene druna, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 784, g¢ ; Wood-Mason and de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc.

Beng. 1881, p. 255 ?.
Matapa druna, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 23.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Andamans (de Roepstorff); Kina Balu (Waterstradt).

! MATAPA SASIVARNA.

Ismene sasivarna, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1865, p. 784.
Matapa sasivarna, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 28.

Hab. Sikkim (Maller); Khasias (Hamilton); FE. Pegu, Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty);
Tavoy (Zucker).

! MATAPA SHALGRAMA.
Hesperia aria, Hewitson (nec Moore), Exot. Butt. vol. iv., Hesp. pl. ii. figs. 24, 25, 9 (1868) ; fide
de Nicéville /. ¢. post.
Matapa shalgrama, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1882, p. 85 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 24.

Hab. Sikkim (Miller) ; E. Pegu, Pulo Laut, Bali (Doherty); Java (Fruhstorfer).

SEPA.

Sepa, de Nicéville, Jour. As, Soc. Beng. 1894, p. 50. Type cronus, De Nicév.

This genus will include certain species distinguished from Parnara by having vein 5
of the fore wing straight and practically intermediate between vein 4 and vein 6.

Antenne more than half as long as costa, reaching nearly to the end of the cell, club
gradual, apiculus about one fourth as long as the club. Palpi with the second joint
densely scaled, third joint short, nearly or quite concealed. Fore wing moderately
pointed, costa about one-fourth longer than the dorsum, termen moderately curved, a
trifle shorter than the dorsum ; vein 5 straight, practically intermediate between vein 4
and vein 6, base of cell 3 a little shorter than that of cell 4. Hind tibiae with two
pairs of spurs.

The linear sex-mark on the fore wing in the first three species is most easily observed
whilst the wing is wet with benzole.

Males.

1 (10). Fore wing with distinct hyaline spots.

2 (7). Sex-mark on fore wing above linear, being merely a ridge forming
the inner boundary of the hyaline spot in cell 2, and sometimes
continued across ce! la.

3 (6). Sex-mark reaching from vein 1 a to vein 3.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID. 211

4 (5). Sex-mark angulated near the middle, erect from near the middle of
vein la as far as vein 2, thence oblique to the base of vein 3.
Hyaline spot in cell 2 of fore wing above linear, no white spot
near the middle of cell la. Hind wing below with a pale dot in
each of cells 2 and 4 and the indication of another next the
transverse vein. Fringe of the hind wing gradually increasing in
length from vein 2 to the tornus, where it is about three times as
long asat ven 2 . . ‘ 4 2) eee Cronus, deyNicéve
5 (4). Sex-mark continuous, ahendy pbnane throughout Hyaline spot in
cell 2 of the fore wing above oblong, rather more than twice as
high as wide, a small white spot near the middle of cell la. Hind
wing below with a small pale spot near the basal third of each of
cells 2 and 3. Fringe of the hind wing normal or nearly so . . cicatrosa, n. sp.
6 (8). Sex-mark between veins 2 and 3 only, not extended across cell 1a.
A long-oval slightly raised space near the base of cell la and
lying next to vein 1a, which is there slightly smuate . . . . wmiosticta, de Nicév.
7 (2). Sex-mark a long-oval raised space near the base of cell la and lying
next to vein la, which is there sinuate.
8 (9). Fore wing with two unequal cell-spots . . . . . . . . . . guttulifera, n. sp.
9 (8). Fore wing without cell-spots . . . . . cinnamomea, NX. sp.
10 (1). Pale spots absent from the fore wing or onl chal defined, on ithe
underside.
11 (14). Dorsum of the fore wing feebly sinuate and bearing on its middle
third a thin fringe of long hairs directed obliquely outward and
downward.
12 (13). Fore wing with pale spots, feebly indicated on the upperside, sharply
defined on the underside. Hind wing below with a pale point in
each of cells 2 and 3 and sometimes the indication of another in
Gall. 5. -3 6) 6 Se eos) ae Simms wtuenmen ts) 0 Oisentaras nis.
13 (12). Wings brown, eels tuspotted Sieh At tegh. WNL e cot Wanid AceUtara.n ys Ds
14 (11). Dorsum of the fore wing normal. Wings brown, entirely unspotted. xoctis, Stgr.

SEPA CRONUS.

Sepa cronus, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1894, p. 50, pl. v. fig. 4 ¢.

Hab. Battak Mountains, N.E. Sumatra (tn coll. Martin); Kina Balu, Borneo
(Waterstradt) ; Gunong Ijan (in coll. Rothschild).

The following is the description of a female Seva from Gunong Ijan ex coll.
Rothschild, which may or may not be the female of S. cronus, the male of which from
the same locality is in the same collection.

2. Upperside brown; fore wing with seven sordid white hyaline spots placed as
foliows :—one, quadrate, across the basal third of cell 2, one, also quadrate, across the
basal third of cell 3, one, small and narrow, before the middle of cell 4, one, small and
roundish, in each of cells 6 and 7, and two in the cell, the upper one punctiform,{the

212 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

lower one larger and suboval. Underside brown ; dorsal region of the fore wing as far
as vein 2, except at the base and apex, suffusedly pale grey. Fringes concolorous with
the wings. Antenne blackish, minutely spotted with white in front; club broadly
white on the underside next the apiculus. Body above concolorous with the wings.
Clothing of the second joint of palpi of whitish and black hairs intermixed, of the
breast of yellowish and black hairs intermixed, of the legs brown. Abdomen beneath
grey.
Expanse 34 mm.

SEPA CICATROSA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 4, ¢ .)

g. Upperside rather pale brown: fore wing with two small indistinct white cell-
spots, a round white spot in each of cells 6 and 7 and a minute white point in cell 8,
an erect oblong white spot standing on vein la near the middle and reaching halfway
across cell 1a, an oblong white spot standing on vein 2 before the middle and passing
obliquely to the base of vein 3, a white spot near the basal third of cell 3, and a small
linear erect white spot near the middle of cell 4, the inner edge of the white spots in
cells la and 2 is bounded by a linear ridge of androconia: hind wing with a white
point in each of cells 2 and 3. Underside paler than above ; the pale spots as on the
upperside save that the one in cell 1@ is represented by an oblong patch of white scales
reaching quite across cell la and similar in size and shape to that in cell 2. Fringes
brown, that of the hind wing showing a tendency to elongation next the tornus.
Antenne above blackish, spotted with white beneath, club whitish on the underside.

Expanse 35 mm.
Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt).

Described from one male in coll. Staudinger.

! SEPA MIOSTICTA.
Parnara miosticta, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 385, pl. G. fig. 31 ¢.

Hab. Perak (Doherty). Type in coll. Elwes.

SEPA GUTTULIFERA, 0. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 8, ¢.)

3. Upperside deep warm brown: fore wing with two unequal suboval yellowish-
white cell-spots of which the lower one is much longer than the upper, a small
yellowish-white spot in cell la next to vein la near the middle, a large subquadrate
yellowish-white spot near the middle of cell 2, a small yellowish-white spot near the
basal third of cell 3, and a small yellowish-white spot in each of cells 6 and7; near
the base of cell 1a and next to vein la, which is there slightly sinuate, a long-oval raised
space: hind wing sometimes with two pale dots, one in each of cells 2and 3. Underside
paler brown than the upperside, the pale spots as on the upperside save that there is a

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERITDZ. 21

O32

very minute pale dot near the middle of cell 4, and that the pale spot in cell 1 @ is
represented by a whitish blotch near the middle of that cell. Fringe of the fore wing
brown, of the hind wing paler, inclining to yellow-brown near the middle; the short
scales brown. Antenne above blackish, spotted with white beneath ; club whitish on
the underside. Body and legs concolorous with the wings. Second joint of palpi
clothed with greyish-yellow and black hairs intermixed.

Expanse 38 mm.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt).

Described from two specimens in coll. Staudinger.

SEPA CINNAMOMEA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 25, 3.)

3. Upperside brown, inclining to yellow-brown; fringe of the hind wing yellow
except at the apex: fore wing above with four hyaline spots—one large, about one-half
higher than wide, across cell 2 near the middle, and one in each of cells 5, 6, and 7, that
in cell 7 very minute ; a long-oval raised space near the base of cell 1 @ and lying next
to vein 1 a, which is there slightly sinuate: hind wing above sometimes with the pale
spots proper to the underside faintly showing through. Underside much paler than
the upperside: fore wing with the pale spots as on the upperside : hind wing with three
small pale discal spots, one near the basal third of each of cells 2 and 3 and one in
cells 4-5, the latter sometimes only represented bya pale point near the basal third of
cell5. Fringe of the fore wing grey-brown ; of the hind wing grey-brown in cells § and 7,
the remainder yellow in fresh, yellowish grey in somewhat faded specimens. Antenne
blackish above, spotted with white beneath, club whitish on the underside. Second
joint of palpi clothed with yellow hairs, with black ones intermixed. Body beneath
and tarsi yellowish.

Expanse 32-54 mm.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt),

Described from two specimens in coll. Staudinger.

SEPA BISERIATA, 0. sp.

Parnara? species ? Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 299 (1892).

3. Upperside warm brown: fore wing with four very indistinct pale spots, one near
the upper outer angle of the cell and one in each of cells 2, 3, and 6; dorsum feebly
sinuate and bearing on its middle third a fringe of long hairs directed obliquely outward
and downward. Fore wing below rather paler than above ; middle third of the dorsum
thickly fringed with long hairs directed obliquely upward and outward, of which those
nearer the base are more obliquely placed than the remainder ; the pale spots placed
as above, but sordid white in colour, that in cell 2 twice as high as wide and reaching quite
across the cell just before the middle, the others small and roundish ; the middle of the

VOL. XIV.—ParT Iv. No. 15.— October, 1897. QR

214 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

dorsum, where it is in great part covered by the upper series of the fringe of hair-scales,
is pale grey: hind wing with two small, feeble, roundish, sordid white spots, one before
the middle of each of cells 2 and 3. Fringe brownish grey, the short scales brown.
Antenne, body, and legs concolorous with the wings, the clothing of the scapule
appearing metallic green in a strong light.

Expanse 32 mm.

Hab. Philippines (Semper).

Described from Herr Semper’s single male specimen from Central Luzon and one
from Mindoro in coll. Staudinger. The latter differs from the former only in having a
small pale spot in each of cells 7 and 8 on the fore wing below.

! SEPA CILIATA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 22, 3.)

g . Upperside dark brown with a faint purple shade. Dorsum of the fore wing
sinuate and bearing on its middle third a fringe of long hairs, which are directed
obliquely outward and downward. Underside similar in colour; dorsal region of the
fore wing pale brown as far as vein 2, the dorsum bearing on its middle third a thick
fringe of long hairs directed obliquely upward and outward, of which those nearer the
base are more obliquely placed than the remainder. Fringes brown. Antenne, body,
and legs concolorous with the wings.

@. Similar to the male, but a little larger and paler.

Expanse, ¢ 82 mm., @ 35 mm.

Described from a single pair from Pulo Laut (Doherty).

Type in coll. Elwes.

! SEPA NOCTIS.

Pamphila noctis, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 143 (1889).
Plesioneura dissimilis, Snellen, in litt.
Pamphila perfusca, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvil. p. 53 (1893).

A little larger than the preceding species, with no purple tinge, and no infra-alar
tuft on the fore wing of the male.

Hab. Palawan, Mindanao (in coll. Staudinger); Pulo Laut (Doherty); W. Java
(Piepers) ; Sumatra (Martin, in coll. Rothschild).

Herr Snellen has kindly sent usa pair of his Plesioneura dissimilis. ‘The male we are
unable to distinguish from “ Pamphila” noctis, Stgr., of which we have several speci-
mens, including one from Dr. Staudinger. ‘The female is a brown insect with a broad
white discal band on the fore wing between the upper edge of the cell and vein 2,
composed of the following hyaline white spots, namely—a large oblong one across the
cell near its apical third, a small one filling up the base of cell 3, and a large one,
oblong with rounded angles, in cell 2. Save that the white band on the fore wing is cut
short by vein 2 and there is no suffused white subtornal patch on the fore wing below.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID A. 215

it agrees well with the description and figure of Notocrypta monteithi, Wood-Mason
and de Nicéville (Jour. As. Soc. Beng: 1886, p. 391, pl. xviii. figs. 8, 34,2). As,
however, Herr Snellen tells us that this female “is certainly the other sex [of his
P. dissimilis|, being bred from the larva by Mr. Piepers,” we do not feel justified in
placing it in the genus Notocrypta as we should have done.

We have seen a female from North Borneo in coll. Rothschild which agrees with the
description and figure of V. monteithi, and is similar to Herr Snellen’s female.

ACERBAS.

Acerbas, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 381. Type anthea, Hew.

This genus was established by Mr. de Nicéville for the Hesperia anthea of Hewitson.
We associate with the latter species three others which in form, colour, and pattern
resemble it more than they do any other species known to us; they differ, however,
from anthea in wanting an alar sex-mark in the male, and from that species and each
other in venation.

We distinguish the species as follows :—

1 (2) Cell-spot normally absent from fore wing. Cell of hind wing at

least half as long as the wing. Disc of fore wing below in the

male covered with modified scales-. . . . . . =... +. . . a@nthea, Hew.
2 (1) Cell-spot normally present in the fore wing. Cell of hind wing

distinctly less than half as long as the wing. No alar sex-mark

in the male.
3 (6). Base of cell 4 about one-fourth as long as the base of cell 3. Band

on the hind wing below dull white. One pale spot in cell of

fore wing near its upper edge.
4. (5). White band on hind wing above evanescent towards the costa. Dark

part of underside plain brown. Pale band on the hind wing

below white throughout, a little contracted next the costa. . . martini, Dist.
5 (4). White band on hind wing above broad, sharply defined, abruptly cut

short at vein 6. Dark part of underside brown, with a distinct

purple shade, which is strongest in the apical region of the fore

wing. Pale band on hind wing below white, becoming yellow in

cells 7 and 8, not contracted next the costa. . . . . duris, Mab.

6 (3). Base of cell 4 about half as Jong as the base of cell 3. cHonah on
hind wing below glistening white. Two pale spots in cell of
fore WINGY meee EL ein ee eds een niahe, | WéLedty/asciata, nersps

! ACERBAS ANTHEA.

Hesperia anthea, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 29 (1868).
Plesioneura? anthea, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 404, pl. xxxv. fig. 32 (1886).
? Carystus tagiadoides, Mabille, sec. spec. comm.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty).

216 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

! ACERBAS MARTINI. (Plate XXIV. fig. 50.)
Zea martini, Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 274 (1887).
Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty).

! ACERBAS DURIS.

Carystus duris, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belg. ii. no. 31, p. lix (1883).
Lotongus duris, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 289, pl. xlix. fig. 7, 9 (1892).
Carystus mabillet, Staudinger, MSS.

Hab. Philippines (Semper); Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt).

Though the characters given in the table seem sufficient to separate the few specimens
(only six in all) that we have seen of these two species, yet the occurrence of both of
them in Borneo throws some doubt on the constancy of the differences, and we have
seen no female of martini as yet. The female of duris is similar to the male. The
male genitalia of the two forms do not afford material for their separation.

! ACERBAS NITIDIFASCIATA, 0. sp. (Plate XX. fig. 9, ¢ ; Plate XXIV. fig. 51.)

Besides the characters given above this species may be distinguished from
A. martini by its larger size (expanse 47 mm.) and the broader white band on the
hind wing below. ‘The latter at its greatest breadth extends from the cell at the level
of the base of vein 2 as far as the apical third of cells 4-5; in A. martini this band at
its greatest breadth extends from the cell at the level of the base of vein 2 only half-
way across cells 4-5. In A. nitidifasciata the apex of the lower lobe of the clasp is
simply rounded and serrate; in A. martini the same part is broadly truncate, and its
inner angle is produced into a long strap-shaped lobe, rounded at the apex.

Hab. Labuan (fide Staudinger) ; N. Borneo (Pryer); Pulo Laut (Doherty).

PUDICITIA.
Pudicitia, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 879. Type pholus, de Nicév.

This genus has been established by Mr. de Nicéville for his Parnara pholus, an insect
of the size and shape of P. assamensis, Wood-Mason and de Nicéy., and having deep
yellow hyaline spots on both wings, those on the hind wing forming a transverse discal
series. The course of vein 5 in the fore wing is not stated in the description, but vein
la in that wing has in the male “a narrow brand formed of modified black scales
placed anteriorly against it along its basal second and third fifths.”

Pudicitia is compared by its author with Hrionota, Mab.

PuDICITIA PHOLUS.

Parnara pholus, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p. 172, pl. B. fig. 3, ¢.
Pudicitia pholus, id. op. cit. 1895, p. 381.

Hab. Bhutan (Moller); Khasias (fide de Nicéville).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 217

ERIONOTA.

Erionota, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxi. p. 34 (1878) ; Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 86. Type
thrax, Linn.

Large species expanding 60 to 90 mm. Hind wing with vein 7 almost equidistant
between 6 and 8, veins 2 and 3 normal in both sexes.
We are acquainted with the three following species :—

1 (4). Pale spots on fore wing above yellow.

2 (3). Fore wing above: pale spot in cell 3 remote from the others, situate
near the middle of the cell, variable in shape, but never wider than
ig higeay sits uareiectoees Saat iat omert eae ea eee Oat athe erat

3 (2). Fore wing above: pale spot in cell 3 occupying the basal half of the
cell with the exception of the extreme base, and therefore only
separated from that in cell 2 by vem 3 . . . . -. . ~. . . alexandra, Semper.

4 (1). Pale spots on fore wing above pure white . . . . . . . . .« grandis, Leech.

thrax, Linn.

! ERIONOTA THRAX.

Papilio thrax, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 794 (1767) ; Donovan, Ins. Ind. pl. xlix. fig. 2 (1800).
Erionota thrax, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxi. p. 835 (1878) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 107 (1891).
Telegonus acroleucus, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Proc. As. Soe. Beng., August 1881, p. 143.
Hesperia hiraca, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., September 1881, p. 313, ¢.
Hesperia acroleuca, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1881, p. 260.
Telegonus lara, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1890, p. 365 (fide Watson).
Erionota acroleuca, Watson, Hesp. Ind, p. 107 (1891).
Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Khasias (Hamilton); Pulo Laut, Sambawa, Bali (Doherty) ;
Nias (Modigliani); Andamans (de Roepstorff’) ; Philippines (Semper) ; Palawan (Platen).
Two specimens of acroleuca, named by de Nicéville, from the Andamans, seem to
us inseparable from thraz, though they are conspicuously smaller.

ERIONOTA ALEXANDRA.
Erionota alecandra, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 312 (1892).

Hab. N.W. Luzon (Semper).
The larva of this species is very differently coloured to that of E. thrax

! ERIONOTA GRANDIS.

Plesioneura grandis, Leech, Entomologist, xxiii. p. 47 (1890).
Hidari grandis, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 633, pl. xxxix. fig. 18, ¢ (1894).

Hab. West China (Pratt).
GANGARA.
Gangara, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 164 (1881) ; Watson, P.Z.S. 1893, p. 86. Type thyrsis, Fab.

This genus may be distinguished from Hrionota by having veins 2 and 3 of the

218 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

hind wing more or less swollen in their basal half in the males, as in Paduka; the
underside, too, has some bluish-white scales in suffused patches, or a pink shade
towards the base.

The three species known to us are distinguished as follows :—

1 (4). Fore wing above with pale spots in cells 6, 7, and 8. No

yellowish-white spot in the base of cell 7 of hind wing below.
2 (3). Fore wing above: pale spot in cell 6 remote from that in cell 7, that

in cell 8 oblong. Male: fore wing above with a vein-like ridge

arising out of the upperside of vein 1 a in its apical fourth, and

running parallel to it nearly to the base, and a ridge on each side

of the basal half of vein 2; fore wing below with an oblong patch

of yellow hairs near the dorsum. . . 3 . . thyrsis, Fab.

3 (2). Fore wing above: pale spot in cell 6 close to (hat in cell 7 that in

cell 8 punctiform. Hind wing below brown, with a fae shade

near the base, and a sub-basal and median series of suffused

oblong greenish-brown spots. . . . Sb. go) & noe 6 Gola, lela,
4. (1). Fore wing above without pale spots in cells 6, 7,or8. Hind wing

below with a yellowish-white spot near the base of cell 7. Male

without a sex-mark on fore wing above, the tuft of hair near the

dorsum of fore wing below much less evident than in ¢hyrsis . sanguinocculus, Martin.

! GANGARA THYRSIS.
Papilio thyrsis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 582 (1775).
Hesperia pandia, Moore (Horsf. & Moore), Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. vol. i. p. 254, pl. vii.
figs. 10 larva, 10 a pupa (1857) ; Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 790.
Gangara thyrsis, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 165, pl. Ixvi. figs. 3, 3 a (1881) ; Distant, Rhop. Mal.
p- 394, pl. xxxv. fig. 13 (1886).
Hab. Babuyanes, Luzon, Mindanao (Semper); Palawan (Staudinger); Akyab
(Adamson); E. Pegu, Pulo Laut, Bali (Doherty); Java (Piepers); Andamans

(de Roepstorff).

GANGARA SYBIRITA.

Hesperia sybirita, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvii. p. 451 (1876).
Hidari sybirita, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 395, pl. xxxv. fig. 24 (1886).

We have only been able to examine a female of this species, but entertain no doubt

as to its being properly placed in this genus.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Singapore (fide Distant) ; Borneo (Cator).

! GANGARA SANGUINOCCULUS. (Plate XX. fig. 17.)

Erionota sanguinocculus, Martin, Einige neue Tagschmetterlinge von Nordost-Sumatra, p. 5
(Minchen, pub. Gotteswinter 1895).

é. Upperside brown: fore wing with three aureo-hyaline spots—one occupying the

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 219

apical third of the cell, one occupying cell 3 from the base to the middle, its outer
edge obliquely concave and passing from the basal third of vein 4 to beyond the
middle of vein 3, and one irregularly ovate and placed obliquely near the middle of
cell 2, of which it occupies the entire width. Underside brown: fore wing with the
hyaline spots as on the upper surface, cell 1 pale, except in its apical fifth, a suffused
brownish-grey patch near the middle of the costa and a suffused patch of bluish-white
scales reaching from the apex of the cell to the costa just before the apex of the wing ;
hind wing with a small sharply defined cream-coloured spot near the base of cell 7,
cell 1 sparsely sprinkled throughout with bluish-white scales, and on the disc some
suffused patches of bluish-white scales indicating an irregular median and postmedian
band. Fringes concolorous, a little paler near the tornus of each wing. Body,
palpi, legs, and antenne brown, the latter brownish yellow on the underside of
the club.

?. Fore wing above with the hyaline spot in cell 3 completely filling up the base
of that cell; and the hyaline spot in cell 2 forming a parallelogram, of which the
upperside occupies the basal half of vein 3 and the lower side is separated from
the base of vein 2 by two-fifths, and from the apex of vein 2 by one-fifth of the entire
length of that vein. Otherwise like the male.

Expanse 52-55 mm.

Hab. Perak (Doherty); N.E. Sumatra (Martin).

The above description was drawn up from a single pair in coll. Elwes long before
Dr. Martin’s description appeared ; and as the latter did not know the female, it has
been allowed to stand.

PADUKA.
Paduka, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 375 (1886); Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 85. Type glandulosa,

Dist.,=/ebadea, Hew.

Allied to Matapa; the sex-marks in the male constitute the main differences; there
is in that sex a large tomentose patch on the disc of the fore wing above, a tuft of
long hairs on the dorsum of the same wing below, and a conspicuous seam on the
basal half of veins 2 and 38 of the hind wing above. There is but one described
species, /ebadea, Hew., a large insect expanding 51-65 mm. ‘The male resembles a
Matapa in the stout body, contour of wings, uniform brown coloration of the latter
above, and the yellow fringe to the hind wing; the female (which appears to be
hitherto undescribed) exactly resembles the male on the underside, but has three deep
yellow spots on the fore wing and otherwise closely resembles Evionota thraa.

! PADUKA LEBADEA.

Hesperia lebadea, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iv., Hesp. pl. ii. figs. 22, 23 (1868).
Ismene subfasciata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 686.

220 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Matapa subfasciata, Moore, Lep. Cey. 1. p. 164, pl. Ixiv. figs. 3a, 6 (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind.
p. 24 (1891).
Paduka glandulosa, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 376, pl. xxxv. fig. 5, g (1886).

Hab. Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Java (Lruhstorfer) ; Sikkim (Knyvett).

WATSONIA, gen. nov.

Antenne half as long as the costa; club moderate ; apiculus acuminate, bent almost
at a right angle, two-thirds as long as the club. Palpi appressed, second joint densely
scaled, third almost concealed. Fore wing: distal two-thirds of the costa straight,
dorsum two-thirds as long as the costa, about one-sixth longer than the termen ;
vein 5 straight, a trifle nearer to vein 4 than to vein 6, vein 12 approaching 11 in its
apical fourth, base of cell 10 one-third longer than that of cell 9, of celi 8 about half
that of cell 9, of cells 6 and 7 mere points, base of cell 3 about half as long as that
of cell 4 and giving off a recurrent vein, that of cell 2 nearly or quite as long as the
first median segment; transverse vein nearly parallel with the termen. Hind wing
suborbicular, a little longer than broad; termen nearly straight between veins 1 4
and 3; first and second subcostal and median segments subequal; cell less than half
as long as the wing; transverse vein concave, slightly angulated at the origin of
vein 5. No hyaline spots in either wing. ‘Tibial epiphysis present ; hind tibie with
two pairs of spurs.

Differs from Kerana in the shorter antenne, straighter costa to the fore wing, the
position of vein 5, and the shorter base to cell 5 in the same wing.

! WATSONIA SWINHOEI, n. sp. (Plate XX. fig. 6, 3.)

3. Upperside deep brown with a dull purple shade, except on the apical region of
the fore wing. Underside brown: fore wing with the dorsum broadly pale brown and
the apical region ochreous brown; hind wing with a faint purple shade. Fringes
brown. Antenne, palpi, body, and legs concolorous with the wings, antenne a little
paler in front.

2. Similar to the male, but a little larger and paler.

Expanse, ¢ 47, 2 54 mm.

Hab. Khasia hills (fide Swinhoe).

Described from one pair given to me by Col. Swinhoe as a new genus and species.
There are other specimens in Col. Swinhoe’s collection.

KERANA.
Kerana, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 402 (1886); Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 115. Type armatus, Druce.

No hyaline spots on either wing. Species brown or black above, generally with an
oblique yellow or red-yellow band on the fore wing. Antenne more than half as long

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 221

as costa; club slender; apiculus acute. Palpi appressed, third joint almost concealed.

Fore wing: dorsum longer than the termen, vein 5 nearer 4 than 6; first and second

median segments subequal in length, the third about two-thirds as long as the second,

vein 12 feebly sinuate towards vein 11. Hind wing: first median segment about

three times as long as the second, the third about one-fourth as long as the second.
The species known to us may be distinguished as follows :—

1 (6). Fore wing above with a red-yeilow or yellow band.
2 (5). Pale band on fore wing above red-yellow, passing obliquely from the

middle of the costa to the tornus.*
3 (4). Male with a black patch of androconia near the base of the hind wing

above, coinciding with the cell. Expanse50mm. .. . . armata, Druce.
4. (3). No sex-mark on hind wing above in the male. Hind wing aoe

with a small spot of pale purple scales in each of cells 2, 3, 5, and 6.

Expanse 32-34 mm. . . SR Ge AL dea Mee Saab . gemmifer, Butl.
5 (2). Pale band on fore wing above allow: very broad, passing from ie

dorsum towards the middle of the costa, where it is cut short by

the upper edge of the cell, its outer edge convex, its inner edge

passing obliquely from the apex towards the base and giving off

along the dorsum a triangular tooth to the base of the wing . . fulgur, de Nicév.
6 (1). Entirely fuliginous or olive-brown above . ... . . . . . diocles, Moore.

! KERANA ARMATA.

Astictopterus armatus, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 359, pl. xxxii. fig. 7.
Kerana armata, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 402, pl. xxxv. fig. 31 (1886).

Hab. Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Nias (Modigliant).

! KERANA GEMMIFER.
Astictopterus gemmifer, Butl. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. ser. 2, vol. i. p. 555 (1877).
Kerana gemmifer, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 403, pl. xxxiv. fig. 29 (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 149
(1891).
Hab. Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Bunguran, Natuna Is. (Everett); Penrisen Mt.
(in coll. Rothschild).

KERANA FULGUR.
Kerana fulgur, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1894, p. 55, pl. i. fig.6, 2; id. Jour. Bomb. Nat.
Hist. Soe. 1895, p. 383, pl. Q. fig. 54, 3.
3. Upperside rich dark brown ; fore wing with a very broad yellow median band
passing from the dorsum towards the middle of the costa and cut short by the upper

1 In a pair of specimens of armata from the Island of Nias the red-yellow band of the fore wing above is
entirely wanting in the male and faintly indicated in the female.

VOL. XIV.—PaRT Iv. No. 16.—October, 1897. 26

222 MESSKS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

edge of the cell; the outer edge of this band is nearly regularly convex, and its inner
edge, which is straight and passes obliquely inwards and downwards, gives off along
the dorsum a large triangular tooth to the base of the wing: hind wing with
three divergent stripes of golden-yellow hairs from the base nearly to the middle.
Underside paler brown than the upperside: fore wing with the yellow band as above,
save that its inner boundary is wanting ; an oblong brown spot from the middle of the
base as far as vein 2, an oblong suffused red-yellow patch between the apical fourth of
the cell and the costa, and a suffused yellow spot in the apex of the wing: hind wing
with six pale bluish-purple spots placed as follows—three at equal distances in
cell 1 0, one near the apical third of cell 2, one next the transverse vein, and one near
the middle of the upper edge of the cell, and a few scales of a similar colour near the
base of the costa. Antenne brown; apex of the club and the apiculus beneath yellow.
Second joint of palpi clothed with yellow scales, intermixed with black ones. Thorax
concolorous with the base of the wings. The abdomen and legs are not in a condition
for description.

Expanse 42 mm.

Hab. Borneo (in coll. Cator); Battak Mountains, Sumatra (Martin).

The above description of the male of this insect had already been written from a
specimen from Borneo in the collection of Mr. D. Cator when Mr. de Nicéville’s
description appeared. The female we have not seen, but from Mr. de Nicéville’s
description and figure we gather that the band on the fore wing in that sex differs in
colour and shape from that of the male, being red-yellow and passing obliquely from
the middle of the costa towards the tornus, which it does not quite reach.

! KERANA DIOCLES.
Nisoniades diocles, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 787.
Kerana diocles, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 403, pl. xxxiv. fig. 8 (1886); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 148.
Hab. Sikkim (Moller); WKhasias (Hamilton); Tavoy (Lucker); Perak, Pulo Laut
(Doherty) ; Java (Piepers); Nias (Modigliani).

ANCISTROIDES.
Ancistroides, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1874, p. 436; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p- 116. Type
longicornis, Butler.
Nearest allied to Kerana, but differs from it in the relative proportions of the third
median segment in both wings; that of the fore wing being one-third as long as the
second, that of the hind wing about one-fourth as long as the second.

ANCISTROIDES OTHONIAS, (Plate X XI. fig. 18.)
Astictopterus othonias, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, i. p. 342 (April 1878).

Hab. Labuan, Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt); N. Borneo (Pryer, in coll.
Rothschild).

bo
bo
vo

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA,

PIRDANA.
Pirdana, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 376 (1886) ; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p-116. Type hyela, Hewitson.

Wings unspotted. Species plain brown above or with a blue, green, or purple shade
from the base of the wings outwards ; tornus of hind wing more or less broadly yellow.
Antenne more than half as long as costa; club slender. Fore wing with the termen
as long as or longer than the dorsum, at least in the male, the former straight from
the tornus to vein 5; vein 2 from the basal third of the lower edge of the cell, vein 5
nearer 4 than 6. Hind wing: termen distinctly produced at vein 16; vein 2 from the
apical third of cell. Hind tibiz roughly scaled on the outer side, bat not fringed with
long hairs.

We distinguish the species known to us as follows :—

1 (6). With a sex-mark on the fore wing above in the male; antennze above
brown.

2 (5). Sex-mark on upperside of fore wing in the male consisting of a raised
seam on each side of the basal third of vein 2 and the middle third
of vein la. Hind wing below purplish brown with green veins, or
washed with green.

3 (4). Hind wing below purplish brown, the veins broadly and the dorsum

pale green. . Sar ye an sare ed Meme nMn a Claw Ll ewe
4. (3). Hind wing below pur igh brown vase with green ; veins concolorous ;
cells 1a and 16 purple, shct with green . . . . « distanti, Stgr.

5 (2). Sex-mark on the upperside of the fore wing in the rantene consisting of
three oblong-oval patches of androconia, a large one near the base
of cell 2, and two others much smaller, placed one above the other
near the middle of cell 1a. Hind wing below plain brown . . . celsina, Feld.
6 (1). No sex-mark on fore wing above in the male; antennz above in greater
Pant pW ANCCleg ede ene imet yen veel N ele Maes aiiv ins, © 2) (alaconnis esp:

! PIRDANA HYELA.

Hesperia hyela, Hewitson, Deser. Hesp. p. 23 (1867).
Pirdana hyela, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 376, pl. xxxv. fig. 6, 2 (1886).
Pirdana rudolphii, Hlwes & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 438, pl. xx. fig. 6, 3.

As the type specimen of P. rudolphii is now in the Calcutta Museum, we only know
it from the plate above referred to. The only difference between the figures of
rudolphit and hyela from Borneo is the smaller extent of yellow at the anal angle
in the former.

Hab. Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Tenasserim (Bingham); Java (fide Hew.);
Khasias (coll. Swinhoe).

224 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

! PIRDANA DISTANTI.
Pirdana distanti, Staudinger, Iris, 11. p. 141 (1889).
Pirdana pavona, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1895, p. 540.

Hab. Malacca (fide Staudinger); Labuan (fide Staudinger, in coll. Elwes); E. Pegu,
Perak (Doherty) ; ? Sikkim (Lang, fide de Nicéville); Buitenzorg, Java (Piepers).

This species seems constantly distinct from hyela, though its geographical range
covers that of hyela. It is probably the species referred to from Sikkim by de
Nicéville in our description of P. rudolphit.

PIRDANA CELSINA.

Hesperia celsina, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. iti. p. 512, pl. Ixxi. fig. 12, ¢ (1867).
Pamphila celsina, Staudinger, Exot. Tagf. p. 298, pl. 99, ¢ (1888).
Tanyptera celsina, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 294 (1892).

Hab. Celebes (fide Felder); Philippines (fide Semper).

PIRDANA ALBICORNIS, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 14, ¢.)

3. Upperside: fore wing dark brown with a dull purple shade, glossed from the
base almost to the middle with metallic greenish blue ; hind wing dark brown as far
as the apex of vein 4 and the apical fourth of the dorsum, thence bright yellow, the
disc from the base glossed with metallic greenish blue. Underside verdigris-green ;
disc of the fore wing dark purple, the dorsum of that wing broadly pale brown:
hind wing with the bright yellow subtornal region as on the upperside ; cell 1 4 black,
glossed with metallic greenish blue. Fringe of the fore wing grey-brown, of the hind
wing yellow from the tornus as far as vein 4, thence somewhat dusky. Antenne in
greater part white on the upperside, beneath blackish, with a white spot next the
apiculus; club black; apiculus white. Clothing of second joint of palpi, breast, legs,
and abdomen beneath yellow. Thorax above clothed with greyish-yellow and black
hairs intermixed. Abdomen above brown.

Expanse 42 mm.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt).

Described from one specimen in coll. Staudinger.

PLASTINGIA.

Plastingia, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag. 1870, p. 95; Watson, P. Z. S. 1898, p. 118. Type flavescens,
Felder.

This genus is best distinguished by its facies, which is well exemplified in
P. callineura, Felder.

Antenne usually two-thirds as long as the costa; club slender; apiculus acute,
recurved. Palpi appressed; third joint short, conical, almost concealed. Fore wing

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 225

pointed, termen straight, oblique; vein 5 nearer 4 than 6, vein 2 from the basal
fourth of lower edge of the cell. Upperside brown, with pale spots in cells 2, 3,
6, and 7, one or two near the apex of the cell on the fore wing, and sometimes one in
cells 4 and 5; the disc of the hind wing is more or less extensively yellow. Epiphysis
present ; hind tibiz fringed and bearing two pairs of spurs.

There is some difference in the comparative length of the cell of the hind wing in the
different species ; it islonger in P. tessellata, Hew., than in the others. In P. callineura,
Feld., and its allies, the base of cell 5 in the fore wing is about one and a half times as
long as that of cell 4; in P. tessellata, noemi, &c., the bases of cells 4 and 5 in the fore
wing are subequal in length.

The species known to us we distinguish as follows :—

Males.

1 (16). A hyaline spot in cell 4 of the fore wing.
2 (11). Hind wing below with pale purple or bluish-white spots.
2a (26). Termen of the hind wing broadly and decreasingly yellow from the

dorsum#as tarsasivelnoy wai imen (pauls Sis telceitae et eesiaee evermiculataniblew.
26 (2a). Termen of the hind wing not as above.
8). Shaft of antennze entirely pale beneath.
). Hyaline spots in cell of fore wing remote. Tegumen simple.
5 (6). Hind wing below: veins rather broadly vermilion-red. Lower lobe

of clasp produced into two strong teeth at apex . . . callineura, Feld.
6 (5). Hind wing below: veins yellow. Lower lobe of clasp piodaced at

the apex into one strong tooth, the apical half of which is

spimitorms 2), | Peet tenon mk ane mvocotom Elewe
7 (4). Hyaline spots in cell of ee wing confluent: Tegumen with a short

tooth on each side at the base . . . » +. « « margherita, Dohy.
8 (38). Shaft of antenne entirely blackish, club mae hone:
9 (10). Fore wing above: basal three-fifths of cell 1 @ filled up with yellow,

the yellow colour spreading to the dorsum at the base. Hind

wing above: cell entirely pale, the dise of the wing yellow from

the dorsum as far as vein 6, the dorsum broadly yellow as far as

the Sterment, wren tte. ss ey eM Vcehh ahi a pew uke, Wome oa ttels woven sbintlt
10 (9). Fore wing above: an elongate triangular yellow spot in the basal

haif of cell 1 a, its apex reaching the base of the wing on vein 1a.

Hind wing above: upper half of the cell blackish, the yellow

discal patch not reaching the dorsum, the latter dark brown

Witheanvellowastvealcapecmercmi eames m te lr Mr eceimn ce) Wekin comp nuleslorjertadvtab:
11 (2). No purple spots on hind wing below.
12 (18). Fore wing with the basal two-thirds of cell 2 hyaline. Hind wing

below red-yellow, with irregular black dashes; a broad black line

in) the) basal\two-thirds-of.cell7/ .) . . |. . . . . . ~ «) @unantiaca, nN. sp:

15 (14).

Gh).
17 (20).
18 (19).
19 (18).
20 (17).
21 (22).

22 (21).
23 (24).
24, (23).

MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

. Hyaline spot in cell 2 of fore wing much less than half as long as

the cell.

5). Hind wing below brown, with the following pale yellow markings—

a broad oblique postmedian band between veins 2 and 6, a broad
stripe in cell 8, the apical third of cell 7 nearly as far as the termen,
a stripe next the upper edge of the discoidal cell, a subterminal
row of spots, one in each of cells 1 6 to 6, and three rays, of which
the innermost is the shortest, next the dorsum SuaguranLa nA

Hind wing below yellowish green with feeble pale spots, one near
the bases of each of cells 2, 8, and 4, and sometimes a small one
near the middle of cell 5, that in cell 4 oblong and occupying
about the basal third of the cell

No hyaline spot in cell 4 of the fore wing.

Hind wing below chequered throughout with pale spots.

Hind wing below brown, chequered with greyish-yellow spots

Hind wing below brown with dull silvery-white spots .

Hind wing below not chequered.

Hind wing below yellow, with the termen narrowly, the tornus
broadly, the veins, a short line in the discoidal cell next the
outer half of its upper edge, and a line in the basal half of cell
1 6, black ee ate

Hind wing below: veins not black.

Hind wing below unspotted, ochreous, blackish in ceil 1 a

Hind wing below with a postmedian band of blackish spots (some-
times with pale centres) and one near the base of cell 7, one near
the apex of the cell, and one near the base of cell 1 0.

. Expanse 34 mm. Fore wing above with the uppermost of the two

pale spots in the cell small and roundish. Tegumen simple .

. Expanse 89-40 mm. Fore wing above with the uppermost of the

two pale spots in the cell oblong, as large as that in cell 6.
Tegumen with a decurved horn on each side about the middle

! PLASTINGIA CALLINEURA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 52.)

liburnia, Hew.

telesinus, Mab.
tessellata, Hew.

naga, de Nicéy.

viburnia, Stgr.

corissa, Hew.

similis, n. sp.

noémi, de Nicéy.

Hesperia callineura, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 513, pl. Ixxi. figs. 9, 10 (1866).

? Plastingia callineura, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 396, pl. xxxv. fig. 26 (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind.

p. 113 (1891).

Distant’s description (/. ¢.) applies rather to the next species than to the true
callineura of Felder, who correctly says of the hind wing below “ venis ferrugineo-rufo

marginatis.” His plate, however, does not admit of identification with any of the

species in coll. Elwes.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt) ; E. Pegu, Perak (Doherty); Battak Moun-

tains, Sumatra (Martin).

bo
iS)
aI

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA.

! PLASTINGIA LATOIA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 53.)

Hesperia latoia, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 34 (1868) ; id. Exot. Butt., v. Hesp. pl. vi. figs. 62, 63
(1873).
? Plastingia callineura et var. flavia, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 150 (1889).

Distinguished from the preceding species by its slightly smaller size, the yellow
veins on the hind wing below, and the single tooth into which the lower lobe of the
clasp is produced.

The variety flavia from Palawan is said to be distinguished from callineura by its
smaller size; it may possibly be a distinct species, but we have had no opportunity of
comparing its male genitalia with those of P. latoia. A female from Palawan, ex coll.
Rothschild, expands 59 mm., and very possibly represents a distinct species; it does
not agree with the same sex of either latoia or callineura.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty); East Java (coll. Piepers) ; Singapore (fide Hewitson) ;
Selesseh, Sumatra (¢” coll. Rothschild).

! PLASTINGIA MARGHERITA. (Plate XXIV. figs. 54, 54 a.)
Plastingia margherita, Doherty, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1889, p. 131, pl. x. fig. 5, d.

Hab. Margherita, Upper Assam (Doherty); Naga hills (Doherty).

As I have the type of this species, I am able to say that it seems as distinct a species
as any in the genus, though closely allied to /atota.-—H. J. EK.

! PLASTINGIA HELENA.
Plastingia helena, Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 190, pl. Ixiv. fig. 3 (1874).

Hab. Sarawak (Low, fide Butler); Pulo Laut (Doherty); Namoe Ockor, Sumatra
(in coll. Rothschild).

PLASTINGIA VERMICULATA.
Hesperia vermiculata, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. 1. p. 346 (1878).
Plastingia vermiculata, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1894, p. 56, pl. v. fig. 15, 3.

This species is distinguished by having the termen of the hind wing broadly and
decreasingly yellow from the tornus as far as vein 3. The hind wing below has several

large bluish-white spots or dashes.
Hab. Battak Mountains, Sumatra (Martin, fide de Nicéville).

| PLASTINGIA FRUHSTORFERI. (Plate XIX. fig. 19, ¢; Plate XXIV. figs. 55, 55 a.)
Plastingia fruhstorferi, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvii. p. 52 (1893).

Hab. Java (Fruhstorfer); Pulo Laut (Doherty); Labuan (coll. Staudinger) ; Selesseh
(in coll. Rothschild).

228 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

! PLASTINGIA AURANTIACA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 17, 3.)

¢. Upperside: fore wing blackish brown with five hyaline spots, one in each of cells 2,
3, 4,6, and 7, and another indicated by a small pale dash near the apex of the cell next
its upper edge; an elongate rhomboidal spot in cell 1 @ almost coinciding in length with
the hyaline spot in cell 2, an acuminate streak next the costa from the base of the wing
as far as the apex of cell 10, and a narrow border to the hyaline spots bright orange-
yellow: hind wing with the disc irregularly, and a streak along vein 16, orange-yellow.
Underside: fore wing orange-yellow, with the costa and termen narrowly black; a
subterminal band of blackish spots arising in a large subquadrate spot in the apex of
cell 1 a, and decreasing in size towards the apex; a black streak from the end of the
discoidal cell in part along the course of vein 5, and another in cell 8 continued
towards the base along the upper edge of the discoidal cell; dorsum black as far as vein
1a, and an oblong, black-edged, somewhat metallic pale spot in cell 1 @ from the base
of vein 2 to the base of the wing: hind wing deep orange-yellow, the costa and termen
narrowly black ; cell 1 @ and the lower half of cell 1 6 black, the former with an orange
streak in its basal two-thirds; cell 1 orange-yellow ; disc of the wing with several
irregular black dashes placed as follows, namely—two in cell 7, of which the basal one
occupies two-thirds of the length of that cell, two in each of cells 2, 3, 4-5, and 6, one in
the discoidal cell, and three in cell 1 6. Fringes below orange-yellow, the short scales
on the fore wing blackish. Antenne blackish, the shaft yellow below from the base
to the club. Clothing of palpi pale yellow, with a few black hairs intermixed.
Clothing of body and legs orange-yellow.

Expanse 34-36 mm.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty) ; Poeh, Sarawak (in coll. Rothschild).

Described from two males in coll. Elwes.

! PLASTINGIA LIBURNIA.
Hesperia liburnia, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 33 (1868) ; id. Exot. Butt. v., Hesp. pl. vi. figs. 58, 59
(1873).
Plastingia iburnia, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 318 (1892).

flab. Luzon, Mindoro, Camotes, Mindanao (Semper).

PLASTINGIA TELESINUS.

Carystus telesinus, Mabille, Pet. Nouv. Ent. ii. p. 205 (1878).
Carystus lenas, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belg. iv. p. exix (1891).
Suastus telesonus, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 800 (1892).

Hab. Luzon, Bohol (Semper).

This species seems to be most nearly allied to P. corissa, Hew., to which it bears
considerable resemblance in the colour of the underside, but the latter species wants
the pale spots on the hind wing below.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 229

! PLASTINGIA TESSELLATA.
Hesperia tessellata, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. ii. p. 494: (1866).
Hesperia eulepis, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. iii. p. 517, pl. Ixxii. fig. 12, ¢ (1867).
Plastingia tessellata, var. palawata, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 149 (1889).

Hab. Celebes ( fide Hewitson) ; Palawan (fide Semper) ; Pulo Laut (Doherty); Battak
Mountains, Sumatra (Martin).

! PLASTINGIA NAGA.

Hesperia? naga, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. (1883) p. 89, pl. x. fig. 2, @.
Plastingia naga, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 115 (1891) ; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 314 (1892).

Hab. Sibsagar, Upper Assam (Peal, fide de Nicéville); E. Pegu (Doherty); Jaintia
hills (¢ol/. Swinhoe) ; Lawas, N. Borneo (Everett); Khasias (in coll. Rothschild) ; Battak
Mountains, Sumatra (Martin) ; E. Mindanao (Semper).

Watson (P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 118) puts this species as a synonym of tessellata, Hew.,
and as it resembles that species in all but the colour of the pale spots on the underside,
we were, so long as we had seen female specimens only, inclined to adopt the same
view, seeing that the type was a female; but having, through the kindness of Herr
Semper, had the opportunity of examining one of his two males from E. Mindanao,
which exactly agrees with the original description and figure as well as with female
specimens in coll. Elwes, we are satisfied that it is a distinct species. It has been sent
to us from Java by Staudinger as tessellata, Hew.

PLASTINGIA VIBURNIA.
Plastingia viburnia, Staudinger, in. litt.; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 314 (1892).

Of this very distinct species the female resembles the male, save that the pale
markings on the upperside are yellowish white instead of deep yellow.

Hab. Mindoro (Semper).

! PLASTINGIA CORISSA.
Hesperia corissa, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xvii. p. 455 (1876).
Plastingia drancus, P\étz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlv. p. 149 (1884).
Tsoteinon indrasana, Elwes & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 441, pl. xx. fig. 5, 2 (fide
de Nicéville) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 86 (1891).
Plastingia latonia, Staudinger, MS.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt); Pulo Laut (Doherty); Battak Mountains,
Sumatra (Martin).

Mr. de Nicéville identifies J. ¢xdrasana, which he described in the joint paper on
Tavoy butterflies, cited above, as J. corissa. As the type is now in the Calcutta Museum,
we take his word for it, but the plate does not represent our specimens correctly. A
female of P. latonia, Stgr., marked by Dr. Staudinger as “ typisch,” differs from the same

VOL. XIV.— Part Iv. No. 17.— October, 1897. 20

230 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

sex of P. corissa in being a little larger, and in having the hyaline spots in cells 6 and 7 of
the fore wing above longer, an oblong hyaline spot in cell 8, and a small irregular yellow
spot in cell 5 near the lower outer angle of the spot in cell 6.

!PLASTINGIA NOEMI. (Plate XXIV. figs. 57, 57 a.)
Plastingia noémi, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1885, p. 120, pl. ii. fig. 15, ¢.
Hab. Sikkim (Moller, fide de Nicéville, Knyvett) ; EK. Pegu (Doherty).

! PLASTINGIA SIMILIS, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 18, ¢; Plate XXIV. figs. 56, 56 a.)

Closely allied to P. noémi, de Nicév., from which it differs in its smaller size, the less
conspicuous yellow streak along the basal half of the costa of the fore wing above, and
in the particulars set forth in the above Table of Species.

Expanse 34 mm.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty).

Described from one male and two females in coll. Elwes.

PLASTINGIA SUBMACULATA.

Plastingia submaculata, Staudinger, Iris, 11. p. 149, pl. ii. fig. 8, ¢ (1889).

Fore wing above with two cell-spots, a pale spot in each of cells 2 and 3, and a
yellow streak from the base next the upper edge of vein la. Hind wing below yellow-
green, the dorsum darker, three black spots near the base, and six others forming a
postmedian curved series.

Hab. Palawan (Platen).

We have not seen this species, which may not be a Plastingia; the figure of the fore
wing below does not agree with the author’s description.

Loroneus.
Lotongus, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 371 (1886) ; Watson, P. Z. 8S. 1893, p.121. Type calathus, Hew.
Zea, Distant, t. c. pp. 369 & 377. Type mytheca, Hew.
Zela, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 386. Type zeus, de Nicév.
Zampa, de Nicéville, t. c. p. 389. Type zenon, de Nicév.

Antenne (in the male) about two-thirds as long as the costa; club slender ; apiculus
acicular, reflexed, rather less than half as long as the club. Palpi appressed, densely
scaled ; third joint minute, acicular or obtuse, almost concealed. Fore wing: termen
(in the male) longer than the dorsum, vein 5 nearer 4 than 6, vein 2 from the basal
third of the lower edge of the cell, no hyaline spot in cell 4; in calathus, zeus, and
nuytheca, the base of cell 3 is about twice as long as the base of cell 4, and in zenon,
avesta, sarala, and excellens the base of cell 5 is about one-third longer than the base
of cell 4. Hind wing: cell less than half the length of the wing, termen very feebly
excavated in cell 16. Epiphysis present; hind tibiz fringed and bearing two pairs
of spurs.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 231

We find that the following species fall within the above definition :—

1 (10). Hind wing above plain brown.

2 (9). Hind wing below brown, with or without a whitish border round the apex.

3 (6). Cell-spot present on fore wing above.

4 (5). No sex-mark on fore wing above in the male. Fringe of hind wing not
yellow in the tornal region. Hind wing below frequently more or
less broadly whitish round the apex pete ee 6 6 6 Cues, Ulery.

5 (4). Sex-mark on fore wing above in the male linear, blackish, erect from
the middle of vein 1 a to the basal third of vein 2, thence oblique to
near the base of vein 3. Fringe of hind wing yellow in the tornal region. zeus, de Nicév.

6 (3). No cell-spot on fore wing above.

7 (8). Hind wing above in the male with a tuft of long hairs near the base
completely covering the cell; the latter very short, about one-third
as long as the wing, transverse vein suberect, veins 3, 4, and 6
equidistant at the base and much thickened in their basal half. Hind
wing below brown, yellowish next the transverse vein . . . . . Zenon, de Nicév.

8 (7). Hind wing above in the male normal; below brown, with a sharply
defined yellow transverse band from the apical third of the costa to
the basal third of the dorsum but interrupted in cell 1 6. No cell-spot
Onpthe tore wing abover thy V0 etn val ee 2 Jen ee acesta. Elew:

9 (2). Hind wing below brown, with a white median band from the costa to
vein 1b, the breadth of this band equal to half the length of the wing. mytheca, Hew.

10 (1). Hind wing above in part yellow.

11 (12). Fore wing above with a cell-spot, no pale spots in cells 6,7, or 8. Hind

wing below with a yellow band having the same direction as in avesta. sarala,de Nicév.
12 (11). Fore wing above with a cell-spot and a pale spot in each of cells 6 and 7

or 6,7, and 8. Hind wing below with a broad yellow band from the

middle of the costa to the middle of cell 16, sometimes continued to

the dorsum Wie ane eaten NS natea enemy, Sete ante tj Wa) (PSE en CU CCLIEN SOLER:

! LOTONGUS CALATHUS.

Eudamus calathus, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii. p. 353 (1876).
Lotongus calathus, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 371, pl. xxxiv. fig. 14 (1886).
Lotongus maculatus, Distant, t. c. p. 372, pl. xxxv. fig. 1.
Hesperia parthenope, Weymer, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlviii. p. 17, pl. 11. fig. 8, 2 (1887).
Plesioneura aliena, Staudinger, Iris, i. p. 155 (1889), sec. spec. typ.
Lotongus parthenope, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1892, p. 354, pl. J. figs. 4g, 59.
Proteides zalates, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvi. p. 52 (1898).
Proteides surus, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Pr, 1895, p. lix.
Hab. Nias (Modigliani); Palawan; Kina Balu, Borneo; Java (fide Staudinger) ;
Selesseh, Battak Mountains, Sumatra (Martin).
We have been obliged to unite the three supposed species of Lotongus upon which
Mr. de Nicéville has written, we think, without sufficient material. We possess specimens
, 2H2

232 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

of both sexes from Distant’s collection, with the label “ Malacca, Biggs.” The males are
marked in his writing maculatus, the female calathus, A male from Pulo Laut agrees
with these males. We have also three males and four females of parthenope, Weym..
from the typical locality Nias, which vary considerably énter se in the very characters by
which alone they can be separated from the Malacca and Bornean specimens, namely,
the size and number of the spots on the fore wing in the male, and in the female by
the amount of white on the apex of the hind wing below, which is present in both
sexes of calathus, but in some females only of parthenope. ‘The Javan form figured by
de Nicéville as parthenope 3 has only one spot in the cell, whilst two of our three
males have two. The genitalia of the two forms are identical.

! LoroNnGuS ZEUS.
Zela zeus, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 388, pl. Q. fig. 57, 3.

We give a description of this species, which had been prepared before Mr. de Nicé-
ville’s paper appeared.

g. Upperside dark brown: fore wing with four hyaline whitish-yellow spots—one,
about twice as high as wide, near the middle of cell 2, one, subquadrate, near the
basal fourth of cell 3, one, oblong, near the base of cell 6, and one, longer than wide,

in the cell, next the base of vein 5; sex-mark linear, blackish, erect from the middle of
vein la to the basal third of vein 2, thence oblique to near the base of vein 3: hind
wing with the basal two-thirds thickly clothed with long fuliginous hairs. Underside
brown: hind wing and basal two-thirds of the costal region of fore wing bright yellow-
brown, a small feeble yellow spot next the transverse vein of the hind wing. Fringes
of the fore wing whitish grey; of the hind wing bright yellow in the tornal region,
passing gradually into whitish grey towards the apex; short scales dark on both wings
except on the brightest of the yellow part. Antenne brown; ciub slender, paler
beneath; the apiculus equal in length to one-half of the clavate portion. Vein 2 of
fore wing arising near the basal third of the cell. Body and legs concolorous with the |
upperside.

Expanse 39-47 mm.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty); Mindoro (coll. Semper); Khasia hills (fide Swinhoe).

‘This species is the type of Mr, de Nicéville’s genus Zelda. A male specimen from
the Khasia hills, ex coll. Swinhoe, of which we have compared the genitalia, is larger
than specimens from Pulo Laut, expanding 47 mm., and the pale spots on the fore
wing are reduced in size, that proper to cell 6 being absent. ‘Type in coll. Elwes.

! LorONGUS ZENON.
Zampa zenon, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 391, pl. Q. fig. 58, ¢.

This species, of which the type is in coll. Elwes, is the type of Mr, de Nicéville’s
genus Zampa.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ. 233

The curvature of the dorsum of the fore wing in the male is correlated to the supra-
alar tuft on the hind wing, and is not peculiar to this species. Cf. Parnara oceia, 3.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty).

! LoTONGUs AVESTA.
Hesperia avesta, Hewitsou, Descr. Hesp. p. 380 (1868).
Lotongus avesta, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 383, pl. Q. fig. 56, 2.
Pamphila tamiata, Stgr. MSS.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstr ct); Pulo Laut (Doherty).

! LoronGus MYTHECA.
Hesperia mytheca, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 81 (1877).
Zea mytheca, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 377, pl. xxxv. fig. 7 (1886).

Hab. Perak (Doherty).

! LoTONGUS SARALA.
Parnara sarala, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, pl. B. fig. 6, 2; Watson, Hesp.
Ind. p. 48.
Hab. Khasia hills (Hamilton).

Both sexes of this species, which do not differ, are in the Elwes collection.

! LoToNGUS EXCELLENS.
Proteides excellens, Staudinger, Iris, ti. p. 141, pl. 11. fig. 6 (1889).
Hab, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Palawan (Platen, fide Stgr.) ; Sumatra (in coll. Rothschild).

CRETEUS.
Creteus, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 385. Type cyrina, Hew.

This is a genus erected by Mr. de Nicéville for the Hesperia cyrina of Hewitson, a
species which is remarkable for the presence of hyaline spots on the hind wing, placed
as follows :—one in the cell next the transverse vein, one in the basal third of each of
cells 2 and 3, and one near the middle of each of cells 6 and 7. The hyaline spots on
both wings are apt to be reduced in size, and in a specimen from Borneo in which this
is the case the hyaline spot proper to cell 2 of the hind wing is wanting altogether.
The sex-mark on the fore wing above in the male consists of a streak of modified scales

occupying about the middle third of vein 2.

! CRETEUS CYRINA.
Hesperia cyrina, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvii. p. 450 (1876); Watson,
Hesp. Ind. p. 160 (1891).

234 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Parnara parca, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p. 174, pl. B. fig. 10, 2.
Pamphila meleagrina, Staudinger, MSS.

Hab. Khasia (Hamilton); Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt).

All the spots on both the Bornean specimens in coll. Elwes are smaller than in the
Khasia one, but there is no other difference.

UNKANA.

Unkana, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 369 (1886); Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p, 123. Type datara,
Moore, MS.

A genus established by Distant for Jsmene batara, Moore, MS.

Sexes dissimilar. Fore wing with the full complement of hyaline spots, 7. e. a cell-
spot and one in each of cells 2 to 8 in both sexes. Antenne (in the male) more than half
as long as costa; club slender; apiculus acicular, about half as long as the club.
Palpi appressed, densely scaled; third joint blunt, very short, almost concealed. Fore
wing: termen in the male as long as or longer than the dorsum, cell 4 slightly narrowing
to the base, vein 2 from the basal third of the lower edge of the cell, transverse vein
oblique, base of cell 3 about twice as long as that of cell 4. Hind wing: termen
angularly produced at vein 1 4, cell less than half the length of the wing. Epiphysis
present; hind tibiz fringed and bearing two pairs of spurs, the submedian pair small
and appressed.

Watson, in his ‘ Revision,’ places this genus (presumably after having examined the
type species) in his Pamphiline, Section B, and Hrionota in his Pamphilinee, Section A.
In his more recent paper, before referred to, he says that batara correctly belongs to
the genus Hrionota, and sinks the genus Unkana accordingly ; but, since batara differs
from thraz, the type of Erionota, much more than thraxv does from thyrsis, the type of
Gangara, there seems to be, even on his own estimate of genera, no good reason for
such a course.

So far as we can judge, the Erionota (Casyapa) mabillei, Stgy., belongs here rather
than to Erionota, and it is placed in this genus accordingly.

! UNKANA ATTINA.

Ismene batara, Moore, MS.; Horsfield & Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I. C. i. p. 249 (1857), 3.
Hesperia attina, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. ser. 3, vol. ii. p. 489 (1866), 2.
Hesperia latreillei, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. iii. p. 511, pl. lxxi. fig. 8 (1866), 2.
Goniloba cruda, Herrich-Schaffer, Prod. Syst. Lep. iii. p. 75 (1869).
Unkana batara, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 370, pl. xxxiv. fig. 11, ¢ (1886).
Unkana attina, Distant, t. c. p. 871, pl. xxxiv. fig. 830, 2; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 4 (1891).
Hab. Malacca (Biggs); Perak (Doherty); Moulmein (Adamson); Java (Fruhstorfer)
Palawan (Platen); Mindanao (Semper).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID, 235

UNKANA MABILLEI,

Erionota (Casyapa) mabillei, Staudinger, Iris, vol. ii. p. 185 (1889).

The male differs from that sex of U. attina, Hew., on the upperside by the want of
pale spots in cells 4 and 5 and the different shape and sordid yellow colour of the
remaining spots, that in the cell being one and a half times as wide as high; the hind
wing below is brown, with some dull red spots near the lower angle of the cell, a broad
irregular dark brown band gradually narrowing from the costa and almost reaching
vein 14, and a large brown subtriangular patch next the base. Fringe of the fore
wing whitish grey, the short scales brown; of the hind wing brown from the apex to
vein 4, thence pale yellowish grey.

These particulars are taken from an example, ex coll. Staudinger, in which the hind
wing below is much rubbed.

Hab. Labuan (coll. Stgr.); Palawan (Platen, fide Stgr.).

Hipari.

Hidari, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 395 (1886) ; Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 123. Type irava, Moore.

Fore wing with the termen (in the male) as long as or longer than the dorsum; hind
wing short, rounded; abdomen about one-fourth longer than hind wing. Antenne
about half as long as costa; club slender; apiculus acute, less than half as long as
club. Palpi appressed, second joint densely scaled, third joint very short, blunt, almost
concealed. Fore wing: vein 2 from the basal third of the lower edge of the cell, trans-
verse vein oblique, base of cell 4 about half as long as the base of cell 3. Hind wing
with the ceil about half as long as the wing.

Distant includes in this genus three species, which we distinguish as follows :—
1 (4). Fore wing above with the pale spots free.
2 (3). Fore wing above with a pale spot near the middle of cell 1a next vein 1a,

but, normally, no pale spots in cells 7 and 8; hind wing below with a

small pale spot in the cell, near the base of vein6 . . . . . trava, Moore.
3 (2). Fore wing above with no pale spot in cell 1a, and a pale spot in eich of
cells 6, 7, and 8; no pale spot in the cell on hind wing below. . . sybdirita, Hew.

4.(1). Fore wing above with the pale spots conflueut and forming a broad
irregular deep yellow band from the upper edge of the cell to vein 1 a. staudingeri, Dist.

! FLIDARI IRAVA.
Hesperia irava, Moore; Horsfield & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 254 (1857); Plotz, Stett.
ent. Zeit. xlii. p. 328 (1882).
Hidari irava, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 395, pl. xxxiv. fig. 15, 2 (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 112
(1891).
Hab. Perak, Bali (Doherty); Java (Piepers).

236 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

HIDARI DOESOENA.

Hidaria doesoena, Martin, Einige neue Tagschmetterlinge von Nordost-Sumatra, p. 6 (1895).

Differs from H. irava, Moore, in having the pale spot in cell 2 of the fore wing only
separated from the cell-spot by the lower boundary of the cell, and the small pale spot in
the cell of the hind wing below white instead of yellow. We have not seen this species.

Hab, N.E. Sumatra (Martin).

HpDaRI SYBIRITA.
Hesperia sybirita, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii. p. 451 (1876).
Hidari sybirita, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 395, pl. xxxv. fig. 24 (1886).

Hab. Singapore (coll. Hewitson).

! HIDARI STAUDINGERI.
Hidari staudingeri, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 395, pl. xxxv. fig. 25 (1886).

Hab. Perak (Doherty).

HIDARI BHAWANI.

Hidari bhawani, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1888, p. 291, pl. xiii. fig. 6, ¢; Watson, Hesp.
Tnd. p. 112 (1891).

Resembles H. irava in the spotting of the fore wing above, but the hind wing below
is pale ochreous, coarsely striated transversely with brown, and there is a brown streak
near the costa and another next the dorsum. We have not seen this species.

Hab. Arracan coast, Burma (Bingham, fide de Nicéville).

Ertion.
Eetion, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 395. Type elia, Hew.

This is a genus erected by de Nicéville for the Hesperia elia of Hewitson, a species
which is well distinguished from its immediate allies by the presence of hyaline spots
on the disc of the hind wing; these form a transverse row and are placed one in each of
cells 1b, 2, 3, and 4-5. There is in the male a tuft of long hairs near the base of the
dorsum of the fore wing below, and on the upperside of the fore wing a seam of
modified scales passing obliquely inwards and downwards from the base of vein 38,
nearly half of its length lying below vein 2.

! EETION ELIA.
Hesperia elia, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. 11. p. 489 (1866).
Unkana elia, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 370, pl. xxxiv. fig. 25 (1886).

Hab. Singapore (Godfrey); Perak (Doherty).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 237

PiTHAURLA.
Pithauria, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 689; Watson, op. cit. 1893, p. 119. Type murdava, Moore.
Pithauriopsis, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 387; Watson, l. c.
Type attchisoni, Wood-Mason & de Nicéy.

Fore wing rather narrow and pointed ; thorax very stout ; abdomen conical, not longer
than the dorsum of the hindwing. Antenne about half as long as costa; club slender ;
apiculus acicular, reflexed, at least one-half as long as the club. Palpi appressed,
densely scaled, third joint almost concealed. Fore wing: no hyaline spot in cell 4,
vein 2 arising near the half-length of the cell, vein 5 nearer 4 than 6. Hind wing:
cell Jess than half as long as the wing, angulated at the origin of vein 7 and also at the
origin of vein 2, vein 5 absent ; termen feebly curved, nearly straight between veins 1 a
and 7; tornus not distinctly produced. Epiphysis present ; hind tibie with two pairs of
spurs. Front coxe in the male densely clothed with long hair-like scales, and in the
same sex the disc of the hind wing above is densely clothed with long hair-like scales.

There are three species separable as follows :—

Males.

4). No sex-mark on the fore wing above.

2). The long clothing of hind wing above whitish grey . . . stramineipennis, de Nicév.
1). A double sex-mark near the middle of cell 1 @ on fore wing
above, precisely similar to that found in the genus Halpe. aitchisoni, W.-M. & de Nicévy.

1 (
2 (3). The long clothing of hind wing above not conspicuously pale. murdava, Moore.
3 (

(

! PITHAURIA MURDAVA.

Ismene murdava, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 784.
Pithauria murdava, Moore, P. ZS. 1878, p. 689, pl. xlv. fig. 13; Distant, Rhop. Mal. p.378,
pl. xxxv. fig. 9, ¢ (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 27 (1891).

The female of this species has on the hind wing below a suffused subterminal pale
band, and an oblong pale spot in each of cells 6 and 7, being thus distinguished
from the female of P. straminetpennis, in which the hind wing below is uniform grey by
reason of a sprinkling of whitish-grey scales on a pale greenish-brown ground ; in one
of my two specimens of the latter there is a feeble pale spot near the basal third of
cell 6 on the hind wing below.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Khasia (Hamilton).

! PITHAURIA STRAMINEIPENNIS.

Pithauria stramineipennis, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 388,
pl. xx. fig. 5, ¢; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 27 (1891) ; Leech, Butt. China &c. p 631, pl. xl.
fig. 19, ¢ (1894).
Hab. Sikkim (Moller) ; Nagas (Doherty) ; Tavoy (Tucker).
VOL. XIV.—PART Iv. No. 18.—October, 1897. 21

238 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

! PITHAURIA AITCHISONT.
Pithauriopsis aitchisoni, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 387, pl. xv.
fig. 4, ¢; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 28 (1891).
Pamphila glauca, Staudinger, in litt.

@. Hind wing above brown, without the grey clothing found in the male. Hind
wing below red-brown, paler along the dorsum, with the following pure white markings,
namely :—a streak from the base along cell 7 as far as its middle, a streak in the basal
half of cell 6, but not reaching the base of that cell, a series of four small oblong
spots, one near the middle of each of cells 2, 3, 4, and 5, and sometimes another beyond
the middle of cell 1 6. Otherwise like the male. ;

Described from a specimen from Kina Balu, Borneo, ex coll. Staudinger.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Staudinger) ; Java (Piepers).

NovocryPta.
Plesioneura, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatsb. vi. p. 29 (1862), nom. preocc. Type curvifascia, Felder.
Notocrypta, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p. 188; Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893,
p- 112. Type curvifascia, Felder.

Antenne about two-thirds as long as costa, rather shorter in the female. Palpi
ascending ; third joint porrect, almost concealed. Fore wing: vein 5 arising much
nearer 4 than 6, and having a distinct upward curve, or straight and practically inter-
mediate between veins 4 and 6; vein 2 from the basal third of the lower edge of the
cell. Hind tibie with two long pairs of spurs.

Species blackish brown above, with white hyaline markings on the fore wing, of
which the most prominent is a more or less complete broad band passing from the
middle of the costa to the distal third of the dorsum.

In ‘Iris,’ vol. ii. p. 151, Dr. Staudinger attempts to show that signata, Druce (P. Z. 8.
1873, p. 360, pl. xxxiil. fig. 8), is an aberration of alysos, Moore; but this view is
scarcely tenable, because, apart from the differences in the venation in the two insects,
the band on the fore wing in signata, Druce (recte Charmion ficulnea, Hew.), is cut
short by vein 2, which is not the case in alysos, Moore (recte feisthamelii, Badv.).

The species dealt with in this paper may be distinguished as follows :—

1 (6). Vein 5 in the fore wing curved, its basal portion receding
from vein 6; vein 5 therefore arising much nearer to
vein 4 than to vein 6.

2 (5). Hind wing below without white spots.

(4). General direction of the termen of the fore wing forming

a more or less obtuse angle with the dorsum. fore
wing above with or without white spots besides those
formingythe band i". 2.) seve ed © Ge) = ee petsLnamelt.«bdy.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 239

4. (3). General direction of the termen of the fore wing forming
a right angle with the dorsum. Fore wing above

without white spots except those forming the band . quadrata, n. sp.

5 (2). Hind wing below with an angular white spot near the
distal third of the cell and another near the basal third [de Nicév.
olgcel lh 2 aimee yer ile. . ; ; . paralysos, Wood-Mason &

6 (1). Vein 5 in the fore wing straight, practically intermediate
between veins 4 and 6.

7 (10). Base of cell 3 on the fore wing not filled up with white.

8 (9). Basal fifth or fourth of hind wing below yellow.
Subtornal blotch on fore wing below obsolete or
wanting Sy PIER On iota ose ORuaiicn ee te Id basiflava, de Nicév.

9 (8). Hind wing below pale brown. Subtornal blotch on fore
wing below sordid white oeneerean set oars inornata, n. sp.

10 (7). Base of cell 3 on the fore wing filled up by a triangular {de Nicév.

white spot . monteithi, Wood-Mason &

NotTocRYPTA FEISTHAMELII.
Thymele feisthamelii, Boisduval, Voy. Astr., Lép. p. 159, pl. il. fig. 7 (1832).
Plesioneura curvifascia, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 29 (1862).
Plesioneura alysos, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 789 ; id. Lep. Cey. i. p. 178, pl. Ixvil. figs. 3 g,3a@ 2,
3b larva and pupa (1881) ; Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 399, pl. xxxiv. fig. 7, ¢ (1886).
Plesioneura albifascia, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 848, pl. lin. fig. 38, ¢.
Plesioneura restricta, Moore. Lep. Cey. i. p. 178 (1881); Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As.
Soc. Beng. 1887, p. 390, pl. xvii. fig. 5, 3.
Plesioneura volux, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1883, p. lvi.
? Plesioneura clavata, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 153, pl. ii. fig. 9 (1889).
Notocrypta alysos, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 126 (1891).
Notocrypta albifascia, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 128 (1891).
Notocrypta feisthameli, var. rectifascia, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 627, pl. xxxviil. fig. 2, ¢ (1894).
Notocrypta curvifascia, Leech, t. c. p. 626, pl. xxxvii. fig. 1, g.
Notocrypta restricta, Leech, t. c. p. 627, pl. xxviii. fig. 3, g; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 128 (1891).
Judging from the male genitalia it seems probable that there is but one species of
this genus with the fringe of the hind wing grey-brown, the white band on fore wing
above not cut short by vein 2, and having a dark sub-basal and median band, but no

white spot on the hind wing below. ‘The oldest name given to an insect falling within

this definition is that of feisthamelii, Bdy. The presence or absence of small white
spots on the fore wing, an opaque white patch on the fore wing below continuing the
white band to the costa, or a white dash in each of cells 9 and 10 on the fore wing

below between the hyaline spot in cell 8 and the costa, are particulars not sufficiently

constant to be of any use as specific characters. The form albifascia, Moore, which we

have from Java and Pulo Laut, a comparatively small insect with no white markings

except the rather narrow band on the fore wing above, is very different in appearance
912,
— ] a

240 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

from the much larger typical feisthamelii (which we have also from Jaya), with its broad
white band on the fore wing and five white spots besides; but there is nothing in the
male genitalia of the two forms to prevent us from regarding the former as a
depauperate local form of the latter.

The main differences in the several named forms consist in the greater or lesser
number of white spots on the fore wing above, exclusive of those forming the discal
band, and in a lesser degree the differences in the shape of the band itself and whether
or not it is extended to the costa on the underside by a pale patch. Beyond those
which form the discal band the largest number of white spots found on the fore wing
above appears to be seven, namely, one in each of cells 3—9 inclusive ; all or any of these
may be absent, and specimens might in this respect be grouped under three heads :
(a) those with no white spots, except those forming the band; () those with one spot,
that in cell 4; and (c) those with more than one spot, 7. e. with any number from 2 to 7,
and of these the specimens with five or six spots are perhaps the most numerous. Such
a grouping, however, would be purely artificial and would answer no useful purpose.

Though at first sight it might seem that we have united several forms more distinct
inter se than others which we have previously treated as good species, yet a careful
study of no less than 55 males and 26 females from all parts of India and the Malay
Islands, representing all the named forms, together with the fact that the genitalia of
all the specimens examined seem to be identical in structure, convinces us that it is
impossible to separate them. ‘The principal points which have been relied on by
authors are the number of the spots beyond the band on fore wing above, the form of
the band, and whether or not it is extended to the costa below.

P. albifascia, Moore, is a small form from Java, Borneo, and Bali, with a narrow
band and usually no spots beyond the band.

P. volux, Mab., of which we have seen the type in Dr. Staudinger’s collection,
is also spotless.

Mr. Leech, who has given much attention to these insects, divides the specimens
found in the region treated of in his book as follows :—

Pale band on fore wing below continued to the costa by a pale patch . . . . feisthameli, Bdv.
Pale band not so continued.
Fore wing below with a white dash in each of cells 9 and 10 between the hyaline
spot in cell 8 and the costa. . . . . - . . 2. « «5 « « .. cCurvifascia, Feld.
Fore wing with no such dashes. . . .-. » . » . - «© -%0 + « » estricta, Moore.

In this connection I may say that I have specimens from Java which combine the
characters relied on by Mr. Leech for the separation of feisthameli and curvifascia.

Hab. India, generally distributed. Burmah, Perak, Andamans, Bali (Doherty); Java
(Piepers); Nias (Modigliani); Philippines (Semper); Borneo, Arjuno, Java (Doherty) ;
China (Leech); Liu Kiu Islands (Pryer).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 241

! NorocRYPTA GUADRATA, n. sp. (Plate XX. fig. 3, 3.)

g. Nearest to WV. feisthamelii, from which it differs in the general direction of the
termen of the fore wing, which forms approximately a right angle with the dorsum,
and in having the white band, which is cut short by vein 1 a@ and the upper edge of the
cell, broader and more regular in outline ; there are usually no hyaline spots, except
those forming the band, but this is not a feature of much importance, as one specimen
has a hyaline point near the middle of cell 4. On the underside the band is continued
to the costa by an opaque white patch.

Expanse 363-383 mm.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt).

Described from two specimens in coll. Elwes received from Dr. Staudinger, who has
others from the same locality.

! NoTOCRYPTA PARALYSOS.
Plesioneura paralysos, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1881, p. 257.
Notocrypta paralysos, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 127 (1891).

Though this species has the genitalia characteristic of V. feisthamelii, the pure white
spots on the hind wing below, two in number, distinguish it with certainty.

Hab. Andamans (de Roepstorff).

! NOTOCRYPTA BASIFLAVA.
Plesioneura basiflava, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1888, p. 290, pl. xiii. fig. 7, 3.
Notocrypta basiflava, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 130 (1891).

Hab. Nilgiris (Hampson).

NorocRYP?a INORNATA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 15, ¢.)

s. Upperside dark brown: fore wing with a large oblong cell-spot, notched on its
outer edge, and a large irregular oblong spot occupying about the middle third of
cell 2 pure white, and forming together an oblique abbreviated discal band; a white
point near the basal third of cell 3. Underside of fore wing as the upperside, save
that the outer half of cell la is almost entirely occupied by the white subtornal
blotch. Body, antennz, and legs concolorous with the wings; club of the antenne
whitish beneath. Second joint of palpi clothed with black and grey hairs intermixed.

Expanse 41 mm.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt).

Described from a single example in coll. Staudinger.

NovrocryPTA MONTEITHI.
Plesioneura monteithit, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 391, pl. xviit,
figs. 3, 3a, 2.
Notocrypta monteithi, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 129 (1891).
Carystus singularis, Mabille, Ann, Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvii. p. 51 (1893).

242 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

This species differs from any form of V. feisthamelii in having on the fore wing a
triangular spot, which occupies the basal third of cell 3, included in the white band.
Very few specimens are known, all females.

Hab. Trangmara, Cachar (Wood-Mason & de Nicévitle); Sumatra (fide de Nicéville) ;
Java (fide Mabille); N. Borneo (Pryer, in coll. Rothschild). Cf. p. 215 ante.

CERANE, gen. nov.

Antenne two-thirds the length of the costa; club slender ; apiculus about one-fourth
as long as the club. Palpi laxly scaled, second joint ascending, third long, acicular,
erect. Fore wing (male): costa one-third longer than the dorsum; termen straight
from the tornus to vein 5, subequal in length to the dorsum, vein 5 with its basal
portion receding from vein 6 and therefore arising evidently nearer to vein 4 than to
vein 6. Species blackish brown above, with an oblique white abbreviated discal band
between vein 2 and the upper edge of the cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

This genus contains at present the two species mentioned below, and as both of
them exhibit the characters given above it cannot be said that one is more typical
than the other.

They may be thus distinguished inter se :—

Subtornal blotch on fore wing below pale brown. Fore wing (male) apparently

narrower, by reason that the angle between the dorsum and the straight

part: ofthe! termentissabout W5e7,) 6 alysis. cine Ns oman eae eeeeeraredeNacéys
Subtornal blotch on fore wing below white, almost as pure as the discal band.

Fore wing (male) apparently broader, by reason that the angle between the

dorsum and the straight part of the termen is about 100°. . . . . . microthyrus, Mab.

!CERANE NERA.

Notocrypta neera, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 379, pl. G. fig. 27, 9.
Hab. Pulo Laut, Perak (Doherty) ; Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt).
There is a specimen in the Hewitson collection from Singapore unnamed.

CERANE MICROTHYRUS.
Plesioneura microthyrus, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soe. Ent. Belg. iii. no. 31, p. lvii (1883).
Plesioneura mindorana, Staudinger, in litt.
Notocrypta microthyrus, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 317 (1892).

Hab. Luzon, K. Mindanao (Semper); Mindoro (coll. Staudinger).

Herr Semper was mistaken in his statement that he had not the female of this
species, the specimen submitted to us is undoubtedly of that sex.

In this species the pale band on the fore wing below is continued to the costa, and
there is a tendency to the acquisition of this character in some females of CE. newra.

i)
re
os

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ.

UDASPES.

Udaspes, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 177 (1881) ; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 1138. Type folus, Cr.

Antenne about half as long as costa; club gradual; apiculus acute, about two-thirds
as long as the club. Palpi porrect; third joint short, almost concealed. Fore wing:
dorsum longer than the termen, the latter nearly evenly curved ; vein 5 with its basal
portion receding from vein 6 and therefore arising much nearer 4 than 6; vein 2
arising before the half-length of the cell. Hind wing nearly as broad as long ; termen
evenly rounded; cell less than half as long as the wing. Hyaline spots present in both
wings. Tibial epiphysis present; hind tibize fringed and bearing two pairs of spurs.
No alar sex-mark in the male.

The two species known to us may be distinguished as follows :—
Disc of the hind wing above white, completely surrounded by a broad dark brown

border. Expanse about 42mm... leas oe jolus, Cr:

Hind wing above fuliginous brown, with a ae defaced Honea viliite spot on

the disc standing on vein 5 near the middle, and a white point just below it near
the basal third of cell 8. Expanse about33 mm. ..... . . .. . .~ stellata, Ob.

! UDASPES FOLUS.
Papilio folus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. Ixxiv. fig. 7 (1779).
Udaspes folus, Moore, Lep. Cey. 1. p. 177, pl. Ixviui. figs. 8, 8a (1881); Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 398,
pl. xxxiv. fig. 3 (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 125 (1891).

Hab. N.W. Himalaya (Young); Sikkim (J/oller); Khasia (Elwes); Burmah
(Watson, Doherty) ; Java (Piepers); Sambawa, Bali (Doherty).

! UDASPES STELLATA.
Plesioneura stellata, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Ent. xx. p. 41, pl. ix. fig. 165 (1896).

Hab. Menia, ? prope Ta-tsien-lo, E. Tibet (coll. Oberthiir).
I am indebted to M. Charles Oberthur for a specimen of this distinct species,
which he has recently received from his native collectors in Tibet.

ACTINOR.
Actinor, Watson, P. ZS. 1893, p. 108. Type radians, Moore.

This genus was erected by Watson for the Halpe radians of Moore, an insect
combining with its own peculiar facies most of the other characters of Halpe, save that
the sex-mark is absent in the male and vein 2 of the fore wing arises near the basal
third of the cell.

The pattern of the hind wing below is quite peculiar; the veins and two narrow
irregular straight transverse bands are yellowish white, the antemedian band starts from
the basal third of vein 1 6 and passes over the base of vein 2 obliquely across the cell

244 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

and is cut short by vein 8, the postmedian band starts from the apical fourth of
vein 1 6 and is continued in an almost regular zigzag to the apex of vein 6; there is a

pale spot near the base of cell 7.

! ACTINOR RADIANS.
Halpe radians, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 690, pl. xlv. fig. 1; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 74 (1891).

Hab. Mandi, N.W. Himalayas (Young).

GEHENNA.
Gehenna, Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 108. Type abima, Hew.

Distinguished from Halpe by the secondary sexual characters on the underside of the
fore wing in the male, which consist of a thickening of the basal part of vein 2 anda
portion of the lower edge of the cell near it, so as to form a swollen <, which is partly
covered by a thick tuft of long black hairs springing from the dorsum near the base.

Three species are known to us, and may be distinguished as follows :—

1 (4). Male. Hind wing: vein 8 and the upper edge of the cell normal.
2 (3). Cell-spot on the fore wing geminate; hind wing below with “ five un-
defined brown spots” (de Nicév.). . . . . « e lS 2 . abima, Hew.
3 (2). One moderately large spot next the lower edge of the cell on the fore
wing, sometimes with another punctiform one just above it. Hind
wing below brown, more or less closely covered with greyish-yellow
scales, except on a large spot near the end of the cell and a triangular
postmedian spot; the base of this brown triangle occupies about the
basal half of vein 2, and its apex just reaches ven 6 . . : . angulifera, n. sp.
4 (1). Male. Hind wing: vein 8 and the upper edge of the cell fone a
“tuning-fork ” at their junction; upperside with a small oval oblique
streak close to the base; underside dark reddish brown, immaculate,
“frosted over with scattered golden-yellow scales” . . . . . . . gr@@, de Nicéy.

GEHENNA ABIMA.
Hesperia abima, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xix. p. 83 (1877).

Hab. Macassar (fide Hewitson).

GEHENNA ANGULIFERA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 20, ¢.)

3. Upperside brown: fore wing with four or five sordid yellowish-white spots
placed as follows:—one near the apex of the lower edge of the cell, sometimes with a
punctiform one just above it, one about twice as high as wide in cell 2, one roundish
or subquadrate near the basal third of cell 3, and one small and roundish in cell 6.
Underside: fore wing as on the upperside, but paler along the dorsum, and with the

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ. 245

extra-discal portion more or less closely sprinkled with greyish-yellow scales: hind
wing brown, more or less closely sprinkled with greyish-yellow scales, except on a
spot near the end of the cell, and a curved postmedian band, the base of which
occupies about the basal half of vein 2, and its apex just reaches vein 6. Fringes
dark grey, the short scales darker, especially on the hind wing. Antenne above
dark brown, very finely spotted with white beneath, apiculus pale red on the
underside. Body above brown ; clothing of the palpi, breast, and legs of yellow and
black hairs intermixed; abdomen beneath blackish, hind margins of the segments with
a narrow band of whitish-grey scales.

Expanse 28 mm.

Hab. Mindoro.

Described from two specimens ex coll. Staudinger.

According to a specimen received from M. Mabille, this is the same as his Pamphila
rama; we have not, however, been able to find any reference to the publication of the

latter name.

GEHENNA GREA.
Gehenna gree, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. 1895, p. 399.

Hab. N.E. Sumatra (fide de Nicéville).

Curpirua, Moore.
Cupitha, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, pt. 11. p. 47; Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 111. Type
purreea, Moore.

A genus of a single species, best distinguished by the secondary sexual characters of
the male. The pattern of the upperside is essentially the same as that found in
Telicota gola, Moore. Male: fore wing with the dorsum angularly produced just
before the middle, on the underside with a tuft of long hairs on the dorsum between
the base and the angulation ; hind wing above with an oval depression at the end of
the cell filled with what appears to be a waxy matter, the middle of this depression is
traversed by the confluent basal portion of veins 3 and 4, which thus form a loop

above the lower margin of the cell.

! CUPITHA PURREEA.
Pamphila purreea, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 594, pl. lviii. fig. 10.
Cupitha tympanifera, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, p. 48.
Pamphila lycorias, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvii. p. 54 (1893).
Hab. Sikkim (Moller); KE. Pegu, Bali (Doherty); Java (Fruhstorfer); Nias
(Modigliani) ; Camiguin de Mindanao (Semper); Palawan (coll. Staudinger).

VOL. XIV.—PaRT iv. No. 19.—October, 1897. 2K

246 MESSRS. H. J. ELXWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

AUGIADES,
Augiades, Hiibn. Verz. p. 112 (1816) ; Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 103. Type sylvanus, Esper.

Closely allied to Erynnis, the points of difference being practically those which
separate the Papilio sylvanus of Esper from the Papilio comma of Linneus. In
Augiades siva, Moore, and its immediate allies, hyaline spots are more or less strongly
developed in the fore wing.

Antenne rather more than half as long as costa; club elongate, oval ; apiculus longer
than in Erynnis, in most species as long as the greatest width of the club. Third
joint of palpi almost concealed, second joint laxly scaled.

In seven species examined there occurs a marked peculiarity in the male genitalia ;
the cedeagus has growing out of its lower side one or two large dissimilar horns,
variously shaped and armed, sometimes nearly as large as the organ itself.

The species in coll. Elwes are distinguished as follows :—

1 (10). Hind wing below with the veins concolorous.
(3). Fore wing below with the blackish colour confined to the base and
dorsum, bounded externally by the sex-mark, and above by
vein | a : 6
3 (2). Fore wing below with ie lovee half seeanied by a sv eutueed plackiel

patch, which is bounded above by the lower margin of the cell
and vein 3.

sylvanus, Esp.

aN
ea

NN
WY

. Hind wing above with pale spots in cells 2-6.

or
“—
[o>)
=

. Size larger. Fore wing below with a pale suffused spot near the
middle of the dorsum. (ideagus with one horn ;
6 (5). Size smaller. Fore wing below without a pale spot near the made
of the dorsum. Cdeagus with two horns
. Hind wing above with pale spots in cells 2, 3, and 6.
8 (9). Sex-mark black. Fore wing below with the basal half of the costal
region nearly concolorous with the ground-colour of the hind wing.
Hind wing below with the pale spots silvery white, dark-edged . szva, Moore.
9 (8). Middle streak of the sex-mark whitish. Fore wing below with the
basal half of the costal region reddish ochreous. Hind wing
below with the pale spots neither silvery white nor dark-edged.
9a (9b). Expanse 33-35 mm. Lower distal angle of the lower lobe of the
clasp acute Jey Ney tag ey errs ner Se Sia Oar nae eae
b (9a). Expanse 43-47 mm. Lower distal angle of the lower lobe of the
clasp obtuse . : :
10 (1). Hind wing below with the veins hee
1] (12). Size smaller. Fore wing less pointed, its underside with the fringe
deep yellow, the short scales dark brown for a varying distance
from the apex. Cdeagus with one horn Se. ae :
12 (11). Size larger. Fore wing more pointed, its underside with the fine

yellowish grey, passing into yellow near the tornus. Cdeagus
with two horns .

subhyalina, Brew.

sylvanoides, Leech.

NX
BS
iN

brahma, Moore.

crateis, Leech.

ochracea, Brem.

majuscula, 1X. sp.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA 247

! AUGIADES SYLVANUS.
Papilio sylvanus, Esper, Schmett. i. 1, pl. xxxvi. fig. 1 (1778?) ; Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. i,
figs. 482-484 (1798-1803).
Hesperia venata, Bremer & Grey, Schmett. N. China’s, p. 11, pl. iit. fig. 5 (1858) ; Ménétriés, Cat.
Mus. Petr., Lep. i. pl. v. fig. 8 (1855).
Pamphila selas, Mabille, Pet. Nouv. 11. p. 233 (1878).
Pamplhala herculea, Butler, Aun, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vii. p. 140 (1881).
Hesperia hyrcana, Christoph, Iris, vi. p. 87 (1893).
Augiades sylvanus, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 601 (1894).
Hab. Kurope to Amurland, Korea (Leech) ; Japan (Pryer).
A male and female in coll. Rothschild, from Koko-nor, Tibet, expand only 23 mm.
and 25 mm. respectively. We have not had an opportunity of comparing the male
genitalia of this small form with those of specimens of normal size.

! AUGIADES SUBHYALINA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 58.)
Hesperia subhyalina, Bremer & Grey, Schmett. N. China’s, p. 10, pl. iii. fig. 4 (1853).
Pamphila subhyalina, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petr., Lep. i. pl. v. fig. 7 (1855).
Augiades subhyalina, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 602, pl. xli. fig. 8, ¢ (1893-94).
Pamphila subhyalina, var. tibetana, Oberthiir, Htudes d’Ent. xi. p. 28, pl. vi. fig. 45 (1886).

Hab. China (Pratt); Korea (Leech); ? Japan ( Jide Leech); Khasias (Hamilton, fide
Doncaster). :

Leech states that he has specimens intermediate between A. tibetana and subhyalina.
We have seen no specimens from Japan, but three males from the Khasia hills,
procured from Mr, Doncaster, are undoubtedly subhyalina.

! AUGIADES SYLVANOIDES. (Plate XXIV. fig. 59.)
Augiades sylvanoides, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 604, pl. xli. fig. 4, ¢ (1893-94).
Hab. Ta-tsien-lo, Western China (Pratt).

AUGIADES SIMILIS.
Augiades similis, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 605, pl. xli. fig. 6, @ (1893-94).
Differs from sylvanoides, Leech, in the darker (brown, not vellowish-green) ground-

colour and more distinct pale spots of the hind wing below.
Hab. W. China (Leech).

! AUGIADES sIvA. (Plate XIX. fig. 28, 3.)
Pamphila siva, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 692.
Telicota siva, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 57.
Hab. Khasias, 6000 ft. (Elwes); E. Pegu, Bernardmyo (Doherty).
2K2

248 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

AUGIADES BOUDDHA.
>» Pamphila bouddha, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. lvi.
Augiades bouddha, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 603, pl. xl. figs. 7 2, 14 § (1893-94).
Closely resembles A. siva, Moore, but the spots on the hind wing are larger and
more quadrate.

Hab. Moupin (David).

! AUGIADES BOUDDHA, var. CONSORS.
Augiades bouddha, var. consors, Leech, t. c. p. 604, pl. xli. fig. 10, ¢ .

We believe that this insect, which comes from Moupin, is really the female of
A, bouddha, and that the female specimen from Omei-shan, figured on Leech’s plate
xli. fig. 7, belongs to another species. Mr. Leech himself observes that the Moupin
female, the original of his plate xli. fig. 10, agrees better in the colour of the spots
on the hind wing with the type male of bowddha figured by him than the Omei-shan
female, the original of his plate xli. fig. 7; at the same time, the latter, which has
the spots on the hind wing bright fulvous instead of white, agrees very well with
Mabille’s description of bouddha, female. The specimens figured appear to be the
only ones which Mr, Leech had seen, and we have seen no others.

! AUGIADES BRAHMA. (Plate XXYV. fig. 61 0.)

Pamplila brahma, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 691, pl. xlv. fig. 8.
Telicota brahma, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 57.

Hab. Masuri, N.W. Himalayas (Lang); Kumaon (Ramsay); Fort White, Chin
hills, 7000 ft. (fide de Nicéville).

The differences between A. siva and brahma, as given in the table, are well marked
and constant; therefore the occurrence of the latter species in the Chin hills, where
A. siva would be expected, is very curious.

! AUGIADES CRATEIS. (Plate XXV. fig. 61a.)
Augiades crateis, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 6038, pl. xli. figs. 9 9,11 d (1893-94).

Differs from A. brahma, Moore, in being larger, darker, and more strongly marked,
especially on the hind wing below, and in the male genitalia; both have the whitish

line on the black sex-mark in the male.
Hab. Omei-shan, Chia-kou-ho (Leech).

! AUGIADES OCHRACEA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 60.)
Pamphila ochracea, Bremer, Bull. Acad. Pet. iii. p. 473 (1861) ; id. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 33, pl. i. fig. 11
(1864).
Pamphila rickuchina, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 275 (1878).
Augiades ochracea, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 605 (1893-94).

Hab. Japan (Pryer); Amurland (Graeser).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID. 249

! AUGIADES MAJUSCULA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 21, ¢; Plate XXV. fig. 61.)

Resembles A. ochracea generally, and particularly in the black veining of the hind
wing below, but is larger (exp. 41 mm.), and the fore wing has a much straighter
termen, and therefore a more pointed appearance. The form of the cdeagus is quite
distinct from that of <A. ochracea, but is not to be distinguished from that of
A, sylvanus.

Described from two males from China (Pryer, in coll. Elwes).

We should not have ventured to separate this species from ochracea if it had not
been for the marked difference in the cedeagi, which are figured. Elwes obtained the
types from a collection made many years ago by the late Mr. Pryer in China, mostly
at Shanghai. He found specimens in Mr. Leech’s collection marked herculea, Butl.,
which appear to be the same species.

TELICOTA.

Telicota, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 169 (1881) ; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 102. Type augias, Lin.
Padraona, Moore, t.c. p. 170; Watson, t.c. p. 101. Type mesa, Moore,=dara, Koll.

Under this generic name we bring together a number of species which agree well in
general appearance and in all important points of structure. Antenne more than half
as long as costa; club gradual, of moderate size; apiculus as long as, or a little longer
than the greatest width of the club. Palpi: second joint densely scaled, third joint
short, conical, erecto-patent ; or second joint laxly scaled, third joint acicular, sub-
erect, sometimes almost as long as one-third of the diameter of the eye. Wings
without hyaline spots. Basal portion of vein 5 in the fore wing receding from vein 6,
vein 5 therefore arising much nearer to vein 4 than to vein 6; vein 5 in the hind wing
obsolete. Upperside dark brown or black, with a yellow (fulyous or stramineous)
band on each wing ; that on the fore wing starts from the middle of the dorsum and
runs obliquely outwards to join some pale spots in cells 6-8, it is sometimes broken
into spots, and there is also sometimes a pale spot or spots in the cell, or an’ elongate
triangular pale spot next the costa from the base to beyond the middle; the band on
the hind wing is submedian, and does not reach the costa or the dorsum, but is in
nearly all the species reproduced, outlined in black, on the underside. ‘Tibial epiphysis
present ; hind tibiee fringed with long hairs, and having two pairs of spurs.

The species known to us we arrange as follows :—

1 (16). Hind wing: termen distinctly excavate between veins 16 and 2
or 16 and 38, the tornus therefore apparently shortly produced
into a rounded lobe.

2 (11). Male with an alar sex-mark.

3 (6). Sex-mark on the fore wing: a streak of androconia reaching from
the middle of vein 2 to the base of vein 4. (Txxicota proper.)

250 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

4 (5). Fore wing above: lower outer angle of the yellow spots in cells
2-4 narrowly produced along the contiguous vein nearly or quite
to the termen ; terminal dark band brown. Lower apical angle
of clasp founded off, or at most barely evident. . . . augias, Linn.

or

(4). Fore wing above: lower outer angle of the yellow spots in cells
2-4 not, or but little, produced; terminal dark band black-
brown. Lower apical angle of clasp produced into a triangular
tooth, or, at least, strongly right-angled . . . . . . . . bambuse, Moore.

(or)
—
oo
=

. Sex-mark on the hind wing: a tuft of long hairs springing from an
otherwise bare pale patch near the middle of cell 7 and the base
of cell 6, and directed obliquely inwards and downwards.
7 (8). Fore wing above: no yellow spot in cell 5. Fore wing below
brown, the pale band distinct . . . j f prusias, Feld.
8 (7). Fore wing above with a suffused yellow Sot near the maidalle of
cell 5.
9 (10). Hind wing above bright fulvous as far as vein 7, thence to the
costa warm dark brown . . § Somes 1. ansularis, nM. sp:
10 (9). Hind wing above brown, with a trond soatinediain sallow band,
which nearly reaches the termen and is cut short by vein 6. . kuehni, Plotz.
11 (2). Male without an alar sex-mark.
12 (15). Hind wing below with an irregular pale postmedian macular band
outlined with black.
13 (14). Expanse of the male about 40 mm. Yellow band on fore wing
narrower ; pale spot in cell 2 of fore wing above not reaching
the base of that cell; fore wing below with the basal part of
the cell blackish. Apex of the tegumen tridentate . . . . palmarum, Moore.
14 (18). Expanse of the male about 44mm. Yellow band on fore wing
above broader, basal two-thirds of cell 2 on the fore wing above
entirely yellow. Fore wing below with the cell entirely yellow.
Apex of tegumen bidentate . .°. . augiades, Feld.
15 (12). Hind wing below without distinct mane: Sites ‘nfow
passing into ochreous on the terminal half . . . . . . simplex, n. sp.
16 (1). Hind wing: termen practically straight (not excavate) hetween
veins 1 4 and 2 or 1 6 and 8; tornus not produced.
17 (22). Fore wing above: cell 3 yellow at the extreme base and for about
half its length.
21). Pale discal marking on hind wing below band-like.
20). Size larger. Cell of fore wing entirely black . . . . . . ~ concinna,n. sp.
(19). Size smaller. Cell of fore wing with a yellow spot near the apex. gola, Moore.
(18). Pale discal marking on kind wing below subovate. . . . . . paragola, de Nicév.
(17). Fore wing above: cell 3 black at the extreme base.
(28). With a pale spot in each of cells 4 and 5 of the fore wing.
(29). Pale markings of the upperside deep yellow, sometimes inclining
to fulvous.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 251

25 (26). Male with a sex-mark on the fore wing above. Fore wing above:
pale band regular, its inner edge straight. Sex-mark consisting
of a dull streak of androconia along the inner edge of the yellow

band from the middle of vein 1a to the base of vein4 . . . rectifasciata, n. sp.
26 (25). No sex-mark on the fore wing above in the male; the pale band

irregular, broken outwardly at cells 4-5 . 2. 2. 2)... dara, Koll.
27 (24). Pale markings of the upperside cream-yellow . . . . .°. . dilutior, n. sp.
28 (23). No pale spot in cells 4 and 5 of the fore wing . . . . . . . orphitus, Mab.

!TELICcoTA AUGIAS. (Plate XXYV. figs. 62, 62a.)
Papilio augias, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 794 (1767).
Telicota augias, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 382, pl. xxxiv. fig. 23 (1886); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p.55 (1891).

The sex-mark in the male is subject to some variation; generally it is broad and
continuous, sometimes it is broken up into three pieces, and in a specimen from Menado
it is continuous but only about half as wide as usual and its black edging is very
narrow and regular.

Hab. Calcutta (Minchin); Akyab (Adamson); Poona (Swinhoe); Andamans, Perak,
Pulo Laut, Sambawa (Doherty); Nias (Modigliani); Java (Fruhstorfer) ; Philippines
(Semper); Hong-Kong ( Walker).

!'TELICOTA BAMBUS&. (Plate XXYV. fig 63.)
Pamphila bambuse, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 691, pl. xlv. figs. 11,12 ¢ 2.
Pamphila pythias, Mabille, Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 234 (1878) ; id. Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg. xxi. p. (1878).
Telicota bambuse, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 382, pl. xxxv. fig. 12 (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 56(1891).

Pamphila eurotas, Felder {Sitz. Ak. Wiss., Math.-nat. Cl. xl. p. 461, sep. p. 14 (1860)],
is, Judging from a male specimen in the Felder Collection labelled in contemporary
handwriting “ Hesp. ewrotas, Feld.,” ‘‘ Amboina,” mainly distinguished from 7. bambusee
by having the postmedian yellow band on the fore wing above only half as wide,
narrowed towards the apex and only reaching just beyond vein 5.

Hab. Nilgiris (Hampson); Sikkim (Joller); Calcutta (Minchin); Assam, E. Pegu,
Perak, Arjuno, Java, Bali (Doherty) ; Java (Fruhstorfer) ; Kina Balu ( Waterstradt) ;
Mt. Mulu, N. Borneo (Hose).

!l'eLicoTa PRuSIAS. (Plate XIX. fig. 14, 3.)
Pamphila prusias, Felder, Sitz. Ak. Wiss., Math.-nat. Cl. xliti. p. 44 (1861).

In a female of this species sent by Semper the underside exactly agrees with that of
the male, but is a little paler, thus differing from a specimen sent by Staudinger as the
female of 7. prusias, in which the hind wing below bears a sharply defined postmedian

macular pale band between veins | 6 and 6.
Hab. Celebes (coll. Stgr.) ; Palawan (Platen, Everett); Philippines (Semper).

252 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS :

! TELICOTA INSULARIS, n. sp. (Plate XIX. figs. 26 ¢, 272.)

g. Upperside: fore wing blackish brown ; a broad fulvous postmedian band from
the dorsum nearly parallel with the termen as far as the end of the cell, recurved
from thence to the costa, a streak along the basal half of the costa and two streaks
in the cell, the upper one occupying its entire length, the lower one only half as
long, also fulvous: hind wing fulvous, the costal region as far as vein 6 and a
little beyond that vein on the inner two-thirds of the wing black ; a suffused anteciliary
black line in cells 5-2, expanding in cell 1d into a suffused spot; cells l and la
blackish ; a tuft of long hairs springing from an otherwise bare pale patch near the
middle of cell 7 and the base of cell 6 and directed obliquely inwards and downwards.
Underside: fore wing yellowish red-brown, passing into yellow on the dorsum;
basal half as far upwards as the cell black, the black portion bearing an oblong bare
pale spot from the dorsum as far as the base of vein 2; a fine anteciliary line and the
veins blackish; fringe deep yellow, the short scales blackish grey from the apex as
far as vein 1a: hind wing yellowish red-brown, brownish yellow from vein 2 to the
dorsum, a fine anteciliary black line from the apex to vein 2; fringe deep yellow.
Palpi clothed with yellow scales intermixed with black. Clothing of body above
fulvous. Antenne blackish, club pale beneath.

2. Upperside: fore wing yellow-brown, pale markings as in the male but yellow rather
than fulvous and the postmedian band narrower: hind wing yellow-brown, with a broad
suffused median yellow band passing from the apex of cells 4—5 towards the dorsum ;
basal region clothed with long yellow hairs. Underside: fore wing as in the male, but
the dark basal portion is blackish only and bears no pale patch, the dorsum as far
as vein 1 @ dusky; hind wing as in the male, but less strongly tinged with red.

A very distinct species, which comes nearest to 7. prusias.

Expanse 42 mm.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). ‘Types in coll. Elwes.

TELICOTA KUEHNI.
Hesperia kuehni, Ploiz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlvii. p. 101 (1886).
Padraona kuehni, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 302 (1892).

Hab. Luzon (Semper); E. Celebes (in coll. Godman & Salvin).

! TELICOTA PALMARUM. (Plate XXV. figs. 64, 64 a.)

Pamphila palmarum, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 690, pl. xlv. figs. 6, 7,5 2.

Hesperia chrysozona, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xliv. p. 228 (1883).

Pamphila augiades, var. bambuse, Staudinger, Iris, ii. pp. 144, 165 (1889).

Padraona palmarum, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 60 (1891).

Padraona chrysozona, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 301, pl. xlix. figs. 18 g, 14 9, pl. B.
fig. 11, larva (as Zelicota bambuse) (1892).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 253

Hab. Calcutta (de Nicéville); Upper Assam (Doherty); Khasias (Hamilton); Java
(Piepers) ; Luzon, Mindoro, Negros, Bohol, Mindanao (Semper); Palawan, Bunguran,
Natuna Is. (Averett); Bukan, N. Borneo (in coll. Rothschild).

!'TELICOTA AUGIADES. (Plate X XV. figs. 65, 65 a.)
Pamphila augiades, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss., Math.-nat. Cl. xl. p. 461 (1860).
Hesperia augiades, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. ii. pl. Ixxii. fig. 5 (1867).
2 =Hesperia acalle, Hopf. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 41.
Hab. Amboyna (Felder); Batavia (ex coll. Snellen). We are unable to give any
characters by which the females of 7. palmarum and T. augiades can be distinguished.

TELICOTA SIMPLEX, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 15, 3.)

¢. Upperside resembling that of 7. insularis, save that the yellow streaks next
the costa of the fore wing are less strongly developed, and in this respect it resembles
T. prusias ; no sexual tuft of hairs near the base of the costa of the hind wing. Fore
wing below resembling that of 7’. ¢nsularis, but wanting the pale denuded patch near
the middle of cell 1 @, which is correlated with the tuft of hairs on the upperside of the
hind wing. Hind wing below ochreous brown, passing into ochreous near the middle.

Expanse 40 mm.

Hab. N. Celebes (coll. Stgr.). Type in coll. Staudinger.

Described from a single specimen from Minahassa sent by Staudinger as kuehni,
Plotz. The latter species, however, according to a specimen received under that name
from Semper, has in the male a sex-mark as in prusias and insularis, and the yellow
colouring on the hind wing above is in the form of a distinct band, as stated in the
original description.

! TELICOTA CONCINNA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 20, ¢ ; Plate XXV. figs. 67, a, 0.)

3. Differs from gola, Moore,.in its larger size and the want of any yellow spot in
the cell of the fore wing. Tegumen in the lateral aspect regularly decurved. In
gola the tegumen in the lateral aspect is sinuate.

Expanse 28 mm.

Hab. Nilgiris (Davison, Hampson).

Described from two specimens in coll. Elwes.

!TeLicora GoLa. (Plate XXV. figs. 66, a, 0.)

Padraona gola, Moore, P. Z.8. 1877, pl. lviii. fig. 9, ¢ ; Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 598, pi. x .
fig. 12, ¢ (1892-94); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 59 (1891).
Padraona goloides, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 171, pl. Ixxi. figs. 3, 3. a (1880-81) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind.
p- 601 (1891).
Telicota goloides, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 382, pl. xxxv. fig. 18, d (1886).
VOL. XIV.—PART Iv. No. 20.—October, 1897. 21

254 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Pamphila akar, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belg. iii. no. 31, pl. Ixxi. (1883).
Pamphila goloides, var. akar, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 146 (1889).
Padraona akar, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 303, pl. xlix. fig. 16, ¢ (1892).

Hab. Nilgiris (Hampson); Ceylon (Green); Kthasias (Hamilton); Andamans,
Perak, Java, Bali, Sambawa, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Luzon, Guimaras, Camotes,
Mindanao (Semper); Palawan, Kina Balu, Borneo (Staudinger); Nias (Modigliant).

TELICOTA PARAGOLA.
Padraona paragola, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1895, p. 546.

Hab, N.E. Sumatra (de Nicéville & Martin); W. Borneo (ex coll. Staudinger).

Size of T. gola, but very distinct on the hind wing below, which is dark yellow-brow
by reason of a sprinkling of yellow scales on a blackish ground and has a sharply
defined subovate yellow discal patch.

We know this species only from a specimen sent by Staudinger which agrees
with de Nicéville’s description.

! 'TELICOTA RECTIFASCIATA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 17, ¢ ; Plate XXV. figs. 68, 68 a.)

3. Differs from dara, Koll., in the following points :—Fore wing above : inner edge
of the oblique pale band straight, bounded inwardly by a broad stripe of dull brown
modified scales reaching from near the middle of vein 1 @ to the base of vein 4; in dara,
Koll., the inner edge of the pale band is irregular because the bases of the spots in cells
2 and 3 project inwardly out of line with the bases of the others forming the band.

Expanse 28-51 mm.

Described from three male specimens, one from Sikkim (M@l/er) and two from East
Pegu (Doherty). We have not yet been able to identify the female of this species.

!TELICOTA DARA. (Plate X XV. figs. 69, 69 a.)

Hesperia dara, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, vol. iv. p. 455 (1848).

Pamphila mesa, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1865, p. 509, pl. xxv. fig. 9.

Pamphala flava, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. xii. p. 4 (1875).

Pamphila nitida, Mabille, Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 114 (1877).

Pamphila taxilus, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxi. p. (1878).

Pamphila trachala, Mabille, Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 237 (1878).

Pamphila mesoides, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. ser. 2, Zool. vol. i. p. 554 (1879).

Padraona mesoides, Moore, Lep. Cey.i. p. 171, pl. Ixxi. figs. 5, 5a (1881).

Telicota mesoides, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 883, pl. xxxiv. fig. 24 (1886).

Padraona pseudomesa, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 170 (1881).

Padraona dara, W atson, Hesp. Ind. p. 57 (1891); Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 596, pl. xl. figs. 18, 14, vars.

Pamphila heterus, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belg. iii. no. 31, p. xxii (1883); Staudinger,
Tris, ii. p. 145 (1889).

Padraona heterus, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 303, pl. xlix. fig. 15, 2 (1892).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID2. 255

Pamphila zebra, Mabille, sec. spec. comm.
? Pamphila sunias, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss., Math.-nat. Cl. xl. p. 462, sep. p. 15 (1860).

This species varies much, in size, in the ground-colour of the hind wing below,
and in the size of the spots which form the pale markings on the upperside. The pale
spot in cell 6 on the hind wing below is absent or but feebly developed in certain males
from Pulo Laut, Nias, Java, and Perak; in females from Pulo Laut and Nias, otherwise
similar to the males last mentioned, this spot is present, but a female from Perak
exactly resembles males from the same locality in wanting that spot.

This species seems to have a wider range and to be more generally abundant than
any other Eastern Hesperid.

Elwes’s collection contains forty-six males and thirty-six females from almost every
part of tropical Asia, including Japan. Edwards has examined the genitalia of no
less than fifteen specimens from various localities and finds considerable variation
in degree, but no differences which can be treated as specific.

The five specimens now standing in the Felder collection as ‘“ Pamphila sunias”
clearly do not belong to the species described by Felder under that name, for he says
of the hind wing below “atomis nigris fasciam cingentibus.”’ Of the specimens in
question four are labelled ‘* Amboina” and one, a male, * Amboina, Doleschall.” The
latter agrees exactly with a specimen from Celebes sent by Dr. Staudinger as Pamphila
prusias, Felder; the other three males are only distinguishable from the specimen last
mentioned by the narrower pale band on the fore wing above (the pale spot in cell 2
reaches to about the half length of vein 2); the remaining specimen, a female, appears
to be properly associated with the narrow-banded males, as the band on the fore wing
above is not so wide as one would expect to find in the female of 7. prusias having
regard to the width of it in the male of that species.

Hab. N.W. Himalaya (Young); Sikkim (Mller, Elwes) ; Khasias (Elwes) ; Nagas,
E. Pegu, Perak, Pulo Laut, Sambawa, Arjuno, Java, Bali (Doherty) ; Ceylon (Mackwood) ;
Nias (Modigliani) ; Hong Kong (Pryer); Andamans (de Roepstorff); Java (Piepers) ;
Philippines (Semper); Kina Balu (Waterstradt); Japan (Pryer); C. China (Pratt).

!TELICOTA DILUTIOR, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 21, ¢.)

¢ 2. Differs from dara, Koll., in the following points:—Pale markings of the
upperside of a cream- or straw-yellow, the spots of which they are composed reduced
in size ; ground-colour of the hind wing below dark yellowish green, owing to the Sparse
clothing of yellow scales on the black parts.

Expanse 30-3] mm.

This species seems constantly different from any form of dara.

Described from several specimens, including three males and three females, from
Pulo Laut (Doherty). Types in coll. Elwes.

Hab. Pulo Laut, Labuan, Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt) ; N. Borneo (Lverett).

2u 2

256 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

!'TELICOTA ORPHITUS.
Pamphila orphitus, Mabille, C. R. Ent. Belg. xxvii. p. Ixxiv (1888).
Padraona pavor, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1894, p. 53, pl. iv. fig. 8, d.

In the male of this species there are three tracts of androconia on the fore wing
above, namely, a streak in cell 1 @ next vein 1 a and occupying about the middle third
of the latter, a roundish patch near the middle of vein 2 divided by that vein into
two nearly equal parts, and a short streak in cell 2 next the base of vein 3.

Hab. N.K. Sumatra (Martin) ; Java (fide Mabille).

TELICOTA PHILANUS.

Pamphila philenus, Mabille, C. R. Ent. Belg. xxvii. p. Ixxii (1883).

Somewhat smaller than 7. orphitus, Mab., which it resembles on the upperside, save
that there are yellow spots in cells 4 and 5 of the fore wing and a yellow spot in cell 6
of the hind wing, which is half as large as that in cells 4-5, of which it adjoins the
outer half; the hind wing below is unmarked pale ochreous, and there is on vein 2 of
the fore wing above near its middle an oblong patch of androconia bounded above and
below by a slight folding of the wing-membrane.

Hab. Malaysia (fide Mabille).

TELICOTA MARNAS.
Pamphila marnas, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss., Math.-nat. Cl. xl. p. 462, sep. p. 15 (1860).

The following particulars are taken from a male specimen in the Felder collection
labelled in contemporary handwriting “ Hesp. marnas, Feld.”, “ Amboina, Doleschall” :—

3. Upperside: fore wing brown, with the basal half of the costa, a geminate cell-
spot continued towards the base and having its upper part extended for about half its
length beyond the lower part, a streak in cell 1@ adjoining vein lq@ as far as the
sex-mark, a streak along the basal two-thirds of the dorsum, an oblique postmedian
band from vein 1a@ to vein 4, a subquadrate spot near the apical third of cell 4, a
smaller spot near the apical fourth of cell 5, and an oblong spot in each of cells 6, 7,
and 8, deep yellow or fulvous; sex-mark an irregular line of pale brown androconia
running from vein 1 @ near the middle to vein 4 near the base, and separated from the
inner edge of the postmedian band by an irregular linear tract of brown; hind wing
brown; a few scales and the pubescence near the base, a broad irregular postmedian
band reaching from vein 16 to vein 6, and the indication of a spot near the apical
third of cell 6 fulvous. Underside: fore wing as on the upperside save that the
cell-spot is not continued towards the base, the streaks in cell 1 a and next the dorsum
are wanting, and the spots in cells 5 to 8 are more strongly developed; fringe fuscous,
passing into yellow at the tornus; hind wing brown, closely sprinkled with yellow scales,
the pale markings as on the upperside save that there is a round yellow spot in the cell
near the base of vein 6, and the pale spot in cell 6 is more strongly developed, reaching
nearly to vein 7 ; fringe fuscous, yellow from the tornus to vein2. Wing-length 14 mm.

A REVISION OF THE ORTENTAL HESPERIIDA, 257

THALPE.
Halpe, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 689; Watson, op. cit. 1892, p. 108.

Species of moderate or small size, brown or grey-brown above; fore wing with
hyaline spots, but not one in cell 4; no hyaline spots in hind wing except in
H. submacula, Leech. Antenne longer than half the costa; club slender; length
of the apiculus about twice the width of the club. Third joint of palpi short,
porrect, nearly concealed. Fore wing: basal portion of vein 5 receding from vein 6,
vein 5 therefore arising much nearer to vein 4 than to vein 6; or vein 5 straight,
arising very little nearer vein 4 than vein 6, its basal portion not receding from vein 6;
vein 2 from near the half-length of the cell (except in separata, blanchardi, and
subflava, where it arises from the apical third of the lower margin of the cell);
termen generally shorter than the dorsum. Hind wing: vein 5 nearly obsolete;
in the males vein 7 is abruptly bent upwards at the base, and at the same point
there is a corresponding deflexion of the upper margin of the cell, so that the whole
subcostal vein of the hind wing forms a figure resembling a tuning-fork; the latter
structure is correlated to a discal sex-mark on the fore wing and is found in a few other
genera. ‘Tibial epiphysis present ; hind tibiee with two pairs of spurs.

Sex-mark on the fore wing of the male a broad ridge of modified scales passing
obliquely from below the basal third of vein 1 a to the base of vein 3; in structure
this sex-mark consists of two large corneous pits filled with yellow flocculent hairs
and covered with broad modified scales; vein la is abruptly angulate before the
middle.

The sex-mark is wanting in 1. astigmata, Swinh., and H. hieron, de Nicév.

The following table includes all the species that we have been able to examine
critically. The species of this genus can rarely be identified with certainty from
figures :—

Males.

1 (58). Dise of hind wing above not occupied by a large suffused or well-
defined yellow spot traversed by the brown veins.

2 (57). Hind wing below without silvery stripes.

3 (56). Clothing of breast and palpi not pure white.

4, (23). Club of antenne banded with white on the upperside next to the
apiculus.

5 (22). Hind wing without hyaline spots.

6 (9). Hind wing below with a sharply defined white median band
running from the apex of cell 7 to the middle of cell 1 6, where
it is abbreviated.

(8). Fore wing: pale spot in cell 2 about one-third as long as that cell. zema, Hew
8 (7). Forewing: pale spot in cell 2 about one-sixth as long as that cell. ormenes, Weym.
9 (6). Hind wing below not as in paragraph 6.
10 (13). Hind wing below with a pale spot near the base of cell 7.

258 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

11 (12). Hind wing below with a more or less prominent white macular

median band ; white spot at the base of cell 7 conspicuous . . cerata, Hew.
12 (11). Hind wing below without a macular median band; white spot

at the base of cell 7 inconspicuous ; a suffused stramineous spot

near the apical third of cell 1 6, a minute pure white spot in each

of cells 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, those in cell 3, 4, and 5 very minute

and sometimes wanting. No sex-mark on fore wing above . astigmata, Swinh.
13 (10). No pale spot in the base of cell 7 on hind wing below.
14 (15). Fringe of hind wing pure white. . . . . . . =... =. . énsignis, Dist.
15 (14). Fringe of hind wing not pure white.
16 (17). Fore wing above: pale spot in the cell geminate . . . . . Ayrie, de Nicév.
17 (16). Fore wing above: pale spot in the cell single, next the upper edze

of the cell, at most with a punctiform pale spot below it.
18 (21). Fringe of the fore wing beneath whitish or chequered.
19 (20). Cell-spot in fore wing single, next the upper edge of the cell.

Termen of the hind wing continuously rounded, the tornus

consequently not appearing to be produced; the fringe pale

browmishyene va nena aes Nonsense Bales an . kumara, de Nicév.
20 (19). Cell-spot in the fore wing with a pale point next its lower nie.

Termen of the hind wing somewhat straightened between veins

4 and 1 6, the tornus therefore appearing somewhat produced ;

the fringe white with the short scales brown. . . . . . knyvetti, n. sp.
21 (18). Fringe of the fore wing beneath grey-brown, Maer with

INS WANS 5 Go ie elt ana ed Sees dete Ue mn OSCOOLO SN ESD.
22 (5). Hind wing with three eeliine OOS 6 Sule . . . submacula, Leech.

23 (4). Club of antennze not banded with white on the uphercide next
the apiculus.

24 (51). Vein 2 of fore wing arising near the half-length of the cell.

25 (50). Hind wing below normally with markings.

26 (43). Pale pattern of hind wing below consisting of a straight oblique
discal band and a more or less distinct subterminal band of
suffused spots, the latter arising in a pale spot near the apical
third of cell 1 and becoming gradually obsolescent towards
the apex. This pattern is frequently almost obsolete, but it is
always possible to trace its relationship to the typicai pattern
as displayed in a well-marked example of homolea.

27 (80). Hind wing below: discal band sharply defined.
28 (29). Discal band on the hind wing below white, appearing on the
upperside as an indistinct suffused pale patch . . . . . . moorei, Wats.
29 (28). Discal band on the hind wing below yellowish white, not
appearing on the upperside . . . . ne cmereceylonica m\Loores
30 (27). Hind wing below: discal band suffused or oieteent
31 (42). Hind wing below with the pattern at least traceable.
32 (85). Hind wing below with the basal half of cells 4-5 stramineous.
33 (34). Size larger: a pale spot in cell 8 of fore wing above; long hairs

on the disc of hind wing above brown. . . . % . . . ~~ nephele, Leech.

34 (33).
5 (32).
36 (37).
87 (36).
38 (41).
39 (40).

40 (39).

41 (38).

2 (31).

43 (26).

44, (45).

50 (25).
51 (24).
52 (58).
53 (52).
54: (55).

55 (54).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 259

Size smaller: no pale spot in cell 8 of fore wing above; disc of
hind wing above conspicuously clothed with long grey hairs.
Hind wing below: basal half of cells 4-5 not stramineous, or if

so the limits of the pale colour not sharply defined.

Expanse 36 mm. .

Expanse about 30 mm.

Fore wing: hyaline spot in cell 2 not crescent-shaped, generally
oblong and straight-sided; ground-colour of the uuderside
grey-brown.

Fore wing below : fringe grey, not distinctly chequered ; side horns
of tegumen falcate, pointed, reaching about halfway to the apex.

Fore wing below : fringe whitish, distinctly chequered, at least
next vems 2 and 8; side horns of tegumen nearly straight,
reaching nearly to the apex, their apex rather obliquely
truncate with the angles produced . Sisal

Hyaline spot in cell 2 of fore wing small and crescent- shaped
ground-colour of underside vinous brown Sums :

Hind wing below brown with a sprinkling of grey Peaches the
latter so arranged as very faintly to indicate subterminal and
discal bands. Apex of tegumen, in the dorsal aspect, consisting
of two broadly faleate incurved connivent teeth

No pale discal band on the hind wing below, the pale markings
there consisting of more or less distinct spots.

Hind wing below ochreous brown, with a conspicuous white
punctiform spot in each of cells 2 and 3 .

. Hind wing below normally with a pale spot in each of cells 9, 5, ond 6.
. Hind wing below brown, more or less closely covered with

sulphureous scales' and thus appearing yellow or greenish

yellow with brown veins

. Hind wing below with the veins concolorous.
. Hind wing below closely sprinkled with grey scales and thus

appearing greenish brown ; a faint grey spot in cells 2, 3, and 6.

. Hind wing below closely sprinkled with ochreous scales and thus

appearing greenish ochreous ; an indistinct pale spot in each of
cells 2,3, and 6, and a suffused subterminal macular pale band.
Hind wing below without markings beta : ;
Vein 2 of fore wing from the apical third of the lower nine of tite cell
Hind wing below dull brownish green without markings
Hind wing below with markings.

Hind wing below brown, closely covered with ochreous scales,
which form an indistinct suffused subterminal macular band
Hind wing below bright yellow, with a small black spot in each of

cells 2, 3, and 7, and a blackish stripe in cell 16

sulphurifera, H.-S.

majuscula, a. sp.

sikkima, Moore.

homolea, Hew.

brunnea, Moore.
fusca, Elwes.
sitala, de Nicév.

varia, Murr.
gupta, de Nicév.
debilis, 1. sp.
aina, de Nicéy.

separata, Moore.

blanchardi, Mab.

subflava, Leech.

1 Sometimes there is little or no yellow scaling on the hind wing below, which is then greenish brown with

three pale spots.

260 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

56 (3). Clothing of breast and palpi pure white . . . . . . . . . albipectus, de Nicév.
57 (2). Hind wing below with silvery markings, namely a spot in the

base of cell 7, a stripe occupying the whole of cell 6, a stripe

occupying the basal two-thirds of cell 3, and a small oblong

spot-near the apical third ofcell 2... 1... .: . bivitta, Ob.
58 (1). Dise of hind wing above with a large suffused or wall defined

yellow patch traversed by the brown veins.
59 (60). Basal portion of vein 5 in the fore wing receding from vein 6,

vein 5 therefore arising much nearer to vein 4 than to vein 6.

A sex-mark on the fore wing above ... . . . decorata, Moore.
60 (59). Vein 5 in the fore wing straight, arising very little nearer to vein

4. than to vein 6, its basal portion not receding from vein 6.

No sex-mark on the fore wing above.
61 (62). Disc of hind wing above with one or more sharply defined yellow

spots, of which that next the transverse vein is the largest and

strongest . . . : ; masoni, Moore.
62 (61). Disc of hind wing weave eellow that la suffused! with ithe .
brown colour of the termen' . . . . =... =. . «= . . honorei, de Nicév.

! HALPE ZEMA.
Hesperia zema, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xix. p. 77 (1877).
Halpe zema, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 455, pl. xi. fig. 7, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind.

p. 74 (1891).

Hesperia ormenes, Plétz, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1886, p. 92; Weymer, t. c. 1887, p. 16, pl. 1. fig. 6

Of H. ormenes, Weymer, described from Nias, I have two doubtful specimens from
Pulo Laut and one from Bali which differ from zema only in the smaller size of
the spots on fore wing. As, however, a Tavoy specimen is intermediate in this
respect and a specimen in coll. Staudinger from Borneo is nearer to zema than to
ormenes, We prefer to treat is as an inconstant variety of zema.

Hab. Sikkim (Elwes, Moller); Nagas (Doherty); Ataran Valley, Tavoy (Zucker) ;
Borneo (coll. Stg.); Pulo Laut, Bali (Doherty).

! HALPE CERATA.
Hesperia cerata, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag. 1876, p. 152.
Halpe cerata, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 454, pl. xi. fig. 8, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 73.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Bhamo, Burmah (in coll. Stgr.); ? Philippine Islands
(Rossler, ex coll. Snellen, as sulphurifera, H.-S.).

! HALPE ASTIGMATA.
Parnara astigmata, Swinhoe, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) v. p. 363 (1890).

3. No sex-mark on the fore wing above. Upperside dark brown, with a purple
shade on the fore wing; the latter with five hyaline spots, one, geminate, in the cell,
and one each in cells 2, 3, 6, and 7, the last-named punctiform. Underside dark

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 261

brown: fore wing with the hyaline spots as on the upperside and a very minute
white spot in cell 8, a pale suffused macular subterminal band faintly indicated ;
hind wing a little warmer in colour than the fore wing by reason of a sprinkling
of yellowish-grey scales, an inconspicuous white spot at the base of cell 7, a suffused
stramineous spot near the apical third of cell 16, and a minute pure white spot
in each of cells 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, those in cells 3, 4, and 5 very minute and sometimes
wanting, a pale suffused submarginal band faintly indicated. Fringes whitish
grey, chequered with brown next the ends of the veins. Body and legs concolorous
with the wings; palpi somewhat lighter, the second joint being clothed with ochreous
and black scales intermixed. Antenne above dark brown, conspicuously banded
with white next the base of the pale red apiculus, spotted with white in front; club
beneath pale ochreous.

The above description was written before we knew that the insect had been already
described, and we therefore print it in the hope that it may prove useful to some
who may not have ready access to the original description.

Hab. Nilgiri hills (Hampson).

HALPE INSIGNIS.
Baoris ? insignis, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 391, pl. xxxv. fig. 22 (1886).

Hab. Singapore (type) ; Tandjong Djatti, Sumatra (Martin). Type in coll. Rothschild.

! HALPE HYRIE.
Halpe hyrie, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 388, pl. G. fig. 34, 3.

Hab. Naga hills (Doherty).

! HALPE KUMARA.
Halpe kumara, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1885, p. 121, pl. ii. fig. 10, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp.
Ind. p. 72.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller).

! HALPE KNYVETTI, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 2, 3.)

Besides the characters given in the table above this species has the hind wing
below yellow-brown by reason of a close sprinkling of yellow scales on a brown
ground: in one specimen there is a faint indication of a tendency to the pattern
on the hind wing below found in H. homolea and its allies, in a suffused yellow
spot near the apical third of cell 14 preceded by traces of a dark postmedian
macular band; in the other specimen the hind wing below is somewhat paler along
the course of vein 16, but is otherwise unmarked. H. knyvetti may, however, be
distinguished from any member of the homolea group by the white band on the
upperside of the club of its antenne next the apiculus.

VOL. XIV.—PART Iv. No. 21.— October, 1897. 2M

262 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Expanse 40 mm.

Described from two males from Sikkim in Elwes collection.

This species is undoubtedly close to kumara, of which I have but one specimen, but
it seems sufficiently distinct.

HAvpeE FASCIATA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 7, 2.)

@. Upperside dark brown; fore wing with five white spots, one quadrate in
cell 2, one subquadrate or roundish in cell 5, one (subquadrate or roundish)
in each of cells 6 and 7, and one very small and indistinct next the upper edge of the
cell. Underside grey-brown: fore wing somewhat darker on the disc, the white
spots as on the upperside and a subterminal row of indistinct suffused whitish
spots ; hind wing with a subterminal row of indistinct suffused whitish spots. Fringe
of the fore wing grey-brown concolorous with the wing, of the hind wing similar

5

but indistinctly spotted with whitish. Antenne above black with a white band
next the apiculus, underside spotted with white. Body above dark brown, clothing
of the breast and legs grey ; abdomen beneath blackish, hind margin of the segments
with a narrow indistinct pale band.

Expanse 53 mm.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt).

Described from one example ex coll. Staudinger. Of the species known to us
this species comes nearest to kwmara and knyvetti, but it is in our judgment distinct
from either. The close yellow scaling of the hind wing and the extra-discal portion
of the fore wing on the underside so conspicuous in those two species is wanting
in the specimen before us, but this may possibly be due to abrasion.

FLALPE LUCASII.

Hesperilla lucasti, Mabille, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. cliii.
Halpe lucasi, Leech, Butt. China, &. p. 624 (1894).

We have not seen this species, but, according to Mr. Leech, it is allied to
H. kumara, from which it differs in having a double spot in the cell of the
fore wing, a more elongate hind wing, and a central series of four black spots on the
hind wing below.

Hab. Moupin (David).

HALPE CANIS.
Halpe cenis, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 625, pl. xhi. fig. 16, ¢ (1894).

Of this species, which was described from one male specimen taken in Western
China at Chia-kou-ho in August, we transcribe the original description :—

“Blackish brown, clothed about the base of primaries and disc of secondaries
with fulvous hairs. Sexual brand well defined ; there are six white spots on primaries

A KEVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 263

placed as in H. varia, Murray, but that at end of cell is double. Under surface
of primaries fuliginous, much suffused with ochreous brown about costa and apex ;
spots as above: secondaries ochreous brown, with very faint indications of white
central spots. Fringes whitish above, greyish beneath with faint chequering.
Antenne black above, ringed beneath with yellow; club yellow beneath, tipped with
castaneous.

* Expanse 40 millim.”

The figure of this species greatly resembles H. kumara, but differs in its larger
size and in having the hind wing narrowed towards the tornus.

Hab. W. China (coll. Leech).

! HALPE SUBMACULA.
Halpe submacula, Leech, Entomologist, xxiii. p. 48 (1890); id. Butt. China, &c. p. 622, pl. xhi.
fig. 18, ¢ (1894).
Hab. Central China (Pratt).
‘This is a very distinct species on account of the three large spots on the hind wing
above.

HALPE BETURIA. (Plate X XI. fig. 13.)

Hesperia beturia, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 36 (1868).
Halpe beturia, Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 110.

According to Watson this species “differs from moorei in having only four spots
on the upperside in the male, two discal and two subapical, and the fringe is
unicolorous throughout; in what appears to be the female there is an additional
minute subapical spot, a minute indistinct spot at upper angle of cell, and the usual
spot peculiar to the female on the submedian. On the underside of the hind wing
all the spots are much diffused and irrorated with yellow. It is also a considerably
larger insect, the male expanding 42 mm. and the female 43 mm.”

Hab. Celebes (fide Hewitson).

We take this opportunity of figuring the type specimen in the British Museum.

! FALPE MOOREL.

Halpe mooret, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 109.
Halpe beturia, auct. nec Hew.
Halpe teliga, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 326.

Hab. Calcutta (de Nicéville); Khasia (fide Swinhoe); Trichinopoly (Castets) ;
Burmah (Watson, Manders) ; Andamans (de koepstorff).

! HALPE CEYLONICA.
Halpe ceylonica, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1878, p. 690, pl. xlv. fig. 9.

Hab. Nilgiri hills (Hampson) ; Ceylon (fide Moore).

264 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

! HALPE NEPHELE,
Halpe nephele, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 622, pl. xhi. fig. 15, ¢ (1894).
Hab. Western China (Leech).

HALPE MAJUSCULA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 6, ¢.)

3. Upperside brown: fore wing with the usual Halpe sex-mark and four sordid
yellowish hyaline spots, one each near the base of cells 2 and 38, and one (small
and roundish or subquadrate) in each of cells 6 and 7. Underside grey-brown :
fore wing with the pale spots as on the upperside and anarrow feeble, suffused,
macular subterminal band; hind wing with a broad suffused macular median band
and a subterminal band of about four suffused pale spots, of which the one near the
apical third of cell 16 is more than twice as large as the others. Fringe of the
fore wing grey-brown, of the hind wing dark grey with the short scales grey-brown.
Body above brown, breast and legs with grey clothing; abdomen beneath blackish,
hind margins of the segments with a band of grey scales. Antennze above dark brown,
spotted beneath with yellowish grey ; club yellowish grey beneath ; apiculus pale red
on the underside.

This species is very like H. nephele, Leech, but the markings on the hind wing
below are paler and more suffused.

Expanse 56 mm.

Hab. Minahassa,

Described from one example ex coll. Staudinger.

! HLALPE SULPHURIFERA.

Cobalus sulphurifera, Herrich-Schaffer, Prod. Syst. Lep. ui. p. 82 (1867).
? Hesperilla luteisquama, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. excix.
Halpe sulphurifera, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 305 (1892).

A specimen of Z. luteisquama sent by M. Mabille has cell 1 @ on the fore wing below
entirely brown; in Philippine specimens of H. sulphurifera this cell is crossed near
the middle by an oblique white spot, which reaches from vein 1 a@ to vein 2, and is
constricted near the middle in the female, but is less developed and scarcely reaches
vein 2 in the male. It may be a distinct species.

Hab. Luzon, Mindoro, Guimaras, Bohol, Leyte, Sulu I. (Semper); Moupin (fide
Matille).

! HALPE SIKKIMA. (Plate XXV. fig. 70.)

Halpe sikkima, Moore, P. Z. S. 1882, p. 407 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 70 (1891).
Pamphila homolea, var. palawea, Staudinger, Iris, ii. pp. 144, 165 (1889).
Halpe palawea, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 358 (1892).
Judging from a specimen sent by Semper palawea is certainly not separable as a
species from sikkima, of which the type is in Elwes’s collection.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ., 265

A specimen from Kina Balu, Borneo, sent by Staudinger. only differs from a
specimen from Kast Pegu in wanting the pale spot in cell 7 of the fore wing.

Hab. Sikkim (Llwes); Nagas, E. Pegu (Doherty); Palawan (Platen).

!HALPE HOMOLEA. (Plate X XV. fig. 71.)

Hesperia homolea, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 29 (1868); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 71, note (1891).
Halpe sikkima, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 458 (in part.), pl. xi. figs. 3, 4, ¢.
Halpe aucma, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 325, sec. spec. typ.

Halpe perara, id. 1. ¢., sec. spec. typ.

Halpe marta, id. 1.e¢., sec. spec. typ.

Halpe wantona, id. |. ¢., sec. spec. typ.

Hab. Sikkim (Hlwes); Nagas, E. Pegu, Pulo Laut, Perak, Bali (Doherty).

In Watson and de Nicéville’s opinion this species is doubtfully distinct from
H. sikkima, and the occurrence of both in Sikkim, Nagas, and Pegu would tend to
confirm this opinion, but the genitalia of numerous specimens examined by
Mr. Edwards prove the species to be distinct.

We are indebted to Col. Swinhoe for the opportunity of examining the male
genitalia of his four species mentioned above.

A specimen in coll. Rothschild from Palawan (Hverett), expanding only 25 mm.,
appears to belong here; this may be the “ Pamphila homolea, Hew. ?, var.? palawea”
of Dr. Staudinger (Iris, ii. p. 144, 1889), which he subsequently (¢. c. p. 165) elevated
to the rank of a species; but it is to be remarked that whilst Dr. Staudinger’s insect
is stated by him to be separable from homolea by the want of any hyaline cell-spot on
the fore wing, the specimen before us has two cell-spots on the fore wing, of which the
upper one only is truly hyaline, the lower one being visible on the underside only,

- HALPE HIERON.
Halpe hieron, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1894, p. 54, pl. iv. fig. 1, 3.

3. Upperside grey-brown; pale spots proper to the fore wing obsolete or absent;
no sex-mark. Underside pale brownish grey, closely and irregularly clothed with
whitish-grey scales so as to indicate a pale macular subterminal band on the fore wing
and a pale postmedian band on the hind wing; a suffused whitish-grey spot in each
of cells 2 and 3 of the fore wing.

Expanse 29-31 mm.

Hab. Bekantschan, N.E. Sumatra (Martin),

HALPE BRUNNEA.
Halpe brunnea, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 174, pl. Ixx. figs. 4, 4.4, 2 (1880-81).

g. Upperside dark vinous brown: fore wing with four small hyaline white spots—
one crescent-shaped in cell 2, one much smaller and roundish in cell 5, oue punctiform
in cell 6, and one very minute in cell 7. Underside pale vinous rown, aisc of the

266 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

fore wing darker; on the fore wing an indistinct subterminal pale macular band
from the costa as far as vein 3, and an indication of a small whitish spot near the
apical fourth of the upper edge of the cell; hind wing with the discal and subterminal
bands as in homolea, save that the former is directed rather to a point beyond the
apex of the wing than to the actual apex as in homolea. Fringe of the fore wing dark
grey indistinctly chequered, of the hind wing dark grey with the short scales brown.

@. Similar to the male, but having the pale cell-spot on the fore wing visible on
the upperside.

Hab. Ceylon.

The above particulars are taken from a pair from Ceylon, ex coll. Rothschild.
Moore’s figures are not characteristic.

! HatPe rusca. (Plate XXV. fig. 72.)
Halpe fusca, Elwes, P. Z.S. 1892, p. 653, p 1. xhii. fig. J,.
Hab. Bernardmyo, Burmah (Doherty).

! HALPE SITALA,
Halpe sitala, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1885, p. 121, pl. il. fig. 5, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind.
p. 75 (1891).
Hab. Nilgiris (Hampson); Arnamalai hills (Davison).

HALPE LATRIS.
Halpe latris, Leech, Butt. China, &e. p. 6238, pl. xl. fig. 17, g.
Chiefly differs from H. sitala in having the dorsum of the hind wing below blackish

as far as vein I 6.
Hab. 'Ta-tsien-lo (Leech).

! FLALPE VARIA.

Pamphila varia, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 172 (1875).

Halpe varia, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 621, pl. xlii. fig. 18, d (1894).
Hab. Japan (Pryer, Leech).

! HALPE GUPTA.
Halpe gupta, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 255, pl. xi. fig. 1, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind.
p. 73 (1891).
Hab. Sikkim (Méller).

HALPE DEBILIS, n. sp. (Plate XXI. figs. 1 ¢,5 2.)
3. Upperside brown: fore wing with six sordid white hyaline spots—two oblong,
one each in cells 2 and 3, three small and oblong, one each in cells 6,7, and 8; the

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ. 267

cell-spots narrowly confluent and appearing as one spot much constricted in the
middle. Underside greenish ochreous, the disc of the fore wing blackish ; hind wing
with an indistinct whitish spot in each of cells 2, 3, and 6, and a pale suffused
subterminal macular band. Fringe of the fore wing pale grey, becoming whitish
towards the tornus, of the hind wing whitish with the short scales grey. Antenne
blackish spotted with yellow in front; club and part of the shaft yellow beneath;
apiculus pale red. Body above concolorous with the wings. Clothing of the second
joint of palpi, breast, legs, and abdomen beneath greyish yellow.

@. Similar to the male, but having on the fore wing a triangular white spot in
cell la next vein 1@ just beyond the middle, and the cell-spots broadly confluent and
therefore forming one solid spot scarcely constricted in the middle.

Expanse 52-54 mm.

Hab. Khiasia hills.

Described from one pair ex coll. Rothschild.

! HALPE AINA.
Halpe aina, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 176, pl. B. fig. 8, |; Watson,
Hesp. Ind. p. 72 (1891).

Hab. Sikkim (Moller).

! HALPE SEPARATA.
Halpe separata, Moore, P.Z. 8. 1882, p. 407; Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 454, pl. xi.
figs. 5 ¢,6 2; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 71.
Hab. Sikkim (Hlwes); Nagas (Doherty).
Type in coll. Elwes.

_ | HALPE BLANCHARDI.

Hesperilla blanchardi, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. cliii.
Halpe blanchardi, Leech, Butt. China, &e. p. 625, pl. xlii. fig. 19, ¢ (1894).

Hab. West China (Leech).

! HALPE SUBFLAVA.
Halpe subflava, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 625, pl. xlii. fig. 21, g (1894).

A very distinct and well-named species on account of the clear yellow colour of the
hind wing below.

Hab. Western China (Leech).

HALPE ALBIPECTUS.
Halpe albipectus, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 389, pl. G. figs. 85 ¢, 36 2.

Hab. Maingyé, Shan hills (Manders).

2 type in coll. Elwes.

268 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

HALPE BIVITTA.

Pamphila bivitta, Ob. Etud. d’Ent. xi. p. 28 (1886).
Pamphila albivitta, id. t. c. p. 38, pl. vi. fig. 46.
Halpe bivitta, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 623 (1894).

Hab. West China (Pratt).

HALPE DECORATA.
Halpe decorata, Moore, Lep. Cey.i. p. 178, pl. Ixxi. fig. 2 (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 76 (1891).

Hab. Avisawella, Ceylon (in coll. Rothschild).

This is a true Halpe, which bears much resemblance ov the upperside to H. honorei,
de Nicév. ‘The hind wing below is chrome-yellow, with the termen narrowly and
suffusedly pale brown, and with several small irregular pale brown spots placed as
follows :—two beyond the middle of cell 16 divided by the intraneural fold, two in
ceil 2 at equal distances from the base and apex of that cell and from each other,
one near the basal third of cell 8, one near the middle of cells 4-5, one across the
basal fourth of cell 6, and two in cell 7 at equal distances from the base and apex
of that cell and from each other. These particulars are taken from a male specimen
ex coll. Rothschild.

! HALPE MASONI.

Pamphila masoni, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 842, pl. li. fig. 5, 3.
Isoteinon masoni, Elwes & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 442, pl. xx. fig. 4, g ; Watson,
Hesp. Ind. p. 85 (1891).

Hab. Burmah (Watson, Adamson).
! HALPE HONORE.

Halpe honorei, de Nicéville, P. Z.S. 1887, p. 464, pl. xl. fig. 8,2 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind.p.75 (i891).
Hab. Nilgivis (Hampson) ; Trichinopoly (Castets).

HALPE ORNATA.

Hesperia ornata, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. iii. p. 515, pl. xxii. fig. 6, ¢ (1867).
Parnara ornata, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 382, pl. xviii.
figs. 7, 7 a, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 38 (1891).

We have not seen this species.

Hab. Buitenzorg, Java (Felder); Doarband, Cachar (Wood -Mason & de Nicéville).

ONRYZA.
Onryza, Watson, P. Z. 8. 18938, p. 112, pl. ii. fig. 5.

A monotypic genus, of which, through the kindness of Col. Adamson, we have been
able to examine the type. It is distinguished from the masoni section of Halve chieily

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 269

by the sex-mark of the male, which is in the form of “a patch of long recumbent hairs
on the upperside of the hind wing, attached along vein 8 from close to the base of
the wing.”

ONRYZA MEIKTILA.
Parnara? meiktila, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 386, pl. G. fig. 32, 3.

Hab. Meiktila, Upper Burmah, Upper Chindwin, Feb. (Adamson); Poungadaw,
Burmah (Watson); Ataran Valley, Burmah (Bingham, fide de Nicéville).

Tron.
Iton, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. 1895, p. 399. Type semamora, Moore.

This is a genus established by Mr. de Nicéville for semamora, Moore, and watsonii,
de Nicév. Both these species have been placed in the genus Parnara; and if the form
of their antenne, palpi, and wings, and the venation be compared with that of some
species of Parnara, such as P. austeni, their relationship to that genus will at once be
evident. The chief point of distinction lies in the pattern of the hind wing below, of
which the main diagnostic feature is the fact that the discoidal cell is wholly white, and
cells 4—5 and 6 are white except at the apex. The male of semamora has a patch of
long upturned hairs near the middle of the dorsum of the fore wing below; the same
sex of watsonii has no alar sex-mark.

! [von SEMAMORA.
Hesperia semamora, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 791.
Hesperia barea, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. 11. p. 490 (1866), fide de Nicéville.
Parnara semamora, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 46 (1891).

Hab. Sikkim (Moller, Gammie); Tilin Yaw, Burmah (Watson); Khasia (//amilton) ;
Pegu, Pulo Laut (Doherty).

! IroN WATSONII.

Parnara watsonii, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 223; id. op. cit. 1891, p. 388,
pl. G. fig. 29, § ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 46 (1891).

Hab. Kast Pegu (Doherty); Vilin Yaw (Watson); Fort Stedman, Shan _ hills
(Manders).

We have seen, from the collection of Col. Adamson, an aberrant male specimen of
this species taken at Kaléwa, on the Chindwin River, in October; on the upperside
of the hind wing the white patch is quite as extensive as in some specimens of
semamora, but the hind wing below, although very much abraded, still retains the
characteristic pattern of watsonii; the clasp-form can, without dissection, be made out
sufficiently well to show that in this respect it agrees very well with watsonii, and is
absolutely distinct from semamora. é

VOL. XIV.—PaART Iv. No. 22.— October, 1897. 2N

270 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

PARNARA.

Parnara, Moore, Lep. Cey.i. p. 166 (1881) ; Watson, P. Z. 8.1893, p.105. Type gutiatus, Brem.
Chapra, Moore, t. c. p. 169. Type mathias, Fab.

Baoris, Moore, t. c. p. 165; Watson, t. c. p. 106. Type oceia, Hew.

Caltoris, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1893, p. 3823.

Body robust, fore wing pointed, upperside brown with a few white or yellowish-
white spots. Antenne as long or longer than half the costa; club moderate ; apiculus
distinct, as long or longer than the greatest width of the club. Palpi: second joint
densely scaled; third joint obtuse, very short, and almost concealed. Fore wing with
a series of bare (and therefore hyaline) white spots, of which the position and full
complement is as follows:—one each, decreasing in size, near the bases of cells 2, 3,
and 4; one each, of nearly equal size, in cells 6, 7, and 8; and two near the apex of
the cell; sometimes there is a white spot in cell 1 @, but this does not properly belong
to the hyaline series, as it is not usually bare on the underside, but is represented
there by a suffused whitish spot; it does not appear that there is ever a pale spot in
cell 5, except in P. beavani and the female of P. assamensis; the pale spot in cell 4 is
normally always present, its absence occurs most frequently in P. oceia; vein 6 arises
much nearer 4 than 6, and curves upward from the base, and vein 2 arises at about the
half-length of the cell. Hind wing: sometimes with a series of white spots, but
without any pattern on the underside, save a row of spots: vein 2 from the apical
fourth of the cell, vein 5 obsolete. Legs as in Gegenes.

Zelleri, Led., tulsi, de Nicév., and cwrulescens, Mab., are true Parnaras in venation.
P. pugnans, de Nicéy., has vein 2 of the fore wing arising from near the basal third of
the cell.

The generic term Parnara, as here used, includes Parnara proper, Chapra and Baoris,
Moore, and Caltoris, Swinhoe. Distant and Watson use Baoris in the same sense, but
as the first three names are synchronous in publication, and both PBaoris and Chapra
were definitely limited by their author to species possessing a certain kind of alar
sex-mark in the male, we prefer the term Parnara on the ground thatJit was not so
limited, and that it has been in use for the majority of the species for a long time.
The presence or absence of some of the pale spots on the wings is a very useful
character for the separation of species in this difficult genus, particularly when it is
correlated with differences in the male genitalia. In the species of the oceta group,
however, the number of the pale spots has proved perfectly unreliable as a distinctive
character, but this fact does not affect the utility of the character where other species
are concerned, It has not been found practicable to form any linear arrangement of
the species which shall satisfactorily indicate their natural affinities inter se, but the

consecutive arrangement here adopted will probably be found as useful as any other
yet proposed.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA.

means of which we separate the species known to us:—

ou

10.

vein 6 covering a suboval patch of androconia.

middle of the dorsum

of vein 1a to the basal third of vein 2.
Wings without a sex-mark,

Hind wing below unspotted

Males.

. Hind wing above with a tuft of long hair on the basal half of

(Baoris.)

Fore wing below with an upturned tuft of long hair near the

Fore wing above with a linear whitish sex-mark from the middle

(Chapra.) .
(Caltoris.)

. Hind wing below plain brown c

Hind wing below greenish yellow-brown

Hind wing purple-brown, plain brown in cells 1 a and 16
Sex-mark of even width throughout

Sex-mark constricted near the middle

Hind wing below with three or more pale spots .

Hind wing above with white spots (forming a row), one in each

of cells 2, 3, and 4, or 2, 3, 4, and 5

Hind wing above with no such row of white spots . :
. Hind wing above with an ill-defined whitish spot in cells 6 ia 3;

hind wing below with the pale spot in cell 6 the most strongly

developed.
rate. Size larger

Hind wing above etbout pale sete

Fore wing with the pale spot in cell 2

subquad-

Hind wing below with the

pale spot in cell 6 not more strongly developed than the

others.

Fore wing generally with the pale spot in cell 2

narrow and oblique, about twice as high as wide. Size

smaller

. Hind wing below without a ite dana fic the muddle of ane

costa to the dorsum just before the tornus

band .

lbto6

spot

Hind wing below with a white band of the kind last mentioned .
Hind wing below not marked with purple or whitish purple .
Hind wing below marked with purple or whitish purple

Hind wing below with a very suffused whitish-purple median
Hind wing below AB a postmedian row of purple aioe in cells

Hind wing below without markings, or at most with one pale

Hind wing below with more than one well-defined pale spot .

2.
plebeia, de Nicév.

3.

te

oceia, Hew.
leechii, n. sp.
simillima, n. sp.
4,

nascens, Leech.
5.

brunnea, Snell.

sinensis, Mab.
6.

subochracea, Moore.

mathias, Fab.

8.

hasoroides, n. sp.
10.

9.

tulsi, de Nicév.

cerulescens, Mab.

2n 2

271

The following table, which deals with male insects only, sets forth the characters by

272

MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

11. Fore wing without cell-spots, or if one is present it is placed

12.

14.

15.

16.

Nee

18.

19.

20.

2.

next the upper edge of the cell Shae abei pele :

Fore wing with one or two cell-spots, if there is only one it is
placed next the lower edge of the cell 3

Fore wing with a white spot in cell 1 a, next vein 1 a just Beyond
the middle

Fore wing without any oan spot

Pale spot in cell 4 of fore wing above small and ronadisht

Pale spot in cell 4 of fore wing above oblong, as long as that in
Celle meena peroeee GG Gee. 7s ahs erro inals We Mees

Hind wing below aaepatted: Not more than one pale spot in
cell 1 a of the fore wing aaa : :

Hind wing below with a minute ciuetein spot near fe male of
cell 2. Two pale spots in cell la of the fore wing, one of
which is punctiform and placed next to vein 2

Fringes not yellow

Fringes bright yellow See

Without a pale spot in cell 8 of ihe pre wing

With a pale spot in cell 8 of the fore wing, and ao in cal 1 a
next vein 1 a just beyond the middle Sel wees

Hind wing below deep warm brown, darker than the anical
region of the fore wing below .

Not as above

Fore wing below with ihe Bae spot near ihe ills of cell ile a
obsolete or absent; the disc not much darker than the
remainder : : Hee ae Bp ean ae

Fore wing below with a snfeused iblackash dicen nate from the
base to the middle, the pale spot near the middle of cell la
distinct, suffused .

Expanse 46 mm.

Expanse 37-41 mm. . ea : oe Gee Series

Hind wing above with a more or less dictinet row of one spots
near the middle eat : cate :

Hind wing above without a row of Hele ora near the middle :

. Pale spots on the hind wing in a straight row, gradually decreas-

ing in size from cells 2-5".
Not as above

12.
14.

philippina, H.-S.
kumara, Moore.
15.

pugnans, de Nicév.

16.

bromus, Leech.
Wis

aurociliata, X. sp.
18.

pagana, de Nicév.

moolata, Moore.
19.

cahira, Moore.
robusta, u. sp.
austeni, Moore.

22.
26.

guttatus, Brem.
23.

1

the hind wing are only feebly developed (bada, Moore) this character is not so obvious ;

This is very characteristic of the majority of specimens, but in the smaller ones in which the pale spots on

these latter, however,

may always be distinguished from colaca and bevani by the absence of any trace of the pale spot near the

middle of cell 1a on the fore wing above.

the species.

In all the forms the structure of the tegumen is characteristic of

23.

24,

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

. Fore wing above:

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA.

Hind wing below: pale spots in cells 4-5 contiguous, but
distinct, frequently there is also a pale spot in cell 6

Hind wing below : pale spots in cells 4—5 coalescing to form one
quadrate spot, no pale spot in cell 6 5

Hind wing below greenish ochreous, pale spot in cell 2
in size to that in cell 4. Side lobes of tegumen spiniform

Hind wing below russet-green, pale spot in cell 2 distinctly

Side lobes of tegumen capitate.

subequal

smaller than that in cell 4.

pale spots yellowish white, the lower edge of

that in cell 2 twice or nearly twice as long as its inner edge.
Apex of the cedeagus (seen from below) produced on the left
side into a long sharp horn, the right side spinose :

Fore wing above: pale spots white, the lower edge of that in

cell 2 one and a half times or less than one and a half times

as long as its inner edge. Apex of the cedeagus produced
into two subequal spinose lobes

Hind wing below with no pale spot in the cell

below with a large white spot in the cell near the

Species otherwise resembling

Hind wing
apex of its upper edge.
pellucida, Murray . ae syte

Hind wing below with the pale ae not Bleeecherdercall

Hind wing below with the pale spots black-bordered

Expanse not exceeding 37 mm. . . . .

Expanse 46 mm. or more Sher aie ie sepa

Fore wing with a pale spot in cell 4 and also in aa 8

Fore wing with no pale spot in cells 4 or 8. Hind wing
with two hyaline points—one near the middle of each of cells
2and3.. SRE RR ME Vor een aR AP rs ae Teg Oe

Fore wing below: no pale spot in cell 5, termen straight or
feebly concave between veins la and 3. Tegumen with a
long thin sharp dorsal horn reaching from the middle to
EAVES NOLES Eat vy ts ge see eR Sp al pl

Fore wing below: frequently with a minute pale spot in cell 5
(always present in the female), termen evenly curved through-
out. 'Tegumen with no such horn . shee Be

Hind wing above with a small pure white spot in ceil 4; spots
on the fore wing pure white

Hind wing above with no such spot;
SOrdide whitey ess ook euemicg ican mien tciyecunt Btn uae as

spots on the fore wing

24,
25.
pellucida, Murr.

‘contigua, Mab.

eltola, Hew.

discreta, n. sp.
27.

Jansonis, But.
28.

zelleri, Led.
29.

31.

30.

bipunctata, nu. sp.

colaca, Moore.

bevani, Moore.

assamensis, W.-M.&deNicév.

conjuncta, H.-S.

* In specimens from Perak some ot the spots on the hind wing are wanting,

known by the form of the tegumen.

but the species may always be

274 MESSRS, H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

! PARNARA OCEIA. (Plate XXV. figs. 74, a, 0, ¢.)

Hesperia oceia, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 31 (1868) ; Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc.
Beng. 1881, p. 258.

Hesperia farri, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 688 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 44 (1891).

Baoris oceia, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 165 (1881); de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 85,
pl. x. fig. 11,9 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 29 (1891).

Baoris penicillata, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 166 (1831) ; Watson, t. c. p. 30.

Baoris scopulifera, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 582.

Baoris unicolor, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 5383; nec Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 381, pl. xxxv. fig. 11
(1886).

Baoris sikkima, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1890, v. p. 362.

Hab. Sikkim (Méller), Nagas (Doherty), Andamans (de Roepstorff); Philippines
(Semper), Palawan (Platen); Khasia hills (Swihoe).

! PARNARA LEECHII, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 3, ¢; Plate XXV. figs. 73, a, 6, c.)
Baoris oceia, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 616, pl. xli. fig. 6, 3.

Differs from the preceding and following species in the colour of the hind wing
below and iu the clasp-form as figured.

Though there is but a single specimen in Elwes’s collection in somewhat worn con-
dition, yet we have examined several in Mr. Leech’s collection which confirm our belief
that the true oceia does not occur in China.

Hab. Central and Western China (Pratt) ; Foochow, Ningpo (Leech).

! PARNARA SIMILLIMA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 22,6; Plate XXVI. figs. 75, a, 6, c.)

Though the slightly paler colour of the hind wing below from cell 16 to the dorsum
distinguishes this species from any examples of oceia or leecht that we have seen, yet
the marked difference of the genitalia as figured are the best proof of its specific
difference. Described from one male in Elwes’s collection.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty).

! PARNARA PLEBEIA.

Parnara plebeia, de Nicéville, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 466, pl. xl. fig. 2,3; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 40
(1891).
Pamphila mormo, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxvii. p. 53 (1893).

The male of this species is readily distinguished by the tuft of long hair near the
middle of the dorsum of the fore wing below, a feature not noted in the original
description; the female may be separated from the same sex of austent by the colour

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA., 275

of the hind wing below, which in plebeia is simple umber-brown, and in austeni
ochreous brown.

A male from Kina Balu, Borneo, ex coll. Staudinger, has the termen less oblique
than other males in coll. Elwes, including one from Pulo Laut, and the white spots on
the fore wing are reduced in size.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller, Elwes); Pulo Laut (Doherty); Kina Balu (Waterstradt) ;
Java (fide Mabille).

! PARNARA BRUNNEA.
Pamphila brunnea, Snellen, Tijd. Ent. xix. pl. vii. fig. 4 (1876).

Chapra cere, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 388, pl. G. fig. 33, g.
Pamphila sodalis, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvii. p. 53 (1893).

Hab. W. Sava (ex coil. Snellen); Pulo Laut, Bali (Doherty).

! PARNARA SINENSIS.
Gegenes sinensis, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 1877, p. 232.
Chapra prominens, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 261; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 33 (1891).
Pamphila similis, Leech, Hut. xxii. p. 48 (1890).
Parnara sinensis, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 608, pl. xl. fig. 11, g (1894).

Hab. China (Pratt); N.W. Himalaya (Young); Sikkim, Khasia (Elwes); Nagas,
Bali (Doherty).

! PaRWARA SUBOCHRACEA. (Plate XXI. fig. 26,3; Plate XXVI. fig. 83.)

Chapra subochracea, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1878, p. 691; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 32 (1891).
Chapra mathias, var., de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p. 176, pl. B. fig. 7, 3.

This species is undoubtedly distinct from P. mathias, Fab., differing both in the
particulars given in the table above and the form of the male genitalia.

Hab. Barrackpur, near Calcutta (Minchin), Nilgiris (Hampson), Cachar (fide de
Nicéville), Peermaad, Travancore (ex Doncaster).

! PARNARA MATHIAS. (Plate XXVI. fig. 84.) -
Hesperia mathias, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 433 (1798).
Hesperia thrax, Lederer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1855, p. 194, pl. i. figs. 9, 10.
Chapra mathias, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 169, pl. Ixx. figs. 1, 1a (1881); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 31
(1891).
Baoris mathias, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 380, pl. xxxv. fig. 10 (1886).
Hesperia agna, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 791.
Chapra agna, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 169 (1881); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 32 (1891).
Hesperia chaya, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 791.
Baoris chaya, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 380, pl. xxxiv. fig. 9 (1886).

a

276 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Pamphila mencia, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 52 (1877).
Parnara mencia, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 607, pl. xlii. fig. 14, d (1894).

This seems to be about the most widely distributed and generally common species in
Asia, extending from Syria to the Liukiu Islands and Sambawa. It occurs all over
India from Kashmir to Malabar, and from Bombay to Pegu and the Malay Peninsula.
In addition to the above-named localities, I have it from Borneo, Bali, Japan, and China ;
and Semper states that it is generally distributed in the Philippines. Holland also
records it, as Baorts chaya, from Hainan.

! PARNARA NASCENS.
Parnara nascens, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 614, pl. xin. fig. 8, § (1894).

Differs from sinensis, Mab., in the following particulars:—Upperside darker
brown, the pale spots less strongly developed, one only in cell of fore wing, that
in the upper half, sex-mark of the male interrupted in the middle; underside dark
brownish green.

Hab. Central China (Pratt).

! PARNARA PHILIPPINA. (Plate XXI. figs. 4g, 89; Plate XXVI. figs. 85, a, b,c.)
Cobalus philippina, Herrich-Schaffer, Prod. Syst. Lep. ii. p. 81 (1869).
Hesperia seriata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 688.
? Baoris seriata, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 166, pl. lxix. figs. 4, 4a (1881).
Parnara seriata, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 42 (1891).
Parnara philippina, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 298, pl. xlix. fig. 12, ¢ (1892).

The type of Baoris seriata, Moore, in the British Museum from Ceylon is a female ;
the wide range of the species suggests that it occurs in other localities, but we know it
only from those here mentioned. ‘Though Semper has identified P. philippina, H.-S.,
with P. seriata, Moore, yet we think that this identification must remain somewhat
uncertain, and we have not been able to compare the Eastern specimens here treated
of with the type.

Hab. Ceylon (in Brit. Mus.) N. Canara (Aitken) ; Philippines (Semper); Amboina
(Stgr.); Palawan (fide Stgr.). Sangir, Talaut (Doherty).

! PARNARA KuMARA. (Plate X XVII. figs. 90, a, 6, ¢.)
Hesperia kumara, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 687.
Baoris kumara, Moore, Ley. Cey. i. p. 166, pl. lxix. figs. 2, 2@ (1881).
Parnara kumara, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 41 (1891).
Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo, Java (Staudinger) ; Sikkim (Moller); Nilgiris (Hampson) ;
Arxjuno, Java (Doherty).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 277

! PARNARA BROMUS.
Parnara bromus, Leech, Butt. China, &e. p. 614, pl. xlii. fig. 10, g (1894).

We recently received from Dr. Staudinger two insects from Folo (tin the Philippine
Islands), as Pamphila philippina ; of these the reputed male is a female of P. bromus,
Leech, agreeing exactly with the description and figure cited above, and the female is
a specimen of that sex of P. toona, Moore.

I have great doubt as to whether P. bromus can be separated from P. philippina.
Leech’s plate, which seems to represent a female and not a male, as stated, is
indistinguishable from a female of philippina, from the Philippines, which I received
from Dr. Staudinger. Semper, however, states that philippina never has a transparent
spot in the middle cell of the fore wing, whilst Leech’s plate and one of my specimens
show two.—H. J. E.

The fact remains that in philippina the cell-spots of the fore wing are wanting, or,
at most, feebly developed, and the hind wing below is unspotted, and in bromus there
are two well-developed cell-spots visible on the upperside of the fore wing, and the
hind wing below bears a small pale spot near the middle of cell 2. We have not seen

any intermediate specimens.

PARNARA CANARAICA.
Parnara canaraica, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 534; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 42 (1891).

g. Fore wing with eight white spots including two in the cell; hind wing above
without markings; hind wing below with two discal white spots.

2. Fore wing with ten pale spots, eight placed as in the male and two in cell 1 a—
one punctiform next vein 2 near the middle, and one triangular next vein 1@ near the
middle; hind wing above with three discal semi-diaphanous spots; hind wing below
with four discal white spots and a fifth at the end of the cell.

Expanse 38-47 mm.

Hab. Canara (Ward).
We have not seen this species, which bears some resemblance to P. dromus, Leech ;

but that species has the two pale spots in cell la@ of the fore wing above in both
sexes similar to those found in the female of P. canaraica, and the latter species is
well distinguished by the five white spots on the hind wing below,

! PARNARA PAGANA.
Parnara pagana, de Nicéville, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 465, pl. xl. fig. 7, ¢; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 40 (1891).

All the specimens of this species in Elwes’s collection have spots in cells 6, 7, and &.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Pegu (Doherty) ; Tenasserim, Borneo (coll. Stgr.); Selesseh,
Sumatra (i coll. Rothschild).

VoL. X1V.— Part Iv. No. 23.—October, 1897.

¢
20

278 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

!PaRNARA MOOLATA. (Plate XXVI. figs. 86, a, 5, c.)
Hesperia moolata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 848.
Pamphila dravida, Mabille, Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 242 (1878).
Baoris moolata, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 379, pl. xxxiv. fig. 10, d (1886).
Parnara moolata, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 42 (1891).
Parnara cahira, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 298, sec. spec. comm. (nec Moore).
Caltoris onchisa, 2, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 323, sec. spec. typ.

Hab. Khasia (Hamilton); Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty); West Java (coll. Snellen) ;
Philippines (Semper); Palawan, Kina Balu, Borneo (Staudinger); Selesseh, Sumatra
(in coll. Rothschild).

!PaRNARA AUROCILIATA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 23,3; Plate XXVI. figs. 87, a, b, c.)

A species at once distinguished by its bright yellow fringes.

3. Upperside deep warm brown: fore wing above with seven yellowish-white hyaline
spots—two in the cell, of which the upper is the smaller, one in each of cells 2, 3, 4, 6,
and 7, the three last-named punctiform, and a small yellowish-white spot next vein 1 @
near the middle. Underside clear rich brown, somewhat darker in the basal region of
the fore wing ; pale spots as on the upperside, but the spot in cell 1 @ suffused. Fringes
bright chrome-yellow, brown next cell 7 of the fore wing and cells 4—7 of the hind
wing, the short scales brown throughout. The punctiform hyaline spots on the fore
wing have a tendency to disappear.

Expanse 45-48 mm.

Hab. Sikkim (Méller). Type in coll. Elwes.

We separate this species from P. pagana and P. kumara with some doubt, but the
genitalia are different from those of both those species.

| PARNARA CAHIRA. (Plate XXI. fig. 25, 9 ; Plate XXVII. figs. 91, a, 6, c.)

Hesperia cahira, Moore, P.Z.8. 1877, p. 593, pl. lviil. fig. 8.
Parnara cahira, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 48.

Moore’s figure above cited does not agree with his description. It is said by
Wood-Mason and de Nicéville (Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1881, p. 258) that the female of
oceia, Hew., was described by Moore as that of his cahira; but it does not appear
certain that these authors examined the type of cahira.

Hab. East Pegu (Doherty); Andamans (de Roepstorff’); Nias (Modigliani); China
(fide Staudinger).

Mr. de Nicéville (** List of the Butterflies of Sumatra,” Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1898,
p. 550) states that he has from Sumatra specimens which agree with Moore’s figure
and description of cahira, also specimens which agree with Moore’s description and

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 279

Elwes’s woodcut of austeni, also specimens agreeing with Moore’s description of
moolata, and specimens agreeing with Moore’s figure and description of Awmara; and
he goes on to say that all his Sumatran specimens appear to him to represent one
species, and that it may be subsequently found on an examination of the prehensores of
the male that some of these species may be valid. We give below a table of characters
drawn from the male genitalia sufficient for the separation of these species by any
person of moderate experience in the examination of such objects. The figures will
assist in the elucidation of these characters.

A. Lower distal angle of the lower lobe of clasp produced much beyond the upper
angle ina long nearly straight lobe; the upper distal angle produced into a
mecuTvedelobey.c fe sea: _ 5 : : : b 5 3 6 6 ONO,
B. Lower distal angle of the vee ibe of alee rounded not sitoduced:
a. The two lobes forming the apex of the tegumen (seen from beneath) broad, flat,
and subtruncate, their apices in the vertical aspect triangular. . . . . . austeni.
b. The two lobes forming the apex of the tegumen (seen from beneath) narrow,
poited, and separate at the apex. . .. .. . 5 ‘ . kumara.
c. The two lobes forming the apex of the tegumen (seen from bees) utiles
broad wcunvedsandeconniyent atithe apex.) ee se hhnee peta ue sues Canina.

We also repeat here the external characters by which these four species may be
distinguished ¢nter se :—

Males.

1 (2). Fore wing without cell-spots, or if one is present it is oe next the subcostal ;
no white spot near the middle of vein la : ener Selec KUvard.
2 (1). Fore wing with one or two cell-spots; if there is oalye one it is rineed next the
median.
3 (4). Fore wing above with a white spot, sometimes reduced to a point, near the
middle of vein la. Fore wing below with a suffused blackish discal patch
from the base to the middle ; the pale spot near the middle of cell 1 a distinct,
sniiused.s, Hind) wing belowiochreousbrowm.. 9.2) %. 4 6. «5 = Cahina.
4 (8). No white spot near the middle of vein 1 a on the fore wing above.
5 (6). Underside: apical region of the fore wing paler than the disc of the hind wing,
the latter deep warm (vinous) brown. Lower distal angle of the lower lobe
othe! clasp) much producediy 9s) hss) 2) 6 : : moolata.
6 (5). Underside : apical region of the fore wing Ronceltrons with ie aie of ‘dle
hind wing, the latter reddish yellow-brown, Lower distal angle of the lower
lobe olthesclaspsroundedigerast- mre sneer tac ete sear ee eM aeenme on austente

With regard to the females of these species an exact knowledge can only be obtained
from specimens taken 77 cop., but no real difficulty arises except as to the females of
202

280 MESSRS, H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS :

P. kumaraand P. austeni. Judging from the material in coll. Elwes, it appears probable
that of those females in which the cell-spots are absent from the fore wing, those which
have a white point in cell 1 @ near the middle of vein 2 should be referred to P. austeni,
and those in which this spot is wanting to P. kumara. 'The female of P. moolata
differs from the male in having a white spot near the middle of vein 1 a in the fore
wing, and the female of P. cahira does not differ from its male in the number of white
spots on the fore wing.

! PARNARA ROBUSTA, n.sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 19, ¢ ; Plate XXVII. figs. 88, a, d, ¢.)

3. Differs from P. cahira in its larger size, the want of a large suffused blackish
patch on the disc and a pale suffused spot near the middle of cell 1a on the fore wing
below, the browner and less ochreous colour of the hind wing below, and the clasp-
form, as may be seen from the figures.

Expanse 46 mm.

Hab. Sangir (Doherty).

Described from a single specimen in coll. Elwes.

| PARNARA AUSTENI. (Plate X XVII. figs. 89, a, 0, c.)

Baoris austenit, Moore, P.Z.8. 18838, p. 583.

Parnara austeni, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 448, fig. 3; Leech, Butt. China &c.
p- 613, pl. xi. fig. 7, ¢ (1894); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 43 (1891).

Caltoris onchisa, 3, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 328, sec. spec. typ.

The female of this species has no pale spots in the cell of the fore wing, a character
which it shares with the females of P. plebeia, P. kumara, and P. rhypara.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Khasia (Hamilton) ; Coonoor, Nilgiris (Davison, Hampson) ;
Ceylon (Green); Andamans (de Roepstorff); Kweichow, China (coll. Leech).

We are indebted to Col. Swinhoe for the loan of his types of Caltoris onchisa and
permission to dissect the genitalia of the male. Having availed ourselves of this
permission we are satisfied that the male is P. austeni; the female specimen, however,
belongs, as before pointed out, to P. moolata. The pale subapical fascia on the
fore wing below in the specimens appears to us to be the result of accident rather
than normal wing-pattern.

! PARNARA ConguNcTA. (Plate X XVII. figs. 92, a, 6, c.)

Goniloba conjuncta, Herrich-Schiffer, Prod. Syst. Lep. ii. p. 75 (1869), fide Snellen.

Gegenes javana, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 1877, p. 232.

Hesperia narooa, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 687, pl. xlv. fig. 4.

Parnara narooa, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 167, pl. xix. figs. 3.a, b (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 39
(1891).

Baoris narooa, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 380, pl. xxxiv. fig. 12, 9 (1886).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID®. 281

Though we have no specimens from India or Ceylon, yet we think the plute in ‘ Lep.
Ceylon’ sufficiently identifies the species, which has been hitherto known as narooa, Moore.

Hab. Java (Piepers) ; Nias (Modigliani) ; Perak (Doherty); Kina Balu (Waterstradt) ;
Sumatra (7 coll. Stgr.); Philippines (Semper).

! PARNARA ASSAMENSIS.

Parnara assamensis, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1882, p. 65; id. op. cit.
1886, p. 382, pl. xvii. figs. 5, 5a, 3, pl. xvu. figs. 7, 7a, 2; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 37 (1891).

Hab. Sikkim (Elwes); Khasia (Hamilton); Nagas (Doherty).

! PaRNARA GuTTATUS. (Plate XXVI. fig. 76).
Eudamus guttatus, Bremer & Grey, Schmett. N. China’s, p. 10, pl. ili. fig. 2 (1853).
Goniloba guttatus, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petr. Lep. i. pl. v. fig. 4 (1855).
Hesperia fortunei, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii. p. 489 (1862); id. Reise Nov., Lep.
pl. Ixxii. fig. 11 (1866).
Pamphila mangala, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 792.
Hesperia bada, Moore, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 688.
Parnara bada, Moore, Lep. Cey. 1. p. 167, pl. Ixx. figs. 2, 2.a@ (1881).
Hesperia nondoa, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1886, p. 97, fide Fruhstorfer.
Parnara guttata, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 445 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 34 (1891).

Hab. India, generally distributed, China, Japan (Leech, Pryer); Liu Kiu Islands
(Pryer); Perak, Pulo Laut, Bali (Doherty); Java (Fruhstorfer); Kina Balu, Borneo
( Waterstradt).

We have two females from Java sent by Herr Fruhstorfer under the name Hesperia
nondoa ; these correspond with males from Pulo Laut and Perak which are undoubtedly
P. guttatus; the underside of all these specimens is darker and the arrangement of the
pale spots on the hind wing is less evidently rectilinear than is usual in P. guttatus,
and the cell-spots in the fore wing are entirely wanting. Further, we have received
seven specimens from the island of Bali, collected by Doherty, which vary very much
in the number and position of the spots on the hind wing, one of them being without
these spots either above or below. We were inclined to treat these specimens as
belonging to a distinct species, but an examination of the genitalia goes to show that
they are only extreme forms of guttatus.

! PARNARA conTIGUA. (Plate X XVI. figs. 78, 78 a.)

Pamphila contigua, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 1877, p. 232 (note).

Hesperia toona, Moore, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 689, 3.

Parnara toona, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 383, 2; Watson,
Hesp. Ind. p. 45.

Pamphila scortea, Mabille, Ann, Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvii. p. 53 (1893),

This species has wrongly been placed as a synonym of P. pellucida, from which it differs

282 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

in the darker ground-colour and smaller spots of the hind wing below, and also in the
form of the male genitalia. We have examined Mabille’s types of contigua and scortea.

Hab. Sikkim (Méller); Khasia (Elwes); Nagas, Pegu, Perak, Pulo Laut, Sambawa,
Bali (Doherty) ; Hong Kong (Pryer).

! PARNARA ELTOLA, (Plate XXVI. figs. 79, a, 0.)
Hesperia eltola, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. iv., Hesp. pl. iv. fig. 40 (1869).
Parnara eltola, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 384, pl. xviii.
figs. 6, 6a, d; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 45 (1891) ; Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 618 (1894).

This species is distinguished from the next by the yellower colour of the pale spots
on the upperside, which is most marked in the males, and by having the apex of the
cedeagus, as seen from below, produced on the left side into a long sharp horn, and
the right side spinose.

Hab. Sikkim (Elwes); Nagas (Doherty).

! PARNARA DISCRETA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 16, ¢ ; Plate X XVI. figs. 80, a, 6.)

Closely allied to P. eltola, Hew., from which it differs in the following particulars :—

3. Pale spots on fore wing above sordid white, that in cell 2 shorter in proportion,
its inner and outer edges nearly parallel; ground-colour of the underside and the
fringes, especially those of the hind wing, paler. Apex of the cedeagus produced into
two subequal spinose horns, side lobes of the tegumen narrow and simple.

@. Pale spot in cell 2 of fore wing comparatively shorter ; underside, especially of
hind wing, paler.

Hab. Khasias (Elwes); Sikkim (Moller); Tenasserim (Bingham); HE. Pegu,
Bernardmyo, Burmah (Doherty).

This species may be distinguished from P. eltola (with which it is probably mixed
in collections) at first sight by the purer white of the pale spots on the upperside ;
and the difference in the male genitalia affords conclusive evidence of its distinctness.

PARNARA PELLUCIDA. (Plate XXVI. figs. 77, 77 a.)

Pamphila pellucida, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 172 (1875).
Thymelicus pellucida, Staudinger, Rom. Mém. sur Lép. iii. p. 152, pl. viii. fig. 3 (1887).
Parnara pellucida, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 611 (1894).
The ground-colour of the hind wing below is not sufficiently bright in Staudinger’s
figure above cited.

Hab. Japan (Pryer, Leech); Ussuri, Amurland (Dorries, fide Stgr.).
PARNARA JANSONIS.

Pamphila jansonis, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 284 (1878).
Parnara jansonis, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 612, pl. xlii. fig. 12, ¢ (1894).

Hab. Japan (Pryer).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 283

PARNARA BIPUNCTATA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 5, ¢.)

3. Upperside: fore wing brown, heavily clothed with ochreous hair-scales towards
the base ; six sordid whitish hyaline spots—two remote in the cell, one large, pentagonal,
in cell 2, one, smaller and subquadrate, in cell 3, and one, minute and punctiform, in
each of cells 6 and 7; an elongate triangular yellow spot next vein 1@ beyond the
middle: hind wing ochreous by reason of the hair-scales; the costa brown as far as
vein 6, and the termen narrowly and suffusedly brown; two pale points on the disc, one
near the middle of each of cells 2 and 3. Underside ochreous green, disc of the fore
wing brown: fore wing with the pale spot next vein 1 @ larger and more suffused than
on the upperside, the other spots as on the upperside; hind wing with the two
pale points as on the upperside. Fringes brown, becoming ochreous grey towards
the tornus of each wing. Antenne blackish, spotted with yellowish on the underside ;
club yellowish beneath. Second joint of palpi clothed with ochreous and black hairs
intermixed. Body and legs ochreous brown.

Expanse 363 mm.

flab. Batchian.

Described from one specimen ex coll. Staudinger.

At first sight this species bears some resemblance to P. contigua, Mab., from which,

however, it is abundantly distinct.

! ParNaRA coLAca. (Plate X XVI. fig. 81.)

Hesperia colaca, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 594, pl. lvin. fig. 7.
Parnara colaca, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 446, fig. 1; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 36

(1891).
Parnara cingala, Moore, Lep. Cey. 1. p. 167, pl. Ixx. figs. 3a, 3 6 (1881).
Hab. Sikkim (Mller); Ranchi (Irvine); Bangalore (Minchin); Trichinopoly
(Castets) ; Andamans, Bali (Doherty); Nias (Modigliani); Ceylon ( fide Moore).

! PARNARA BEVANI. (Plate XXVI. fig. 82.)

Hesperia bevani, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 688.
Parnara beavani, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 447, fig. 2.

Parnara bevani, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 36 (1891).
Parnara thyone, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 610, pl. xlii. fig. 4, g (1894).

A specimen of P. thyone from Moupin, presented by Mr. Leech, seems inseparable
from P. bevant.

Hab. N.W. Himalayas (Hocking, Young); Sikkim, Khasias, Bombay (Elwes) ;
Nagas (Doherty); Kina Balu (Waterstradt, in coll. Stgr.); Moupin, E. ‘Tibet
(Kricheldorf ).

284 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

PARNARA FLEXILIS.
Isoteinon flexilis, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 147, pl. ix. figs. 9,10; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 85 (1891).

2. Size of P. colaca or P. bevani. Upperside brown: fore wing with the hyaline
spots small, two in the cell, one next the middle of vein | q, one in each of cells 2, 3, 6, 7,
and 8, that in cell 4 only indicated on the underside. Hind wing below brown, clothed
with grey scales so as to give the appearance of a dark subterminal band. Fringes
brownish grey, the short scales whitish grey.

Hab. Poona.

These particulars are taken from the type specimen in the British Museum. This
is, we think, a very doubtful species.

! PARNARA ZELLERI.
Hesperia zelleri, Lederer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1855, p. 194.

A little known, though very distinct species, easily distinguished by the black-bordered
pale spots on hind wing below.

Hab. Beyrout, Syria (Zach) ; Esmir, Busagha, near Tangier, Morocco (Walker).

! PARNARA TULSI.

Parnara tulsi, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 86, pl. x. fig. 1, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind.
p- 44 (1891).
Hesperia jolanda, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlvii. p. 95 (1886) (fide Mabille).

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Java (Fruhstorfer).
Though this species does not seem to have been found in any part of Burmah or the
Malay peninsula, I have a specimen from Java which is identical.

1 PARNARA CASRULESCENS.

Pamphila cerulescens, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. lv.
Parnara cerulescens, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 615, pl. xli. fig. 9, ¢.

Hab. Wa-ssu-kow, Ta-tsien-lo (ea coll. Leech & Obertiiir).

! PARNARA PUGNANS.

Parnara pugnans, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 884, pl. G. fig. 30, 2.
Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty) ; Nias (Modigliant).

PARNARA HASOROIDES, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 11, 3.)

é 2. Upperside brown. Underside brown: the hind wing with a broad white
band from the middle of the costa to the dorsum just before the tornus, but interrupted
in cell 16; the longer portion of this band is distinctly contracted at each end in the
male, less distinctly so in the female. Antenne brown, the club yellowish beneath,

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID A. 285

Fringes brown. Body above brown. Clothing of the second joint of palpi, breast, and
legs dark grey. Abdomen beneath brown.

Expanse 45-48 mm.

Hab. Halmaheira; Batchian (ex coll. Stgr.).

Described from one pair ex coll. Staudinger.

The band on the hind wing below resembles that found in Hasora hurama, Butl.,
save that in the latter it is not interrupted in cell 1 6.

PARNARA UMA.

FParnara uma, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1888, p. 592, pl. xiii. fig. 9, 9 ; Watson, Hesp.
Ind. p. 38 (1891).

9. Upperside brown : fore wing with a geminate cell-spot. and five others, one in each
of cells 2, 3, 6, 7, and 8, white. Hind wing below vinous brown, with a broad silvery-
white subcostal streak, adjoining at its apex the last of a postmedian series of silvery-
white subquadrate spots which commences in cell 1 6.

Hab. Karen hills, Burma.

The single specimen from which this species was described appears to be still

unique.

PARNARA PHILOTAS.
Baoris (Parnara) philotas, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 402, pl. Q. fig. 60,

Upperside brown: fore wing and hind wing each with two hyaline white spots
one in each of cells 2 and 3. Underside “ thickly covered with ‘ old-gold’ coloured
scales”; dorsum of the fore wing broadly dark purplish brown ; pale spots as on the
upperside.

Expanse 30 mm.

Hab. Travancore (Ferguson) ; North Canara (Bel/).

We doubt whether this insect belongs to the genus Parnara. ‘The figure shows the
colour of the underside to be dull greenish ochreous.

PARNARA UNICOLOR.
Baoris unicolor, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 381, pl. xxxv. fig. 11, g (1886).

Hab. Malacca (Kichhorn)

Through the kindness of Dr. Staudinger we have had the opportunity of making
a critical examination of the unique type of this species. ‘The specimen is a male and
a true Parnara in venation and in the number and position of the tibial spurs. At
the base of the fore wing above, between the dorsum and the submedian, there is a long
raised space about equal in length to one-fifth of the dorsum; this is probably a sex-
mark and confined to the male. In the fore wing the first median segment is about
two and a half times as long as the second, which is a little more than twice as long as

VOL. XIV.—PaRT Iv. No. 24.— October, 1897. 2p

286 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

the third; the transverse vein is oblique, and vein 5 arises much nearer 4 than 6 and
curves upwards from its base. ‘The palpi and the apices of the antenne are now
wanting, but there is one hind leg still left which has two pairs of spurs in the usual
position. The specimen is in a worn condition.

Mr. de Nicéville named this species, which he had not seen, as the type of his genus
Idmon (vide p. 198, ante), but his generic description does not apply to it.

PARNARA DISTICTUS.

Baoris distictus, Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xiv. p. 123, pl. i. fig. 4 (1887).

Hab. Hainan (Henry, fide Holland).

“ Male. Upper surface uniformly olive-brown, cilia pale cinereous. Primaries with
two small, triangular, semi-diaphanous white spots beyond the middle of the wing and
between the submedian nervules. Underside lighter than the upper, with a hoary
lustre, especially on the posteriors. A few scarcely visible light scaleless spots may be
detected adjacent to the two white spots of the primaries, which reappear on the under-
side. A curved submarginal row of obscure brown spots is found upon the secondaries.
Underside of palpi and head white. Expanse of wings 12 inches. Type in coll. Holland.”

Not having seen or been able to identify this species, we transcribe the original
description. Its distinctive characters appear to be a subterminal series of obscure
brown spots on the hind wing below, and the “ underside of palpi and head white.”

GEGENES.
Gegenes, Hiibn. Verz. p. 107 (1816) ; Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 104. Type pygmaeus, Hiibn.
Philoodus, Rambur, Faun. Ent. Andal. ii. p. 808 (1840). Type nostrodamus, Fab.

A genus resuscitated by Watson for the reception of the Papilio nostrodamus of
Fabricius and two or three other species; it would be more convenient to treat it as a
section of Parnara, in which it would be well distinguished by its short antenne.

Antenne about one-third as long as the costa ; club elongate ovate ; apiculus scarcely
evident. Fore wing with vein 2 from the half-length of the cell in both sexes, vein 5
much nearer 4 than 6. Hind wing feebly excavated between veins 16 and 2, vein 5
obsolete, vein 2 from apical fourth of cell. Tibial epiphysis present. Hind tibie
witli two pairs of spurs.

GEGENES NOSTRODAMUS.
Papilio nostrodamus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. 1. p. 323 (1793).
Papilio pygmeus, Hibner, Eur, Schmett. i. figs. 458-460 (1798-1803).
Hesperia karsana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 576, pl. xvii. fig. 6.
Chapra nostrodamus, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 33 (1891).
Hab. Gibraltar (Walker); Biskra, Algeria (Elwes); Beyrout (Zach); Quetta
(Swinhoe); Samarkand (/aberhauer); N.W. Himalaya (Young).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ. 287

ERYNNIS.

Erynnis, Schrank, Fauna Boica, ii. p. 157 (1801) ; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p.99. Type comma, Linn.
Ocytes, Scudder, Syst. Rev. p. 55 (1872). Type metea, Seudd.

The species of this genus are best known by their resemblance to the Papilio comma
of Linneus. Antenne about half as long as the costa; club abrupt, subovoid ; apiculus
minute. Third joint of palpi almost concealed, second joint densely scaled. Erynnis
comma, Linn., varies much in the details of the wing-pattern, but the essential pattern
on the hind wing below remains the same, even in those specimens which at first sight
seem to be the most distinct. Several American forms of this species have been investi-
gated in great detail by Scudder (Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. ii. pp. 8341-553, pls. x., xi.),
but the differences in the male genitalia which he figures appear to us, for the most
part, mere differences of degree.

! ERYNNIS COMMA.
Papilio comma, Linneus, Faun. Suec. p. 285 (1761); Esper, -Schmett. i. pl. xxi. figs. 1a, b
(1777) ; Hiibn. Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 479-481 (1798-1803).
Hab. Kurope to Amurland.
The following varieties of H. comma may be treated as more or less constant local
races, but we have not seen sufficient examples to enable us to form an opinion as to
how far their distinctions are really constant.

! ERYNNIS COMMA, var. CATENA.
Hesperia comma, var. catena, Staudinger, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1861, p. 357.
Hab. Lapland (Staudinger).

ERYNNIS COMMA, var. DIMILA.
Pamphila dimila, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 576; de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1892,
p. 355, pl. J. fig. 9, 2 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 160.
Erynnis comma, var. dimila, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 595, pl. xli. fig. 12, ¢ (1892-94).
Erynnis dimila, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1894, p. 52, pl. i. fig. 7,

Hab. N.W. Himalayas (Hellard) ; Ta-tsien-lo ( fide Leech).

! ERYNNIS COMMA, var. FLORINDA.

Pamphila florinda, Butler, Cist. Ent. 11. p. 285 (1878).
Erynnis comma, var. florinda, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 594, pl. xli. fig. 17, g (1892-94).

Hab. Japan (Pryer).

I have no specimens of comma from Amurland, and therefore cannot say whether the
form described by Staudinger [Rom. Mém. sur Lép. vi. p. 211 (1892)] as var. repugnans is
a well-marked form or not; but I think that when he speaks of florinda as more probably
a var. of sylvanus and not of comma he cannot have seen the true florinda, which is clearly
more nearly allied to comma than to sy/vanus, which also occurs in Japan.—H. J. E,
2p2

eT a

288 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

ADOPA.
Adopea, Billberg, Enum. Ins. p. 81 (1820); Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 98. Type thaumas, Hufn.
Pelion, Kirby, List Brit. Rhop. (1858). Type thawmas, Hufn.

A small group of species associated together on account of their resemblance, greater
or less in degree, to the Papilio thaumas of Hufnagel (linea, Wien. Verz.). Antenne
short, generally less than half as long as the costa; club elongate, gradual, not apiculate.
Third joint of palpi acicular, suberect, nearly as long as half the diameter of the eye.

The species are distinguished as follows :—

Mates.
1 (10). Veins of hind wing below concolorous.
2 (9). With a sex-mark on fore wing above.
3 (8). Sex-mark continuous, leaving the extreme base of cell 2 free.
4 (5). Fore wing below with the black patch in the base of cell 1a@ sharply

defined and confined to the basal third of the wing. . . thaumas, Hufn.
5 (4). Fore wing below with the black patch in the base of cell 1 a spresee

along the dorsum or almost obsolete. Hind wing below with no

distinct stripe of the same colour as the disc of fore wing in cell | d.
6 (7). Costa of the fore wing one-third longer than the dorsum. Hind wing

below and apical area of fore wing below sordid greenish ces

dise of fore wing below rusty yellow . . . Sy . . hAyrax, Led.
7 (6). Costa of the fore wing one-fourth longer than he aorsan: Hind

wing below and fore wing below, except a broad space along the

dorsum, rust-yellow or greenish yellow . . . . . acteon, Rott.
8 (3). Sex-mark interrupted, one end of the long piece filling hs base of cell 2 2. lineola, Ochs.
9 (2). Nosex-mark on fore wingabove .... =... =. .. . « stigma, Stgr.
10 (1). Veins of hind wing below black.
11 (16). Sex-mark wanting.
12 (15). Fore wing above: the dark outline of veins 6-10 more or less spread-

ing and confluent near their bases to form a dark patch beyond the
end of the cell, basal third of the wing more or less dark.
18 (14). Upperside without purple reflection; veins on the underside less

broadlyablacks ye.) \. bo ag 6 @ 5 6 6 6 0 MTA lees
14 (13). Upperside with a purple fedectiont veins on the underside more

eR. 5 5G 5 ob oo a 6 6 a 8 5 6 Go bo 6 | Hea, lbeRdn,
15 (12). Fore wing above: dark outline of veins 6-10 free throughout, basal

third of the wing concolorous. . . . . . . . . © «© « « nervulata, Mab.

6 (11). Sex-mark present. Fore wing above: basal third concolorous, dark
marginal band marrow. :- . . : 9. 9 . « «©. « «+. «1 4, leonina, Butl.

! ADOPAA THAUMAS.

Papilio thaus us, Hufnagel, Berl. Mag. ii. p. 62 (1776) ; Esper, Schmett. 1. 1, pl. xxxvi. figs. 2, 3
(1778 ?), i. 2, pl. xeviii. figs. 5-10 (1790 ?).

Papilio linea, Wien. Verz. p. 160 (1776); Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. 1. figs. 485-487 (1798-1803).

9. Papilio venula, Hubner, Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 666-669 (1803-18).

Hab. Europe to Asia Minor.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 289

! ADOPHA HYRAX.
Hesperia hyrax, Lederer, Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 149, pl. i. fig. 6 (1861).
Hab. Amasia, Asia Minor, Syria.

! ADOPAA ACTON.

Papilio acteon, Rottemburg, Naturf. vi. p. 30 (1775); Esper, Schmett. i. 1, pl. xxxvi. fig. 4
(1778 ?) ; Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 488-490 (1798-1803).

Hab. 8. and C. Europe; Asia Minor; N. Africa; Canaries (Zeech); Samarkand
(Haberhauer).

ADOPAA HAMZA.

Hesperia hamza, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Ent. i. p. 28, pl. iii. figs. 2 a-c (1876).

Very near to A. actwon, from which it appears to be best distinguished by the more
fulvous colour of the upperside and the want of the suffused pale curved macular band
which is seen just beyond the end of the cell on the fore wing of A. acteon.

Hab. Oran (Oberthiir).

We have not any specimens which we can identify from Oberthiir’s plate. A male
from Lambessa in the Province of Constantine appears to us to be inseparable from
A. lineola.

! ADOPASA LINEOLA.

Papilio lineola, Ochsenheimer, Schmett. Ent. i. 2, p. 230 (1808).
Papilio virgula, Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. 1. figs. 660-663 (1803-18).

Hab, Europe to Amurland; Algeria (Oderthiir).

! ADOPAIA STIGMA.
Thymelicus (Hesperia) stiyma, Staudinger, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlvii. p. 252 (1886).

This species belongs to the sylvatica group, but the veins on the underside are not
black ; the fore wing above has the dark terminal band sharply defined, the basal third

concolorous, and the transverse vein rather conspicuously dark.
Hab. Turkestan.

! ADOP4IA SYLVATICA.

Pamphila sylvatica, Bremer, Bull. Acad. Petr. iii. p. 474 (1861) ; id. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 34, pl. iil.
fig. 10 (1864).
Adopea sylvatica, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 591, pl. xl. figs. 5g, 89 (1892-94).
Hab. Amurland, Japan (Pryer); Korea (Leech).

! ADOPHA TENEBROSA.
Adopea tenebrosa, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 591, pl. xl. figs. 6, 9? (1892-94).

The difference between this species and A. sylvatica are but trifling, and the genitalia

290 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

afford no distinctive characters; as, however, it can be separated by its darker colour
from A. sylvatica, we retain the name for the Chinese form.

Hab. Kiukiang (Pratt).

ADOPAA NERVULATA.

Pamphila nervulata, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. lvi.
Adopea nervulata, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 592, pl. xl. fig. 3, g (1892-94).

The insect here dealt with is that described and figured by Leech ; whether it is the
true nervulata of Mabille remains doubtful, since the specimens do not possess the
“striga anticarum sexuali nigra filiformi” mentioned in the original description.

Hab. Moupin ( fide Mabitle) ; Ta-Chien-lu, Wa-ssu-kow (fide Leech).

! ADOPAA LEONINA.

Pamphila leonina, Butler, Cist. Ent. 11. p. 286 (1878).

Thymelicus leonina, Staudinger, Mém. sur Lép. ii. p. 151, pl. vii. fig. 2, g (1887), vi. p. 210
(1892).

Adopea leonina, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 592, pl. xl. figs. 1 & 4g, 29 (1892-94).

Hab. Japan (Pryer); Amurland (fide Staudinger).

ADOPHA ASTIGMATA, Leech.
Adopea leonina, var. astigmata, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 598, pl. xl. fig. 7,¢ (1892-94).

Differs from typical deonina in wanting a sex-mark in the male and being rather
more suffused with black. The male genitalia are similar to those of A. leonina, but
so also are those of A. tenebrosa.

Hab, Chang-yang, C. China (Pratt).

ISMENE.

Ismene, Swainson, Zool. Ill. i. pl. xvi. (1820-21) ; Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 157 (1881) ; Watson,

Hesp. Ind. p. 9 (1891) ; id. P. Z. S. 1893, p. 125, pl. i. figs. 14-16, pl. ii. figs. 11, 12, pl. iti.
fig. 18.

This genus and the four which succeed it form a natural group well distinguished by
the form of the palpi, which have the second joint appressed and densely scaled, and
the third joint porrect, long, and slender, about half as long as the diameter of the eye.
In most of the species of this genus the club of the antenne is as long as or longer than
the shaft. Vein 5 in the fore wing straight, its base equidistant from veins 4 and 6 or
(in mahintha and tonis) a trifle nearer to vein 6 than to vein 4. Vein 3 of hind wing
arising close to the end of the cell.

The species known to us may be distinguished as follows :—

3 (12).

wo eK KS
me OO CON
as ma CS OS
ww oo oar

KH OW w

SS SS ee

re)
Ss

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZA,

Males.

. Fringe of hind wing orange-red, more particularly near the tornus.
. Fore wing above with a sex-mark.

. Sex-mark deep black, sharply defined.

. Vein 1 a of fore wing distorted next the sex-mark.

. Hind wing: vein 6 approaching vein 5 in a deep curve.

. Costa of the hind wing folded over on to the upper surface of the

apex.

. Expanse 48 mm. Long hairs clothing dise of thorax and base of

hind wing above brilliant greenish blue

. Expanse 66 mm. Long hairs clothing disc of thorax aa base of

hind wing above brown. . Se

. Costa of the hind wing not folded over on to tesa upper aurtace Otte

HVE ANOS ior ig) os igirnee ey aalieonlg.\ o 10

. Hind wing: vein 6 straight .
. Vein 1 a of fore wing straight.
. Hind wing below : no straight pale band from the costa. Sex-mark

running from the middle of vein 1 a to the base of vein 3, and
composed of four short irregular stripes, of which the two in
cellAlNayarercontlwentiges 2.) en est 2 ine 3
Hind wing below with a whitish postntedian band running
straight from the apical third of the costa to the apical fourth
of vein 1 6. Sex-mark continuous, more than twice as high as
wide, running from the middle of vein 1 a to the base of vein 3.

. Sex-mark fuliginous, suffused.
). Fore wing below with a sharply defined whitish spot in the cell

near its apical third, and a curved series of suffused Ee spots,
one each in cells 4-8

. No sharply defined whitish spot in the cell of fore wing clog nor

subapical curved series of suffused pale spots

. Sex-mark wanting.

. Hind wing below not green, with black longitudinal lines.

. Clothing of the front of palpi orange-yellow.

. Expanse70 mm. Cell 6 of hind wing above concolorous . . .
. Expanse 57 mm. Cell 6 of hind ce above whitish, except at the

base and apex .

. Clothing of front of Are grey. Cell 6 of hind wing above

concolorous

. Hind wing below emerald ereen: oan ane ad i eavat eto lines,

for the most part two in each cell, equidistant from each other
and from the veins.

. Fore wing above plain brown, except a pale streak uext the basal

half of the costa .

edipodea, Sw.
edipus, Stgr.

ataphus, Wats.
tuckeri, n. sp.

mahintha, Moore.

ionis, de Nicév.

jaina, Moore.

fergusonii, de Nicév.

etelka, Hew.

harisa, Moore.

anadi, de Nicév.

vasutana, Moore.

292 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

5 (24). Fore wing above fulvous, passing into brown beyond the middle ;

basal half of veins 1 a, 2, and 3 (except the extreme base of

vein 1 a) broadly margined with black, the confluent bases of

veins 7-11 also black . . . . . «=... =» » + « Septentrionis, Feld.
26 (1). No orange-red in fringe of hind wing.
27 (32). Hind below green or whitish green, the veins broadly bordered

with black. Tibial pencil yellow or pale.
28 (29). Hind wing below uniformly striped with black and green

throughout . . . - . » . amara, Moore.
29 (28). Hind wing with a broad male stripe thr Sen the polls
30 (31). This stripe divided beyond the transverse vein by the dark borders

of vem 5. Fore wing above with the basal half of cell 2 grey-

brown, a little paler than the apical half. . .. . o . gomata, Moore.
31 (30). This stripe continued to the termen, the dark hordes to vein 5

only indicated at the extreme apex. Fore wing above with the

basal half of cell 2 sordid yellowish white . . . wie te elara; Meech:
32 (27). Hind wing below pale brown. Tibial pencil dark been . . . aguilina, Speyer.

! ISMENE GDIPODEA.
Ismene edipodea, Swainson, Zool. Ml. i. pl. xvi. (1820-21).

We have only a single male of this species from Java, and rely on Mr. Watson for its
identification with the description of Swainson.

Hab. Java (Piepers); Sumatra (fide de Nicéville); Palawan (in coll. Rothschild).

! ISMENE GDIPUS.
Ismene edipus, Staudinger, MS.

We have a single specimen of this species sent by Dr. Staudinger with the name of
adipus. ‘The species does not appear to have been described, but it is distinguished
from «@dipodea by its much larger size, and the fact that the long hairs clothing
the centre of the thorax and the base of the hind wing above are brown instead of
greenish blue.

Expanse 66 mm.

Hab. Sula Island ( fide Staudinger).

! ISMENE ATAPHUS.

Ismene ataphus, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 126.
Ismene cedipodea, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 158, pl. Ixiv. figs. 2a, 6 (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 10
(1891).
The female of this species resembles the male, but wants the black patch near the
base of the fore wing above, and the long hairs clothing the base of the wings show, in
certain aspects, a brilliant greenish-blue colour.

Hab. Kangra (Hocking); Sikkim (Moller); Khasia (Hamilton) ; EK. Pegu (Doherty).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 293

! ISMENE TUCKERI, n. sp. (Plate XX. fig. 4, 3.)

3. Not distinguishable on the upperside from the male of J. ataphus, Wats., but
differs from that species in the following particulars:—Fore wing below having
the yellow tinge replaced by greenish. Hind wing, vein 8 evenly curved throughout,
vein 6 straight; underside pale greenish brown with pale green streaks very narrowly
edged with purple, the latter placed as follows: two in cell 16, one in each of cells
2 to 8, and one near the middle of the cell.

Expanse 44 mm.

Hab. Vavoy (Tucker).

Described from one example in coll. Elwes, taken in Feb. 1892.

! ISMENE JAINA.
Tsmene jaina, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 782 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 10 (1891).

Hab. Sikkim (Méller); Khasia (Hamilton); KB. Pegu (Doherty).

! ISMENE FERGUSONII.
Ismene fergusonii, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1892, p. 345, pl. J. fig. 6, 3.

Hab. Nilgiri hills (Hampson); N. Canara (coll. Swinhoe).
Female resembling the male, save that the sex-mark is wanting and the long hairs
clothing the disc of the thorax and the base of the wings are bluish grey.

! ISMENE ETELKA.
Ismene etelka, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iv., Ismene, figs. 14, 15 (1867).

This species is easily distinguished in the male from J. fergusonii by the absence
of the sexual patch on the fore wing and the ‘much deeper and more extended
orange-red markings below. ‘The female on the upperside is brown with a purple
shade, passing into greenish blue towards the base of the wings; on the fore wing
below there is a suffused postmedian macular pale band, and the disc of the wing has
a deep purple shade.

Hab. Kina Balu (Waterstradt); Singapore (coll. Staudinger); Lawas, N. Borneo
( Everett).

! ISMENE HARISA.

Ismene harisa, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 782.
Choaspes harisa, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 84, pl. x. fig. 8, d ; Distant, Rhop.
Mal. p. 373, pl. xxxiv. fig. 22, ¢ (1886); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 6 (1891).

Female brown above, with a metallic greenish-blue shade from the base of the wings,
VOL. XIV.—PART IV. No. 25.— October, 1897. 2a

294 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

but not covering the apical area of the fore wing or the terminal area of the hind
wing.

Herr Snellen sent a female specimen from Java, not distinguishable from this
species, with the name consobrina, Plotz.

Hab, Sikkim (Méller); Khasia (Hamilton) ; Nagas, Arjuno, Java (Doherty); Burmah
(Watson); West Java (Piepers).

! ISMENE ANADI.

Choaspes anadi, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 83, pl. x. fig. 6, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp
Ind. p. 7 (1891).

The female of this species is said to differ from the male only in being larger and
darker, the upperside of the hind wing concolorous with the rest of the wiug, not
broadly pale ochreous as in the male; this is remarkable when we consider the close
relationship of this species to J. harisa, which has a dissimilar female.

Hab. Sikkim (Mdéller); Khasia (Hamilton).

! ISMENE VASUTANA.

Ismene vasutana, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 782.
Choaspes vasutana, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 8 (1891).

This species is remarkable amongst its congeners for the greater or less development
of hyaline spots in the fore wing; the full complement of these is one in each of cells 2
and 3, but in the more usual state of the male that in cell 3 only is visible on the
upperside, that in cell 2 being traceable on the underside only or wanting altogether ;
sometimes these spots are quite absent from the upperside and their presence is only
indicated by a pale dot near the base of cell 3 on the underside.

It appears from Mr. de Nicéville’s remarks (Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895,
p. 404) that a somewhat similar development of these pale spots occurs in 7. mahintha,
Moore.

The female is brown above, with a pale greyish-green shade from the base of the
wings, passing into purple near the middle of the fore wing and about the apical third
of the hind wing; the hyaline spots on the fore wing are well developed.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Nagas (Doherty).

! ISMENE SEPTENTRIONIS.
Ismene septentrionis, Felder, Reise Noy., Lep. iii. p. 525, pl. Ixxiii. fig. 3 (1867); Leech, Butt.
China, &c. p. 636 (1894).
Ismene striata, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iv., Ismene, pl. i. figs. 6, 7 (1867).
Hab. Shanghai (Dr. Muirhead, fide Felder) ; China (fide Hewitson); Siao-Lou
(ex coll. Oberthiir).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA,

bo
(le)
or

! ISMENE MAHINTHA.
Ismene mahintha, Moore, P. Z.S. 1874, p. 575, pl. xvii. fig. 4, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 11
(1891).
A female of this species is recorded by Wood-Mason and de Nicéville (Jour. As. Soc.
Beng. 1886, p. 378) as taken at Silcuri, Cachar, on 7th June; but this sex does not

appear to have been separately described and we have never seen it.
Hab. Bernardmyo, Burmah (Doherty).

! ISMENE IONIS.
Ismene ionis, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 403, pl. Q. fig. 61, 3.
Hab, Sambawa (Doherty); West Java (Fruhstorfer, fide de Nicéville).

! ISMENE AMARA.

Ismene amara, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 783.
Choaspes amara, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 8 (1891).

The female of this species usually closely resembles the male; but a specimen from
the Naga hills has the upperside a little darker than usual, and the veins of the fore
wing bordered with dark purple, broadly for some distance from the base, the purple
colour gradually narrowing and not reaching the termen.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Khasia (Hamilton); Nagas (Doherty).

! ISMENE GOMATA.

Ismene gomata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 788, ¢.

Ismene lorquini, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. x; id. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. 266 (jide
Semper).

Choaspes gomata, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 83, pl. x. fig. 7, 9 ; Watson, Hesp.
Ind. p. 7 (1891).

Female with the upperside purple-brown with a metallic bluish-green shade, which
is strongest towards the base of the wings; underside as in the male, save that the
ground-colour of the fore wing is dark purple-brown and there is in each of cells 2
and 3 a suffused oblong pale spot.

A female specimen kindly sent by Herr G. Semper as the Choaspes lorquini
of his work only differs from a female of 7. gomata from Java in having the suffused
oblong pale spots in cells 2 and 3 of the fore wing below visible also on the upperside.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Java (Piepers) ; Philippines (Semper).

!IsMENE LARA. (Plate XX. fig. 14, 2.)

Ismene gomata, var. lara, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 634, pl. xxxix. fig. 12 (1894).

With regard to specific validity this insect stands in the same relation to I. gomata,
Moore, as I. fergusonii, de Nicév., does to I. jaina, Moore.

Although the sexes resemble the respective sexes of I. gomata, both may be

2Q2

296 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

distinguished from that species by their slightly larger size and the much greater
development of the pale markings on both upper and under sides.
Hab. Western China (Pratt).

! ISMENE AQUILINA.

Ismene aquilina, Speyer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1879, p. 846; Staudinger, Rom. Mém. sur Lép. vi.
p. 214 (1892) ; Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 635 (1894).
Ismene jankowskii, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. v. p. 23, pl. i. fig. 2 (1880).
Proteides chryseglia, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 856.

According to the figure the female of I. jankowskii, Ob. (the only sex figured), differs
from females in Elwes’s collection from Yesso in having the spots on the fore wing above
not so pale and the pale postmedian band continued towards the dorsum by two spots in
cell 1a divided by the intraneural fold, instead of stopping short at vein 2; but we
agree with Staudinger in considering this a synomym of aquilina.

Hab. Japan (Pryer); Amur (Christoph).

Hasora.

Hasora, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 159 (1881) ; Watson, P Z S. 1893, p. 127. Type badra, Moore.
Parata, Moore, t. c. p. 160. Type chromus, Cr.

Vein la of fore wing angularly bent near the base in both sexes. Tornus of hind
wing distinctly produced. Vein 2 of fore wing arising nearer the base in the male
than in the female. Pale spots on the fore wing better developed in the female than
in the male, and sometimes present in that sex only. Hind tibie in the male fringed.

The species known to us we distingush as folliows :—

1 (16). Hind wing below without a pale band from the costa towards
the tornus.
2 (13). Fringe of the hind wing not yellow in the tornal region.
3 (8). Hind wing below with a pale spot in the cell, next the
transverse vein.
4 (7). Termen of hind wing distinctly concave from vein 3 to vein 1 4,
the tornus therefore distinctly produced.
5 (6). Hind wing below: pale cell-spot small and roundish, less than
half as wide as the cell... ose ote ee alien oaanas Moore:
6 (5). Hind wing below: pale cell-spot large and subquadrate,
nearly as wide as the cell, the pale spot in cell 1 4 correlatively
LAY O CV eect ane Maly aes ear fos ar sey aren kia, /e sweet MCU Meee, gneus, Plotz.
7 (4). Termen of hind wing straight from vein 3 to vein 14; the hind
wing therefore simply angulated at the apex of vein 16 . . anura, de Nicév.
8 (3). No pale spot in the cell on hind wing below.
9 (12). Sex-mark on the fore wing of the male a broad seam of modified
scales passing from the dorsum near the middle to the base
of vein 3.

10 (11).

17 (24).
18 (21).
19 (20).

20 (19).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA,

Underside brown: fore wing with a large suffused subtriangular
dark purple patch adjoining the costa from the middle to
about the apical sixth ; hind wing with a suffused dark purple
median band from the costa towards the dorsum

. Purple suffusion of underside much less evident than in nies

almost absent .

. No sex-mark on the fore wing of the sales Hind wing below

in the male pale purple, with a pale cell-spot and postmedian
band faintly indicated; in the female the purple is replaced
by palerereenae= ene: : : agi eito et SO

. Fringe of the hind wing t eilow in the tor nal region,
. Hind wing below sharply divided just beyond the middle into

a dark basal and a paler terminal portion, the latter chrome-
yellow from the tornus and passing gradually into pale brown
near vein 3 stove ‘ 0

. Hind wing below brown, ah a dees beee terval path rreceried

by a pale ray in cell 1 @ and an oblong Be ra spot in
cellar

. Hind wing below with a Bale el fon ike costa spans the

tornus.

Pale band on hind wing below interrupted near vein 1 6.

No sex-mark on fore wing above in the male.

No pale point in cell 6 of the fore wing. Pale band on hind wing
below narrow bluish white, both its edges somewhat suffused.

A pale point in cell 6 of fore wing. Pale band on hind wing
below with its inner edge usually more sharply defined than
UNS OMMEPNG OB) 6 oo 66 6 ea o So. 6.4

. Male with a sex-mark on fore wing above.
. Expanse 39-48 mm. 'Tegumen with two pairs of long curved

horns

. Expanse 46-50 mm. Testis Sivan Horie 3 9%

. Pale band on hind wing below not interrupted near vein 1 3.

. Pale band on hind wing below white.

. Hind wing below from the base to the white band purple, more

or less tinged with green.

. Fore wing in the male with a white spot in cell 6. Pale band

on hind wing below broad, suffused, tinged with purple on
the edges and near the dorsum, reaching the latter in its

preeapical fourth ,

. No white spot in cell 6 of the oe wing of ihe ane :
. Hind wing below from the base to the white band plain brown,

the white band constricted near vein 8 to about half of its
previous width, its outer edge straight .

. Pale band on hind wing below yellow.

celenus, Cr.

simplicissima, Mab.

violacea, Stgr.

myra, Hew.

mus, N. Sp.

mestissima, Mao.

chabrona, Plotz.

chromus, Cr.
inermis, 0. sp.

proximata, Stgr.
proxissima, 1. sp.

borneensis, n. sp.

297

298 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

31 (82). Hind wing above brown, with a broad yellow median band from
the costa to the tornus. The pale cell-spot and those in cells
2 and 38 on the fore wing above sharply defined hyaline and
CO) MATSAKIS 5 Line w a bra fas) Os soto, “weno One ae Ul we chuza, Hew.
32 (81). Hind wing above yellow, with a broad brown band along the
costa and termen, receding a little from the latter between
veins 7 and16. The pale cell-spot and those in cells 2 and 3
of the fore wing above suffused, contiguous, not denuded of
coloured scales Aer) oy clewnse ey iat aie ae metal ee eS Otaoe lew.

! HASORA BADRA.

Goniloba badra, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 778.
Hasora badra, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 159, pl. Ixv. figs. 4, 4a@ (1881); Watson, Hesp. Ind.
p. 12 (1891).
Ismene quadripunctata, Mabille, sec. spec. comm.
Hab, Sikkim (Moller); Khasia (Hamilton); Akyab (Adamson); Tavoy (Tucker) ;
Nias (Modigliant) ; Pulo Laut, Bali (Doherty).

! HASORA GNAUS.

Ismene gneus, Plétz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlv. p. 58 (1884).
Ismene badra, var. celebica, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 188 (1889).
Hasora gneus, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 290 (1892).

Hab. Mindanao (Semper); Mindoro, Palawan (Staudinger).

We accept Semper’s identification of this form. It is near to dadra, but the absence
of purple gloss on the underside and conspicuously larger spot at base of hind wing
below, which seems constant, appear to justify its separation.

'HASORA ANURA.
Hasora anura, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p.170, pl. B. figs.5 g,1 9 ;
Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 12 (1891) ; Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 639, pl. xxxix. fig. 10, 9 (1894).

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Moupin (Kricheldorf).

HAsors« HADRIA.

Hasora hadria, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p. 172.
Hasora badra, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 374, pl. xxxv. fig. 8, g (1886), fide de Nicéville.
We have not seen this species, and therefore transcribe the author’s account of it :—
* {HESPERIA BADRA, Butler (nec Moore), Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, second
series, vol. i. p. 554. n. 3 (1877); Hasora badra, Distant (nec Moore), Rhop. Malay.
p- 374. n. 1, pl. xxxv. fig. 3, male (1886).
‘ Habitat. Perak, ? Malacca.
““Expanse: ¢, 2°1 inches.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ. 299

“Description: Male. Upperside both wings as in H. anura, mihi. Fore wing
lacking the subapical yellow dot (this, however, is a trivial character). Underside
both wings dull brown, not slightly glossed with purple as in H. anura, or strongly so
as in Hf. badra, Moore. Hind wing with a small anal lobe bearing a black patch, in
H. anura there is no black patch or anal lobe, in H. badra both are large. ‘This
species is probably variable with regard to the presence or absence of a white or
greyish spot in the cell of the hind wing on the underside, and a white or greyish
streak above the anal angle, as in the two allied species above named; Mr. Distant
describing a ‘var.’ of this species as lacking these characters. I have not figured this
species, as Mr. Distant has done so in his ‘ Rhopalocera Malayana.’ Ihave described
it from a single male from Perak in the collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta,
which Mr. Distant ticketed ‘ Hasora badra, Moore {var.).”

This is, to us, a doubtful species, as the description is contradictory. First
we read, “upperside both wings as in //. anwra,” and then a few lines afterwards
“hind wing with a small anal lobe bearing a black patch, in H. anura there is no
black patch or anal lobe.” It is true that the species is said to be represented by
Distant’s figure, but there is no more anal lobe in that figure than in H. anura (of
which we have specimens), and certainly no black patch near the tornus of the hind

wing below.

! HASORA CELANUS.
Papilio celenus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 393, A, B.
Hasora celenus, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1895, p. 554.

Hab. Amboina, Sumatra (fide de Nicéville).

! HASORA SIMPLICISSIMA.
Ismene simplicissima, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. sér. 5, vol. vi. p. xxv (1876) ; Staudinger, Iris, ii.

p. 138 (1889).
Hasora simplicissima, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 405, pl. Q.
figs. 62 3, 63 2.
Ismene philetas, Plétz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlv. p. 56 (1884).
Parata simplicissima, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 292 (1892).
Hab. Philippines (Semper); Palawan (Platen, fide Stgr.); Burmah, Sumatra (fide de
Nicéville) ; Bali (Doherty).

! HASORA VIOLACEA.
Ismene violaceus, Staudinger, MS. ?

On the upperside the female of this species is brown with a violet-purple shade, which
is strougest in the apical region of the fore wing and on the lobe of the hind wing,
This purple shade is absent or but faintly indicated in the male.

Hab. Amboina (coll. Stgr.).

500 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

HASORA MASSTISSIMA.
Ismene mestissima, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. xxv; id. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. 263 ;
Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 186 (1889).
Hab. Mindanao (Semper); Palawan (Platen, fide Stgr.); Kina Balu ( Waterstradt).

FLAsorRA VITTA.
Hesperia vitta, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 498; id. Lep. Ex. pl. Ixix. fig. 9; ef. de Nicéville
Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 408.
? Hasora vitta, Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1893, p. 329.

Hab. Sarawak (Low, fide Butler).

We have never seen a specimen of this species, which is described and figured as
without any apical spot on the fore wing. We have seen a Bornean specimen from
Staudinger’s collection which has this spot, which is constant in chabrona from all
localities. ‘There is no other character by which we can distinguish witta, Butler, as
described, and we are therefore unable to say whether it is a good species confined to
Borneo, as de Nicéville suggests, or a mere aberration of chabrona.

! HASORA CHABRONA.
Ismene chabrona, Plétz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlv. p. 56 (1884).
Hasora vitta, Distant (nec Butl.), Rhop. Mal. p. 875, pl. xxxv. fig. 4, ¢ (1886) ; Semper, Schmett.
Philipp. p. 291 (1892), sec. spec. comm.
Hasora chabrona, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 406.
Hab. Sikkim (Méller); Assam, E. Pegu (Doherty); Andamans (de Roepstor(f);
Java (Piepers); Kina Balu (Waterstradt).

HASoRA COULTERI.

Hasora coulteri, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 878, pl. xviii.
figs. 8 ¢, 8a, 8b 9; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 14 (1891); de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb, Nat.
Hist. Soc. 1895, pp. 407, 408.

We have not seen this species. It ‘is very closely allied to H. chabrona ; the females
of the two species may be distinguished on the underside of the hind wing by both
the edges of the discal white band being sharply defined in H. cowlteri, much blurred
in H. chabrona. The female of ZH. coulteri possesses the subapical spot to the fore
wing, which is lacking in the male, and by the absence of which, together with the
discal band, it is distinguished from the same sex of H. chabrona.” The male has not
the male mark as in chromus, the upperside of the fore wing being “ without spots,
but with three ill-defined discal bands composed of modified scales arranged along each
side of the submedian nervure, and of the first and second median nervules, and
probably concealed by sete in the living insect.”

Hab. Silcuri, Cachar (Wood-Mason & de Nicéville).

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 301

Hasora cHromus. (Plate XXVII. figs. 93, 93 a.)

Papilio chromus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. eclxxxiv. fig. HE, ¢ (1782).

Tsmene malayana, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 401 (1860); id. Reise Nov., Lep. iii. pl. Ixxii. fig. 15
(1868).

Parata chromus, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 161, pl. lxv. figs. 1a, 6 (1881); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 16
(1891).

Parata malayana, Watson, t. c. p. 18.

Parata alexis, Moore, |. c. figs. 2 a, 25; Watson, t. c. p. 17.

Hasora chromus, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 638, pl. xxxix. fig. 7 (1894).

‘This species varies much in size ; the smallest specimen I have expands 39 millim. The
pale band on the hind wing below varies in width and shape; its inner edge is always
straight, but its outer edge may be either straight, when the band is narrow (about
1 mm. wide ora mere line), or sinuate, when the band is about 3 mm. wide in
its widest part. In Sikkim specimens the brown ground-colour of the hind wing
below is washed with metallic purple inclining to green, and in specimens from the
Andamans the green colour predominates over the purple, except in the space beyond
the pale band (these latter seem to be the true malayana, Feld.) ; in some specimens
the greenish-purple colour is scarcely visible in the space beyond the pale band; these
differences, however, are not correlated with differences in locality and cannot usefully
be made the basis for grouping specimens.

Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Khasia (Elwes); Burmah (Doherty); Andamans (de Roep-
storff) ; Ceylon, Bangalore (Minchin) ; Pulo Laut (Doherty) ; Java (Piepers).

! HASORA INERMIS, n. sp. (Plate XX. fig. 16; Plate XX VII. figs. 94, 94 a.)

This species closely resembles H. chromus, from which it differs by its larger size
and the different form of the male genitalia. The male has the sex-mark on the fore
wing above and wants the pale point in cell 6 of that wing; the female resembles
that sex of H. chabrona in having on the fore wing a somewhat crescent-shaped
whitish hyaline spot in each of cells 2 and 3, and a whitish point near the basal third
of cell 6.

Expanse 46-50 mm.

Hab. Liu Kiu Islands (Pryer).

Described from one pair in coll. Elwes. The species can only be distinguished with
certainty by the male genitalia.

FLASORA PROXIMATA.
Ismene proximata, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 187 (1889).
Hasora proximata, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 291, pl. xlix. fig. 6, 9 (1892).

Hab. Mindanao (Semper); Palawan, Celebes (Platen, fide Stgr.).
VoL. XIV.—PaRT Iv. No. 26.—October, 1897. 2R

302 MESSRS, H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

HAsora PROXISSIMA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 10, ¢.)

3. Upperside brown. Underside: fore wing brown, paler along the dorsum, basal
third of the disc thickly clothed with coarse darker scales, a purple streak next the
upper edge of the cell and a curved series of suffused purple spots beyond the end of
the cell from the costa to cell 5: hind wing with a white band from just before the
apex of the costa to the dorsum just before the tornus, from the base to the band
purple-brown shot with green, beyond the band plain brown; the inner edge of the
band is evenly curved (the convexity towards the base of the wing) from the costa to
vein 1 6, whence it runs straight to the dorsum and is tinged with purple and green,
the outer edge is nearly straight from the costa to vein 1 6, where it is angulated.

Expanse 41 mm.

Hab. Mindoro (coll. Stgr.).

Described from one specimen ex coll. Staudinger.

H. proximata and H. proaissima belong to a group, not represented in our region by
any species, which we may call the hurama group, because they agree with that species from
North Australia in having the band on the hind wing below continuous from the costa to
the dorsum, whilst in all the specimens in Elwes’s coll. of chabrona (10) and ehromas (30)
this band, though very variable in breadth, coloration, and distinctness, is interrupted
near vein 1.6 by the black subtornal patch. ‘The differences between prowissima and
proximata are precisely those between vwitta, Butl., and chabrona, Plotz, namely the
presence or absence of the apical spot on the fore wing. ‘This may or may not be a
constant character, but it is constant in the only species of which we have a good series,
namely chabrona. All these four species want the sex-mark which is so conspicuous in
H. chromus, and the round spot at base of hind wing below which distinguishes the
badra group.

! HASORA BORNEENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XX. figs. 8 ¢, 112.)

3. Upperside brown, the dorsal half of the hind wing yellow-brown, by reason of
the thick clothing of paler hair-scales. Underside: fore wing brown, with a suffused
whitish > with its apex to the termen between veins | @ and 3, transverse vein indis-
tinctly pale, and a suffused indistinct macular pale band from beyond the end of the cell
towards the tornus as far as cell 2: hind wing brown, with a cream-white band from the
preapical fifth of vein 8 to the dorsum just before the tornus, the outer edge of this band
is straight from vein 8 to the apical seventh of vein 16, where the short piece which runs
to the dorsum forms an obtuse angle with the remainder, its inner edge is almost straight
from vein 8 to the base of vein 3, whence it is irregularly curved outward, and the width
of the band is thus reduced to about one-half of its previous width ; tornal region somewhat
darker than the remainder of the wing, but without any black patch. Fringes pale
grey, becoming paler towards the tornus of each wing; the short scales grey-brown.
Antenne brown, the club and apiculus reddish beneath. Body above concolorous with

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 303

the wings. Second joint of palpi clothed with grey and black hairs intermixed.
Clothing of breast and legs brown, of the abdomen beneath ochreous.

?. Upperside: fore wing brown, with six yellowish-white hyaline spots—one about
as high as wide across the apical third of the cell, its outer edge notched, one about
one and a half times as high as wide lying obliquely across cell 2, its outer edge concave,
one about one and a half times as high as wide with its outer edge concave across cell 3,
and three others small and oblong or suboval, one in each of cells 6, 7, and 8; hind
wing dark brown, the dorsal half thickly clothed with bright ochreous hair-scales.
Underside : fore wing brown, the costal region as far as the end of the cell paler ;
the hyaline spots as on the upperside, a subtriangular white spot next the upperside of
vein 1 @ beyond the middle and sometimes a minute suffused white spot in cell 1 a@ next
the lower outer angle of the hyaline spot in cell 2. Otherwise as in the male.

Expanse 46-50 mm.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt).

Described from two pairs ex coll. Staudinger.

! HASORA MYRA.
Tsmene myra, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iv., Jsmene, pl. 1. fig. 8, ¢ (1867).

We give a full description of both sexes of this species ; the female does not appear
to have been described.

¢. Upperside: fore wing warm brown; hind wing brown from the costa about
as far as vein 3, thence to the apex ochre-yellow ; pubescence of both wings yellow-
brown. Underside: fore wing grey-brown, suffusedly paler along the dorsum, beyond
the end of the cell, and at the apex: hind wing dark brown from the base to beyond
the middle, the limit of that colour well defined and passing from the costa at the
level of the apical fourth of vein § in a straight line to the apical third of vein 1 6,
where it is broken by a pale streak along the course of the vein last-named and then
passes to the dorsum; the space beyond this dark basal shade is pale brown in the
apical region and ochre-yellow in the tornal region, those colours passing gradually the
one into the other. Fringe of the fore wing brown, a little paler towards the tornal
angle; of the hind wing brown at the apex, passing gradually into ochre-yellow as the
tornal angle is approached. Clothing of body and legs yellow-brown, paler on the
abdomen.

9. Fore wing similar to that of the male but with hyaline spots placed as follows :—
a small triangular one in the cell near the base of vein 3, one in each of cells 2 and 38,
narrow oblique and nearly or quite reaching from side to side of those cells, and one
(small and roundish) in each of cells6 and 7. Hind wing similar to that of the male, but
with the yellow portion more extensive and the limits of the brown and yellow colours
more sharply defined.

Expanse, ¢d 46 mm., 2 52 mm.

Hab. Java (Piepers).

2R2

504 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

! Hasora MUS, n. sp. (Plate XX. figs. 2 ¢,5 2.)

3. Upperside brown, inclining to yellow-brown towards the dorsum of the hind
wing; subtornal region of the termen of the hind wing blackish. Underside: paler
than the upperside and more decidedly yellow-brown, the middle of the dorsal region
of the fore wing dull ochreous; tornus of the hind wing with a large deep black oblong
patch from the dorsum nearly to vein 2, preceded by an oblong yellow patch near the
apical third of cell 16 and a yellow ray in cell la. Fringe of the fore wing grey-brown ;
of the hind wing grey-brown from the apex to near vein 5, thence gradually becoming
yellow. Antenne blackish, a little paler on the underside. Body above concolorous
with the wings. Clothing of second joint of palpi yellow, the lateral bristles black,
that of the underside and legs dull ochreous.

?. Hind wing above blackish brown, the dorsal half thickly clothed with ochreous
hair-scales, otherwise like the male.

Expanse 363-383 mm.

Hab. Kina Balu (Waterstradt).

Described from a pair sent by Dr. Staudinger now in Elwes’s collection. He has
other similar specimens, and we have seen in M. Oberthiir’s collection from Perak what
may be the same species.

! Hasora CHUZA.
Ismene chuza, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iv., Ismene, pl. 1. fig. 4 (1867).
Choaspes chuza, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 373, pl. xxxiv. fig. 27 (1886).

Hab. Nagas, Upper Burmah, Pulo Laut (Doherty); S.K. Borneo (coll. Schonberg) ;
Java (Piepers).

! HASoRA SAIDA.

Ismene saida, Hewitson, l. c. fig. 5, 2.
Parata saida, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 293 (1892).
Parata gentiana, Semper, /. c., sec. spec. comm.

Hab. Luzon, Samar, Bohol, Mindanao (Semper); Philippines (Hewitson).

In the male the spots forming the pale discal band on the fore wing above are pale
yellow, opaque, confluent, and suffused at the edges; in the female they are whitish
hyaline, angular, and contiguous but sharply defined. Felder’s description of his
Lsmene gentiana (Reise Nov., Lep. ili. p. 527) agrees well with this insect, but not so
his figures (¢. ¢. pl. Ixxii. figs. 18, 19).

BIBasis.
Bibasis, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. i. p. 160 (1881) ; Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 128. Type sena, Moore.

Fore wing: vein 1 a@ not distorted near the base. Hind tibie in the male thickly
scaled above and bearing a pencil of hairs as in Lsmene.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 305

The clothing of large flattened scales, which imparts to the hind tibie of the male
in this genus and Jsmene their fusiform shape, really forms a case in which the tibial
pencil is enclosed.

We distinguish three species of this genus, of which the diagnostic characters are as

follows :—

1 (4). Pubescence of hind wing above lighter or darker yellow-brown. Upper
edge of clasp with a spinose lobe near the base.
2 (3). Outer edge of the pale band on the hind wing below suffused and

becominespuxplishy seems sena, Moore.

3 (2). Outer edge of the pale band on the hind wing below as sharply defined as

the inner edge STE SRiaech eri aries er angree Hint nie et eS Sok ature, uniformis, . sp.
4 (1). Pubescence of the hind wing above bright rust-yellow. No spinose lobe

on the upper edge of the clasp nearthe base . . . . . . . . + ~. sambavana, n. sp.

! BIBASIS SENA.
Goniloba sena, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 778.
Bibasis sena, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 160, pl. Ixv. figs. 8, 3a@ (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 15
(1891).

Hab. Sikkim (Moller) ; Khasias (Hamilton) ; Nagas (Doherty) ; N. Canara (Aitken).

! BIBASIS UNIFORMIS, n. sp. (Plate X XVII. fig. 95.)

Ismene sena, var. palawana, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 189 (1889).
Bibasis sena, var. palawana, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 292 (1892).

Differs from B. sena in having the outer edge of the white band on the hind wing
below as sharply defined as the inner edge. Specimens from Java and Kina Balu,
Borneo, have more or less whitish-purple suffusion, sometimes forming one or two spots
near the end of the cell on the fore wing below, as in B. sena; this is entirely wanting
in var. palawana, Stgr., which also has the pale subdorsal patch on the fore wing
below pure white.

Hab. Java (ex coll. Snellen); Kina Balu (Waterstradt); Palawan (fide Staudinger) ;
Luzon (fide Semper).

The male genitalia of Javan and Bornean specimens agree with those of B. sena, of
which this is, doubtless, an insular form.

! BIBASIS SAMBAVANA, n. sp. (Plate XXVII. fig. 96.)

The single male example of this species is, unfortunately, not in a condition for
detailed description, but as it, nevertheless, presents diagnostic characters it has been
thought well to point these out. It appears probable that in the colour and pattern of
the underside it will prove to resemble B. sena rather than B. wniformis; but, however
this may be, it is readily distinguished from either by the bright rust-yellow hairy

306 MESSRS. H. J. ELXWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

clothing of the inner part of the hind wing above, which in B. sena and B. uniformis
is olive, and the different clasp-form. The latter will be best appreciated from the
figures.

Hab. Sambawa (Doherty). Type in coll. Elwes.

BADAMIA.
Badamia, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 156 (1881); Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 128. Type exclamationis,
Fab.

Fore wing very narrow, its greatest width equal to three-fourths of the length of the
termen ; hind wing with the termen deeply, almost semicircularly, concave from vein 3
to vein 16. Vein 2 of fore wing arising near the base of the cellin both sexes. Vein
3 of hind wing arising well before the end of cell. Hind tibie in the male fringed.

BADAMIA EXCLAMATIONIS.
Papilio exclamationis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 530 (1775).
Papilio ladon, Cramer, Pap. Ex. iii. pl. eclxxxiv. fig. C, 2.
Ismene thymbron, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Math.-nat. Cl. xl. p. 461, sep. p. 14 (1860).
Badamia eaclamationis, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 157, pl. xvi. figs. 2, a, 6 (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind.
p. 3 (1891).

The specimen in coll. Felder labelled in contemporary handwriting “ Zsmene thymbron,
Feld.,” “‘ Amboina, Doleschall,” is a male of B. exclamationis, only differing from Indian
examples in the slightly warmer tint of the upperside.

Hab. N.W. Himalaya (Young) ; Sikkim, Khasia (H/wes) ; Andamans (de Roepstorff) ;
Burmah, Bali, Pulo-Laut (Doherty).

RHOPALOCAMPTA.

Rhopalocampta, Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr. p. 4; Watson, P. Z.S. 1898, p. 129. . Type forestan, Cr.
Choaspes, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 158 (1881). Type benjamini, Guér.

Watson diagnoses this genus by the absence of vein 5 in the hind wing, but this vein,
though perhaps less evident than in the allied genera, is present in the three species
which we possess The hind tibie in the male bear a long pencil the distal half of
which is held close to the tibia by a thick fringe of hair-like scales.

The species known to us we distinguish as follows :—

1 (4). Hind wing above with the subtornal angulation black, more or less
widely margined with yellow.

2 (8). Hind wing shorter, vein 14 subequal in length to the dorsum of the
fore wing. Pale space near the tornus of the hind wing below
OPANSC-VEC Meyer Aimer ageerweees | ies: “Tots Ustanzsuaue Ohne apes ci tea te UALEs benjamini, Guér.

3 (2). Hind wing longer, vein 14 about one-fifth longer than the dorsum of
the fore wing. Pale space near the tornus of the hind wing below
eionyllony 5 6 6 6 o 5 4 G5 6 6 o 0 oo 6 6 0 Crm, DREAD

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA., 307

4 (1). Hind wing above with the subtornal angulation and the adjacent region

entirely yellow.
5 (6). Upperside dark brown with a dull purple shade, pubescence of thorax

above dull green ; hind wing narrower, tornus more produced .. . subcaudata, Feld.
6 (5). Upperside brown with brilliant purple reflections, passing into pale

green towards the base of the wings, pubescence of thorax above

bluish grey ; hind wing broader, its tornus less produced . . . . renidens, Mab.

! RHOPALOCAMPTA BFNJAMINI.

Thymele benjamini, Guérin, Delessert’s Souv. Voy. Ind. ii. p. 79, pl. xxii. figs. 2, 2a (1848).

Choaspes benjamini, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 159, pl. Ixiv. figs. 1, a, 6 (1881); Watson, Hesp. Ind.
p. 5 (1891).

Rhopalocampta benjamini, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 641 (1894).

As a rule the sexes may be distinguished by colour, the males being dark greenish
and the females bluish at the base of the wings and on the body, but one Japanese
male has the tint of the female.

Hab. Kumaon (Ramsay); Sikkim (Moller); Khasia (Hamilton); Nagas (Doherty) ;
Nilgiris (Morris) ; Ceylon (Green); Japan (Pryer, Leech) ; Moupin (Kricheldorf ).

! RHOPALOCAMPTA CRAWFURDI.

Choaspes crawfurdi, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 372, pl. xxxiv. fig. 26 (1886).
Choaspes electra, Stgr. MSS.

Hab. Province Wellesley (Distant); Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Borneo (ex coll.
Stgr.) ; Lawas, N. Borneo, April (Hverett).

! RHOPALOCAMPTA SUBCAUDATA.
Tsmene subcaudata, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. iii. p. 526, pl. Ixxii. figs. 20, 21 (1867).
Hab. Java (Piepers); Bali (Doherty).

RHOPALOCAMPTA RENIDENS.

Ismene renidens, Mabille, Compte Rendus Soe. Ent. Belg. iv. ne. 16, p. Ixxviii (1891).
Choaspes renidens, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 289 (1892).

Hab. Philippines (Semper).
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE XVIII.

Celenorrhinus balukinus, n. sp., 3: p. 117.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2. 35 orbiferus, a. sp., o: p. 118.
pisego: - inequalis, n. sp.. d: p. 119.
Fig. 4 Bs dentatus, n. sp., d: p. 119.

Fig. 5 ee fulvescens, n. sp., 3: p. 120.

308 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Fig. 6 Celenorrhinus saturatus, n. sp., 6: p. 120.
ieee: - lativittus, n. sp. d: p. 121.
Fig, 78: Fe maculicornis, n. sp., 6: p. 116
igo: a ajjinis, n. sp., 2: p. 121:
Fig. 10. bs batchianus, n. sp., 3: p. 122.
Fig. 11. Coladenia agnioides, n. sp., d: p. 128.

Fig. 12. iv SObTiNGd, M. Sp...1d2)p. 126:

Fig. 13. Satarupa fumosa, n. sp.. 6: p. 133.

Fig. 14. Suastus bipunctus, Swinh., ¢: p. 180.

Biew lbs a, salam lewne exces disp: do:

Fig. 16. Astictopterus olivascens, Moore, 3: p. 172.
Bioeuip ae henrici, Holland, ¢: p. 172.
Fig. 18. Tapena minuscula, n. sp., o: p. 14/.

Fig. 19. sn) | RaMpsont, D.'spiy os p. LAT.

Fig. 20. -Caprona saraya, Doherty, 3: p. 181.

Fig. 21. Baracus hampsoni, 3: p. 171.

Fig. 22. Scobura martini, nu. sp., 2: p. 208.

Fig. 23. Pedestes maculicornis, n. sp., 6: p. 193.

es
bo
ING

. Arnetta vindhiana, Moore, s: p. 199.
25. Pedestes fuscicornis, n. sp., 6: p. 194.
. Lophoides purpurascens, n. sp., 6: p. 196.
Dike is DO oy, INNS),
28, 5 binotatus, n. sp., 2: p. 196.

9)
Loal

rye
ae ee ;
ga’ Ge de de de
bo
or)

PLATE XIX.

1. Scobura umbrosa, n. sp.. 2: p. 207.
ist 2: » oipunctata, n. sp., 2: p. 207.

Fig. 3. Aeromachus stigmata, Moore, 6, X#2: p. 189.
Fig. 4. Sepa cicatrosa, n. sp., o: p. 212.

Fig. 5. Parnara bipunctata, n. sp., o: p. 283.

Fig. 6. Aeromachus discreta, Plotz, 3, x3: p. 190.
Mire fe i inachus. Mén., ¢, X#: p. 190.
Fig. 8. Sepa guttulifera, n. sp., 3: p. 212.

Fig. 9. Zographetus ogygioides, n. sp., o: p. 203.

Fig. 10. Aeromachus dubius, n. sp., 6, X 3: p. 190.
ios ile x indistincta, Moore, 6, X#: p. 191.
Fig. 12. Scobura concinna, n. sp., 2: p. 206.

Fig. 13. Zographetus auriferus, n. sp., 3: p. 208.

Fig. 14. Telicota prusias, Feld., 3: p. 251.

Fig. 15. » simplex, n.sp., ¢: p. 200.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID#. 309

Fig. 16. Scobura fenestrata, n. sp., 3: p. 206.
Fig. 17. Plastingia aurantiaca, n. Sp.; 3: p. 228.
Fig. 18. 3 similis, n. sp.. 3: p. 230.
Fig. 19. - Sruhstorferi, Mab., 3: p. 227.
Fig. 20. Gehenna angulifera, n. sp., 6: p. 244.
Pig. 21. Augiades majuscula, n. sp., o: p. 249,
Fig. 22. Sepa ciliata, n. sp.. $: p. 214,
Fig. 23. Pamphila niveomaculatus, Ob., 2 ers jon LGN
Fig. 24. Aeromachus javanicus, n. sp., ¢, SSS joe OL,
Fig. 25. Sepa cinnamomea, n. sp. ¢: p. 213.
Fig. 25. Telicota insularis, n. sp., ¢: p. 262.
Bigs is 3 ED, Aas
Fig. 28. Augiades siva, Moore, 6: p. 247.
PLATE XX.
Fig. 1. Matapa purpurascens, n. sp., do: p. 209.
Fig. 2. Hasora mus, n. sp.. 3: p. 304.

09

hy Fy
0 ee
Bo AS Uy Oe)
“NO Ot FP 09

Fig

Fig

ions
Rigs 9
Fig. 10
Bigs 1
Fig. 12.
Fig. 13
Fig. 14
Fig. 15
Fig. 16
Eig salig
Fig. 18
Bigced
inte, 2
Fig. 3
Fig. 4.
Fig. 5
Fig. 6.

. Notocrypta quadrata, n. sp., 3: p. 241.
. Ismene tuckeri, n. sp. b: p. 293.

. Hasora mus, n. sp., 2: p. 804.

. Watsonia swinhoei, n. Spapoa p 220s

. Tagiades waterstradti, n. sp. 3: p- 145.

9)

. Hasora borneensis, n. sp., 3: p. 302.

. Acerbas nitidifasciata, n. sp., ¢: p. 216.
. Lagiades sambavana, n. sp. o: p. 143.
. Hasora borneensis, n. sp.. 2: p. 802.

Lagiades nestus, Feld., 3: p. 145.
= nana, n. sp., d: p. 144,

. Ismene lara, Leech, 2: p. 295.

. Lagiades titus, Plotz, 3: p. 142.

- Hasora inermis, n. sp., 6: p. 801.

. Gangara sanguinocculus, Martin, ¢: p. 218.
- Orthopheetus lidderdali, Elwes, 3: p. 105.

PLATE XXI.

. Halpe debilis, n. sp., 3: p. 266.

» Anyvetti, n. sp. o: p. 261.

. Parnara leechii, n. sp., do: p. 274,
3
Oy}

» philippina, H.-S., 3: p. 276.

. HHalpe debilis, n. sp., 2: p. 266.

» majuscula, n. sp., S: p. 264.

VOL. XIV.—PART Iv. No. 27.—October, 1897. 28

MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Fig. 7. Halpe fasciata, n. sp., 2: p. 262.
Fig. 8. Parnara philippina, H.-S., 9: p. 276.
Fig. 9. lambrix latifascia, n. sp., 3: p. 182.

_ Fig. 10. Hasora proaissima, n. sp., 3: p. 302.
Fig. 11. Parnara hasoroides, n. sp., 5: p. 284.
Fig. 12. Taractrocera nicevillei, Wats., S: p. 154.
Fig. 13. Halpe betwria, Hew. (type): p. 263.
Fig. 14. Pirdana albicornis, n. sp., 3: p. 224.
Fig. 15. Notocrypta inornata, n. sp., 3: p. 241.
Fig. 16. Parnara discreta, n. sp., 3: p. 282.
Fig. 17. Telicota rectifasciata, n. sp., 3: p. 254.
Fig. 18. Ancistroides othonias, Hew.: p. 222.
Fig. 19. Parnara robusta, n. sp., $: p. 280. .
Fig. 20. Telicota concinna, n. sp., 3: p. 253.
Fig. 21. 5). dulutior, n. sp., So: sp.1200.
Fig. 22. Parnara simillima, n. sp.. 3: p. 27
Fig. 23, - aurociliata, n. sp., d: p. 2
Fig. 24. Taractrocera ceramas, Hew., 3: p. 184.
Fig. 25. Parnara cahira, Moore, @: p. 278.

» subochracea, Moore, ¢: p. 278.

PLATE XXII.

1. Celenorrhinus dhanada, Moore; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 119.

la. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen.

14. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

2. Celenorrhinus andamanica, Wood-Mason & de Nicév. ;
tegumen: p. 119.

a. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

bo

O2

3a. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

4. Celenorrhinus affinis, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 121.

5. Celenorrhinus saturatus, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 120,
5a. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

6a. Do.; inner face of left clasp.
8. Sarangesa sati, de Nicéy.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen:

9a. Do.; inner face of left clasp.
. 10. Coladenia laxmi, de Nicév. ; inner face of left clasp: p.

g. 11. Coladenia agni, de Nicéy.; inner face of left clasp: p. 12

dorsal aspect of the

3. Celenorrhinus aurovittata, Moore ; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 122.

6. Sarangesa purendra, Moore; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 124.

7. Sarangesa dasahara, Moore; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 124.

p-. 124.
9. Coladenia dan, Fab.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 127.

NS BSI BD
or Ot

Sag

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. Sit

ig. lla. Coladenia agni, de Nicéy. ; lateral aspect of the tegumen.

. 12. Coladenia agnioides, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 128.

g. 12a. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen.

. 13. Tagiades atticus, Fab. ; inner face of left clasp: p. 142.

. 14. Tagiades sambavana, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 143.

. 15. Tapena thwaitesi, Moore ; inner face of left clasp and dorsal aspect of apex

more enlarged: p. 146.

. 16. Tapena hampsoni, n. sp. ; inner face of left clasp: p. 147.

. 17. Tapena minuscula, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 147.
ig. 18. Ctenoptilum vasava, Moore ; inner face of left clasp: p. 148.
ig. 18a. Do.; dorsal aspect of left clasp.

PLATE XXIII.

. 19. Ctenoptilum chinensis, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 148.
. 19a. Do.; dorsal aspect of left clasp.

. 20. Caprona ransonnettii, Feld. ; inner face of left clasp: p, 150.
. 20a. Do.; inner face of right clasp.

. 21. Caprona saraya, Doh.; inner face of left clasp: p. 151.

. 21a. Do.; inner face of right clasp.

. 22. Hesperia proto, Esp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 159.

b

3. Hesperia staudingeri, Spey. ; inner face of left clasp: p. 159.
4. Hesperia serratule, W1.-S.; inner face of left clasp: p. 160.

5. Hesperia alveus, Hiibn.; inner face of right clasp: p. 160.

oo

6

. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen.

bo bb

on
NN

bh. Hesperia onopordi, Ramb.; lateral aspect of the tegumen: p. 161.

©

a)

ig. 26. Hesperia speyeri, Frey. ; inner face of left clasp: p. 160.

. 27. Hesperia malvoides, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 160.
. 27a. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

. 28. Hesperia malve, Linn.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 161.

. 28a. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

. 29. Hesperia melotis, Dup.; inner face of right clasp: p. 162.

. 30. Hesperia phlomidis, H.-S.; inner face of left clasp: p. 158.

. 31. Hesperia geron, Wats.; inner face of right clasp: p. 158.

oe

. 32. Thanaos marloyi, Bday. ; inner face of left clasp: p. 164.

. 32a. Do.; inner face of right clasp.

. 33. Thanaos pelias, Leech ; inner face of left clasp: p. 164.

. 33a. Do.; inner face of right clasp.

. 34. Thanaos montanus, Brem.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 164.
ig. 35. Thanaos leechii, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 164.

. 86. Aeromachus inachus, Mén. ; inner face of left clasp: p. 190.

. 36a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen.

MESSRS, H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

37. Aeromachus jhora, de Nicéy.; inner face of left clasp: p. 190.
37a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen.
38. Aeromachus nanus, Leech ; inner face of left clasp: p. 192.

9
v0
. 39. Aeromachus indistincta, Moore; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 191.
[3]
(9)

PLATE XXIV.

tio. 40. Pedestes masuriensis, Moore; inner face of left clasp: p. 193.
ig. 40a, Do.; inner face of right clasp.

‘ig. 40 6. Do.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen.

‘ie, 40 ¢. Do. ; cedeagus with the guards detached.

Ss
ge <

dq’ 09° aq

5)

41. Pedestes pandita, de Nicév.; inner face of right clasp: p. 193.

. 41a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen.

416. Do.; cedeagus-guards.

. 42. Pedestes maculicornis, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 193.

ig. 43. Pedestes fuscicornis, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 194.

ry Fe
beet
dQ dQ

oe

. 44. Lophoides iapis, de Nicév.; inner face of left clasp: p. 196.

ig. 44a. Do.; ventral aspect of the edeagus.

ey
detonenicae
gq dq da de

| ee ee
gg’ da dg ge oe

de" da"

| Sy ee ee oe ee ee) a
dq da da da’ dq’ da" da’ oe

3 pe
ge dQ

. 45. Lophoides purpurascens, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 196.

. 45a. Do.; ventral aspect of the cedeagus.

. 46. Scobura fenestrata, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 206.

47. Scobura inarime, de Nicév.; inner face of left clasp: p. 206.

48. Matapa purpurascens, n. sp.; inner face of right clasp: p. 209.

49. Matapa druna, Moore ; inner face of right clasp: p. 210.

50. Acerbas martini, Dist. ; inner face of left clasp: p. 216.

51. Acerbas nitidifasciata, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 216.

52. Plastingia callineura, Feld.; inner face of left clasp: p. 226.

53. Plastingia latoia, Hew. ; inner face of left clasp: p. 227.

54. Plastingia margherita, Doh.; ventral aspect of the tegumen: p. 227.
54a. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

55. Plastingia fruhstorferi, Mab.; ventral aspect of the tegumen: p. 227.
55a. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

56. Plastingia similis, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 230.
56a. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

. 57. Plastingia noemi, de Nicév.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 230.
57a. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

. 58. Augiades subhyalina, Brem.; ventral aspect of the cedeagus: p. 247.
. 59, Augiades sylvanoides, Leech; ventral aspect of the cedeagus: p. 247.
. 60. Augiades ochracea, Brem.; ventral aspect of the cedeagus, with additional
aspect of branch more enlarged: p. 248.

AD el teu paticy
gg

da de de dQ oa gq’ dq”

try

xd
gq da" gq”

eee?
de

$q 0q@ Jo do

=

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERITD2, 313

PLATE XXY.

. 61. Augiades majuscula, n. sp.; ventral aspect of the ceedeagus: p. 248.
. 61a. Augiades crateis, Leech ; inner face of right clasp: p. 248.

. 616. Augiades brahma, Moore; inner face of right clasp: p. 248.

ig. 62. Lelicota augias, Linn. ; inner face of right clasp: p. 251.

. 62a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen.

63. TLelicota bambuse, Moore ; inner face of right clasp: p. 251.

64. Telicota palmarum, Moore ; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 252.
64a. Do.; inner face of right clasp.

65. Telicota augiades, Feld.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 253.
65a. Do.; inner face of right clasp.

(St)

. 66. Lelicota gola, Moore; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 253.

. 66a. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen.

. 66 6. Do. ; inner face of left clasp.

. 67. TLelicota concinna, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 253.
ig. 67 a. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen.

. 67 6. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

. 68. Telicota rectifasciata, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 254,
. 68a. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

. 69. Telicota dara, Koll.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 254.

69a. Do.; inner face of right clasp.

. 70. Halpe sikkima, Moore; ventral aspect of the tegumen: p. 264.
_ 71. Halpe homolea, Hew.; ventral aspect of the tegumen: p. 265.
ig. 72. Halpe fusca, Elwes ; ventral aspect of the tegumen: p. 266.

. 73. Parnara leechii, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 274.

. 73a. Do.; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen.

g. 73 6. Do.; dorsal aspect of the apex of the tegumen.

g. 73 ¢. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen.

. 74. Parnara oceia, Hew.; inner face of left clasp: p. 274.

g. 74a. Do.; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen.

g. 746. Do.; dorsal surface of the apex of the tegumen.

g. 74 ¢. Do.; lateral aspect of the tezgumen.

PLATE XXVI.

. 75, Parnara simillima, n. sp. ; inner face of left clasp: p. 274.

. 75a. Do.; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen.

. 75 6. Do.; dorsal aspect of the apex of the tegumen.

.75¢. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen.

. 76. Parnara guttatus, Brem.; lateral aspect of the tegumen: p. 281.

_ 77. Parnara pellucida, Murr.; ventral aspect of the tegumen: p. 282.
. 77a. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen.

MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

Fig. 78. Parnara contiqua, Mab. ; ventral aspect of the tegumen : p. 281.
Fig. 78a. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen.

Fig. 79. Parnara eltola, Hew. ; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 282.
Fig. 79a. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

Fig. 79 6. Do.; ventral aspect of the cedeagus.

Fig. 80. Parnara discreta, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 282.

ig. 80a. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

g. 806. Do.; ventral aspect of the cedeagus.

_ 81. Parnara colaca, Moore; lateral aspect of the tegumen: p. 283.
. 82. Parnara bevani, Moore ; lateral aspect of the tegumen: p. 283.
83. Parnara subochracea, Moore ; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen :
. 84. Parnara mathias, Fab.; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen: p
. 85. Parnara philippina, H.-S. ; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen: p. 276-
. 85a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the apex of the tegumen.
. 85 6. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen.

85 c. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

86. Parnara moolata, Moore; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen: p. 278.
. 86a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the apex of the tegumen.

. 866. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen.

g. 86¢. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

g. 87. Parnara aurociliata, n. sp.; ventral aspect of the tegumen: p. 2
ig. 87a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen. |

ig. 87 b. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen.

ge. 87 c, Do.; muer face of left. clasp.

PLATE XXVII.

. 88. Parnara robusta, n. sp.; ventral aspect of the tegumen: p. 280.
g. 88a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the apex of the tegumen.

. §8 0. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen.

. 88 ¢. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

. 89. Parnara austeni, Moore; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen: p.
. 89a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the apex of the tegumen.

89 b. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen.

g. 89¢. Do.; inner face of left clasp.
. 90. Parnara kumara, Moore; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen: p. 276.
. 90a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the apex of the tegumen.
. 906. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen.

. 90 ¢. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

. 91. Parnara cahira, Moore; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen: p. 278.
. 91a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the apex of the tegumen.
. 910. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen,

. 91¢. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

lee) ee]
gq’ 09

a .
dQ dq

0¢ de uQ dq aa

tx
ae

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA,

ig. 92a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the apex of the tegumen.
. 926. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen.

92 ¢. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

. 95. Hasora chromus, Cr.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p: 301.

. 93a. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

. 94. Hasora inermis, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 301.
. 94a. Do.; inner face of left clasp.

. 95. Bibasis uniformis, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 305
. 96. Bibasis sambavana, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 305.

INDEX,

[Generic Names with initial capitals. Synonyms in italics. |

Abaratha, 150.

abax (Pamphila), 165, 166.
abima (Gehenna), 244.
Abraximorpha, 123.

acalle (Hesperia), 253.
Acerbas, 215.

Achalarus, 108.

acroleucus (Telegonus), 217.
acteeon (Adopzea), 288, 289.
Actinor, 243.

aditus (Suastus), 179.
Adopea, 288.

adrastus (Hyarotis), 197.
Aeromachus, 187.

affinis (Celeenorrhinus), 114, 121.

affinis (Satarupa), 132, 134.
agama (Pyrgus), 151.

agna (Hesperia), 275.

agni (Coladenia), 125, 127.
agnioides (Coladenia), 125, 128.
aina (Halpe), 259, 267.
aitchisoni (Pithauria), 237, 238.
akar (Pamphila), 254.

albescens (Carystus), 180.
albicilia (Sarangesa), 124.
albicornis (Pirdana), 223, 224.
albifascia (Plesioneura), 239.
albinus (Suada), 177, 178.
albipectus (Halpe), 260, 267.

albistriga (Scelothrix), 162.
albivitia (Pamphila}, 268.
albofascia (Gomalia), 153.

aleeze (Carcharodus), 152.
alexandra (Erionota), 217.

alewis (Parata), 301.

ali (Hesperia), 154, 158.

alica (Tagiades), 138, 140.

alida (Caprona), 150, 151.

aliena (Plesioneura), 231,

alpina (Hesperia), 155, 160.
althex (Carcharodus), 152.

alyeus (Hesperia), 156, 160.
alysos (Plestoneura), 239.

amara (Ismene), 292, 295,
ambareesa (Celenorrhinus), 112, 115.
Ampittia, 185.

anadi (Ismene), 291, 294.
Ancistroides, 222,

andamanica (Celenorrhinus), 114, 119..
andamanica, var. (Tagiades), 133.
andromedee (Hesperia), 156, 161.
angulata (Piterygospidea), 149,
angulifera (Gehenna), 244,

angustipennis, var. (Celeenorrhinus), 113, 117.

anthea (Acerbas), 215.
antonia (Hesperia), 157, 163.
anura (Hasora), 296, 298.

Apostictopterus, 173.

315

g. 92. Parnara conjuncta, H.-S.; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen: p. 280.

316 MESSRS, H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

aquilina (Ismene), 292, 296.
archias (Taractrocera), 183, 185,
ardonia (‘l'aractrocera), 183, 184.
argyrostigma (Pamphila), 166, 167.
aria (Matapa), 208, 209.

armata (Kerana), 221.

Arnetta, 198.

asmara (Celenorrhinus), 113, 118.
aspersa (Celaenorrhinus), 112, 115.
assamensis (Parnara), 273, 281.
Astictopterus, 171.

astigmata (Adopea), 290.
astigmata (Halpe), 258, 260.
ataphus (Ismene), 291, 292.

atilia (Netrocoryne), 126.
atkinsoni (Arnetta), 199.

atticus (Tagiades), 139, 143.
attina (Unkana), 234.

auema (Halpe), 265.

Augiades, 246,

augiades (Telicota), 250, 253.
augias (Telicota), 250, 251.
aurantiaca (Plastingia), 225, 228.
auriferus (Zographetus), 201, 203.
aurivittata (Celeenorrhinus), 114, 122.
aurociliata (Parnara), 272, 278.
austeni (Parnara), 272, 280.
avanti (Pamphila), 165, 167.
avesta (Lotongus), 231, 233.

bada (Hesperia), 281.

Badamia, 306.

badia (Celwnorrhinus), 114, 123.
badra (Hasora), 296, 298.
balukinus (Celeenorrhinus), 113, 117.
bambusze (Telicota), 250, 251.
Baoris, 270.

Baracus, 169.

barea (Hesperia), 269.

basiflava (Notocrypta), 239, 241.
batara (Ismene), 234.

batchianus (Celeenorrhinus), 114, 122.
benjamini (Rhopalocampta), 306, 307.

beturia (Halpe), 263.

bevani (Parnara), 273, 283.
bhagava (Satarupa), 131, 133.
bhawani (Hidari), 236.
Bibasis, 304.

bicolor (Dejeania), 169.

bicolor (Entheus), 136.

bieti (Hesperia), 156, 162.
bifasciatus (Achalarus), 108, 109.
binotatus (Lophoides), 196.
bipunctata (Parnara), 273, 283.
bipunctata (Scobura), 205, 207.
bipunctas (Suastus), 178, 180.
biseriata (Sepa), 211, 213.
bivitta (Halpe), 260, 268.
blanchardi (Halpe), 256, 267.
bononia (Scobura), 205, 206.
borneensis (Hasora), 297, 302.
bouddha (Augiades), 248.
brahma (Augiades), 246, 248.

brahmaputra, var. (Celenorrhinus), 117.

brasidas (Tagiades), 141.
bromus (Parnara), 272, 277.
brontes (Papilio), 166.
brunnea (Halpe), 259, 265.
brunnea (Panara), 271, 275.
buchananii (Coladenia), 129.
butleri (Koruthatalos), 175.

cacaliz (Hesperia), 156, 161.
cacus (Celenorrhinus), 118.
cxenis (Halpe), 262.

cere (Chapra), 275.

cxrulescens (Parnara), 271, 284.
cahira (Parnara), 272, 278.
cahira (Parnara), 278.

calathus (Lotongus), 231.
Calliana, 106.

calligana (Tagiades), 143.
callineura (Plastingia), 225, 226.
Caltoris, 270.

cameroni (Celenorrhinus), 114, 121.
camertes (Cyclopides), 186.
canaraica (Parnara), 277.
Capila, 106.

Caprona, 150.

Carcharodus, 152.
Carterocephalus, 165.

carthami (Hesperia), 155, 160.
cashmirensis (Hesperia), 155, 160.
casyapa (Lobocla), 109.
cataleucos (Suada), 177, 178.
catena, var. (Erynnis), 287.

2

A REVISION

catocyanea (Aeromachus), 189, 192.
Celeenorrhinus, 111.

celzenus (Hasora), 297, 299.
celebica (Satarupa), 131, 134.
celebica, var. (Ismene), 298.
celsina (Pirdana), 223, 224.
centaurex (Hesperia), 156, 161.
cephala (Scobura), 204,
cephaloides (Scobura), 204, 206,
ceramas (Taractrocera), 183, 184,
cerata (Halpe), 258, 260.
cervantes (Thanaos), 163.
ceylonica (Halpe), 258, 263.
chabrona (Hasora), 297, 300,
chamunda (Celxnorrhinus), 113, 117.
Chapra, 270.

Charmion, 110,

chaya (Hesperia), 275.

chilon (Suastus), 179.

chinensis (Aeromachus), 187, 189.
chinensis (Ctenoptilum), 148,
Choaspes, 306.

christophi (Pamphila), 166, 168.
chromus (Hasora), 297, 301.
chrysceglia (Proteides), 296.
chrysomelena (Odina), 136,
chrysozona (Hesperia), 252.

chuza (Hasora), 298, 304.
cicatrosa (Sepa), 211, 212,

ciliata (Sepa), 211, 214.

cingala (Parnara), 283.
cinnamomea (Sepa), 211, 213.
clavata (Plesioneura), 239,

chitus (Celenorrhinus), 115.
cognata, var, (Satarupa), 134.
colaca (Parnara), 273, 283.
Coladenia, 125.

comma (Erynnis), 287,

concinna (Scobura), 205, 206.
concinna (Telicota), 250, 253.

conjuncta (Parnara), 273, 280. -

consanguinea (Celeenorrhinus), 112, 115.

consertus (Oelenorrhinus), 118.
consors, var, (Augiades), 248.
contigua (Parnara), 273, 281.
corissa (Plastingia), 226, 229,
corona (Satarupa), 132, 134.
coulteri (Hasora), 300.

VOL. XIV.—-PART Iv. No. 28.—October, 1897.

OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA,

crateis (Augiades), 246, 248,

crawfurdi (Rhopalocampta), 306, 307.

Creteus, 233.

cribrellum (Hesperia), 154, 158.
cronus (Sepa), 211.

Crossiura, 107.

cruda (Goniloba), 234.
Ctenoptilum, 147.

cuneiformis (Odina), 35, 136,
Cupitha, 245.

curvifascia (Plesioneura), 239.
cynaree (Hesperia), 154, 158,
cyrina (Creteus), 233.

Daimio, 130.

dan (Coladenia), 125, 127.
danna (Taractrocera), 183, 18-4.
dara (Telicota), 251, 254.
Darpa, 137.

dasahara (Sarangesa), 124,
davidii (Abraximorpha), 123.
dea, var. (Coladenia), 127.
dealbata (Tagiades), 139, 145.
debilis (Halpe), 259, 266.
decorata (Halpe), 260, 268.
decoratus (Odina), 135, 138.
Dejeania, 169.

delai-lama (Ampittia), 186, 187,
delavayt (Syrichthus), 162.
demea (Carterocephalus), 168,
dentatus (Celenorrhinus), 114, 119.
dhanada (Celenorrhinus), 114, 119.
dieckmanni (Pamphila), 166, 168,
dilutior (Telicota), 251, 255.
dimila, var. (Erynnis), 287.
diocles (Kerana), 221, 229.

diree (Satarupa), 131, 133.
discreta (Aeromachus), 188, 190,
discreta (Parnara), 273, 282,
dissimilis (Plesioneura), 214.
distans (Tagiades), 141.

distanti (Pirdana), 223, 294,
distictus (Parnara), 286.

diversa (Satarupa), 131, 132,
Uivodasa (Hesperia), 179.
doesoena (Hidari), 236.

dohertyi (Satarupa), 132, 134,
dolopia (Sebastonyma), 192.

bo

SLT

318 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS.

drancus (Plastingia), 229.
dravida (Pumphila), 278.
dravira (Pyrgus), 152.

druna (Matapa), 208, 210.
dschalia (Pamphiia), 185.
dubius (Acromachus), 188, 190.
dulcis (Aubertia), 168.

durga (Zographetus), 201.

duris (Acerbas), 215, 216.

eacus (Hesperia), 127.

Fetion, 236.

electra (Choaspes), 307.
elegans (Tagiades), 138, 141.
elia (Eetion), 236.

eltola (Parnara), 273, 282.
elwesi (Caprona), 151.

erebus (Nisoniades), 164.
Erionota, 217.

Erynnis, 287.

etelka (Ismene), 29%.

eulepis (Hesperia), 229.
eurotas (Pamphila), 251.
evanidus (Pyrgus), 157.
excellens (Lotongus), 231, 233.
exclamationis (Badamia), 306.

furri (Hesperia), 274.

fasciata (Halpe), 258, 262.

fatih (Hesperia), 127.
feisthamelii (Notocrypta), 238, 239.
felderi (Daimio), 135.

fenestrata (Seobura), 205, 206.
feralia (Scobura), 205, 206.
fergusonii (Ismene), 291, 293.
fieulnea (Charmion), 111.

flava (Pamphila), 254.

flavalum (Zographetus), 201, 202.
flavia, var. (Plastingia), 227.
flavipennis (Zographetus), 202.

flavocincta (Celenorrhinus), 112, 115.

flavoides (Taractrocera), 183, 184.
flavomaculatus (Pamphila), 166, 167.
flexilis (Parnara), 284.

florinda, var. (Erynnis), 287.

folus (Udaspes), 243.

fortunet (Hesperia), 281.

frater (Achalarus), 109, 110.

fruhstorferi (Plastingia), 225, 227.
fulgur (Kerana), 221.

fuliginosus (Apostictopterus), 173.
fulvescens (Celenorrhinus), 114, 120.
fumosa (Satarupa), 131, 133.

fusca (Halpe), 259, 266.

fusca (Plesioneura), 117.

fuscicornis (Pedestes), 193, 194.
fuscula (Saneus), 174.

galba (Hesperia), 154, 157.
gana (Tagiades), 138, 141.
Gangara, 217.

Ge, 182.

Gegenes, 286.

Gehenna, 244.

Gehlota, 111.

gemmatus (Carterocephalus), 168.
gemmifer (Kerana), 221.
gener (Eudaimus), 109.
gentiana (Puarata), 304.
germanus (Achalarus), 109, 110.
geron (Hesperia), 154, 158.
geta (Ge), 182.

giges (Hesperia), 155, 159.
glandulosa (Paduka), 220,
glauca (Pamphila), 238.
gneus (Hasora), 296, 298.
gola (Telicota), 250, 253.
goloides (Padraona), 253.
Gomalia, 153.

gomata (Ismene), 292, 295.
gopala (Satarupa), 131, 132.
goto (Plesioneura), 118.

. gras (Gehenna), 244, 245.

grandis (Erionota), 217.
graya (Tagiades), 133.
gremius (Suastus), 178, 179.
gupta (Halpe), 259, 266.
cuttatus (Parnara), 272, 281.
euttulifera (Sepa), 211, 212.

hadria (Hasora), 298.

Halpe, 257.

hamiltonii (Coladenia), 128.
hampsoni (Baracus), 170, 171.
hampsoni (Tapena), 146, 147.
hamza (Adopza), 289.

A REVISION OF THE

hanria (Darpa), 137.

Hantana, 110.

hasoroides (Parnara), 271, 284.
hector (Koruthaialos), 175.
helena (Plastingia), 225, 227.
helferi (Tagiades), 138.

helias (Odontoptilum), 148, 149.
helisa, var. (Odontoptilum), 149.
hellas (Hesperia), 157.

henrici (Astictopterus), 172.
herculea (Pamphila), 247.
Hesperia, 153.

heterus (Pamphila), 254.
Heteropterus, 168.

Hidari, 235.

hieroglyphica (Odina), 135, 136.
hieron (Halpe), 265.

hiraca (Hesperia), 217.

homolea (Halpe), 259, 265.
honorei (Halpe), 260, 268.
houangty (Pamphila), 165, 167.
Hyarotis, 197.

Hyda, 123.

hyela (Pirdana), 223,

hyperides (Odontoptilum), 149.
hypoleucos (Pyrgus), 161.

hyrax (Adopea), 288, 289.
hyrcana (Hesperia), 247.

hyrie (Halpe), 258.

iadera (Itys), 200.

Iambrix, 180.

lapis (Lophoides), 195, 196.
Idmon, 198.

igna (Coladenia), 125, 128.
inachus (Aeromachus), 189, 190.

ineequalis (Celeenorrhinus), 114, 119.

inarime (Scobura), 205, 206,
indistincta (Aeromachus), 188, 191.
Indrani (Coladenia), 125, 126.
indrasana (Isoteinon), 229.
inermis (Hasora), 297, 301.
infernus (Hantana), 110.
inornata (Notocrypta), 239, 241.
insignis (Halpe), 258, 261.
insularis (Telicota), 250, 252.
ionis (Ismene), 291, 295.

irava (Hidari), 235.

ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA.

Isma, 204.
Ismene, 290.
isota (Isma), 205.
Isoteinon, 197.
Iton, 269,

Itys, =00.

jaina (Ismene), 291, 293.

jama (Astictopterus), 172,
jankowslii (Ismene), 296.

jansonis (Parnara), 273, 282.
Japetus (Tagiades), 138, 141.
javana (Gegenes), 280.

javanicus (Aeromachus), 188, 191.
jJayadeva (Capila), 107.

jhora (Aeromachus), 181, 190.
jolunda (Hesperia), 284.

kada (Astictopterus), 172.
kali (Aeromachus), 189, 192.
karea (Tagiades), 138, 141.
karsanu (Hesperia), 286.
kerala (Koruthaialos), 176,
Kerana, 220.

kethra (Astictopterus), 174.
khasiana (Tagiades), 138, 140.
khasianus (Isoteinon), 199,
knyvetti (Halpe), 258, 261.
kophene (Koruthaialos), 176.
Koruthaialos, 176.

kuehni (Telicota), 250, 252,
kumara (Halpe), 258, 261.
kumara (Parnara), 272, 276.

ladana (Celzenorrhinus), 114, 122.
ladon (Papilio), 306.

lenas (Carystus), 228.

lalita (Orthophetus), 105.
lamprospilus (Isoteinon), 197.
lara (Ismene), 292, 295.

lura (Telegonus), 217.

latifascia (Iambrix), 181, 182,
lativittus (Celenorrhinus), 114, 121,
latoia (Plastingia), 225, 227.
latonia (Plastingia), 229.

latreillet (Hesperia), 234.

latreille: (Tagiades), 142.

latris (Halpe), 266.

320 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

lavata (Tagiades), 138, 142.
lavaterae (Carcharodus), 152.
laxmi (Coladenia), 125, 126.
lebadea (Paduka), 219.

leechii (Parnara), 271, 274.
leonina (Adopxa), 288, 290.
leptogramma (Odontoptilum), 148, 150.
leucocera (Celeenorrhinus), 113, 116.
leucocirca (Plesioneura), 116.
leucographa (Plestoneura), 111.
leuzewe (Hesperia), 159.
liburnia (Plastingia), 226, 228.
lidderdali (Orthophcetus), 105.
liliana (Achalarus), 108, 109.
linea (Papilio), 288.

lineola (Adopxa), 288, 289.
litigiosa (Lagiades), 143.
littoralis (Gomalia), 153.
Lebocla, 108.

Lophoides, 195.

lorquint (Ismene), 295.
Lotongus, 230.

lucasii (Halpe), 262.

lucifera (Celcenorrhinus), 115.
luteisquama (Hesperilla), 264.
luzonensis (Pamphila), 184.
lycorias (Pamphile), 245.

lyde (Teractrocera), 187.

mabiller (Carystes), 216.

mabillei (Unkana), 235.

maculatus (Hesperia), 157, 162.
maculatus (Lotongus), 231.
maculicornis (Celenorrhinus), 118, 116.
maculicornis (Pedestes), 193.
maculosa (Celeenorrhinus), 112, 115.
meniata (Coladeniaj, 130.

mesa (Panuphila), 254.

masoides (Ampittia), 184.

meesoides (Pamphila), 254.
mestissima (Hasora), 297, 500.
mievius (Taractrocera), 183.

maga (Ampittia), 186.

mahintha (Ismene), 291, 295.
majuscula (Augiades), 246, 249.
majuscula (Halpe), 259, 264.
malayana (Ismene), 301.

malve (Hesperia), 156, 161.
mandan (Hesperia), 166.
mangala (Pamphila), 281.
margherita (Plastingia), 225, 227.
marloyi (Thanaos), 163, 164.
marnas (Telicota), 256.
maro(Ampittia), 186.
maroides (Ampittia), 186.
marta (Halpe), 265.

martini (Acerbas), 215, 216.
martini (Scobura), 204, 2065.
martinus (Tagiades), 139, 143.
masoni (Halpe), 269, 268.
masuriensis (Pedestes), 193.
Matapa, 208.

mathias (Parnara), 271, 275.
meetana (Lagiades), 140.
meiktila (Onryza), 269.
meleagrina (Pamphila), 234.
melotis (Hesperia), 156, 161.
menaka (Tagiades), 139, 142.
mencia (Pamphila), 276.

micio (Pamphila), 166, 168.
microstictum (Itys), 200.
microthyrus (CErane), 242.
migreus (Suastus), 178, 179.
nundorana (Plesioneura), 242.
minuscula (Tapena), 146, 147.
minuta (Suastus), 180.
miosticta (Sepa), 211, 212.
modestu (Isoteinon), 199.
mohammed (Syrichthus), 159.
molleri (Suastus), 177.
montanus (Thanaos), 163, 164.
monteithi (Notocrypta), 239, 241.
moolata (Parnara), 272, 278.
moorei (Halpe), 258, 263.
moori (Pterygospidea), 135.
mormo (Pamphila), 274.
morpheus (Heteropterus), 168.
multiguttata (Ctenoptilum), 148.
munda (Plesioneura), 116.
murdava (Pithauria), 237.

mus (Hasora), 297, 304.
musca (Aeromachus), 188, 189.
myra (Hasora), 297, 303.
mytheca (Lotongus), 231, 233.

A REVISION

naga (Plastingia), 226, 229.

nana (Tagiades), 139, 144.

nanus (Aeromachus), 189, 192.
narada (Satarupa), 131, 132.
narooa (Hesperia), 280.

nascens (Parnara), 271, 276,
nevra (Crane), 242,

nephele (Halpe), 258, 264.

nepos (Achalarus), 109, 110.
nervulata (Adopza), 288, 290.
nestus (Tagiades), 139, 145,
nicevillei (Taractrocera), 183, 184.
nigrescens, var. (Thanaos), 164.
nigricans (Celenorrhinus), 113, 118.
nigrolimbatus (Thymelicus), 185.
nilgiriana (Isoteinon), 199.
niphates (Lagiades),

nitida (Pamphila), 254.
nitidifasciata (Acerbas), 215, 216.
niveomaculatus (Pamphila), 166, 167.
nobilis (Hesperia), 155, 159.
noctis (Sepa), 211, 214.

noctis (L'agiades), 140.

noémi (Plastingia), 226, 230.
noma (Hesperia), 159.

nondou (Hesperia), 281.
nostrodamus (Gegenes), 286.
Notocrypta, 238.

nymphalis (Satarupa), 131, 132.

oberthiiri (Hesperia), 157, 162.
oberthtri (Taractrocera), 183, 185.
obliquans (Astictopterus), 182.
obscura (Lophoides), 195, 196.
obscurus (Tagiades), 138, 141.
oceia (Parnara), 271, 274.
ochracea (Augiades), 246, 248,
Ocytes, 287.

Odina, 135.

Odontoptilum, 148.

cedipodea (Ismene), 291, 292.
cedipus (Ismene), 291, 292.
CErane, 242.

ogygia (Zographetus), 201, 203.
ogygioides (Zographetus), 201, 203.
olivascens (Astictopterus), 172.
omeia (Orthopheetus), 105, 106.

OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID. 321

onchisa (Caltoris), 278, 280.
onopordi (Hesperia), 156, 161.
Onryza, 268,

ops (Carterocephalus), 167.
orbifer (Hesperia), 154, 158.
orbiferus (Celeenorrhinus), 113, 118.
ormenes (Halpe), 257, 260.
ornata (Halpe), 268.

ornatus (Heteropterus), 168, 169.
orphitus (Telicota), 251, 256,
Orthopheetus, 104,

ortygia (Odina), 137.

othonias (Ancistroides), 222.

Padraona, 249,

Paduka, 219.

pagana (Parnara), 272, 277.
palamon (Pamphila), 165, 166.
palajava (Plesioneura), 118.
palawana, var. (Ismene), 305.
palawata, var. (Plastingia), 229.
palawea (Halpe), 264.
palmarum (Telicota), 250, 252.
Pamphila, 165,

pandia (Hesperia), 218,
pandita (Pedestes), 193.
paniscus (Papilio), 166.
paragola (Telicota), 250, 254.
paralysos (Notocrypta), 239, 241
Parata, 296.

parca (Parnara), 234.
Parnara, 270.

parthenope (Hesperia), 231.
patula eae, 116.
pavona (Pirdana), 224

pavor (Padraona), 356, :
Pedestes, 192.

pelias (Thanaos), 163, 164,
Pelion, 288.

pellucida (Parnara), 273, 282.
pemeillata (Baoris), 274.
pennicillatum (Crossiura), 108,
perara (Halpe), 265,

perfusca (Pamphila), 214.
permena (Pterygospidea), 134.
pero (Celenorrhinus), 112, 115.
phanzeus (Orthophcetus), 105.

322 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS:

phiditia (Suastus), 180.
phileenus (Telicota), 256.
philetas (Ismene), 299.
philippina (Parnara), 272, 276.
Philoodus, 286.

philotas (Parnara), 285.

phisara (Satarupa), 131, 134.
phlomidis (Hesperia), 154, 158.
phenicis (Hesperia), 197.
pholus (Pudicitia), 216,

piceus (Acromachus), 188, 189.
pieridoides (Calliana), 166.
pinwilli (Tagiades), 140, 145.
Pirdana, 223.

Pithauria, 237.

Pithaurtopsis, 237.

plagifere (Celenorrhinus), 116.
Plastingia, 224.

plebeia (Parnara), 271, 274.
Plesioneura, 258.

plesioneurce (Plastingia ?), 111.
plumbeolus (Baracus), 170, 171.
pluscula (Celeenorrhinus), 116.
pogeei (Hesperia), 155, 159.
popoviane (Thanaos), 163.
pruba (Plesionexre), 197.
pralaya (Tagiades), 140, 145.
princeps (Tagiades), 139, 145.
prominens (Chapra), 275.
proteus (Pyrgus), 159.

prove (Hesperia), 155, 159.
proximate (Hasora), 297, 301.
proximus (Achalarus), 108, 109.
proxissima (Hasora), 297, 302.
prusias (Telicota), 2650, 251.
pseudomeest (Padraona), 254.
pteria (Tagiades), 139, 142.
Pteroxys, 104.

Pterygospidea, 137.

Pudieitia, 216.

pugnans (Parnara), 272, 284.
pulchra (Pamphila), 165, 167.
pulligo (Sancus). 174.
pulomaya (Celencrrhinus), 112, 115.
purendra (Sarangesa), 123, 124.
purpurascens (Lophoides), 196.
purpurascens (Matapa), 208, 209.

purreea (Cupitha), 245.

putra (Plesioncura), 116.

pygela (Odontoptilum), 148, 149.
pygmeus (Papilio), 286.

Pyrgus, 158.

pyrrha (Celenorrhinus), 116.
pythias (Pamphila), 261.

quadrata (Notocrypta), 239, 241.
quadripunctata (Ismene), 298.

radians (Actinor), 244.
ransonnettii (Caprona), 150.

ravi (Tagiades), 138, 140.
rectifascia, var. (Notocrypta), 239.
rectifasciata (Telicota), 251, 254.
renidens (Rhopalocampta), 307.
restricta ( Plesioneura), 239.
Rhopalocampta, 306.

rickuchina (Pamphila), 248.
robsonii (Suastus), 180.

robusta (Parnara), 272, 280.
rudolphii (Pirdana), 223.
ruficornis (Plesioneura), 117.

rusticanus (Thanaos), 164.

sagara (Pamphila), 183.

saida (Hasora), 298, 304.

sala (Suastus), 178, 179.
salsala (Iambrix), 181.
sambara (Satarupa), 132, 134.
sambavana (Bibasis), 305.
sambayana (Tagiades), 139, 143.
Sancus, 173.

sanguinocculus (Gangara), 218.
sao (Hesperia), 154, 158.
Sape, 123.

sarala (Lotongus), 231, 233.
Sarangesa, 123.

saraya (Caprona), 150, 151.
sasivarna (Matapa), 208, 210.
Satarupa, 130.

sati (Sarangesa), 123, 124.
saturatus (Celenorrhinus), 114, 120.
satwa (Zographetus), 201.
Scelothriv, 153.

Scobura, 204.

A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA.

scopas (Suada), 177, 178.
scopulifera (Baoris), 274.

scortea (Pamphila), 281.
Sebastonyma, 192.

selas (Pamphila), 247.
semamora (Iton), 269.

semperi (Coladenia), 125, 128.
sena (Bibasis), 305.

Sepa, 210.

separata (Halpe), 259, 267.
septentrionis (Ismene), 292, 294.
septentrionum (Baracus), 170, 171.
seriata (Hesperia), 276.

sericea (Hesperia), 164.
serratule (Hesperia), 156, 160.
shalgrama (Matapa), 208, 210.
side (Hesperia), 157, 162.
signata (Plesioneura), 111.
sikkima (Baoris), 274.

sikkima (Halpe), 259, 264.
silvius (Pamphila), 165, 167.
similis (Augiades), 247.

similis (Pamphila), 275.

similis (Plastingia), 226, 230.
simillima (Parnara), 271, 274.
simplex (Achalarus), 108, 109.
simplex (Telicota), 250, 253.
simplicissima (Hasora), 297, 299.
sindu (Iambrix), 181, 182.
sinensis (Parnara), 271, 275.
singularis (Carystus), 241.
sinica (Satarupa), 132, 135.
sinicus (Pyrgus), 162.

sinina, var. (Nisoniades), 163.
sitala (Halpe), 259, 266.

siva (Augiades), 246, 247.
sobrina (Coladenia), 125, 126.
sodalis (Pamphila), 275.

speyeri (Hesperia), 156, 160.
Spilothyrus, 152.

spilothyrus (Celenorrhinus), 113, 117.
~ staudingeri (Hesperia), 155, 159.
staudingeri (Hidari), 235, 236.
stellata (Udaspes), 243.

stellifer (Iambrix), 131.
Steropes, 165.

steropes (Papilio), 168.

stigma (Adopza), 288, 289.
stigmata (Aeromachus), 187, 189.
stramineipennis (Pithauria), 237,
striata (Ismene), 294.

Suada, 177.

Suastus, 178.

subcaudata (Rhopalocampta), 307.
subditus (Baracus), 170, 171.
subfasciatus (Astictopterus), 174.
subfasciatus (Ismene), 219.
subflava (Halpe), 259, 267.
subgrisca (Hesperia), 179.
subhyalina (Augiades), 246, 247.
submacula (Halpe), 258, 263.
submaculata (Plastingia), 230.
subochracea (Parnara), 271, 275.
subradiatus (Cyclopides), 185.
subtestaceus (Isotemon), 199.
subvittatus (Ochus), 185.
sulphurifera (Halpe), 259, 264.
sumitra (Celenorrhinus), 113, 115.
sunias (Pamphila), 255.

superna (Pyrgus), 157.

sura (Odontoptilum), 148, 149.
surus (Proteides), 231.

swerga (Suada), 177.

swinhoet (Carcharodus), 152.
swinhoei (Watsonia), 220.
sybirita (Gangara), 218.

sybirita (Hidari), 235, 236.
sylvanoides (Augiades), 246, 247.
sylvanus (Augiades), 246, 247.
sylvatica (Adopza), 288, 289.
Syrichthus, 153.

syrichthus (Caprona), 150, 151.

tabrica (Tagiades), 140, 146.
tages (Thanaos), 163.
Tagiades, 137.

tagiadoides (Carystus), 215,
tamiata (Pamphila), 233.
Tapena, 146.

Taractrocera, 182.

taras (Hesperia), 161.
tavilus (Pamphila), 254.
telesinus (Plastingia), 226, 228.
Telicota, 249.

323

524 A REVISION

teliga (Halpe), 263.

tenebrosa (Adopza), 288, 289.
tesscllata (Plastingia), 226, 229.
tessellum (Hesperia), 155, 159.
tethys (Satarupa), 132, 135.
Thanaos, 163.

thaumas (Adopza), 288.
therapne (Hesperia), 154, 158.
thibetanus (Hesperia), 157, 162.
thrax (Erionota), 217.

thraw (Hesperia), 275.

thwaitesi (Tapena), 146.
thymbron (Ismene), 306.

thyone (Parnara), 282.

thyrsis (Gangara), 218.

tibetana (Celeenorrhinus), 113, 119.
tibetana, var. (Pamphila), 247.
tissa (Coladenia), 125, 126.

titus (Tagiades), 139, 142.

toba (Tagiades), 144.

tola (Charmion), 111.

toona (Hesperia), 281.

trachala (Pamphila), 254.
translucida (Capila), 107.
trichoneura (Tagiades), 140, 145.
trichoneuroides (Tagiades), 140, 145.
trimacula (Ampittia), 186, 187.
tripura (Suastus), 179, 180.
tuckeri (Ismene), 291, 293.
tulsi (Parnara), 271, 284.
tympanifera (Cupitha), 245.

Udaspes, 243.

ulunda (Astictopterus), 174.

uma (Parnara), 285.

umbrosa (Scobura), 205, 207.
unicolor (Baoris), 274.

unicolor (Heteropterus), 168, 169.
unicolor (Idmon), 198.

unicolor (Parnara), 285.
uniformis (Bibasis), 305.

Unkana, 234.

OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ,

varia (Halpe), 259, 266.

yasava (Ctenoptilum), 147, 148.
vasutana (Ismene), 291, 294.
venata (Hesperia), 247.

venula (Papilio), 288.
vermiculata (Plastingia), 225, 227.
verones (Koruthaialos), 176.
viburnia (Plastingia), 226, 229.
vindhiana (Arnetta), 199.
violacea (Hasora), 297, 299.
virgata (Ampittia), 186.
virgula (Papilio), 289.

vitrea (Coladenia), 129.

vitrea (Pamphila), 198.

vitta (Hasora), 300.

vittatus (Baracus), 170.

volua (Plesioneura), 239.

yulso (Lophoides), 196.

wantona (Halpe), 265.
waterstradti (Tagiades), 139, 143.
Watsonia, 220.

watsonii (Iton), 269.

xanites (Koruthaialos), 175.

zalates (Proteides), 231.
Zampa, 2380.

zawi (Plesioncura), 111.
Zea, 230.

zebra (Pamphila), 254.
zebra (Pyrgus), 157.

Zela, 230.

zelleri (Parnara), 273, 284.
zema (Halpe), 257, 260.
zennara (Capila), 107.
zenon (Lotongus), 231, 232.
zetus (Paiphila), 206.

zeus (Lotongus), 231, 232.
ziclea (Taractrocera), 183, 184.
Zographetus, 200.

zona (Hesperia), 157, 162.

Horace Knight ad nat.lith. West, Newman chromo

ORIENTAL HERSPEHERIIDA

| (as

Horace Knight ad nat ith.

West, Newman chrorne

ORIENTAL HESPERERIIDA

dees cl fe DOMES

West,Newman chromo

ORIENTAL HERSPHRIIDA.

ORIENTAL HESPERITI

trans Locb toe Vot IW, LIT.

DA.

JEdwards adnatdel.

ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA.

West, Newman Ith.

a
us
a

es

ae

ai
nae tenes
ee

eoney

Trams Lol, Soc. Vol ANIC EMT.

J Edwards ad natidel. West, Newman hth

ORIENTAL HESPEHERIIDAL.

“ie.

\

=

Srans

AG UE SEZ TEUA:

LPdwarde adinat.del.

ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA*.

West,Newman hth.

Srarid. ied, She. Yo . ALV GE, ATV

a

as

a a naa Na a eR rey

J Bdwards adnat del. : West, Newman lth

ORIHNTAL HESPHRIID A

bi

Srans Lob Gee. Vel 3 LY er

T5a.

Was

@
(o)
ve}

West, Newman lith.

. Edwards ad Petal

ORIENTAL HESPEHRIIDA

Se Loh See. Vol AN EA AAV

88e
ey

30 a 206 21 , 91b

J Hidwards ad natdel. West, Newmar lith.

ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

Vout. XIV.—Parr 5.

LONDON.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE :
AND BY MESSRS, LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW,

February 1898.
Price 8s.

Taylor and Francis, Printers, | [Red Lion Court, FI

eet Street,

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.

To Fellows. To the Public.
25) Ch, ES SG Ok
VOLUME I. (1833-1835, contaiing 59 Plates). . Price 313 6... 418 OX

VOLUME II. (1835-1841, containing 71 Plates). . , 400 ...5 6 6%

VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containing 63 Plates). . ,, 3 8 38... 411 0%
VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 77 Plates). . 5h Oe Oi 8. Oko
VOLUME V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . ,, 5 4 3 .. . 619 O+
VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Waleibes) ie ee cated lyn () - 15 0 QF
VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates). . ,, 10 40... 13 12 OF
VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates) 2a as. Cece gar xes. eA e cenled atl Be (les
VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates). . , 12 16... 16 2 OF
VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates). . , 10 03 .. .13 Op

(o>)
S
=
S
S

GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1833-1879) . ,, 0 7

VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). . Price 912 0 1216 0
Part 1. (1880, containmg 4 Plates) . . . . . p OM O-. 016 0
» 2 (1880, containing 7 Plates) .-. . . » 018 O. 1 4 0
» 9. (1881, containing 8 Plates) . . . . . ee es 110 0
» 4. (1881, contamimg 8 Plates) . . 2. . . pe OOS 010 0
» 5. (1881, containing 13 Plates) . . . . » O18 O. boleh 0)
» 6. (1882, containing 6 Plates) . . . . . 5 OE Oe 016 0
» 7. (1882, containing 9 Plates) . . . . . spel) May OL 35 1 00
» 8. (1883, containing 11 Plates) 2308 3) See. 5 O12 Oe: 016 0
» 9. (1888, containing 10 plates) icine se ete pp ORI Ye 016 O
» 16. (1885, containing 12 Plates) a Ghee cee aes pod dU ae 2 0
» 11. (1885, containing 14 Plates and Title and Index),, 111 6 . 2 0

* No copies of these volumes in stock.
t Only complete copies of these volumes left in stock.

Continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

25

VII. On the Morphology of the Skull in the. Paraguayan Lepidosiren and in other
Dipnoids. By Professor T. W. Brings, Sc.D., F.Z.S., Mason College, Birmingham.

Received May 10, 1897, read June 1, 1897.

[Puates XXVIII. & XXIX.]

ConTENTSs. Page

evento duc tron tater te cicveui. visi, ieket erence aencrnh el Sear sieg Stak A al cusicnes 325

II. Description of the Skull of the Paraguayan Lepidosiren .............. 327
III. Revision and Comparison of the Structure of the Skull in Ceratodus,

EenOtoplenus, an di eprd osinenwamr sae ieeenicie See anon 350

IV. The Structure of the Skull in Fossil Dipnoi......................5. 366

iVereRererences)to)premousplaterabunemien no or asyvatiers secre ane: 373

375

VI. Explanation of the Plates

I. Introduction.

THE skull which forms the subject of the following description belonged to one of
the numerous specimens of Lepidosiren collected by the German traveller Dr. Bohls
in the region of the Upper Paraguay River, and brought to Europe in 1894. As to
the specific identity of the Paraguayan specimens with the Amazonian Lepidosiren
paradoza, it is at present premature to express a decided opinion, but on the evidence
so far available I see no reason to question the probability that the two are referable
to the same species. In any case, as Lankester [20] has shown, the distinction which
Ehlers [8] has attempted to draw between his Paraguayan species L. articulata and
L. paradoxa, as regards the segmentation or non-segmentation of the axial cartilage
of the pectoral and pelvic fins, seems to have no foundation in fact.

In order to facilitate the comparison of my Paraguayan specimen with others
obtained from the same region, and with the Lepidosiren paradoxa of the Amazons,
the following measurements were made, and are here expressed in terms of the ratios
adopted by Lankester [20, p. 15] :—

| |
Total length in | Head-length | Ratio of total
centimetres. unit. length.

Ratio of inter-
membral length.

451

75 9:2

VOL. x1v.—Ppart Y. No. 1.—February, 1898. —

Ratio of cervico-
dorsal length.

Ratio of post-
pelvic length.

3°17

27

9

a

U

326 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

It may be remarked that the ratios exhibit a general ‘agreement with those of the
larger of the two specimens in the Oxford University Museum [Lankester, J. ¢. p. 15],
except that their relative values are smaller, a fact due to the greater value of the
unit of measurement, that is, the head-length, in the former as compared with the
latter specimen. For the rest it may be said that my specimen had the usual black
colour of the Paraguayan specimens, and in the character of its skin-areas and
denticulated scales closely resembled the specimen described and figured by Lankester.
The cloaca was situated to the left of the medio-ventral line, and both the pectoral
and pelvic fins were supported by an axial skeleton in the form of an obviously-
segmented rod of cartilage. Exclusive of the cranial rib, the specimen had 54 pairs of
ribs, or one pair fewer than the specimens described by Bischoff and Hyrtl. Lastly,
it may be added that the specimen was a male, with the characteristic series of
villous processes along the postero-medial margins of its pelvic fins.

The first detailed account of the structure of the skull of Lepidosiren paradoxa, and
certainly the most important, is that given by Bischoff in his well-known and copiously-
illustrated memoir [2] published in 1840. This was followed a few years later (1845)
by Hyrtl’s monograph [18], which, however, contained but a single figure of the skull,
viz. a lateral view. Hyrtl corrected one or two errors in Bischoff’s memoir, and
slightly modified the nomenclature of certain of the cranial elements, but otherwise
added little to our knowledge of the structure of the skull; indeed, as he himself says,
“Die Schadelknochen wurden von Bischoff so volistindig abgehandelt, dass ich mich
hier nur in eine Aufzahlung, nicht in eine Beschreibung derselben einzulassen brauche ”
(J. ¢. p. 618). Brihl [4] two years later (1847) reproduced several of Bischoff’s
figures, and suggested certain modifications in the names of some of the cranial bones,
but in other respects his description is obviously based on the work of his distinguished
predecessor,

The figures given in Bischoff’s memoir, although for the most part accurate,
nevertheless justify the criticism that neither the shape nor the sutural boundaries
of the various bones are always represented with sufficient clearness, and are further
defective in that sufficient attention has not been given to the structure of the
chondrocranium. In several points the text also needs revision, more particularly in
the light of modern researches in cranial morphology.

Of other Dipnoids, the cranial anatomy of Protopterus has perhaps been the more
fully treated. The first account by Owen [25] was very imperfect, but was revised and
certainly improved in his ‘ Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of Vertebrates’ [26].
Peters [34], Huxley [14], and Cobbold [6] have also contributed to our knowledge of
the skull of this Dipnoid. It is to Wiedersheim [41], however, that we are indebted
for the best account of the skull of Protopterus, and his admirable paper has the
additional merit of being illustrated by excellent and accurate figures.

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 397

The skull of the remaining Dipnoid, Ceratodus, was first described and figured by
Gunther [11], whose account was subsequently revised, and also amplified in certain
particulars, in an eminently suggestive paper by Huxley [15].

The object of the present communication is (a) to place in the hands of morpho-
logists the results of a detailed investigation into the structure of the skull of the
Paraguayan Lepidosiren, illustrated by accurate and carefully-drawn figures; (4) to
revise the accounts of the skulls of Protopterus and Ceratodus given by preceding
writers; and (c) to institute a more detailed comparison of the differences and
resemblances between the various Dipnoid skulls than has yet been made.

I desire also to express my thanks to the Council of the Royal Society for a grant
from the Research Fund in aid of this and other investigations.

Il. Description of the Skull of the Paraguayan Lepidosiren.

In somewhat striking contrast to the relatively short and bluntly-conical shape of
the head, the skull, when stripped of its investing skin and powerful muscles, appears
relatively longer and more sharply conical in contour. The narrowest portion of the
skull is the central region, or that part which lies directly behind the eyes, expanding
anteriorly in the nasal region, and widening even more behind in the auditory and
laterally-deflected suspensorial regions. Viewed laterally the skull presents a strikingly
carnivorous appearance, largely due to the existence of a prominent sagittal crest along
the medio-dorsal line of the fronto-parietal bone, and to the backwardly-projecting
“lambdoid” margin in which that bone terminates dorsad to the occipital plane.

Of the various cranial bones the fronto-parietal (the parieto-frontal of Bischoff and
Hyrtl; in Protopterus, the parietal of Owen, Peters, and Cobbold, and the ‘“ Fronto-
parietale ” of Wiedersheim) (Pl. XXVIII. figs. 1,2, and 4; Pl. XXIX. figs. 13-19 fip.),
from the share which it takes in the formation of the roof and side-walls of the cranial
cavity, is perhaps the most important. In shape each lateral half of the bone is
somewhat triangular (fig. 1), the broad bases of the two halves meeting in the medio-
dorsal line, and there forming a strong longitudinal sagittal crest or ridge (figs. 1, 2,
and 4, sg.c.) which serves for the origin of the more superficial portion of the temporal
muscle. In no other Fish with which | am acquainted are the temporal muscles so
powerfully developed in proportion to the size of the skull as in Lepidostren, and in
none do these muscles extend so far on to the dorsal surface of the skull. It is to
the exceptional development of the temporal and masseter muscles that the bluntly-
conical shape of the head is mainly due, since they are principally responsible for the
thickening of what, so far as the skull alone is concerned, would otherwise be almost
the narrowest portion of the head. From the sagittal crest the lateral portions of

the fronto-parietal extend downward and outward, and form a gable-roof for all that
2u 2

328 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

portion of the skull which lies posterior to the nasal capsules, varying, however, in
their relations to the cranial cavity and to the chondrocranium in different regions.
Thus, in the anterior part of their extent (figs. 1, 4, and 15), the lateral portions of
the bone, after forming the roof of the cranial cavity, curve sharply downward to the
inner side of the trabecular cartilage, and by it are separated from the palato-pterygoid
bone (fig. 15), eventually terminating on each side in an obliquely-fissured and some-
what irregular inferior margin (fig. 4), without, however, quite meeting the cartila-
ginous plate which, in front of the parasphenoid, forms the cranial floor. More
posteriorly the fronto-parietal, as it descends from the roof into the side-walls of the
cranial cavity, meets on each side the upturned lateral margin of the parasphenoid
(figs. 4, 16, and 17) in a broadly V-shaped suture, which is best seen in a vertical
longitudinal section of the skull (fig. 4), but is hidden externally by the trabecular
cartilage (fig. 1, tr.c.). More posteriorly still (figs. 17 and 18) each lateral portion of
the bone is continued outward from the cranial roof, externally to the cartilaginous
auditory capsule, and thence is prolonged downward and outward in close relation
with the outer surface of the suspensorial cartilage, extending almost as far as the
articular surface for the mandible ; eventually the bone tapers to a contracted apex,
which is wedged in between the hinder part of the palato-pterygoid bone and the
squamosal, articulating with the superior margin of the former and the anterior borde
of the latter (fig. 1). Behind the auditory capsule (figs. 1 and 19) the fronto-parietal
overlies the cartilage of the supraoccipital region, and its lateral margins, converging
from below upward and backward, project beyond the chondrocranium, and, after
overlapping the two exoccipital bones and the first neural arch, terminate dorsally in a
backwardly-projecting conical process (figs. 1 and 2). The converging lateral margins
of the bone simulate the appearance of the characteristic “lambdoid” crest of the
carnivorous Mammalia (fig. 2, /d.c.), and serve for the insertion of a portion of the
lateral musculature of the trunk. From what has been stated as to the extent and
relations of the fronto-parietal bone, it is obvious that it forms not merely the roof
but also the lateral walls of all that section of the cranial cavity which lies between
the mesethmoid region anteriorly and the auditory capsule posteriorly, and further,
that in addition to strengthening the cranial roof in the auditory and post-auditory
regions of the skull, it also contributes to the rigidity of the articular condyle for the
lower jaw by investing the outer surface of the suspensorial cartilage.

Anteriorly to the fronto-parietal, and resting on the cartilaginous internasal septum,
and also extending laterally so as to partially invest the fenestrated dorsal walls of the
olfactory capsules, is a relatively thick and somewhat triangular bone (Pl. XXVIII.
figs. 1, 2, and 4; Pl. XXIX. figs. 11 and 12, d.e.). The broad hinder margin of the
bone is connected by a tough fibrous tissue, and not by suture, with the anterior edge
of the fronto-parietal (fig. 4), and from this point the bone gradually contracts to a
blunt apex which terminates a little posterior to the laterally-diverging cornua

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 329

trabeculae and the base of the prenasal process (fig. 2)1. The bone has been termed
“premaxilla ” by Natterer [24], Bischoff, and Hyrtl, apparently from its relations to
what these writers considered to be premaxillary teeth, and it is obvious that it is the
homologue of an almost precisely similar bone which in Protopterus is the conjoined
premaxilla and nasal of Owen [26], the ethmoid of Peters and Rose [36], and the
nasal of Cobbold, Miall [22], Wiedersheim, and Huxley [14]. In Ceratodus the
equivalent bone has been regarded by both Giinther and Huxley as an “ ethmoid.”
That the bone is not a “ premaxilla” is proved by the fact that the latter element is
invariably developed in front of the most anterior portion of the chondrocranium,
which is certainly not the case with the bone in question, while the so-called “ pre-
maxillary teeth ” are without doubt the representatives of the vomerine teeth of other
Fishes and of Amphibia. The possibility that the bone may represent a pair of con-
joined nasals cannot be so easily rejected, although, so far as I am aware, the fusion
of two such elements to form a median nasal bone is without precedent in any other
Fishes. For the term ‘ethmoid” much more may be said, but in the application of
this name a distinction must be drawn between the characteristic mesethmoid of
Teleosts, which is always an ossification of the mesethmoid cartilage, and the “ supra-
ethmoid ” (Parker), which is a dermal bone situated directly beneath the superficial
skin, and altogether external to the cartilage. From its position, external to the
cartilage and immediately beneath the skin, it may be concluded that the Dipnoid
bone is not a mesethmoid element, while it is obvious that it is in every way the exact
counterpart of the bone which in some Teleosts (e. g. Salmo) has been termed “ supra-
ethmoid”’ by Parker [27], and in such Fishes exists in conjunction with ordinary paired
nasals. For these reasons it seems preferable to regard the Dipnoid bone as a “ dermal
ethmoid.” It may be mentioned that a similar median bone, with essentially similar
relations to the nasal region of the skull, exists in Polypterus and in many fossil
Fishes, such as, for example, the Arthrodira (e. g. Coccosteus) and the Paloniscide.
Two singular bones, which for the present will be referred to as “ supraorbital”
elements, take origin from near the anterior margin of the fronto-parietal, and thence
arch upward and backward nearly to the hinder end of the skull, lying immediately
beneath the external skin and dorsad to the fronto-parietal, from which they are
widely separated by the great temporal and masseter muscles (Pl. XXVIII. figs. 1, 2,
and 4, ec.e.). At its anterior end (fig. 2) each bone is expanded laterally so that the
two are only slightly separated from each other, while the outer margin forms the
dorsal boundary of the orbit. At this point also (fig. 1) each is horizontally forked
in such a way as to clip a backwardly-projecting process derived from the contiguous

1 The transverse suture described and figured by Bischoff (1. ¢. tab. iii. fig. 4) as extending across this bone,
and the curiously angular relations of the two portions, are obviously the result of an accidental fracture, as
Hyrtl (U. ¢.) pointed out.

330 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

portion of the palato-pterygoid bone (figs. 1 and 2, p.pt.a'.), and to this process, as
well as to the fibrous connection between the dermal ethmoid and the fronto-parietal,
the anterior portion of the bone is firmly connected by ligamentous fibres. The
extremity of the outer division of the fork approaches closely to the posterior margin
of the cartilaginous olfactory capsule, but does not in any way contribute to the
formation of a hinder wall to the capsule. Posteriorly, the bones contract to the
condition of slender, laterally-compressed rods, and at the same time become widely
separated from each other, eventually terminating behind in pointed extremities.

The identification of these bones, which are present in all existing Dipnoi, and have,
on the whole, similar relations to other cranial structures as already described for
Lepidosiren, has given rise to much divergence. of opinion. Bischoff (/. c.) termed
them “jugal” bones (“ Jochbeine? ”), although it is evident that he entertained some
doubt as to the accuracy of his interpretation. By Hyrtl (/. c.) they were named super-
ciliary bones (“ Superciliarknochen ”). In Protopterus the homologous structures have
been termed “ Frontale, incl. Frontale post” (Peters, /. ¢.), “ frontals”” (Cobbold, J. ¢.),
‘© super-temporal ” (Owen, J. ¢.), ‘ supraorbital ” (Huxley, /. ¢.), ‘‘ tendon-bones”
(“‘Sehnenbeine,” Wiedersheim, /. ¢.), and in Ceratodus “os frontale” (Giinther, J. c.),
‘* frontal,” Miall (/. ¢.), and “inner lateral bones,’ but probably representing the
frontals of Polypterus (Huxley, J. c.). The term “jugal” is obviously inappropriate,
as Cobbold pointed out, and ‘“‘superciliary ” or ‘ supraorbital” are purely descriptive
names based on the relation of the anterior portion of each bone to the orbital cavity.
It is also clear that the bones in question have nothing in common with the bones
ordinarily termed “ frontals” in other Fishes, inasmuch as, except at their anterior
extremities, they are widely separated from the proper cranial roof by the whole thick-
ness powerful jaw-muscles, and lie directly beneath the dermis and scales of the super-
ficial skin. On the other hand, the term ‘Sehnenbein,” applied by Wiedersheim to
the essentially similar bone in Protopterws, is somewhat novel, and on this point his
own words may be quoted. After referring to the position of the two bones dorsad
to the proper cranial roof, Wiedersheim says:—“ Am frischen Praparat ist der
ganze Zwischenraum von dem zum Processus coronoideus mandibule ziehenden
M. temporalis ausgefiillt, und mit der gewaltigen Entwickelung des genannten Kau-
muskels bringe ich auch die Entstehung der beiden sonderbaren Knochenlamellen
in Verbindung, d. h. ich halte sie fiir in Folge des Muskelzuges entstandene Ossifica-
tionszonen in der Fascia temporalis resp. in der fast den ganzen Kopf einhiillenden
subcutaneus Fasciz tberhaupt. Mit dem bis jetzt dafiir gebrauchten Namen ‘ Supra-
orbitalknochen’ ist nichts erklart, ja der Name is schon deswegen nicht passend, weil
sie sich weit tiber das Gebiet der Augenhdhle hinaus erstrecken” (/. ¢. pp. 46-47).
According to Wiedersheim, therefore, the bones are to be regarded as ossifications in
the superficial temporal fasciz of the head, and presumably on that account are not to
be compared with any of the ordinary cranial bones of other Fishes.

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 331

The origin of the temporal fasciee and their relations to the bones, muscles, and
other structures of the head in Lepidosiren may be briefly described. The superficial
stratum of each of the great dorso-lateral trunk-muscles passes into a thin fibrous
fascia which, after extending over the temporo-masseter muscles, blends anteriorly
with a fibrous ring encircling the orbit, and is also attached to the posterior curvature
of the antorbital cartilage, finally becoming continuous in front with the fibrous
investment of the nasal capsules. Inferiorly, the fascia is continuous with the tough
fibrous tissue investing the outer surface of the hinder portion of the mandible.
Dorsally, the fascia becomes continuous with the external margin of the supraorbital
bone of its side, and, reappearing on the inner margin, becomes, in turn, continuous
with the inner margin of the corresponding bone of the opposite side of the
skull

From the relations of the two supraorbital bones to the temporal fasciz it would
seem at first sight that the suggestion of Wiedersheim in the case of Protopterus is
equally applicable to Lepidosiren. When, however, the position and relations of the
equivalent bones in Ceratodus are carefully examined, it is not quite so clear that the
name ‘“‘Sehnenbein ” is wholly accurate in either instance.

For the hinder part of its extent each supraorbital bone in the latter Dipnoid is a
thin but relatively much wider plate than in either Protopterus or Lepidosiren, and
becomes almost fibrous at its irregular free posterior margin, where it is continuous with
the equivalent of the more posterior portion of the temporal fascia. In this region the
bone lies externally to the jaw-muscles, but, unlike its representative in other Dipnoi,
is connected with its fellow through the intervention of a similarly-situated bony lamina
which is the “ postero-median ” bone of Husley [15, fig. 7 B], and the “ scleroparietal ”
of Gunther [11, pl. xxxiv. fig. 4, a]. More anteriorly, as it passes over the orbit, the
bone thickens considerably, but nevertheless so far retains the position and reiations of
the supraorbital bone of Lepidosiren and Protopterus. Instead, however, of terminating
in the orbital region, the bone extends forward, closely investing the dorsal wall of the
hinder part of the cartilaginous nasal capsule, and at the same time suturally articulates
internally with the outer margin of the dermal ethmoid (Pl. XXIX. fig. 20 €C.€.).
The preorbital portion of the bone forms moreover a characteristic descending
process which, passing downward between the orbit and the nasal capsule, becomes
greatly thickened laterally 1, and also closely applied to the lateral wall of the chondro-
cranium in the region of the mesethmoid. Finally, the process terminates inferiorly
in a sutural articulation with the dorsal edge of an ascending lamina derived from the
dentigerous palatine portion of the palato-pterygoid bone (fig. 20, p.pt.a.). It is
obvious, therefore, that the preorbital section of the bone forms not only a partial
roof, but in addition a posterior wall to the olfactory capsule, and at the same time

* The centre of this part of the bone contains a cavity filled with fatty connective tissue.

332 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL.

constitutes the anterior boundary of the orbit. Comparison of the preorbital portion
of the supraorbital bone of Ceratodus with the bone which in certain Amphibia has
been termed “ external ectethmoid” by Parker [30, p. 172; also 28] and “ prefrontal”
by Wiedersheim [42, 43] proves that the two are essentially similar in position and in
their relations to contiguous cranial structures. Although absent in the Perenni-
branchiate Urodela, an “external ectethmoid” in varying degrees of development
is present in all Caducibranchiata (Derotremata) (e.g. Amphiwma, Cryptobranchus,
Menopoma), and generally also in both the Mecodont (e.g. Salamandra, Triton) and
Lechriodont (e.g. Ellipsoglossa, Ranodon, Amblystoma, Desmognathus, Spelerpes)
sections of the Salamandrida (Myctodera). In all the Urodela in which it is present,
the “ ectethmoid ” or “ prefrontal” isa membrane-bone in relation with the antero-
external extremity of the frontal of its side, partially investing the hinder part of
the roof of the nasal capsule, and also, by its extension downward towards the palatine
region, forming the boundary between the orbital and nasal regions of the skull}.
In several instances the bone extends to a varying distance backward over the orbit,
the roof of which it helps to form. The similarity of the two bones in all essentials
is so striking that it is difficult to avoid the conclusion that the “ supraorbital”’ of
Ceratodus and the “external ectethmoid ” or “ prefrontal” of the Urodele Amphibia
are homologous structures. In Protopterus and Lepidosiren the relations of the
so-called “supraorbital ’ bones are admittedly somewhat different. In these genera
each bone forms a roof to the orbital cavity, and even extends slightly downward in
front of it, but certainly not so far as to enable it to form a posterior wall, and still
less a partial roof, to the nasal capsule. On the contrary, the bones seem to have been
displaced dorsally and backward, as it were, by the upward and backward growth
of an ascending process from the palato-pterygoid. Nevertheless, it is scarcely possible
to doubt that the “supraorbital” bones are homologous cranial elements in all three
genera and also with the Amphibian ectethmoid, although it may be admitted that
in Protopterus and Lepidosiren the homology is less obvious at first sight, owing to the
secondary displacement of the bones by the ascending process of the palato-pterygoids,
and might not even have occurred to any one but for the fact that Ceratodus, in retaining
the primitive relations of these bones, affords the necessary clue to their real nature.
There is one feature, however, in which the Dipnoid “ external ectethmoid ”’ differs
from its Amphibian representative, and that is the extension of the bone backward to
the occipital region of the skull, but for this difference I am inclined to think thatjthe
exceptional development of the Temporalis muscle is wholly responsible. In Lepidosiren
this muscle begins posteriorly as a cranial extension of the deeper stratum of the
dorso-lateral trunk-musculature. On the lateral surface of the hinder part of the skull

* A similar bone (‘ prefrontal”) is also present in the Labyrinthodont Amphibia [Stegocephala], and in
Reptilia.

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 333

it becomes greatly thickened by the addition of fibres having their origin from the outer
surface of the fronto-parietal bone, including its sagittal crest ; from the median vertical
fibrous sheet which continues the crest as far externally as the superficial temporal fascia,
and alone in this region separates the temporal muscles of opposite sides of the head ; and
also from the outer margin and ventral surface of the hinder two-thirds, or postorbital
portion, of the external ectethmoid. From this extensive origin the Temporalis runs
obliquely downward and forward, anteriorly and externally to the much _ less
developed Masseter muscle, to its insertion into the coronoid process of the mandible.
These facts suggest that the unusual backward extension of the external ectethmoid
is due to the necessity of providing an additional surface for the origin of an excep-
tionally developed muscle. It is not only possible, but even probable, that the hinder
or postorbital section of each ectethmoid owes its existence to the ossification of the
temporal fascia investing this muscle, and to this extent it is possible to agree with
Wiedersheim that the bone is a “‘Sehnenbein.” Nevertheless, and for the reasons
mentioned above, it may be maintained that the orbital and preorbital portions of the
bone represent a true “ external ectethmoid ” element.

The identification of the “supraorbital”’ bones with the Amphibian “ external
ectethmoids” removes almost the only difficulty in the way of the comparison of the
cranial bones of the Dipnoi with those of other Vertebrata. Parker’s term “ external
ectethmoid ” is not, perhaps, the most suitable name for the bones under discussion ;
dermal ectethmoids, or, in order to distinguish these paired bones from the median
dermal ethmoid and the true mesethmoid bone, dermal lateral ethmoids, are much
more convenient terms.

Underlying the base of the cranium, and extending backward from a point at some
distance behind the symphysis of the palato-pterygoid bones to the level of the first
neural arch, is the well-developed parasphenoid (“ Keilbein ” of Bischoff; in Protopterus
the “ Basilare” of Peters, ‘sphenoid” of Cobbold, “ basioccipito-sphenoid ” of Owen,
and the “ parasphenoid” of Huxley and Wiedersheim ; in Ceratodus the “ basal” bone
of Giinther, and ‘‘ parasphenoid ” of Huxley), (Pl. XXVIII. figs. 3 and 4; Pl. XXIX.
figs. 16-19, ps.). Viewed from below (fig. 3) the bone appears somewhat spatulate
in shape, the anterior half widening considerably, aud having its lateral margins
deflected and at the same time closely applied to the inner surfaces of the palato-
pterygoid bones, more particularly where the latter bones curve downward to form the
articular condyles for the lower jaw. Anteriorly, the bone terminates at some distance
behind the palato-pterygoid symphysis, not, however, as in Protopterus, by an abruptly-
truncated transverse margin, but by a contracted and somewhat conical extremity.
From the auditory region backward the bone gradually narrows, and by lateral
compression becomes greatly thickened, eventually terminating in an almost pointed
extremity ventrad to the basal cartilage of the occipital region. The share taken by
the parasphenoid in conjunction with the fronto-parietal in forming the side-walls

VoL. XIv.— Part v. No, 2.—Vebruary, 1898. Ph 36

334 PROF, T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

of the central portion of the cranial cavity has already been mentioned (see fig. 4).
Reference to transverse sections of the skull (figs. 16 and 17) will show that in
this region each lateral margin of the parasphenoid divides into an ascending lamina
which meets the descending portion of the fronto-parietal internally to the trabecular
cartilage, and a deflected lamina which, as mentioned above, overlaps the inner surface
of the palato-pterygoid bone of its side. These sections also prove that in the same
region the parasphenoid alone forms the floor of the cranial cavity, the cartilaginous
basis cranii being here entirely absent. Perhaps the two most remarkable features
in connection with the parasphenoid of Lepidostren are the share which, with the
fronto-parietal, it takes in forming the lateral walls of the cranial cavity, and the
somewhat abrupt termination of the bone anteriorly, so that a considerable area of the
cartilaginous basis cranii is freely exposed between its anterior margin and the palato-
pterygoid symphysis.

The bone termed “ palatine ” by Bischoff and Hyrtl in Lepidosiren—in Protopterus
considered as equivalent to the maxilla, pterygoid and palatine (Owen), or termed
‘“‘Gaumenkieferbein ”’ (Peters), ‘palatine’ (Cobbold), “ Pterygo-palatinum” or
“ palato-pterygoid”’ (Wiedersheim and Huxley); and in Ceratodus “ pterygo-palatine ”
(Giinther, Huxley )—is one of the most characteristic elements in the Dipnoid skull
(Pl. XXVIII. figs. 1-4; Pl. XXIX. figs. 12-17, p.pt.). The bone seems to represent
a pterygoid clement ossified continuously with a “ tooth-bone”’ formed by the fusion of
the strongly-developed palatal teeth, and may therefore rightly be regarded as a
palato-pterygoid.

Posteriorly the bone makes its appearance at a puint immediately anterior to the
foramen for the exit of the hyomandibular division of the Facial nerve in the form of
a relatively wide thin plate, closely applied to the inner surface of the suspensorial
cartilage, and overlapped along its inner and dorsal margin by the deflected lateral
edge of the parasphenoid (fig. 3). Traced downward towards the articular extremity
of the suspensorial cartilage the bone thickens somewhat, and forms the inner margin
of the articular surface for the lower jaw (figs. 3 and 4). From this point the palato-
pterygoid loses its lamellar character and becomes an exceptionally strong, laterally-
compressed bone, arching upward and forward towards the nasal capsule. In the latter
part of its extent it is in relation by its dorsal margin with the band-like trabecular
cartilage (fig. 1), and by it is separated from the sutural union of the descending lamina
of the fronto-parietal and the parasphenoid (fig. 16). In front of the anterior termi-
nation of the latter bone the palato-pterygoid skirts the lateral margin of the cartila-
ginous basis cranii (fig. 15). On reaching the hinder boundary of the nasal capsule,
each palato-pterygoid begins to curve obliquely inward and forward, and is finally united
with its fellow in an elongated and exceptionally massive symphysis which is interposed
between the two nasal capsules, and dorsally is in contact with their roof in the median
plane (figs. 8, 4, and 12). The extraordinary development of the symphysial portions

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 335

of the two bones is doubtlessly associated with their function as basal supports for the
powerful palatal teeth, but the effect produced on the nasal region of the skull is
remarkable, and will be referred to subsequently. As described by Wiedersheim in
Protopterus, the symphysial extremity of each bone is produced into three processes
which, when viewed ventrally (fig. 3), appear to radiate outward from the median line
of the symphysis. Of these processes, the hindermost and strongest is nearly transverse,
or at most has but a slight backward inclination, and, projecting outward, terminates in
a pointed extremity (figs. 1-3 and 13, a¢. p.). This is the equivalent of the ‘“ Processus
antorbitalis ” of Wiedersheim, and, in conjunction with the body of the bone, supports
ventrally the basal portion of the posterior and largest of the three plate-like palatine
teeth (fig. 3, p.p.t.). The central process is transversely disposed and supports the
much smaller central tooth (m.p.t.), while the third is directed obliquely outward and
forward, and forms the basis of the anterior and smallest of the palatal teeth (a.p.t.).
In addition to the three tooth-supporting processes, the anterior portion of each palato-
pterygoid gives off from its dorsal border a stout conical process, corresponding to
the ‘ Processus ascendens ” of Wiedersheim, which is directed obliquely upward and
backward, and terminates in a pointed extremity projecting a little beyond the level
of the cranial roof (figs. 1 and 5, p.pt.a.). The process extends so far backward
as to overlap the anterior margin of the fronto-parietal (fig. 1), and fill up what would
otherwise be an oblique notch or fissure between the lateral, or descending, and the
dorsal portions of that bone, and therefore, as seen in figs, 4 and 13, contributes to
the formation of the outer wall of the extreme anterior section of the cranial cavity
and of the olfactory fossa of its side. Dorsally, the two processes are separated from each
other by the anterior extremity of the fronto-parietal (figs. 2 and 5), and each is over-
lapped, and partially hidden from view, by the expanded anterior section of the dermal
ectethmoid. On the cuter surface of each process there is a strong lateral ridge,
coincident in direction with the inclination of the process itself, but terminating above
in a free projecting extremity, which is clipped by the bifurcate outer margin of
the anterior extremity of the ectethmoid (figs. 1, 2, 5, and 13, p.pt.a’.).

The squamosal bone (“Quadrate,” Bischoff and Hyrtl; in Protopterus, the “ Quadrate,”
Peters, “ tympanic,” Owen, ‘‘ zygomatic” or ‘jugal,” Cobbold, “ squamosal,” Huxley and
Wiedersheim ; in Ceratodus, the “ squamosal” of Giinther and Huxley) invests the outer
surface of the hinder part of the suspensorial cartilage (Pl. XXVIII. figs. land 2;
Pl. XXIX. figs. 17 and 18, sq.). For the dorsal two-thirds of its extent it is a relatively

thin plate, somewhat ovate in shape, its posterior margin coinciding with the hinder

edge of the suspensorial cartilage (fig. 1). Inferiorly, the bone is constricted to a

neck-like portion, but, again expanding, terminates in a rounded margin, which forms
the outer surface of the articular condyle for the lower jaw. For a portion of its
extent the anterior border of the bone overlaps the ventral termination of that portion of

the fronto-parietal which extends on to the outer surface of the suspensorium (fig. 1).
2x2

336 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

The chondrocranium of Lepidosiren presents several interesting features, and for
convenience in description may be divided into (1) an occipito-periotic region, including
also the suspensorium ; (2) a central trabecular portion ; and (3) an anterior or ethmo-
nasal region.

The occipito-periotic region consists of a thick basal cartilage underlying the foramen
magnum and extending in the floor of the cranial cavity as far forward as the middle
of the periotic capsule, where it terminates somewhat abruptly on the cranial surface
of the parasphenoid by a well-defined transverse margin, immediately behind the
position occupied by the pituitary body (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 4, and Pl. XXIX. fig. 19).
A slight concavity on the upper surface of the parasphenoid is the only indication of a
pituitary fossa (Pl. XXIX. fig. 18). Into the axis of the basal cartilage (fig. 4)
the filiform intracranial portion of the notochord (no.) is prolonged, and may be
traced in sections nearly as far forward as the cartilage itself extends. On its ventral
surface the basal cartilage is in close relation with the hinder part of the parasphenoid,
while behind, where it becomes continuous with the chordal sheath, the cartilage helps
to support dorsally and laterally the bases of a pair of ossified “ basi-dorsals ” forming
the lateral elements of the first neural arch (Pl. XXVIII. figs. 1 and 4, 2.a.).
Anteriorly to the ‘“basi-dorsals” are the two exoccipital bones (figs. 1 and 4;
Pl. XXIX. fig. 19, ¢0.), each of which consists of an inwardly-curved basa] plate
resting on the upper surface of the basal cartilage, but separated mesially from its
fellow by an intervening tract of the same cartilage. Each bone then curves upward
(fig. 4), forming the side-walls of the hindermost section of the cranial cavity,
and terminates dorsally in a thick plate of cartilage which occupies the supraoccipital
region, beneath the hinder part of the fronto-parietal bone, and forms the actual roof
of the cranial cavity in this region (fig. 19). In a transverse section of the cranium
taken through the two exoccipitals (fig. 19), it is seen that the dorsal cartilage extends
downward for some distance on each side into the substance of the exoccipital,
dividing the latter for a portion of its extent into an outer lamina of bone, which
dorsally abuts against the outer margin of the fronto-parietal, and an inner lamina
ending above in the dorsal cartilage. Each occipital (fig. 4) is deeply constricted in
the centre, owing to the presence of a deep notch in its anterior and posterior margins,
the anterior notch forming the posterior boundary of the foramen for the Vagus nerve
(x.), the posterior transmitting the roots of the Hypoglossal or first spinal nerve
(sp.n').

The basal cartilage and the cartilage of the supraoccipital region, though otherwise
distinct, become continuous in front of the foramina for the Vagus nerves with the
laterally-bulging cartilage of the periotic capsule, and through the latter with the
proximal portion of the suspensorial cartilage (fig. 4).

Externally and dorsally (fig. 1), the periotic capsules are completely hidden from
view by the lateral extension of the fronto-parietal, except for a narrow tract on each

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 3a)

side immediately above the upper extremity of the squamosal. Ina ventral view,
however, each capsule is well seen between the foramina for the Facialis and Vagus
nerves, the rounded prominence which it presents in this region corresponding to the
outer wall of the recess for the sacculus (fig. 3)

In a vertical longitudinal section of the skull (Pl. XXVIII. figs. 4 and 6) the cavity
of the periotic capsule appears as a relatively spacious lateral diverticulum of the
cranial cavity, the inner wall of the capsule, which in Elasmobranchs and Amphibians
separates the two cavities, having completely atrophied in Lepidosiren, as in Ceratodus
and Protopterus, and also in all existing Ganoids and Teleosts. The cavity of the
capsule exhibits a division into two deep recesses, of which the more external and
dorsal lodges the “* pars superior” (utriculus) (fig. 6, wt.r.) of the auditory organ,
while the more internal and inferior contains the “ pars inferior” or sacculus. The
numerous foramina perforating the periotic capsule will be referred to subsequently.

The suspensorium consists of a somewhat triangular lamina of cartilage, the broad
base of which is continuous dorsally with the outer wall of the auditory capsule and
with the hinder portion of the trabecular cartilage, and thence is continued obliquely
downward and forward to the articular condyle for the lower jaw (Pl. XXVIII.
fig. 3, and Pl. XXIX. fig. 18, ar.c.). So complete is the investment of its external
surface by the fronto-parietal and squamosal bones that only a small portion of the
cartilage is visible just above the mandibular articulation (Pl XXVIII. fig. 1).
Ventrally, however, the suspensorial cartilage (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 3) may be seen
anteriorly and externally to the foramen for the exit of the hyomandibular branch of
the Facial nerve, but even here the cartilage is extensively invested by the hinder part
of the palato-pterygoid. ‘The posterior margin of the suspensorial cartilage is deeply
emarginate (fig. 3), so that in a ventral view the inner surface of the squamosal is
partially exposed, and in the same view a rounded prominence near the hinder margin
of the cartilage indicates the point of attachment of the hyoid arch. A charac-
teristic foramen termed by Hyrtl (/. ¢.) the “ Schlafengrube ” perforates the suspensorial
cartilage at its Junction with the periotic capsule (VI. XXVIII. figs. 1 and 2, ¢.f.;
Pl. XXIX. fig. 18), and in a ventral view is visible near the base of the skull (fig. 3).

The suspensorial cartilage of Lepidosiren must be regarded as the metapterygo-
quadrate or proximal portion of the mandibular arch, the equivalent of the palato-
pterygoid cartilage of the more typically autostylic skulls of Chimera and Ceratodus,
having undergone complete atrophy or become replaced by the palato-pterygoid bone.
It is worthy of note that the suspensorium makes a much more open angle with the
fore part of the basicranial axis than in Protopterus or in Ceratodus, and the effect of
this on the curvature of the palato-pterygoid bone is such that, in passing from the
articular end of the suspensorium to the nasal region, the bone describes a segment of
a larger circle in the former Dipnoid than in either of its congeners.

The pulley-like articular condyle for the mandible (Pl. XXVIII. figs. 1, 2, 3 and 4,

338 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

ar.c.) is concave from side to side and convex from before backward. It is formed in
the centre by the distal extremity of the suspensorial cartilage, strengthened on its
inner surface by the hinder part of the palato-pterygoid bone, and externally by the
inferior extremity of the squamosal. No trace of a true quadrate ossification could be
detected.

The trabecular region of the chondrocranium may be considered to begin as an
extension forward of the cartilage of the auditory capsules in the form of two parallel
cartilaginous rods or plates, situated one on each side of the anterior half of the cranial
cavity. At its origin from the periotic capsule each trabecular rod is also continuous
with the anterior portion of the suspensorial cartilage, and forms a relatively thick plate
of cartilage, invested externally by the lateral extension of the fronto-parietal, and
separated from the cranial cavity by the ascending lamina of the parasphenoid, the
descending plate of the same bone closely investing its inferior margin (Pl. XXIX.
fig. 17, tr.c.). More anteriorly the rod contracts, and, owing to the diminished lateral
growth of the fronto-parietal, now becomes visible in a side view of the skull,
externally and parallel to the line of junction of the latter bone with the parasphenoid
(Pl. XXVIII. fig. 1, and Pl. XXIX. fig. 16, ér.c.)1. More -anteriorly still the
trabecular rods blend inferiorly with the cartilaginous lamina which, in front of the
termination of the parasphenoid, alone forms the basis cranii, and, at the same time
increasing somewhat in vertical extent, become overlapped internally by the lateral
portions of the fronto-parietal, and partially also externally by the palato-pterygoids
(Pl. XXIX. fig. 15). On approaching the nasal capsules, each trabecular cartilage
detaches itself from the basis cranii, and, still further contracting, assumes the condition
of a slender laterally-compressed rod, which curves downward across the outer surface
of the fronto-parietal and palato-pterygoid bones (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 1, and Pl. XXIX.
figs. 13 and 14, an.p.), and then passes ventrally between the antorbital process of
the last-mentioned bone and the hinder wall of the nasal capsule. The cartilage now
becomes very slender, and, after giving off a short anteriorly-directed process (fig. 1)
below and parallel to the outer margin of the nasal capsule, enters the posterior
margin of the upper labial fold of its side, and thence describes a bold curve back-
ward beneath the eye. Eventually the rod curves downward and slightly forward,

* A similar reduction of the central or interorbital region of the chondrocranium to the quasi-primitive
condition of two laterally-situated cartilaginous trabecular rods occurs also in several Urodele Amphibia, such
as, for example, Wenobranchus (Huxley, 17, and Wiedersheim, 43) and Amphiuma (Wiedersheim, l.¢.). The
resemblance of the latter to Lepidosiren is also heightened by the fact that in both cases the cranial roof-bones
suturally articulate on each side with the parasphenoid to form the lateral walls of the cranial cavity.
Comparison of transverse sections through the cranium of Lepidosiren (Pl. XXIX. figs. 16 and 17) with
similar sections of, for example, the skull of Menobranchus (Wiedersheim, figs. 40 and 42) will sufficiently
illustrate this point. The occurrence of similar parallel modifications in the Ophidian skull is sufficient to
prove that, however striking may be the structural resemblances between the Amphibian and Dipnoid skulls

in these respects, they are nevertheless homoplastic in their nature.

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 339

and finally terminates in the inferior margin of the labial fold (Pl. XXVIII. figs. 1-4,
an.p'). Although regarded by both Bischoff (/. ¢.) and Hyrtl (/.¢.) as pertaining to
the system of labial cartilages, there can, I think, be little doubt that, from the point
of its separation from the cartilaginous basis cranii, each of these singular rods
represents an “antorbital process,”! almost identical in its mode of origin and
relations with a homologous cartilaginous process which exists in many Elasmobranchs
(the ‘‘seitlicher Vorsatz der Ethmoidal-Region” of Gegenbaur, 10, or “antorbital
or ethmo-palatine process” of Parker, 29), and more especially in the Urodele
Amphibia (“ antorbital process ” of Wiedersheim, 43, or ‘ ethmo-palatine cartilage” of
Parker, 28, 30). Ordinarily in both Elasmobranchs and Urodela the process is
either directed outward at right angles to the axis of the skull, or inclined slightly
backward, but it is interesting to note that in some Urodela (e.g. Menopoma and
Siredon) the antorbital process is directed forward as in Lepidosiren, parallel to the
outer margin of the nasal capsule, with which it may even fuse anteriorly (Menopoma),
or, as in Siredon, remain distinct (Wiedersheim, 43).

The singular development of the antorbital process in Lepidosiren is evidently
associated with its function as a skeletal support for the posterior portion of the
overlapping and somewhat pendulous upper labial fold of this Dipnoid. It may
be mentioned that besides its skeletal support the labial fold is provided with
special muscles, either as derivatives from the anterior portion of the contiguous
temporal muscle, or arising independently from the temporal fascia (Hyrtl, /.c.), and
also with an abundant nerve-supply by the ramus buccalis of the Facialis nerve.

After the separation and divergence of the two antorbital cartilages, the cartilaginous
basis cranii becomes pushed upward, as it were, by the palato-pterygoid symphysis, and,
rapidly contracting in width, fuses with the nasal roof in the median line, dorsad to the
symphysis and beneath the dermal ethmoid (fig. 4). Immediately posterior to the
palatine symphysis a vertical mesethmoid cartilage divides the much-contracted anterior
section of the cranial cavity into two short, laterally-situated, tubular passages for the
transmission of the Olfactory nerves to the nasal sacs (fig. 4, and Pl. XXIX. fig. 13,
ms.é.). Dorsally and posteriorly the mesethmoid cartilage is prolonged into a median
styliform process (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 5, and Pl. X XIX. fig. 14, st.p.) which extends
backward for a short distance in the cranial roof internally to the fronto-parietal bone,
and is presumably a remnant of the more extensive cartilaginous cranial roof of the
embryo. Inferiorly, the mesethmoid cartilage is coincident with a small oval vacuity
in the basicranial cartilage, through which it may be seen, in a ventral view of the skull,
immediately behind the palatine symphysis (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 3, and Pl. XXIX. fig. 13,
b.c.v.). Anteriorly to this vacuity the vertical extent of the mesethmoid becomes
rapidly diminished by the upward growth of the symphysis, and finally, after blending

1 Wiedersheim (J.c.) was the first to regard the representatives of these cartilages in Protopterus from
this point of view.

340 PROF. T, W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

below with the basicranial cartilage, becomes continuous in the median line with the
cartilage of the nasal roof. The tubular passage on each side of the mesethmoid cartilage
is limited externally by the ascending process of the palato-pterygoid, and not, as in
Ceratodus, by an extension of the lateral wall of the chondrocranium, and communi-
cates anteriorly with the nasal sac of its side dorsad to the palatine symphysis.

The internasal septum (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 4, and Pl. XXIX. fig. 11, i.n.s.) begins as
an inconspicuous inwardly-projecting ridge from the median line of the cartilaginous
nasal roof, but is separated from the mesethmoid cartilage by a deep arch-like notch
(fig. 4) resulting from the upward growth of the palatine symphysis. Anteriorly to the
symphysis the septum increases in vertical extent and also thickens somewhat,
supporting on its ventral margin the two acutely-conical vomerine teeth (Pl. XXVIII.
figs. 8 and 4; Pl. XXIX. fig. 11, vo.t.). In front of the anterior boundary of the nasal
capsules the internasal septum projects into the upper lip in the form of a short
prenasal process terminating in two short laterally-directed cornua (Pl. XXVIII.
figs. 2,3, and 5, pn.p.). Laterally, the septum is prolonged outward into two thin
lamin of cartilage with deflected and slightly thickened external margins, which form
the roof and outer walls of the dorsally-convex and ventrally-concave nasal capsules
(Pl. XXVIII. figs. 1, 2, and 5, n.c.). Dorsally, the internasal septum, and to some
extent also the roof of each capsule, are invested by the dermal ethmoid (fig. 2).

As in Ceratodus and Protopterus, the continuity of each nasal roof is interrupted by
a series of vacuities which in Lepidosiren are elongated and somewhat oval in shape,
transversely disposed, and in the fresh specimen filled in by fibrous membrane!. At
the anterior margin of each nasal capsule the cartilage is somewhat thicker than else-
where, and laterally projects outward in the form of a thickened and slightly recurved
process (figs. 1, 2, 5, ¢.c.). From their position, and their relations to the anterior
boundary of the nasal capsules, I am inclined to regard these cartilages as representing
the persistent trabecular cormua of the embryonic skull; in any case, they closely
resemble the well-known trabecular cornua which Parker [31] has described in such
Anurous Amphibia as, for example, Bufo ornatus. By Rose [36], on the contrary, the
equivalent cartilages in Protopterus are regarded as representing a pair of ‘“ upper
labials,” but on what grounds it is difficult to see. With the exception of a thin
rod of cartilage (Pl. XXVIII. figs. 3 and 12, sn.p.), which extends inward from
the deflected outer margin of each nasal capsule and passes between the ventrally-
situated anterior and posterior narial apertures to a fibrous attachment to the

* With the exception of the Dipnoi, this curious fenestration of the nasal roof occurs in no other Vertebrates
except certain Urodele Amphibia [Wiedersheim 43, H. H. Wilder 44], and affords another instance of the
many homoplastic modifications which are to be noticed in the two groups.

[Since the above footnote was written, I have been informed by Professor Howes that the nasal capsules of

a skull of Cestracion philippi, in the Museum of the Royal College of Science at South Kensington, exhibit
feeble, but nevertheless unmistakable, indications of fenestration. |

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC, d41

internasal septum, the two capsules are entirely devoid of any cartilaginous floor,
These rods may be termed the subnasal cartilages.

The most noteworthy feature in connection with the olfactory region of the skull of
Lepidosiren is the effect produced on the chondrocranial elements by the relatively
massive development of the palatine symphysis. Not only has the dorsal growth of the
symphysis completely interrupted the direct continuity of the internasal septum and
mesethmoid cartilage, so that the symphysial portions of the palatines (Pl. XXVIII.
fig, 4, and Pl. XXIX. fig. 12, p.sy.) are in actual contact with the hinder part of the
nasal roof in the median line (fig. 12), but, by its extension anteriorly and mesially
between the two nasal sacs for nearly two-thirds of their extent, the symphysis, and not
the true internasal septum, forms the actual median division between the two capsules.
Reference to fig. 12 will sufficiently illustrate these modifications and also show how, in
consequence of its forward extension, the symphysis reduces the vertical dimension
of each capsule, while at the same time contributing to the support of the nasal
floor.

is will be shown later on, the accounts given by different writers as to the existence
of upper labial cartilages in the Dipnoi are not always easy to reconcile one with
another or with actual facts, and not infrequently they are mutually contradictory.

In Lepidosiren the structures erroneously regarded as labial cartilages by Bischoff
and Hyrtl are without doubt antorbital cartilages, formed as lateral outgrowths from
the anterior trabecular region of the chondrocranium, between the orbital and nasal
regions, and, as already mentioned, may be considered as the equivalents of similarly-
situated cartilages in the Elasmobranchs and Urodele Amphibians. The true upper
labials were overlooked by both of these writers, but there can be no question as to
their existence. Attached by ligament to the posterior margin of each nasal capsule,
near its junction with the internasal septum, there is a slender cartilaginous filament
which passes directly downward, immediately anterior to the initial descending portion
of the antorbital process, and ends in the fibrous posterior wall of the nasal capsule
(Pl. XXVIII. figs. 1, 3, and 4, w./.c.). These filaments represent a single pair of upper
labial cartilages, and are the only structures which can be recognized as such in
Lepidosiren,

The anterior section of the cranial cavity for a short distance behind the mesethmoid
cartilage is completely filled by a dense mass of extremely tough fibrous tissue, con-
tinuous dorsally with the fibrous connection between the dermal ethmoid and the
fronto-parietal, and also filling up the two olfactory passages. ‘The hinder face of
this fibrous plug is slightly hollowed out for the reception of the anterior extremity
of the brain. The mass is also traversed by the two Olfactory nerves as they pass
forward to enter the two olfactory passages, and into it projects the median styliform
process from the mesethmoid cartilage (Pl. XXIX. fig. 14).

‘The lower jaw of Lepidosiren is very similar to that of Protopterus, as described by
VOL. XIV.— Pari Vv. No, 3.—Febsuary, 1898. 2X

342 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

Wiedersheim (/. c.), and each ramus consists of articular, coronoid, and dentigerous
regions, and a persistent and curiously-modified Meckelian cartilage (Pl. XXVIII.
figs. 7 and 8, and Pl. XXIX. fig. 9).

Meckel’s cartilage consists of a thick proximal portion (fig. 8, mk.c.), deeply
excavated posteriorly so as to form a concave, transversely-disposed, articular surface
for the suspensorium, and of a thin band-like extension of the foregoing, which makes
its appearance on the outer surface of the ramus in front of the angular bone (fig. 7),
and thence runs forward in a groove near the lower border of the splenial (sp.) as far
as the mandibular symphysis, where it becames continuous with its fellow of the
opposite side in an expanded symphysial plate (fig. 9). In the angle between the
anterior and central of the three cutting tooth-plates with which each mandibular
ramus is furnished, the Meckelian cartilage gives off a vertically-disposed ascending
process (fig. 7). Three similar, but shorter, processes are also given off from the upper
margin of the symphysial plate, of which two are supero-lateral and one central, and
lie in the angle which the anterior tooth-plate forms with its fellow of the opposite
ramus (fig. 9). A short cartilaginous nodule may also be found between the central
and posterior tooth-plates, but is connected with the Meckelian cartilage only by
fibrous tissue (fig. 7). Morphologically, it is possible that the symphysial plate and
its supero-lateral processes may represent lower labials, as Rose (J. ¢.) has suggested in
the case of Protopterus; but at present no valid reason has been assigned for
regarding them as other than expansions or outgrowths from the Meckelian cartilage
for the support of certain folds of mucous membrane which occupy the outer angles of
the tooth-plates, and, as Rose (/. ¢.) himself as shown, are important factors in the
process of tooth-regeneration and growth.

Two bones only are represented in each half of the mandible. Of these, the splenial
(in Protopterus, the ‘‘dentary” of Owen, Peters, and Miall, and the “ articulare” of
Wiedersheim ; in Ceratodus, the “ dentary ” of Giinther, and the “ splenial” of Huxley)
is by far the larger, and forms nearly the whole of the bony portion of each ramus,
retaining, however, its primary and normal position in relation with the inner surface
of Meckel’s cartilage (figs. 7-9, sp.). Posteriorly and dorsally it rises into an unusually
strong coronoid process (cor.p.) for the insertion of the powerful temporal and
masseter muscles, and anteriorly articulates and partially fuses with its fellow in an
exceptionally massive symphysis (fig. 8, m.sy.), which, internally as well as externally,
is produced into a strong “spina mentalis” (fig. 8, s.m.i.; fig. 9, s.m.e.). For the
anterior half of its extent the bone supports dorsally the three splenial or mandibular

oa

tooth-plates (fig. 7, a.m.t., m.i.t., p.m.t.). The second bone is the “angular” (in
Protopterus the “articular” of Owen, the ‘‘dentale externum” of Wiedersheim, and
the “angular ” of Peters and Miall; in Ceratodus, the “articulary ” of Giinther, and the
“angular” of Huxley). It is a relatively small bone (figs. 7, 9, an.), commencing at

the extreme angle of the jaw and thence extending for a short distance forward, external

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 3438

to the proximal portion of Meckel’s cartilage, ultimately terminating at the point
where the latter makes its appearance on the outer surface of the ramus (fig. 7). ‘There
is no representative in Lepidosiren of the bone which in Ceratodus has been identified
by Huxley (/. ¢.) as a dentary element.

The hyoid arch consists of but a single element on each side—the equivalent of the
cerato-hyal of other Fishes. It is a somewhat curved, relatively thick bar, cylindrical
in the middle, laterally compressed proximally, but club-shaped inferiorly, where it is
somewhat loosely connected by ligament with its fellow (Pl. XXVIII. figs. 1, 3, and 4,
c.h.). Dorsally, the proximal extremity of the cerato-hyal is connected with the skull
by a strong hyo-suspensorial ligament (figs. 5, 4, Ay.s./.), which is partly inserted into
a rounded prominence on the inner surface of the suspensorial cartilage near its hinder
margin, and is partly continued as a broad band of fibres to the ventral surface of the
parasphenoid. A strong hyomandibular ligament also takes origin from the outer
surface of the proximal end of the cerato-hyal, and thence passes obliquely downward
to an insertion into the angle of the lower jaw. Structurally, the cerato-hyal consists
of an axial cartilaginous portion, invested, except at its proximal and distal extremities,
by a relatively thin sheath of superficial bone. ‘There is no trace of any structures
corresponding to the hyomandibular, or basi- or glosso-hyal, cartilages of Ceratodus.

A curious patch of cartilage is attached to the anterior surface of the distal portion
of the cerato-hyal, external to the osseous sheath, and quite distinct from the cartilage
of the distal extremity (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 1). As to the significance of this cartilage I
can express no opinion beyond suggesting the possibility that it may be the remnant of
a cartilaginous hyoidean ray, and may therefore be included in the category of those
cartilages (vestigial hyoidean rays) which will be subsequently described in connection
with the opercular and interopercular bones. The existence of several similar patches
of cartilage in relation with the external surfaces of the ossified portions of the hyo-
mandibular and cerato-hyal elements of Acipenser has already been noticed by Parker
and Howes [32a], by whom the cartilages in question were regarded as “ rudimentary
branchial rays” (/. ¢. p. 174). The presence of such nodules or patches of cartilage
in connection with doth hyoidean segments in this Ganoid affords a further resemblance
to the hyoidean rays of Klasmobranchs, and strengthens the above suggestion as to the
real nature of the still more reduced and vestigial rays of Lepidosiren.

The opercular bones are represented in Lepidosiren by two elements—an operculum
and an interoperculum (‘* Kiemendeckelstiicke,” Bischoff; “* Opercularknochen,” Hyrtl ;
in Protopterus, “ Kiemendeckelstiicke,” Peters; “ opercularia,” Wiedersheim). The
operculum (in Protopterus, “ preoperculum,” Owen; “symplectic,” Cobbold ; in
Ceratodus, ‘‘opercular,” Gtinther and Huxley) is a relatively slender bone, situated
immediately behind and parallel to the posterior margin of the squamosal (Pl. XXVIII.
fig. 1, op.). Its inferior extremity forms a small disc-like base, and is closely attached
by ligament to the hinder border of the squamosal, a little dorsad to the articular

2y¥ 2

344 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

extremity of the latter bone. The interoperculum (in Protopterus, “ branchiostegal,”
Owen, “preoperculum,” Cobbold; in Ceratodus, ‘suboperculum,” Giinther, “ inter-
operculum,” Huxley) is also a somewhat slender bone, shorter than the operculum,
with a hooked ventral or distal extremity, and situated directly behind and parallel to
the last-mentioned element (fig. 1, 7.op.). The operculum is attached by strong liga-
mentous fibres to the hinder margin of the squamosal and the suspensorial cartilage,
while the interoperculum is similarly connected with the outer surface of the proximal
portion of the cerato-hyal, with the operculum, and also with the contiguous margins of
the squamosal and the suspensorial cartilage. A strong but nevertheless slender liga-
ment extends also from the ventral extremity of the interoperculum obliquely down-
ward and forward to its insertion into the inferior margin of the mandible.

The interesting series of cartilages first described by Huxley [15] in connection with
the inner surface and distal extremity of the operculum and interoperculum of
Ceratodus are also represented in Lepidosiren, although apparently, overlooked both by
Bischoff and Hyrtl. Closely applied to the inner surface of the interoperculum, and
considerably wider than the bone itself, is a thin lamina of cartilage (P]. XXVIII.
figs. 1 and 4, v.hy.7.), the upper extremity of which is segmented off from the rest as
an apical piece and projects somewhat beyond the extremity of the bone. In the
operculum, however, the only indication of these structures is in the form of a thin
nodule of cartilage attached to the inner surface of the upper extremity of the bone and
projecting slightly beyond it (fig. 1, v.y.r.). As Huxley (/. ¢.) has suggested in the
case of Ceratodus, these cartilages may be regarded as vestiges of the cartilaginous
hyoidean vays of Elasmobranchs, and in the latter group are often arranged in two
series, a dorsal series attached to the hinder margin of the hyomandibular and repre-
sented in the Dipnoi by the opercular cartilages, and a ventral series connected with
the cerato-hyal, and having as their Dipnoid equivalents the interopercular cartilages.
The presence of vestigial cartilaginous hyoidean rays in conjunction with bony
opercular elements seems to be peculiar to the Dipnoi; at any rate, after a careful
search I have failed to find any indication of their existence in those Fishes in which one
might with some reason expect to find them, viz. :—Acipenser, Polyodon, Polypterus,
and Ania. It is interesting to notice, however, that in Polyodon [3] the bony oper-
culum and interoperculum still retain the rayed character of their cartilaginous
predecessors.

The branchial arches of Lepidosiren have been briefly described, but not figured, by
both Bischoff and Hyrtl. They are five in number (Pl. XXIX. fig. 10), and separate
four linear branchial clefts. On each side the arches consist of a series of slender,
unsegmented, cartilaginous rods, distinct from one another and from their fellows of
the opposite side, and situated in the walls of the pharynx immediately external to the
pharyngeal mucous membrane. JDorsally and ventrally their extremities are con-
nected by a fibrous band; but, apart from the fact that the dorsal band is loosely

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 345

connected with the fibrous tissue of the base of the skull, no special ligamentous
attachments to the latter could be percetved. ‘The first arch, which, in consequence
of the suppression of the hyoidean cleft, is in close proximity to the inner surface of
the hinder margin of the suspensorial cartilage, dorsad to the upper extremity of the
cerato-hyal, is the longest of the series, but very slender. The second is much
stouter, but shorter, slightly expanded at its ventral extremity, and bifurcate and
grooved at its dorsal end for the reception of the second aortic arch. The third is
somewhat more slender than the second, but thicker than the first or fourth, and is
neither grooved nor forked dorsally. The fourth and fifth resemble the third, but are
very slender, the fifth being much the shortest of the series. No trace of the two
basibranchial elements, described by Huxley (/. ¢c.) as present in Ceratodus, or of the
epibranchial elements described by Ridewood [35 a] as existing in connection with the
second and third branchial arches in Protopterus, could be detected in Lepidosiren.

It may be mentioned that, in consequence of the suppression of the hyoidean or hyo-
branchial cleft, the hyoidean hemibranch really projects into the cleft separating the
first and second branchial arches.

The characteristic “cranial rib” of other Dipnoi is present also in Lepidosiren, and
was erroneously designated by Bischoff (/. ¢.) “ Suspensorium der Schulter ” (Pl. XXVIII.
figs. 1-4, c.r.). Its dorsal extremity is furnished with two rounded cartilaginous con-
dyles for articulation with a suitably-modified concavity in the chondrocranial cartilage
between the Vagus foramen in front and above, the exoccipital behind, and the lateral
edge of the parasphenoid below. Its extremities are cartilaginous, but the rest
of its extent consists of an axial core of cartilage invested by a relatively thick
bony sheath. Morphologically, it may be considered to represent the costal element
pertaining to the first neural arch.

The attachment of the dorsal extremity of each lateral half of the pectoral girdle
to the skull is effected by a stout ligament which extends from the postero-lateral
portion of the cranium, behind and a little dorsad to the Vagus foramen, and is inserted
into the upper extremity of the supraclavicle. There is apparently no representative
of the “ post-temporal ” of Protopterus and Ceratodus.

The only account of the cranial nerves of Lepidosiren (L. paradowa, Fitz.) is that
given by Hyrtl (/. ¢.), whose description, in so far as the course and distribution of the
larger branches are concerned, is in the main accurate, although characterized by the
defect that the author has not always been successful in discriminating between the
branches of the Facialis and those of the Trigeminus. In order to ascertain their
relations to the various cranial foramina, a careful investigation of the peripheral dis-
tribution of the various cranial nerves of the Paraguayan Lepidosiren was made, with the
result that my own observations proved to be in fairly close agreement with those pre-
viously recorded by Hyrtl, and more especially with the account given of the cranial
nerves of Protopterus annectens in a recent and admirable paper by Pinkus (igsiler* In

546 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

the present communication it is intended to refer only to those cranial nerves or their
branches which are related to cranial foramina, or to certain definite regions of the
skull. ‘The nomenclature of the nerves will be that adopted by Pinkus in the case of
Protopterus.

The Olfactory Nerve [i.]. In passing from the olfactory lobes to the nasal sacs these
nerves traverse the olfactory passage on either side of the mesethmoid cartilage
(Pl. XXIX. figs. 13, 14, and 15, i.), and reach their destination after passing forward
dorsad to the palatine symphysis.

The Optic Nerve [ii.] This nerve leaves the cranial cavity through a linear cleft
between the ascending process of the palato-pterygoid and the anterior margin of the
lateral plate of the fronto-parietal, which is apparently a remnant of the much more
extensive antero-lateral cranial vacuity of Protopterus, and in the latter Dipnoid also
transmits the Optic nerve (Pl. XXVIII. figs. 1 and 4, i1.).

With regard to the nerves supplying the muscles of the eye-ball, viz. the Motor
Oculi, the Patheticus, and the Abducens, the earlier writers, among whom may be
mentioned Owen, Hyrtl, and Humphry, failed to find any evidence of their existence
in the particular Dipnoi they examined. Wiedersheim [41] was apparently the first
to discover the Motor Oculi nerve in Protopterus, although at the time he was unable
to state with certainty whether it arose independently from the brain or was a branch
of the Trigeminus. More recently Pinkus (/. ¢.) proved that in the same Dipnoid all
three nerves are present, and not only determined their precise origin from the brain
but also their distribution in the eye-muscles. Similarly with the muscles themselves,
Owen [25] asserted that no such muscles were present in Protopterus, and hence the
absence of their nerves. Hyrtl (/. c.) described four recti in Lepidosiren, but failed to
find the two obliqui. Humphry [13] also found the four recti in Protopterus, but
no oblique muscles. Pinkus (J. ¢.), on the contrary, found that the latter Dipnoid not
only possessed the usual recti, but superior and inferior oblique muscles in addition.
It is therefore extremely probable that all Dipnoi possess a complete series of eye-
muscles and also a Motor Oculi, a Patheticus, and an Abducens for their innervation,
as in the generality of Vertebrates. In the Paraguayan Lepidosiren there is no doubt
as to the existence of the usual six eye-muscles, but, with the exception of the Motor
Oculi, I was unable to detect any trace of their nerves. The analogy of Protopterus
suggests, however, that my failure to discover the Patheticus and Abducens was
probably due to the extreme tenuity and fineness of these nerves rather than to their
absence. Unfortunately, lack of the necessary additional material prevented me from
resorting to the only satisfactory method of determining with absolute certainty the
presence or absence of the nerves in question, viz. by sections of the head and brain.

The Motor Oculi (iii.).—The third cranial nerve traverses one of the oblique fissures
in the ventral margin of the fronto-parietal (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 4, i1.), about midway
between the foramen for the Optic nerve and that for the ophthalmic branch of the

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 347

Trigeminus (v.'). Externally, the nerve issues from the cranial cavity immediately
dorsad to the trabecular cartilage, and thence passes forward to the usual eye-muscles
(Pl. XXVIII. fig. 1, iii.).

The Trigeminus (v.).—The various divisions of the Fifth and Seventh cranial nerves
and certain of their principal branches are related to a considerable number of
diversely-situated cranial foramina. With the exception of the ramus ophthalmicus
of the Fifth nerve, their primary branches may almost be said to leave the cranial cavity
by a single large foramen leading into a lateral diverticulum of the cavity situated at
the junction of the trabecular and periotic cartilages, and bounded anteriorly by the
former and posteriorly by the latter cartilage. This diverticulum will in future be
referred to as the Gasserian recess. The separation and divergence of the primary
branches of these nerves lead to the formation of a number of closely-related foramina
of various sizes, either at the outer extremity of the recess or in its margins and floor.

The first division of the Trigeminus, or the ramus ophthalmicus, leaves the cranial
cavity by a separate foramen in the hinder part of the trabecular cartilage, immediately
behind the junction of the parasphenoid and fronto-parietal bones (Pl. XXVIII.
fig. 6, v.'), and, after a short course obliquely outward and forward, emerges on the
lateral surface of the skull a little dorsad to the first appearance of the trabecular
cartilage externally (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 1, v.’). From this point the nerve passes directly
forward parallel to the trabecular cartilage and dorsad to the eye. One branch of its
ramus ophthalmicus profundus traverses a foramen in the fibrous tissue of the posterior
wall of the nasal capsule, situated immediately anterior to the root of the upper labial
cartilage (fig. 1), and then runs forward between the cartilaginous roof of the capsule
and the membranous wall of the enclosed olfactory sac; eventually the nerve issues
from the nasal capsule through a minute foramen in the extreme anterior part of its
roof (Pl. XXVIII. figs. 2 and 5, v.'p.), and is then joined by another branch of the
same nerve, which, in its course to the junction, has remained external to the nasal
roof and parallel to the outer margin of the dermal ethmoid. The ramus maxillaris
and the ramus mandibularis emerge through a single large foramen in the outer
extremity of the Gasserian recess (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 6, v."), which is apparent externally
in the angle between the dorsal extremity of the squamosal and the hinder margin of
the suspensorial portion of the fronto-parietal (Pl. XXVIII. figs. l and 2, v.”). The
foramen does not open directly on to the lateral surface of the skull, but into the
“ Schlafengrube” (figs. 1 and 2, and Pl. XXIX. fig. 18, ¢.f. and v."), and through the
latter communicates with the exterior. The nasal branch of the ramus maxillaris
traverses a foramen (fig. 1) between the root of the upper labial cartilage and the
adjacent portion of the antorbital process, and then enters the nasal capsule. In its
course downward to’ the lower jaw the ramus mandibularis runs parallel to the
anterior margin of the squamosal and in contact with the outer surface of that bone.
A small branch of this nerve disappears through a minute foramen on the outer surface

348 PROF, T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLGGY OF THE SKULL

of the mandible, between the angular and splenial bones (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 7, v.').
Humphry [13] has described a similar branch in Protopterus, and also states that it
perforates the lower jaw, but the statement is contradicted by Pinkus (/.¢.). Such a
nerve certainly exists in Lepidosiren and behaves as described above.

The Facialis (vii.).—The superior palatine branch of this nerve leaves the Gasserian
recess by a very small foramen in its floor (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 6, vii). After entering the
foramen the nerve pursues a forward course, perforating the trabecular cartilage, and
then runs between the cartilage and the palato-pterygoid and parasphenoid, near the
sutural line of the two bones; eventually, the nerve emerges through a small aperture
in the angle between the antero-lateral margin of the parasphenoid and the inner
border of the palato-pterygoid (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 3, vii.'), and is distributed to the oral
mucous membrane. One or two branches of the nerve can be traced forward, dorsad
to the palatine symphysis and directly beneath the upwardly-tilted basicranial cartilage,
and appear to supply the vertical folds of mucous membrane in the angles of the
palatine tooth-plates.

The “ nervus lateralis facialis ” (Pinkus, /. ¢.) leaves the Gasserian recess by the same
foramen which transmits the maxillary and mandibular divisions of the Trigeminus
(P]. XXVIII. fig. 6, v.”). Soon after emerging from the “ Schlafengrube ”
(Pl. XXVIII. figs. 1 and 2, ¢.f.) the nerve divides into a ramus buccalis and a ramus
ophthalmicus superficialis, the latter accompanying one of the branches of the ramus
ophthalmicus profundus of the 'Trigeminus over the dorsal surface of the nasal capsule
to the skin of the snout.

The ramus hyomandibularis traverses a relatively large foramen in the postero-
inferior wall of the Gasserian recess (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 6, vi.). After perforating the
periotic capsule the foramen opens into the ‘“ Schlafengrube,” and through it the
ramus hyomandibularis reaches the inner or under surface of the suspensorial cartilage
(Pl. XXVIII. figs. 8 and 4, Pl. XXIX. fig. 18, vii.), where it divides into opercular,
hyoidean, and external and internal mandibular branches. At the emarginate posterior
border of the suspensorial cartilage (fig. 3, vii.) the ramus mandibularis internus
passes forward between the cartilage internally and the contracted inferior portion of
the squamosal externally, and reappears on the outer surface of the suspensorium a
little above its articular condyle (Pl. XXVIII. figs. 1 and 2, vii."). At this point the
nerve is joined by a branch of the ramus mandibularis of the Trigeminus, and then
extends obliquely downward and forward to the outer surface of the lower jaw. The
corresponding nerve in Ceratodus (Van Wijhe, 40) and also in Protopterus (Humphry,
l. ¢., Pinkus, /. ¢.) behaves in an almost precisely similar fashion.

The communicating branch between the Facialis and Vagus nerves emerges from the
Gasserian recess through the same foramen which also transmits the maxillary and
mandibular divisions of the fifth nerve and the nervus lateralis facialis (figs. 1 and 2,
y.'). In its course baciward to join the great lateral branch of the Vagus, the ramus

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 349

communicans occupies a slight groove on the exposed outer surface of the periotic
capsule at its junction with the proximal border of the suspensorium, and between the
dorsal extremity of the squamosal and the lateral margin of the fronto-parietal (fig. 1).
When viewed from the interior of the cranial cavity (Pl. XXVIIL. fig. 6) four foramina
may be seen in the cartilage of the periotic capsule, of which two are dorsally situated
and lie close together, just within the cavity of the capsule. The other two may be
Seen on opposite sides of the utricular recess, near its anterior and posterior lips. The
dorsally-situated foramina (fig. 6, v.s.c.) are the extremities of the tubular canals in
which the anterior and posterior vertical semicircular canals are lodged, while each of
the remaining foramina (h.s.c.) transmits the ampullary end of a vertical canal and, in
addition, one extremity of the horizontal semicircular canal.

The Glossopharyngeus (ix.).—From the cranial cavity the foramen for this nerve is
seen just within the hinder margin of the utricular recess (fig. 6, ix.). It perforates
the posterior portion of the periotic capsule and becomes visible externally just in front
of the aperture for the Vagus (P]. XXVIII. figs. 1 and 8, ix.).

The Vagus (x.)—The foramen for this nerve is bounded anteriorly by the periotic
cartilage, and behind by an emargination in the anterior edge of the exoccipital bone
(Pl. XXVIII. figs. 4 and 6, x.). The depression into which the cartilage opens
externally lodges the extraordinarily large Vagus ganglion (Pl. XXVIII. figs. 1
and 3, x.).

The Anterior Spinal Nerves.—As correctly described by Hyrtl (Z. ¢.), the dorsal and
ventral roots of the first spinal nerve (Hypoglossal) emerge through a deep but narrow
notch in the hinder border of the exoccipital (Pl. XXVIII. figs. 1 and 4, sp.n.1), but
the roots of the second nerve, instead of traversing a foramen in the exoccipital as in
Protopterus, perforate the fibrous wall of the neural canal between that bone and the
first neural arch (figs. 1 and 4). The main trunks of the two nerves pass downward
and a little forward, and unite to form the brachial nerve externally to the proximal
third of the “ cranial rib.”

Wiedersheim figures and describes in Protopterus (1. c. fig. 10) a branch of the Vagus
as fusing with the main trunk of the first spinal nerve (Hypoglossal), dorsad to the
junction of the latter with the second and third spinal nerves to form the brachial
nerve. ‘Ihe existence of this singular anastomosis has also been affirmed by Iversen
[19] and more recently by Newton Parker [33]. On the other hand, it is expressly
stated by Pinkus (/. ¢.): “ Vaguselemente habe ich in den Plexus brachialis nicht
tibertreten sehen, im Gegensatz zu den Angaben von Wiedersheim, Iversen, und Parker,
und in Uebereinstimmung mit dem Befund bei Lepidosiren paradoxa” (p. 331).

With reference to Lepidosiren it may be stated that although the brachial nerve
contains no ‘‘ Vaguselemente,” yet a connection does undoubtedly exist between a
branch of the Vagus and the Hypoglossal. Near the point of junction of the Hypo-
glossal with the second spinal nerve to form the brachial nerve the former gives off a

VOL. XIV.—ParT v. No. 4.—February, 1898. 22

350 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

fine branch, which, after a short course obliquely downward and forward across the
outer surface of the “ cranial rib,” joins a slender branch of the Vagus. The latter
nerve evidently corresponds to a similar nerve in Protopterus, described by Pinkus (4. ¢.
_ p. 325) as being peripherally distributed to the tongue-muscles and to the musculature
of the pharyngeal wall. Hence it follows that, although a ramus communicans does
connect the Hypoglossal with the Vagus-group of nerves, yet the brachial nerve
contains no Vagus fibres; and further, we have the interesting possibility that the
fibres of the Hypoglossal contribute both to the formation of the brachial plexus and
to the innervation of the muscles of the tongue.

The Larger Blood-vessels and the Cranial Foramina.—An examination of the relations
of some of the larger blood-vessels to the cranial foramina yielded results substantially
agreeing with the previously recorded statements of Hyrtl (J. c.).

The superior jugular or anterior cardinal vein emerges from the cranial cavity
through the Vagus foramen (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 1, x.), and is at once joined by the
inferior or external jugular vein.

The internal carotid artery perforates the base of the skull near the outer margin of
the parasphenoid (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 3, én.c.), and ultimately enters the cranial cavity
through a small foramen near the inferior margin of the Gasserian recess (Pl. XXVIII.
fig. 6, en.c.). After its origin from the first aortic arch the external carotid traverses
the “ Schlafengrube,” and, in company with the mandibular and maxillary branches of
the Trigeminus nerve, appears on the lateral surface of the skull. It then breaks up
into several branches for the supply of the temporal and masseter muscles and the
orbital region, and also sends a considerable branch to the lower jaw, which in its
course accompanies the ramus mandibularis of the Fifth nerve.

III. Revision and Comparison of the Structure of the Skull in Ceratodus,
Protopterus, and Lepidosiren.

A. Ceratodus.

In comparing the cranial characters of the three genera it will be advantageous and
certainly convenient to begin with the skull of Ceratodus. For the necessary data 1
shall rely principally on the accounts of Giinther and Husley, but in certain minor
details on the results of my own observations.

The most obviously distinctive feature in the skull of Ceratodus is the retention
throughout life of a complete chondrocranium, forming the continuous dorsal, lateral,
and ventral walls of the cranial cavity. To this may be added the fact that the
ethmoidal and nasal regions are better developed and more normal than in any other
Dipnoi. By way of illustration, as well as for the sake of comparison with other types,
a brief description of the ethmo-nasal region may be given.

The anterior section of the cranial cavity is continuous with two tubular olfactory

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 351

passages, situated immediately dorsad to the palato-pterygoid symphysis and provided
with complete cartilaginous walls, continuous behind with the rest of the chondro-
cranium. Mesially, the two passages are separated by a thick vertical mesethmoid
cartilage (Pl. XXIX. fig. 20, ms.e.). More anteriorly the floor and outer wall of each
olfactory passage terminate somewhat abruptly, leaving a large foramen for the entrance
of an Olfactory nerve into the nasal sac of its side, but the mesethmoid cartilage and the
overlying chondrocranial roof are directly continuous with the internasal septum and
with the cartilaginous laminze which grow out on each side from the dorsal edge of
the septum to form the irregularly-fenestrated roof of the nasal capsules. . The more
normal condition of the mesethmoid region in Ceratodus may be associated with the
relative thinness of the symphysial portions of the two palato-pterygoid bones, so that
the vertical constriction of this region by the excessive thickening of the symphysis,
which is so characteristic a feature in Lepidosiren, does not take place, and, in con-
sequence, the mesethmoid cartilage and internasal septum are freely continuous, and
the palatine symphysis remains widely separated from the chondrocranial roof. Com-
parison of figs. 12 and 20 (Pl. XXIX.), representing equivalent sections through the
symphysis in Ceratodus and Lepidosiren, will sufficiently illustrate these remarks.

The roof of the two nasal sacs terminates somewhat in front of the internasal septum
in a thin, marginally-rounded lamina of cartilage (Huxley, /. c. fig. 7, a.), without
presenting any recognizable indications of trabecular cornua, and without exhibiting so
much as a vestige of the bicornuate prenasal process of other Dipnoi.

The presence of representatives of the antorbital cartilages of other Dipnoi is
doubtful. The central trabecular region of the chondrocranium is directly continuous
with the cartilaginous side-walls of the mesethmoid region, internally to the junction
of the preorbital portion of the dermal ectethmoid and the ascending process of the
palato-pterygoid ; and if, as Rose [36] suggests, the hinder upper labial cartilages of
Huxley are really the equivalents of antorbital processes, it is obvious that they have
lost their primitive continuity posteriorly with the trabecular cartilage (Pl. X XIX.
fig. 20, an.p.).

The characteristic plug of dense fibrous tissue which in Lepidosiren fills up the
anterior section of the cranial cavity is entirely absent in Ceratodus, and the anterior
extremity of the brain is in close relation with the hinder edge of the mesethmoid
cartilage.

Posteriorly, the separation between the skull and the vertebral column is less evident
than in either Lepidosiren or Protopterus, inasmuch as at least two pairs of “ basi-
dorsals,” representing the lateral elements of two neural arches, are partially confluent
with one another and also with the cartilage of the exoccipital region of the skull.

The suspensorium approximates more closely to the typical autostylic or Chimeroid
condition than in any other existing Dipnoid. The metapterygo-quadrate cartilage is
very strongly developed, especially behind, where it is prolonged into a thin but wide

222

352 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

cartilaginous plate which, on each side, helps to roof in the branchial apparatus, while
a narrow strip of cartilage extending forward from the distal end of the suspensorium
along the dorsal border of the palato-pterygoid bone as far as the ethmoidal region,
and continuous dorsally with the lateral margin of the cartilaginous basis cranii, may
be regarded as representing a palato-pterygoid cartilage. Further, it may be affirmed
that the condyle for the lower jaw is somewhat more anteriorly situated than in
Lepidosiren, or, in other words, the suspensorium of Ceratodus is inclined forward to a
greater extent and makes a more acute angle with the fore part of the basicranial axis.

The identification of upper labial cartilages in Ceratodus is by no means easy to
determine satisfactorily. | Giinther (J. ¢.) apparently overlooked the existence of
possible representatives of these structures, but subsequently two pairs of cartilages
were discovered by Huxley (J. ¢.), the position and relations of which he thus
describes :—“ One of them lies in the roof of the mouth, just in front, and on the inner
side, of the posterior nasal aperture. It is fixed to the mesethmoid cartilage (m.c.) by
fibrous bands, and is broader behind than in front. The inner edge of this cartilage is
concave, the outer convex, and it has a nearly horizontal direction. The second
cartilage [/. ¢. figs. 4, 5, 7, 2] is stouter, and lies behind, and on the outer side of, the
posterior nasal aperture. Its dorsal end is attached to the base of the skull and the
anterior part of the palato-pterygoid cartilage, just above the middle of the palatine
tooth. It then descends into the upper lip, near the angle of the mouth” (0. ¢. pp. 32-
33). Huxley’s description of the first of these cartilages, which provisionally may be
called an anterior upper labial, is quite accurate, except that its mesial attachment is
rather to the internasal septum than to the mesethmoid cartilage; and it may also be
added that the outer extremity of the cartilage extends into the horizontal fibrous
septum between the two narial apertures. On the other hand, his description of the
“posterior upper labial” is not quite correct, inasmuch as the dorsal attachment of
the cartilage is neither to the base of the skull nor to the anterior part of the palato-
quadrate cartilage ; on the contrary, the dorsal or proximal extremity of the cartilage
is connected by ligament with the fibrous suture between the ascending process of the
palato-pterygoid bone and the preorbital portion of the ectethmoid, and hence by the
sutural union of these bones the cartilage is widely separated from the chondrocranial
portion of the skull. It is, in fact, somewhat difficult to be quite sure that Huxley's
posterior labials are not the equivalents of antorbital cartilages, such as are present in
Lepidosiren and Protopterus, but otherwise wholly absent in Ceratodus, and, indeed,
have been so considered by Rose | 36|, whose view is corroborated by the fact that each
cartilage extends downward into the upper lp, near the angle of the mouth. At the
same. time, it is evident that these cartilages differ from the antorbital processes of
other Dipnoi in not being continuous posteriorly with the trabecular region of the
chondrocranium, although it is at least possible that this want of continuity may be

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 353

the result of the exceptional forward and downward growth of the dermal ectethmoid
in front of the eye. It is also equally clear that the cartilages in question do not
precisely agree in position with the upper labials of Lepidosiren, inasmuch as they have
no ligamentous connection with the hinder margin of the nasal roof. Considered
either as antorbital processes or as labial cartilages, there can be no doubt that their
position and relations have been greatly modified by the extensive preorbital growth of
the dermal ectethmoid, which seems to have dissociated them, as it were, from their
primitive relations to the chondrocranium or to the nasal capsules, as the case may be,
and in the absence of developmental data it seems impossible to decide as to the real
nature of these structures. The anterior upper labials of Huxley have certainly nothing
in common with the undoubted upper labials of other Dipnoi, since they lie anteriorly
to the posterior nasal aperture, practically, in the floor of the nasal sac between the
two narial openings—that is to say, in the position occupied by the inner half of the
subnasal cartilage in Lepidosiren; and if they are rightly to be regarded as upper
labials, it is evident that they must represent an additional pair of these structures
which have no counterpart in any other Dipnoi. For my own part, I am inclined
to believe that these cartilages owe their existence to the dismemberment of a
subnasal cartilage, primitively continuous with the outer margin of the cartilaginous
nasal roof, and therefore cannot be true labials. There are several facts which seem
to be in harmony with this suggestion. In the first place, the so-called anterior labials
of Ceratodus and the subnasal cartilages of Lepidosiren occupy precisely similar positions
in the floor of each nasal sac between the anterior and posterior nasal apertures, and
both are attached, internally or mesially, to the internasal septum by fibrous tissue.
Further, the outer margin of each nasal capsule in Ceratodus gives off a short lateral
process (Huxley, /. ¢. p. 37, fig. 7), which coincides externally with the position of the
‘anterior labial” internally and ventrally, and may possibly represent the outer portion
of a transversely-divided subnasal cartilage. Lastly, the subnasal cartilage of Lepido-
siren is somewhat constricted at one point—a fact which may perhaps be taken to
suggest the possibility of its inner portion becoming segmented off from the rest as an
independent cartilage similar to the supposed anterior upper labial of Ceratodus.

The only endochondrial bones in Ceratodus are the two exoccipitals. They have
been correctly described by Huxley as two hollow cones of bone embedded in the side-
walls of the skull near its junction with the vertebral column. Each is said to be
“wider above and externally than below and internally, where it lies above the
notochord” [7. c. p. 38]. I may add that the bones are so thickly invested externally
by cartilage as to be completely hidden in a lateral view of the skull, and for this
reason in all probability they escaped the notice of Giinther.

With the exception of a fronto-parietal bone, which is entirely absent, and the
presence of a “scleroparietal” (Giinther, /. ¢.), and also of a series of four or five

354 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

circumorbital ossicles, the skull-bones of Ceratodus correspond with those of Lepido-
siren, although differing somewhat from them in their regional extension and their
precise relations to the chondrocranium.

The dermal ethmoid is a relatively larger bone than in other Dipnoi, and extends so
far posteriorly as to project beyond the mesethmoid region, and by its sutural union
with the “ scleroparietal”’ (Giinther) widely separates the two ectethmoids. The bone
identified by me as the equivalent of the Amphibian dermal ectethmoid is a much larger
and more important element than in Lepidosiren, and has already been sufficiently
described (p. 851). The most noticeable feature about it is the downward growth and
lateral thickening of its preorbital portion, so that a conspicuous bony antorbital protu-
berance separates the nasal from the orbital region of the skull. ‘The mesial area on the
dorsal surface of the skull, between the two dermal ectethmoids, which in Lepidosiren
is occupied by an extension of the temporal fascie, is filled up in Ceratodus by a thin,
even partially transparent lamina of bone—the “ scleroparietal ” of Giinther, or the
postero-median bone of Huxley. The squamosal bone consists of two distinct but
nevertheless continuous portions, the representatives of Huxley’s ‘“ preopercular”
and “proper squamosal” divisions. ‘The first of these overlies the suspensorial
cartilage and is a relatively narrow bone, evidently the equivalent of the entire
squamosal of Lepidostren. ‘The second portion is an extension of the dorsal extremity
of the former in the shape of an expanded, fan-like, but thin plate of bone,
situated externally to the jaw-muscles, and articulating superiorly by an extensive
suture with the outer margin of the postorbital portion of the dermal ectethmoid
and with one of the circumorbital ossicles. The hinder portions of the dermal
ectethmoids, the “scleroparietal,” and the dorsal portions of the squamosals all
combine to form the eminently characteristic supracranial roof. As regards the mode
of development of these various factors, there is to my mind little doubt that they are
ossifications of the temporal fascize. The parasphenoid is a purely ichthyic bone, and
in no way contributes to the formation of the lateral walls of the cranial cavity. Itisa
relatively much larger bone than in other Dipnoi, extending so far anteriorly as slightly
to overlap the palatine symphysis and entirely hide from view the extensive area of
basicranial cartilage which is freely exposed behind the symphysis in Lepidosiven,
while laterally it slightly overlaps the inner surfaces of the two palato-pterygoid bones.
Posteriorly the bone extends for a relatively greater distance beneath the notochord
than in other Dipnoi, reaching to about the origin of the third pair of ribs.

The palato-pterygoid bones are less massive structures, and their symphysial
portions, although disposed much as in Lepidosiren and overlapped by the nasal sacs,
are but moderately thick plates. Owing to the smaller size of the tooth-plates, there
are no conspicuous lateral projections from the palatine bones for their support, and
there is no obvious representative of the “processus antorbitalis ” of Lepidosiren. A
feebly-developed ascending process is present, and articulates with a descending plate
derived from the preorbital portion of the dermal ectethmoid, the two processes being

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 355

closely applied to the lateral chondrocranial wall of the mesethmoid region. Perhaps
the only other noteworthy feature is the more vertical position which each bone
assumes in passing from the distal end of the suspensorial cartilage to the symphysis
anteriorly—a peculiarity which evidently owes its explanation to greater forward
inclination of the suspensorium itself.

The opercular and interopercular bones and their cartilaginous vestigial hyoidean
rays are essentially similar to those of other Dipnoi, but on the whole are perhaps
better developed.

The three suborbital bones described by Huxley were represented in the specimen
examined by myself by four 1 somewhat irregularly-shaped and tubular ossicles which
lodged the infraorbital division of the sensory canals of the head. There is a similar
but much larger bone situated somewhat above and behind the orbit, articulating
internally with the supraorbital margin of the dermal ectethmoid and behind with the
lamellar portion of the squamosal, where it is also in fibrous connection with the
hindermost of the infraorbital series. This bone is likewise traversed by a tubular
canal, and, as it transmits the supraorbital sensory canal, may perhaps be considered
as the remains of a supraorbital series of ossicles. The latter bone is apparently the
one figured by Huxley (J. ¢. fig. 7, p. 37), and by him described as one of the com-
ponent elements of the supracranial roof. Tt has also been figured by Miall [22] as a
“* postorbital” bone.

The lower jaw is very unlike that of other Dipnoi. It is relatively much more
slender and has little more than a rudiment of a coronoid process. The largest bones
are those described by Huxley as the splenial and the angular, but while the former
is wholly restricted to the inner surface of the ramus, the latter forms the outer surface
and extends from the articular extremity nearly to the mental symphysis of the two
splenial elements. The two dentary plates described by Huxley are peculiar to
Ceratodus. Anteriorly to the symphysis the two Meckelian cartilages unite in a
forwardly-projecting concave lamella, regarded by Giinther as representing ‘“ lower
labial cartilages,” but doubtfully so considered by Huxley. There is no trace of the
vertically-disposed processes which in Lepidosiren are derived from the Meckelian
cartilages and support the folds of mucous membrane projecting into the angles
between the mandibular tooth-plates.

The hyoid arch is much more complete than in any other Dipnoid, and was originally
described by Giinther (/. ¢.) as consisting of a pair of basihyals and a glossohyal.
Ridewood [35 @] subsequently showed that the paired basihyals are really hypohyals,
and the “ glossohyal” a true basihyal. In addition to these elements there is also a
variously-shaped cartilage attached by ligament to the inner and hinder margin of each
suspensorial cartilage, dorsad to the upper extremity of the cerato-hyal, and considered
by its discoverer, Huxley (/. ¢.), and also by Gadow (ga) and Ridewood (J. c.), to
represent a hyomandibular element. On the authority of Ridewood (J. ¢.) it would

? Traquair (37, p. 9) found five suborbital bones in a specimen which he examined.

506 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

appear that the ventral or symplectic extremity of the hyomandibular element may be
segmented off as a separate cartilage, and further, that an additional nodule of cartilage,
which is occasionally found in the hyo-suspensorial ligament, “ may possibly have the
value of an interhyal” (2. c. p. 636). No trace of any patches of cartilage or
“vestigial hyoidean rays” could be detected in connection with the cerato-hyal in
the only specimen of Ceratodus which I have had the opportunity of examining.

Ceratodus has five branchial arches, with a rudiment of a sixth if Huxley has
correctly interpreted the nature of a small nodule of cartilage at the ventral extremity
of the fifth arch. The first. four are bisegmental, consisting of a “long ventral and a
short dorsal piece of cartilage ” ; the last, of a single cartilage only. ‘Two small cartilages
situated in the median and ventral line, between the ventral extremities of the branchial
arches, have been considered by Huxley to represent ‘“‘anterior and posterior meso-
branchials ” (J. c. p. 27).

There is a well-developed hyoidean cleft between the hyoid arch and the first
branchial arch.

A representative of the ‘‘ cranial rib” of other Dipnoi is present, but its relations to
the ossified “ basi-dorsals ” of the first neural arch are precisely those of the succeeding
ribs to their basi-dorsals.

The attachment of the dorsal extremity of each lateral half of the pectoral girdle to
the skull is effected by “a thin broad lamella of an obliquely ovate shape, entirely
ossified” (Giinther, /. ¢. p. 531), and directed obliquely backward and outward. It
is directly connected by ligament at its upper or inner extremity with the lateral wall
of the chondrocranium, between the Vagus foramen and the exoccipital, and distally
also by ligament with the supraclavicle of Parker. The bone has been termed “ supra-
scapula” by Giinther, and its equivalent in Protopterus “ suprascapula” (Peters, /. c.)
and ‘‘ post-temporal” (Parker, 32).

B. Protopterus.

With the exception of minor structural features, and certain modifications of
nomenclature, the data necessary for the comparison of the skull of this Dipnoid with
those of Ceratodus and Lepidosiren have been principally taken from Wiedersheim’s
paper (J. ¢.).

Owing to the development of a large fronto-parietal bone and the share which it
takes in forming the roof, and also, in conjunction with the parasphenoid, the lateral
walls of the cranial cavity, the chondrocranium has largely atrophied, leaving, neverthe-
less, an occipito-periotic portion and an ethmo-nasal region, connected by a pair of
laterally-situated and relatively narrow, band-like, trabecular cartilages, which in the
middle portion of the skull are the only remains of the complete chondrocranium of
Ceratodus. The occipito-periotic cartilage is somewhat more extensive than in Lepido-
siren, the cartilage of the supraoccipital region extending on the inner surface of the

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPLDOSIREN, ETC. 357

fronto-parietal as far forward as the anterior limit of the periotic capsules, while the
exoccipital bones are invested externally, but not internally, by cartilage. In fact the
chondrocranium is complete dorsally and laterally in the periotic and post-auditory
regions, and would also be so ventrally were it not that the basal cartilage ceases a little
behind the middle of the periotic region. The trabecular cartilages are similar to
those of Lepidosiren, but of somewhat greater vertical extent in the region immediately
anterior to the periotic capsules, and for a short distance behind the junction of the
fronto-parictal and parasphenoid they even contribute to the formation of the lateral
walls of the cranial cavity (Wiedersheim, /. ¢. Taf. ii. fig. 5). Precisely as in Lepido-
siren, the trabecular cartilages become continuous in front of the anterior termination
of the parasphenoid with the persistent and upwardly-deflected basicranial cartilage of
this region; but, again separating from it anteriorly, they diverge outward and down-
ward across the outer surface of the palato-pterygoid bone in the form of extremely
slender antorbital cartilages. The latter curve downward and backward into the
hinder margin of the upper labial fold and there terminate, but without extending
forward into its inferior border, or giving off anteriorly-directed processes. The
continuity of the trabecular and antorbital cartilages has been described by Wieders-
heim (/. ¢.), although, curiously enough, it is not represented in any of his figures.
Peters (/. c.), however, was the first to show the relations of the two structures in his
figure of the skull of a Protopterus from Zambesi, and indeed gives a more accurate
representation of the shape and curvature of the antorbital process than any other
figure with which I am acquainted.

From the point where the basicranial cartilage begins to be deflected upward by
the palato-pterygoid symphysis the ethmo-nasal portion of the chondrocranium differs
but little from that of Zepidosiren, and the figures given of this region in the latter
Dipnoid are, in the main, equally applicable to Protopterus. Trabecular cornua,
subnasal cartilages, and a bilobed prenasal process are present, and in every respect are
almost identical with the corresponding structures in Lepidosiren. In both genera the
fenestration of the roof of the two nasal capsules is regular and almost symmetrical.
The presence of subnasal cartilages was overlooked by Wiedersheim, although they had
previously been figured by Peters (J. ¢. Taf. ii. fig. 3, £"), whose accuracy in this respect
IT am able to confirm. I notice that Wiedersheim (/. c. Taf. ii. fig. 5) represents that
portion of the internasal septum which carries the two vomerine teeth as segmented off
from the hinder part of the septum and separated from it by a curved vertical suture,
and a statement to the same effect occurs in the text (/. c. p. 52). With reference to
this point I can only say that in a skull which I have had the opportunity of examining
no such division could be detected, and the septum was continuous throughout its
extent. The same figure is also slightly inaccurate in not representing the mesethmoid
cartilage which, as in Lepidostren, is situated immediately behind the palato-pterygoid
symphysis.

VoL. XIV.—PartT y. No. 5.—February, 1898. 3A

358 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

Although previously unnoticed, or at all events unrecorded 1, a well-marked basi-
cranial vacuity or cleft is present, and may be seen in a ventral view of the skull close
to the hinder margin of the palatine symphysis. It is oval in shape, and filled up by a
thick fibrous sheet continuous internally with the fibrous mass which occupies the
ethmoidal portion of the cranial cavity.

From a comparison of the figure of a plastic model of the nasal region given by Rose
(/. ¢. fig. 4) with a similar model of the same region figured by himself, Pinkus
(7. c. fig. 7) infers that the cartilaginous lamine which separate the oval vacuities in
the nasal roof increase in number with the growth of the fish and_ still further
subdivide pre-existing vacuities.

No mention is made of the existence of upper Jabial cartilages in Protopterus either
by Owen or Cobbold, or even in the excellent and much more recent paper by Wieders-
heim. According to Huxley [16] there are ‘two upper labial cartilages—one
fibro-cartilaginous immediately behind the anterior narial aperture, and the other
behind the posterior narial opening. These answer to the upper labial cartilages of
Chimera and Cestracion” (1. c. p. 181). Rose (J. ¢.) describes two pairs of upper
labials, an anterior pair represented by the terminal lobes of the prenasal process, and
a posterior pair which evidently correspond to the thickened and laterally-recurved
anterior margins of the nasal capsules in Zepidosiren. Peters (/. c.) has also figured,
but without describing, two pairs of upper labials.

Huxley’s account is not very clear, but from his statement of their position I think
there can be no doubt that his anterior labials are really the subnasal cartilages,
and not true labials at all, while his description of the posterior labials leaves one in
doubt whether he is referring to the antorbital cartilages or to the equivalents of the
undoubted upper labials of Lepidosiren. The identification of upper labials given by
Rose is certainly based on insufficient evidence, inasmuch as there is at present no
reason to believe that the cartilages which he terms labials have developed indepen-
dently of the nasal regicn of the chondrocranium, and J have already given reasons for
the view that his posterior labials are persistent trabecular cornua, such as not
infrequently form the anterior walls of the nasal capsules in many Anurous Amphibia.
The posterior labials of Peters are really the antorbital processes, but from their
position it would seem probable that the structures figured by him (J. ¢c.) as anterior
labials are the representatives in Protopterus of the single pair of upper labials of
Lepidosiren.

With the object of clearing up the obscurity as to the existence of upper labials in
Protopterus, | made a careful examination of a skull of this Dipnoid, with the result
that there is no doubt that Protopterus and Lepidosiren are in close agreement so far

’ A linear shading in one of Peters’s figures (JU. ¢. Taf. ii. fig. 3) may be intended to represent this vacuity,
but no further reference is made to it, either in the figure or in the text.

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC, 399

as these structures are concerned. Protopterus, in fact, has but a single pair of upper
labial cartilages, which, in position and relations, are identical with those of Lepidosiren,
and also with the so-called “anterior labials” correctly figured by Peters sixty years
ago, but apparently overlooked by every subsequent writer.

The suspensorial cartilage of Protopterus differs from that of Ceratodus in the
restricted antero-posterior dimension of its proximal portion, which does not therefore
arch backward over the branchial apparatus to the extent it does in the latter genus, and
also in the absence of any representative of a palato-pterygoid cartilage. The cartilage
figured by Wiedersheim (/. c. Taf. ii. fig. 5, tr.) fringing the dorsal border of each
palato-pterygoid bone, and rightly named by him the “pars trabecularis cranii,” lies
above the level of the cranial floor, and is therefore a remnant of the lateral chondro-
cranial wall and not a palato-pterygoid cartilage. The suppression of the latter
cartilage is perhaps to be associated with the increased relative thickness of the
palato-pterygoid bone, and its more intimate relations with the lateral margins of the
basis cranii. On the other hand, Protopterus agrees with Ceratodus and differs from
Lepidosiren in the degree of inclination of the suspensorium to the basicranial axis.

The two exoccipitals of Protopterus are peculiar in that they meet and fuse dorsally
beneath the cartilage of the supraoccipital region. Wiedersheim regards them as
representing a ‘‘supraoccipitale,’ but the resemblance of the lateral halves of the bone
to the paired bones of Lepidosiren, both in shape and in their relations to the foramina
for the exit of the Vagus and Hypoglossal nerves, is sufficiently close to justify one in
regarding them as a pair of confluent exoccipital elements.

The remaining bones of the skull are on the whole very similar to those of Lepidosiren.
As compared with Ceratodus the most striking differences relate to the presence of a
fronto-parietal forming a complete gable-roof to the cranial cavity, except for a limited
extent between its anterior margin and the dermal ethmoid, and also, in conjunction
with the marginal ascending plates of the parasphenoid, contributing to form the bony
side-walls of the central region of the same cavity. It may be remarked, however, that
in the suspensorial region the fronto-parietal is restricted to the cranial roof, and does
not in any way invest the outer surface of the periotic capsule or the suspensorial
cartilage, or hide in an external view the continuity of either with the trabecular
cartilage. ‘To these features may be added the absence of a complete supracranial
roof, due to the want of a “scleroparietal” and of the superficial lamellar plates of
the squamosal, combined with the relative narrowness of the dermal ectethmoids. ‘The
characteristic preorbital or nasal section of the dermal ectethmoid of Ceratodus is
wholly wanting in Protopterus, the bone being displaced upward and backward by
the growth of an exceptionally large ascending process from the palato-pterygoid bone,
Nevertheless, the dermal ectethmoids are much better developed than in Lepidosiren,
and, in the absence of a “ scleroparietal,” their expanded anterior portions meet in a

median suture dorsad to the fronto-parietal.
3A 2

360 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

A noteworthy feature in Protopterus is the existence of extensive lateral vacuities in
the side-walls of the anterior section of the cranial cavity, between the anterior margins
of the lateral plates of the fronto-parietal bone and the ascending processes of the
palato-pterygoids, which are continuous dorsally with a fissure between the fronto-
parietal and the dermal ethmoid. These vacuities are filled up by a tough fibrous
membrane, continuous internally with a dense mass of fibrous tissue previously
mentioned as obliterating the cranial cavity in this region, while the dorsal fissure is
closed by the fibrous tissue which extends between the contiguous margins of the
fronto-parietal and the dermal ethmoid, and is also continuous internally with the
cranial mass of the same tissue.

The parasphenoid is much more restricted in its relations to the basis cranii than in
Ceratodus, inasmuch as it terminates somewhat abruptly by a nearly straight transverse
margin at some distance behind the palatine symphysis, and only very slightly projects
backward beneath the post-cranial section of the notochord. In the share which it
takes in forming the lateral walls of the cranial cavity, and in its relation to the
trabecular cartilages and the palato-pterygoid bones, the parasphenoid differs but little
from its homologue in Lepidosiren.

The palato-pterygoids are also essentially similar to those of Lepidosiren, especially
in the modifications produced in the ethmo-nasal region of the chondrocranium by the
massive development of their symphysis. They have well-marked lateral processes for
the partial support of the two anterior tooth-plates, and a strong “ antorbital process”
for the posterior plate. There are also stout ascending processes which, in addition to
carrying the dermal ectethmoids, form the outer walls of the olfactory fosse anteriorly
to the lateral cranial vacuities.

There is a ring of fibrous tissue encircling the orbit, but no circumorbital bones are
developed in it. The opercular and interopercular elements are essentially similar to
those of Ceratodus, but relatively smaller.

Vestigial hyoidean rays have not previously been recorded as existing in Protopterus,
but there is no doubt as to their existence. The opercular cartilage closely
resembles the corresponding piece in Ceratodus (Huxley, l. c. p. 38). It is horseshoe-
shaped and closely applied to the inner surface of the upper third of the operculum.
The interopercular cartilage, on the other hand, is essentially similar to its representative
in Lepidosiren.

The hyoid arch is a much simpler structure than in Ceratodus, and, as in Lepidosiren,
there is no trace of hyomandibular, hypohyal, or basihyal elements. As in the latter
Dipnoid, there is a patch of cartilage (vestigial hyoidean ray) on the outer surface of
the distal portion of each cerato-hyal. No mention of this cartilage is made by
Wiedersheim, although it is apparently figured by Peters (/. ¢. Taf. il. fig. 2), without,
however, being indicated by reference-letters or referred to in the text.

As regards the precise number of branchial arches in Protopterus, there is some

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 361

discrepancy in the statements of different writers. According to Owen [25], Peters
[34], McDonnell [21], and Wiedersheim [41], there are six branchial arches. Newton
Parker [33] states, however, that there are but five, and is apparently doubtful as to
the existence of the arch which Wiedersheim (J. c. p. 56, fig. 8) figures and describes
as situated in front of the first cleft and forming the first of the series of six. ‘There
is also some obscurity as to the existence of a hyobranchial or hyoidean cleft. Neither
Owen nor Peters is explicit on this point, although from their statements as to the
position and relations of the gill-filaments and branchial clefts the absence of a hyoidean
cleft may perhaps be inferred. Wiedersheim figures (J. ¢. fig. 8) the first cleft as
situated between his first and second branchial arches, but there is no special reference
in the text to the presence or absence of a hyobranchial cleft. On the other hand,
according to Newton Parker (/. ¢. pp. 161-162), a hyobranchial cleft is present,
and has in relation with its anterior wall the hyoidean hemibranch or “ opercular
gill.”

On examining the branchial region of a specimen of Protopterus 31 cm. in length, I
had no difficulty in detecting the presence of an extremely slender, unsegmented,
cartilaginous filament, 7 mm. in length and rather less than 1 mm. wide, situated
immediately in front of the first branchial cleft and forming its anterior boundary.
The mucous membrane covering the posterior margin of the filament carried a series of
minute tooth-like projections, similar to the single row of the second arch and to the
double series found on the anterior and posterior margins of the succeeding arches, with
the exception of the last, which has but a single row. The cartilage occupies a position
precisely similar to the first branchial arch in Lepidosiren, being in close relation with
the hinder margin of the suspensorial cartilage, dorsad and posterior to the proximal
extremity of the hyoid arch. It is scarcely open to doubt that this slender cartilaginous
rod represents the first of a series of six branchial arches, and, as there is certainly no
cleft anterior to it, the conclusion that the hyobranchial cleft has undergone total
suppression necessarily follows. It may be mentioned that Pinkus (J. ¢. p. 318) records
the presence of a small piece of cartilage embedded in the oral mucous membrane
opposite the first gill-arch. The cartilage is apparently very small, being only 1-08 mm.
in length in a specimen 14 cm. long, and 2°36 mm. in one 17 cm. in length. “Sein Bau
entspricht genau dem der tibrigen Kiemenbogen, nur dass es bloss eine, und zwar
mediale, Reihe zahnartiger Zacken trigt, deren die tibrigen Bogen je zwei, eine mediale
und eine laterale, besitzen.” After discussing the relations of the cartilage to the
branches of the Glossopharyngeal and Vagus nerves, Pinkus concludes :—‘‘ Ich rechne
diesen rudimentiren Kiemenbogen bei der Zaihlung nicht mit, sondern zahle, der
Innervation und dem tiblichen Schema entsprechend, den carauf folgenden Bogen als
ersten Kiemenbogen. Demnach liegt die erste Kiemenspalte zwischen diesem Kiemen-
bogen und dem Hyoid, die zweite Kiemensplate zwischen diesem Kiemenbogen und
dem zweiten Kiemenbogen” (p. 318). Iam not quite certain that the cartilage Pinkus

362 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

describes is identical with the one which, in agreement with Wiedersheim, I have
described as existing in front of the first cleft, although it is extremely probable that
such is the case; but I entertain no doubt whatever that the latter cartilage is
the first branchial arch and that the hyobranchial cleft has been completely suppressed,
and further that, as in Lepidosiren, the hyoidean hemibranch or pseudobranch is in
relation with the anterior wall of the cleft between the first and second branchial
arches.

In Wiedersheim’s description all the remaining five branchial arches are represented
as simple, non-jointed, and very slender rods of cartilage. The second arch is the
longest, but is scarcely thicker than the others, neither is its dorsal end bifurcate or
grooved. The remaining arches gradually decrease in length, the sixth being much
the shortest of the series. According to Ridewood (/. ¢.), on the contrary, the second
and third branchial arches differ from all the others, and resemble the branchial arches
of Ceratodus, in that each is provided with a dorsal or “ epibranchial” segment in
addition to the relatively much longer ventral or cerato-branchial portion which,
apparently, is alone represented in Wiedersheim’s figures. Meso- or basi-branchial
cartilages appear to be wholly absent in Protopterus.

The lower jaw is strikingly different from that of Ceratodus. The two rami are
relatively shorter and more strongly developed, with a remarkably high coronoid
process, and uniting anteriorly in a massive symphysis. As in Lepidosiren, practically
the whole of the osseous portion of each ramus is formed by the splenial, the dentary
being absent altogether, and the angular reduced to an insignificant splint on the outer
surface of the articular extremity. The Meckelian cartilages unite anteriorly in a
vertically-disposed symphysial plate, terminating above in a median and two lateral
processes. According to Wiedersheim (J. ¢.), a short ascending process is given off
from each cartilage and occupies the angle between the anterior and central tooth-
plates. J notice, however, that in one of Peters’s figures of his Zambesi Protopterus
the Meckelian cartilage is represented as giving off an additional process behind the
one referred to above, and, moreover, both are represented as if they were suturally
distinct from the cartilage itself (/. ¢. Taf. ii. fig. 5). The additional process is
apparently represented by a free nodule of cartilage in Lepidosiren (Pl. XXVIIL.
fig. 7).

In Protopterus the “ cranial rib” has become displaced from its normal relations to
the elements of the first neural arch, and moved forward to an articulation with the
chondrocranium between the Vagus foramen and the exoccipital.

The foramina for the major divisions of the cranial nerves have the same general
arrangement as in Lepidosiren. It need only be mentioned that each Optic nerve
escapes through a small foramen in the fibrous sheet which closes the lateral cranial
vacuity of its side, and that the foramen for the Motor Oculi perforates the side-wall
of the skull at some distance behind the Optic nerve, but anteriorly to the aperture for

i)

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 363

the ramus ophthalmicus of the Fifth nerve. The roots of the first two spinal nerves
are transmitted through two separate foramina in the exoccipital bone.

The dorsal extremity of the pectoral girdle is connected with the occipital region of
the skull by a stout fibrous band, in which is embedded what Parker [32] describes as
‘““a thin, subfalcate, subcutaneous bone” (J. ¢. p. 21), and which he designates the “ post-
temporal.” The bone is relatively much smaller than in Ceratodus, and has apparently
lost its direct articulation both with the skull and with the supraclavicle.

C. Lepidosiren.

In the main the skull of Lepidosiren closely resembles that of Protopterus. 'The
most important of its structural peculiarities may be briefly summarized as follows :—

The chondrocranial portion of the skull exhibits further indications of atrophy,
especially in the occipito-periotic region. The cartilaginous roof, which in Protopterus
extends as far forward as the anterior limit of the auditory capsules, has receded
somewhat in Lepidosiren and is now restricted to the supraoccipital region. The
exoccipitals are invested neither externally nor internally by cartilage, and hence the
complete occipital ring of cartilage in Protopterus becomes divided in Lepidosiren into
a dorsal and a basal plate, which are only connected through their continuity anteriorly
with the periotic capsules. The trabecular cartilages are considerably reduced in
thickness and in height, and are now represented by relatively slender, laterally-
compressed bands, slightly increasing in vertical extent as they become continuous
with the periotic and suspensorial cartilages, but only to a very slight extent do they
become visible from the interior of the cranial cavity. ‘The styliform process of the
mesethnoid cartilage is also shorter than in Protopterus. On the other hand, the
antorbital cartilages are somewhat better developed, and, in addition to supporting the
inferior and hinder margin of the upper labial folds, are prolonged into anteriorly-
directed processes.

The suspensorial cartilage is essentially similar in structure to that of Protopterus,
except for the emargination of that part of its posterior margin which is covered
externally by the squamosal. Undoubtedly its most interesting feature is the rotation
backward of its articular extremity to a greater extent than in any other Dipnoid, and
hence its forward inclination is less, and the angle which it makes with the fore part
of the basicranial axis greater, than in either Ceratodus or Protopterus. The effect of
this recession of the condylar extremity of the suspensorium on the palato-pterygoid
bone is that the latter is not only of greater relative length, but deviates more from
the vertical, and describes a segment of a Jarger circle in passing forward to its
symphysial termination, than in either of the other two genera.

The two exoccipital bones are distinct, but nevertheless closely approximated both
dorsally and ventrally.

564 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

The fronto-parietal is a relatively much larger bone in every dimension than in
Protopterus. In the anterior part of its extent not only does the bone completely
invest the dorsal surface of the cranium, but through the extension of its lateral or
descending plates as far forward as the ascending processes of the palato-pterygoids,
and posteriorly as far back as the periotic capsules, the lateral walls of the entire pre-
auditory section of the cranial cavity are formed wholly by bone. Hence it follows
that the lateral cranial vacuities of Protopterus have no existence in Lepidosiren,
or at most are only represented on each side by a narrow suture, or rather fissure,
between the ascending process of the palato-pterygoid and the anterior and lateral
margins of the fronto-parietal, while the more or less extensive area of trabecular
cartilage which, in a vertical longitudinal section of the skull of Protopterus, is visible
in front of the periotic capsule, becomes entirely concealed from view in Lepidosiren.
More posteriorly, in the suspensorial region, the fronto-parietal of Protopterus is
confined to the cranial roof, and, except for its partial investment by the squamosal,
the whole extent of the suspensorial cartilage and its continuity with the periotic
capsule and the trabecular cartilage are clearly visible in an external and lateral view.
In Lepidosiren, on the contrary, a lateral and downward extension of the bone almost
completely invests the outer surfaces of the periotic and suspensorial cartilages, and, in
a similar view, effectually hides the continuity of the latter with the trabecular
cartilage. The sagittal crest is somewhat better developed in Lepidosiren than in
Protopterus, and to this may be added a “lambdoid” ridge, which, owing to the
relative narrowness of the hinder portion of the fronto-parietal, is scarcely indicated in
the latter Dipnoid.

The dermal ectethmoids are scarcely so well developed as in Protopterus. Their
anterior portions are much narrower and fail to meet in a median suture: hence the
fronto-parietal and its characteristic crest may be seen between them in a dorsal view
of the skull. (Compare Pl. XXVIII. fig. 2, and Wiedersheim, J. c. Taf. ii. fig. 1.)

Lepidosiren has but five simple, unsegmented, branchial arches, the sixth arch, like
the fifth cleft, having been suppressed !. As compared with Protopterus, a noticeable
feature is the exceptional thickness of the second arch, and its dorsal cleft or groove
for an aortic arch.

As previously mentioned, the position and relations of the foramina for the exit of
the cranial nerves are nearly identical in the two genera. It may be pointed out that
the Optic nerves in Lepidosiren escape through the two clefts or fissures which
represent the anterior cranial vacuities of Protopterus, and further that in the former
Dipnoid only the roots of the first spinal nerve (Hypoglossal) perforate the exoccipital,
the second pair simply traversing the fibrous tissue which intervenes between that bone
and the first neural arch.

* The distinct epibranchial elements of the second and third arches in Protopterus are wholly unrepresented
in Lepidosiren

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 365

The connection of the pectoral girdle with the postero-lateral regions of the skull is
entirely by ligament, the “ post-temporal” bone of Ceratodus and Protopterus being
wholly unrepresented.

From what has been stated as to the structural differences and resemblances between
the skulls of the three genera of existing Dipnoi it may be inferred that, while all
three conform to the same fundamental type of structure, and at the same time exhibit
successive stages of modification in the same general direction, the skull of Ceratodus
is by far the most generalized and primitive ; and further, that of the two remaining
genera the skull of Lepidosiren represents but a slightly more specialized type when
compared with the skull of Protopterus. In support of the first statement it is only
necessary to recall the more complete development of the chondrocranium in Ceratodus,
especially in the ethmo-nasal, interorbital, and palato-pterygoid regions, the absence of
a fronto-parietal bone, the feeble development of the exoccipitals, the segmentation of
the branchial arches, the more complete hyoid arch with its hyomandibular, hypohyal,
and basihyal elements, the presence of a dentary splint in the lower jaw, and also
the retention of a series of suborbital ossicles. On the other hand, Protopterus and
Lepidosiren differ from Ceratodus and agree with each other in the extensive atrophy
of the central region of the chondrocranium, the absorption of the palato-pterygoid
cartilage, the characteristic constriction of the nasal from the ethmoidal region through
the massive growth of the palatine symphysis, the development of a fronto-parietal
bone, and the increased size and importance of the exoccipitals. It is none the less
obvious, however, that in both genera specialization due to the increased development
of certain cranial structures has proceeded side by side with the reduction or suppression
of others. Of the latter process we have examples in such modifications as the atrophy
of the dentary element of the lower jaw and of the suborbital bones, and the reduction
in the hyoid arch by the loss of its hyomandibular, hypohyal, and basihyal elements,
while the substitution of lungs for gills as the more important respiratory organs is
clearly responsible for the reduction in size and simplification of the branchial arches,
the closure of the hyoidean cleft, and the relatively smaller size of the opercular bones.
Finally, the slightly more pronounced specialization of the skull of Lepidosiren is
evidenced by the further atrophy of the chondrocranium and the compensating increase
in the size of the fronto-parietal and in the extent of its relations to the cranial and
suspensorial regions. ‘To these features may be added the increased backward rotation
of the suspensorial cartilage, the somewhat greater development of the antorbital
cartilages, and the total suppression of the sixth branchial arch and of the epibranchial
elements of the second and third arches. Briefly, it may be said that if the skull of
Ceratodus be taken to represent a relatively early larval stage, the skulls of Protopterus
and Lepidosiren are comparable to two immediately succeeding and very much later
stages, while, with one or two exceptions, the differences between the two latter

VOL. XIV.—PART V. No. 6.—February, 1898. 3B

366 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

genera are much the same in nature and extent as those which distinguish the skull
of first- and second-year Frogs.

It cannot, however, be too strongly emphasized that in any comparison of the skulls
of Protopterus and Lepidosiren it is important that due regard should be paid to the
size and age of the specimens upon which such comparison is based. According to
Giinther [12, p. 857] Protopterus sometimes attains a length of six feet, whereas most
of the specimens which have reached Europe, and furnished the needful material for
the hitherto-published papers on the structure of the skull, seem to have been com-
paratively small and relatively young examples in which it is improbable that the skull
had attained its final and complete development. Hence it is by no means improbable
that, if comparison were made with larger and older specimens of Protopterus, some at
least of the cranial modifications in Lepidosiren, which have been mentioned as
distinctive of the genus, would either disappear or become so far softened down as to
lose much of whatever importance they now seem to possess. That this is probable is
evident from the fact that certain of the more obvious differences in the cranial structure
of the two genera are precisely those which might easily be bridged over by older
specimens of Protopterus. On this point it is only necessary to refer to the greater
development of the fronto-parietal, the further retrogression of the chondrocranium,
and the greater backward rotation of the suspensorium in Lepidosiren.

IV. The Structure of the Skull in Fossil Dipnoi.

When the range of comparison is so far extended as to include the extinct Dipnoid
families, the Dipteride, Phaneropleuride, and Ctenodontide !, it is obvious that, while
the fossil types exhibit a general agreement with existing Dipnoi in the main outlines
of their cranial structure, they differ from the latter, as well as from one another, in
several striking and significant features. Broadly speaking, it may be affirmed that
all known fossil Dipnoi agree with their living representatives and differ from all
other Fishes in possessing the following combination of cranial characters :—

(A.) Complete and typical autostylism.

(B.) The presence of characteristic triturating palatal teeth, supported by palato-
pterygoid bones, symphysially united beneath the ethmoidal region of the
skull, and probably associated with the absence of premaxille and maxille
in the upper jaw.

* Thave here followed the classification of the fossil Dipnoi as given by Smith Woodward [45]. Traquair
[39] has suggested the separation of UVronemus from the Phaneropleuride as the type of a distinct family
[ Uronemide], and the union of the remaining genus Phaneroplewron with the Dipterid and Ctenodontide in one
comprehensive family of Ctenodontide.

_IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 367

(C.) The great development of the splenial bones of the lower jaw for the sole
support of mandibular teeth, similar to the palatal teeth of the upper jaw,
and their union anteriorly in a stout mental symphysis, to which may be
added the absence of dentigerous dentary elements.

(D.) The presence of only two opercular bones—an operculum and an interoper-
culum—and, unless represented by the squamosal, the absence of a distinct
preopercular element.

Apparently the only constant cranial character in which all fossil Dipnoi differ
from existing Dipnoi is the multiplicity and almost Acipenseroid arrangement of their
cranial roofing-bones '. ‘These bones seem to be most numerous in Dipterus (D. valen-
ciennesi). A medio-dorsal longitudinal series can be distinguished, flanked on each
side by several rows of longitudinally-disposed lateral plates. The inner lateral row
of plates on each side tend to meet in pairs between the median plates, so as to
interrupt the sutural continuity of the latter. A similar tendency to alternation may
be also exhibited by the lateral series of plates, but their arrangement is far from
regular, and is not always symmetrical on opposite sides of the cranial roof. There
is a general similarity to Dipterus in the disposition of the cranial plates in other
extinct Dipnoi, and it is worthy of note that in Cfenodus the plates become somewhat
reduced in number, and two of the median series, the most anterior and the most
posterior, become so far enlarged as to be distinguishable as a dermal ethmoid
and a dermo-supraoccipital [ Fritsch, 9]. But, except in the most general manner, it is
practically impossible to correlate any of these plates with the numerically-reduced
and more definitely-disposed cranial roof-bones of the average Ganoid or Teleostean
skull. To what extent the dermal plates are represented in living Dipnoi it is
extremely difficult to say. Dollo [7] regards the sparsely-represented dermal cranial
bones of existing types as the remains of the much more numercus plates of the fossil
Dipnoi. If this be so, the most anterior of the medio-dorsal series of plates in the
latter, and a solitary pair of the lateral plates in the orbital or ethmoidal region, may
be represented in Ceratodus, Protopterus, and Lepidosiren by the median dermal
ethmoid and the paired dermal ectethmoids or lateral ethmoids respectively. On the
other hand, if the “ scleroparietal” of Ceratodus is a ‘“‘ tendon-bone,” it probably has
no counterpart in any fossil Dipnoid; and as the fronto-parietal of Protopterus and
Lepidosiren is situated wholly internal to the jaw-muscles, which could scarcely
have been the case with any of the cranial plates of Déipterus and its allies, the same
conclusion may be suggested with regard to this bone.

There are also other differences in cranial structure, which, if not distinctive of all
fossil Dipnoi, are nevertheless characteristic of particular families or genera, and, so far
as our knowledge at present extends, the more important of these may be briefly reviewed.

* See remarks by Smith Woodward on Ctenodus [ 45, p. 253].
3B2

368 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

i. The existence of endochondrial ossifications.—There is not wanting evidence that
in some fossil forms the cartilaginous elements of the skull must have been replaced
by bone to an extent which has no parallel in existing types. ‘Thus, Traquair, who
was the first to demonstrate the autostylic character of the skull in the Dipteride and
thereby conclusively prove the accuracy of the earlier suggestion of Giinther [11] as to
the relationship of this family to the Dipnoi, in his important paper on the skull of
Dipterus [37], remarks “that the chondrocranium was very much more extensively
ossified than that of Ceratodus; in fact, its side-walls were entirely occupied by
bone apparently as far as the interorbital region.” ‘The bony matter surrounding
the foramen magnum may be held to represent the exoccipitals, and in front of
it on each side the walls of the otic region are distinctly ossified—though, from
the abraded condition of this part in all the skulls, it is hardly possible to trace
any sutural lines marking off distinct osseous elements” (/. c. p. 5). There is also said
to be a distinct quadrate provided with a facet for articulation with the mandible.
“Tn fact, we have here before us, as nearly as possible, a counterpart in bone of the
suspensorial cartilage of Ceratodus” (1. c. p. 6). Further, in the same Dipnoid there
is an ossified articular element in the lower jaw (Traquair, /. ¢.), in addition to the usual
angular and splenial bones.

There is no satisfactory evidence of the existence of endochondrial bones in any other
extinct Dipnoi, with the possible exception of the bone termed “ Gehorkapsel”’ in
Ctenodus (Fritsch, /. ¢.), and doubtfully regarded as a periotic ossification. In the
latter Dipnoid, according to Fritsch, there is an ossified cerato-hyal and a basihyal
and, in addition, certain bones which he conjectures may represent the cerato-branchial
elements of some of the branchial arches.

ii. The presence of additional dermal bones in connection with the upper and lower
jaws.—Of these we have examples in the median dentary at the mandibular (splenial)
symphysis of Dipterus (Traquair, /. ¢.), and the premaxille and maxille which support
the pointed conical “* marginal” teeth of Phaneropleuron (‘Traquair, 38), and, in addition,
the several bones which, in the lower jaw of the same Dipnoid, carry similar teeth.
The presence of *‘ marginal teeth” and supporting dermal bones in this genus must,
however, be regarded as at least open to doubt, although usually cited as one of the
distinctive characters of the Phaneropleuride.

In a paper subsequent to the one quoted above, Traquair [39] remarks of Phanero-
pleuron andersoni :— As for the conical teeth described by Huxley, I have satisfied
myself that they are merely tne outer aenticles of ctenodont plates. Whiteaves’s
statement that in Scaumenacia curta ‘both the upper and under jaws are armed with
smooth, conical, and somewhat compressed teeth,’ I have never been able to confirm—
at least, if marginal teeth are hereby meant” (J. ¢. p. 264).

i. The presence of jugal plates—Dipterus has two pairs of such plates—an anterior

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 369

and a posterior pair. Jugal plates are also present in Phaneropleuron, but are said to
be absent in Ctenodus !.

iv. The presence of circumorbital ossicles—In Dipterus there is series of bony plates
encircling the orbit and covering the cheek, and also forming the upper border of the
hinder part of the mouth [Traquair, 37]. According to Fritsch [/. c.], cireumorbital
ossicles are probably present in Ctenodus, but of their existence in Phaneropleuron I
have been unable to find any evidence.

v. The squamosal bone.—This element is certainly present in Cfenodus, and has been
described and figured by both Miall [23] and Fritsch (/. ¢.) as being very similar to its
homologue in Ceratodus. As to the character or even the presence of this bone in
the Dipteride and Phaneropleuride I can find no evidence.

vi. The parasphenoid.—The parasphenoid of Dipterus and Ctenodus is known, but
not, so far as I am aware, in Phaneropleuron. It has been described and figured in
the first-mentioned genus by Traquair [37], and in Ctenodus by Barkas [1], Miall [23],
and Fritsch (/. ¢.). In both Dipterus and Ctenodus the bone extends as far forward
as the palatine symphysis, thus filling up the whole space bounded anteriorly and
laterally by the palato-pterygoid bones, and in this respect these genera resemble
Ceratodus, while differing from Protopterus and Lepidosiren. In Dipterus the para-
sphenoid seems not to have extended beyond the posterior limit of the skull, but
in Ctenodus, as Barkas (/. ¢. p. 51) pointed out, the exceptional length of the bone
suggests that it extended for some distance beneath the vertebral column, thus
affording an additional point of agreement to the many which are apparent when the
skulls of Ctenodus and Ceratodus are compared.

vii. The opercular bones.—There is perhaps some variation in the relative size of the
opercular bones in different extinct Dipnoi, but it is certain that they are usually
much larger than in any existing members of the group.

viii. The presence of ganoin.—As an investment to more or fewer of the skull-bones,
the presence of ganoin is most evident on the outer surface of the cranial roofing-bones,
the opercular bones, and the lower jaw of the Dipteride. In Ctenodus and Phanero-
pleuron this characteristic investment is either entirely absent or restricted to fewer
bones, at all events so far as the cranial elements are concerned.

As to the question whether the fossil Dipnoi are to be regarded as more primitive
than the living Dipnoi there is considerable difference of opinion. According to
Smith Woodward [45], the former are more specialized than any existing Dipnoi,
and the more generalized types have alone survived to represent the group at
the present day. In an elaborate and suggestive essay ‘Sur la Phylogénie des
Dipneustes,’ Dollo [7] has arrived at exactly opposite conclusions. According to his
views, Dipterus (D. valenciennesi) is to be considered the most primitive Dipnoid, the

1 Traquair [39, p. 265] has expressed a doubt as to the assumed absence of jugal plates in this genus.

570 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

remaining genera—Scaumenacia, Phaneropleuron, Uronemus, and Ctenodus, in the
order mentioned—representing successive grades of modification in the same general
direction, and culminating in the living genera Ceratodus, Protopterus, and
Lepidosiren as the final terms of an evolutionary series. It is not suggested that the
sequence of the genera represents descent in a direct line, but rather that the genera
are to be regarded as lateral offshoots of the main line of descent, while at the same
time illustrating the general direction of the evolution of the group. Commencing
with Dipterus valenciennesi, the principal modifications in cranial structure which the
different genera exhibit in ascending order are (a) reduction in the number of the
cranial dermal bones; (2) the gradual loss of their investment of ganoin; (¢) the
suppression of the jugal plates; and (d) reduction in the size and importance of the
opercular elements '.

Viewed from the standpoint of cranial structure alone, there are grave difficulties
which militate against the acceptance of at least one, and that perhaps one of the
most important, of Dollo’s conclusions. So far from Dipterus being the most primitive
of known Dipnoi, it is obvious, as Traquair [37] has pointed out, that in some of its
cranial features this genus ‘has attained a higher grade of specialization than any
existing Dipnoid. In proof of this it is only necessary to refer to the more extensive
ossification of the chondrocranium, the presence of a quadrate bone as the functional
suspensorium, and the existence of an articular element in the lower jaw, all of which
are features without parallel in any of the living genera. If we admit the accuracy
of Dollo’s view, that Dipterus represents the most primitive type of the Dipnoid stock,
it will be necessary to assume the possibility of an ossified skull so far degenerating
as to lose almost all trace of endochondrial ossification, and secondarily revert to
the condition of a skull so completely cartilaginous, and so primitive in other respects,
as that exhibited by the living Ceratodus. So far as Iam aware, there is no evidence
to justify belief in such a possibility.

As to the relations of the fossil Dipnoi to one another and to their living allies, it is
difficult to arrive at any satisfactory conclusion from the facts of cranial structure
alone, and the difficulty is increased by the want of definite and precise information on
many important points in connection with the fossil Dipnoi, more particularly as to
the condition of the chondrocranial portion of the skull. On the evidence at present
available it seems probable that Ceratodus is the most primitive of known Dipnoi, and
that Protopterus and Lepidosiren are the specialized and direct descendants of some
Ceratodus-like ancestor. Of the fossil Dipnoi, Ctenodus certainly, and possibly
also Phaneropleuron, approach more ‘closely to Ceratodus than do Dipterus and its
allies. The last-mentioned Dipnoi, on the contrary, seem to represent a divergent

and terminal branch of the Dipnoid stem, and to include the most highly-specialized
examples of the group.

* It must be mentioned that Dollo’s comparison is not restricted to the skull, but includes also the mesial
and paired fins, the scales and other structures of the various fossil and living genera.

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. aN fal

In the present communication it is not intended to refer to the obscure problem of
the phylogenetic origin of the Dipnoi themselves. An exhaustive and suggestive
discussion of this question is to be found in the previously-cited paper by Dollo. ‘There
is, however, one point which may be referred to as having a direct bearing on this
problem.

In common with several other morphologists, Dollo regards the Crossopterygii as the
ancestral stock from which the Dipnoi have been derived, and bases his conclusion on
the prevalence in certain fossil Dipnoi of characters common to the two groups, such
as, for example, the existence of lobate paired fins, the presence of jugal plates, the
ventral position of the narial apertures (in some Crossopterygii), and the ganoid
investment of certain of the cranial bones. The obvious difficulty presented by
the hyostylism of the Crossopterygii, and the pronounced autostylism of the Dipnoi, is
met by the bold suggestion that the latter is an adaptive modification associated with
the development of the peculiar Dipnoid type of dentition, which has also conditioned
the suppression of the usual dentigerous bones, the premaxille, the maxilla, and the
dentaries. In support of this suggestion, Dollo emphasizes the association of auto-
stylism with massive palatal teeth in the Holocephala and the incipient autostylism of
Cestracion with the cochliodont dentition of that Selachian.

With regard to Dollo’s theory of the adaptive character of autostylism, and its
independent acquisition by widely different groups of Fishes, it may be remarked that
the autostylism of the Cyclostomes and Amphibia still remains as a difficulty in the
way of its acceptance, inasmuch as in neither group can the prevalence of autostylism
be explained as due to the peculiarities of an exceptionally-developed dentition. It is
nevertheless quite possible, and in my opinion even probable, that other factors besides
peculiarities of dentition may condition the evolution of autostylism, and one of these
may be the development of a suctorial mouth supported by a more or less elaborate
system of labial cartilages. In the latter case the advantage derivable from the fixation
by autostylism of the primary skeletal elements of the upper jaw may conceivably
be quite as great as that gained in the case of a massive dentition. But, apart from
the reasons advanced by Dollo, there are other considerations which suggest the
derivation of the autostylism of the Dipnoi from a hyostylic type of skull.

As shown by Huxley [15], the upper extremity of the hyoid arch (cerato-hyal) in
Ceratodus is connected with the suspensorial cartilage through the intervention of a
cartilaginous element which he regards as the representative of the hyomandibular
bone or cartilage of other Fishes. A similar interpretation may perhaps be assigned to
the upper division of the hyoid arch in Chimera, which, like the hyomandibular of
Elasmobranchs, carries the dorsal series of hyoidean rays. Assuming the correctness
of this interpretation of the nature of these cartilages, and that they are really homo-
dynamous with the hyomandibular element cf the majority of Fishes, an obvious
inference is at once suggested. In practically all existing Elasmobranchs and
Teleostomi, or at all events with only a single exception (Notidanus), the hyo-

372 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

al

mandibular forms the common suspensorium of the mandibular and hyoid arches,
and is associated with a hyostylic condition of the skull. The small size of the
byomandibular element in Ceratodus may be due to its reduction to the condition of a
purely vestigial structure, but none the less does the noteworthy fact of its retention in
the most primitive of existing Dipnoi suggest that it may be regarded as a remnant
of the primitive hyostylic condition of the skull in the ancestors of the Dipnoi!. A
similar significance may also be attached to the hyomandibular of Chimera, at all
events to the extent of suggesting the origin of the Holocephala from hyostylic
ancestors. For these reasons | am inclined to agree with Dollo that autostylism is a
purely adaptive modification, and may occur independently in diverse groups of Fishes
wherever any advantage is to be gained from the fixation by fusion to the skull of the
primitive elements of the upper jaw (palato-quadrate cartilage) for the purpose of
providing the needful support for a massive and peculiar dentition, or even, as I have -
suggested above, for a system of labial cartilages in a suctorial mouth.

While agreeing with Dollo as to the adaptive character of autostylism, I may add
that this does not necessarily imply agreement with his views as to the phylogenetic
origin of the Dipnoi from the Crossopterygii. The theory is eminently controversial,
and, although the author has much to say in its favour, there are nevertheless, in
my opinion, weighty objections to its implicit acceptance, as well as no less cogent
reasons for assigning to the Dipnoi a more remote ancestry. My object in referring
to this question is rather to point out that autostylism in itself must not necessarily
be regarded as an indication of genetic affinity. The necessity for caution in this
respect is illustrated by certain recent views as to the supposed affinity of the
Arthrodira (Coccosteus, Dinichthys, and their allies) to the Dipnoi. Thus, Smith
Woodward [45], in discussing the affinities of the latter group, remarks : “ the evidence
in favour of the autostylic character of the Coccostean Fishes has now accumulated to
such an extent that we venture to regard them as an order of Dipnoi” (/. c. p. xxi).
It is quite possible that further research may confirm the accuracy of these views, but
for the present I venture to think that their ultimate proof must rest on other grounds

than the occurrence of autostylism.

* With reference to this point the following remarks by Gadow [9 a, p. 459] may be quoted: “It is highly
probable that in the ancestral Dipnoi the hyomandibula was much larger, and that it was already, as in
Teleosteans, broken up into a proximal cranial persisting part, and into a distal or symplectic element, which
later on, when the hyostylic support of the jaws was superseded, either persisted [ Proteus, &e.], or ultimately
became lost [ Ceratodus, Salamandrina].”

9.

oo
aI
oo

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC.

V. REFERENCES TO PREVIOUS LITERATURE.

. Barxas, J. W.—On the Sphenoid, Cranial Bones, Operculum, and supposed Ear-bones of

Ctenodus. Jour. Roy. Soc. New South Wales, 1877, p. 51.

. Biscnorr, T. H. W.—Lepidosiren paradoxa, anatomisch untersucht und_ beschrieben.

Leipzig, 1840. Transl. in Ann. d. Se. Nat. vol. xiv. 1840, p. 116.

. Brine, T. W.—On the Osteology of Polyodon folium. Pinl. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. vol. 169,

1878, p. 683

. Brian, C. B.—Anfangsgriinde der vergleichenden Anatomie aller Thierklassen. Wien, 1847,

p- 216, Atlas, tab. xvii.

. Burcxuarpr, R.—Das Centralnervensystem von Protopterus annectens. Berlin, 1892.
. Cossotp, T. S.—On the Cranial Bones of Lepidosiren annectens. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.

1862, p. 129.

. Dotxo, Lovis.—Sur la Phylogénie des Dipneustes. Bull. de la Société Belge de Géologie,

tom. ix. 1895, p. 79.

. Enters, E.—On Lepidosiren paradoxa, Fitzinger, and Lepidosiren arcuata, sp. n., from

Paraguay. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xiv. 1894, p.1. (Translated from the
Nachrichten der k. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, 1894.)

Fritscu, A.—Fauna der Gaskohle und der Kalksteine der Permformation Bohmens, Bd. i1.
Heft 3, p. 56.

ga. Gavow, H.—On the Modifications of the First and Second Visceral Arches, with special

reference to the Homologies of the Auditory Ossicles. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond.
vol. 179 B, 1888, p. 451.

. Grecenspaur, C.—Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbelthiere. Leipzig,

1872.

. Ginrner, A.—Description of Ceratodus, a genus of Ganoid Fishes recently discovered

in rivers of Queensland, Australia. Phil Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. vol. 161, 1871,
p- oll.

. Inem.—The Study of Fishes. Edinburgh, 1880.
. Humeury, G. M.—The Muscles of Lepidosiren annectens, with the Cranial Nerves. Jour.

Anat. & Phys. vol. vi. 1872, p. 253.

. Huxiey, T. H.—Manual of the Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals. London, 1871, pp. 168-

170.

. Inem.—Contributions to Morphology.—Ichthyopsida. No. 1. On Ceratodus fosteri, with

Observations on the Classification of Fishes. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1876, p. 24.

. Inem.—On the Position of the Anterior Nasal Apertures in Lepidosiren (Protopterus annectens) .

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1876, p. 180.

. Ioem.—On Menobranchus lateralis. Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 186.
. Hyrr, J.—Lepidosiren paradora. Monographie. Abhand. d. Bohm. Gesellsch. Bd. i. 1845,

p. 605.

. Iversen, M.—Bemerkungen tiber die dorsalen Wurzeln des Nervus hypoglossus. Ber. der

Naturforsch. Gesellsch. zu Freiburg, i. B. 1893, Bd. vii. Heft 2.

. Lanxester, E. Ray.—On the Lepidosiren of Paraguay and on the External Characters of

Lepidosiren and Protopterus. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. vol. xiv. pt. 1. 1896, p. 11.

9

VoL. xIv.—Ppart vy. No. 7,—ebruary, 1898. 3 ¢

374 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE SKULL

21. McDonnett, R.—Observations on the Habits and Anatomy of the Lepidosiren annectens,
Roy. Dublin Soc. Jour. ii. 1858-59, p. 388; also Nat. Hist. Review, Lond. vol. vii. 1860.
p- 93.

22. Miatt, L. C.—Monograph of the Sirenoid and Crossopterygian Ganoids. Paleeontogr. Soc.
Lond. 1878.

23. Ipzm.—On some Bones of Ctenodus. Proc. Geolog. & Polyt. Soc. W. Riding, Yorkshire,
vol. vil. p. 289.

24. Narrerer, J.—Lepidosiren paradoxa. Ann. d. Wiener Museums, Bd. ii. 1839, p. 167, tab. x.

25. Ownn, Ricnarp.—Description of the Lepidosiren annectens. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.
vol. xvii. 1839, p. 327.

26. Ipem.—Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of Vertebrates, vol. i. 1866, p. 82.

27. Parker, W. K.—On the Structure and Development of the Skull in the Salmon (Sa/mo salar,
L.). Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. vol. 163, 1873, p. 95.

28. Ipym.—On the Structure and Development of the Skull in the Urodelous Amphibia.—Part I.
Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. vol. 167, 1876, p. 529.

29. Iprm.—On the Structure and Development of the Skull in the Sharks and Skates. ‘Trans.
Zool. Soc. Lond. vol. x. 1878, p. 189.

30. Ipnm.—On the Morphology of the Skull in the Amphibia Urodela. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.
Series 2, Zoology, vol. ii. 1879, p. 165.

31. Ippm.—On the Structure and Development of the Skull in the Batrachia.—Part. III. Phil.
Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. vol. 172, 1881, p. 1.

32. Iprem.—Structure and Development of the Shoulder-girdle and Sternum in the Vertebrata.
Ray Society, 1868.

32a. Ipum.—On the Structure and Development of the Skull in Sturgeons (Acipenser ruthenus
and A. sturio). Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. vol. 178, 1882, p. 139.

33. Parxer, W. N.—On the Anatomy and Physiology of Protopterus annectens. Trans. Roy. Irish
Academy, vol. xxx. 1892, p. 109,

34. Perurs, W.-—Ueber einem dem Lepidosiren annectens verwandten Fisch von Quellimane.
Archiv fiir Anatomie, Phys., und wissenschaftliche Medicin [Johannes Miiller], 1845,
pp- 1-14.

35. Pinxus, '.—Die Hirunerven des Protopterus annectens. Abdruck aus den morphologischen
Arbeiten, Bd. iv. Heft ii. p. 275.

35 a. Riprwoop, W. G.—On the Hyoid Arch of Ceratodus. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1894, p. 632.

36. Rose, Cart.—Ueber Zahnbau und Zahnwechsel der Dipnoer. Anatom. Anzeiger, Jena, 1892,
p- 821.

37. Traquatr, R. H.—On the Genera Dipterus, Sedg. & Murch., Paledaphus, Van Beneden und
De Koninck, Holodus, Pander, and Cheirodus, M‘Coy. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5
vol. 11. 1878, p. 1.

38. Ipem.—On Phaneropleuron andersoni [Huxley], and Uronemus lobatus [Agassiz]. Jour.
Geolog. Soc. Ireland, n. s. vol. iii, 1871, p. 41.

39. Ipem.—Notes on the Devonian Fishes of Campbelltown and Scaumenac Bay in Canada, No. 3.
Geol. Mag. 1893, p. 262.

40. Van Wisnn, J. W.—Ueber das Visceralskelet und die Nerven des Kopfes der Ganoiden und
von Ceratodus. Niederlindisches Archiv fiir Zoologie, Bd. v. Heft 3, 1882, p. 207.

41. Wirprrsnermm, R.—Das Skelet und Nervensystem von Lepidosiren annectens (Protopterus
ang.| Morphologische Studien, Heft i. Jena, 1880, p. 45.

IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC. 379

42. Wirepersueim, R.—Salamandrina perspicillata und Geotriton fuscus. 1875.

43. Ipem.—Das Kopfskelet der Urodelen. Leipzig, 1877.

44. Wiper, H. H.—Die Nasengegend von Menopoma alleyhaniense und Amphiuma tridactylum,
Zool. Jahrbiicher, Bd. v. Heft 2, 1892.

45. Woopwarp, A..S.—British Museum Catalogue of Fossil Fishes, pt. il. 1891.

VI. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

The cartilaginous portions of the skull are tinted blue. Unless otherwise stated, the
figures are of the natural size. The lettering is uniform in both Plates.

PLATE XXVIII.

1. Lateral view of the skull of the Paraguayan Lepidosiren.

Fig. 2. View of dorsal surface.

Fig. 3. Ventral view. ‘The cerato-hyal, cranial rib, and interoperculum of the left side
have been removed. ‘The vestigial hyoidean ray of the right interoperculum
is not shown.

Fig. 4. Vertical longitudinal section of the skull.

Fig. 5. Dorsal. view of the nasal region and the anterior portions of the palato-
pterygoid and fronto-parietal bones. The ectethmoids have been removed.

Fig. 6. View of the periotic capsule from the interior of the cranial cavity. x 2.

es
de
=]

. External lateral view of the lower jaw.
Fig. 8. Internal lateral view.

PLATE XXIX.
Fig. 9. External view of the mandibular symphysis.
Fig. 10. Branchial arches of the left side.
Figs. 11-19. Tranverse sections through the skull at the various points indicated by
dotted lines in fig. 21.
Fig. 11. Transverse section through A-B in fig. 21.

Fig. 12. a Ls C-D 35
Fig. 13. = : pag.
Fig. 14. B 33 G-H is
Fig. 15. 5 re I-J os
Fig. 16. 55 K-L 6
Poe a i MENG
Fig. 18. . a O-P FA
Fig. 19. 3 ss Q-R mi

Fig. 20. Transverse section through the nasal region of Ceratodus fosteri.
Fig. 21. Outline lateral view of the skull of the Paraguayan Lepidosiren to show the
_ planes in which the transverse sections (figs. 11-19) have been taken. The
ectethmoids, opercular bones, and the hyoid arch have been removed.

376 ON THE SKULL IN THE PARAGUAYAN LEPIDOSIREN, ETC.
REFERENCES TO LETTERING.
a.m.t. Anterior mandibular tooth-plate. n.sp. Neural spine.
an. Angular. op. Operculum.
an.p. Antorbital process. p.c. Periotic capsule.
an.p'. Labial portion of antorbital process. p.m.t. Posterior mandibular tooth.
ap.t. Anterior palatal tooth. pu.p. Prenasal process.
ar. Articular surface of mandible. p.pt. Palato-pterygoid bone.
ar.c. Articular extremity of suspensorial p.pt. Posterior palatal tooth.
cartilage. ppt.a. Ascending process of the palato-ptery-
at.p. Antorbital process of the palato-ptery- goid.
goid. p-pt.a'. Spur on the ascending process of the
b.c. Cartilaginous “ basis cranii.” palato-pterygoid, to which the ect-
b.c.v. Basicranial vacuity or cleft. ethmoid is attached.
ch. Cerato-hyal. ps. Parasphenoid.
cor.p. Coronoid process of the mandible. p.t. Palatal tooth (Ceratodus) .
er. “ Cranial rib.” ».sy. Palatal symphysis.
d.e. Dermal ethmoid. s.m.e. Spina meutalis externa.
ec.e. Dermal ectethmoid. s.m.i. Spina mentalis interna.
eo. Exoccipital. snp. Subnasal cartilage.
fp. Fronto-parietal. sp. Splenial.
hy.s.l. Hyo-suspensorial ligament. sg. Squamosal.
i.n.s. Internasal septum. sg.c. Sagittal crest.
i.op. Interoperculum. s.r. Saccular recess.
ld.c. “ Lambdoid crest.” st.p. Styliform process.
mk.c. Meckelian cartilage. sus.c. Suspensorial cartilage.
m.m.t. Middle mandibular tooth. tr.c. ‘Trabecular cornu.
m.p.t. Middle palatal tooth. tr.c. Trabecular cartilage.
ms.e. Mesethmoid cartilage. u.l.c. Upper labial cartilage.
m.sy. Mandibular symphysis. | ut.r. Utricular recess.
n.a. First neural arch. v.hy.r. Vestigial hyoidean rays,
n.c. Nasal capsule. vo.t. Vomerine teeth.
no. Notochord. 1,2,... First, second, ... Branchial arches.
n.s. Nasal sac.
Foramina.
3. Olfactory nerve. vii. Superior palatine branch of the Facialis.
ii, Optic nerve. vii”, Ramus mandibularis internus (Facialis).
in. Motor oculi. ix. Glossopharyngeal.
ve Ramus ophthalmicus of the Trigeminus. x. Vagus, and internal jugal or anterior
v’. Ramus maxillaris and the ramus man- cardinal vein.
dibularis of the Trigeminus, the h.s.c. Ampullary extremity of the vertical
Nervus Lateralis Facialis, and the semicircular canal and the horizontal
ramus communicans between the canal.
Facial nerve and the lateral branch in.c. Internal carotid artery.
of the Vagus. sp.n'. Dorsal and ventral roots of first spinal
vp. Branch of ramus ophthalmicus pro- nerve (Hypoglossal).
_ fundus (Trigeminus). sp.n*. Dorsal and ventral roots of the second
v". Branch of ramus mandibularis (Tri- spinal nerve.
a geminus). t,f. Temporal foramen (“ Schlafengrube’’).
vil. Ramus hyomandibularis (Facialis). v.s.c. Vertical semicircular canals.

CC KVL

D

IV.

Loobtoc. Vol.

dp

.Sp-

foe 276 E

pr.p.

+, Newman

Wes

MP Parker chromo hth.

ianap

Skull of Lepidosiren.

smm.e. TUt.&

ppt psy pe aru,p.
C0 Gn Fe Mm 9 Q
21 :
> ae:
: Or B
b
2 MP Parker chromo lith! ‘ ae West,Newman imp.

: : | Skull of Lepidosiren.

a1)
hers

87/6441

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

>

Vou. XIV.—Parr 6. -

LONDON.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE;
AND BY MESSRS, LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW.

- June 1898.

Price 24s.

Taylor and Francis, Printers, | [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

To Fellows. To the Public.

eens ae es Liss. 0:

VOLUME I. (1833-1835, contaming 59 Plates). . Price 313 6 . . . 418 O*
VOLUME II. (1835-1841, containing 71 Plates): . , 400... 5 6 6*
VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containing 63 Plates). . » 8 8 3... 411 O*
VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, contaming 77 Plates). . 5, 620... 8 2 6+
VOLUME _ V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . ,, Bae Bar 26 19 Op
VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates). . ,, 11 5 O .. .15 O OF
VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates). . ,, 10 4 0 .. .1812 OF
VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates), . ,, OES 8 5 eee de ld Or
VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates). . ,, 12 16... .16 2 OF
VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates). . ,, 10 0 3 . . .18 7 OF

GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1833-1879) . ,, 0 6 010 0

VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). . Price 912 0 1216 0

Part 1. (1880, containing 4 Plates) . . .. . SOR? 0 016 0

» 2 (1880, containmg 7 Plates) . . .. . » 018 O 1 4 0

» 9. (1881, contaming 8 Plates) . ... . Fpl aDea8) 110 0

» 4. (1881, contaming 3 Plates) . .... OAD rh @ 010 0

» 5. (1881, contaming 13 Plates) . . ... » 9018 0 1 4 0

», 6. (1882, containing 6 Plates) » 012 0 016 0

» @- (1882, contamimg 9 Plates) . . ... . fo O We © 1 00

» 9. (1883, contaimg 1] Plates) . . .. . O12 20 016 0

» 9. (1888, containmg 10 Plates) . . .. . » 912 0 016 0

» 10. (1885, containing 12 Plates) . . . . . Shs 2 2 0

» 11. (1885, containing 14 Plates and Title and Index),, 111 6 2c3270

* No copies of these volumes in stock.
T Only complete copies of these volumes left in stock.

Continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

faaon)
wo
I
+1
ey

VIII. On the Mammals obtained by Mr. John Whitehead during his recent Expedition
to the Philippines. By OuprreLD Tuomas. With Field-notes by the Collector.

Received May 19, 1897, read June 15, 1897.

[Puares XXX.-XXXVI.]

Mr. JoHN WHITEHEAD, whose exploration of Mount Kina Balu has already
rendered him famous as a collector, has during the last three years been engaged in the
exploration of the islands of the Philippine group, partly at his own expense, and
partly at that of the “ subscribers to the Whitehead Fund,” to whose generosity the
National Museum owes the donation of the whole of the specimens that the subscribers
had a claim to under Mr. Whitehead’s agreement with them.

As the exploration has been so remarkably successful, it is only fitting that an
acknowledgment of their generosity should be appended to this account of the
Mammals obtained during the expedition. Their names are as follows :—Messrs.
Matthew, James, and Andrew Arthur, the Duke of Bedford, Major‘Cooper Cooper,
the late Mr. Alexander Dennistoun, Mr. John Dennistoun, the late Lady Huntingtower,
the late Mr. Henry Seebohm, Mr. J. G..Sandeman, and Mr. J. T. Thomasson.

The Philippine Islands, however rich in birds, have always previously been looked
upon as a group very poor in Mammals, especially in comparison with the rich faunas
of the other islands of the Kast Indian Archipelago. ‘This poverty was particularly
evident in regard to really peculiar indigenous Mammals; for, with the exception of
Phicwomys cumingi, scarcely a Mammal was known from the group other than
members of widely-distributed genera, of which the Philippine species were either
identical with or closely allied to Palawan, Bornean, or Celebean forms.

Little, therefore, could have been expected from the expedition further than the
discovery of a few fresh species of genera known to inhabit the group, and this, so far
as regards the islands other than Luzon, is just what has occurred. But in the great
northern island of the group Mr. Whitehead has made a most wonderful and un-
expected discovery, that of a new and peculiar Mammal-fauna inhabiting the Luzon
highlands, and, so far as is yet known, mostly isolated on a small plateau on the
top of Monte Data, in the centre of Northern Luzon, at an altitude of from 7000 to
8000 feet.

VOL. XIV.—) ArT vi. No. 1.—J/une, 1898. 5p

378 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS

The plateau itself, as will be seen by Mr. Whitehead’s notes below, is of extremely
small size, but in spite of this fact he obtained there specimens of the following
remarkable series of animals :—

Crocidura grayt.

Felis domestica (feral).

Paradoxurus philippinensis.

Celenomys silaceus. New genus and species.
Chrotomys whiteheadi. New genus and species.
Rhynchomys soricoides. New genus and species.
Phleomys pallidus.

Mus everetti.

Mus luzonicus. New species.

Mus decumanus (feral).

Mus chrysocomus.

Mus ephippium negrinus.

Batomys granti. New genus and species.
Carpomys melanurus and C. pheurus. New genus and two new species.
Crateromys schadenberg?.

In addition to these, Crunomys fallax, a new genus and species, was obtained in the
district of Isabella, east of Monte Data.

Therefore no less than six new genera and eight new species were discovered in the
island, a proportion of novelty that has perhaps never been equalled in the history of
Mammal-collecting.

Besides these new forms, Mr. Whitehead discovered a new genus and species of Bat
in Mindoro and several additional species of Bats and Rodents in that and other
islands.

What are the true affinities of the isolated fauna of Luzon is a question that is
not easy to answer, for the representative forms are mostly so peculiar as to render
their zoological relationships more or less doubtful. On the whole, the connections,
such as they are, seem to be partly with Celebes and partly with the Australian region.
Thus Rhynchomys seems to have its nearest ally (Echiothrix) in Celebes; Mus chryso-
comus is actually a Celebean species; while Chrotomys, Celenomys, and Crunomys
belong to a subfamily, the Hydromyine, hitherto known only from Australia and New
Guinea. Finally. Crateromus seems to have its nearest ally in Lenomys from Celebes,
and in another new genus not yet described that occurs in New Guinea.

On the other hand, Phlwomys is so isolated that I can make no suggestions as to
what is its nearest ally, and Carpomys and Batomys belong to a group of arboreal
genera scattered over the oriental part of the East Indian Archipelago. This group
of genera may possibly either have a definite alliance one to the other, independent

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 579

of Mus, or may be isolated survivors of an older murine fauna, of which Mus has
now gained the dominant position, or finally may all be independent offshoots of the
same central genus. Probably the second of these hypotheses approaches nearest
to the truth, although one or two of the less differentiated genera, such as Vandeleuria,
may have arisen in the third way.

In any case, Science is to be congratulated on the wonderful series of new forms
which Mr. Whitehead’s exploration of the little plateau of Monte Data has placed at
her service, and I feel sure that, when they are studied by someone better able than
IT am to make out their complicated relationships, our general knowledge of geo-
graphical and phylogenetic evolution will be by their aid materially increased.

The following are Mr. Whitehead’s general notes on the collection :—

‘The Mammals were collected during a period of three years spent in the Philippine
Islands. As my time was occupied chiefly with ornithology and no special effort was
made to collect Mammals, the results may be looked upon as fairly satisfactory.

“The largest collection, and at the same time the most interesting, was formed in
the highlands of the Province of Lepanto, North Luzon, chiefly on Monte Data,
a table-topped mountain of from 7000 to 8000 feet in altitude. A few specimens come
from Cape Engaiio, the most northern point of East Luzon, and a few Rats and a new
Bat from the highlands of Mindoro. In Negros very few Mammals were met with.
In Samar several interesting forms were obtained, including Tarsius philippensis, but,
with the exception of a new Pigmy Squirrel, all well known to naturalists.

“Monte Data, my chief collecting-ground, is inhabited by a peculiar wild tribe of
Malays, not of Negrito stock, who call themselves Igorrotes. I found them very pleasant
savages, and, fortunately for me, they knew the value of coins. By purchasing all the
animals brought to my camp, I soon had quite thirty Igorrote collectors hard at work
most of the day with their little terriers, digging out Rats and snaring the larger
mammals and birds. The various small Rats they brought in alive—and often had
their hands much bitten—as I refused to deal in dead specimens, the skulls being
generally smashed to bits. In less than a month’s time the tent was festooned with
rat-skins hanging up to dry, my collection consisting of over one hundred specimens.
A perusal of the list (see p. 878) will give the reader an idea of the Rodents obtained
on this mountain.

“The table-top of Monte Data is perhaps over three miles long, by one mile (or more
in places) broad. The vegetation consists chiefly of oaks and pines, all well clothed
in lichen and other parasitic plants, but the undergrowth of bamboo, fern, and raspberry
is very thick. ‘The ground is much burrowed by Rats; and I may mention that the
largest known species of Old-World Scops Owl comes from this place, showing that
the food-supply is both abundant and nutritious. In Mindoro I was most unfortunate,
visiting that island in the wet season. We were unable to leave our tent for days

3D 2

380 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS

together, and during three months only some five days were fine. A variety of the
Common Rat was soon attracted to our camp, where it became quite a nuisance.
In Negros my camp was also infested with Rats, many of which we trapped.

_“The distribution of Mammalia throughout the Philippine Archipelago is most
interesting, but the larger islands are by no means thoroughly explored—more
especially Mindoro, Mindanao, and the Pacific coast of North and Central Luzon.

“In the larger islands of Luzon, Mindoro, Panay, Negros, and Cebu, we find neither
Tarsius, Galeopithecus, nor Sciurus; but all these Bornean genera are found in Samar
and Leite. Yarstus is wanting from Mindanao and Bohol, but when the larger island
is explored it will doubtless be met with there also.

“In Luzon and Mindoro no indigenous Felis has yet been discovered ; this genus
occurring in Panay, Negros, and Cebu. Though it has not yet been obtained in
Mindanao, I expect it will be eventually discovered in that great island.

“Tt is possible that /el’s does not occur in Samar and Leite, as these islands are
much more to the east and may have missed the migration—as apparently the Negros,
Panay, and Cebu group have missed that of Sciwrus and other genera. If Felis is
confined to the Negros group, it seems probable that Man was the agent of intro-
duction of this Bornean animal.

*Tuzon has many wonderful Rodents peculiar to it, notably such genera as Phlawomys
and Crateromys. In the island of Marinduque, Phleomys also occurs ; but this island,
by its birds alone, is really a part of Luzon, from which island it is separated by a strait
equal, however, to that which separates Luzon from Mindoro.

“Mindoro is remarkable for its Tamarau (Bubalus mindorensis), an animal perhaps
more nearly allied to the Anoa of Celebes than to any other. It is interesting to
notice the absence of such Bornean genera as Tupaia, Mydaus, Arctictis, Hystrix, and
Sciurus, which are found in Palawan and the Calamianes, but have never been able to
cross into Mindoro. There are, however, several Palawan birds in Mindoro which are
not met with in any other of the true Philippine Islands.

‘* In the west-central islands Panay, Negros, and Cebu, we find a paucity of Mammals,
giving one the idea that any land-connection with Mindanao must have been either
very ancient or of brief duration; while in the east-central islands Samar, Leite, and
Bohol, we meet with several genera in common with Mindanao and Borneo. It is
perhaps possible to state with some certainty that the true Philippine group has
received no Mammals from Borneo vid Palawan, but several genera from Borneo
and perhaps Celebes wid@ Mindanao, which have been unable to spread further north
than Samar; and at that period of migration there was no land-connection with
North-west Mindanao and the Negros group. Luzon probably received its peculiar
Rodents vié Formosa, and they were unable to spread beyond that island; but at
present the highlands of Formosa are a terra incognita.

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 381

“There are, however, four genera of Mammalia which are dispersed throughout the
entire Philippine Archipelago, viz. Macacus, Paradoxurus, Viverra, and Sus, all of
which are found in Borneo and Palawan, and all of which are carried about by man ;
for to me it seems impossible to account in any other way for such a general distribution
of these four genera, while so many other genera are so strangely and strictly
distributed. Cervus is also found in many of the Philippines, but its exact distribution
is probably unknown, neither have I heard of Palawan as a locality; it is also an
animal much carried about by man. Cervus and Sus are also able, and doubtless do
increase their distribution by swimming from island to island ; nearly every small island
off the coast of the large islands being inhabited by Sus. On the top of Monte Data
there were small herds of semi-wild pigs belonging to the Igorrotes, and doubtless
many must revert to their wild state. Therefore 1 am much inclined to look upon
man as the chief agent in the distribution of the Pig. Deer, of course, are conveyed
everywhere and put down with the idea of affording future sport.”

Macacus cyNomo.eus (Linn.).

a, 3. Barit, Abra Dist., N. Luzon, Nov. 11, 1894.

“The Long-tailed Green Monkey is common throughout the Philippine group.
It, as is usual with the various members of this great family, does much harm among
the crops planted by man. In North Luzon monkeys infest the forests in the neigh-
bourhood of native plantations, especially those of maize and sweet potatoes; in Samar
the rice-fields had to be carefully guarded from their attacks. From the sea-coast to
the tops of the mountains the Chongo is ubiquitous. In North Luzon small bands
frequented the flat summit of Monte Data, where during the winter months the tem-
perature is as low as 28° Fahr. In Mindoro and Negros we also noticed it at 6000 feet.

“ Distribution. Found commonly throughout the Philippine Islands, including
Palawan.

“Native Tagalo name, ‘Chongo.’”—J. W.

‘TARSIUS PIILIPPENSIS Mey.

Tarsius philippensis Meyer, Abh. Mus. Dresd. 1894-95, no. 1, p. 1 (1894),

a,b. Yg.$, adult 2. Samar, June 16, 1896.

Dr. Meyer makes a primary character of the asserted nakedness of the tarsi in the
Philippine Tarsius, but both these specimens, which may be looked upon as topotypes,
instead of having “ tarsi denudati” (“ vollkommen nackt”), should rather be described,
like Dr. Meyer’s 7. sangirensis 1, as “ tarsis fere nudis.” ‘The exact differences between
the last-named and the Philippine Varsius are not stated by Dr. Meyer when carefully
explaining why it is distinct from TZ. fuscus.

* Abh, Mus. Dresd. 1896-97, no. 1, p. 9 (1896),

382 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS

“This remarkable mammal is found in the islands of Samar and Leite, where it is
called by the Bisayas ‘ Magou.’ So far as I am aware, it has not been obtained in
Luzon or Mindoro to the north, or in Masbate, Cebu, Negros, or Panay, islands to the
west and north-west of Samar. It probably occurs in the great island of Mindanao,
and perhaps in Bohol, to the south of Leite.

“In habits the ‘ Magou’ is nocturnal, as the enormous owl-like eyes would lead one
to suppose ; it frequents abandoned clearings, where the new growth has sprung up to -
a height of some twenty feet, and in Samar, where the ground is also thickly covered
with ferns and other plants to a height of some three feet. In such places this little
animal easily conceals itself during the day. I had the good fortune to see a
‘Magou’ in such a locality one day in Samar. The Tarsius was clinging to the stem
of a small tree just above the fern-growth, with its peculiar hands round the tree; it
was awake and intently watching my movements, and permitted me to approach as
close as I wished: when, doubtless, at the least sudden movement of my hands it
would have jumped to the ground and made off in the thick undergrowth. During
the night the ‘Magou’ is very active, and may often be heard, in localities where
they are numerous, uttering a peculiar squeak like a monkey. From its habit of
feeding only on insects, this animal has a strong Bat-like smell.

“In Samar, where at different times I kept several ‘ Magous’ alive, I found them
very docile and easily managed during the day. ‘hey fed freely off grasshoppers,
sitting on their haunches on my hand. When offered an insect, the ‘Magou’ would
stare for a short time with its most wonderful eyes, then slowly bend forward and
with a sudden dash would seize the insect with both hands and instantly carry it to
its mouth, shutting its eyes and screwing up its tiny face in a most whimsical fashion.
The grasshopper was then quickly passed through the sharp little teeth, the kicking
legs being held with both hands. When the insect was beyond further mischief, the
large eyes of the ‘Magou’ would open, and the legs and wings were then bitten off,
while the rest of the body was thoroughly masticated. My captives would also drink
fresh milk from a spoon. After the sun had set this little animal became most
difficult to manage, escaping when possible, and making tremendous jumps from chair
to chair. When on the floor it bounded about like a miniature kangaroo, travelling
about the room on its hind legs with the tail stretched out and curved upward,
uttering peculiar shrill monkey-like squeaks, and biting quite viciously when the
opportunity offered. During the day the pupil of the eye becomes so contracted that
it appears only as a fine line, but after dark it is so expanded as to fill up most of
the iris.

“The popular native idea is that the ‘Magou’ feeds on charcoal, the reason for
this being that the animal is generally found after the old plantations have been cut
down and burnt, the ‘Magou’ doubtless having returned to its old haunts from

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 383,

which it had been driven by the woodcutters. This delusion is fatal to all captured
‘Magous,’ as they are immediately put on a diet of charcoal, and therefore soon
starve to death.”—J. W.

PTEROPUS JUBATUS Eschsch.

a,b,c. 3ad.sk. S 2. Barit, Abra Dist., N. Luzon, Nov. 1894:

These specimens, practically topotypes of the species, which was described from
Manila, have the brilliant golden napes and apparently all the other characters
described by Prof. Elliot as diagnostic of his Pt. auri-nuchalis’. It seems probable,
therefore, that this latter name should be considered as a synonym of Pt. jubatus,
of which the range no doubt extends over the whole of the Philippines.

‘This large Fruit-Bat was in immense numbers in the Province of Abra, N. Luzon,
where it had taken possession of a long, low range of hills, well covered with forest.
Just at sunset these Bats issued from their roosting-place in thousands towards all
points of the compass. Numbers of those that passed the Abra river dipped to drink
in the stream, but seemed afraid, making often several attempts before they dared to
come low enough to touch the water. On the sea-coast also the large Fruit-Bats
often dip to drink in the sea on calm evenings. This Bat has a peculiar, though not
disagreeable, odour. The wings are quite sticky to the touch. Met with in North-
Central Luzon.”—J. W.

PTEROPUS VAMPYRUS (Linn.).

a, b. Verac, Catanduanes Island, Sept. 1894.

This species occurs in every collection made in the Philippines, and is evidently
common throughout the archipelago.

“In the island of Samar we obtained several examples, which were unfortunately
burnt with my collection on the s.s. ‘Weyland.’ In Samar this Bat was found
roosting during the day in the mangrove-swamps in great numbers.

**My specimens were obtained in the islands of Catanduanes, South Luzon, and
Samar."—J. W.

XANTHARPYIA AMPLEXICAUDATA (Geoffr.).

a, b, $2. Highlands of Benguet, Luzon, 5000 feet, Feb. 24, 1894.

These specimens represent Gray’s “ Hleutherura philippinensis,” from Manila.
Although stated to have been received from Gould, no doubt the type of that form

was originally obtained by Cuming.

' Field Col. Mus. Publ. vol. i. p. 77 (1896).

384 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS

Genus HarpyionycTeris Thos.
Harpyionycteris Thos., Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 243 (1896).

Index with a claw. Wings from the sides of the hairy back, inserted behind at the
junction of the first and second toes. No tail. Hind limbs apparently very short.
Interfemoral membrane obsolete, buried in thick fur.

Dentition.—I. ,4,, C. 4, P. $, M.4xX2=28 or 30.

Teeth (Plate XXXV. figs. 1-4). Upper incisors large, touching each other and the
canines; shaped, when viewed in front, almost like those of Desmodus, each with a
long oblique cusp touching its fellow in the middle line of the skull, but in section
each is broadly triangular, with a broad posterior basal ledge. Canines with a large
posterior secondary cusp, about half as high as the main cusp, and with a broad
postero-internal basal ledge, but no additional internal cusps ; its direction much more
slanting forward than usual, as is the lower canine also, so that the two cross each
other nearly at right angles, instead of being approximately parallel. First two
premolars about as in Cynopterus. Molars oblong in section and of a peculiar cuspidate
character, the lateral longitudinal walls to the usual median groove broken up into
several minute cusps, none of which are at all specially lengthened. Below, the
incisors are practically obsolete, being minute and almost crowded out! by the large
canines, which touch each other in the middle line, and have each an antero-internal
and a postero-external secondary cusp and a broad posterior ledge.

It is difficult to say with certainty to what previously known genus this remarkable
form is most nearly allied. Its peculiar canines to a certain extent recall those of
Harpyia, but this resemblance may be either accidental or due to their common
descent from the (presumably) cuspidate-toothed ancestors of the Pteropodide?. On
the whole it may be most conveniently placed near Xantharpyia and Boneia, with
which it shares certain external characters, an indical claw, and the cheek-tooth
formula of P. 3, M. 4; but the unique incisors, the short bi- and tricuspidate canines,
and the multicuspidate molars separate it widely even from these, and render it one
of the most isolated of all the genera of the group. Its skull and dentition are
figured on Plate XX XV. figs. 1-4.

HARPYIONYCTERIS WHITEHEADI Thos. (Plate XXX. fig. 1.)

Size about as in Xantharpyia ampleaicaudata. Fur soft, close and woolly, especially
posteriorly. General colour of the fur all over, above and below, a uniform chocolate-
brown, a little darker on the face, and a little lighter on the nape and shoulders.

‘ In the single type-specimen one lower incisor only is present, the other having fallen.
* See P. Z.8. 1888, p. 473.

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 385

Wing-membranes dark, with a few whitish spots scattered about them. Ears of
medium length, rounded at their tips. Fur of the back extending thinly on to the
forearms, and covering the hind limbs densely down to the roots of the claws. Inter-
femoral membrane barely a tenth of an inch wide, wholly buried in the fur.

Dimensions of the type (an adult skin of doubtful Sex) :— ;

Forearm 84 millim. (=3°3 inches); head and body 140; ear 17; index-finger and
claw 60; third finger, metacarpal 59, first phalanx 44, second phalanx 54.

Skull; basal length 37:5; greatest breadth 23-8 ; interorbital breadth, tip to tip
of postorbital processes, 6-9, Front of canine to back of m.2 lee

Hab. Mindoro, alt. 5000 feet. Dec, 1895.

“This interesting new Fruit-Bat was shot by me in the highlands of Mindoro at
an altitude of 5000 feet. It was flying round some high trees at dusk, at which
time I generally sat ont near my camp on the look-out for nocturnal birds, The
specimen, when shot, fell into some tangled undergrowth, and it was only after a careful
search with a lamp that my servant found it.

‘* Distribution. Mindoro, 5000 feet.”—J. W.

CARPONYCTERIS AUSTRALIS Pet.
a. 2. Negros.

“Obtained a short way up the Canloan volcano.” —J. W.

HIPpPosiDERUS DIADEMA Geoftr.

a. Manitoc, Albay, S.E. Luzon, Aug. 1894.
6. Catanduanes, Sept. 24, 1896.

PIPISTRELLUS IMBRICATUS (Horsf.).

a. 9. Manila.

A young individual, apparently of this rare species.

“ Picked up in a dying state on the side-walk in Manila.”—J, W.

MYorTIS MACROTARSUS (Waterh.).
a,ad.al. 9. Manila, May 20, 1876. Presented by Mr. Whitehead.

This Bat was originally discovered by Cuming, and no other specimen has been
received by the British Museum until now. I fail to see, either in the fresh specimen
or in the type, that the wing-membrane is attached to the body much nearer to the spine
than is usual, a character on which Dobson lays some stress. The black claws of the
type, also specially mentioned by him, may have been caused by some fluid in which
the specimen had been put, for Mr. Whitehead’s fresh specimen, unquestionably
identical specifically, has the claws of the normal pale colour.

“ Brought to me by some boys in Manila.”—J. W.

VOL. XIV.—PaRT vi. No. 2.—June, 1898.

oo
&

386 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS

KERIVOULA WHITEHEAD! Thos.
Kerivoula whiteheadi Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 460 (1894).
a. &. Molino, Isabella, N.E. Luzon, May 1894. Type. Presented by Mr. Whitehead.

Size and proportions about as in J. hardwickei, but the ears are slightly longer and
the lower legs shorter. Upper surface of wing-membranes to a line drawn from the
elbow to the foot, whole of interfemoral membrane except the terminal half-inch, and
surface of lower limbs to feet, thinly but distinctly clothed with long orange-coloured
hairs, these parts in A. hardwickei being practically naked. Forearm, carpus, and
index also thinly clothed. Hinder edge of interfemoral with a few short hairs along it,
scarcely forming a fringe.

Colour above rufous-orange, the slaty bases to the hairs showing through, below
dark slaty, the lighter tips scarcely affecting the general dark tone.

Upper inner incisors slender, with a distinct posterior secondary cusp, to the tip of
which the unicuspid outer incisor just reaches. Other teeth apparently as in
K. hardwickei.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in alcohol) :—

Forearm 32 millim. (=1°26 inch).

Head and body 39 millim.; tail 39; head 16; ear from notch 13:5; tip to tip of
ears across head 28°5 ; length of index 51:5; third finger (exclusive of cartilaginous
tip) 61, fifth finger 47 ; lower leg 16-2; hind foot without claws 8.

Hab. Isabella, N.i. Luzon.

Type. B.M. 94. 10. 9. 2.

This species is undoubtedly very close to H. hardwicket, but may be distinguished by
its hairy interfemoral and by the different structure of its upper incisors. It may be
noted that a Mindanao specimen of the older known species shows no approximation to
K. whiteheadi.

MINIOPTERUS SCHREIBERSI PUSILLUS Dobs.
a, b. Barit, Abra, Luzon. Presented by Mr. Whitehead.

‘Captured in a butterfly-net, while chasing each other round my room.”—J. W.

GALEOPITHECUS PHILIPPINENSIS Waterh.

a. 3. Samar, June 10, 1896.

‘Fairly common in Samar and Leite, and on the small islands between; I have also
seen dozens of skins from the island of Bohol. Several Spaniards do quite a trade in
the skins of this Lemur, which are of all shades of brown, grey, and even bright yellow.

Generally beautifully mottled, but at times quite unmarked.
«The Flying Lemur passes the day in sleep, clinging to the trunk of some large tree

1

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 387

—and doubtless the coloration of the tree-bark is selected to match the fur by the
resting animal, for I have shot in Malacca grey specimens on grey-barked trees.
‘The ‘Caguang’ of the Bisayas.”—J, W.

Crocipura (Croc.) Gray Dobs.

Crocidura (Croc.) grayi Dobs. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) vi. p. 494 (1890).

a. Benguet, Luzon, Feb. 1894. Presented by Mr. Whitehead.

b. Monte Data, Feb. 1895,

This Shrew was described by Dr. Dobson from two specimens in the British Museum
that had been received from the Zoological Society’s old collection, and had been.
obtained by Mr. H. Cuming. Although merely labelled ‘ Philippines,” they were
most probably from Manila.

Luzon also contains a member of the subgenus Pachyura, examples of which in the
British Museum have been labelled by Dr. Dobson as C. murina. Probably they
represent Peters’s C. luzoniensis 1.

FELIS MINUTA Temm.
a. Negros.

“This handsome little Cat is apparently found only in the islands of Panay, Negros,
and Cebu; but as it also occurs in the great continental island of Borneo, doubtless
it will some day be found in Mindanao. One of my hunters declared that he shot at a
Wild Cat in Samar among some rough broken-up limestone, into which the wounded
animal unfortunately disappeared. TI think we may say for certain that this Cat does
not occur in Luzon, which is so well cultivated that it could scarcely have escaped
detection. In Mindoro it might be possible for this animal to have escaped detection,
as the island is perhaps, after Mindanao, the wildest and most densely covered with
forest of the whole group.

“In Negros, where we obtained a specimen of Felis minuta, the animal
frequented the sugar-plantations, where it finds an abundance of rats. During
harvesting operations this Cat is often captured by the natives, who form a ring round
the last patch of standing cane. One of my collectors said that he saw this animal as
high as 6000 feet, on Canloan volcano.

“ Distribution. Panay, Negros, and Cebu.”—J. W.

FELIS Domestica L.
Reference has already ‘“oeen made2 to what appears to be a feral Domestic Cat

obtained by Mr. Whitehead on Monte Data. Mr. Whitehead’s own notes on the
subject are as follows:—

* MB. Ak, Berl. 1870, p. 595.
* Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xviii. p, 245 (1896),
| 35

LS

388 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS

“In North Luzon we obtained a very large specimen of a Wild Cat, on the mountains
at an altitude of 7000 feet. This animal, I am told, isa feral race of the Domestic Cat,
Felis domestica, but it is unlike any Cat that exists in the native villages of to-day, being
nearly double the size of any Igorrote Cat, and tabby marked, on a rather sandy
ground. My friend Mr, A. H. Everett, however, informs me that he obtained a Wild
Cat very like it in Celebes, which turned out to be an offspring of some escaped Domestic
Cat.” —J. W.

VIVERRA TANGALUNGA Gray.

a. Cape Engatio, N. Luzon, May 17, 1895.

‘“We met with this beautifully marked Musang at Cape Engafio, the most northern
point of East Luzon. One of the specimens obtained is much more clearly marked
than the other, and also slightly larger. This Musang was also snared by the natives.
In habits it resembles Paradoxurus, both being decidedly nocturnal and expert tree-
climbers.

“ Distribution. Found in all the larger islands of the Philippines, including Palawan
(Bourns and Worcester).’—J. W.

PARADOXURUS PHILIPPINENSIS Jourd.

a. d. la Trinidad, Benguet Dist., N. Luzon, Feb. 8, 1894.

b. 9. Monte Data, Lepanto, N. Luzon, Feb. 1895.

“Common throughout North Luzon, especially in the high mountains, where mela-
nistic forms seem to occur on an average of one to two with brown ones. ‘The
Musang is easily secured by the Igorrote hunter, by setting springes in the narrow
mountain pathways, the space on each side of the snare being carefully stopped,
forcing a passing animal to walk over the trap, which generally nooses it by one of the
fore-paws. In these mountain-paths will be noticed the numerous excreta of this
animal, which are often composed of the seeds of small forest fruits; but if a coffee-
plantation be in the vicinity the excreta are made up of coffee-stones, the pulpy
encasement of the coffee-pip being very sweet. The Musang is, as might be expected,
a great enemy to all sorts of poultry, killing simply for amusement after hunger has
been satisfied. Met with in North Luzon from the coast up to 8000 feet.

“ Distribution. Found in all the larger islands of the Philippines, including Palawan.”’
—J. W.

ScIURUS SAMARENSIS Steere.
a. Samar, June 6, 1896.

The figure given by Dr. Meyer ' of this species is evidently very much over-coloured,

* Abh. Mus. Dresd. 1896-97, no. 6. p. 29, pl. xi. fig. 2 (1896).

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 389

as neither Mr. Whitehead’s specimen nor one of Steere’s co-types in the British
Museum has feet anything like so strikingly black as is there shown.

The British Museum possesses examples of three species of middle-sized Squirrels
from the Philippines—sS. steere? Giinth., of Palawan and Balabac, S. philippinensis
Waterh., of which, besides the much-deteriorated type from ‘* Mindanao,” Mr. Everett
has sent examples from Zamboanga and Basilan, and S. samarensis Steere, of
Samar. Whether, as the localities would indicate, S. mindanensis Steere (S. cagst,
Mey.) is synonymous with S. philippinensis, or is most closely allied to S. samarensis,
I am not at present able to determine.

““Mct with both in Samar and Leite, but by no means common, being difficult to
see or shoot owing to the great height of the forest trees in these islands.

“The ‘ Alalaksing’ of the Bisayas."—J. W.

NANNOSCIURUS SAMARICUS sp. n.! (Plate XXX. fig. 2.)
a. 2. Samar, June 30, 1896. Type.
Allied to N. concinnus Thos., but greyer and less rufous. Two premolars present in

the adult.

Size and general characters very much as in WN. concinnus. Fur, however, much
shorter and more velvet-like, the hairs about 5 millim. Jong on the back. General
colour of head and body finely grizzled olive-grey, with only a faint tinge of rufous on
the back, thus contrasting with the broadly rufous-washed WN. concinnus. Under
surface rather thinly haired, dirty greyish, not defined on the sides. Limbs dusky,
upper sides of hands and feet dusky grizzled grey, a few orange-tipped hairs on the
digits. Characters of sole-pads apparently much as in WV. concinnus. Tail similar to
that of the allied species, but the rufous rings on the hairs are less developed, and the
black ones more, su that the general result is darker.

Skull apparently very similar to that of the allied species, but the nasals are some-
what narrower.

‘Two upper premolars present, the anterior minute, styliform, circular, the posterior
considerably larger, but still much smaller than m.!. Molars all much more rounded
than in WV. concinnus, their transverse scarcely exceeding their longitudinal diameter.

Dimensions of the type, an adult female, in skin :—

Head and body 88 wmillim.; tail, without hair 69, with hair 94; hind foot
(moistened) 25:2.

Skull: greatest breadth 16-2; nasals, length 7°7, breadth 3:1; interorbital breadth 10 ;
tip to tip of postorbital processes 12°6; diastema 6; length of cheek, with series (p.*
to m.°) 4:1, of three molars only 3-0. Lower jaw: condyle to incisor tip 18:2; bone

only 155.

’ See preliminary diagnosis in Minutes of P. Z. 8. for June 15, 1897 (published June 19),

390 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS

This little Squirrel is perhaps merely the representative of NV. concinnus in Samar,
as it seems probable that there are really two premolars in that animal as in the other
Malayan Nannosciuri. The original specimen was described by me as having only one
premolar; but this latter proves on further examination! to be the milk-premolar,
a fact which renders it rather uncertain whether the adult may not have the additional
anterior premolar generally present.

Apart from this question, V. samaricus may be readily distinguished from NV. con-
cinnus by its longer fur, much more rufous coloration, and rounder molars.

“Like the last species, but less often observed.”—J. W.

CELENOMYS, g. n.”

Colour normal. External form as in Chrotomys.

Skull (Pl. XXXV. fig. 12) broad and strong, evenly rounded, without ridges, very
wedge-shaped in lateral view, owing to the great height of the brain-case, and the
uniform way in which the fronto-nasal and palatal profiles approach each other
anteriorly. Nasals short, not overhanging the incisors. Brain-case smooth and
rounded. Interparietal strap-like, fairly well developed. Anteorbital foramen little
expanded above, the front edge of its outer plate vertical, not produced forward.
Palatal foramina very small. A distinct incisive fissure? present, nearly half the size
of one of the palatal foramina. Posterior nares broad. Lower edge of mandible
peculiarly flattened just behind the symphysis, and pierced with a large number of
minute foramina. Coronoid processes long, strongly curved backward.

Teeth. Incisors much thrown forward, simple, rounded and bevelled in front in a
manner similar to that found in Lophuromys. Molars 2 (Pl. XXXYV. fig. 11), in
essential structure like the anterior two of Chrotomys (see below), but the ridges and
crests less sharp, although this may be (indeed probably is) due to wear, a point
which caunot be settled until young examples are examined. No trace of a third
molar either above or below.

Type. C. stlaceus Thos.

“This genus, although it has the same reduced number of teeth as Hydromys and
Xeromys, is no doubt really most closely allied to Chrotomys, to which, both in external
form and in the general shape of the skull, it presents considerable resemblance. Still,
besides the absence of m.°, it may be distinguished by its normal coloration, longer

and narrower brain-case, and larger interparietal.

1 Of. Forsyth-Major, P. Z. 8. 1893, pl. xi. fig. 7.

* ceNauvés, dark-coloured ; in contradistinction to Chrotomys, derived from ypws, colour, in allusion to the
striking coloration of Chrotomys whiteheadi.

* By this term I refer to a small mesial opening present, in a great many different forms, between the two

premaxillee, just behind the incisors.

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 591

The suppression of m.* in Celwnomys is an interesting sign of its relationship to the
Australian members of the subfamily, Hydromys and Xeromys, both of which have only
two molars, while the other two Philippine genera, Chrotomys and Crunomys, have the
normal Murine number of tliree molars.

CrLaNomys sILaceus (Thos.) (Plate XXXI. fig. 1.)
Xeromys (?) silaceus Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 161 (1895).
a, b. Monte Data, Feb. 1895.

Size of a common Rat. Fur soft, close and velvety, hairs on posterior back about
10-12 millim. in length. General colour uniform slaty grey, very finely grizzled with
whitish, but so finely as scarcely to affect the general grey tone. Sides of muzzle nearly
black. Under surface rather paler than the back, not sharply defined, the hairs slaty
grey basally, washed with buffy white terminally. Eyes small, not black-ringed. Ears
short, uniform greyish. Hands and feet as far as the metapodials dark grey, the
digits whitish or flesh-coloured. ‘Tail rather shorter than the body without the head,
thinly haired, brown above basally, whitish below and at the tip.

Skull as already described.

Dimensions of the type (¢ ) taken in skin :—

fiead and body (probably rather stretched) 195 millim.; tail 110; hind foot
(moistened) 53:4.

Skull, see p. 395.

Hab. Monte Data, Lepanto, N. Luzon, 8000 feet.

‘This curious Mammal at first sight might easily be confounded with Rhynchomys
soricoides, and, like that animal, was also obtained on the table-topped summit of
Monte Data. It seems rare, only two specimens having been snared in some five weeks.
The skull and teeth, instead of being frail as in Rhynchomys, are powerful, and much
more nearly allied to Chrotomys. The eye is small as in Rhynchomys, and the outward
appearance quite as Shrew-like. The habits of this peculiar Mammal I am quite
unable even to guess at.

** Distribution. High mountains of Central Northern Luzon.”—J. W.

CHROTOMYs.

Chrotomys Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. (1895) p. 161.

Colour abnormal among Muride, the back prominently striped. Form suited for a
terrestrial, not aquatic life. Size about as in the common Rat. Fur soft and straight.
Muzzle apparently not cleft. Eyes rather small. Ears well developed. Tail rather
short, thinly haired, scaly. Pollex with a rounded nail; other digits, including hallux,
with well-developed, little-curved claws.

392 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS

Skull (Pl. XXXYV. fig. 9) in general form not unlike that of Celwnomys, but even
more wedge-shaped owing to its greater height posteriorly. Nasals short, their anterior
end level with the middle of the incisive fissure. Interorbital region similarly rounded
and unridged. Brain-case broader and shorter, so that its breadth is equal to its
length. Interparietal very small, a mere narrow transverse slip. Anterior edge of
zygoma-plate slightly concave, the plate little developed. Incisive fissure large, quite
half as large as one of the palatal foramina, which are. as usual in this group, very
small. Posterior nares large and open, the hinder edge of the palate level with the
posterior lamina of m.’. Pterygoids large, projecting downward considerably below
the level either of the molars or bulle. Lower jaw as in Celenomys.

Teeth. Incisors pale yellow, thrown forward, simple, rounded in front. Molars $
(Pl. XXXV. fig. 8), the anterior two very similar in structure to those of Xeromys
(figured P. Z.S. 1889, pl. xxix. fig. 10), but m.! has its middle lamina simpler (more as
in Hydromys) and its posterior lamina is almost obsolete, while m.? has its posterior
supplementary cusp more definitely postero-external, the difference in position being
no doubt due to the presence of the additional molar behind. /.3 quite small,
transversely or obliquely oval in section. In size m.? and m.® together are barely two
thirds the length of m.?.

Below, m., is of the most ultra-hydromyine character, without any of the suppressed
cuspidation of the anterior margin found in Xeromys, and even without the supple-
mentary postero-external cusp found in both the Australian genera. J/., asin Xeromys.
M.., nearly circular, about one-sixth the size of m.,, slightly larger than m.°.

CHROTOMYS WHITEHEADI Thos. (Plate XXXII.)
a-d. Monte Data, Lepanto, 8000 feet, Feb. 1895.

Size of Mus rattus. Fur soft and thick, but not specially long. General colour
greyish brown, tending in some specimens to rufous; a well-defined buff or orange
line extending from between the eyes down the back nearly to the tail, shown up on
each side by a broad shining black band. Under surface dull slaty buff, not sharply
defined on the sides. Top of muzzle dark brown, continuous with the dark edgings
to the central yellow band. Ears of medium length, fairly covered with minute hairs,
uniformly blackish brown. Metapodials shining grey, digits nearly naked, whitish.
Tail short, slender, about half the length of the head and body, thinly hairy, brownish
black above, rather paler below, extreme tip whitish.

Skull aud teeth as already described.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male, measured in skin :—

Head and body 196 millim. ; tail 111; hind foot (moistened) 35.

Dimensions of skull, see p. 395.

Ly pe 3M. 99..8.120 00)

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 395

Owing to the remarkable modification in its colour, quite unique among Muride,
this animal may be looked upon as one of the most striking of all Mr. Whitehead’s
discoveries. Scientifically, it shares with Celenomys and Crunomys the interest
attaching to the occurrence of the subfamily Hydromyine away from the Australian
region, to which the only two previously known genera are confined. No member of
the group has as yet been found in any of the intervening islands, although it is possible
that when the higher mountains of the archipelago are more thoroughly explored other
forms referable to the subfamily will also be found to occur there.

“This handsome Rat was obtained on the summit of Monte Data. It is said by the
natives to feed on sweet potatoes and grass, and to frequent the neighbourhood of their
plantations. Chrotomys is also met with at almost the sea-level, as 1 saw in Manila a
specimen obtained in the Forest of Tarlac in Central Luzon to the north of that city.

“ Distribution. Probably throughout Luzon.’—J. W.

Crunomys!, g.n.

External characters, apparently much as in Xeromys, though the number of mamme
and sole-pads cannot at present be determined. Fur thickly mingled with spines. Ears
short and rounded. Hallux with a claw. Tail rather short, thinly haired, apparently
flattened at end, but this appearance may be simply due to contraction in drying.

Skull (Pl. XXXV. fig. 6) with the peculiar shape characteristic of many Water-
Rodents, such as Hydromys, Ichthyomys, and others; low, flattened, its frontal profile
concave. Nasals long, overhanging the incisors in front. Interorbital region broad,
its edges with scarcely a trace of beading. Interparictal large. General shape
of anteorbital foramina almost exactly as in Chrotomys, the outer plate not produced
forward. Incisive fissure minute. Anterior palatine foramina short. Posterior edge
of palate just level with the hinder edge of m.?.

Molars (P\. XXXYV. fig. 5) much worn in the only specimen, so that it is difficult to
make out their exact structure. It is, however, clear that they are more murine in
structure than is the case with the other members of the Hydromyine; in m.! the
anterior lamina is oblique just as in the other genera of the Hydromyine, but in other
respects might almost be that of Mus itself. dZ.? is also very murine, having a small
antero-internal cusp, a long middle lamina, and a mesial circular one posteriorly; m.° is
subcircular, with a small antero-internal cusp. Below, on the other hand, the teeth are
not unlike those of Chrotomys, except that m., is bilaminate as in Mus, a difference that
one would expect to occur owing to the greater development of this tooth in Crunomys,

Type. Crunomys fallax.

This genus is most interesting from an evolutionary point of view, for it adds

' xpovios, a well-spring ; xpovvei, torrents or streams.

VOL. XIV.—PART VI. No. 3.—June, 1898. 3K

394 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS

another to the links that connect the aberrant Hydromys with the true Murine, and is
indeed the last link needed. For we may take five main characters as distinguishing
Hydromys from an ordinary Mus, viz.: (1) aquatic form; (2) flattened skull; (3)
reduced plate to zygoma-root; (4) two molars only; and (5) peculiar molar structure.
The first discovered linking genus, Xeromys, was murine as to 1, 2, and 3, hydromyine
as to4and 5; then came Chrotomys, murine as to 1, 2, and 4, hydromyine as to 3 and 5.
Celenomys, described above, is like Chrotomys, but also hydromyine as to 4; and now
comes Crunomys, murine as to 1, 4, and to a certain extent the highly important 5
(molar structure), but with the hydromyine 2 and 3, in addition to the short palatal
foramina found in all the genera mentioned.

Like all annectant genera, Crunomys is most difficult to place satisfactorily in the
system, and it js only with much hesitation that I have included it in the Hydromyine,
a position which will have to be revised when specimens showing the unworn dentition,
the mammary formula, and other characters are available for examination.

The following is a rough synopsis of the genera now considered to belong to the

Hydromyinee! :—
Molars 3.
Aquatic. Skull flattened; frontal profile concave . . . . . . . 1. Hydromys.
Terrestrial. Skull rounded; frontal profile normal
Outer wall of anteorbital foramen slightly projected forward. . . 2. Xeromys.
Outer wall of anteorbital foramen not projected forward . . . . 38. Celenomys.

Molars 3.
Molars strictly hydromyine in structure. Back striped. Fur soft. f
Pe nos ha Chrotomys.
Terrestrial, fossorial :

Molars more murine. Back unstriped. Fur spiny. Semi-aquatic . . 5. Crunomys.

The first two are Australian, the last three Philippine.

CRUNOMYS FALLAX, sp. n.? (Plate XX XIII. fig. 1.)

Size about as in Aeromys myoides. Fur short and close, profusely mixed with
flattened spines; neither hairs nor spines longer than about 6 mm. on the back.
General colour pale greyish, lined with yellowish on the back. Dorsal spines white,
darkening to black at their tips. Belly dirty greyish white, not sharply deiined, the
hairs slaty basally, dull whitish terminally. Sides of muzzle brown. Whiskers
numerous, long, mixed black and white. Ears short, uniformly brown. Hands and
feet greyish brown on the metapodials, lightening to white on the digits; fifth hind toe

1 Since this paper was read an additional genus, Leptomys, has been described from New Guinea (Ann.
Mus. Genoy. (2) xviii. 1897). It has 3 molars, like Chrotomys and Crunomys.
? See preliminary diagnosis in Minutes of P. Z. 8. for June 15, 1897 (published June 19).

ees

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

reaching to the end of the 1st phalanx of the fourth.
body without the head, uniformly short-haired, black, rather lighter along the middle of

its under surface.

Tail about the length of the

Skull-dimensions (in millim.) of Rhynchomys and Hydromyine, all from type

specimens.+
Rhynchomys | Celenonys Chrotomys Crunomys
soricoides, silaceus. whiteheadi. fallax.
ein 3. Ge
ISTO Neg cree er Ora oer eis 44 34 31 oF eae
ysikye lie oo onesocuoovdocddnbouuoseo Fano agr 41:5 31:7 35 20°5.)
Cieicsn Mel soossocanddued sapaueen dudcbaueon 195 19 21 (¢.) 1271
INacalsalen otlwerr-apecaane! a nicecrcan akeioecseeiceram mua ai 20 12 32 9-2
oy WKNGIEY Go boo 0.00 db be comoKoKMobUO Oo mcE odds 3°8 3:3 4-1 2°8
Interorbitalworeadthwapuacnacdy <eeasisthesenele crete ecrente ess 6-9 6:9 68 4:6
Imterparietal sy lengt Mewaeiartnlems atmo weiss eeniaerelcn tt shs | 32 9:8 2-2 —
A LOAM tieereete san teetetewscsta trea sitenieusentetn sects 105 8:6 75 Pit
Length of anterior zygoma-root «1.1... eee eee ees 2:5 3°6 2°9 iNee/
Balatesslenothyiromyhenseliom! (7h). ).eie siecle + 1 24:5 17-1 20 11
Miastemavengeerertcmel re ry seksecus ecu wear sere eosesae iia: hodntene caine: 16:8 13-1 15:2 7:2
Anterior palatine foramina, length ...............+.. 6°5 3:5 def 3:5
A FA bread theres ee eae mr ctnneretens elk 1:6 21 15
Length of upper molar series ............50...-005. — — 52 36
sy. We GING! Gos" CoML % sloop obo oHdoecHURaAC 2-5 3°8 4-8 32
Lower jaw, condyle to incisor-tip.................... 34 — 31-2 165
55 DONG 6 Bodenubacmoncadp odo oct oa 30 25 25-4: 13-7
# height, coronoid to angle ................ 9:7 10 ible —
ie SP ELATNUSHD eC] OWareerileedene rel scayatn oka: 3°3 4 5 31
Skull as already described.
Dimensions of the type, measured in skin, and all merely approximate ;—
Head and body 105 millim.; tail 79; hind foot 23; ear 10.
Skull, see above.
Hab. Isabella, Central N. Luzon. Alt. 1000 feet. Coll. May 1894.
Type. B.M. 97. 4. 8. 4. Presented by Mr. Whitehead.
This little animal might readily be, and indeed for some time was, taken for a species

1 A few of these measurements differ to a minute extent from those previously published, these latter
The present measurements may be considered

having been taken before the skulls were perfectly cleaned.

as the more correct.

396 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS

of Mus allied to the group of M. ephippium, of which specimens are often found with
more or less spinous fur. Mr. Whitehead, however, from the character of the place
where he took it, thought it would prove to be a peculiar form, and his opinion has
been most fully confirmed by an examination of its skull.

The following are Mr. Whitehead’s notes on its capture :—

“In one of my wanderings through the parched-up forests of Isabella (in North-
Central Luzon) I noticed a small red kingfisher (Ceya melanura) fly into the scrub near
a small stream. Having only a large gun with me, I sent my servant back to the
village for a small collecting-gun. While seated beside the stream, a small mouse
was observed among some large stones on the opposite side, busily searching after
food. I opened one of my 16-bore cartridges and picked out all the shot (No. 6) but
four or five pellets, and luckily killed the small animal without much damage being
done. Being sure, from its peculiar habits, that it must be something interesting, I
carefully skinned it and sent it home, and am now rewarded by the addition of another
new generic form to this already interesting collection.”

Rayncuomys Thos.
Rhynchomys Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 160 (1895).

Form rather Shrew-like. Muzzle enormously elongate. Feet normally murine,
pollex with a broad nail. Tait Rat-like, scaly, thinly haired.

Skull (Pl. XX XV. fig. 10) of very peculiar shape, the brain-case broad, smooth and
rounded, and the muzzle narrow and much elongated. Nasals long and narrow,
terminating behind at the same level as the premaxille; viewed in profile they show
a curious rise at their anterior extremity, the general frontal profile being practically
an even slope from the crown to a point at the end of the anterior third of the nasals,
and then bending upward again, as shown in the figure. Interorbital region smooth,
evenly rounded, quite unridged. Interparietal large, transversely oblong, unusually
variable as to its exact shape. Anteorbital foramen typically murine in essentials, but
its outer wall very narrow and much slanted backward, so that the anterior edge of
the upper root—the bridge—is actually posterior to the hinder edge of the lower
root. In these respects it recalls the S. American Oxymycterus. Zygomata slender,
low, and little sloped vertically. Palate long and narrow; a distinct incisive fissure
present ; palatal foramen of normal size, but comparatively far forward in the skull, so
that their posterior end is nearly their full length in front of the molars. On each
side, just in front of m.1, there is a distinct raised ridge about a couple of millimetres
long, and there is a somewhat similar ridge behind the last molar in the lower jaw;
these ridges are very possibly used to supplement the minute teeth in eating. Posterior
bony palate broad and produced far back; posterior nares rather narrow; internal

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 597

pterygoid processes large, triangular, projecting far downward, in fact below the level
of the tips of the incisors; external processes practically or quite obsolete, so that
there are in this animal no enclosed pterygoid fosse. Bulle small, but not of abnormal
structure.

Lower jaw exceedingly low, slender, and little curved. Coronoid processes very fine,
slanted backwards.

Teeth (Pl. XXXY. fig. 7) extraordinarily reduced, the dental armature in
Rhynchomys being less in proportion to the size of the animal than in any other
Rodent, perhaps even—apart from the Cetacea—than in any other toothed mammal.
Incisors white above, pale yellow below; the upper ones not grooved, very short,
narrow, slender, and forming the arc of a very small circle, so that their roots come
opposite the anterior end of the palatal foramina, and the chord of the circle they
describe is barely more than a third of the diastema. Molars 3, so minute that it is
difficult to understand of what use they can be to the animal; m.! oval, flat-crowned, or
with low indistinct cusps, but without quite young specimens it is impossible to make
out for certain whether there is any true cuspidate structure; m.? about half the size
of m.! and a shorter oval in outline.

Lower incisors very slender, and, owing to the oblique set of their enamel-covered
faces, they wear to an unusually fine point, as sharp as a needle. Lower molars
very similar both in size and shape to those of the upper jaw. In one specimen
the posterior lower tooth is altogether absent on both sides, so that there is only one
molar present; this fact shows strikingly the tendency there is to a progressive
reduction of the molar teeth.

Type. Rhynchomys soricoides.

This most remarkable genus, by its peculiar Shrew-like appearance, reduced teeth,
elongate muzzle, and other characters, seems at first sight perfectly isolated from any
other known group, and in my recent classification of Rodents it was made the type of
a subfamily of the Muride, the Rhynchomyine!. But among the Rodents then
included in the Murinee—on account of its strictly murine molars—there occurs the
genus KEchiothrix?, a native of Celebes, which also has an elongated snout. This
animal, of which the Museum now possesses two perfect specimens from N. Celebes,

1 P, Z. 8. 1896, p. 1017.

> Described by Gray, P. Z. S. 1867, its correct locality determined by Jentink, Notes Leyd. Mus. v. p. 177
(1883); renamed by me Craurothrix, Ann. & Mag. N. H.[{6] xviii. p. 246 (1896). As I have now joined those
who think that names should be retained as originally spelt, whether classically right or wrong (except in the
case of obvious misprints), | am now prepared to consider that Peters’s “chinothria of 1853 does not preoceupy
Gray’s Echiothria of 1867, and therefore again recognize the latter term. Those who are not of this opinion
must call it Crawrothriv, That the missing out of the letter » is not a misprint is shown by Gray haying
written on the type skin what appears to be “ Mchithriv,” might be “ Echiothrix,’ but is certainly not

“ Echinothrix.”

398 MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS

collected by Mr. Charles Hose, I have carefully compared with Rhynchomys, and have
come to the conclusion that, in spite cf the absence of any tendency towards a
reduction in the dentition, there is a genuine relationship between the two forms.
In the Celebean animal the general shape of the skull is very similar to that
found in Rhynchomys: the peculiar anterior nasal bulging is present; the brain-
case is similarly smooth and rounded; the supraorbital and temporal ridges,
although present, are very small; the zygomatic root is slightly slanted back; and the
posterior palatal region is strikingly similar to that of Rhynchomys both in the breadth
and shape of the posterior nares, and the entire suppression of the external pterygoids.
The incisors again—or at least the upper ones!—in size, proportions, and position are
more like those of Ahynchomys than of ordinary murines.

On the other hand, the molars of Echiothrix ave absolutely murine, and show no
trace of reduction or any other peculiarity. The third molar is, of course, present
above and below, and is of full murine proportions.

On the whole it seems probable that we have in Hehiothriz a form which bears to
Rhynchomys very much the relation that Crunomys does to Hydromys, being, as in that
case, the first commencement of a line of modification which culminates in a genus
sufficiently distinct to demaud subfamily separation from the main trunk of the
Murine. If this be true, it would then probably be best to include all the members
of the diverging branch within the special subfamily, even if nearer to the trunk than
to the extremity, and I would therefore suggest, as in the case of Crunomys, that
Echiothrix should be transferred to the Rhynchomyinz, a name which would be
particularly suitable owing to the long snout being the most obvious character that
the two genera have in common.

It is, of course, just possible that when unworn teeth of Rhynchomys are examined
they will show a structure quite incompatible with the view that this form is related to
Echiothrix, but it seems to me that the many cranial characters which the two forms
have in common render this possibility very unlikely.

RuYNCHOMYS SORICOIDES Thos. (Plate XXXI. fig. 2.)

Size of acommon Rat. Fur thick, close, and velvety, about 14 or 15 millim. long on
the back. General colour dark olivaceous grey, becoming more yellowish in old age.
Under surface dirty grey, not sharply defined, but becoming lighter and more sharply
defined in old examples; a white patch sometimes present on the throat or chest.

1 The lower incisors of Lchiothriv are perfectly unique in being widely separated from each other terminally,
so that, being also very long, their tips bite up on each side of the upper incisors, which project down between
them. How far up they actually go in life on the sides of the muzzle cannot be determined without
the examination of fresh or spirit specimens, but their splay is sufficient for the whole muzzle to close down
between them.

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 599

Sides of snout obscure whitish, top blackish. Eyes smal], not noticeably ringed. Ears
rather large, thinly haired, the anterior half of their outer and posterior half of their
inner surfaces blackish. Wrists and metacarpals brown above, digits whitish or flesh-
coloured. Hind feet similarly coloured. Tail shorter than head and body, very finely
ringed, clothed with short hairs, not pencilled terminally, blackish above, scarcely
paler below, the extreme tip white in most specimens.

Skull and teeth as above described.

Dimensions of the type, measured in skin (3 ):—

Head and body 215 millim.; tail 146; hind foot (moistened) 41.

Skull, see p. 395.

Hab. Monte Data, 8000 feet.

The following are Mr. Whitehead’s notes on this most peculiar animal. It is
unfortunate that he has no positive knowledge of its habits or food, as its anomalous
dentition is certain to be correlated with some food very unusual among Muride; very
possibly, as Mr. Whitehead suggests, it eats caterpillars or worms, for it is difficult to
imagine any vegetable food for which its reduced dentition and Shrew-like snout would
be at all suitable :— -

‘This interesting Shrew-Rat was obtained on the summit of Monte Data, where only
five specimens were snared. I am unfortunately unable to give any account of the
habits of this extraordinary mammal. ‘The Igorrotes told me that it lives on grass,
which is probably untrue, the teeth apparently being quite unfitted for such food ;
insects and worms are probably the diet suited to such rudimentary molars. ‘The eye
is, comparatively speaking, small, which leads me to believe that Rhynchomys is a
dinrnal-feeding Rat, like the true Shrews.

« Distribution. High mountains of Central Northern Luzon,”

PHL@oMYS PALLIDUS Nehring.

a. 3. la Trinidad, Benguet Dist., N. Luzon, Feb. 9, 1894.

b,c. 6 %. Cape Engafio, Lepanto, N. Luzon, May 1895.

d. Monte Data, Luzon, Feb. 1895.

The specimens sent by Mr. Whitehead all belong to the larger soft-haired form to
which Dr. Nehring applied the name of P. cwining?, var. pallidus, but which appears
to me to be sufficiently distinct to demand specific recognition.

When Dr. Nehring first suggested the name, Dr. Meyer considered him wrong in
doing so, and, with some whitish and piebald specimens before him, quoted a letter of
mine, informing him that the original series of P. cumingi also contained both black
and piebald specimens, and that therefore the species was to be regarded merely as a
very variable one. On now looking again at the original specimens in the Museum
collection, I find, to my surprise, that there is among them a bad, but perfectly

400 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS

typical, specimen of P. pallidus, received from Mr. Cuming in 1853, some time
after Myr. Waterhouse described P. cuming?, of which it was noted at the time
to be a “variety.” This specimen is, of course, that referred to in my letter to
Dr. Meyer, it not having been up till now distinguished from the typical dark-coloured
P. cumingi.

P. pallidus differs from P. cumingi in its larger size, longer and much softer fur,
and paler colour. It is, however, very variable in colour, as has been described by
Dr. Meyer on his specimens, and as those of Mr. Whitehead confirm. One of the
latter even has no dark saddle-mark, a characteristic that seems to be nearly invariably
present. In the skulls also there is an astonishing degree of variability in the size and
shape of the interparietal bone, a variability I have never seen equalled elsewhere.
But I have quite failed to divide the forms into two or more races, as the characters
drawn from the interparietal run altogether at cross purposes to those drawn from the
external ones.

‘This splendid Rodent, larger and more powerful even than Crateromys schadenbergi,
is, on the high mountains of North-west Luzon, much rarer than that species. In six
months I obtained only four specimens, all of which were captured by the Igorrotes,
aided by their dogs. This Rat, they told me, lived in old tree-trunks, and one specimen
was slightly singed, having been smoked out of a hole in an old tree. The Pilwomys
is also found on the coast-level, two of my specimens having been shot at Cape Engafo
as they were ascending trees in the early morning. The Engafio pair have much
shorter fur and are browner underneath than those obtained in the higher altitudes,
but still show the same black markings on face and shoulders; two of the highland
specimens are without black markings, but are undersized and probably immature. It
is possible that Phlwomys pallidus is a grey variety of P. cumingi, which is a brown-
coloured animal, as we find three distinct varieties of C. schadenberg?.

“A grey Phleomys occurs in the island of Marinduque to the 8.W. of Luzon. The
specimen I saw was in a kerosene-oil tin on a steamer in which I was a passenger.
This animal had a white face like those just mentioned from Lepanto.

“ Distribution. Imzon and Marinduque.

“ Tgorrote name, ‘ Hut-eut.’”—J. W.

Mus EveERETTI Giinth.

a-c. 6%. Monte Data, 7500 feet, Feb. 1895.

This fine Rat was hitherto known only from a single specimen, the type, now in the
British Museum, and Mr. Whitehead’s beautiful skins are therefore particularly
acceptable.

‘Much commoner than the next species, which is found in the same locality.”—
de i

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 401

Mus tuzonicus Thos.
Mus luzonicus Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 163 (1895).
a,b. 9. Monte Data, Lepanto, Luzon, 8000 feet, Feb. 1895. a, type.

ae

ce. Yg. al. Lepanto Highlands, Luzon. Presented by Mr. Whitehead.

Allied to, and of about the same size and dorsal colour as, the last species. Fur
much longer and softer, the wool-hairs about 20 millim. long on the back, and the
longer hairs from 30 to 40. General colour coarsely grizzled brown, resulting from a
mixture of buffy yellow and black; the wool-hairs dark slaty basally, their tips for
4 or 5 millim. buff, the long hairs black, but some of them with their extreme tips
whitish. Under surface dull slaty buff, not defined on the sides; the hairs slaty
basally, buff terminally. Head clearer greyish, owing to the tips of the shorter hairs
being rather whitish than yellow. Eyes with an indistinct blackish ring, most marked
posteriorly above. Ears of medium length, very thinly haired, their backs blackish,
finely edged with white. Upper surface of hands and feet hoary, some of the hairs
blackish, and others (the majority) silvery white. ‘Tail rather shorter than in Mus
everetti, well haired, though not pencilled, coarsely scaled (scales 8 or 9 to the cm.), its
proximal half or two-thirds black above, paler below, its distal portion white all round.

Skull (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 4) markedly distinguished from that of IZ. everetti, and
perhaps from all other Rats of so great a size, by the reduction of the supraorbital
ridges, which merely form a fine beading along the edges of the frontal, and practically
disappear halfway along the parietals. Brain-case smooth, round, and swollen; and
this character is present all over the skull, which is unusually smooth and without
ridges and angles. Posterior nares broad and opeu, the palatal edge opposite the
hinder margin of m.? Bullee smaller than in WZ. everett.

Incisors yellow, not the dark orange of IZ. everett?., Molars broader than in that
animal, the lamine more simply transverse, and the outer cusp of each lamina less
distinctly defined from the middle cusp.

Dimensions of type ( 2 ) measured in skin :—

Head and body 240 millim.; tail imperfect (of another specimen 200); hind foot
(moistened) 47.

Dimensions of skull of type, see p. 404. Another specimen has a basilar length of
44 millim. by a greatest breadth of 28°6.

Hab. Monte Data, Luzon.

*«Scarce on Monte Data, where only four specimens were obtained.”—J. W.

It is curious that two large Rats of the group with white-tipped tails should inhabit
the Data plateau; but, like as they are in size and colour, there can be no question
that they are of perfectly distinct species.

VOL. XIV.—ParT vi. No. 4.--June, 1898. 364

402 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS

Mus DECUMANUS Pall., var.
a. Moute Data, Luzon, Feb. 1895.

This isa Rat so similar to some of the forms of Mus decumanus that, lke the
Felis domestica above referred to, I can only suppose it to be the slightly modified
descendant of introduced examples.

Mus rarttus L., var.

a. 2. Negros, 6500 feet.

b. 3. Mindoro, coast-level, Dec. 1895.

The single specimen of the Mus rattus group from Negros seems sufficiently like the
Bornean variety to be provisionally referred to it. In many ways it has more the
aspect of some of the Indian forms of the species, such as M/. rattus rufescens, than
any other Philippine or Bornean Rat that I have seen.

A coast-level example from Mindoro may also be placed here. Its differences from
the highland Mus mindorensis are very striking.

MUS MINDORENSIS sp. n.1
a-e. 5 sks. Monte Dulangan, Mindoro, 5000 feet, Dec. 1895.

A-Rat of the group of Jus rattus, apparently forming a peculiar insular race.

Size of Mus rattus or rather smaller. Fur straight, sleek, and shining. General
colour very dark as compared with the ordinary eastern forms of the group, Jus
neglectus, &c.; back a dark finely grizzled brown, the grizzling much finer than usual.
The light colour in the grizzling is a deep orange, becoming rather more yellowish on
the sides. Under surface whitish or dirty slaty grey, not defined from the upper
colour, and not unlike in tone that of typical house-haunting specimens of Mus
musculus. Face uniformly dark like the body, hairs round base of ears behind nearly
black. ars rather short, almost naked, the hairs so minute that a lens is needed to
see them at all. Hands and feet blackish above, the digits scarcely paler. ‘Tail
decidedly shorter than the head and body, smooth, very thinly haired, almost naked,
finely scaled (about 10 rings to the cm.), uniformly black above and below.

Skull very uniform in character throughout the series. Brain-case rounded, swollen.
Supraorbital edges with the usual ridges rather weakly developed, and scarcely to be
distinguished on the posterior half of the parietals. Interparietal large, its anterior
edge slightly curved forward. Palatal foramina large and well open, reaching pos-
teriorly just to the level of the front edge of the anterior root of m.'. Posterior edge
of palate broad, squarish. Bulle rather smaller than in typical Mus rattus.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male in skin :—

Head and body 190 millim.; tail 165; hind foot (moistened) 32:5.

‘ Preliminary diagnosis in Minutes of P. Z.8. for June 15, 1897 (published June 19).

He
S
[S)

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

Dimensions of skull, see next page.

Type. B.M. 97. 3. 1. 4.

This Rat is one of the group allied to Mus rattus, so widely distributed over the
East Indian Archipelago. The Bornean examples of the group I have provisionally
termed Jf. neglectus, Jent., and have hitherto also used this name for Philippine
specimens. ‘he five highland Mindoro skins before me are, however, so uniformly
different from any other specimens seen that they evidently ought to have a distinctive
name.

On the other hand, as already noticed, a coast-level specimen from Mindoro is in
no way separable from ordinary Philippine examples of M. neglectus. No doubt the
highland forms are more or less indigenous, while those from the coast have been more
lately introduced.

‘IT obtained several specimens of a variety of Mus rattus as high as 5000 feet in
the forests of Mount Dulangan, Mindoro, and also on the Canloan volcano in Negros
at an altitude of over 6000 feet. Like all the forms of Mus rattus, they were a great
nuisance, entering my tent at night and biting holes in my rice-bags, often running
over my body.

“The specimens from the two islands differ slightly in outward appearance of the
fur. The Mindoro Rat is peculiar in being of a much darker brown on the back, and
the belly is mouse-grey. The fur is fine and short, and the tail is nearly black. The
Negros specimens, on the other hand, are more common looking, sandy brown on the
back, with the underparts nearly white; the fur is also much longer, and the tail grey.
Mus rattus seems to turn up in some form or other over the whole world, especially on
high mountains.” —J. W.

Mus curysocomus Hoftm.

a. ¢. Monte Data, Lepanto, 8000 feet, Feb. 1895.

‘This interesting species, which differs from almost every other member of the
eenus in the entire absence of sharp supraorbital edges or ridges, has hitherto been
recorded only from Celebes. The present specimens, however, seem to agree closely
both with Herr Hoffmann’s description and figure, and also with the notes which,
by the kindness of Dr. Meyer, I was allowed to take on the typical specimen when in
Dresden.

“Common in the potato-fields on the top of Monte Data.”—J. W.

MUS EPHIPPIUM NEGRINUS subsp. n.

a,b. 32. Negros, 6600 feet. a, type. _

c. 6. Monte Data, Luzon, 8000 feet, Feb. 1895.

Similar in essential characters to the small, coarse-haired, brownish or rufous animal

on
OG 2

404 MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS

known as I/. ephippium, Jent., but rather larger, much longer and softer furred, and
more greyish smoky in colour.

Fur long and soft, the wool-hairs about 15 and the longer hairs 18 millim. in length
on the back. General colour dark smoky grey, almost blackish along the middle of the
back, lightening to buffy or yellowish on the sides. Belly not sharply defined, the hairs
slaty at the base, yellowish white at the tip. Hands and feet silvery whitish above.
Tail nearly as long as the head and body, uniformly brownish, or slightly paler below.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male, in skin :—

Head and body (apparently much stretched) 155 millim.; tail 135; hind foot
(moistened) 26-5.

Skull, see below.

This is evidently an insular highland form of the common little Rat spread over the
Malay Archipelago, to which I have generally applied the name of Mus ephippium,
but which will perhaps be found to grade into the earlier described Mus concolor, Bly.
In any case, however, the highland form now described seems worthy of subspecific
distinction.

“Common among the Igorrote sweet-potato fields on the top of Monte Data.”—

J. W.

Skull-dimensions (in millim.) of Species of Mus, Batomys, and Carpomys.

Mus lu- | Mus min- Sie | Batomys | Carpomys Carpomys
zonicus. dorensis, | negrinus. | granti. |melanurus.| pheurus,
. 3 3
IBacal Len etLMaprye eye tee Cae we dha area 44 ge |{fambea| 40-5 | 39:3 | 36
Basilarvlen otheppasaveis tcc paren her 40-2 32°8 | tip 30°3.)) 37 36°38 33
Greatestabren dthiyieien ania ein arnt riee: 25:7 19-5 16 22:2 24-5 23
WNiasallssplon othimeyaene diceenonetscnccr hte aioe durieaees 19-8 145 Uspil 19-5 16 14-5
PMD CAC yerts ..rmyten sateen rttese syeneroerne 5S 4-7 3:6 5 5:6 4-6
mberonbitalgbreadtl mae: wre we iter n tare 7 6-1 5:2 5:5 5-2 6-1
iinterparictal-slenothwermsacitet ener cies 53 5:6 —- 5 6-1 4:8
£ breadth eerie ee 11°6 11 — 9°6 11 13
Anterior zygoma-root, length.............. 6-1 3°8 3°6 4:5 51 3:8
Palate, length from henselion ............ 23 19 16 19 19 16°4
Miastemayy: meer ee eee Aer ae 13:5 aleD 9°7 12:8 12 11
Anterior palatine foramina, length.......... 3:2 7 6:5 85 78 PU
Pa is combined breadth. 3 2:6 2:5 31 BRT) 2-8
Length of upper molar series .............. 9:35 41 6:5 5 78 8:8 6-1
Lower jaw, condyle to incisor-tip .......... 332 26 22 30°2 29°5 26:6
" one ronlyeN aware etsie eyelet ee oll 23°2 19°7 26°7 27 24

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 405

Batomys Thos.
Batomys Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 162 (1895).

General external form very much as in Carpomys, but with a shorter, though
similarly hairy, tail. Eyes surrounded by a distinct naked, or at least very finely
haired, ring, a peculiarity which forms one of the readiest means of distinguishing
Batomys from Carpomys externally. Fore feet rather elongated; pollex with a nail.
Hind feet broad; sole-pads as usual six in number, but all very large, and both the
fourth (hallucal) and fifth (usually small and rounded) elongated like the sixth; pads
not striated. Whole of heel hairy to the level of the hinder end of the last sole-pad.
Fifth hind toe reaching to the base of the third phalanx of the fourth; hallux just to
the base of the second toe.

Skull (Pl. XXXVI. fig. §) more elongate and murine than that of Carpomys, in
general outline not unlike that of Eliomys quercinus. Brain-case small, face compara-
tively long. Interorbital space rather narrow, its edges with only the slightest
indication of ridges. Interparietal fairly large. Anterior edge of zygoma-root not
projected forwards. Anterior palatine foramina large. Bulle small.

Incisors narrow, smooth in front. Molars (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 5) in their pattern like
those of Mus, not of Carpomys, but instead of being distinctly brachyodont, as are
those of nearly all other Murines, they are more or less hypsodont, the crown at least
as high above the bifurcation of the roots as it is broad. Molar lamine, as in Mus,
3—2—2; transverse, not oblique; m.? and m.? with well-defined antero-internal
supplementary cusps. J, and m. also with distinct posterior mesial supplementary
cusps.

This genus, although with a striking external resemblance to Carpomys, is really
more nearly allied to Mus, as its elongate skull and the pattern of its molars indicate.
Its curious bare eyelids and hypsodont molars are, however, characters in which it is
different from all the other Eastern arboreal genera.

BatomMys GraNtTI Thos. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 2.)
Batomys granti Thos. t. c. p. 162.
a-c. 2 adult and 1 immature. Monte Data, Feb. 1895.

Size of a large Rat. Fur thick, close, and rather coarse. General colour coarsely
grizzled fulvous and black all over above, the face, however, more greyish ; posterior
back and rump tending more towards rufous. Ears of medium length, more thinly
haired than in Carpomys, their backs black or dark brown. Under surface dirty buff,
not sharply defined; the bases of the hairs slate-colour throughout, though an
indistinct whitish mesial line is sometimes present. Metacarpals and metatarsals
brownish mesially, whitish laterally and on the digits. Tail thickly and uniformly

406 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS

clothed (except for its body-furred basal half-inch) with dark brown or black hairs,
some 7 to 9 millim. in length, the scales quite hidden.

Skuil and teeth as already described. Palatine foramina just reaching backward to
the front edge of m.1; palate ending behind opposite the posterior lamina of m.?.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male in skin :-—

Head and body 204 millim. ; tail (doubtfully perfect) 121; hind foot (moistened) 35:5.

Dimensions of skull, see p. 404.

Hab. Plateau of Monte Data.

Type. B.M. 95. 8. 2. 15.

This interesting animal, which, with very much the general appearance of Carpomys
melanurus, is entirely different in essential characters, | have named in honour of
my friend and colleague Mr. W. R. Ogilvie Grant, by whom all the business matters
connected with Mr. Whitehead’s expedition were managed, and who has himself
worked out and described the magnificent collection of birds, which contained examples
of no less than fifty new species.

“This interesting new Rat was captured for me by the Igorrotes, with the aid
of their small terriers ; it seems rare, only three specimens being obtained, Batomys
granti is at first sight the same animal as the next species, Carpomys melanurus, but
has a bare ring round the eye, and when alive is easily separated from Carpomys
by this character. The two animals, however, which externally appear almost
identical, have the teeth so different that they have been separated by Mr. Thomas
into different genera. Found at 7000 feet on Monte Data.

“ Instribution. Highlands of Central Northern Luzon.’—J. W.

Carpomys Thos.
Carpomys Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 161 (1895).

Form more or less as in such arboreal Murines as Hapalomys and Pithechirus. Fur
thick and woolly. Pollex with a large nail; other digits, including the non-opposable
hallux, with claws. Tail long, well haired. Mamme 0—2=4.

Skull (Pl. XXXVI. figs. 6 and 7) with a large rounded brain-case and short face.
Supraorbital region without sharp ridges or overhanging ledges. Interparietal large;
zygoma-root as in Crateromys, i.e. without any forwardly-projecting plate, the front edge
vertical or even concave. Anterior palatine foramina fairly long. Bullee small.

Teeth (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 3). Incisors smooth in front. First and second upper
molars, as compared with those of Mws, each with an additional lamina, formed
apparently by the normal posterior lamina being doubled round on itself. The last
molar is normal, so that the laminar formula is 4—3—2. Both m.? and m.? have well-
marked antero-internal supplementary cusps. In the lower jaw m., has an additional
lamina in front, and both it and m., have well-marked posterior supplementary cusps,
while the last-named has in addition an antero-external one.

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 407

It is difficult to decide what are the exact relationships of Carpomys, and it can only
be said that it adds one more to the list of Oriental genera of Muridz modified for an
arboreal life, such as Hapalomys, Pithechirus, Chiropodomys, and Vandeleuria.

This new genus contains two handsome Dormouse-like species with long hairy tails
and fluffy fur. Both are evidently of arboreal habits.

With a certain superficial resemblance to each other, the two species of Carpomys
may be readily distinguished by their differently-coloured tails, the extension of the
body-fur on to that organ in C. melanurus, and by the very much larger teeth, both
absolutely and proportionally, of the same species.

CARPOMYS MELANURUS Thos. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 2.)
Carpomys melanurus Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 162 (1895).

a-d. 3 ad. & l yg. sks., ¢ ?. Monte Data, 7000-8000 feet, Feb. 1895.

Size about as in Mus ratius. Fur soft, thick, and woolly. General colour deep
fulvous, coarsely lined with black. Under surface and inner sides of limbs dull
yellowish white, the bases of the hairs slate. Ears of medium size, well haired, dark
brown, nearly black. Limbs to wrists and ankles furred and coloured like body.
Metapodials brown mesially, laterally and on the digits white. ‘Tail longer than head
and body, its basal inch or two thickly furry like the body, and of the same colour ;
the rest closely covered with shining black hairs, some 5 to 7 millim, in length, entirely
hiding the scales ; not specially tufted at tip.

Skull (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 6) with the nasals broad in front, abruptly narrowing back-
ward. Interorbital region narrow, broader in front than behind, and the traces of ridges
mounting on to the top, and approaching each other to within 2 millim. in the middle
line. Palatal foramina parallel-sided, attaining at once their greatest width anteriorly.
Palate ending opposite the front edge of m.°.

Teeth broad and heavy. Incisors broad, slightly flattened in front in old specimens ;
dark yellow above, rather more whitish below. Molars (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 3) very
broad and large (see skull-measurements), their combined length exceeding that of the
palatal foramina.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male, in skin :—

Head and body 197 millim.; tail 211; hind foot (moistened) 54:2.

Skull, see p. 404.

Type. B.M. 95. 8. 2. 12.

“The black-tailed Carpomys differs much from the next species, C. pheurus, both
in size, colour, and length of fur; in fact it has externally the appearance of Batomuys.
On Monte Data, where both these new torms were obtained, it was more numerous
than either Batomys or the next species.

“ Distribution. Highlands of Central Northern Luzon.”—J. W.

408 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS

Carpomys pH.xuRUS Thos. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 1.)
a-c. 3 ad. sks.,¢ ?. Monte Data, 7000-8000 feet, Feb. 1895.

Size rather less than in C. melanurus. Quality of fur and general colour almost
exactly as in that species. Ears rather smaller, less thickly hairy, and not prominently
black. Belly-hairs dull buffy white to their roots, not slaty basally. ‘Tail with the
body-fur not extending on to its base more than in ordinary Rats, more thinly haired
than in C. melanurus, so that the scales, which are very small, running about 15 to the
centimetre, are visible through the hairs; in colour it is uniformly dark brown,
occasionally approaching black, but never the deep shining black of C. melanurus.

Skull (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 7), as compared with that of C. melanurus, with the nasals
less expanded anteriorly and less abruptly tapering posteriorly. Interorbital space
comparatively broad and parallel-sided, the rudimentary ridges not approaching each
other on the top. Palatal foramina pointed in front, gradually broadening backward.
Palate ending opposite to front of m.°.

Teeth light and delicate. Incisors comparatively narrow. Molars, in marked
contrast to those of C. melanurus, quite small in proportion to the size of the animal,
but of the same essential structure.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male in skin :—

Head and body (stretched) 195 millim. ; tail 178; hind foot (moistened) 31.

Skull, see p, 404.

Type. B.M. 95. 8. 2. 14.

“The brown-tailed Carpomys was somewhat rare on Monte Data. The Igorrotes
used to hunt for the various Rats on Monte Data in small parties accompanied by their
dogs, and spent most of the day at this—to them—curious occupation. ‘The animals
that I saw captured were dug out from among the roots of trees by the aid of spears
and choppers. The flat table-top of Monte Data is much burrowed by various species
of Rodents; the Igorrotes, unlike the Kina Balu Dusans, not trapping Rats for their
food.

“ Distribution. Highlands of Central Northern Luzon.”—J. W.

CRATEROMYS.
Crateromys Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 163 (1895),

Size very large; general form not unlike that of Phlwomys. Claws smaller and tail
bushier than in that genus.

Skull, in a very general way, not unlike that of a gigantic Neotoma, strikingly
different from that of Phlwomys. Muzzle slender. Zygomata squarely and boldly
expanded. Interorbital region narrow, narrowing backward, edged with distinct but
not exaggerated ridges, which pass backward on to the parietal and interparietal
bones, and show no tendency to overhang the temporal fosse. Interparietal large.

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 409

Palatal foramina long. Outer and inner pterygoids well developed. Bulle very small,
though more inflated than in Phleomys.

Incisors not large in proportion to the size of the animal, flat in front. Molars
(Pl. XXXVI. fig. 2) large and heavy, separated in the middle line by a distance less
than their breadth; rather hypsodont, though less so than in Batomys; their pattern,
while in the number of lamine and cusps essentially as in Mus, yet peculiar on account
of the diminution or suppression of the external and the great development of the
internal cusp of each lamina. On this account the longitudinal groove between the
inner and middle cusps, in which the inner cusp-row of the lower molars works,
approaches the centre of the tooth-row, instead of being close to its inner edge. As
an accompaniment to this development of the inner cusp of each lamina, the point
of separation between it and the centre cusp is marked by a sharp and deep infolding
of the anterior enamel wall of the lamina; this notch is so deep in many cases as
almost to cut the lamina in two. Below, the two halves of each lamina are strongly
bent backward, so as to form a sharp angle with each other in the middle line.
M., and m., with well-developed supplementary posterior cusps; m., with its posterior
lamina sharply notched in behind, so as to give it a very definite cordate shape.

Altogether the molars have a general resemblance to those of the remarkable Mus
meyeri, Jentink, an animal which (as may be seen from the footnote!) I think should
also form a peculiar genus.

CRATEROMYS SCHADENBERGI (Mey.). (Plate XXXVI. fig. 2.)
Pilewomys (?) schadenbergi Mey. Abh. Mus. Dresd, 1894-3, no. 6 (1895).
Crateromys schadenbergi id. op. cit. 1896-7, no. 6, p. 32, pl. xiii. figs. 3-6 (skull), xiv. (animal) (1896).

a-c. Monte Data, Feb. 1895.

This fine animal was first discovered by Dr. Schadenberg, but it is to Mr. Whitehead
that our chief knowledge of it is due, as the former’s specimen was only a skin without

* Leyomys g. n.

Form Rat-like. Feet short and broad ; pollex forming a large rounded projection of the hand, on the top of
which the small nail is placed; hallux short, not opposable, its terminal pad large, covering nearly the whole
of its under surface, its claw shorter, blunter, and more curved downward than those of the other digits ;
palmar and plantar pads all very large.

Molars (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 1) very large, the space between them less than their breadth. All three
cusps of each lamina very strongly defined, the points of junction on each side of the central cusp marked
anteriorly by a notch, and posteriorly by a backward projection of the enamel. M.* and m.° have, besides the
usual antero-internal supplementary cusp, another one to balance it antero-externally, while the latter tooth
has also a mesial supplementary cusp posteriorly. Lower molars very like those of Crateromys, but m., has
two, and m., has one supplementary external cusp. These characters may be seen in the figures of the skull
quoted below and in that of the teeth on Pl. XXXVI.

Type. Mus meyeri, Jent. N. L. M. i. p. 12 (1878); Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. (M. P.-B. ix.) p. 211, pl. vii,
figs. 5-8 (1887) ; Hoffmann, Abh. Mus. Dresd. 1887, no. 3, fig. 2.

VOL. XIV.—PART VI. No. 5.-—June, 1898. 3H

410 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS

a skull, which Dr. Meyer placed, not unnaturally, in the genus Phlwomys. On the
arrival of Mr. Whitehead’s series, the form was generically separated by myself,
and a little later Dr. Meyer published a second account of the animal, with coloured
figures. No further description of it is therefore necessary.

“‘Schadenberg’s great Rat seems to be fairly common among the high mountains of
Central N.W. Luzon. Like most Rodents, it is of nocturnal habits, and therefore the
domestic economy of this Rat, or perhaps Squirrel-Rat, is difficult to describe. The
Igorrotes, however, captured a number of specimens for me, some, they said, from holes
in trees, others from holes among the tree-roots ; they described the animal as feeding
on fruits up in the trees, and not on the fallen ones. As this Rat was nearly always
brought to me alive, I often allowed it to climb the pine-trees, which it did with
perfect ease. In the day these animals tried to hide from the sun as much as possible,
and I formed an opinion that they were dull and inoffensive creatures, until one day,
directly an Igorrote opened the basket in which he carried the captured Rat, the
animal sprang out, and was back in the basket again in a second, but the Igorrote’s
thumb had the top nearly bitten off. The cry of the Crateromys is a curious ‘ Thewo
thewo thewé, uttered so shrilly that the notes might proceed from some of the
peculiar forest insects.

‘Generally speaking, Crateromys is jet-black ; about 30 per cent. are of a beautiful
white-grey, and some 15 per cent. piebald, black and white. ‘This distribution of
colouring has nothing to do with age, as both grey and black young ones were
obtained. ‘The Igorrote name for this curious mammal is ‘ Bi-ut.’

“ Distribution. High mountains of Central Northern Luzon.”—J. W.

BUBALUS MINDORENSIS Heude.

Bubalus mindorensis Heude, Mém. Hist. Soc. Chin. 1. p. 50 (1888); Meyer, Abh. Mus. Dresd.
1896-7, no. 6, p. 12 (1896).
Probubalus mindorensis Steere, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 415.

“‘ This interesting little Bovine is not uncommon in the huge virgin forests that cover
nearly the entire island of Mindoro. It is, however, difficult to hunt the animal
successfully, unless a number of beaters, accompanied by good dogs, are employed. I
foolishly followed a professional (!) native hunter about for several days; but, although
we found a_number of fresh tracks, we never saw a sign of a ‘Tamarau.’ The
‘Tamarau,’ as the natives name this animal, is also found high up on the mountains.
T have seen regular tunnelled pathways through the thick bamboo undergrowth which
covers the mountain-sides above 6000 feet. But the animal is so small that one has
to bend double or go on one’s hands and knees, making it quite impossible to follow up
the tracks. On moonlight nights the ‘Tamarau’ might be heard bellowing on the
mountain-side, generally far away and above my mountain-camp. ‘The aboriginals of
Mindoro told me that they never attack the ‘Tamarau,’ being too much afraid of it ;

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. All

the only reduction of its numbers is caused by a few sporting Spaniards and one or
two professional Indian hunters.
“« Distribution. The island of Mindoro.”’—J. W.

SUS CELEBENSIS PHILIPPINENSIS Nehr.
a. Head-skin and skull, ¢. Cape Engaiio, N. Luzon. Presented by Mr. Whitehead.

“This Pig may be said to be ubiquitous throughout the whole Philippine group,
passing the entire day in seclusion in the forests, and sallying forth at night into the
maize- and rice-fields, where it does much damage.

“‘ Native name ‘ Babui.’”—J. W.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XXX.

Fig. 1. Harpyionycteris whiteheadi (p. 384).
Fig. 2. Nannosciurus samaricus (p. 389).

PLATE XXXI.
Fig. 1. Celenomys silaceus (p. 391).
. Rhynchomys soricoides (p. 398).

es
0a
bo

PLATE XXXII.
Chrotomys whiteheadi (p. 392).

PLATE XXXIII.

Fig. 1. Cramomys fallax (p. 394).
Fig. 2. Batonys granti (p. 405).

PLATE XXXIV.
Fig. 1. Carpomys pheurus (p. 408).
Bigs 2: s melanurus (p. 407).

PLATE XXXV.
Skulls and Teeth of Philippine Mammals.
Figs. 1-4. Harpyionycteris whiteheadi (p. 384), fig. 2 nat. size, figs. 1, 3, and 4 twice
nat. size.
Fig. 5. Crunomys fallax (p. 394), wpper and lower molars, much magnified.
Fig. 6. ‘ as skull, nat. size and twice nat. size.

412 ON MAMMALS FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

Fig. 7. Rhynchomys soricoides (p. 398), upper and lower molars, much magnified.
Figs. 8, 9. Chrotomys whiteheadi (p. 292), molars, magnified, and skull nat. size.
Fig. 10. Rhynchomys soricoides (p. 398), skull, nat. size.

Figs. 11, 12. Celenomys silaceus (p. 391), molars, magnified, and skull, nat. size.

PLATE XXXVI.
Skulls and Teeth of Philippine Mammals.

Vig. 1. Lenomys meyer (p. 409), upper and lower molar teeth, much magnified.

Fig. 2. Crateromys schadenbergi (p. 409), upper and lower molar teeth, much magnified.
Fig. 3. Carpomys melanurus (p. 407), upper and jower molar teeth, much magnified.
Fig. 4. Mus luzonicus (p. 401), skull, nat. size.

Fig. 5. Batomys granti (p. 405), upper and lower molar teeth, much magnified.

:
3)

Fig. 6. Carpomys melanurus (p. 407), skull, nat. size.
7. _ pheurus (p. 408), skull, nat. size.

Fig. 8. Batomys granti (p. 405), skull, nat. size.

All the enlarged figures of the molar teeth, upper and lower, are of those of the

right side; the figures of the upper molars are placed on the left, and those of the
lower on the right.

J.Smut del. et lith. Mintern Bros.imp

1HARPYIONYCTERIS WHITEHEAD.
2.NANNOSCIURUS SAMARIC

ise |

AN TUXAAT.

Trans. Loot. Joe.

J.Smit del.et bth. Mintern Bros .im;

Trans. Look. Soc Vol MW FC. XXX.

J, Smit del. et lith. MinternBros.ump.

CHROTOMYS WHITEHEADI

%
%

San
a ae

Sr CNS oe C L. Jee. Vole. AT] IL, SOU.

J.Smit del. etlith . Mintern Bros,im

i CRUNOMYS FALLAX.

2,.BATOMYS GRANTI

Trans, Look. Sec. Vel AVL, XXXIV.

J.Smuit del.et lth.

Mantern Bros imy

0)

1 CARPOMYS PHA URUS.
2:CARPOMYS MELANURUS

Bie

H_.Groénvold del

CED

CHROTOMYS WHITEHEADI

SKUI

rans. lool. Soc. Vol XIV FU KXXV.

CRUNOMYS FALLAX

RHYNCHOMYS SORICOJDES

LLS AND TE

a)

BETH OF PHILIPPINE MAMMALS

CELZNOMYS SILACEUS.

Collotype Morgan & Kidd Richmond. ©

\

iq
me
* #
| /
}

<4.
iM
A
QI
y

CARPOMYS MELANURUS CARPOMYS PHAURUS BATOMYS GRANT!
H.Gronvold del

SKULLS AND TEETH OF PHILIPPINE MAMMALS.

Collotype, Morgan & Kidd. Richmox

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

396340

Vou. XIV.—Parr 7.

LONDON.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARH;
AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW.

August 1898.
Price 15s.

Taylor and Francis, Printers, | [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.

To Fellows. To the Public.
LS a Sse.
VOLUME I. (1833-1835, containing 59 Plates). . Price 313 6 . . . 418 O*

VOLUME _ II. (1885-1841, containing 71 Plates) ee sh iO OM ae ep Oe Oe Om
VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containing 63 Plates). . , 8 8 3... 411 O*
VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 77 Plates). . 5, 6 2 0... 8 2 6f

VOLUME _ V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . ,, Hise Aiec oar ctr ise Ole Ort.

or
oS
—
or
i=)

VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates). . ,, ll 0+
VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates). . 5, 10 4 O . . . 13812 OF
VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates). . ,, 9278 erie al le Onh

VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates). . , 12 16. . .16 2 OF : |

VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates). . ,, 10 0 3 . . .18 7 OF |
GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1833-1879) . ,, 0 6 010 0
VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). . Price 9 12 0 12 16 0 -
Parr 1. (1880, containing 4 Plates) . . . . . pei clea Ora: 016 0
» 2 (1880, containing 7 Plates) . . .. . SOLS Ove 1 4 0
» 8. (1881, containing 8 Plates) . . . + > Festal Guede en Onur 110 O
» 4. (1881, containing SuPlates) ine any secs ons pes OPPS) 3% 010 O
» d. (1881, containing 13 Plates) . . . . « pe OS 20 14 0
,», 6. (1882, containing 6 Plates) . . . = - A Oy 0) 016 0
» 7. (1882, containmg 9 Plates) . . ..- - » O15 O 1 0 0
,, %. (1888, containing 11 Plates) . . - : - ep OME Uc 016 0
» 9. (1888, containing 10 Plates) . . . + - ee Ole 20 016 O
», 10. (1885, containing 12 Plates) SO Sy bes Bll ety 22500
. 11. (1885, containing 14 Plates and Title and Index),, 1 11 6 232-70

* No copies of these volumes in stock.
+ Only complete copies of these volumes left in stock.

Continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

413]

IX. On the Lepidosiren of the Amazons; being Notes on five Specimens obtained
between 1895-97, and Remarks upon an Example living in the Paré Museum.
By Dr. Emit A. Gorin, C..Z.S8., Director of the Pard Museum.

Received September 16, 1897, read December 14, 1897.

[Puates XXXVII. & XXXVIII.]

ConTENTS, Page

Is IGEN “GogomodancgounacupoUHoOO doDeou OCOD CoDauOnOOUGG 413

II. Geographical Distribution .........- 00 esse eee eee ce teen eee 414
III. Sex and Measurements ..........0c cece cece eter eee et ee ttcees 414
IY. Situation of the Anus, and external Colour .............eeeeeeeee 415
V. Segmentation of Limb-axis 2.1... . ce cee ee ee eee etre tect eee 416
VI. System of Lateral Lines.......... ccc cece eect etree ee eteees 416
VII. Popular Names of Lepidosiren and its Habits in a free State ........ 417
VIII. Habits of Lepidosiren in Captivity ....... 0. cee cece eee neers 418
Explanation of the Plates 0.0.0.2... cee ce ceee steer eect eecerees 419

I. Inrropuction.

THE undeniable deficiency of original investigations upon the biology of the Amazonian
Lepidosiren, made by naturalists and scientific travellers in the native country of this
interesting Dipnoan fish, will, I think, sufficiently justify the following communication.
Sufficient proof of this deficiency is found in the recent memoir by Prof. E. Ray
Lankester ', in which the following passage occurs (p. 19) :—‘“.. . . We have no drawing
or record of freshly-killed or living specimens of Lepidosiren.” On the other hand, a
considerable number of articles and notes have been published during the last few
years by myself and others relating to the general features of the natural history of
Lepidosiren and its allies, and to the history, description, and number of specimens
existing in the museums of the Old and New Worlds, so that I may take it for granted
that these particulars are known to the public, and that I may be allowed to restrict
myself to such a short account of the subject as is indicated by the title of this paper.

The rediscovery of the Amazonian Lepidosiren, together with the elucidation of its
habitat, distribution, and mode of life, formed one of my principal projects from the
time I assumed my present position (1894). I will not here repeat the details of my
efforts; it will be sufficient to state that I organized a methodical propaganda all over

‘ «On the Lepidosiren of Paraguay, and on the External Characters of Lepidosiren and Protopterus,”
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xiv. p. 11 (1896).

VOL. X1V.— PART Vil. No. 1.—August, 1898. 31

414 DR. E. A. GOELDI ON THE LEPIDOSIREN OF THE AMAZONS.

the native country of Lepidosiren, and that these efforts were at last successful. Three
years’ continuance of them put into my hands five specimens of the celebrated Dipnoan,
one of which was living—material more important than all that was then existing else-
where in the scientific world.

II. GroGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

My original supposition that Lepidosiren paradoxa would probably exist and be
found all over Amazonia, and that the geographical distribution would be much larger
than was generally admitted, proved to be right. My first specimen I got from the
Atlantic coast of the island of Marajé 1, certainly a somewhat remarkable locality?. A
second small specimen was brought to me from Santarem, the exact locality being
Igarapé Ayayé, Fazenda Taperinha, in the immediate neighbourhood of that town °.
Two larger specimens I got afterwards from Obydos, the exact locality being Parana
de Baixo, likewise not very far from Santarem. One of these specimens, captured
with a fishing-hook, lived for several hours, and a telegram from Obydos, sent by
Senador M. F. Machado (whose interest and help in this and similar ichthyological
matters deserve public acknowledgment), made me hope to receive it alive by the next
steamer of the Amazon Company. However, this hope was not fulfilled; the specimen
died, but was saved as a spirit-specimen. From Obydos finally I received a fifth
specimen, captured by Deputado Lourenzo Valente do Conto. ‘This example has lived
now nearly four months in the Para Museum, and seems to be quite well, being treated
with great attention and care.

In order to bring up to date my sketch of the distribution of the Amazonian
Lepidosiren, as recently published by me 4, it is necessary to add the localities Santarem
and Obydos. This done, it will easily be seen at a glance that the localities form almost
a continuous chain along the main stream, entering even some of the more important
affluents (the Ucayale, Madeira, Rio Negro, Tapaj6z) and the Atlantic side of Marajo.
Thus my original supposition has already assumed the shape of a positive fact.

III. Sex anD MEASUREMENTS.

Four of my specimens I judge to be females. Designating the specimens, in the
succession and order above indicated, with the letters A to E, they would be the indi-
viduals A, B, D, E. If, on the one hand, the question seems somewhat problematical

1 The specimen is now in the British Museum. The details of its capture are recorded in ‘ Nature,’
vol. liv. p. 270 (1896).

2 In September 1896 I visited the spot where it was obtained. It was a papyrus-meadow, submersed for
several months every year. I made a tolerable photograph of the spot where the specimen had been captured.

3 [ am indebted for this specimen to Dr. Augusto Olympio, formerly ‘Deputado,’ and now Director of Public
Instruction of the State of Pard (January 18th, 1897).

4 Boletim do Museu Paraense, i. p. 442 (Oct. 1896).

DR. E. A. GOELDI ON THE LEPIDOSIREN OF THE AMAZONS. 415

in regard to the individual B, in which small size and youth may perhaps hide the
characteristic exterior sexual signs, on the other hand, there is no doubt that specimen
A from Marajé Island (now in the possession of the British Museum) is an adult
female, the ovaries having been rendered visible by a section. Individual C, from
Obydos, is evidently a male, as it shows the villi distinctly on the left abdominal fin.
The right abdominal fin exists only in the form of a short prominence or stump,
having been probably bitten away by some carnivorous fish.

We have, therefore, a numerical proportion of 4 females to 1 male. This may be
purely casual, but the possibility cannot be denied that there may exist in this Dipnoan
a real predominance of females over males. Unfortunately I do not possess any
information upon this point as regards the large collection of Paraguayan Lepidosiren
recently made by Dr. Bohls and sent to Europe.

Concerning the measurements of my five Amazonian Lepidosirens, I have drawn up
the following table :—

A. 59 cm. D. 70 cm.
JBa ee) Ory E. 60-70 cm. [approxim. ].
C. 59 cm.

Individual B, from Santarem, is only 32 mm. in dorso-ventral diameter; individual
C 49 mm., having a circumference of 14°8 cm.; individual D is 70 mm. in dorso-
ventral diameter.

IV. Siruation oF THE ANUS, AND EX'TERNAL COLOUR.

The asymmetrical position of the anus (on the left side, near the pelvic fin), already
noticed by the original describers of Lepidosiren paradoxa, is repeated again on all my
five recent individuals.

As regards the external colour of Lepidosiren, it seems to me that the difference
between dark and brown individuals ought to be considered as a secondary matter,
often merely produced by the effects of alcohol, and not peculiar to the living animal.
This is shown by my four spirit-specimens A-D. The specimens A and B are now
decidedly and uniformly dark, the former nearly black, the latter of a slaty colour.
Individual C is now dark above and brownish below; on the individual D brownish
spots, and more or less extended patches of the same colour, are still to be observed on
the dorsal side. I am personally convinced that the brownish colour is, as a rule,
predominant in the living and fresh animal. The picture of our living Lepidosiren
exhibited before this meeting of the Zoological Society has been executed with great
care, and is highly instructive upon this point.

The following passage in Prof. Lankester’s memoir (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xiv. p. 24)
refers to this subject :—“ The most striking and uniform difference which I have observed
is the colour: the Paraguayan specimens are black, the Brazilian specimens are clear

312

416 DR. E. A. GOELDI ON THE LEPIDOSIREN OF THE AMAZONS.

brown. ‘There is, however, little doubt that this is largely, if not altogether, due to the
longer action of alcohol and sunlight upon the Brazilian specimens.” But this should
be taken in connection with my observations on the subject taken im loco and from
fresh material.

V. SEGMENTATION OF LIMB-AXIS.

I have already had occasion to state my opinion upon this question in my letter to
Dr. A. Giinther, published in ‘Nature’ (liv. p. 270). In the first individual sent
to me from Marajo, I discovered that the segmentation, considered by Prof. Ehlers to
constitute a peculiarity of his Paraguayan Lepidosiren articulata, exists also in the
Amazonian Lepidosiren, as clearly shown by Prof. Lankester in the above-mentioned
memoir. The segmentation of the cartilaginous limb-axis evidently escaped the notice
of the first describer Bischoff, but this oversight does not materially detract from the
value of the excellent memoir upon Lepidosiren issued in 1840 by the celebrated
anatomist of Vienna.

VI. System or Laterau LINES.

It seems that nobody has added anything more to the knowledge of the lateral-line
system since Bischoff’s memoir, and that anatomist only mentioned and figured the
lateral line of the head-region of Lepidosiren. The recent figures of Lepidosiren and
Protopterus contained in Prof. Lankester’s memoir show what I consider to be a
median lateral line on each side of the body; but in the text of his article no allusion
or description is found referring to this point. Although surprising, however, this
circumstance may be easily understood. Dead specimens of Lepidosiren generally
become rapidly dark and the lateral lines cannot be so distinctly perceived, as I have
had occasion to verify in my own spirit-specimens. Fig. 2, Pl. XXX VIL, taken from
our living Amazonian Lepidosiren, shows most distinctly six lateral lines—that is,
three on each side of the body, running sugitudinally and in a straight line from

head to tail.
a. Median line.

&. Dorsal line.
c. Ventral line.

The best-developed line, being nearly uninterrupted, is the median, giving out from
time to time small vertical branches, generally two together, towards the dorsal line.
The dorsal line is less developed, being composed of longer or shorter, straight or
curved marks, the longitudinal and lineiform arrangement of which is recognized
without difficulty despite the numerous interruptions. It seems that these marks are
small lateral branches, similar to those of the median line, but directed downward in
the places where the dorsal line remains better preserved. Very well developed is also
the ventral line, emitting vertical branches downward, nearly reaching the true ventral
margin and almost touching the corresponding branches of the other side. When our

DR. E. A. GOELDI ON THE LEPIDOSIREN OF THE AMAZONS. 417

living Lepidosiren exposes to view the ventral side, the appearance may very well be
compared to that of a rope-ladder. Probably the same relation exists between the
dorsal and median lines of both sides of the body.

Our figure (Pl. XXXVII. fig. 2) gives an adequate though not diagrammatic
reproduction of the lateral-line system of Lepidosiren. Whether or to what degree
these lateral branchings may be related to a metameric arrangement I cannot say.

In any case it is here shown that Lepidosiren possesses a complicated system of
lateral lines, hitherto unknown—a system which I do not know to exist in the
same high development in any other living species of fish. It would be very
advisable to pay special attention to this point when examining specimens of the
African Protopterus and the Australian Ceratodus.

VII. Poputar NAMES oF LEPIDOSIREN AND ITS HABITS IN A FREE STATE.

Between Obydos and Para it seems that the popular names most frequently used to

’

designate the Lepidosiren paradowa are “ tariira-boia” and “ piraruct-boia ”; sometimes
the abridged forms “boia” or “cobra” are also employed. ‘The first name is
composed of “ tariira,” the Amazonian term for the freshwater fish which is called
“trahira” or “traira” in South Brazil (Macrodon trahira). The first half of the
second name consists of the native name for drapaima gigas. Senador Machado
informs me that these trivial names have their origin in the fear of the native
fishermen, who state that our Dipnoan bites severely, and are convinced that it is
poisonous.

As yet we know but very little about the habits’ of Lepidosiren in a natural state.
From the information kindly given to me verbally and in letters by Senador Machado and
Civil Engineer Vicente Chermont de Miranda, I may extract the following :—Lepidosiren
paradoxa is an inhabitant of submersed regions, where the water is shallow and does
not possess a depth of many metres. Both my informants believe it to be more common
than generally supposed, but the only chance of obtaining it is during the Amazonian
summer, @. é. the dry season. When the water nearly disappears and only small pools
are left in the natural holes and depressions, the Lepidosiren is found left in them.
As it is fond of disturbing the water of these pools, beating it with its tail and making
violent evolutions with its eel-like body, the search for it then becomes easier, and
only in such localities is the opportunity afforded of securing living specimens intact.
The locality in which the first Marajé specimen was caught (Fazenda Dunas), and
which T visited in September 1896, was in such a condition!, I saw the pool between

* Senhor Vicente Ch. de Miranda informs me that in December 1894 he observed on his possessions on the
Atlantic side of Marajo, in the locality called “ Rego do Jacaré-magro,” 2} kilometres distant from the coast,
two specimens of “an unknown fish,” which he recognized afterwards as identical with the Lepidosiren sent
to me. One was 41 centimetres long, the other 27 centimetres; the former was no doubt a female.

418 DR, HE. A. GOELDI ON THE LEPIDOSIREN OF THE AMAZONS.

the roots of some papyrus-tufts, not more than a step distant from a long ditch, which
at the midsummer period of my visit had sufficient water for a boat.

The question arises what becomes of the Lepidosirens when even these pools dry
up. ‘There is very little doubt that they hide in the lower regions of the mud, and
thus survive the drying of the pools. ‘This is also the opinion of my above-
mentioned informants, and I agree with it entirely, the more so as it establishes a
parallel with the summer lethargy of the African Protopterus annectens. My two
informants intend to clear up the matter, and to dig out the torpid Lepidosirens from
the dried-up pools.

The fact that two of my specimens from Obydos had been caught with a hook
baited with fish certainly proves, as Senador Machado writes, that Lepidosiren paradoxa
occasionally subsists on this kind of food.

VIII. Hasits of LEprposiRen IN CAPTIVITY.

On the 27th April, 1897, our establishment received the news that Senhor Deputado
Lourenzo V. do Conto had brought from Obydos a rare living fish, which was destined
for the Museum. Sending one of the native keepers of our modest Zoological Garden
for it, I asked him on his return what kind of fish he had brought. He replied a
“‘poraqué” (Gymnotus electricus). ‘Thinking that the creature was really what he
said, and somewhat surprised that so common a fish as Gymnotus electricus should be
spoken of as “a rare fish” worthy of being carried from Obydos, while plenty of them
existed all round the city of Pard in every ygap6 pool, I ordered it to be put in the
aquarium together with our other living Gymnoti. There the captive remained,
through this singular mistake, for nearly a month. What was my surprise when one
day we discovered that the supposed “ poraqué”’ was in reality a Lepidosiren paradoxa!
The prisoner’s condition was at once ameliorated by removing him to a separate
aquarium in the Museum-building. Since that time we have had the specimen con-
stantly under our personal observation, and it seems to be thriving and in good health.

The specimen arrived with a large wound on the left side, nearly in the middle of
the body. I do not know the nature and cause of the wound, but I have the pleasure
of stating that it is now smaller, and that probably in a few weeks it will have perfectly
healed. The tail also shows the results of some former mutilations, which is
frequently the case with nearly all creatures cohabiting with such voracious colleagues
as the “pirénhas” (Piraya) and “jacarés” are. It is an interesting fact that our
Lepidosiren lived nearly a month together with a number of large and smaili
Gymnoti without the slightest sign of having been injured by these companions, which
certainly cannot be called agreeable. Nevertheless I have no intention of repeating
the experiment.

Our Lepidosiren now lives in a large glass aquarium, such as is commonly used in
biological stations. The bottom has a stratum (1 decimetre high) of mud, leaves, and

DR. E. A. GOELDI ON THE LEPIDOSIREN OF THE AMAZONS. 419

other vegetable matter. A vigorous growth of alge helps to increase this stratum.
The remainder is filled with fresh water, which is renewed every fourth day. As food,
small pieces of meat, fish, ampullarias, crustaceans, as well as mandioca-roots, are
constantly offered to it, but up to this time no one has seen our Lepidosiren actually
take any of these things. It is, however, in a better state of nutrition than when it
it arrived ; it is decidedly fat and round. ‘Therefore it eats something, and it probably
does so when it burrows half the length of its body in the mud, as frequently seen.

For respiration it comes from time to time to the surface of the water, and puts out
a portion of the head. The operation lasts several seconds. In the large aquarium
this act is only repeated at intervals of several hours, but when placed in a smaller
one—such as I used for my photographs of the living animal—the respirations at the
surface are much more frequent, the intervals being perhaps of a quarter of an hour’s
duration. The respiration is sometimes singularly prolonged. When descending, a
series of air-bubbles is generally expelled from the branchial aperture on each side of
the anterior part of the body. The whole body is covered with a viscous or gluey
substance, which fills the water with whitish flakes, when the Dipnoan executes more
rapid and violent evolutions (see my photographs, Pl. XX XVIIL.).

During the day and when undisturbed our Lepidosiren is a quiet and passive
creature, not changing its curled position for hours. Only once we have noticed it
attempt to bite the finger of the keeper. It remains generally indifferent even when
small living animals are offered it with the pincers. When disturbed it executes most
elegant and varied evolutions, and shows itself to be a first-class swimmer, at least as
good as Anguilla and Murena.

I had the rare pleasure of exhibiting the living Lepidosiren paradoxa at a public
meeting of our Museum Society in Pard on the night of June 3rd, 1897, which was
honoured with the presence of the State’s Governor, Dr. Paes de Carvalho, a distin-
guished physician, and of a large number of persons interested in our scientific work.
Some days afterwards I received from Dr. O’Connor, of Oxley, Queensland, the news
that living specimens of Ceratodus (the Dipnoan of the opposite side of the southern
hemisphere) had been caught for the first time in Australia.

Pard, August 26th, 1897.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XXXVII.
Fig. 1. Lepidosiren paradora, half natural size.
Fig. 2. Outline of the body, showing the lateral lines.
Fig. 3. Head seen from below.
Fig. 4. A portion of the body, side view, in order to show the exact aspect of the

420 DR. E. A. GOELDI ON THE LEPIDOSIREN OF THE AMAZONS.

b

“lozenge-shaped areas” on the living animal. The lateral lines of this
portion are accurately represented.

Fig. 5. Lepidosiren paradoxa during respiration on the surface.

PLATE XXXVIII.

Figs. 6-13. Evolutions of the living Lepidosiren paradoxa in a small aquarium (from
instantaneous photographs taken by myself). Figs. 6 and 7 show the
Dipnoan in the act of respiration on the surface.

yogi
ini
air unas

at

at

Loner hie
OR Diya
otc
One

her

Not ite y
Caw tse

a
Bein

eeu

ih
Shh

anu wat
Sethe

BN

Nahi

x

Nt
oe
ant

Mh
\

oy
au

oa
( a

i
Hs
if
ny 4

:
|
|

P.J.Smit lith LE PID@s

Trans. Dol. Seo. Vl IV IC KEV

————E

ASSIS QgSS bP SSeS.
i wwe

ener ain canmeneeseeemenmmnn erm =

om La ~ ee =F j mee cr y

PARADOXA .

Mintern Bros.imp.

EI.Smit hth-

TES en Siege ee pase ee RAT Saal SY SOLED

Trans Jo, See Vl AV IC INAV

= Ai a
t,o ee

Mintern Bros imp

PARADOXA .

i

fe

aA
hey

Srams.Lol. Foc. VCANGS¢E XXXVI.

Mintern Bros .imp

PJ.Smit lith .

EVOLUTIONS OF THE LIVING LEPIDOSIREN PARADOXA.

X. On a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Jurua, Brazil.
By G. A. Boutenerr, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Received December 8th, 1897, read February Ist, 1898.

[Puates XX XIX.-XLIT.]

THE Collection dealt with in this paper, and acquired by the Trustees of the
British Museum, was made, in July 1897, by Dr. J. Bach, of La Plata, in the Rio
Jurua, an affluent of the Amazons, the Fish-fauna of which had not been previously
explored. The list here given will fill up an important gap in our knowledge of the
distribution of South-American Fishes. As many as nine new species were
discovered by Dr. Bach in the comparatively short time he was able to devote to this
exploration. No doubt a more extensive collection in the same river, which I believe
it is his intention to make in the near future, if circumstances permit, would
result in very numerous additions to this list, which evidently contains but a small
proportion of the representatives of this important class of Vertebrates in the Rio

Jurua,
SCLENID.
1. ScL#NA AMAZONICA Cast.
PLEURONECTID&.
2. SoLEA FISCHERI Stdr.
3. SoLEOTALPA UNICOLOR Gthr.
SILURIDZ.

4, Soruprm tMa BI. Schn.

5, PLATYSTOMA JURUENSE, sp.n. (Plate XXXIX.)

Upper jaw projecting very slightly beyond the lower. Bands of small, equal,
yilliform teeth in jaws and palate; vomerine band as broad as premaxillary, single,
notched in the middle, very narrowly separated from the much narrower palatine
bands. Depth of body 53 times in total length, length of head 33 times. Head 1g
as long as broad, its greatest width 13 width of mouth; fontanelle very small; eye

VoL. XIV.—PaRT vil. No, 2.—August, 1898. 3K

429 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES

extremely small, its diameter 4 times in interorbital width, a little nearer opercular
border than end of snout; occipital process narrow, not reaching basal bone of dorsal
spine; maxillary barbel extending nearly to extremity of ventral; inner mandibular
barbel extending to middle of pectoral, outer to middle of ventral. Branchiostegal
rays 11. Dorsal I 6, originating at equal distance from the end of the snout and the
middle of the adipose fin; spine rather feeble, not serrated, # length of head. Adi-
pose fin as long as base of dorsal or anal. Pectoral not reaching ventral ; spine feebly
serrated, $ length of head. Anal 14. Caudal deeply forked, both lobes produced
into long filaments. Yellowish brown, with 9 equidistant dark brown cross-bands ;
head dark brown above.

Total length 190 millim.

A single specimen.

6. PIMELopUs MacuLatus Lacép.
7. PIMELODUS MopDEsTUS Gthr.

8. CENTROMOCHLUS HECKELIE Filippi.

to)

. Crropsis canpiru Ag.

10. OxyDORAS STENOPELTIS Kner.

11, OXYDORAS TRIMACULATUS, sp. n. (Plate XL. fig. 1.)

No teeth in the upper jaw. Depth of body 43 times in total length, length of head
3% times. Snout compressed, pointed, covered with skin ; posterior nostril close to the
eye; diameter of eye nearly equal to length of snout, 3 times in length of head,
14 interorbital width; cheeks and opercles covered with skin; skull striated above,
granulate on the sides; fontanelle not produced as a groove posteriorly; bases of
the six barbels united by the fold of the lower jaw; maxillary barbels branched,
extending to base of pectoral spine; mandibular barbels short. Gill-cleft extending
to below posterior border of eye. _Humeral process striated, broader than and half as
long as pectoral spine, obliquely truncated posteriorly. Pectoral spine as long as or
slightly longer than dorsal, 1+ length of head, extending to middle of ventral, very
strongly serrated, especially on the inner side. Dorsal 1 5; spine feebly serrated in
front, strongly behind, equally distant from the end of the snout and the adipose fin.
Adipose fin half as long as base of anal. Anal 15. No shields between the dorsal
fins or on the belly. Lateral shields 31-32, nearly half as deep as the body, with
serrated border and moderately strong hooked spines. Caudal deeply bifurcate.
Yellowish ; a black spot on the dorsal, involving the base of the spine and of the first

FROM THE RIO JURUA. 423

three rays; a small, elongate, horizontal black spot at the base of each lobe of the
caudal.

Total length 62 millim.

Three specimens.

Closely allied to O. stenopeltis Kner, which differs in the presence of an
occipito-nuchal groove, the smaller eye, the presence of dorsal shields, and the absence
of black spots on the fins.

12. OXYDORAS TRACHYPARIA, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 2.)

No teeth in the upper jaw. Depth of body equal to length of head, 33 times in total
length. Snout rounded, rugose except in the internarial space on each side ; posterior
nostril close to the eye; diameter of eye nearly equal to length of snout, rather more
than 4 length of head, equal to interorbital width ; preeopercle, subopercle, and opercle
bony, rugose ; cranial bones granulate ; fontanelle not produced as a groove posteriorly ;
barbels not fringed (or, rather, maxillary barbels with a single basal barb), their bases
united by a fold of the lower jaw; maxillary barbel not reaching opercular cleft ;
mandibular barbels short. Giull-cleft extending to below posterior border of eye.
Humeral process granulate, broader than and half as long as pectoral spine, obliquely
truncated posteriorly. Pectoral spine as long as dorsal, as long as head, strongly
serrated on the inner side, rather feebly on the outer. Dorsal I 6; spine rather
strongly serrated on both sides, a little nearer the adipose fin than the end of the
snout. Adipose fin half as long as anal. Anal 13. No shields between the dorsal
fins or on the belly. Lateral shields 35-34, nearly half as deep as the body, with
serrated border and rather feeble hooked spines. Caudal deeply bifurcate. Pale olive
above, whitish on the sides and beneath ; fins white.

Total length 93 millim.

Two specimens.

This species, which further demonstrates the untenability of the genus Hemidoras as
distinct from Oaydoras, stands nearest to H. natterert Stdr., which differs in the fringed
maxillary barbels, the more forward position of the posterior dorsal, and the smaller
lateral shields.

13. OxyDORAS BACHI, sp. n. (Plate XL. fig. 3.)

No teeth in the upper jaw. Depth of body equal to length of head, 33 times in total
length. Snout obtusely pointed, covered with skin ; posterior nostril slightly nearer
the eye than the anterior nostril; diameter of eye $ length of snout, ¢ length ot
head, 2 interorbital width; cheek and opercle covered with skin; skull striated above,
granulate on the sides; fontanelle not produced as a groove posteriorly ; barbels not

fringed, their bases united by a fold of the lower jaw; maxillary barbels just reaching
3K 2

424 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES

opercular cleft ; mandibular barbels short. Gill-cleft extending to below centre of eye.
Humeral process striated, twice as broad and half as long as pectoral spine, obliquely
truncated posteriorly. Pectoral spine longer than dorsal, a little longer than head,
strongly serrated on both sides. Dorsal I 5; spine rather feebly serrated on both
sides, a little shorter than the head, a little nearer the adipose fin than the end of the
snout. Adipose fin not half as long as anal. Anal 11. No shields between the
dorsal fins or on the belly. Lateral shields 30, 3 depth of body, with serrated border
and moderately strong hooked spines. Caudal deeply bifurcate, with rounded lobes.
Pale olive above, white below ; fins white.

Total length 90 millim.

A single specimen.

Closely allied to O. brevis Kner, which is distinguished by the longer dorsal spine,
the narrower humeral process, the longer adipose ‘dorsal, and the number (13-14) of
anal rays.

14. OxybDoras ELoNGaTUS, sp. n. (Plate XL. fig. 4.)

No teeth in the upper jaw. Depth of body 5 times in total length, length of head
34 times. Snout obtusely pointed, covered with skin; posterior nostril twice as distant
from the anterior as from the eye; diameter of eye nearly twice in length of snout, 43
times in length of head, 12 in interorbital width; cheeks and opercles covered with
skin ; cranial bones granulate ; fontanelle not produced as a groove posteriorly ; barbels
not branched, their bases united by the fold of the lower jaw; maxillary barbels
extending to opercular cleft; mandibular barbels short. Gill-cleft extending to below
posterior border of eye. Humeral process granulate and striated, twice as broad and
half as long as pectoral spine, tapering to a point posteriorly. Pectoral spine as long as
dorsal, nearly as long as head, extending to base of ventrals, strongly serrated on the
inner side, more feebly on the outer. Dorsal I 6; spine feebly serrated in front, more
strongly behind, equally distant from the end of the snout and the adipose fin.
Adipose fin not half as long as base of anal. Anal 12. No shields between the dorsal
fins or on the belly. Lateral shields 33, small, pluricuspid, with rather feeble hooked
spines, Caudal deeply bifurcate. Olive above, white below ; lateral shields and fins
orange.

Total length 105 millim.

A single specimen.

Resembles most O. humeralis Kner, which has minute teeth in the upper jaw, and
much larger lateral shields, their depth being about 2 that of the body and their
border bearing more numerous small spines.

15. CALLICHTHYs ARMATUS Gthr.

16. PLecostomus EMARGINATUS C. & Y.

—

FROM ,THE RIO JURUA. 425

17. CHa&TosToMUS BACHI, sp. n. (Plate XLI. fig. 1.)

About 16 teeth on each side in each jaw. Depth of body 43 times in total length,
length of head 3 times. Head very slightly longer than broad, entirely rough with
small spines; snout rounded ; diameter of eye 6 times in length of head, 3 times in
length of snout, 34 times in interorbital width ; no postorbital groove; longest erectile
preopercular spines as long as diameter of eye; barbel minute, hardly 4 diameter of
eye. Throat and belly covered with small rough shields. Dorsal I 7; first ray a
little shorter than head. Pectoral spine as long as head, covered with small spines,
reaching middle of ventral. Ventral I 5,2 length of head. Anal I 4. Caudal
obliquely truncated, lower ray 13 as long as upper. Shields on body rough with small
spinules, without keels, 26 in a longitudinal series. Pale olive, with rather indistinct,
large, rounded, darker spots ; caudal with dark cross-bars.

Total length 110 millim.

A single specimen.

Nearest allied to Ch. ologospilus Gthr., which differs in the forked caudal fin and

the naked belly.
18. HyPpopropoMA GUENTHER! Blgr.
19. Loricaria rostrata Spix.
20. LORICARIA FILAMENTOSA Stdr.
21. LoricaRIa ACIPENSERINA Kner.

22. ACESTRA GLADIUS, sp.n. (Plate XLI. fig. 2.)

Length of head 35 times in total length. Snout exceedingly long and narrow,
sword-shaped, the pre-oral part as long as the rest of the head, the length of the
rostrum 14 times its least width ; no bristles on the head ; eye small, its diameter 34
times in interorbital width; upper angle of gill-opening nearer origin of dorsal than
tip of snout. Dorsal I 6; first ray 4 length of head. Pectoral not reaching ventral.
Anal 1 5; first ray 3 length of head. Caudal deeply emarginate, with the outer rays
produced into very long filaments. Body moderately depressed; 7 scutes between
occiput and dorsal, the second and third more than twice as broad as long; 3 series of
ventral scutes, 6 on each side between pectoral and ventral. Tail strongly depressed.
32 scutes along each side, those on the body forming two obscure keels coalescing a
little behind the vertical of the anal. Uniform olive-grey ; fins white, pectorals and
ventrals with grey bars, caudal with a black band along the upper lobe.

Total length 215 millim.

‘T'wo specimens.

Closely allied to A. oxyrhyncha Kner. Distinguished by the absence of bristles on

the snout and the broader dorsal scutes.

426 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES

93. STEGOPHILUS NEMURUS Gthr.

24, VANDELLIA ciIRRHOSA C. & V.

See remarks in P. Z. 8. 1897, pp. 901 and 902.

The following is a description of the four specimens in Dr. Bach’s collection :—

Depth of body 7 to 10 times in total length, length of head 8 to 10 times. Head
much depressed, nearly as long as broad; snout rounded, as long as the diameter of
the eye, which is 33 times in length of head; interorbital space one half to two thirds
diameter of eye; mouth inferior; posterior nostrils between the eyes; maxillary barbel
nearly half length of head; opercle and preopercle each with a bundle of erectile
spines. Body slightly compressed. Pectoral as long as head minus snout. Dorsal 9,
in the posterior fourth of the body. Anal 8-9, originating below middle of dorsal.
Caudal truncated. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep. Uniform white.

Total length 62 millim,

CHARACINID.
25, CuRIMATUS DoBULA Gthr.

26. CURIMATUS ALBURNUS M. & T.

27. TETRAGONOPTERUS MULTIRADIATUS Stdr.
28. 'TETRAGONOPTERUS ORBICULARIS C. & V.
29. TETRAGONOPTERUS MACULATUS L.

50. CHIRODON ALBURNUS Gthr.

ol. CHALCINUS NEMATURUS Kner.

. GASTROPELECUS STELLATUS Kner.

33. GASTROPELECUS PECTOROSUS Garm.

34, ANACYRTUS KNERII Stdr.

35. ANACYRTUS LIMAISQUAMIS Cope.

36, ANACYRTUS AFFINIS Gthr.

37. CYNODON PECTORALIS Gthr.

38. CYNODON VULPINUS Spix.’
39. SERRASALMO PIRAYA Cuv.

40, MYLETES ALBIScoPUS Cope.

FROM THE RIO JURUA. 427

CLUPEID.
41. CETENGRAULIS JURUENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XLI. fig. 3.)

Depth of body 5 times in total length, length of head 34 times. Snout very strongly
projecting, a little shorter than diameter of eye, which is 54 times in length of head
and 1% in interorbital width; jaws toothless; maxillary extending to articulation
of mandible; cleft of mouth nearly 4 length of head. Géill-rakers long, finely denti-
culate, about 40 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal 13, originating at equal
distance from end of the snout and base of caudal. Pectoral a little more than 4
length of head, extending a little beyond base of ventral. Anal 23, originating below
posterior rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep. Caudal deeply
forked. Scales 88 in a longitudinal series, 10 in a transverse series. Olive above,
silvery on the sides and below; snout blackish above; fins pale orange, caudal rays
blackish at the end.

Total length 140 millim.

A single specimen.

This fish, the first freshwater representative of the genus Cetenqraulis, is nearest
to C. edentulus Cuv., which differs in the deeper body.

42, PRISTIGASTER CAYANUS Cuv.

OSTEOGLOSSID #.
43. ARAPAIMA GIGAS Cuv.

Dr. Bach has shown me the photograph of a large specimen taken by him.

GYMNOTIDZ.

44, STERNARCHUS NATTERERI Stdr.
45, STERNARCHUS MACROLEPIS Stdr.
46, STERNARCHUS OXYRHYNCHUS M. & T.

47. STERNARCHUS TAMANDUA, sp. n. (Plate XLII.)

Snout produced into a long, nearly straight tube, the length of which equals 4 times
its least depth ; mouth very small, with several rows of minute teeth; eye extremely
minute, a little nearer the opercular cleft than the end of the snout. Depth of body
half length of head. A very strongly developed adipose fin runs along the whole
length of the body, from which it is easily detached. Pectoral 3 length of head.
Vent under the chin. Anal 220, originating a little in advance of gill-opening, longest
rays rather more than $ depth of body. Scales very small, larger on the upper half of the
body than on the lower ; lat. 1. 85. ‘The tail, in the unique specimen, has been injured
during life, and bears a short, regenerated caudal fin. Uniform yellowish white,

Total length 400 millim.

498 ON FISHES FROM THE RIO JURUA.

‘This fish is very rare in the Jurua River, and but a single specimen could be procured
by Dr. Bach.

It is a most remarkable form, differing very considerably from any of the species
with which we are acquainted.

48. RHAMPHICHTHYS BLOCHIT Kaup.

49, STEATOGENYS ELEGANS Stdr.

The presence of a filament of adipose tissue, similar to the dorsal fin of Sternarchus,
in a groove along each side of the mental region, to which attention has been drawn by
Steindachner in describing his Rhamphichthys elegans, warrants, in my opinion, the
establishment of a new genus, for which I propose the name Steatogenys.

50, STERNOPYGUS VIRESCENS Val.

TETRODONTID 2.

51. ‘Terropon psirracus Bl. Schn.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE XXXIX.

Platystoma juruense, p. 421, with upper and lower views of head
and outline of premaxillary and palatal teeth.

PLATE XL.
Fig. 1. Oxydoras trimaculatus, p. 422.
Fig. 2. Oxydoras trachyparia, p. 423.

3. Oxydoras bachi, p. 423.
Fig. 4. Oxydoras elongatus, p. 424.

PLATE XLL.
Fig. 1. Chetostomus bacht, p. 425.
Fig. 2. Acestra gladius, p. 425.
Fig. 3. Cetengraulis juruensis, p. 427.

PLATE XLII.
Sternarchus tamandua, p. 427, with upper view of head.

‘TSNEOUNr VNOLSAIVId sega 1

duit sorg wre peyy

—

XIKXX ODML IGG OE? PL PL

PaaS

Frams.Lo00l, Foe. VCAWIC AL,

Mintern Bros . imp

J.Green del. etlith .

LONGATUS.

ey
ok

1.0XYDORAS TRIMACULATUS. 2.0. TRACHYPARIA. 3.0.BACHI. 4.0.

ei

“SISNANUNG STINVYONTLAO € SNIGv TS VULSHOV @ IHOVE SONOLSOLWHOT

dar sorguse pay UAT 32 "TEP weet pC

TH OLNN G0 PB I? Yo OD

Trans. Lo, Soe WAN GY¢, XLII

Mintern Bros.imo

del.et lth.

vu -Oreen

STERNARCHUS TAMANDUA.

we
BAU in

iin

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

Vor. XIV.—Parr 8.

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARH;
AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW.

December 1898.

Price 12s.

Taylor and Francis, Printers, | {Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

To Fellows. To the Public.

BOS aah Sones he
VOLUME I. (1833-1835, containing 59 Plates). . Price 313 6 . . . 418 O*
VOLUME II. (1835-1841, containing 71 Plates). . 4 400... 5 6 6%
VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containing 63 Plates). . , 3 8 38... 411 O*
VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 77 Plates). . 4, 6 2 0... 8 2 6fF
VOLUME _ V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). ._,, HUA oe taal Os OE NOr
VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates). . ,, Il 5 O sa O Osp
VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates). . ,, 10 4 0 . . .138 12 OF
VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates). . ,, 9228: Bee oe ee On;
VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates). . ,, 12 1 6. . .16 2 OF
VOLUME. X. (1877-1879; containing. 95 Plates). ©. ,, 10. 0 3 2). 18) 7 OF,

GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1833-1879) % OO 010 0

VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). . Price 912 O 12 16 O

Parr 1. (1880, contammg 4 Plates) . ... . » O12 O 016 O

» 2. (1880, containing 7 Plates) . . .. . » 018 O 1 4 0

» o» (1881, contaming 8 Plates) . . .. . Seely 6 110 0

» 4. (1881, contaming 3 Plates) . ... . 5 W) 6 010 0

» 5». (1881, contaming 13 Plates) . . .. . » 018 O 1 4 0

», 6. (1882, containing 6 Plates) . ... . 5p) OO) 016 O

aie ASS, contammney OsPlaTes) i sae ee eer ea » O15 O 1 0 0

» 8. (1883, containmg 1] Plates) . . .. . » O12 0 016 O

> 9. (1888, containing 10 Plates) . . . . . Ae Ox 0) 016 O

» 10. (1885, containing 12 Plates) . : seed le 6 PY)

», Ll. (1885, containing 14 Plates and Title and ia Hao 2 2 0

* No copies of these volumes in stock.
+ Only complete copies of these volumes left in stock.

Continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

foo 4

XI. On new or imperfectly-known Species of Ostracoda, chiefly from New Zealand.
By G. Stewarpson Brapy, W/.D., LL.D., D.Se., F.R.S.

Received February 8, 1898, read March 15, 1898.

[Puates XLIII.-XLVII.]

For the opportunity of describing the following species of Ostracoda Iam indebted to
Mr. G. M. Thomson of Dunedin, New Zealand, and to Dr. Meinert and Dr. H. J. Hansen
of the Museum of Zoology, Copenhagen. Mr. Thomson’s specimens are the result of his
own labours in the pursuit of natural history at Dunedin, Brighton, and other places
in New Zealand; those sent to me from Copenhagen belong to the museum of that
city, and were dredged in Lyttelton Harbour and Akaroa Harbour by Mr. H. Suter.
One very interesting species (Hupathistoma natans) is from an altogether different
geographical area, having been taken in the Bay of Bengal; for specimens of this
species I have to thank my friend Mr. I. C. Thompson, F.L.S., of Liverpool.

Though, except in the case of Hupathistoma, there is nothing very strikingly new in
the morphology of the species here noticed, there are many points of interest as showing
deviations from the usual types of structure; for example, the setose armature of the
first pair of antennze in Trachyleberis scabrocuneata, the peculiar hairy cushions covering
the valves of Sarsiella, the adventitious concretionary nodules found on the limbs of
Philomedes sculpta, and the shell-glands and ducts of Philomedes flexilis.

The species described or noticed in the present paper are as follows :—

Asterope australis, G. 8. Brady, Otago, Akaroa, Lyttelton: p. 431.
ie quadrata, sp. nov., Lyttelton Harbour: p. 432.
> grisea, sp. nov., Akaroa Harbour: p. 482.
Cyclasterope zealandica (Baird), Lyttelton Harbour: p. 433.
ovulum, sp. nov., Stewart Island: p. 432.
Ba tenera, sp. noy., Lyttelton Harbour: p. 433.
Philomedes agilis, Thomson, Otago Harbour: p. 434.
sculpta, sp. nov., Otago Harbour: p. 434.
flexilis, sp. nov., Lyttelton Harbour, Akaroa Harbour: p. 435.

a)

9

39
Eupathistoma natans, gen. & sp. noy., Bay of Bengal: p. 437.
Sarsiella hanseni, sp. nov., Lyttelton Harbour: p. 438.

a hispida, sp. nov., Akaroa Harbour: p. 439,
Cypris viridis, Thomson, Dunedin: p. 440.
Cyprinotus flavescens, sp. nov., Dunedin: p. 440.

VOL. XIV.—PART vill. No. 1.—December, 1898.

(Sy)
Su

DR. G. S. BRADY ON NEW OR

Loxoconcha punctata, Thomson, Otago, Brighton: p. 441.
Xestoleberis luxata, sp. nov., Lyttelton Harbour: p. 441.

3 olivacea, sp. nov., Brighton: p. 442.
a compressa, sp. nov., Brighton: p. 442.
Cythere brunnea, sp. nov., Lyttelton Harbour; p. 442.
3 innominata, nom. nov., Brighton: p. 448.

3 truncula, sp. noy., Lyttelton Harbour: p. 444.
Trachyleberis scabrocuneata, G. 8. Brady, Lyttelton Harbour: p. 444.
Cytherideis nove-zealandie, sp. nov., Lyttelton Harbour: p. 446.
Cytherella eburnea, sp. nov., Lyttelton Harbour: p. 447.

In addition to these, there have been described the following New-Zealand species.
which are unknown to me :—

Cypris nove-zealandie, Baird.
5, ciliata, Thomson.
5, Uttoralis, Thomson.
Cythere atra, Thomson.

The memoirs quoted in this paper are the following. They are indicated in the
synonymy by the numbers attached to them in the list:—

Barrp, W. (1).—Descriptions of several New Species of Entomostraca. (Proceedings of the Zoolo-
gical Society of London, part xvili. Annulosa, plates xvii, xviii.) 1850.
Brapy, G.S. (1).—A Monograph of the recent British Ostracoda. (Transactions of the Linnean
Society, vol. xxvi.) 1868.
$5 (2).—The Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’ Report on the Ostracoda. 1880.
i (3).—Notes on Entomostraca collected by Mr. A. Haly in Ceylon. (Journal of the
Linnean Society, Zoology, vol. xix.) 1885.
A (4).—On Ostracoda collected by H. B. Brady, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., in the South-Sea
Islands. (Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. xxxyv. part ii.)
1888.
a (5).—A Supplementary Report on the Crustaceans of the group Myodocopa obtained
during the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition, with Notes on other new or imperfectly-
known species. (Transactions of the Zoological Society of London, vol. xiv.
part ii.) 1897.
Brapy, G. 8., & Norman, A. M. (1).—A Monograph of the Marine and Fresh-water Ostracoda of
the North Atlantic and of North-west Europe.—Part ii. Myodocopa, Cladocopa,
and Platycopa. (Transactions of the Royal Dublin Society, vol. v., ser. ii.)
1896.
Dana, J. D. (1).—Crustacea of the United States Exploring Expedition. 1852.
Jones, T. R. (1) —A Monograph of the Tertiary Entomostraca of England. (Palzeontographical
Society.) 1856.
Mitzirr, G. W. (1).—Die Ostracoden des Golfes von Neapel und der angrenzenden Meeres-
abschnitte. 1894,

IMPERFECTLY-KNOWN SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. 431

Norman, A. M. (1).—Last Report on Dredging among the Shetland Isles. (British Association
Reports.) 1868.
Puiiprr, A. (1).—Zoologische Bemerkungen in Arch. Naturg. 6 Jahrg. 1840,
Sars, G. O. (1).—Nye Bidrag til Kundskaben om Middelhavets Invertebratfauna. (Archiv for
Mathematik og Naturvidenskab.) 1887.
(2).—On some Freshwater Ostracoda and Copepoda raised from dried Australian Mud.
(Christiania Videnskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, no. 8.) 1889.
Tomson, G. M. (1).—On the New Zealand Entomostraca, (Transactions of the New Zealand
Institute, vol. xi.) 1878.

39

Genus AstrroPE Philippi.
Asterope Philippi (1), 1840; G. O. Sars (1), p. 11; Brady & Norman (1), p. 629.
Cylindroleberis Brady (1), p. 465; G. W. Miiller (1), p. 216.
Cypridina Auctorum.

ASTEROPE AUSTRALIS Brady. (Plate XLIII. figs. 1-8.)
Asterope australis Brady (4), p. 515, pl. iv. figs. 1, 2.

Shell of the male, seen from the side (fig. 1), ovate, height equal to more than half
the length, anterior extremity evenly rounded, with a short, wide beak and a rather
wide but shallow antennal notch; posterior extremity evenly rounded; dorsal margin
very slightly but evenly arcuate, ventral almost straight. Seen from above (fig. 2), the
outline is elongate-ovate, widest in the middle, much more than twice as long as
broad ; extremities broadly rounded, lateral margins gently and evenly curved. Surface
of the shell smooth, destitute of hairs or sculpture, excepting at the posterior extremity,
which bears two tufts of very fine hairs. Secondary branch of the antenna ( fig. 5) with
a large and very crooked terminal unguis, which bears near its base a very long and
stout seta, the last joint (dactylon) having two much shorter sete, Post-abdomen
(fig. 8) armed, on each lamina, with a series of seven ungues, which progressively
increase in size and amount of curvature from the first to the last, the larger of the
series very finely ciliated on the concave margin. Length of the shell 1-6 mm. Colour
(of spirit-specimens) yellowish white; the black eye-spot very conspicuous.

The sheli of the female (figs. 3, 4) is somewhat smaller than that of the male, and
seen laterally is higher behind than in front; seen from above it is subacuminate in
front and narrowly rounded behind; the posterior extremity has no setose tufts. The
secondary branch of the antenna consists of a simple cylindrical one-jointed stem,
which ends in a single long seta (fig. 6). Length 1-4 mm.

Hab. Males, taken abundantly in the surface-net, Otago Harbour; a single female
specimen in a dredging from Akaroa Harbour, depth 6 fathoms, and Lyttelton Harbour,
1-5 fathoms. The Otago gathering consisted almost entirely of males, the lesser
swimming-power of the females doubtless keeping most of them at or near the bottom.

The shell in most specimens is flexible and submembranaceous, but occasionally hard
31 2

432 DR. G. 8S. BRADY ON NEW OR

and calcareous, the soft ones probably imperfectly matured after moulting. The types
of the species were described by me from specimens taken amongst the South-Sea
Islands, and do not differ from the New Zealand examples except in being rather
larger.

ASTEROPE QUADRATA, sp. n. (Plate XLV. figs. 17-21.)

In general appearance this is very like A. australis, but it is somewhat smaller, and seen
dorsally has much more obtuse extremities, having almost parallel lateral margins; the
inner antennal branch of the male (fig. 19) is very broadly clawed, and the larger ungues
of the post-abdominal laminze in the female (fig. 21) are not only finely pectinated, but
bear a few longer interspersed setee—about five on the last and three on the penultimate
unguis; in the male, however, of which only one mutilated specimen was seen, there
is only a simple pectination. Shell extremely thin and membranous. Length 13 mm.

Hab. Lyttelton Harbour, dredged in a depth of 1-5 fathoms.

ASTEROPE GRISEA, sp. n. (Plate XLIII. figs. 9-14.)

Shell of the female, seen from the side, elongated, elliptical (fig. 9), height scarcely
as much as half the length, and nearly equal throughout; extremities evenly rounded,
the posterior rather the narrower of the two; dorsal and ventral margins evenly and
very slightly curvate. Seen from above (fig. 10) the outline is narrowly ovate, the width
equal to two-fifths of the length, slightly tapered towards the front, broader and
rounded off behind. Shell chitinous, flexible, perfectly smooth, colour greyish.
Length 2°8 mm. Frontal tentacle cylindrical, its terminal joint slightly dilated at
the base; secondary branch of the antenna (fig. 12) small, simple, with a small apical
seta; spines of the post-abdominal lamine (fig. 14) long, slender, very delicately ciliated.
Claw of the secondary antennal branch in the male (fig. 11) much thickened and
dilated at its base.

Hab. Akaroa Harbour; many specimens dredged in a depth of 6 fathoms. Only one
male could be found, and this was a good deal damaged; its only marked peculiarity,
so far as could be made out, was the extreme length of the antennular sete.

Genus CycLasTEROPE G. 8S. Brady.
Cyclasterope Brady (5), p. 85.

CYCLASTEROPE OVULUM, sp. n. (Plate XLIII. figs. 24-30.)

Shell of the female (figs. 24, 25), seen from the side, nearly circular, slightly narrowed
and produced in front, antennal notch small and shallow; seen from above, ovate, widest
in the middle, twice as long as broad, subacuminate in front, narrowly rounded behind.
Shell dense and calcareous, smooth, finely punctate. Length 8 mm., height 6-6 mm.

IMPERFECTLY-KNOWN SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. 433

Frontal tentacle (fig. 27) three-jointed, the median joint very short and constricted at
the base, distal joint conical, with a much-attenuated apex; secondary branch of the
antenna (fig. 26) three-jointed, cylindrical, ending in a long seta, the two basal joints
bearing a few marginal hairs; teeth of the bifid extremity of the vermiform limb
(fig. 28) corrugated, their apices formed by a small spine, which is overhung by a
knobbed columnar process: abdomen fringed distally with closely-set hairs: post-
abdominal laminz (fig. 29) bearing three very stout, blunt, and strongly curved distal
ungues, which bear two marginal rows of closely-set lancet-shaped spinules (fig. 30) ;
in front of the ungues is a series of about nine long ringed and pinnated sete. Male
unknown.

Hab. Rock-pools, Stewart Island.

This fine species closely resembles in external aspect C. orbicularis, of which a
single specimen from Valparaiso was described by me (/oc. cit.), but C. ovulwm is much
larger, and differs in many points as regards the soft parts.

CYCLASTEROPE TENERA, sp.n. (Plate XLIV. figs. 27-29.)

Female. Shell, seen from the side (fig. 27), almost circular, slightly narrower towards
the front, length about one-seventh greater than the height, very thin, membranous,
and slightly wrinkled ; anterior and inferior margins beset with distant, rigid hairs.
Secondary antennal branch (fig. 28) simple, three-jointed, with a long apical seta:
falcate process of the mandible bearing numerous marginal spines and teeth:
the post-abdominal claws are three in number (fig. 29), very unequal in length, and
armed with closely-set short marginal spinules. Length 1:5 mm.

Hab. Lyttelton Harbour, 1-5 fathoms. One specimen only.

CYCLASTEROPE ZEALANDICA (Baird). (Plate XLIII. figs. 15-23.)
Cypridina zealandica Baird (1), p. 257, pl. xvii. figs. 11-13.

Shell of the female (figs. 15, 16), seen from the side, very broadly ovate, length
about one-fourth greater than the height, the outline forming a perfect oval except at
the antennal notch, which is small and shallow; seen from above, ovate, compressed,
greatest width in the middle, and equal to half the length ; extremities rather wide and
evenly rounded, slightly emarginate at the contact of the valves. Shell calcareous,
finely punctate and, towards the anterior extremity, faintly wrinkled in a transverse
direction (fig. 23). Length 5 mm., height 4mm. Secondary branch of the antenna
(fig. 19) cylindrical, three-jointed, geniculated, the first joint bearing a tuft of marginal
setee near its extremity, second joint with three small marginal sete externally and a
long seta on its infernal distal angle, last joint obliquely truncate and mucronate at
its apex; ungues of the post-abdominal lamin (fig. 21) stout, subequal, and strongly

434 DR. G. S. BRADY ON NEW OR

curved, bordered with rows of lanceolate spinules (fig. 22), which, towards the bases of
the ungues, have also intermediate smaller spinules; in front of the ungues a row of
about ten flexuous ringed sete, which gradually decrease in length until they give place
to a fringe of densely-set fine hairs. Length 5 mm., height 4 mm.

Shell of the male (fig. 17), seen from the side, subovate, somewhat narrowed towards
the front, greatest height situated in the middle and equal to nearly three-fourths of the
length; anterior extremity rounded, beak sharp and curved, antennal notch wide ;
posterior extremity subtruncate, rounded off below, abruptly angulated at its junction
with the dorsal margin, which is almost straight for the greater part of its length, but
is well rounded in front, and slopes steeply behind to join the posterior border ; surface
minutely and closely punctate, fringed at the two extremities with long, fine hairs.
Length 6°25 mm., height 4°5 mm. Terminal joint of the secondary antennal branch
(fig. 18) forming a strong claw, very stout and constricted near the middle; penultimate
joint armed on the opposing margin with a fascicle of very thick, rigid sete.

Hab, Dredged in Lyttelton Harbour, 2-5 fathoms. Only few specimens, the males
badly mauled, and their limbs clogged with mud so as to be viewed with difficulty.

Dr. Baird’s figures and description agree well with these specimens, and his notice
of the wrinkled shell-surface confirms the impression that this is the form to which
he refers.

Genus PuitomepEs Lilljeborg.

PHILOMEDES AGILIS Thomson.

Philomedes agilis Thomson (1), p. 257, pl. xi. figs. C. 8a-e, D. la-g; G.S. Brady (5), p. 90,
pl. xvi. figs. 13-16.

Taken in the surface-net, Otago Harbour. Males only.

PHILOMEDES SCULPTA, sp. n. (Plate XLIV. figs. 15-20.)

Shell of the male (fig. 15), seen from the side, elongated, subrhomboidal, highest in
the middle and narrowing gradually to the extremities, height equal to half the length ;
anterior extremity produced to a subacute point, notch obsolete; posterior extremity
produced below the middle into a wide, wedge-shaped, obtusely-pointed beak, above
which it is rather deeply sinuated; dorsal margin moderately and evenly curved
throughout its whole length, ventral almost straight in the middle and bent sharply
upward towards each extremity. Seen from above (fig. 16), the outline is compressed,
subovate, greatest width in front of the middle, and equal to less than half the length ;
anterior extremity wide, subtruncate, mucronate in the middle, and emarginate towards
the sides; posterior narrower, bluntly pointed, lateral margins convex and irregularly
sinuous. Surface of the shell undulated, covered with irregular, small, polygonal
pittings, and raised into two principal longitudinal ribs which join near the front,
forming a single short median ridge, but remain separate behind, running into a

IMPERFECTLY-KNOWN SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. 435

marginal ridge; the spaces between, and less conspicuously outside of, these ribs are
marked with smaller, curved, anastomosing ridges; the anterior margin round about
the antennal. notch (fig. 17) has a thin laminated flange marked by delicate transverse
lines. Secondary branch of the antenna (fig. 18) geniculated between the second and
third joints; first joint very short, bearing two short marginal sete, second and third
very long and nearly equal, second with three long sete on its outer margin, third
rugose with a number of wart-like protuberances on its opposing surface, and bearing
a single seta near the distal and proximal ends respectively; extremity blunt and
slightly furrowed longitudinally; post-abdominal lamine (fig. 19) armed with three
principal ungues and seven smaller ones, the first of the smaller series situated between
the second and third larger ones. Length 2°6 mm.

Hab. Taken abundantly in the surface-net, Otago Harbour. Males only.

An interesting peculiarity of this species consists in its tendency to develop calcareous
concretions on the sete of the antenne and antennules, and sometimes in other situations.
These concretions are extremely dense and dark-coloured, and when broken present a
radiated crystalline appearance. ‘Treated with a weak acid, they are seen under the
microscope to effervesce freely, and in time to disappear almost entirely, so that they
are probably composed chiefly or altogether of calcium carbonate. ‘Two or more sete
are sometimes immovably soldered together by a concretion of this kind, which must,
one would think, materially interfere with the locomotion of the animal. Though
P. sculpta is especially liable to these concretions, they are sometimes met with in
other species; in P. sculpta, however, full-grown specimens seem rarely to be free from
them. Though in this gathering the majority of examples had shells of a flexible
or membranous kind, some few were distinctly dense and calcareous. ‘These differences
may perhaps depend upon the lapse of time in relation to exuviation; but I am
disposed to think that in the case of flexible shells there is often a larger development
of the concretions above referred to, in which case it may be allowable to look upon
them as pathological products which have withdrawn the lime otherwise available for
shell-formation. A broken fragment of one of the nodules is shown in fig. 20. It
is just possible that a species described by me from one dried shell under the name
Streptoleberis crenulata may be identical with P. sculpta, but this I cannot decide
with any certainty (see 5, p. 515, pl. iv. figs. 3, 4).

PHILOMEDES FLEXILIS, sp. n. (Pl. XLIV. figs. 1-14; Plate XLV. figs. 15, 16.)

Shell of the female (Pl. XLIV. figs. 1,2; Pl. XLV. figs. 15, 16), seen from the side,
irregulariy lozenge-shaped, widest in the middle, greatest width equal to about two-
thirds of the length; anterior extremity somewhat produced and narrowed, beak
inconspicuous, antennal notch shallow; posterior extremity narrowed, running out
below the middle into a wide, blunt, and massive tuberosity; dorsal margins boldly
arched (in old specimens rugged and ending in a tuberous projection); ventral
margin moderately convex. Seen from above, the outline is irregularly polygonal,

436 DR. G. 8. BRADY ON NEW OR

with wide extremities and subparallel sides, the laterally-produced rostrum and
the posterior beak forming large terminal protuberances. Except in old specimens
(Pl. XLIV. figs. 1, 2) the shell is flexible and membranaceous, and covered with
rounded or subangular pittings (fig. 12); each valve bears three flexuous longitudinal
ribs which, viewed dorsally, stand out very conspicuously as irregular translucent
flanges on each lateral margin ; rostrum and adjoining shell-margin bordered with a thin,
semitransparent, radially-striated lamina; posterior extremity fringed with a few very
small recurved hairs. Just within the anterior margin, and below the antennal sinus,
a small patch of the shell is marked with a series of about ten parallel striz (fig. 13).
Fro~tal tentacle (fig. 4) slender, filiform, sharply pointed, its median portion divided
into about sixteen very small joints, base bulbously dilated. Secondary branch of the
antenna (fig. 6) composed of a single (?) curved, sickle-shaped joint, which bears on its
outer edge, near the base, three short seta, near the middle one extremely long plumose
seta, and at the blunt apex a short flexuous seta. The sete of the swimming-branch, in
small specimens (fig. 7), are short and non-plumose, but in fully-grown ones longer and
plumose. The principal chewing segment of the second maxilla (fig. 8) is in the form
of a blunt, broad-ended lobe, with one broad tooth-like process at its inner end, and two
similar but larger processes at the outer end; these are sometimes, though not always,
of a deep purple colour; spines of the vermiform foot (fig. 9) with very thick
peduncles; post-abdominal ungues about ten in number, progressively increasing in
length from the first, which is extremely small (fig. 10) ; the seventh, ninth, and tenth
ungues are stout, and bear rather stout and short marginal teeth ; the eighth and all
the other ungues are more slender and only feebly ciliated. Eyes usually wanting,
but sometimes well developed, deeply pigmented and distinctly visible through the
shell (fig. 11). On the inner surface of the rostrum lies a convoluted “ shell-gland ”
which seems to communicate with a nipple-like tubular prominence opening near
the margin of the shell (fig. 14). Length 2-2°5 mm. The shell of the male is much
narrower and more elongate (fig. 3), but in other respects agrees with that of the
female; the eyes are well developed (fig. 4), and the secondary antennal branch (fig. 5)
is very similar to that of P. sculpta.

Hab. The specimens from which the description is drawn up were taken numerously
by the dredge in depths of 1-5 fathoms in Lyttelton Harbour. Others which I refer
to the same species occurred in a dredging from 6 fathoms in Akaroa Harbour. ‘These,
however, differ slightly from the types in having generally an almost smooth shell with
little or no trace of ribs, though in not a few specimens the ribs are quite apparent,
and are in character like those of the types. :

The great majority of specimens possess a quite flexible and membranous shell, but
two or three (probably very old individuals) occurred in which it had become dense
and calcareous, the various processes and ridges being at the same time strongly
developed (figs. 1, 2). In some examples, which I suppose to be immature, the

IMPERFECTLY-KNOWN SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. 437

antennal sete are very short and non-plumose, like those of G. W. Miiller’s genus
Pseudophilomedes, but in most cases they are long and strongly plumed. A peculiarity
which I do not understand is the presence in a very few female specimens of well-
developed eyes, organs of which in most cases I have been able to find no trace; another
unintelligible point is the red coloration, in some specimens, of the teeth of the second
maxilla. Of course it is possible that two distinct species may be mixed up in my
description, though I scarcely think that is the case. I am not aware that the shell-
gland has been previously noticed, and it is only in two or three specimens that I have
found it; the duct which I have figured is probably connected with the gland, though I
have not certainly made out the connection; the structure is probably an excretory one
and homologous with the green gland of higher crustacea.

Genus EvpatHisToMa !, gen. nov.

Shell membranous, in shape not unlike Philomedes. Antennules and antenne nearly
alike in both sexes, and similar to those of Cypridina, except that the antennules of
the male have no suckers; margins of the mouth provided with three pairs of finger-like
sensory processes; mandibles and maxille as in Cypridina; terminal armature of the
vermiform foot one-sided, consisting of several unequal, slender lashes, the longest of
which are longer than the diameter of the limb; post-abdomen as usual in Cypridinide.

In general character this genus is intermediate between Cypridina and Philomedes,
but the sensory mouth-organs are very remarkable, and seem to have no parallel
among other Myodocopa. One pair, at least, of these appendages has an arrange-
ment of olfactory (?) filaments exactly like that found in the antennules of the
Daphniade.

EUPATHISTOMA NATANS, sp.n. (Plate XLIV. figs. 21-26.)

Shell seen from the side (fig. 21) elongated, subrhomboidal, greatest height equal to
more than half the length; anterior extremity obliquely truncated and slightly concave,
distinctly angulated at its dorsal end, very acutely and prominently angular below,
where it merges in a wide, well-rounded antennal sinus; posterior extremity produced
below the middle into a wide, bluntly-rounded beak ; dorsal margin almost flat in the
middle, sloping rather steeply to the anterior extremity, and with a steeper curve
behind to its junction with the posterior beak, ventral margin rather boldly convex,
more fully rounded in front than behind; seen from above (fig. 22), evenly ovate,
twice as long as broad, mucronate behind, narrowly rounded in front. Length
2mm. Male and female nearly alike. The sensory mouth-appendages consist of
three pairs of finger-like or conical processes (fig. 24), one pair of which (a) are simple

' evmaOijs, sensitive ; ordja, a mouth.

VoL. XIV.—PaRT vill. No. 2.—December, 1898. 3M

438 DR. G. S. BRADY ON NEW OR

cones with terminal rosettes of short olfactory (?) sete, a second pair (6) consisting each
of two coalescent cones, a third (c) longer and finger-like with crenated margins. The
mandible (fig. 23) has four long terminal ungues and a short seta; its chewing-lobe
(fig. 23 a) is setose and ends in two slender mucrones; and the antepenultimate joint
bears, like Cypridina, a short apical process with a lancet-shaped point and two lateral
setee (fig. 256). Lateral setae of the vermiform limb few, generally not more than
eight; terminal sete long, filiform, not at all tooth-like, unilateral (fig. 25). Post-
abdominal lamine (fig. 26) bearing nine pectinated marginal ungues, which are
progressively longer from first to last.

Hab. Taken abundantly in the surface-net in the Bay of Bengal, lat. 14° N. For
these specimens I am indebted to my friend Mr. I. C. Thompson, F.L.S., of Liverpool.

Genus SARSIELLA Norman, 1869.

Sarsiella Norman (1), p. 293; Brady & Norman (1) (?), p. 677.
Nematohamma Brady & Norman (1) (¢), p. 680; G. W. Miller (1), p. 213.

SARSIELLA HANSENI, sp.n. (Plate XLV. figs. 1-12.)

Shell of the female, seen from the side (fig. 1), subquadrate, height equal to four-
fifths of the length; anterior extremity very wide, truncate, slightly irregular, but
almost straight, posterior narrower, deeply excavated, and bounded above and below
by two prominences, the lower of which is much the largest and forms a stout sub-
triangular beak; dorsal margin slightly arcuate, somewhat sinuous, highest in the
middle, whence it slopes very gently towards the front, but steeply and with a distinct
curve backward, ventral margin more strongly convex and sinuated in front of the
posterior beak. Seen from above (fig. 2), the outline is elongated and subquadrangular,
of nearly equal width throughout, width equal to more than half the length; anterior
extremity wide, flattened, but deeply emarginate in the middle, posterior almost as
wide as the greatest width of the shell, abruptly truncated and slightly prominent in
the middle; lateral margins subparallel, very slightly divergent from behind forward,
almost rectangular at their junction with the posterior extremity, but rounded off in
front. The substance of the shell is flexible and submembranaceous, closely pitted
with small impressed puncta and irregularly waved and ribbed ; the anterior and inferior
margins form a continuous elevated ridge; two longitudinal ribs run parallel to, but
at a considerable distance within, the dorsal and ventral margins; there is a flexuous
central rib between these two, rising near the front of the valve, and becoming lost
behind the middle; between this and the dorsal rib is another rib which begins with
a sharp bend in front of the middle, and, gradually becoming stronger, passes back-
ward and ends in a curve a little within the posterior margin. Between these principal
ribs the valves are irregularly corrugated; all the ribs are beset with long and rather

IMPERFECTLY-KNOWN SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. 439

coarse hairs (fig. 3), and the dorsal surface bears patches of very short, rigid, and
closely-set hairs (figs. 2, 11), which have dilated subglobular or crutch-shaped apices.
Length 1:05, height -85 mm. Shell of the male (fig. 4) elongated, not unlike that of
Philomedes, nearly twice as long as high; surface-markings scarcely so pronounced as
those of the female. Length 1:1 mm. The limbs of the female differ scarcely at
all from those of S. capsula, which has been fully described by G. O. Sars and
G. W. Miller. Post-abdominal lamine narrow, its four marginal ungues very slender,
and increasing progressively in length from the first to the last, which is at least four
times as long as the first (fig. 10), their inner margins sparingly spinulose. The
mandible of the male (fig. 8) differs from that of the female in being more profusely
setiferous, and in having only one, instead of three, terminal ungues; the antennule
(fig. 5) has on the penultimate joint a cushion-like prominence which bears a dense
brush of innumerable long fine hairs; extremity of the vermiform limb truncated, and
without the pairs of hooks which are found in the female. Copulative organ (fig. 12)
ending in two stout and blunt chitinous hooks. Secondary branch of the antenna
(fig. 6) three-jointed, geniculated ; inner margin of the second joint bearing at the base
two very long and stout spine-like sete; terminal joint slightly thickened at its base,
blunt and angularly bent. Post-abdomen like that of the female.

Hab. Plentiful in a dredging, from 1—5 fathoms, in Lyttelton Harbour.

The extremely hirsute character of the shell and the peculiar cushion-like patches of
knobbed hairs, forming a sort of interrupted nimbus round the edges when seen
dorsally, are very characteristic. But the surface-sculpture is not easily seen while
the shell is immersed, and when removed from liquid it very speedily shrivels and
loses its proper markings. The genus Nematohamma Brady & Norman was founded
on male specimens of a Sarsiella, the relation of which to the female form was
then unknown.

SARSIELLA HISPIDA, sp. n. (Plate XLV. figs. 13, 14.)

Shell membranous, thin and flexible, seen from the side subrhomboidal (fig. 18),
height equai to two-thirds of the length; anterior extremity narrowed, rounded;
posterior much wider, subtruncate, sloping very steeply, and terminating in a long
conical beak ; dorsal margin almost flat in the middle, whence it slopes gently toward
the front; near its hinder end it is distinctly sinuated and terminates in an abrupt
angle; ventral margin boldly arcuate, with a slight sinuation (antennal notch) near
the anterior extremity; seen from above (fig. 14), subquadrate, oblong, sides nearly
parallel, but indented near the middle, obtusely rounded in front, rectangularly
truncated behind, with a large median mucronate process. Shell densely hispid, and
on the dorsal aspect bearing patches of short, rigid, clubbed hairs; surface of the
valves flexuously ribbed in a longitudinal direction. Length 1-5 mm.

Hab. Akaroa Harbour; dredged in a depth of 6 fathoms.

3M Z

440 DR. G. 8. BRADY ON NEW OR

The test of this species is so very thin that it is impossible to examine it in the dry
condition owing to its rapid shrivelling, and the markings are very difficult to make out
accurately in fluid; the disposition of the ridges seems, however, to be very much like
that of S. hansent.

Genus Cypris O. F. Miller.

Cypris viripis Thomson. (Plate XLV. figs. 22-24.)
Cypris viridis Thomson (1), p. 253, pl. xi. fig. A. 2a-g.

Shell of the female short and very tumid; seen from the side (fig. 22) reniform, very
slightly depressed in front, height equal to nearly two-thirds of the length ; extremities
well rounded, dorsal margin boldly and evenly arched, ventral slightly sinuated in the
middle; seen from above (fig. 23), very broadly ovate, greatest width behind the middle
and equal to about three-fourths of the length, anterior extremity abruptly tapered
and subacute, posterior broadly rounded ; lateral margins strongly arcuate, converging
steeply towards the front. Shell-surface finely punctated and covered with short,
rather rigid hairs; the anterior and posterior extremities bordered by a narrow,
pellucid flange, which is fringed with a single series of very fine hairs; behind this
flange is a thicker band marked by irregular transverse glandular (?) streaks; left valve
overlapping the right on the dorsal and posterior aspects. Colour an opaque dark
ereen. Length:9mm. Post-abdominal rami (fig. 24) very small and slender; terminal
seta as long as the ramus itself, lateral seta about half as long and attached very near
the apex; the minor apical seta is extremely minute.

Hab. “In pools about Dunedin and Taieri Plan” (G. MW. Thomson).

Genus Cyprinotus G. 8. Brady.
Cyprinotus Brady (3), p. 301; G. O. Sars (2), p. 5 (separate copy).

CYPRINOTUS FLAVESCENS, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. figs. 28, 29.)

Shell, seen from the side (fig. 28), reniform, highest in the middle, height equal to
rather more than half the length; extremities rounded, anterior wide and almost
subtruncate, posterior narrower and slightly depressed; dorsal margin forming an
evenly flattened arch, ventral gently sinuated towards the front; seen from above
(fig. 29) the outline is compressed, ovate, widest in the middle, more than twice as
long as broad, gradually tapered towards the acuminate anterior extremity, narrowly
rounded behind; surface of the valves quite smooth. Colour yellowish. Length
2-2 mm.

Hab. Dunedin district (exact locality lost).

The soft parts of the animal agree accurately with those of the typical Cyprinotus,
but there is not so much inequality of the valves as in the better-known species.

IMPERFECTLY-KNOWN SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. 441

Genus Loxoconcua G, O. Sars.
Loxoconcua punctata Thomson. (Plate XLVI. figs. 3-5.)
Loxoconcha punctata Thomson (1), p. 255, pl. xi. fig. B. 3 a-k.

Shell of the female, seen from the side (fig. 3), subrhomboidal, height equal to more
than two-thirds of the length; extremities obliquely rounded, the anterior sloping
steeply above the middle and rounded off ventrally, posterior forming a bold curve
from below to the dorsum, where it ends in an abrupt angle; dorsal margin forming
a flattened arch with an excavation where it joins the posterior extremity, ventral very
slightly sinuated in the middle; seen from above (fig. 14), lozenge-shaped, twice as long
as broad, widest in the middle, whence it tapers rather suddenly to the extremities,
which are subacuminate and nearly equal. Surface of the sheli smooth, bearing
numerous small papille; valves flattened out at the extremities, forming a bordering
flange which is continued, though feebly, along the ventral margin. Colour generally
greyish, but variable, as is also the texture of the shell. Length -57 mm. The shell
of the male is rather larger (‘7 mm.), and has the characteristic shape of that sex in
Loxoconcha. ;

Hab. Otago Harbour, among seaweed and in rock-pools, Brighton, New Zealand.

This species has been described and figured by Mr. G. M. Thomson (loc. cit.) ; but,
as the ‘ ‘Transactions’ of the New Zealand Institute are not generally accessible, I here
re-figure the female.

Genus XESTOLEBERIS G, O. Sars.
XESTOLEBERIS LUXATA, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. figs. 20-27.)

Shell of the female compressed, subrenitorm, left valve much larger than the right,
and overlapping everywhere except on the ventral margin (figs. 20, 21); seen from the
side, nearly twice as long as high, highest behind the middle, depressed in front;
anterior extremity narrow, rounded but somewhat flattened, posterior wide and boldly
rounded; dorsal margin forming a continuous curve, flattened toward the front, but
boldly rounded behind, ventral sinuated in front of the middle; seen from above,
compressed, ovate, twice as long as broad, widest behind the middle, tapering gently
towards the front, well rounded behind; shell-surface smooth, marked with numerous
very small circular papille. Colour yellowish white. Length ‘6 mm. Antennules
(fig. 24) six-jointed, bearing two sete on the second joint, one on the third, three on
the fourth, one on the fifth, and three on the sixth, all of them short; the mandibular
branchia (fig. 26) consists of only two sete, and the animal is, in other respects, similar
to the typical Xestoleberis.

Hab. On alge in Lyttelton Harbour, New Zealand.

In most species of Xesioleberis there is some inequality of the valves, but in this
species it is more pronounced than in anv other known to me.

442 DR. G. S. BRADY ON NEW OR

XESTOLEBERIS OLIVACEA, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. figs. 6, 7.)

Shell, seen from the side (fig. 6), subreniform, greatest height situated in the middle
and equal to two-thirds of the length; extremities well rounded ; dorsal margin boldly
and evenly arched, sloping steeply behind, more gradually in front, ventral rather
deeply sinuated in front, boldly arcuate behind, where it forms a curve continuous
with that of the posterior extremity; seen from above (fig. 7), ovate, nearly twice as
long as broad, widest in the middle, lateral margins evenly and boldly arcuate ;
anterior extremity subacuminate, posterior narrowly rounded. Shell-surface perfectly
smooth and without markings, excepting a dark eye-spot. Colour dark olive. Length
°55 mm.

Hab. Rock-pools, Brighton, New Zealand.

XESTOLEBERIS COMPRESSA, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. figs. 10-19.)

Shell, seen from the side (fig. 10), reniform, highest in the middle, height equal to
more than half the length; anterior extremity obliquely rounded, posterior boldly and
evenly rounded; dorsal margin boldly arched, ventral rather deeply sinuated in the
middle ; seen from above (fig. 11), compressed, ovate, fully twice as long as broad,
acuminate in front, rounded behind. Shell-surface smooth, marked with distant, very
minute papille. Colour yellowish. Length 46mm. Antennules (fig. 13) six-jointed,
third, fourth, and fifth joints each with a single strong apical spine and a slender seta,
sixth joint with two sete; second joint fringed externally with fine, short hairs; in
other respects like typical Xestolederis.

Hab. Rock-pools, Brighton, New Zealand.

G. W. Miiller notes that in many, if not in all, species of Xestoleberis the shell bears
a crescentic pellucid patch behind the eyes, and of this he gives several figures. I
have not been able to find this patch in any of the species here described, though in
AX. compressa there is, at any rate in some specimens (fig. 10), a similar mark in front
of the eyes. But the shell in this species and in others of the same genus is liable to
the presence of similar irregular spots on various parts.

Genus CyrHere O. F. Miiller.
CYTHERE BRUNNEA, sp. n. (Plate XLVII. figs. 8-15.)

Male. Shell, seen from the side (fig. 8), subreniform, greatest height in front of the
middle, and equal to more than half the length; anterior extremity wide, rather
obliquely rounded, forming a very wide band or fillet, which ceases above at the
highest point of the valve, but is continued in a narrower form along the ventral
margin, and as far as the postero-dorsal angle; posterior extremity much narrower
than the anterior, subtruncate, rounded off below, almost angular above; dorsal
margin slightly arcuate, sloping continuously and evenly from the front backward ;

IMPERFECTLY-KNOWN SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. 448

ventral deeply sinuated in front of the middle, behind which it is slightly convex ;
seen from above, the outline is narrowly ovate, nearly thrice as long as broad
(fig. 9), rounded behind and tapered gradually to the obtusely-pointed anterior
extremity. Shell-surface covered with closely-set angular pittings, except on the
marginal flange (fig. 10), the flange itself marked with closely-set, fine, radiating
lines (lacune?) on its broad inner zone, and on the narrower outer zone with
distant short hairs. Length ‘66 mm. Antennules (fig. 11) six-jointed, each of the
last four joints bearing a stout apical spine, the last three having also one or two
setee which are not very much longer than the spines; urticating seta of the antenna
slightiy longer than the limb; poison-gland large and lobose. Mandible (fig. 12) stout,
broad, and many-toothed; palp three-jointed, the long middle joint being again imper-
fectly divided into three, terminal joint much narrower than the rest, finger-like, and
bearing three broad apical sete and two short hairs; the long median joint has an
apical brush of seven long hairs arising from a short external process; its inner
margin has three very stout, curved, plumose sete, that of the distal segment being
much longer than the other two; the middle of the outer margin has a fascicle of
very short, fine hairs; the short basal joint bears two very small, plumose branchial (?)
sete. Three pairs of feet, sparingly setiferous (figs. 13, 14), with strong curved ungues.
Copulative organs complex (fig. 15), enclosing a coiled spermatic duct, with two stout
plumose sete on the free margin. Female unknown.

Hab. A few specimens taken in Lyttelton Harbour among alge.

The antenne of this species with their long and stout urticating sete, and the
inandible-palps with their slender terminal joint and stout, falcate sete, correspond
closely with the same organs as seen in Cythere albomaculata Baird, and in no other
species with which I am acquainted.

CYTHERE INNOMINATA, nom. nov. (Plate XLVI. figs. 1, 2.)
Cythere truncata’ Thomson (1), p. 254, pl. xi. fig. C. 2a-c.

Shell, seen laterally (fig. 1), subquadrate, highest in front, greatest height much more
than half the length; anterior extremity broadly rounded, irregularly crenulated or
almost dentated; posterior narrow, rounded off above and below, subtruncate below
the middle, but deeply excavated above; dorsal margin sloping gently and in a slightly
sinuous line from the front ; ventral nearly straight behind its junction with the anterior
encircling fillet, gently upcurved toward the posterior extremity; seen from above
(fig. 2), elongated, compressed, widest behind, nearly thrice as long as broad, lateral
margins converging gradually, but with irregular sinuations from near the hinder end
to the front, which is obtusely pointed; from the widest point the sides converge

‘ This specific name has been already used by Reuss for a Tertiary species. I therefore propose the new
name tnnominata.

444 DR. G. S. BRADY ON NEW OR

abruptly to the posterior extremity, which is narrow and truncated; surface of the
shell irregularly rugose, the ridges taking a transverse direction at the posterior end ;
a conspicuous polished tubercle on the anterior hinge. Length 1:3 mm.

Hab. In rock-pools, Brighton, New Zealand. ‘Two or three specimens only.

The shell is somewhat like in general appearance to G. W. Miiller’s genus Para-
cytheridea, but, so far as I have been able to observe, it does not agree with that genus
in minor details. The types described by Mr. Thomson were got among alge in
Otago Harbour.

CYTHERE TRUNCULA, sp.n. (Plate XLVII. figs. 16, 17.)

Shell, seen from the side (fig. 16), subquadrangular, greatest height near the front,
and equal to about two-thirds of the length; anterior extremity obliquely and not very
strongly rounded ; posterior very wide, almost rectangularly truncated, produced below
the middle, where it bears three short, stout, and blunt teeth; dorsal margin sloping
rather steeply and irregularly from the front backward; ventral almost straight for
about three-fourths of its length, where it forms a prominent abrupt angle, and thence
curves upward to the posterior extremity; seen from above, the outline is lozenge-
shaped or subhexagonal (fig. 17), widest in the middle, the width being nearly equal
to the height; extremities wide, truncated, and irregularly emarginate ; lateral margins
strongly arcuate, prominent in the middle, and converging rather steeply to each
extremity. Surface of the shell covered with large irregularly-angulated fosse ; a large
polished tubercle over the anterior hinge; anterior margin fringed with coarse hairs.
Length ‘75 mm.

Hab. Among weeds in Lyttelton Harbour. One specimen only.

Genus 'TRACHYLEBERIS 1, gen. nov.

Shell beset with prominent nodules or spines. Antennules six-jointed, devoid of
spines, but bearing numerous slender setze; antenn four-jointed, that of the female
with a very short, falcate, urticating seta, which is absent from that of the male;
mandible-palp with a small branchial plate bearing three upwardly-directed filaments,
a very short one directed downward, and one very minute, horizontal ray. The
remaining limbs as in Cythere; in front of the first pair of legs in the male a pair of
one-jointed setiferous appendages.

TRACHYLEBERIS SCABROCUNEATA (G. S. Brady). (Plate XLVII. figs. 1-7, 18-25.)
Cythere scabrocuneata Brady (2), p. 103, pl. xvii. figs. 5 a—f; pl. xxiii. figs. 2 a-e.
Shell of the male (figs. 1, 2), seen from the side, elongated, subquadrate, greatest

height near the front, and equal to rather less than half the length ; anterior extremity

L

Tpaxvs, rough; )e/3npis, a shell.

IMPERFECTLY-KNOWN SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. 445

forming a steep curve above the middle, below the middle well rounded and broken up
into a series of short blunt teeth; posterior extremity irregularly emarginate, narrowed
and wedge-shaped, most prominent below the middle; dorsal margin slightly sloping
from before backward, and broken into an irregular jagged line; ventral almost
straight, with an upward bend behind. Seen from above, the outline is compressed,
subovate, more than twice as long as broad, the whole circumference excessively
jagged and uneven, tapered at the extremities, which are obtuse, deeply emarginate in
front; surface covered with large irregularly-rounded nodules, and beset with coarse,
rigid hairs. A large polished tubercle over the anterior hinge; hingement of two
terminal teeth on the right corresponding with depressions on the left valve. Length
11 mm. Shell of the female shorter and more tumid. Antennules (figs. 18, 19) six-
jointed, the last three joints bearing each three or four setee, each of which is about as
long as the last four joints of the antennule; the second and third joints have one seta
each, the first none; the last joint of the antenna (fig. 20) is small, and bears a long, slender
unguis with two sete; the penultimate joint has three fascicles of long sete, and, near
its base, a brush of small, short hairs; second joint small, bearing a single long seta
and a few small hairs; first joint (in the female) with a short, strongly-curved, urticating
seta—none in the male. Mandible wide and many-toothed; palp (fig. 3) four-jointed,
its last joint rather shorter and much more siender than the preceding; branchial plate
(fig. 21) five-rayed; precrural appendages (fig. 25) elongated, quadrilateral, apices
rectangularly truncate, and bearing numerous very fine long hairs; legs similar to
those of the Cytheride generally (figs. 22-24), their terminal claws very long, slender,
and moderately curved; the second joint of the last leg in the male (fig. 24) bears four
small, but dense, fascicles of hairs; that of the female (fig. 4) has only one. Post-
abdomen in the female (fig. 5) forming two trisetose lobes.

Hab. Dredged abundantly in Lyttelton Harbour, depth 1-5 fathoms.

This species was first described from specimens (shells only) taken during the cruise
of the ‘Challenger’ in various depths, down as far as 40 fathoms: the localities were
East Moncceur Island, Bass’s Straits; Inland Sea, Japan; and Wellington Harbour,
New Zealand. ‘The very long and slender setz of the antennules—as long as those of
many Cypride (Bairdia, Macrocypris, Paracypris, &c.)—seem to entitle this species to
a separate generic position, and further distinctive characters are found in the
peculiarities of the mandibular branchial plate, the urticating antennal sete, and
the setose armature of the third pair of legs in the male.

os
=A

VOL. XIV.— PART vill. No. 3.—-December, 1898.

446 DR. G. 8S. BRADY ON NEW OR

Genus CYTHERIDEIS Jones.
Cytherideis T. R. Jones (1), p. 46; G. 8S. Brady (1), p. 454; Brady & Norman (1), p. 226.

CYTHERIDEIS NOVA-ZEALANDLA, sp. n. (Figs. 1-4).

Shell, seen from the side (fig. 1), suboval, elongated, three times as long as broad ;
extremities obliquely rounded, the anterior bordered with a narrow flange; dorsal
margin quite straight, ventral straight, but indented at its junction with the anterior
border; seen from above (fig. 2), ovate, more than thrice as long as broad, sides only
slightly arcuate, anterior extremity subacuminate, posterior rounded, right valve over-
lapped by the left; surface smooth. Antennule (fig. 3) six-jointed, bearing several

Cytherideis nove-zealanhe,
Fig. 1. Shell, seen from left side, x 55.
Fig. 2. ie +» above, x 55.

Fig. 3. Fig. 4.

Cytherideis nove-zealandic.
Fig. 3. Antennule, x 210.
Fig. 4. Mandible and palp, x 210.

IMPERFECTLY-KNOWN SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. 447

long sete, which are crowded together on the last four joints; mandible slender and
feebly toothed (fig. 4); palp very long and slender, destitute of branchial rays, basal
joint bearing one extremely long and stout, falcate, plumose seta, and two much
shorter, simple sete; penultimate joint with two, last joint with three, small apical

sete. Length -88 mm.
Hab. One specimen only in a dredging from Lyttelton Harbour, 1-5 fathoms.

Family CY THERELLID Sars.

Genus CYTHERELLA Jones.

CYTHERELLA EBURNEA, sp.n. (Plate XLVI. figs. 8, 9.)

Shell, seen from the side (fig. 8), subelliptical, about twice as long as high;
extremities well rounded, dorsal and ventral margins nearly straight. Seen from above
(fig. 9), the outline is club-shaped, widest near the posterior extremity, width equal tc
more than one-third of the length; anterior extremity very obtusely rounded, posterior
much wider, subtruncate, with rounded angles; lateral margins converging slightly
from behind to the anterior extremity. Surface of the valves quite smooth and
polished. Colour grey. Length -9 mm.

Hab. Lyttelton Harbour, among weeds. One specimen only found.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XLIII.
Asterope australis, p. 431.

Fig. 1. Shell of male, seen from left side, |
Fig. 4s “ above, |

0.
Fig. 5. Shell of female, seen from right side, f At
Fig. 5 Fs above, }

. Inner branch of antenna, ¢ , ;
x 210.

99 39 >

. Process of mandibular foot, x 180.
. Post-abdominal lamina, x 180.

7
09
COO OP op DS EL

Asterope grisea, p. 432.

Fig. 9. Shell of female, seen from right side, ) SOOT.
Fig. 10. ie “ above, J

448 DR. G. 8. BRADY ON NEW OR

Fig. 11. Inner branch of antenna, ¢, * 100.

Fig. 12. ss 4 9, x 84.

Fig. 13. Terminal teeth of vermiform limb, x 210.
Fig. 14. Post-abdominal lamina, x 84.

Cyclasterope zealandica, p. 433.
Fig. 15. Shell of female, seen from right a
: x

Fig. 16, “ a above,
Fig. 17. Shell of male, seen from right side, x 8.
Fig. 18. Inner branch of antenna, ¢ | x 50.
Fig. 19. s as oO
Fig. 20. A terminal tooth of vermiform limb, x 540.
Fig. 21. Post-abdominal lamina, x 26.
Fig. 22. Teeth at base of unguis of same, X 250.

3. Sculpture of anterior margin of shell, x 25.

Cyclasterope ovulum, p. 482.
Fig. 24. Shell of female, seen from left side, | 6
Fig. 26. - - below, J ;
Fig. 26. Inner branch of antenna, 29, x 40.
Fig. 27. Frontal tentacle, x 40.
Fig. 28. Terminal teeth of vermiform foot, x 250.
Fig. 29. Post-abdominal lamina, x 25.
Fig. 80. Marginal teeth of caudal ungues, x 250.

PLATE XLIV.
Philomedes flexilis, p. 435.

Fig. 1. Old shell of female, seen from right side,

Fig. 2. : a below, | x 25
Fig. 3, Shell of male from right side, .

Fig. 4. Eyes and frontal tentacle, ¢, x 84.

Fig. 5. Inner branch, antenna, ¢, x 40.

. Outer branch, antenna, 9, x 84.

. Principal tooth of second maxilla, x 210.
Fig. 9. End of vermiform limb, <x 210.

Fig. 10. Post-abdominal lamina, x 84.

Fig. 11. Eye of female, x 210.

3
4
5
Rigs 6. ie 5 9, x 40.
7
8

ez
oq
OOAADNMIE & pe

IMPERFECTLY-KNOWN SPECIES OF OSTRACODA.

. Portion of lining membrane of shell, x 84.
. Rostrum and laminar border, x 60.
. Shell-gland, x 200.

Philomedes sculpta, p. 434.

. Shell of male, seen from left side,
} x 26.

s 5 above,

- Rostrum and marginal lamina, x 40.
. Inner branch of antenna, ¢, x 110.
. Post-abdominal lamina, x 84.

. Fragment of concretion, x 84.

Eupathistoma natans, p. 437.

. Shell of male, seen from right oe) of

33 a below,

. Mandible, x 84.

a, 6. Processes of same, xX 210.

. Oral sense-organs, x 210.
. End of vermiform foot, x 210.
. Post-abdominal lamina, x 84.

Cyclasterope tenera, p. 433.

. Right valve of lamina, seen from inside, x 30.
. Inner branch of antenna, x 84.
. Post-abdominal lamina, x 84.

PLATE XLY.

Sarsiella hansent, p. 438.

. Shell of female, seen from right side, }

cP) 29 Elvonte | x 50.
Left valve, seen as transparent object, |

. Shell of male, seen from left side,

. Antennule of male, x 84.

. Inner branch of antenna, ¢, < 210.
. Mandible of female.

Pe male.

. End of vermiform limb, x 210.
Fig. 10.

Post-abdominal lamina, « 120.
Hairs from dorsal cushion, x 300.
Copulative organ, ¢, x 210.

449

450 DR. G. S. BRADY ON NEW OR

Sarsiella hispida, p. 459.

Fig. 13. Shell of female, from left side, x 50.
Fig. 14. ny 5 above, xX 40.

Philomedes flexilis, p. 435.

Fig. 15. Shell of female, from right side, x 35.
Fig. 16. zs dorsal view (rather oblique), x 35.

Asterope quadrata, p. 432.

Fig. 17, Outline of shell ( @ ), seen from left side, j a0
Fig. 18. = Z above, J 7
Fig. 19. Inner branch of antenna, 3, x 210.
Fig. 20. * 5 SS ALO,

Fig. 21. Post-abdominal lamina, ¢, « 210.

Cypris viridis, p. 440.
Fig. 22. Shell of female, seen from left side,
} x 50.
Fig. 23. ee H above,
Fig. 24. Post-abdominal ramus, x 210.

PLATE XLVI.

Cythere innominata, p. 443.

Fig. 1. Shell, seen from right side,
; | x 84
Bigs 72. 5 7 above,

Loxoconcha punctata, p. 441.
Fig. 3. Shell of female, seen from right side,
Fig. 4. a fs above, | Ake
Fig. 5. Portion of shell-margin, x 210.

Aestoleberis olivacea, p. 442.
Fig. 6. Shell of female, seen from left side,
: } x 84
Figs Te Rs 5 above,

Cytherella eburnea, p. 447.
Fig. 8. Shell, seen from left side, )
é i 50
ios} 5 a above,

. 28.
Ae)

A Oor oO DH

. Shell, seen from right side,

. Shell of female, seen from left side, |

IMPERFECTLY-KNOWN SPECIES OF OSTRACODA

Xestoleberis compressa, p. 442.

| x 84

of Pr above,

. Portion of shell-margin, x 210.
. Antennule of female,
. Antenna of female,

. Mandible and palp of female, x 210.
. Foot of second pair, x 210.

| x 210.

ee toind pain, >< 2110)

. Post-abdomen, x 250.
. Copulative organ, ¢, X 250.

Xestoleberis luxata, p. 441

22 29 above,
5 ss behind,

. Shell, seen from right side,
| x 84.

. Muscle-spots, x 210.

. Antennule, x 210.

. Antenna, xX 210.

. Mandible and palp, x 210.

. Post-abdomen and third foot, x 210.

Cyprinotus flavescens, p. 440.

Shell, seen from right side, :
| Xx 25.

a 55 above,

PLATE XLVII.

Trachyleberis scabrocuneata, p. 444.

. Shell of male, seen from left side,
| x 63.

” +) above,

. Mandible and palp, x 210.

Foot of third pair, 9, x 120.
Post-abdomen, 2, X 210.

. Copulative organ, ¢, X 100.
. Portion of shell-margin, anterior, x 84.

Cythere brunnea, p. 442.

84.
ie a above, J os

451

- 0:
abl
5
BBG
. 14,
malo:

ig. 16.
e. 17.

me.
, 10.
20.
a2
ON
123!
g. 24.
26.

NEW OR IMPERFECTLY-KNOWN SPECIES OF OSTRACODA.

Portion of shell-margin, < 250.
Antennule, x 210.
Mandible and palp, x 210.
Foot of first pair, xX 210.

a) pthird pais xe 20:
Copulative organ, ¢, X 210.

Cythere truncula, p. 444.

Shell, seen from left side,

9 bb] above, A oS

Trachyleberis scabrocuneata, p. 444.

Antennule, x 110.
Last four joints of antennule, x 250.
Antenna of female, x 180.
Branchial plate of mandible, x 210.
Leg of first pair, ¢, X 210.

a urstapainne o< 2110:

oy athird: pairsici. 36 10;
Precrural appendage, 2, X 210.

Trans. Zbl. Soc. Yb XV FY Xl

GeoVest & Sona imp.

ker & Pereylith.

GS, Brady del.

1

OSTRACODA FROM NEW ZEALAND.

ay

i
: ae -
WG Ngee
ted

oy nae

Trans Zool. Soc Vol XN FEXLV

eer] aS 2

GS. Brady del. Geo West & Sons imp.
Parker & Percy lith.

OSTRACODA FROM NEW ZEALAND.

she

ee Teey

Trans Lool. Soc. Vb XN FY XW

TD, ert

ST rT

Geo West & Sona imp.

G.S.Brady del

Parker & Pereylith.

OSTRACODA FROM NEW ZEALAND.

Trans. Zot. Soc. Yb XV FY XIN

G8 Bradydel. : Geo-West & Sons imp.
Parker & Perey lith,

OSTRACODA FROM NEW ZEALAND,

Trans, Zool, Soc. Vel XN GE XVI

G.S.Brady del. Geo.Wost & Sons imp.
Parker & Percy lith.

OSTRACODA FROM NEW ZEALAND.

A

pig:
Nerden,
nes cal

453

LIST OF THE PAPERS CONTAINED IN VOL. XIV.

Page
Bourenser, G. A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

On a Nothosaurian Reptile from the Trias
of Lombardy, apparently referable to

EAL OSQUT-US Meee rer reece eke 1
On a Collection of Fishes from the Rio

PATA GUA Vane vrvolerre ye paeve- obsacret ar arsuerctioh 25
On a Collection of Fishes from the Rio

Juris brazil siercrcmrncr cer: 421

Brapy, G. Srewarpson, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S.

A Supplementary Report on the Crustacea
of the Group Myodocopa obtained during
the ‘Challenger’ Expedition, with Notes
on other new or imperfectly-known

On new or imperfectly-known Species of

Ostracoda, chiefly from New Zealand .. 429 |

Brivez, T. W., Se.D., F.Z.S., Mason College,
Birmingham.

On the Morphology of the Skull in the

Paraguayan Lepidosiren and in other

lO: en ocar eee sas adeadodee 325

Exwes, H. J., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Epwarps,
James, F'.E.S.

A Revision of the Oriental Hesperiide ne LUO

Gorxp1, Dr. Emit A., C.M.Z.8., Director of the

Pari Museum.

On the Lepidosiren of the Amazons ; being
Notes on five Specimens obtained be-
tween 1895-97, and Remarks upon an
Example living in the Pard Museum ..

| Layxester, E. Ray, M.A., F.RS., F.ZS.,

Linacre Professor of Comparative Ana-
tomy in the University of Oxford.

On the Lepidosiren of Paraguay, and on
the external characters of Lepidosiren
and Protopterus......

| Tuomas, OLprierp, F.Z.S.
SPOCIOSey ett shevan cacieueksrareumnicpacer eave 85 |

On the Mammals obtained by Mr. John
Whitehead during his recent Expe-
dition to the Philippines ; with Field-
notes by the Collector

Vincent, Swarr, M.B.Lond., Demonstrator of
Physiology and Assistant Lecturer on
Histology, Mason College, Birmingham.

Contributions to the Comparative Anatomy
and Histology of the Suprarenal Cap-
sules.—The Suprarenal Bodies in Fishes,
and their Relation to the so-called
Head-Kidney

CeCe eT

VOL. XIV.—ParT vul. No. 4.—December, 1898. 30

Page

413

11

377

iy ae

ee
4

oe

INDEX OF SPECIES,

ETC., IN VOL. XIV.

Abaratha alida, 151.
—— hyperides, 149.
—— pygela, 149.
ransonnettit, 150.

saraya, 151.

sura, 149.

—— syrichthus, 151.

taylorit, 150, 151.
Abraximorpha davidii, 123.
Acanthias vulgaris, 50, 52, 66, 82, 84.
Acanthopsis tenia, 45.

Acara bimaculata, 26.

tetramerus, 26.

Acerbas anthea, 215.

duris, 215, 216.
martini, 215, 216, 312.

Acestra gladius, 425, 428,
oxyrhyncha, 34, 425.
Achalarus bifasciatus, 108, 109.
, var. contractus, 109.

casyapa, 109.

—— frater, 109, 110.
germanus, 109, 110.
likiana, 108, 109.
nepos, 109, 110.
—— proximus, 108, 109.
simplex, 108, 109.
Achlyodes sura, 149.

vasava, 148.

Acipenser sturio, 50, 55, 82.
Aectinor radians, 243, 244,
Adopea acteon, 288, 289.
astigmata, 290.

hamza, 289.

hyraw, 288, 289.

leonina, 288, 290.

, var. astigmata, 290.

nitidifasciata, 215, 216, 309, 312.

Adopea lineola, 288, 289.
nervulata, 288, 290.
stigma, 288, 289.
sylvatica, 288, 289, 290.
tenebrosa, 288, 289, 290.
— thaumas, 288.

Aeromachus catocyanea, 189, 192.
chinensis, 187, 189, 190.

discreta, 188, 190, 191, 308.
dubius, 188, 190, 308, 312.
inachus, 187, 188, 190, 308, 311.
—— indistincta, 188, 191, 308, 312.
javanicus, 188, 191, 308.

| —— jhora, 188, 190, 191, 312.

kalt, 187, 189, 192.
musca, 188, 189.

—— nanus, 189, 192, 312.
piceus, 188, 189.
stigmata, 187, 189, 308.
Ageniosus brevifilis, 27.

Alligator sclerops, 12.
Amiurus catus, 64.

Ammodytes tobianus, 45, 46.
Ampittia delat-luma, 186, 187.
—— mesoides, 184.

maga, 186.

maro, 186,
maroides, 186.
trimacula, 186, 187.
—- virgata, 186.

ziclea, 184.
Anacyrtus affinis, 426.
knerit, 426.
limeesquamis, 426.

macrolepis, 36.

microlepis, 36.

prognathus, 36, 39.
Anarosaurus pumilo, 10.

456

Anarrhichas lupus, 51, 62, 72, 83, 84.

Anatomy (Comparative) of the Suprarenal Capsules,
Contributions to the, by Swale Vincent, 41-84.

Ancistroides longicornis, 222.

othonias, 222, 310.

Ancyloxypha ardonia, 184.

Anguilla anguilla, 50, 56, 70, 74, 77.

Antigonus Icethra, 174.

Aphaustus discreta, 190, 191.

durga, 201.

Apostictopterus fuliganosus, 173.
Arapaima gigas, 417, 427.
Arnetta atkinsoni, 198, 199.
vindhiana, 199, 308.
Asterope australis, 429, 431, 447,
gresia, 429, 432, 447.
quadrata, 429, 432, 450.
Astictopterus armatus, 221.
—— butleri, 175.

gemmifer, 221.

henrici, 171, 308.

jama, 171, 172, 173.
kada, 172.

kethra, 174.

olivascens, 172, 308.
othonias, 222.

—— pygmeus, 172.
salsala, 181, 182.
sindu, 182.
subfasciatus, 174.
ulunda, 174.
verones, 176,

awanites, 175.

, var. palawites, 175.
Astictopteryx stellifer, 181.
Aubertia dulcis, 168.
Auchenipterus galeatus, 28.
Augiades bouddha, 248.

, var. consors, 248.

—— brahma, 246, 248, 313.

—— critets, 246, 248, 313.
herculea, 249.

—— majuscula, 246, 249, 309, 313.
—--— ochracea, 246, 248, 249, 312.
similis, 247.

siva, 246, 247, 248, 309.
subhyalina, 246, 247, 312.
—— sylvanoides, 246, 247, 312.

INDEX OF SPECIES.

Augiades sylvanus, 104, 246, 247, 240.
Badamia exclamationis, 306.

Balistes maculatus, 50.

Baoris austeni, 280.

chaya, 275, 279.

—— distinctus, 286.

—— insignis, 261.

—— kumara, 276.

—— moolata, 278.

—— narooa, 280.

—— oceia, 274.

—— penweillata, 27+.

—— scopulifera, 274.

—— seriata, 276.

— sikkima, 274.

—— unicolor, 198, 274, 285.

—— (Parnara) philotas, 285.
Baracus hampsoni, 170, 171, 308.
plumbeolus, 170, 171.
septentrionum, 170, 171, 185.
— subditus, 170, 171, 185.
vittutus, 169, 170.

Batomys granti, 378, 404, 405, 406, 411, 412.
Bdellostoma forsterr, 75.

Belone teniata, 37.

vulgaris, 45.

Bibasis sambavana, 305, 315.

sena, 304, 305, 306.

, var. palawana, 305.

uniformis, 305, 306, 31d.

Boulenger, G. A. On a Nothosaurian Reptile from

the Trias of Lombardy, apparently referable to

Lariosaurus, 1-10.

On a Collection of Fishes from the lio

Paraguay, 25-39.

On a Collection of Fishes from the Rio

Jurua, Brazil, 421-428.

Brachychaleinus retrospina, 36.

Brady, G. Stewardson. On new or imperfectly-
known Species of Ostracoda, chiefly from New
Zealand, 429-452.

Bridge, T. W. On the Morphology of the Skull in
the Paraguayan Lepidosiren
Dipnoids, 325-376.

Bubalus mindorensis, 380, 410.

Bufo ornatus, 340.

Bunocephalus theringwi, 34.

and in other

Calliana pieridoides, 106.

INDEX OF

Callichthys armatus, 424.
—— asper, 29,

longifilis, 29.
paleatus, 29.
pectoralis, 29, 38.
thoracatus, 29.
Caltornis onchisa, 278, 280.
Cantharus griseus, 51, 61.

Capila jayadeva, 106, 107.
— translucida, 107.
zennara, 106, 107.
Caprona alida, 150, 151.
elwest, 151.

ransonnettiz, 150, 311.
sarayd, 150, 151, 308, 311.
syrichthus, 150, 151.
Carcharodus alcee, 152.

althee, 152.

lavatere, 152.

swinhoet, 152.

Carpomys melanurus, 378, 404, 406, 407, 408, 411,
412.

—— pheurus, 378, 404, 408, 411, 412.

Carponycteris australis, 385.

Carterocephalus abax, 166.

argyrostigma, 167.
christophi, 168.
demea, 168.
dieckmanni, 168.

flavomaculatus, 167.

gemmatus, 168.
—— houangty, 167.
micio, 168.
niveomaculatus, 167.
—— ops, 167.

—— palemon, 166.
Carystus albescens, 180.
duris, 216.
ladana, 122.
‘—— lenas, 228.
mabillei, 216.

—— singularis, 241.

—— tagiadoides, 215.
telesinus, 228.

Casyapa lidderdah, 105.

phaneeus, 105,

Celenomys, gen. noy., 390.

silaceus, 378, 390, 391, 411, 412.

SPECIES. 457

Celeenorrhinus affinis, 114, 119, 121, 122, 308, 310.
ambareesa, 112, 115.

andamanica, 114, 119, 310.

asmara, 113, 118.
aspersd, 112, 115.
aurivittata, 111, 114, 122,
» var, cameront, 122.
badia, 114, 128.
balukinus, 113, 117, 307.
batchianus, 114, 122, 308.
buchananii, 129.

310.

cacus, 118.

cameroni, 114, 121.
chamunda, 113, 117.

clitus, 115,

consanguinea, 112, 115.
consertus, 118.
dentatus, 114, 119, 121, 307.
dhanada, 114, 119, 121, 310.
eligius, 111.

—— flavocincta, 112, 115.
fulvescens, 114, 120, 307.
goto, 118.

inequalis, 114, 119, 307.
ladana, 114, 122, 176.
lativittus, 114, 121, 308.
leucocera, 111, 112, 113, 116.
, var. angustipennis, 113, 116, 117.

, var. brahmaputra, 117.
lucifera, 115.

maculicornis, 113, 116, 308.
maculosa, 112, 115.

munda, 116.

nigricans, 113, 117, 118.
omeia, 105, 106.

orbiferus, 113, 118, 307.
palajava, 118.

patula, 116.

pero, 112, 115.

pinwilli, 145.

plagifera, 116.
—— pluscula, 116.

pulomaya, 112, 115.
—— putra, 116.

pyrrha, 116.

saturatus, 114, 119, 120, 308, 310.
spilothyrus, 118, 117.

sumitra, 111, 118, 115, 116.

458 INDEX
Celenorrhinus tabrica, 146,

tibetana, 113, 119.

Centromochlus heckelti, 422.

Ceratodus, revision and comparison of the structure
of the skull in, 350-356.

forsteri, 11, 20, 21, 375.

Cestracion philippi, 340.

Cetengraulis juruensis, 427, 428.
Cetopsis candiru, 422.
Cheticenema lidderdali, 105.
Chetostomus aculeatus, 31.

bach?, 425, 428.

— cirrhosus, 31.

gigas, 30, 39.
leucostictus, 31.

ologospilus, 425.
Chalcinus nematurus, 36, 426.

paranensis, 36.
Chapra agna, 275.
cere, 275.
—— mathias, 275.

nostrodamus, 286.

prominens, 275,

subochracea, 275.

Charmion ficulnea, 110, 111, 238.
—— tota, 111.

Chimera monstrosa, 45, 50, 55, 80, 82.
Chirodon alburnus, 426.

Chironectes punctatus, 44.

Choaspes amara, 295.

anadi, 294,

benjamini, 307.

chuza, 304,

crawfurdi, 307.

electra, 307.

harisa, 298.

renidens, 307.

vasutana, 294,

Chrotomys whiteheadi, 378, 390, 392, 411, 412.
Clupea harengus, 46, 50, 57, 82.
nilotica, 44.

Cobalus philippina, 276.

sulphurifera, 264.

Cobitas fossilis, 45.

Coladenia agni, 125, 128, 129, 310, 311.
agnioides, 125, 128, 308, 311.
-—— buchananit, 129.

dan, 125, 127, 310.

OF SPECIES.

| Coladenia dan, var. andamanica, 119.

, var. dea, 127.

fatih, 127.

hamiltonii, 128.

igna, 125, 128.

indrani, 125, 126.

lawmi, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 310.
meniata, 130.

semperi, 125, 128.

sobrina, 125, 126, 308.
tissa, 125, 126.

—— vitrea, 129, 130.

Conger conger, 50, 56, 70, 82, 84.
Coris pulcherrima, 51, 60.

Cottus gobio, 51, 61, 83.

quadricornis, 44.

Crateromys schadenbergi, 378, 400, 409, 412.

Crenicichla johanna, 26.

saxatilis, 26.
Creteus cyrina, 233.
Crocidura grayt, 378, 387.

luzoniensis, 387.

murina, 387.

Crossiura pennicillatum, 107, 108.

Crunomys, gen. nov., 393.

fallax, 378, 393, 394, 411.

Crustacea, supplementary report on the Myodocopa
obtained during the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition,
by G. 8. Brady, 85-100.

Ctenoptilum chinensis, 148, 311.

multiguttata, 148.

vasuva, 147, 148, 311.

Cupitha purreea, 245.

——- tympanifera, 245,

Curimatus alburnus, 34, 426.
dobula, 426.

latior, 34.

rutiloides, 34.

Cyclasterope ovulum, 429, 432, 448.
tenera, +29, 433, 449.
zealandica, 429, 4383, 448.
Cyclopides camertes, 186.

ceramas, 184.

delai-lama, 187.

henrici, 172.
— ornatus, 169.
subradiatus, 185.
subvittatus, 185.

INDEX OF

Cyclopides unicolor, var. ornatus, 169,
Cyclopterus lumpus, 51, 63, 74, 77, 83.
Cynodon pectoralis, 426.

vulpinus, 426.

Cypridina zealandica, 433.
Cyprinotus flavescens, 429, 440, 451.
Cypris ciliata, 430.

littoralis, 430.

—— nove-zealandie, 430.
viridis, 429, 440, 450.
Cythere albomaculata, 443.

atra, 430.

brunnea, 430, 442, 451.
scabrocuneata, 444,
thomsoni, 430, 443, 450.
truncula, 430, 444, 452.
Cytherella eburnea, 430, 447, 450.
Cytherideis novee-zealandie, 430, 446.
Dactylopterus volitans, 74.

Daimio dire, 133.

felderi, 135.

sinica, 135,

tithys, 135.

Darpa hanria, 137.

Dejeania bicolor, 169.

Diagramma punctatum, 44.

Diodon novemmaculatum, 45.

Dipnoi, the structure of the skull in fossil, 366-372.

Dipterus valenciennesi, 367, 369, 370.

Doras costatus, 28.

—— maculatus, 28.

—— weddelir, 28.

Echeneis remora, 45.

Edwards, James, and Elwes, H. J, A Revision of
the Oriental Hesperiide, 101-324.

Fetion elia, 236.

Eleutherura philippinensis, 383.

Eliomys quercinus, 405.

Elops salmoneus, 45.

Elwes, H. J., and Edwards, James. <A Revision of
the Oriental Hesperiidw, 101-324,

Engraulis olidus, 37.

Entheus bicolor, 136.

Erionota acroleuca, 217.

alexandra, 217.

grandis, 217.
lalita, 105.
sangwinoceulus, 218.

SPECIES. 459
Erionota thraa, 217.

—— (Casyupa) mabiller, 234, 235,

Krynnis comma, 287.

-—— -—.,, var. catena, 287.

, var. dimila, 287.

, var. florinda, 287.

, Var. repugnans, 287.
dimila, 287.

Esococtus eailiens, 45.

EHsoxw luctus, 45, 57, 74, 83.
EHuanemus nigripinnis, 28, 38.
Eudamus bifasciatus, 109.
calathus, 231.

decoratus, 136.

frater, 110.

gener, 109.

germanus, 110.

guttatus, 281.
—— infernus, 110.

nepos, 110.
—— phaneus, 105.

prowimus, 109.

simplex, 109.

-—— spilothyrus, 117.

Eupathistoma, gen. nov., 437.

natans, 429, 437, 449.

Felis domestica, 378, 387, 388.

minuta, 387.

Fishes from the Rio Jurua, by G. A. Boulenger,
421-428,

Fishes from the Rio Paraguay, by G. A. Boulenger,
25-39.

Fishes, the Suprarenal Bodies in, and their relation
to the so-called Head-Kidney, by Swale Vin-
cent, 41-84.

Gadus eglefinus, 50, 58, 71, 72, 83.

barbatus, 45.

merlangus, 50, 58, 59.

morrhua, 50, 58, 59, 72, 83.

virens, 50, 58.

Galeopithecus philippinensis, 386.

Gangara sanguinocculus, 218, 309.
sybirita, 218.

thyrsis, 217, 218.
Gastropelecus pectorosus, 426,
stellatus, 36, 426.

Gastrosteus spinachia, 51, 61.

Ge geta, 182.

460

Gegenes javana, 280.
nostrodamus, 286.

pygmeus, 286.

Gehenna abima, 244.

angulifera, 244, 309.

grew, 244, 245,

Geophagus duodecimspinosus, 26, 38.

Goeldi, Emil A. On the Lepidosiren of the Amazons,
413-420.

Gomalia albofasciata, 153.

littoralis, 153.

Goniloba badra, 298.

conjuncta, 280.

cruda, 234.

gopala, 132.

guttatus, 281.

sambara, 134.

sena, 305.

Gymnotus electricus, 418.

Halpe acuma, 265.

aina, 259, 267.

albipectus, 260, 267.

—— astigmata, 257, 258, 260.
beturia, 263, 310.

—— bivitia, 260, 268.

— blanchardi, 257, 259, 267.
— brunnea, 259, 265.

ceenis, 262.

cerata, 258, 260.

ceylonica, 258, 263.
debilis, 259, 266, 309.
-—— decorata, 268.

dolopra, 192.

fasciata, 258, 262, 310.
—— fusca, 259, 266, 313.
gupta, 259, 266.

hieron, 257, 261, 265.
homolea, 259, 265, 266, 313.
honorei, 260, 268.

—— hyrie, 258, 261,

insignis, 258, 261.

—— knyvetti, 258, 261, 262, 309.
kumara, 258, 261, 262.
latris, 266.

—— lucasii, 262.

majuscula, 259, 264, 309.
—— marta, 265.

INDEX OF

SPECIES.

Halpe masoni, 260, 268,
—— mooret, 258, 263.
nephale, 258, 264,
ormenes, 257.

ornata, 268.

—— palawea, 264.

—— perara, 265.

radians, 243, 244.
separata, 257, 259, 267.
sikkima, 259, 264, 265, 313.
sitala, 259, 266.

subflava, 257, 259, 267.
submacula, 257, 258, 263.
sulphurifera, 259, 264.
teliga, 263.

varia, 259, 263, 266.
wantona, 265.

zema, 257, 260.

Hantana infernus, 110.

| Harpyionycteris whiteheadi, 384, 411.

Hasora anura, 296, 298, 299.

badra, 296, 298, 299.

borneensis, 297, 302, 309.

celenus, 297, 299.

chabrona, 297, 300, 302.

chromus, 297, 300, 301, 302, 315.
chuza, 298, 304.

coulteri, 300.

—— gneus, 296, 298.

— hadria, 298.

inermis, 297, 301, 309, 315.

—— meestissima, 297, 300.

-mus, 297, 304, 309.

myra, 297, 303.

prowimata, 297, 301, 302.

—— prowissima, 297, 302, 310.

saida, 298, 304.

simplicissima, 297, 299.

violacea, 297, 299.

vitta, 3800, 302.

Head-Kidney, function of the lymphatic, 78.
, histology of the, 76.

——,, nature of the intertubular material in the,
76.

, relation of the suprarenal bodies to the, 73.
, relation of the suprarenals to the, 78.

Hemiodus microlepis, 34.

INDEX OF SPECIES. 461

Hemiodus semiteniatus, 34. Hesperia eulepis, 229.
farri, 274,
Hesperia abima, 244, fateli, 127.
acroleuca, 217. — feralia, 206.
—— adrastus, 197. —— ficulnea, 111.
fortunei, 281.
galba, 154, 157.

Hemisorubim platyrhynchus, 27.

—— agna, 275.
—— ali, 154, 158,
— alpina, 155, 160. geron, 154, 158, 311.
—— alveus, 156, 160, 161, 311. gigas, 155, 159.

, var. alpina, 160. —— gremius, 179.

— andromede, 156, 161. —— hamza, 289.

hellas, 157.

hirvaca, 217.

homolea, 265.

—— anthea, 215.
—— antonia, 157, 163.
aria, 210.

atticus, 143. — hyela, 223.

attina, 234. —— hyrax, 289.
—— avesta, 233. —— hyreana, 247.
— bada, 281. trava, 235.

barea, 269.
beturia, 263.
bevani, 283.

biet?, 156, 162.
bononia, 204, 206.
cacalie, 156, 161.

jolanda, 284.

—— karsana, 286.
—— kuehne, 252.
kumara, 276.
latoia, 227.
latreillee, 234.
lebadea. 219.

cahira, 278.
callineura, 226. -—— leucocera, 116.

carthami, 153, 155, 160.

i

leuzee, 159.
cashmirensis, 155, 160. liburnia, 228.
celsina, 224. — maculatus, 157, 162.

centauree, 156, 161. mevius, 182, 183.

cephala, 204, 205. male, 153, 155, 156, 160, 161, 311.
—— cephaloides, 206. malvoides, 156, 160, 311.

cerata, 260. mandan, 166.

chaya, 275. mare, 185, 186.

chrysoxona, 252. —— mathias, 275.

colaca, 283. — melotis, 156, 161, 311.

commu, var. catena, 287. —— moolata, 278.

mytheca, 233.

—— naga, 229.

corissa, 229.
cribrellum, 154, 158.
cynare, 154, 158.

—— narova, 280.
— cyrina, 233. —— nobilis, 155, 159.
dara, 254.
divodasa, 179.
dolopia, 192.
eacus, 127.
elia, 236. ogygia, 203.

eltola, 282. onopordi, 156, 161, 311.

VOL. XIV.—PART vill. No. 5.—December, 1898. 3P

—— noma, 159.
—— nondoa, 281.
—— oherthiiri, 157, 162.

oceia, 274.

462 INDEX OF SPECIES.

Hesperia orbifer, 154, 158. Hidari bhawani, 236.
doesoend, 236.

trava, 235, 236.
staudingert, 235, 236.
sybirita, 218, 235, 236.

ormenes, 260.
ornata, 268.
—— pandia, 218.
—— phiditia, 180.

phlomides, 154, 158, 311. Hippoglossoides limandoides, 51, 59, 60, 83.
pheenicis, 197. Hippoglossus vulgaris, 51, 59, 60, 83.
—— plumbeola, 171. Hipposiderus diadema, 385.
—— poggei, 155, 159. Histology of the Suprarenal Capsules, Contributions
—— proto, 153, 155, 159, 311. to the, by Swale Vincent, 41-84.

sala, 179.
sao, 154, 158.
semamora, 269.

seriata, 276.

sericea, 164.

serratule, 156, 160, 311.

—— side, 157, 162.

speyeri, 156, 160, 311.

staudingeri, 155, 159, 311.

subgrisea, 179.

subhyalina, 247.

swerga, 177.

sybirita, 218, 236.

syrichtus, 153.

taras, 161.

tessellata, 229.

—— tessellum, 155, 159.

—— therapne, 154, 158.

thibetanus, 157, 162.

toona, 281.

venata, 247.

—— vermiculata, 227.

—— vitta, 300.

—— zebra, 157.

—— zellert, 284.

—— zemet, 260.

zona, 157, 162.

Hesperiide, a revision of the Oriental, by H. J.
Elwes and James Edwards, 101-324

Hesperilla blanchardi, 267.

lucasn, 262.

luteisquama, 264.

Heteropterus cataleucos, 178.

morpheus, 168.

ornatus, 168.

unicolor, 168.
—— (Steropes) scopas, 178.

Hyarotis adrastus, 197.
Hypoptopoma bilobatum, 31.

guentheri, 31, 425.

steindachnert, 31.

thoracatum, 31.

lambrix latifascia, 181, 182, 310.

salsala, 181.
sindu, 181, 182.
stellifer, 181.
Idmon unicolor, 198.

Isma bononia, 206.

inarime, 206.

isota, 205,

obscura, 196, 204.
Ismene amara, 292, 295.
anadi, 291, 294.

—— aquilina, 292, 296.
—— aria, 209.

—— ataphus, 292, 293.
batara, 234.

, var. celebica, 298.
chabrona, 300.

chuza, 304.

druna, 210.

etelka, 291, 293.
fergusonit, 291, 203, 295.
—— gneus, 298. i
gomata, 292, 295.

, var. lara, 295.
—— harisa, 291, 293, 294.
ionis, 290, 291, 29d.
—— juina, 291, 293, 295.

—— junkowskii, 296.

—— jayadeva, 106, 107.
lara, 292, 295, 309.

lorquini, 295.

| —— mestissima, 300.

Ismene mahintha, 290, 291, 294, 295.

malayana, 301.
—- murdava, 237.

myra, 303.
cedipodea, 291, 292.
edipus, 291, 292.
—— philetas, 299.
proximata, 301.

—— quadripunctata, 298,
renidens, 307.
saida, 304.
sasivarna, 210,

send, var. palawana, 305.

septentrionis, 292, 294.

simplicissima, 299,
striata, 294,
subcaudata, 307.
subfasciata, 219.

—— thymbron, 306.

—— tuckeri, 291, 293, 309.
vasutana, 291, 294,
violaceus, 299.

Tsoteinon atkinsont, 199.

cephala, 205,

cephatloides, 206.
corissa, 229.

durga, 201.
flavalum, 202.
—— flavipennis, 202.

— indrasana, 229.
—— khasianus, 199.

lamprospilus, 197.

masont, 268.

-—— masuriensis, 192, 193.
microstictum, 200.
modesta, 199.

nilgiriana, 199.
pandita, 192, 193.
satwa, 201, 202,
subtestaceus, 199.
vindhiana, 198, 199.
vittatus, 170.

Ttox semamora, 269.

—— watsonit, 269.

Ltys iadera, 200.

microstictum, 200,
Kerana armata, 176, 220, 221,

INDEX OF SPECIES. 463

Kerana aurivittata, 122.

> var. cameront, 121.
— dhanada, 119.

— diocles, 221, 222.

— fulgur, 221,

—— gemmifer, 175, 221,

| Kerivoula hardwickei, 386.

whitehead, 386.
Koruthaialos butlert, 175.
hector, 175.

kerala, 176.
kophene, 176.
verones, 176.

wanites, 174, 175.

Labrax lupus, 51.

Lankester, E. Ray. On the Lepidoswen of Paraguay,
and on the external characters of Lepidosiren
and Protopterus, 11-24.

Lariosaurus balsami, 1, 2, 3, 8, 10.

Lenomys, gen. nov., 409.

—— meyert, 409, 412.

Lepidosiren, comparison of the measurements of the
Brazilian and Paraguayan specimens of, 24,

——, morphology of the skull in the Paraguayan

and in other Dipnoids, 325-376.

, revision and comparison of the structure of

the skull in, 363-366,

of the Amazons, by Emil A. Goeldi, 413-420.

, anus of, 415.

, colour of, 415.

geographical distribution of, +14.
——., habits of, in captivity, 418.
——, measurements of, 415.

——., popular names of, 417.

, segmentation of limb-axis of, 416.

, sex and measurements of, 414.

, system of lateral lines of, 416.

of Paraguay, and on tke external characters

of Lepidosiven and Protopterus, by E. Ray

Lankester, 11-24.

appendiculata, 51.

articulata, 18, 21, 24, 325, 416.

gigliolana, 23.

—— paradoxa, 11, 13, 14, 24, 51, 80, 325, 326,
345, 349.

Leporina eques, 34,

striatus, 34.

Oo
a]
bo

464

Leuciscus cephalus, 50, 58, 83.

rutilis, 50, 58, 83.

vulgaris, 50, 58, 83.

Lombardy, on a Nothosaurian Reptile from the
Trias of, by G. A. Boulenger, 1-10.

Lophius piscatorius, 44, 51, 62, 74, 77, 83.

Lophoides binotatus, 196, 308.

—-— iapis, 195, 196, 312.

—— obscura, 195, 196.

—— purpurasceus, 196, 308, 312.

—— vulso, 196.

Loricaria acipenserina, 425.

anus, 33.

—— apeltogaster, 33, 39.
—— evansi, 33.

—— filementosa, 33, 425.
—- labialis, 32, 39.
lamina, 34.

lata, 33.

macrodon, 33.
maculata, 33.
mudeventris, 33.
parva, 32, 39.
—— rostrata, 32, 425,

spimi, 33.

Lota valgaris, 45.

Lotongus avesta, 230, 231, 2535.
calathus, 230, 234, 232.

— duris, 216.

excellens, 230, 231, 233.
maculatus, 231, 232.

mytheca, 230, 231, 238.
parthenope, 231, 232.

—— sarala, 230, 231, 233.

zenon, 230, 231, 232.

zeus, 230, 231, 232.
Lowovoncha punctata, 430, 441, 450.
Macacus cynomolgus, 381.

Maerodon trahira, 417.
Macromerosaurus plini, 1.

Matapa aria, 208, 209.

druna, 208, 209, 210, 312.
purpurascens, 208, 209, 309, 312.
—— sasivarna, 208, 209, 210.
—— shalgrana, 208, 209, 210.
—— subfasciata, 220.

Merlucetus vulgaris, 51, 58, 59, 71, 83.
Mesonauta insignis, 26.

INDEX OF

SPECIES.

Mesosaurus tenuidens, 4.

Miniopterus schreibersi pusillus, 586.
Molva vulgaris, 51, 58, 59, 72, 76, 83.
Mora mediterranea, 74, 75.

Motella mustela, 45.

—— tricirrhata, 51, 58,

Mugil capito, 51, 62, 83.

Mullus barbatus, 51, 61, 68, 71, 83, 84.
Mus chrysocomus, 378, 403.
decumanus, 378, 402.

—— ephippium negrinus, 378, 403, 404.
—— everetti, 378, 400, 401.

—— luzonicus, 378, 401, 404, 412.
—— mayeri, 409.

—— mindorensis, 402, 404.

—— neglectus, 402, 403.

—— ratius, 402, 403.

rufescens, 402.

Myletes albiscopus, 426.

asterias, 37.

brachypomus, 37.

—— duriventris, 37.

—— hypsauchen, 37.

Myodocopa, supplementary report on the, obtained
during the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition, by G. 8.
Brady, 85-100.

Myotis macrotarsus, 385.

Nannosciurus concinnus, 389, 390.

samaricus, 389, 390,411.

Nanostomus lateralis, 34.

Netrocoryne atilia, 126.

WNeusticosaurus pusillus, 6, 7, 10.

New Zealand, on new or imperfectly-known species
of Ostracoda trom, by G. S. Brady, 429-452.

Nisioniades dasahara, 124, 125,

diocles, 222.

erebus, 164.

montanus, 164.

pelias, 164.
salsala, 180, 181.
tages, var. sinina, 163.

Normyrus ovyrhynchus, 44.

Nothosaurian Reptile from the Trias of Lombardy,
apparently referable to Lariosaurus, by G. A.
Boulenger, 1-10.

Nothosaurians, References to the Literature on, 9.

Notocrypta albifascia, 239, 240.

alysos, 238, 239.

INDEX OF SPECIES.

Notocrypta basiflava, 239, 241,
curvifascia, 238, 239, 240.

— feisthamelit, 238, 239, 240, 242.
, var. rectifasciata, 239.
—— goto, 118.

—— inornata, 239, 241, 310.

—— microthyrus, 242,

—— monteithi, 215, 239, 241.

—— neera, 242,

—— paralysos, 239, 241.
quadrata, 239, 241, 309.
restricta, 239, 240.

—— tibetana, 119.

volux, 240.

Ochus subvittatus, 185.

Odina chrysomelena, 135, 136.
cuneiformis, 135, 136.
— decoratus, 135, 136.
—— hieroglyphica, 135, 136.
ortygia, 137.
Odontoptilum helias, 148, 149,
, var. helisa, 149.

—— hyperides, 149.

leptogramma, 148, 150.
—— pygela, 148, 149.
—— sura, 148, 149.

Grane microthyrus, 242.
necera, 242,

Onryza meiktila, 269.

Orthagoriscus mola, 50, 56, 72, 77, 82.
Orthophetus lalita, 104, 105.
lidderdali, 104, 105, 309.
ometa, 104, 105, 106,

phaneus, 104, 105.

Osmerus eperlanus, 58, 74, 83.

Ostracoda, on new or imperfectly-known Species of,
by G. Stewardson Brady, 429-452,

Otocinclus affinis, 32.

Oxydoras bachi, 423, 428,

brevis, 424.

eigenmanni, 28, 38.

elongatus, 424, 428.

—— humeralis, 424.

— stenopeltis, 422.
trachyparia, 423, 428.
trimaculatus, 422, 428.
Pachypleura edwardsu, 2, 7, 9.

Pachyurus schomburgki, 25.

465

Padraoma chrysozona, 252.

goloides, 253.

maga, 186.

palmarum, 252.

pavor, 256.
trimacula, 187.

virgata, 186.

Paduka glandulosa, 219, 220.
lebadea, 219.

Pagellus centrodontus, 51, 61, 83.
Pamphila abax, 165, 166

akar, 254.

albivitta, 268.

—— archias, 185.

argyrostigma, 166, 167.

augiades, 253.

, var. bambuse, 252.
avanti, 165, 167.
bambuse, 251.

bivitia, 268.

bouddha, 248.

brahma, 248.

—— brunnea, 275.

cerulescens, 284.

catocyanea, 192.
celsina, 224.
christophi, 166, 168.
contigua, 281.

danna, 184.

— dieckmanni, 166, 168.
dravida, 278.
dschalia, 185.
eurotas, 251.

flava, 254,
flavomaculatus, 166, 167.
florinda, 237.
gemmata, 168.

— glauca, 238.
goloides, var. akar, 254.

herculea, 247.

heterus, 254.

homolea, var. palawea, 264.
houangty, 165, 167.
jansonis, 282.

lamprospilus, 198.
—— leonina, 290.
luzonensis, 184.

—— lycorias, 245,

466

Pamphila mesa, 254,
meesoides, 184, 254.

maga, 186.

mangala, 281.

marnas, 256.

masoni, 268,

meleagrina, 234,

mencia, 276.

micio, 166, 168.

mormo, 274.

musca, 189.

nervulata, 290.

nitida, 254.
niveomaculatus, 166, 167, 309.
, var. christophi, 168.
noctis, 214.

oehracea, 248.

orphitus, 256.

palemon, 165, 166,

—— palmarum, 252.
pellucida, 282.

—— philenus, 256.

Pe

—— prusias, 251.
-—— pulchra, 165, 167.
—— purreed, 245.
— pythias, 251.
— rama, 245.

—— rickuchina, 248.
—— sagara, 183.

—— seortea, 281.

—— selas, 247.

silvius, 165, 167.
—- similis, 275.

siva, 247.

— sodalis, 275.
subhyalina, 247.

, var. tibelana, 247.
sunias, 255.

sylvatica, 289.
tamiata, 238.
tavilis, 254,
twachala, 254.

—— varia, 266.

—— virgata, 186.
—— vitrea, 198.
-—— vulso, 196.
—— zebra, 255.
zetus, 206,

INDEX OF

SPECIES,

Papilio acteon, 289.
alcec, 152.
althece, 152.
alveus, 160.
augias, 251.
— brontes, 166.
— carthami, 160.

— celenus, 299.

— chromus, 301.
comma, 246, 287.
exclamationis, 306.
folus, 248.
gapetus, 137, 141.
ladon, 306.
lavatere, 152.
— linea, 288.

— lineola, 289.
—— malve, 153, 161.
—— morpheus, 168.

—— nostrodamus, 286.
—— orbifer, 158.

—— palemon, 165, 166.
paniscus, 166.

—— proto, 159.
—— pygmeus, 286.
—— sao, 159.

— side, 162.
—— silvius, 167.
—— steropes, 168.
—— sylvanus, 246, 247.
—— tages, 163.
taras, 161.
tessellum, 159.
— thaumas, 288.
PRI, PATA

_—— thyrsis, 218.

venula, 288.
virgula, 289.

Paradoxurus philippinensis, 378, 388.
Parata chromus, 301.
gentiana, 304.

malayana, 301.

saida, 304.

simplicissima, 299.

Parnara assamensis, 216, 270, 273, 281.
astigmata, 260.

aurociliata, 272, 278, 310, 314.
austent, 269, 272, 279, 280, 314.

Parnara bada, 281.

—— bevani, 270, 272, 273, 283, 314.
bipunctata, 273, 283.

—— bromus, 272, 277.

—— brunnea, 271, 275.

cerulescens, 270, 271, 284. .

canaraica, 277.

cingala, 283. :
colaca, 272, 273, 283, 314.
conjuncta, 273, 280, 315.
contiqua, 273, 281, 282, 314.
—— discreta, 2738, 282, 310, 314.
distinctus, 286.

eltola, 273, 282, 314.
flewilis, 284.

guttatus, 270, 272, 281, 313.
hasoroides, 271, 284, 310.
jansonis, 273, 282.

kumara, 272, 276, 279, 280, 314.
leechti, 271, 274, 309, 3138.
mathias, 270, 271, 275, 314.
meiktila, 269.

mencia, 276.

miosticta, 212.

moolata, 272, 278, 279, 280, 314.
narost, 280.

nascens, 271, 276.

oceia, 233, 270, 271, 274, 313.
ornata, 268.

pagana, 272, 277.

——_ pared, 234.
pellucida, 273, 281, 282, 313.

— philippina, 272,
philotas, 285.
—- pholus, 216.
—— plebeia, 271, 274.

pugnans, 270, 272, 284.
robusta, 272, 280, 310, 314.
semamora, 269.

seriata, 276.

simillima, 271, 274, 310, 313.
sinensis, 271, 275, 276.

—- subochracea, 271, 275, 310, 314.
—— thyone, 283.

toona, 281.

—— tulsi, 270, 271, 284.

uma, 285.

INDEX OF

cahira, 272, 278, 279, 280, 310, 314.

276, 277, 309, 310, 314.

SPECIES. 467

Parnara unicolor, 235.

—— watsonii, 269,

zelleri, 273, 284.

Parodon affinis, 34.

Parthanosaurus zitteli, 10.

Pedestes fuscicornis, 193, 194, 308, 312.

maculicornis, 193, 3808, 312.

—— masuriensis, 192, 193, 312.

pandita, 193, 312.

Perca fluviatilis, 51, 60, 83.

Phaneropleuron andersoni, 368.

Philippines, on the Mammals obtained by Mr. John
Whitehead during his recent Expedition to the,
by Oldfield Thomas, 377-412.

Philomedes agilis, 429, 434.

Jlewilis, 429, 485, 448, 450.

sculpta, 429, 434, 449,

Phlaomys cumingt, 400.

, var. pallidus, 399.

pallidus, 378, 399, 400.

schadenbergi, 409.

Phycis blennoides, 45.

Pimelodus albicans, 27.

bayard, 44.

cottoides, 27.

gracilis, 27.
labrosus, 27.

lateristriga, 27.
27, 422.

ai,

maculatus,

modestus, 422.
—— pati, 27.

pirinampus, 27.

platanus, 27.

Pipistrellus imbricatus, 385.
Pirdana albicornis, 223, 224, 310.
celsina, 223, 224.

distanti, 223, 224.

hyela, 223.

pavonu, 224,

rudolphii, 223, 224.
Pisola zennara, 107. :
Pithauria attchisoni, 237, 238.

murdava, 237.

straminetpennis, 237.

Pithauriopsis aitchisoni, 238.

Plagioscion ternetzi, 25, 38.

Plastingia aurantiaca, 225, 228, 309.
callineura, 224, 225,.226, 227, 312.

468

Plastingia callineura, var. flavia, 227.

corissa, 226, 228, 229, 230.

—— cunerformis, 136.

draneus, 229,
Jlavescens, 224,

—— fruhstorferi, 225, 227, 309, 312,

— helena, 225, 227,
hieroglyphica, 136.

—— latoia, 225, 227, 229, 312.
liburnia, 226, 228,

-—— margherita, 225, 227, 312,
—— naga, 226, 229.

noemr, 225, 226, 230, 312.
plesioneure, 111.

similis, 226, 230, 309, 312.
submaculata, 230,

—— telesinus, 226, 228,

—— tessellata, 225, 226, 229,

, Var. palawata, 229,
vermiculata, 225, 227,
viburnia, 226, 229,
Platessa passer, 45,

Platystoma juruense, 421, 428,
orbignianum, 27.

Plecostomus cochliodon, 30.
emarginatus, 424,
francisci, 30.

—— ternetzi, 30, 38.
vermicularis, 30.

Plesioneura agni, 127.
albifascia, 239, 240,
— aliena, 231.

ambareesa, 115.

alysos, 239.

anthea, 215.

asmara, 118.

atilia, var. palawana, 126.
aurivittata, 122,

badia, 123.

—— balukina, 117,

basiflava, 241.

—— cameron, 121.

chamunda, 117.

clavata, 239.

curvifascia, 239,

dan, var. andamanica, 119.
dhanada, 119,

—— dissimilis, 214, 215.

INDEX OF

SPECIES,

Plesioneura Slavocineta, 115,
fusca, 117.
—— goto, 118.

grandis, 217,
—— imdrani, 126.
lativitta, 121,
leucocera, 116.

—— leucocirea, 116,
——- leucographa, 111,

microthyrus, 242,
mindorana, 242,

—— monteithi, 241.
—— munda, 116.
—— nigricans, 118.

palajava, 118,
—— paralysos, 241,
—— pinwilli, 145,
—— praba, 197.
-— pulomaya, 115.

putra, 116.

restricta, 239,

—— ruficornis, 117,

—— signata, 111.

—— spilothyrus, 117,

—— stellata, 243.

sumitra, 115.

tola, 111.

volux, 239, 240,

zaw?, 111.

Pleuronectes flesus, 51, 59, 60, 83.
limanda, 51, 59, 60, 72, 83, 84.
platessa, 51, 59, 83,
Polyodon folium, 50, 55.
Pristigaster cayanus, 427.
Probubalus mindorensis, 410,

Proteides chryseglia, 296.

—— surus, 231.

zalates, 231.

Protopterus, revision and comparison of the structure
of the skull in, 356-363.

amphibius, 13.

annectens, 11, 18, 14, 18, 19, 20, 21, 51, 7: L
80, 345, 418.

» external gills of, 18,

» measurements of specimens of, 16.

Pteropus auri-nuchalis, 383.
jubatus, 383.
vampyrus, 383.

INDEX OF

Pterygospidea angulata, 149.
badia, 123.

—— celebica, 134.

davidii, 123.

decoratus, 136.

—— diversa, 132.

gana, 141.

—— helferi, 140.

—— helias, 149.
leptogramma, 150.

maculosa, 115.
menaka, 142.

moori, 135.

—— nestus, 145.
—— permena, 134,
-—— potiphera, 150.
—— pralaya, 145.

pteria, 142.

pygela, 149.
ransonnettii, 150.

—— sinica, 135.
syrichthus, 151.
— tabrica, 146.

trichoneura, 145.
Pudicitia pholus, 216.
Pyrgus agama, 151.
cashmirensis, 160.
danna, 184.
dravira, 152.
evenidus, 157.
—— gigas, 159.

hypoleucos, 161,
—— inachus, 190.
maculatus, 162.
montanus, 164,
nobilis, 159.

sinicus, 162.

superna, 157.

tithys, 135.

zebra, 157.

(Syrichthus) proteus, 159.

Pyrrhulina semifasciata, 34.

Raja batis, 44, 50, 52, 82.

clavata, 44, 50, 52, 67, 84.

fullonica, 44.

maculata, 50, 52, 54, 82.

Reptile, on a Nothosaurian, from the Trias of Lom-
bardy, by G. A. Boulenger, 1-10.

VOL. XIV.—PaRT Vill. No. 6.—December, 1898.

SPECIES. 469

Rhamphichthys blochii, 38, 428.
brevirostris, 38.

elegans, 428.

Rhina squatina, 50, 52.
Rhinodoras Ieneri, 29,
Rhombus levis, 51, 59, 72, 83.
nuchus, 45.

Rhopalocampta benjamini, 306, 307.

crawfurdi, 306, 307.

forestan, 306.

renidens, 307.

subcaudata, 307.

translucida, 106, 107.

Lthynchomys soricoides, 378, 391, 397, 398, 411,
412.

Rio Jurua, on a Collection of Fishes from the, by
G. A. Boulenger, 421-428,

| Rio Paraguay, on a Collection of Fishes from the, by

G. A. Boulenger, 25-39.
Salminus mawillosus, 37.
Salmo fario, 44.
salar, 50, 57, 83.
trutta, 50, 58, 70.
Sancus fuscula, 174.
pulligo, 173, 174.
subfasciatus, 173, 174.
Saprolequia ferox, 18.
Sarangesa albicilia, 124, 125.
dasahara, 124, 310.
pwendra, 123, 124, 310.
saté, 123, 124, 310.
Sarsiella hanseni, 429, 438, 449.
hispida, 429, 439, 450.
Satarupa affinis, 131, 134.
» Var. cognata, 134,
— bhagava, 131, 133, 134.
celebica, 131, 134.
corona, 132, 134.
dire, 131, 133.
diversa, 131, 132.
dohertyi, 132, 134.
— fumosa, 131, 133, 308.
gopala, 130, 131, 182.
narada, 131, 132.
nymphalks, 130, 131, 132.
—— phisara, 130, 131, 1383, 184.
sambara, 130, 131, 132, 134.
sinica, 180, 132, 135.

3Q

470 INDEX OF SPECIES.

Sutarupa tithys, 130, 131, 135. Soleotalpa unicolor, 421.
Saurus lacerta, 44. Sorumbim lima, 26, 421.

Scaumenacia curta, 368. Squalus acanthias, 44.

Scelothrix speyeri, 160. glaucus, 44.

onopordi, 161. Steatogenys elegans, 428.
zona, 162. Stegophilus nemurus, 426.

(Pyrgus) albistriga, 162. Sternarchus albifrons, 37.

macrolepis, 427.

Schilbe mystus, 44.
Sciades pictus, 27. —— nattereri, 427.
Sciena amazonica, 421.

oxyrhynchus, 427.
tamandua, 427, 428.
Sciurus cagsi, 389. Sternopygus carapus, 38.
virescens, 38, 428.

-—— surinamensis, 25.

—— mindanensis, 389.

philippinensis, 389. Steropes argyrostigma, 167.
samarensis, 388, 389. unicolor, 169.
steerei, 389. Streptoleberis crenulata, 435,
Scobura bipunctata, 205, 207, 308. Sturgeon, structure of the suprarenal bodies of the,
bononia, 205, 206. 69.
cephala, 204, 205. Suada albinus, 177, 178.
cephaloides, 204, 206. — — cataleucos, 177, 178.

concinna, 205, 206, 308. scopas, 177, 178.
fenestrata, 205, 206, 309, 312. swerga, 177.

feralia, 205, 206. | Suastus aditus, 179, 180.
inarime, 205, 206, 312. albinus, 178.

martini, 204, 308. bipunctus, 178, 180, 308.

umbrosa, 205, 207, 308. —— chilon, 179.
Scomber scomber, 51, 61, 83. —— gremius, 178, 179.
Scyllium canicula, 50, 52, 66, 82, 84. —— migreus, 178, 179.

catulus, 50, 52, 82. -—— milleri, 177.
Sebastonyma dolopia, 192. —— phiditia, 180.
Sepa biseriata, 211, 213. —— robsonii, 180.

cicatrosa, 211, 212, 308. -—— sala, 179, 308.

ciliata, 211, 214, 309.
cinnamomea, 211, 213, 309.
cronus, 210, 211.
guitulifera, 211, 212, 308.
miosticta, 211, 212. Comparative Anatomy and Histology of the, by

subgrisea, 179.

telesinus, 228.
tripura, 179, 180.
Suprarenal Bodies in Fishes, contributions to the

noctis, 211, 214.
Serrasalmo humeralis, 37.

piraya, 426.
serrulatus, 37.

spilopleura, 37.

Silurus glanis, 44.
Simosaurus pusillus, 10.

Solea fischeri. 421.

—-— jenynsit, 26.

—— vulgaris, 51, 59, 60, 83.

Swale Vincent, 41-84.
Sus celebensis philippinensis, 411.
Symbranchus marmoratus, 38, 45.
Syrichthus ali, 158.
andromede, 161.

—— antonia, 163.
bieti, 162.
delavayi, 162.
leuzee, 159.
maculatus, 162.

INDEX OF

Syvichthus maculatus, var. thibetanus, 162.

mohammed, 159.
oberthiiri, 162.
sinicus, 162.

staudingeri, 159.

Teniura dumerilii, 38.

Tagiades alica, 138, 140.
atticus, 189, 142, 148, 311.
, var. calligana, 143.

——- bhagava, var. andamanica, 133.
brasidas, 141.
calligana, 143.

corona, 134.

dealbata, 139, 145.
— distans, 141.

elegans, 138, 141.
fuscula, 174.

gana, 138, 141.

—— graya, 133.

helferi, 138, 140.
japetus, 137, 138, 141.
—— —-, var. latreillei, 142.
karea, 138, 141.

—— khasiana, 138, 140.
latreillet, 142.

levata, 138, 142.

— litigiosa, 143.

—— martinus, 139, 143.
—— meetana, 140.

— menaka, 139, 142, 143.
—— nana, 139, 144, 145, 309.
—— nestus, 139, 145, 309.
—— niphates, 134.

—— noctis, 140.

—— nymphalis, 132.

—— obscurus, 138, 141.

—— pinwilli, 140, 145,
pralaya, 140, 148, 145.
—— princeps, 139, 145.

pteria, 1389, 142.

pulligo, 174.

ravi, 138, 140.

sambavana, 139, 148, 309, 311.
—— tabrica, 140, 146.

titus, 189, 142, 309.

toba, 144, 145.

trichoneura, 140, 143, 146.

SPECIES. 471

Lagiades trichoneuroides, 140, 145.
— waterstradti, 139, 148, 309.
Tanyptera celsina, 224.

Tapena agni, 127.

hampsoni, 146, 147, 308, 311.
igna, 128.

lami, 126, 128.

minuscula, 146, 147, 308, 311.
—— thwuaitesi, 146, 147, 311.
Taractrocera archias, 183, 185.
-—— ardonia, 183, 184.

—— ceramas, 183, 184, 310.

—— danna, 183, 184.

—— flavoides, 188, 184.

| —— lyde, 187.

—— mevius, 182, 183.

—— nicevillei, 183, 184, 310.
—— oberthiiri, 183, 185.
—— trimaculata, 187.

ziclea, 183, 184, 185.
Tarsius fuscus, 381.
philippensis, 379, 381.

sangirensis, 351.

Telegonus acroleucus, 217.

lara, 217.

Telicota augiades, 250, 253, 313.
augias, 249, 250, 251, 313.
bambuse, 250, 251, 313.

| —— brahma, 248.

concinna, 250, 253, 310, 313.
dara, 184, 249, 251,.254, 313.
dilutior, 251, 255, 310.

gola, 250, 258, 318.

—— insuldris, 250, 252, 253, 309.
—— kuehni, 250, 252, 253.

—— meesa, 249.

—— mara, 186.
—— marnas, 256.

—— nigrolimbata, 1 85.

| —— orphilus, 251, 256.

—— palmarum, 250, 252, 253, 313.

paragola, 250, 254,

| —— philenus, 256.
| —— prusias, 250, 251, 253, 308.

rectifasciata, 251, 254, 3)0, 318.

| —— simplew; 250; 248, 308.

siva, 247.-

472 INDEX OF

Tetragonopterus abramis, 35.

agassizit, 35.

argenteus, 30.
dichrourus, 35.

lacustris, 35.

—— lineatus, 35.

maculatus, 426.

—— multiradiatus, 35, 426.
——- orbicularis, 426.

ternetzt, 35, 39.

wlreyr, 35, 39.

Tetrodon mgropunctatus, 50, 56.

psittacus, 428.
Thanaos cervantes, 163, 164.
erebus, 164.
indistineta, 191.
jhora, 190.
-— kali, 192.

leechii, 163, 164, 311.
marloyi, 163, 164, 311.
montanus, 163, 164, 311.
———, var. nigrescens, 164.

magrescens, 164.

—— pelias, 163, 164, 311.

popoviana, 163.

rusticanus, 164.

sinina, 164.

stigmata, 187, 189.

tages, 104, 163, 164.

Thomas, Oldfield, on the Mammals obtained by Mr. |
John Whitehead during his recent Expedition
to the Philippines, 377-412.

Thymate feisthamelii, 238.

Thymelicus leonina, 290.

nigrolimbatus, 185.
289

202.

pellucida,
ziclea, 184.
(Hesperia) stigma, 289.

Trachelnopterus coriaceus, 28.

END OF VOLUME

SPECIES.

Trachyleberis, gen, nov., 444.
scabrocuneata, 429, 4380, 444, 451.
Trichomycterus brasiliensis, 34.
Trigla lyra, 51, 61, 83.

pint, 51, 61, 83.

Udaspes folus, 243.

stellata, 243.

Onkana attina, 234, 235.
batara, 284.

elia, 236.

mabiller, 235.
Uranoscopus scaber, 44.
Vandellia cirrhosa, 426.

Contributions to the Comparative

Vincent, Swale.
Anatomy and Histology of the Suprarenal Cap-
sules.—The Suprarenal Bodies in Fishes, and
their Relation to the so-called Head-Kidney,
41-84.

Viverra tangalunga, 388.

Watsonia swinhoei, 220, 309.

Whitehead, John, on the Mammals obtained by,
during his recent Expedition to the Philippines,
by Oldfield Thomas, 377-412.

Xantharpyia amplexicaudata, 383, 384.

Xeromys silaceus, 391.

Xestoleberis compressa, 430, 442, 451.

luxata, 430, 441, 452.

olivacea, 430, 442, 450.

Xiphorhamphus ferox, 37.

Zea martini, 216.

Zeugopterus sp., 51, 59.

Zeus faber, 51, 61, 83.

Zographetus auriferus, 201, 203, 308.

durga, 201.

flavalum, 201, 202.

flavipennis, 202.

ogygia, 200, 201, 2038.

ogygrordes, 201, 203, 308.

satwa, 200, 201, 202.

XIV.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

(continued).
To Fellows. To the Public.
EK Be hee £GS
VOLUME XII. (1886-1890, containing 65 Plates). . Price5 8 O ee Age

Parrl. (1886, containing 6 Plates) . . .. . 5 OOO 012 0
» 2%. (1886, containing 7 Plates) . . .. . Be Onlen 30 016 0
» 98. (1886, containing 2 Plates) . . . . . » O 4 6 0 6 0
» . (1886, containing 12 Plates) . . . . . een Oa Payenet(@) 10 0
pe O9 (886;-contaimine 5! Plates). <. 4 20 sp Ores Qi Oneaee ee Oe OO)
ps 0581887, contamina, 7; Plates\\ e052. s ee OO) 016 0
» 7%. (1888, containing 8 Plates) . . . . . 53 O95. 0 012 0
», 8. (1889, containing 3 Plates) . . . . . By Oe. eo) 0 8 0
3 Ge (2389)\contamme 7 Plates): hes OLED 29 gb: O
>», 10. (1890, containing 8 Plates and Title and Index},, 015 9 Ie)

VOLUME XIII. (1891-1895, containing 62 Plates). . Price6 8 3 8 il 0

Panos (189k contamme G:Plates) 2. 0.7 0e pr Onion 9 130
ee (ISON, contamine< 6 )Plates) >< 775.3 2 aya) geal x (0)
a (Sol contaimng 46: Plates): 1. % «een! » O18 O 1 4 0
» oan. (1892; containing 1 Plate). 5. 3 pO 4a 6 O27G.00
» 9. (1893, containmg 9 Plates) . . . . . Are Oiled 015 O
» 6. (1893, containing 4 Plates) . 2. . . eOR Gis 012 0
» 7. (1893, containing 6 Plates) . . . . . src Ovn 910 012 0
» 8. (1894, containing 6 Plates) . . . . . Oe QenO 012 0
» 9. (1894, containing 6 Plates) . . . . . aol 015 O
>> LOW (1895; containine 5 Plates) <2 7... » 9 9 O 012 0
» 11. (1895, containing 7 Plates and Title and Index),, 015 9 Teele:

VOLUME XIV. :

Part l. (1896, containing 2 Plates) . . . . . Price 0 6 O 0 8 0
» 2. (1896, containing 6 Plates) . . . . . pe I 0) 012 0
» 98. (1897, containing 9 Plates) . . . . . > O15 9 Teo @)
» 4 (1897, containing 10 Plates) . . . . , yy LO) 2, 050
bi on (1898; containing 72 Plates); 0 22) spl) Lay 90) OCS" 0
» 6. (1898, contamming 7 Plates) . . . . » O18 0 1 4 0
» 4%. (1898, containing 6 Plates) . . . . . pe LOE 3S @ 15-0
» 8. (1898, containing 5 Plates and Title and Index), 0 9 O 012 0

CONTENTS.

XI. On new or imperfectly-known Species of Ostracoda, chiefly from New Zealand.
By G. Srewarpson Brapy, MD., LL.D. D.Se., #.RS. (Plates XLIIL—

DSL AN Gris Gane oe ee See Seo Se ee Se eRe
List of the Papers contac in vel XIV. EUR Rt SG RAE, scat sate Gr ee Oe a
Index of Species; &c. in Vol XIV. ee eee ee

Titlepage and Contents to Vol. XIV.

THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

‘Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—“ NONE SS
published in an octavo form, and “Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busi-
ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom-
mended to be published in the “ Proceedings ” by the Committee of Publication. A large number
of coloured plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to
illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Among such
illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens —
are often given. :

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the first of the months of June,
Angust, October, and April, the part published in April completing the volume for the Pee
year.

The “ Transactions”? contain such of the more important communications made to the scientific
meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are
better adapted for publication im the quarto form. Theyare issued at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of
the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive'all the Society’s Publications for the
year. ‘They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon
purchases of Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of five pounds.

Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the ‘ Zoological Record ”
for a sum of £1 (which includes delivery in the United Kingdom only),'but this privilege only
holds good if the subscription is paid before the First of December in each year.

Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (8 Hanover
Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or throu
any bookseller.

December 1898, P. L. SCLATER,
Secretary.

Rs
ee
ey

fi
hr
aN) Pa
a
i y
M

ty

ae

Pein

ants
Ni

soos